UGC Care List Journal Group-I

www.ijfans.com
Volume 11 Issue 13 November 2022 Print ISSN -2319-1775 E-ISSN 2320-7876

www.ijfans.com
 ISSN PRINT 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

International Journal of Food and Nutritional Sciences

(IJFANS)
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
November-2022 Volume-11 Issue-13
on

EDITOR IN CHIEF
Prof. Dr. Jaâfar HEIKEL,
Professeur de Médecine et d’Epidémiologie
Spécialiste en Maladies Infectieuses et Santé Publique
Diplômé Universitaire en Nutrition et Maladies Métaboliques
Diplômé Universitaire en Gériatrie
Economiste de la santé Chercheur
CEPN, Sorbonne-Paris

ASSOCIATE EDITORS
Dr.Co-
Sang-Han
Editors Lee,
Dr.Manoj
Dr Moawiya A. Haddad
P Armarkar
Prof. Dr. Baher & NSS Coordinator Shri
Director, Dept of Sports & Physical Education,
Dnyanesh Mahavidyalaya, Nawargaon, Dist. Chandrapur
Editorial Board Members
Dr. Gabriela John
Prof. Danila Di Majo Dr. Nabil Kadri Dr. Sergey Gubsky
Swamy
Dr. Nikhil Kumar Dr. Mahesh Dr. Michael Ukwuru Prof. Mahmoud
Mahnot Shivananjappa Abughoush
Dr. Muhammad Ammar Dr. Hoda Salama
Dr. V.S. Periasamy Dr. Leila Houti
Khan Ibrahim
Prof. Dr. Yousif Abd El- Prof. Dr. Lucas Arantes Dr. Chanthima
Prof. Farouk El-Sabban
Aziz Elhassaneen Pereira Phungamngoen
Dr. Midhat Nabil
Dr. T. Kathiravan Dr Naeem M Rabeh Dr. Nihada Ahmetovic
Ahmad Salimi
Dr Aruna Kumari Nakkella

Editorial Office
International Journal of Food and Nutritional Sciences
Global E Smart Technologies.
16-11-781/40/7, Moosaranbagh, Hyderabad–500036, Telangana, India.
Contact Emails:-
Submissions: [email protected]
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
CONTENTS
Sr No Paper Title Page No.
Types of Doping and Its Side Effects on Athletes: An Overview
1 1-4
Mr. Vishal Rajendra Honmane
A Comprehensive Study of Educational and Demographic Status of the Rural- Urban
2 Fringe Area of Kolhapur City 5-13
Miss. Anita H. Pukale , Dr. Meena B. Potdar
Geographical Analysis of Demographical Characteristics of Karad City
3 14-18
Miss. Sayali Sudhir Yadav , Dr. M. A. Patil
Fruit Cultivation Problems of Villages in Satara District: A Geographical Study
4 19-24
Mr. Vishal S. Gholap , Dr. D. B. Nalawade
Synergistic Effect of Cypermethrin and Sodium Fluoride on Liver Histo Pathology of
5 Albino Mice 25-30
P. Ravi Sekhar , Y Savithri
Land Transformation Analysis of Siliguri City using Remote Sensing and GIS techniques
6 31-38
Sukhendu Jana , Dr. (Mrs.) Uma Gole
Analysing the Necessity of Cognitive Enhancement Systems for Humans
7 39-45
Dr B Kalaiyarasan
Impact of Yogic Pratices on Flexibility and Balance of College Athletes
8 49-54
Dr. Ramdas R. Jadhav
Vyasa’s Ecological Standpoint in the Mahabharata: A Recherche Research
9 55-58
Dr. Sumita Mandal
Ealdtl: Early Alzheimer Disease Diagnosis Using Transfer Learning
10 59-63
Suja G P , Dr. P. Raajan
Hunter-Gatherers and Early Food Producing Societies in Kerala
11 64-67
Dr. Martiz Kurian
Role of Mudra Yojan in Entreprenuership Development In India
12 68-71
Rohini.R
Unveiling the Teachings of Saint Bhima Bhoi: A Case Study on Peace Education
13 72-75
Debendra Bhue
Challenges in front of Indian Democracy
14 76-77
Dr.Santram Prabhakar Mundhe
Effects of social media trends on adolescent behavior patterns
15 78-80
Sri. Chandrappa A P
Impact of Industrialization on Immigration Patterns of Population Migrationin Sangli
16 District of Maharashtra 81-85
Prof. Dr. S. K. Pawar, Mr. S. D. Kamble
Study of Participation of Women In Life Insurance
17 86-89
Dr. Sandeep V. Burken
Job Satisfaction of Secondary School Teachers in the Hybrid Teaching Scenario
18 90-92
Ms. Parama Kundu , Dr. Kirti Thakre
Use of per and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS) in Cosmetics and their effects on
19 human health 93-95
Dr. Nidhi Shekhawat
Identifying the Potential of Agri-Tourism in India: Overriding Challenges and
20 Recommend Strategies 96-99
Dr.Dilip Phoke
The Role of Nutritious Diet in Boosting Athletic Performance
21 100-103
Mr. Vishal Rajendra Honmane
Neuroprotective Potential of Bacopa monnieri: A Comprehensive Study
22 104-111
U. Srineetha , G. Seethamma , S. Prakash Rao , D. Veera Nagendra Kumar
Production of value-added Shrikhand by using Lemongrass Juice - An Economic Study
23 112-115
R.S. Sonwane, Heena Y. Bhatt , B. D. Landge ,
“Ultrasound” As An Application Of Physics And It’s Uses In Modern Day Medicine”.
24 116-118
Dr. Sharada Navnath Adik
Impact on Libraries - knowledge and E Resources Management.
25 119-121
Ramesh Babulal Pimple , Dr. Sanjay L. Bhedekar
Water Security in Punjab: Issues and Challenges
26 122-125
Dr. Sarish Khera
Study of pesticides: Classification and Effects
27 126-128
N.B. Cholkar1, R.S. Sonwane2
Nutritional quality in Millets and their health benefits.
28 129-131
Dr. Vandana Phatale
The Study of Impact of Pilgrimage on Tourists Destination - A case study of Ozar Pilgrim
Center in Pune District
132-136
29 Dr. Amol Manohar Bibe

I
 IJAAR Vol. 11 Issue-13 ISSN – 2347-7075

Mathematical Modelling Of Transport of Contaminants In Unsaturated Porous Media

30 With Non-Uniform Flow 137-142
Vijayalakshmi A.R , Shobhan Kumar D.M
Geographical Study of Primary Schools In Vengurla Tahsil
31 143-144
Prof. Kamlesh R Kamble
Gender Sensitive Practices in Kerala- Educating Student Teachers
32 145-152
Dr. Smitha Eapen , Dr.Sojia John , Dr.Tharamma Goerge.T
Biological Activity and Electrical Behavior of Newly Synthesized Nanoporous Terpolymer
33 Resin Derived from Dithiooxamide with Formaldehyde 153-159
Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Murlidhar K. Rahangdale , Wasudeo B. Gurnule
Attitude of Students and Teachers towards Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process in
34 Higher Education 160-163
Shashwat Kumar , Dr. Sangeeta Chauhan
Student Teachers’ perspectives on themselves as Future Environmental Educators
35 164-171
Dr. Sojia John, Dr. Tharamma George .T2, Dr. Smitha Eapen3, Dr. Lakshmi. S
Conceptual Study of Digital Education for Digital India
36 172-174
Nagesh Chawhan T
Exploring India’s Economic Achievements after Independence” – Some Observations
37 175-177
Mrs. Rajashree Das Gupta
Pilgrims Satisfaction Analysis of Dehu Pilgrime Centere In Pune District In Maharashtra
38 178-182
Gandhile Ganesh Dattoba.
Psychological Impact Of Covid-19 Among The Old Aged People
39 183-188
Raj Aman1, Dr. Abhinaw Anand2
Study of Rhizomes of Tectariacoadunata with special reference to Phytochemical and GC-
40 MS 189-191
A.G. Godghate , R. N. Salunke , S. B. Rewatkar
Analytical Hierarchy Process Based Multi-Criteria Analysis And Influence Technique For
41
Agricultural Development Of Micro-Watersheds In Upper Mula River Basin In 192-202
Maharashtra (India)
Ravindra D.Gaikwad , Vijay S. Bhagat, Sanjay B. Navale , Pandharinath T. Karande
Opportunities and Challenges of Digital Payments in India
42 203-209
Ramesh Chandra , Dr. Avtar Dixit
Depiction of Caste and Untouchability as a Root Cause of Discrimination in Daya Pawar’s
43 Baluta and Sharankumar Limbale’s The Outcaste 210-213
Tufan Bhaskar Awatale , Dr. Nikita Mishra
Chelation Ion Exchange Studies of Copolymer Resin from o-Toluidine, Biuret and
44 Formaldehyde 214-220
Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Murlidhar K. Rahangdale, Wasudeo B. Gurnule
Dalit Literature: past, present & Future
45 121-122
Prof. Dr. Ganesh Dadasaheb Rupwate
Plant Leaf Disease Classification Using SVM and CNN Algorithms
46 123-127
Asha Patil
Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Species Composition During Rainy Season From Polluted Sites
47 And Their Role As Biofertilizer 128-135
Mrs. Ashwini Deshpande , Dr. Mahavir Gosavi
The Survey of Dominant and Traditional Medicinal Plants Used By Gond Tribe of Nagzira
48 at Bhandara District, Maharashtra. 136-153
K. R. Gopal
Libraries without users in covid-19 pandemic: reflection on the roles of library and
49 information professionals 154-163
Dr.Vinaya Ashok Patil
Contribution of India to Research on Big Data
50 164-173
Neeraj , Prof. Nirmal Kumar Swain
Spatial Analysis and Change in Agricultural Land Use Efficiency in Chandrapur District
51 (Maharashtra State) 174-176
Dr. Nikhil Manoharrao Deshmukh
Comparative Study of Communication Patterns in Girish Karnad’s Naga-Mandala and
52 Hayavadana 177-180
Dr. Poonam Nigam Sahay
“Importance of Knowledge Management in Academic Libraries in India”.
53 181-184
Sapkal Pravin Mohan , Prof: Waghamare Shwetambari , Yahwant B. Thorat
Analysis of the Indian Pharmaceutical Sector: Current Status, Challenges and
54 Opportunities 185-188
Ms. Prerna Singh , Dr. Shibu John, Professor,
Analysis of Services and Facilities Provided Through Academic Digital Libraries In
55 Higher Education System In India 189-192
Asso. Prof. Dr. Vaishali M. Choudhari
Formulation and quality evaluation of Multigrain Neutra-chikki
193-196
56 Sachin B. Somwanshi , Shital Godase , Chaitali Avhad

II
 IJAAR Vol. 11 Issue-13 ISSN – 2347-7075

Transgender: Status in India

57 197-200
Dr. Shobhna Jeet , Ms. Mamta Shankar
A Survey on the Awareness of Past and Present Practices of Machilipatnam Kalamkari
58 201-205
Ms. Thadepalli Srivani , Dr. Sundervel Amsamani
Feasibility of iron and zinc fortification in Jaggery Powder
59 206-208
Dr. Sulakshana Mane
A Study on Role of Ict Tools in Mathematics Teaching And Learning
60 209-213
Upendra Kumar
Traditional Medicinal Plants Used By Kolam Tribe Of Nimgavhan Village, Yavatmal
61 District, Maharashtra 214-229
K. R. Gopal
Impact of Online Teaching and Learning on the Under-Graduate Students during the
62 Pandemic. 230-235
Dr. Rajesh Vishnu Yeole
State of Art of Library Websites of Academic Colleges of Maharashtra State
63 236-240
Shweta Pathak , Dr. Kishorsingh R. Chungade
A Study on Financial Analysis and Performance of Agricultural Production System of
64 Selected Commodities in Maharashtra 241-244
DR. H. B. Tipe, Santosh P. Mane
A Case Study On Library & Information Science Online Education System In India With
65 Special Reference To Higher Education Of Maharashtra 245-248
Dr. Kishor Manikrao Waghmare
Effective and efficient Utilization of Library Resource in Education
66 249-252
Kiranakumar Doddamani

III
 ISSN PRINT 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Types of Doping and Its Side Effects on Athletes: An Overview
Mr. Vishal Rajendra Honmane
Director of Physical Education, Uma Mahavidyalaya, Pandharpur
Email: [email protected].

Abstract:
Doping is a serious problem in sport physiology nowadays on an international scale. The
moral and ethical principles of mankind that affect the fair competition of sports are also taken
into consideration. Worldwide sporting events are being directly impacted by this. Blood doping
is the use of particular substances improperly to raise red blood cell mass, which enables the
body to carry more oxygen to muscles and boosts performance and stamina of a player or
individual. Blood doping has been linked to a long range of harmful harmful effects, including
blood viscosity increases, myocardial infarctions, emboli, strokes, infections, allergic reactions,
and an increased risk of blood-borne illnesses like HIV and hepatitis, among others. Local
legislation may contradict with anti-doping policies implemented by various athletic governing
bodies. These authority & government legislation don't correlate in this way. Nowadays,
players use a variety of methods and medicines, making it difficult for professionals to identify
them and win the battle against doping. However, it is our duty to combat them, using the most
recent information and developments.
Keywords: Doping, Erythropoietin, Sport Physiology, Anti-doping policies
Introduction:
Doping is currently a serious problem in sport physiology on a worldwide scale. In
addition to physical issues, this also has moral and ethical implications for the integrity of
teamwork in athletic competition. This has a direct impact on international sporting events.
The term "doping" was formerly primarily used to refer to blood doping. But as doping becomes
more prevalent nowadays, the present tests are rendered useless for detecting it. However, it is
the responsibility of professionals to stay informed in this area in order to avoid doping. Any
type of behaviour that encourages the use of particular medicines for the purpose of enhancing
athletic performance or endurance is referred to as doping. According to the organisations
concerned, this is unethical because it frequently happens at both the national and
international levels. The International Olympic Committee deems this situation to be illegal
and immoral. These committees frequently accuse such events of regular, significant offences.
occasionally took place. This organisation makes constant, unrelenting efforts to promote
doping-free sports. Sportspeople frequently utilise doping in an effort to enhance their
performance without concern for or ignorance of its repercussions or negative effects. These
actions not only degrade sportsmanship, but they may also be viewed as a component of sports
corruption, which weakens the competitive spirit.
Purpose of the article:
To make coaches, trainers, players and parent to aware of anti-doping and side effect of
doping.
Objectives:
1. To know about different types of doping
2. To create awareness amongst people about anti-doping.
3. Good health and success in sports and physical activities through nutrition and anti-doping.
4. To make athletes aware of the side effects of doping
Research Methodology:
This research paper is based on secondary content. For data collection, the researcher
has relied on various research materials, reference books, books, research papers, magazines,
newspapers, YouTube, media, TV, Internet and through conference and seminars for promoting
health and anti-doping to spread awareness.
Definition of Doping:
The word doping is probably derived from the Dutch word dop, the name of an alcoholic
beverage made of grape skins used by Zulu warriors in order to enhance their prowess in battle.
The use of a substance (such as an anabolic steroid or erythropoietin) or technique (such
as blood doping) to illegally improve athletic performance.
Reasons for Athletes Taking Drugs
1. There are a large number of reasons why an athlete may decide to take Drugs, the reasons
are listed here:
2. Feeling under pressure to perform, whether it comes from their instructors or families; •
Believing that their rivals are using drugs
3. Lack of access to, or funding for, training facilities and additional support (nutrition,
psychological support), pressure from governments and national authorities (as was the case
in the eastern bloc countries in the 1960s and 1970s);
4. Financial rewards for exceptional performance;

1
 ISSN PRINT 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Types of Doping:
(A) Performance enhancing substance:
1. Stimulants:
Drugs that directly influence the central nervous system are known as stimulants. They
function by accelerating certain bodily and mental processes, raising the user's heart rate,
blood pressure, metabolism, and body temperature. They help athletes perform better by
reducing weariness and drowsiness and boosting alertness, aggressiveness, and
competitiveness. 'Performance-enhancing drugs' or 'performance and image-enhancing
substances' are prohibited in sports because they could provide a competitor an unfair edge.
2. Anabolic Steroids:
By mimicking the effects of the body's natural male hormone, testosterone, anabolic steroids
aid in the development of muscular tissue and increase in body mass. Steroids, however,
cannot increase an athlete's agility or talent. Genetics, body size, age, sex, food, and how
hard an athlete trains are just a few of the many variables that affect athletic performance.
3. Peptide hormones:
Peptide hormones are hormones whose molecules are peptide. Peptide hormones have
shorter amino acid chain lengths than protein hormones. These hormones have an effect on
the endocrine system of animals, including humans. Most hormones can be classified as
either amino acid–based hormones (amine, peptide, or protein) or steroid hormones.
4. Beta - 2 Agonist:
These medications, also known as sympathomimetic amines, are made to replicate the
body's normal response to the hormones adrenaline and norepinephrine, but with a focus on
B2 receptors in an effort to minimise side effects. They are mostly employed to treat
respiratory conditions like asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
5. Narcotics:
Drugs of the narcotics class are used as doping in sports. They are injected into a person's
muscles, bloodstream, or subcutaneously. Drugs can also be ingested. Unless prescribed by a
licenced professional, unlawful.
6. Diuretics:
Diuretics are medications that alter the body's fluid and salt balance. They may result in
water loss from the body, lowering an athlete's weight. Diuretics may also assist athletes in
passing urine drug tests that look for indicators of drug use. They thin the urine and could
mask drug residue.
7. Cannabinoids:
Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) is the principal active ingredient. The soothing and slightly
euphoric effects of cannabinoids are felt. Although marijuana is rarely used to improve
performance, its usage outside of sports results in several positive doping samples. In all
sports, marijuana use during competition is illegal.
(B) Physical methods: Blood doping and Gene doping these are two types of physical
method.
Blood doping:
Meaning of Blood Doping:
Blood doping is also referred to as blood packing, blood boosting, or even artificial
erythrocythemia. It is "the misuse of specific methods or/and substances to increase one's red
blood cells, enabling the body to deliver more oxygen to muscles to enhance stamina and
performance," according to WADA. High oxygen transport to the working skeletal muscles and
its usage are the primary determinants of performance in aerobic sports disciplines including
long-distance running, cycling, and cross-country skiing.
Methods and Techniques of Blood Doping:
There are two basic techniques of blood doping; heterologous and autologous blood doping:
Heterologous Blood Doping:
Heterologous blood doping involves transfusing a donor's blood into the body of an athlete. Even
though this technique is frequently employed for therapeutic purposes, if the blood is
contaminated, it may be harmful to the athlete's health.
Autologous Blood Doping:
Two units of the athlete's blood are taken, stored, and then reinfused around seven days before
the sports competition. This is known as autologous blood doping. Venesection must be carried
out at least three weeks before to reinfusion to give the subject time to return to normal
haemoglobin levels. Doping with autologous blood is challenging to identify
ii) Gene Doping:
Meaning of Gene Doping:
The non-remedial use of genes and genetic materials that have the potential to improve athletic
performance is referred to as gene doping. The fake gene is introduced by a virus, genetically
modified cells, or by injecting DNA directly into the muscles. Some of the drugs utilised by
athletes to improve their athletic performance include erythropoietin, insulin-like growth factor

2
 ISSN PRINT 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

(IGF), and vascular endothelia growth factor (VEGF). The World Anti-Doping Code's "The 2017
Prohibited List" lists gene doping as Prohibited Method M3, or gene doping.
The following things are not allowed using this method:
1. The exchange of nucleic acid or nucleic acid analogue polymers; 2. The application of
unaltered or genetically modified cells. There is no solid proof that gene therapy has ever been
used as a means of athletic enhancement, despite the fact that gene doping was first addressed
in 2001 by the International Olympic Committee and later outlawed in 2003 by the World Anti-
Doping Agency (WADA).
Methods of Gene Doping:
The most effective way to transfer genes is through a viral infection; but, to achieve the
highest levels of safety, a significant financial investment is needed. Ex vivo introduction is a
different technique that entails extracting a collection of disease-related cells from the
patient.The separation and characterisation of the human DNA region that codes for
endogenous EPO, as well as the production of a complementary mould copy of the same region
(c-DNA), were the actions that made it possible and heralded a new era in the production of
synthetic EPO. Because they derive from diverse sources of synthesis, every RhEPO
manufactured by different manufacturers has a different analogy. The dangers of gene doping
Athletes wouldn't have to work hard or give up things to have good results if there were
genetics in sports, which would kill the practise spirit and the attractiveness of the sport. The
introduction of viral vectors into the host DNA raises the possibility of transhumanism or
posthumanism due to insertional mutagenesis. In addition to harming the athlete's health, gene
doping also affects others, i.e., future individuals. Gene therapy has the potential to cause
leukaemia and flu-like symptoms.
General Side Effects:
Many athletes use excessive amounts of anabolic steroids. These dosages are significantly
higher than those prescribed by medical professionals. Serious adverse effects can also be
caused by anabolic steroids.
Male specific effect:
1. See their breasts expand.
2. Note any testicular atrophy.
3. Being unable to impregnate their partner.
4. Discover that their prostate gland has grown in size from a medical professional.
women specific effect:
1. Use a louder voice. Treatment might not be able to reverse the alteration.
2. Take note of the clitoris, a portion of their genitalia, which has become larger.
3. Increase body hair.
4. The head's hair will fall out. It's possible that treatment won't be able to regrow hair.
5. Stop having periods or have them considerably less frequently than before.
General side Effect on Human bodies:
1. Severe acne;
2. An increased risk of tendons—cords that connect muscle to bone—becoming enlarged or
ruptured;
3. Liver tumours or other changes to the liver.
4. Higher concentrations of low-density lipoprotein (LDL), or "bad" cholesterol.
5. Lower levels of high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol, the "good" cholesterol. Blood
pressure problems.
6. Heart and blood flow conditions.
7. Problems with aggression or violence.
8. Mental health issues including depression.
9. An uncontrollable urge for anabolic steroids.
10. Diseases, such as HIV or hepatitis, if injecting the narcotics with needles.
Conclusion:
Nowadays, players use a variety of methods and medicines, making it difficult for
professionals to identify them and win the battle against doping. However, it is our duty to
combat them, using the most recent information and developments. Doping medicines have
awful negative consequences on the body. Steroids prevent your body's hormones from
developing normally. Your body goes through alterations that can be reversed when this occurs.
changes such sperm production, baldness, male breast development, female breast shrinkage,
and a woman's voice becoming deeper. High blood pressure is more likely. Additionally, there is
a greater risk of heart attacks. Blood doping, a doping substance, puts the heart under a lot of
strain. This is because as your red blood cell count rises, your blood becomes thicker in your
bloodstream. The heart of a human is not accustomed to pumping blood this thick. It causes
many forms of cardiac disease. The risk of AIDS exists because this type of doping involves the
use of needles, typically shared needles. Narcotic overdose can result in death. Limited vision,
decreased sex drive, menstruation, persistent constipation, mood swings, and muscle twitching

3
 ISSN PRINT 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
are a few withdrawal symptoms. Cramping is one of creatine's known side effects. Dehydration,
increased urination, and diarrhoea. The effects of consuming a lot of creatine are similar to
those of drinking sea water.
References:
Teach PE: http://www.teachpe.com/drugs/epo.php: Downloaded on 14/12/2012
https://www.who.int/health-topics/nutrition#tab=tab_1
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nutrition
2. www.dopiningworld.com.
3. Online journals
4. Library resources
5. Doping sports Encyclopedia.
6. www.Google.in.
7. https://www.hsph.harvard.edu/nutritionsource/
8. https://nutrition.org/
9. https://isaacscenter.org/food-and-nutrition/
10. https://www.nutrition.gov/
11. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doping_in_sport

4
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
A Comprehensive Study of Educational and Demographic
Status of the Rural- Urban Fringe Area of Kolhapur City
Miss. Anita H. Pukale1, Dr. Meena B. Potdar2
Research Student, M.A., SET, NET, P.G. Dip. in GIS.
Research Guide, Assistant Professor Department of Geography
Shivaji University Kolhapur.
Email- [email protected]

Abstract
Rural-urban fringe is transition zone between rural and urban area, and it shows both
characteristics. Any statistical parameter that impacts population growth or decline can be
included in demographics; however, certain criteria are essential: size, density, sex ratio, and
population of the fringe area. The rural-urban fringe of the city is a significant area because it
shows both urban and rural characteristics. The fringe area consists of 20 villages around
Kolhapur city. The Socio-economic development of the fringe area is examined in terms of
population, population density, and sex ratio of the fringe villages from 1981 to 2011. And the
educational development of fringe areas includes the literacy rate and educational institutes in
this area. The current research paper examines the demographic and educational development
of fringe areas over a 30-year population period. From 1981 to 2011, the population increased
steadily over a 30-year period because the fringe area is near Kolhapur city and the fringe area
provides basic services like supplying milk and vegetables, etc., and plays an important role in
the city. As a result, an effort has been conducted here to evaluate the demographic and
educational growth of the periphery area.
Keywords
Rural-Urban fringe, Social, Growth rate, Density, Sex Ratio, Demography.
Introduction
The dynamic nature of the fringe can be detected by observing the changes in the city
and vice versa. The changes in the rural-urban fringe depend upon the function and size of the
city. Over the last 30 years, The Rural-Urban Fringe area of Kolhapur city population
increased. In 1981-2011 Period population increased by 83,147 to 2,01,328. In India rural area
is engaged in agriculture-based activities but metropolitan cities are engaged in tertiary and
large-scale secondary activities. But small cities like Kolhapur are the cities that show both
cultures like the rural areas as based on some Agro-based industrial sector and culture of urban
areas as developing small-scale industries. In this combination fringe of any city plays an
important role. Because it connects the city with the rural areas, and it combines both rural as
well as urban activities. It provides agricultural products to the city easily as well as human
resources. It provides low-rent accommodation as compared to the city and people can use
facilities from the city. Therefore, this area plays important role in the city's development.
Therefore, here an attempt has been made to analyse the economic status of this fringe of
Kolhapur.
Objective
To study social and educational aspect of the rural-urban fringe area of Kolhapur city.
Study Area
Kolhapur is an inland city located in
south-west Maharashtra state. The geographical
area of fringe area is about 122.13 Sq.km and the
population of fringe area is 2,01,328 as per the
census 2011. Kolhapur is headquartered of the
district. It located between 16° 42’ North latitude
and 74° 14’ East longitudes at an altitude 650
meters above mean sea level. The city of
Kolhapur located on the right bank of river
Panchganga. The fringe area comprises about 20
villages. These are located on the boundary of the
city. Following table shows population of villages
located on fringe area.

Databa se
The current study is based on secondary data and
data collected in the Kolhapur district census
handbook from 1981 to 2011.
Methodology
Various effective statistical methods for gathering, tabulating, classifying, calculating,
and interpreting data have been applied in the current study. The research has been supported
using quantitative and cartographic methods. The quantitative and cartographic methods, maps

5
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
diagrams are used as necessary, with their meaning specified in the current research of rural-
urban fringe development.
1. Population Growth Rate
The population growth rate calculated by formula,

Gr = (P2 -P1)/P1 *100

Where, Gr represents Population Growth Rate

P2 represents Final Population Size
P1 represents Initial Population Size
2. Population Density
Population density calculated number of persons living per sq. km area.

Population Density = Number of People/ Total Land Area

3. Sex Ratio
The sex ratio is defined as the number of females per thousand males.

Sex ratio = No. of Females/ No. of males *1000

4. Literacy Rate
The literacy is defined as the ability of reading and writing of person (Census of India, 2011).
Literacy Rate = Literate Population Age 7 and above/Total Population Age 7 and above *100

Result and Discussion

Demographic Aspect
The word demography comes from two old Greek words, demos, meaning "the people," and
graph, meaning "writing about or recording something." Van de Walle (1982) Defined
“demography as the scientific study of the human population, primarily with respect to their
size, structure, and development.” The study of demographic development of a rural-urban
fringe area of Kolhapur city, to analyse different characteristics of the population, density, and
sex ratio of the fringe area over 30 years period. The demographic indicators are discussed
below.
Population Growth Rate
Sr. Decadal Growth Decadal Growth
Village 1981 1991 2001 2011
No. variation Rate variation Rate

1 Shiye 4421 5566 1145 25.90 8307 9503 1196 14.40

2 Bhuye 5018 2566 -2452 -48.86 2781 2744 -37 -1.33

Nigave
3 4630 5464 834 18.01 6101 6898 797 13.06
Dhumala
1184 1350
4 Wadange 9148 10740 1592 17.40
6 7
1661 14.02

5 Chikhali 4606 4501 -105 -2.28 5728 6301 573 10.00

6 Ambewadi 1507 2002 495 32.85 2077 2203 126 6.07

Shinganap
7 7686 3722 -3964 -51.57 4911 7570 2659 54.14
ur
8 Nagdewadi 0 2010 2010 0.00 3449 4981 1532 44.42

9 Balinge 1709 3023 1314 76.89 3828 5158 1330 34.74

10 Padali Kh. 2929 3569 640 21.85 4297 5408 1111 25.86

11 Wadipir 1214 1553 339 27.92 1893 2376 483 25.52

Kalambe_T 1013
12 3939 6561 2622 66.57 8734 1404 16.08
_Thane 8
1199 2235
13 Pachgaoan 2016 5069 3053 151.44
1 3
10362 86.41

14 Morewadi 885 2525 1640 185.31 4539 7222 2683 59.11

15 Ujlaiwadi 1098 2113 1015 92.44 4750 9075 4325 91.05

16 Sarnobatw 1244 1648 404 32.48 2586 3722 1136 43.93

6
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
adi
2254 3123
17 Uchgaon 7417 14790 7373 99.41
8 8
8690 38.54

Gandhinag 1076 1237 1260

18 6561 -4206 -39.06 227 1.83
ar 7 4 1
1106 2167 2970
19 Shiroli 9
16854 5785 52.26
1 7
8036 37.08

Gokul
20 1844 3154 1310 71.04 7505 8623 1118 14.90
Shirgaon

Source: Computed by Researcher based on District Census Handbook Kolhapur (1981-2011)

200.00 POPULATION GROWTH RATE 1981-1991

Population Growth Rate In %

150.00

100.00

50.00

0.00

-50.00

-100.00 Village Growth Rate

POPULATION GROWTH RATE 2001-2011

100.00
Growth Rate In %

80.00
60.00
40.00
20.00
0.00
-20.00

Village Growth…

The population growth rate calculated by 1981-1991 and 2001-2011 decadal period. The
1981 to 1991 decadal period population growth of fringe area fluctuated due different reasons.
Morewadi and Pachgaon villages the population growth increased in 185.31 and 151.44 because
1981-to-1991-decade population growth is doubled and this villages comes under city area, most
of the population migrated and their settled down. This villages constructed big bungalows and
cities like construction but rural facility. The Ujlaiwadi, Gokul Shirgaon and Uchgaon village
represents highest growth rate because this villages near to city and available of various
services and facility like rural areas. Population growth of fringe area fluctuated from the year
2001-to-2011. The Ujlaiwadi and Pachgaon village recorded highest growth rate because
developing Airport and rural area convert into urban. The Bhuye village population growth is
negative this village 14 km away from the city most of the area under agriculture land and it
comes under rural area.
Population Density
The population density is an important characteristic of demographic development. The density
of population represents number peoples living per unit area Sq. Km. and it show man and land
proportion. Population density calculated by ratio between total population of fringe area to
total area formula of population density.

7
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Population Density Person/Sq. Km.
Sr. No. Village 1981 1991 2001 2011
1 Shiye 503 634 945 1082
2 Bhuye 981 502 544 536
3 Nigave Dumala 669 790 882 997
4 Wadange 888 1043 1150 1311
5 Chikhali 948 926 1179 1297
6 Ambewadi 858 1140 1183 1255
7 Shinganapur 1861 901 1189 1832
8 Nagdewadi 0 825 1416 2046
9 Balinge 405 716 907 1222
10 Padali Kh. 430 524 631 794
11 Wadipir 432 553 674 846
12 Kalambe-T-Thane 263 437 582 676
13 Pachgaon 224 563 1332 2484
14 Morewadi 461 1315 2364 3761
15 Ujalaiwadi 192 369 829 1584
16 Sarnobatwadi 2893 3833 6014 8656
17 Uchgaon 824 1643 2505 3471
18 Gandhinagar 26918 16403 30935 31503
19 Shiroli 754 1147 1475 2022
20 Gokul Shirgaon 236 404 961 1104
Source: Computed by Researcher based on District Census Handbook Kolhapur (1981-2011)

8
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Sex Ratio
Sex ratio is an important indicator of demographic development of rural-urban fringe area of
Kolhapur city. The comparison study of male and female population of social and economic
development of fringe area. The sex ratio is defined as the number of females per thousand
males. The calculation of sex ratio formula,
Sex ratio = No. of Females/ No. of males *1000
Sex Ratio 1981-2011
Sr. No. Village 1981 1991 2001 2011
1 Shiye 975 929 877 902
2 Bhuye 939 944 939 910
3 Nigave Dhumala 953 906 902 921
4 Wadange 756 880 937 916
5 Chikhali 988 888 846 907
6 Ambewadi 942 984 995 924
7 Shinganapur 669 826 894 944
8 Nagdewadi 0 935 895 909
9 Balinge 942 942 895 908
10 Padali Kh. 927 943 913 934
11 Wadipir 1030 991 928 922
12 Kalambe-T-Thane 892 890 893 895
13 Pachgaon 882 913 893 904
14 Morewadi 932 876 909 956
15 Ujaiwadi 933 931 879 925
16 Sarnobatwadi 926 946 914 912
17 Uchgaon 899 820 885 921
18 Gandhinagar 943 890 910 917
19 Shiroli 921 857 879 889
20 Gokul Shirgaon 947 873 729 884

9
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Source: Computed by Researcher based on District Census Handbook Kolhapur (1981-2011)
Educational status
Education is very important indicator of social development of rural-urban fringe area of
Kolhapur city. Educational status decides the social as well as economic status of the region.
Education is one of the key factors for overall growth and development of region.
Literacy
Literacy is important indicator of fringe area development. Literacy in India is a key for social-
economic progress. The literacy is defined as the ability of reading and writing of person
(Census of India, 2011).
Literacy Rate = Literate Population Age 7 and above/Total Population Age 7 and above *100

Literacy Rate
Sr. No. Village 1981 1991 2001 2011
1 Shiye 42.61 68.33 65.76 83.13
2 Bhuye 45.83 81.33 69.62 80.89
3 Nigave Dhumala 46.74 63.5 62.5 78.46
4 Wadange 56.52 74.79 68.55 81.1
5 Chikhali 47.52 72.44 69.12 82.08
6 Ambewadi 57.33 73.65 72.08 88.18
7 Shinganapur 52.82 69.22 67.3 74.36
8 Nagdewadi 0 67.93 68.86 86.25
9 Balinge 40.26 61.98 72.99 85.41
10 Padali Kh. 41.89 57.34 66.07 79.08
11 Wadipir 38.39 61.64 67.62 88.81
12 Kalambe-T-Thane 42.42 74.52 69.77 85.24
13 Pachgaon 37.45 77.61 76.79 90.75
14 Morewadi 54.01 84.31 82.77 91.65
15 Ujaiwadi 44.81 76.74 74.11 90.01
16 Sarnobatwadi 54.02 60.22 71.19 85.97
17 Uchgaon 48.77 75.07 70.77 86.47
18 Gandhinagar 60.63 88.53 78.71 91.91
19 Shiroli 52.11 69.67 70.86 85.65
20 Gokul Shirgaon 35.09 68.43 70.83 84.93
Source: Computed by Researcher based on District Census Handbook Kolhapur (1981-2011)

10
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Educational Status

1981 1991
Sr. No. Village P M H AC P M H AC
1 Shiye 1 1 0 0 3 1 1 0
2 Bhuye 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0
3 Nigave Dhumala 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
4 Wadange 1 0 0 0 3 1 1 0
5 Chikhali 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0
6 Ambewadi 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
7 Shinganapur 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
8 Nagdewadi 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
9 Balinge 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0
10 Padali Kh. 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
11 Wadipir 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
12 Kalambe_T_Thane 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
13 Pachgaon 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
14 Morewadi 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
15 Ujaiwadi 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1
16 Sarnobatwadi 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
17 Uchgaon 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1
18 Gandhinagar 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
19 Shiroli 1 1 1 0 5 1 1 0
20 Gokul Shirgaon 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1

Educational Institute

2001
Sr. No. Village P M S PUC C I Tr AC O
1 Shiye 3 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
2 Bhuye 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
3 Nigave Dhumala 2 2 1 0 0 1 1 1 0
4 Wadange 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0
5 Chikhali 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 9 0
6 Ambewadi 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
7 Shinganapur 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
8 Nagdewadi 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
9 Balinge 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
10 Padali Kh. 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
11 Wadipir 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
12 Kalambe_T_Thane 1 1 1 1 5 0 0 0 1
13 Pachgaon 1 1 1 0 4 0 0 0 0
14 Morewadi 2 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
15 Ujalaiwadi 2 2 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
16 Sarnobatwadi 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
17 Uchgaon 2 2 2 0 4 0 0 0 0
18 Gandhinagar 1 1 1 1 5 0 0 0 0
19 Shiroli 4 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0
20 Gokul Shirgaon 2 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0

11
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Sr. P S AS E M M P IT NFT SS Othe
No. Village P P M S S C C C I t I C D rs
1 Shiye 10 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
2 Bhuye 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Nigave
3 Dhumala 7 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
4 Wadange 15 7 5 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 Chikhali 7 4 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
6 Ambewadi 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
7 Shinganapur 8 5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
8 Nagdewadi 5 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
9 Balinge 6 5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
10 Padali Kh. 6 5 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
11 Wadipir 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Kalambe_T_T
12 hane 0 4 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
13 Pachgaon 0 4 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 0
14 Morewadi 0 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
15 Ujalaiwadi 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
16 Sarnobatwadi 5 3 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
1
17 Uchgaon 0 2 8 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 0
18 Gandhinagar 0 6 6 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
1
19 Shiroli 18 4 8 5 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Gokul
20 Shirgaon 0 4 3 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Source: District census handbook of Kolhapur 1981-2011
P- Primary/Secondary School
H- Matriculation/Secondary School
M- Junior Secondary/ Middle School
AC- Adult Literacy Class/Canter
P- Primary School
C- College
M- Middle School
I- Industrial School
S- Secondary School
Tr- Training School
PUC- Senior Secondary
O- Other (Specify)
PP- Pre-primary School
MC- Medical College
P-Primary School
MI- Management Institute
ACS- Degree College Arts,Commerce and Science
M- Middle School
Pt- Polytechnic
SSD- Special School for Disabled
S- Secondary School
ITI- Vocational Training School
Others- Specify
SS- Senior Secondary School
NFTC- Non-formal Training Centre EC- Engineering College
Conclusions
 The population of Gandhinagar, Shiroli, Gokul Shirgaon, Pachgaon, and Ujlaiwadi villages has
rapidly increased because these villages are close to city i.e., only 8 to 10 kms away from
Kolhapur city and mostly Gandhinagar, Shiroli and Gokul Shirgaon are commercial areas.
Therefore, here job opportunities are more. Pachgaon, Uchgaon, Kalmabe – T – Thane,
Morewadi and Ujalaiwadi are the villages they almost look like city area and most of the high-
class people who wants to construct bungalows and settled down in very calm and cool areas
they have constructed their houses at these villages therefore here population is increasing.
 Even these villages are also well connected with city with city transportation. Here number of
educational institutes are also located in Pachgaon, Uchgaon and Morewadi. These villages are
also near to Pune Banglore highway therefore population of these places is increasing day by
day. But villages like Shiye, Bhuye, Wadange, Ambewadi and Wadipir are located on the
Konkan highway they are little away from city, and they are separated from city by river

12
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
therefore they are less developed. Even in these villages most of the population is having
agricultural land few of their family members doing farming and male are working in industrial
sector, construction business and transportation services.
 Even kids from Pachgaon, Uchgaon, Kalmabe – T – Thane, Morewadi, and Ujlaiwadi are
coming to city for schooling and students from cream area of city are going to school in these
villages because most of the CBSC schools are in these areas. Because of proximity to city the
literacy rate of Pachgaon, Uchgaon, Kalmabe – T – Thane, Morewadi, and Ujlaiwadi villages is
also high. But in Shiye, Bhuye, Wadange, Ambewadi and wadipir as compared to above places
literacy rate is low and they are coming to city for higher education.
 Above analysis shows that Pachgaon, Uchgaon, Kalmabe – T – Thane, Morewadi, and Ujlaiwadi
these are the villages developed because of city and proximity to city. But Shiye, Bhuye,
Wadange, Ambewadi and wadipir these villages are not much developed because they have
separated because of the river and here dominant activity is agriculture. Gandhinagar, Shiroli
and Gokul Shirgaon are the commercial area who gives economic opportunities to city
population therefore they are important areas in the fringe.
 It shows that these fringe areas serve city population like Shiye, Bhuye, Wadange, Ambewadi
and wadipir giving agriculture products. Gandhinagar, Shiroli and Gokul Shirgaon provides
income and Pachgaon, Uchgaon, Kalmabe – T – Thane, Morewadi, and Ujlaiwadi provides
residential area and educational facilities to city population.
Problems
1. Because of growing population density rate of land is increasing in Gandhinagar, Shiroli,
Gokul Shirgaon, Pachgaon, Uchgaon, Kalmabe-T-Thane, Morewadi, and Ujlaiwadi.
2. It creates stress on public utility services and services like police station, sewage disposal
etc.
3. Here population is increasing but health facilities, banking facilities are less therefore they
must come to city for these facilities.
4. Even entertainment facilities are also not here in the fringe areas.
5. These are also facing problems regarding security, quality of road, and scarcity of water.
6. Therefore, we are suggesting that most of the places like Pachgaon, Uchgaon, Kalmabe-T-
Thane, Morewadi should include into the city otherwise taxes to the residents should impose
based on their economic activities, these areas should have separate police stations, bank
facilities etc. transportation connectivity should be more. Roads must be well constructed.
References
1. Potdar, M. B. (2013). Economic Impact of Tourism on Kolhapur District of
Maharashtra. Review of Research, 40-47.
2. Thorat, M. S. S., & Potdar, M. B. (2016) Impacts of Industrial Development on Satara
Tehsil.
3. Surya B. (2016) Change phenomena of spatial physical in the dynamics of development in
urban fringe area. The Indonesian Journal of Geography, 48(2), 118.
4. Owusu-Ansah, J. K., & O’Connor, K. B. (2010). Housing demand in the urban fringe
around Kumasi, Ghana. Journal of Housing and the Built Environment, 25(1), 1-17.
5. Helwa, M. A., & Birch, B. (1993). The demography and housing conditions of Palestinian
refugees in and around the camps in Amman, Jordan.
6. Gołata, E., & Kuropka, I. (2016). Large cities in Poland in face of demographic
changes. Bulletin of Geography. Socio-economic Series, (34), 17-31.
7. Wehrwein G. S. (1942) The rural-urban fringe. Economic Geography, 18(3), 217-228.
8. Johnston, R. J. (1966). The Population Characteristics of the Urban Fringe: A Review and
Exaniple. The Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology, 2(2), 79-92.
9. Pryor, R. J. (1968). Defining the rural-urban fringe. Social forces, 47(2), 202-215.
10. S. Rani Senthmai (1989) Change Urban Fringe – Urban Residential in madras
metropolitan city.
11. Nisha 92015). Dynamics of Rural-Urban fringe of Jammu city (1981-2011): A study in
Urban Geography, University of Jammu
12. Sadaf (2018) Patterns of Regional Development in Rural Urban Fringe of Faizabad City,
Aligarh Muslim University.
13. Wedderburn, D. (2014). Land use Planning in the Greater Golden Horseshoe for the
Rural-Urban Fringe: A case study assessment of regional approaches.
14. Davis, K. (1965). The urbanization of the human population. Scientific American, 213(3),
40-53.
15. Luo, R., Liu, X., Wu, Z., & Chen, Y. (2019, July). Delineation of the Urban Fringe Using
Multi-indicators and Deep Neural Network. In IGARSS 2019-2019 IEEE International
Geoscience and Remote Sensing Symposium (pp. 7411-7414). IEEE.

13
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Geographical Analysis of Demographical Characteristics of
Karad City
Miss. Sayali Sudhir Yadav1, Dr. M. A. Patil2
1Research Scholar, Department of Geography Shri. Vijaysinha Yadav
2Professor, Department of Geography, College, Pethvadgaon.

Email: [email protected]

Population factors play a significant role in geographical research since they serve as the
basis for many other geographical considerations. An essential factor that obstructs regional
management and development planning is demographic features. This study is considered in
relation to several facets of the population in Karad City, which is well-known to be the centre
of religious, social, and intellectual movements as also the centre of political and economic
development in the country from ancient times. And also famous for the meeting of the two holy
rivers, the Krishna and Koyna. The city of Karad is located in the Satara district, which is part
of Maharashtra, India's Pune division. It is located on the eastern edge of Maharashtra's
Konkan region. Only the most recent two decades have seen a decrease in the population of
Karad, which has expanded over the evaluation period of 100 years. At the time of the
investigation, different castings have been seen in this group. In terms of percentage, literacy is
also doing well at 87.67%. Additionally, the societal complexity is demonstrated by the
occupational system.
Keywords: Demographic Properties, Development Planning, Occupational Structure, Literacy
Introduction
Geography has traditionally focused on the interaction between people and the
environment. A demographic factor that had a direct impact on development was population.
The best resource for advancing development is the population. Planning professionals can use
the shifting trend and pattern of population characteristics as a useful tool to help them decide,
establish, and formulate plans and policies for the balanced development of the region in
general and for the development of community, institutions, and services for the development,
utilisation, and supply of human resources, etc. in particular. Population density or distribution
affects population characteristics, hence a change in either of these factors also affects the
latter. Again, demographic characteristics can be considered to alter population density or
distribution. As a result, there are regional variances in the amount of population pressure
being applied due to the large geographical variation in the patterns of fertility, death, and
mobility. This study is considered in relation to several facets of Karad city's population, which
is renowned for its market district. Karad is located in the Satara district, which is part of
Maharashtra, India's Pune division. It is located on the eastern edge of Maharashtra's Konkan
area. Due to the impact of important road connections that run through all four directions, from
Bijapur in the east, Belgaum in the south, Pune in the north, and through the Kumbharli ghat
towards the Arabian Sea in the west, Karad has developed into a commercial hub. These
connections have given the city genuine importance since ancient times.
Database
Primary and secondary data are the foundation of the investigation. At the city level,
primary data are gathered through visits, observations, numerous interviews, and also through
questioners that have been developed. Primary Census Abstract, Directorate of Census
operation, Census of India, District Census Handbook, Draft Development Plan of Karad, and
different data and reports gathered from local governing authorities for the years 1911 to 2011
were used to gather secondary data.

14
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Figure 1. Location Map of Study Area
Growth of Population
Population characteristics differ greatly between various countries/regions and also
between various facets of a society. These variations are the outcome of a variety of factors at
play. The following table shows the calculated decadal growth and percentage growth. The
changes in Karad City's total population, growth rate, and population fluctuations from 1911 to
2011 are depicted in table 1.1 and figure 1.1, respectively.
Table 1. Growth of Population of Karad City
Sr. Year Population Decadal Variation Growth of Population
No. (Growth of Population) in Percentage
1. 1911 11228 --- ---
2. 1921 11255 +27 +0.24
3. 1931 14479 +3224 +28.72
4. 1941 17996 +3517 +24.29
5. 1951 25721 +7725 +15.30
6. 1961 33772 +8051 +31.30
7. 1971 42329 +8557 +25.33
8. 1981 54364 +12035 +28.43
9. 1991 56819 +2455 +4.51
10. 2001 56149 -670 -1.71
11. 2011 53879 -2270 -4.043
Source: Draft Development Plan of Karad
Figure 2. Growth of Population of Karad City

POPULATION OF KARAD CITY

56819 56149
60000 54364 53879

50000
42329
Popⁿ in Thousand

40000 33772

30000 25721
17996
20000 14479
11228 11255
10000

0
1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011
Years

The population of the Karad increased gradually between 1911 and 1931 after that
is growing quickly between 1931 and 1981. However, population growth in 1991 was
remarkably extremely slow. Population growth is negative from 1991 to 2001, and it will
continue to be so in the following decade. The population of Karad city as a whole is 53879, with
a growth rate of -4.043 percent. The population's growth rate and fluctuation drastically
decreased after 1991 since the city was physically surrounded by the rivers Krishna and Koyna,
which prevented any further growth. The increased population growth rate of Karad Town was
28.72 in 1931 and climbed by 3224 in a similar manner. The following decade saw a similar
growth rate in population incline up to 1991. And next decade is suddenly fall in growth rate
noticed.
In the years between 2001 and 2011, Karad Town's growth rate reduced by 1.71 percent,
and a -670 change in population was noted. The growth rate for the following decade is again
declining, at -4.043 percent, and the population variation is noted as being negative 2270. Since
people's knowledge and literacy levels are rising and population is both growing and falling, the
rate of population expansion is slowing down every day. they choose to stay outside near cities.
According to the census, Karad tehsil had a total population of 498,535 people in 2011.
Of that number, Karad town added 10,81 percent of people (53879) in 2011, and its total
population was split 50.36 percent male and 46.64 percent female. 5444 people in the town (or
10.10%) are between the ages of 0 to 6.
Social Category-Wise Population
The overall number of Scheduled Castes in the Karad municipal area is 6279, or 11.66
percent of the total population. The number of Scheduled Tribes is 214, or 0.398 percent of the
Karad town's total population. Out of the overall population, the town's non-S.C. and S.T.
population makes up 87.95 percent.

15
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Table 2. Social Category Wise Population of Karad City in 2011
Sr. No. Category of Population Population Population in
Percentage
1. Non-S.C./S.T. 47386 87.95
2. Scheduled Caste 6279 11.65
3. Scheduled Tribe 214 0.40
Total 100
Source: District Census Handbook, 2011
Figure 3. Social Category Wise Population of Karad City in 2011
SO CIAL CATEGO RY WISE PO PULATIO N O F
K ARAD CITY IN 2 0 1 1
0.4
11.65

87.95

Non-S.C./S.T. Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribe

One of the main issues of considerable concern to the policy makers for the development
of the concerned region is illiteracy. Government has worked to promote literacy ever since
independence and the implementation of planning. And as a result of that policy, the
government spends a huge amount of money on education each year. Karad is well known for
being a significant centre of education, and its economy. Therefore, it is crucial to draw
attention to the literacy and illiteracy rates among the local population.
Table 1.3 shows Karad town's literacy and illiteracy rates by gender. It has been noted
that the literacy rate as of 2011 is 80.05%. In Karad Municipal Area, 19.5% of the population
has been found to be illiterate. Additionally, there are somewhat more literate men (41.94) than
literate women (38.11).
Table 3. Gender Wise Composition of Literate and Illiterate Population in Karad City
(2011)
Sr. Demographic Aspect Karad City
No.
1. Total Population 53879 (100)
2. Literate Persons 43131 (80.05)
3. Literate Male 22599 (41.94)
4. Literate Female 20532 (38.11)
5. Illiterate Persons 10748 (19.95)
6. Illiterate Male 4535 (8.42)
7. Illiterate Female 6213 (11.53)
Source: District Census Handbook of Satara 2011
Figure 4. Gender Wise Composition of Literate Population in Karad City

GENDER WISE COMPOSITION OF

LITERATE POPULATION IN KARAD CITY
43
41.94
42

41
Literacy in %

40

39
38.11
38

37

36
Literate Male Literate Female

16
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Figure 5. Gender Wise Composition of Illiterate Population in Karad City

GENDER WISE COMPOSITION OF ILLITERATE
POPULATION IN KARAD CITY

Illiterate Female 11.53

Illiterate Male 8.42

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Illitracy In %

Figures 1.3 and 1.4 depict the city of Karad's overall gender-based literacy and illiteracy
rates. Only 38.11 percent of women are literate, which is a serious worry for the local
government. Around 11.53 percent of females are illiterate. In Karad City, women have a
respectable percentage of literacy, but it is lower than that of men.
Occupational Structure-
The definition of an occupation defines it as a specific type of engagement in any
economically productive activity, whether it be mental or physical. Along with actual work, the
occupational structure includes efficient work supervision and direction. The total population
has been divided into three main groups, namely main workers, marginal workers, and non-
workers, in accordance with this concept.
The term "primary workers" refers to all employees who, in essence, work the entire
calendar year and are involved in economic activity for at least 183 days or more.
All employees who have worked at all during the year but not during the bulk of it are
considered marginal workers. In other words, any employees who work fewer than 183 days in a
given year are considered marginal workers.
The non-workers category shows the percentage of the population that is not productive.
All employees who have not worked at all in the previous year are considered non-workers.
Table 4. Occupational Structure of Karad City in 2011
Sr. Category of Main Workers Persons Percentage
No.
1. Cultivators 588 1.09
2. Agriculture Labours 217 0.40
3. Household Industry Workers 1250 2.32
4. Other Workers 15866 29.45
5. Marginal Workers 1098 2.04
6. Non-Workers 34860 64.70
Total Population 53879 100.00
Source: District Census Handbook of Satara 2011
Table 1.4 and picture 1.5 show the occupational breakdown of Karad Town. The
population of Karad City is estimated to be 0.40 percent employed in agriculture, 29.45 percent
employed in other occupations, 2.04% employed as marginal workers, etc.
Figure 6. Occupational Structure of Karad City in 2011
OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE OF KARAD
0.4
1.09 CITY2.32
IN 2011

29.45 Cultivators

Agriculture Labours

Household Industry
64.7
2.04 Workers
Other Workers

17
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
The results show that the non-working population of Karad makes up about 64.70
percent of the total population. It suggests that the majority of the population depends on the
labour of the working population for economic support. The whole labour force in India was split
into six broad divisions for the population census: principal workers, cultivators, agricultural
labourers, home industry employees, marginal workers, and other workers.
Result and Discussion
Municipal council authority, which is under the Satara district, is in charge of running
Karad town. The population of Karad grew gradually between 1911 and 1931, then rapidly
between 1991 and the present since more people began to live in the city's environs. However,
since 1991, the population of Karad has dropped. Additionally, Karad has excellent rail and
road connections. It has been noted that a developed infrastructure is necessary for population
growth.
The total Scheduled Castes population in the Karad municipal area is 6279 (11.65% of
the total population), while the total Scheduled Tribe population is 214 (0.40%) of the Karad
town's total population. It has been noted that the literacy rate as of 2011 is 80.05%. In Karad
Municipal Area, 19.5% of the population has been found to be illiterate. Here, it is seen that
there are more men than women, which can be attributed to traditional India's social, cultural,
and economic factors. Additionally, a complicated type of habitation is shown in the town of
Karad. The family business has resulted in a larger non-working population.
References
1. A.K. Mishra and P.K. Mishara, Spatio temporal analysis of demographic characteristics: A
case study of Samstipur district, India, American research journal of Humanities and social
science.
2. Chandna R. C. (2009): Geography of Population, Concepts, Determinants and Patterns,
Kalayani Publishers, New Delhi, P.7,131-145,344-345,
3. De N. K. and Bera A. K. (1984): Spatial Aspects of Population Distribution in Bankura
District, Modern Geographical Concepts, Vol. 18, Pp. 105-12.
4. Dixit K.R. (1996): Land and Human resource development, Maharashtra Bhugol Shastra
Sanshodhan Patrika, Vol. X, No.1, PP-69-81.
5. Gopal Krishan (1975): Some Aspects of Population Growth in India: 1961-71, Pacific
Viewpoint, Vol.XVI, pp.207-15.
6. Gupta Rupesh (2006): Study of Population Change and Urban Land use Relationship, The
Deccan Geographer, Vol. 44, No. 1, Pp. 1-12 41.
7. Hassan M.I (2008): Population Geography, Rawat Publications, Jaipur, pp. 1-4,6-7.
8. Kumar Sandeep and Singh Sujan (2011): Gender Disparity in Level of Literacy in Himachal
Pradesh, 2011: A Spatial Perspective, The Journal of Bengal Geographer, Vol. 3, No. 2, Pp.
30-49. 58.
9. Kumar Satish (2011): Punjab: Growth of Urban Population-2001, International Referred
Research Journal, Vol. II No. 16 pp. 32-33. 59.
10. Kundu A and Rao J. M (1983): Inequality in Education Development: Issues in
Measurement, Changing Structure and its Socio-Economic Correlates with Special
Reference to India, Educational Planning: A Long-Term Perspective in Moonis Raza (ed),
NIEPA, New Delhi, p. 446.
11. Patil Atish N. et. al. (2018): "Development of Religious Tourism in Narsobawadi: A
Geographical Analysis", Paper Published in "Aayushi International Interdisciplinary
Research Journal", ISSN: 2349-638x, pp 616-620.
12. Trewartha, G. T. (1953): A case for Population Geography, Annals of the Association of
American Geography, vol.43, pp. 71-97

18
 Fruit Cultivation Problems of Villages in Satara District: A
Geographical Study
Mr. Vishal S. Gholap1., Dr. D. B. Nalawade2
1Research Scholar, Department. of Geography, Shivaji University, Kolhapur. Maharashtra.
2Assistant Professor, Department of Geography, Chhatrapati Shivaji College, Satara. A

Constituent College of Karmaveer Bhaurao Patil University, Satara, Maharashtra.

Email- [email protected].,

Abstract
The main objective of this research paper is to discuss the problems of fruit
cultivation in villages of the Satara district. The researcher has selected 44 villages. It is 20
percent of the total villages. The stratified random sampling technique is used for a number
of villages while purposive sampling is used for the selection of villages. A detailed and
formal discussion with the village heads has been done through a detailed schedule of 9
points, which helps us to know the problems of fruit cultivation in the villages in the study
area. This study concludes that various fruit cultivation problems are observed in the study
area. All these fruit cultivation problems are obstacles to the sustainable development of the
study area. Key words: Fruit cultivation, Problems.
Introduction
Pomegranate, Mango, Strawberry, Custard apple and Sapota are among the fruits
that have been developed in the study area. This technique has the ability to extensive
commercial farming to be identified. (Phule, 2002). The area under this crop has gradually
increased. The rate of increase has been steadily growing for the last two decades.
A few concerns with fruit cultivation need to be addressed. As a result, the first half of
this research paper focuses on the cultivation of the major fruits (Pomegranate, Mango,
Custard apple, Strawberry and Sapota). This research mainly aims to discuss the Problems
in the cultivation of major fruits of the villages in the Satara district.
Study Area
The study areas related to the subject Satara district north latitude 17°5 ' to 18° 11'
and east line 73° 33’ to 74° 54 '. East of Satara district is 144 km north-south 120 km. As per
the district, the area of the district is 10, 400 sq. Km and it covers 34% of the area of
Maharashtra by Satara district. There are 11 tahsils in the district and seven north of the

19
Pune District, West Raigad, Ratnagiri, Sangli south to East Solapur District. (Fig. 1).

Fig. 1

Objective
1. To assess the fruit cultivation problems of villages in the study area.
Methodology

Primary Data Secondary Data

Schedule Selected Tahsils (On

s the basis of
cultivated area)

Stratified random
sampling technique is used

Selected 20 % of the total villages

Result

Problems in The Cultivation of Major Fruits

Growers face various problems during fruit cultivation which cause the fruit
production to be low and more negligible in quality. Many peoples believe that Pomegranate,
Mango, Custard apple, Strawberry and Sapota growers are always happy and have few
issues. Especially, in South Asia countries the world, due to a large amount of produce each
year. However, that is not the farmers of the Pomegranate, Mango, Custard apple,
Strawberry and Sapota have some issues with the largest producer of Pomegranate, Mango
and Custard apple, Etc. i.e., Satara district, Maharashtra, India. (Gholap, 2023).
1. Natural Hazards
Growers of Pomegranate (90 percent), Mango (85.71 percent), Custard apple (58.18
percent), Strawberry (88.89 percent) and Sapota (61.82 percent sample) in the Satara
district are also facing natural calamities. (Table 1). Producers are facing the problem of
unpredictable rainfall. Its uncertain start and offset disrupt the out-of-treatment calendar,
affecting production, quality and marketing processes.
Due to the dramatic rise in temperature in the Satara district, the fruits are exposed
to sunlight, making Pusat and Aril black. This reduces the quality and yield of fruit peat,
while cracking occurs due to a sudden drop in temperature. This type of problem is facing
growers of Pomegranate (76.25 percent), Mango (51.42 percent), Custard apple (83.63
percent), Strawberry (90 percent) and Sapota (45.45 percent) (Table 1).
Occasionally heavy rains affect the flowering of trees, increasing the humidity in the
climate. Such a humid climate increases the incidence of many pests, insects and diseases.
Growers of Pomegranate (36.25 percent), Mango (57.14 percent), Custard apple (43.63
percent), Strawberry (95.55 percent) and Sapota (29.09 percent) had to face the problem of
excess rainfall during outdoor treatment. Outcomes were lower compared to the high cost of
treatment. (Table 1).
Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal and the Indian Ocean cause regular rainfall in the
study area. Hurricane Rain in this area November, mid-December, sometimes only clouds

20
and fog. Cloudy and overly humid weather causes moisture in the study area. Although such
foggy, humid weather only lasts one day, it severely affects fruit production and quality.
During such a short time, many bacteria, diseases and fungi develop and, in some cases,
crop production fails. Growers of Pomegranate (47.5 percent), Mango (38.57 percent),
Custard apple (47.27 percent), Strawberry (56.67 percent) and Sapota (34.54 percent) are
facing these problems. (Table 1).
2. Timely farm Operations
The study area found that where labor was involved in various operations, the
common problem faced by producers was the unavailability of more labour on time and the
availability of labour for even lower efficiency. Pomegranate (78.75 percent), Mango (98.57
percent), Custard apple (81.82 percent), Strawberry (78.89

21
 Table 1
PROBLEMS OF MAJOR FRUIT CULTIVATION

Sr. Problems of major fruit Pomegranate Mango Custard Apple Strawberry Sapota
No. cultivation No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of
Responden % Responden % Responden % Respondent % Responden %
Natural Hazards ts ts ts s ts
i) Uncertain rainfall 72 90 60 85.71 32 58.18 80 88.89 34 61.82
1. ii) Extreme rise and fall in
61 76.25 36 51.42 46 83.63 81 90 25 45.45
temperature
iii) Fogy weather 38 47.5 27 38.57 26 47.27 51 56.67 19 34.54
iv) Heavy rainfall 29 36.25 40 57.14 24 43.63 86 95.55 16 29.09
Timely farm
Operations
i) Non-availability of
63 78.75 69 98.57 45 81.82 71 78.89 53 96.36
labourers in time
ii) High charges of
2.
lababourer with less 70 87.5 55 78.57 50 62.5 73 81.11 45 81.82
efficiency
iii) Shortage of water-supply 52 65 51 72.85 42 76.36 83 92.22 50 90.91
iv) Irregular electricity
69 86.25 60 85.71 49 89.09 85 94.44 51 92.72
supply
Miss Management
3. i) Over irrigation 09 11.25 04 5.71 08 14.54 10 11.11 05 9.09
ii) Lack of Tech knowledge 39 48.75 32 45.71 21 38.18 12 13.33 19 34.54
Use of Fertilizer
4. Organic 4 5.00 2 2.86 4 7.27 2 2.22 1 1.81
Inorganic 76 95.00 68 97.14 51 92.72 88 97.78 54 98.18
Plant Protection
i) High, cost of pesticides 79 98.75 60 85.71 50 90.1 79 87.78 45 81.81
5. ii) Inadequacy of finance 36 45 56 80 36 65.45 80 88.89 20 36.36
iii) Inferior quality of
42 52.5 42 60 41 74.54 81 90 30 54.54
pesticides
Source: Based on field work.

22
percent) and Sapota (96.36 percent) farmers have expressed the problem of unavailability of
labour.
Pomegranate (87.5 percent), Mango (78.57 percent), Custard apple (62.5 percent),
Strawberry (81. 11 percent) and Sapota (81.82 percent) farmers are facing high labour costs.
(Table 1). Growers of Pomegranate (65 percent), Mango (72.85 percent), Custard apple
(76.36 percent), Strawberry (92.22 percent) and Sapota (90.91 percent) face more water
scarcity in summer!
Irregularity is another severe problem facing sample growers of seasonal Pomegranate
(86.25 percent), Mango (85.71 percent), Custard apple (89.09 percent), Strawberry (94.44
percent) and Sapota (92.72 percent) power supply. Irregular electricity supply disrupts
water suppling and adversely affects fruit production and quality. Some medium and large
farmers use electricity for spraying
pesticides and insecticides. Its erratic supply makes it difficult to spread at the required
time, affecting fruit production and quality. (Table 1).
3. Miss Management
Pomegranate (11.25 percent), Mango (5.71 percent), Custard apple (14.54 percent),
Strawberry (11.11 percent) and Sapota (9.09 percent) farmers are facing the problem of over-
irrigation. The study area that Pomegranate (48.75 percent), Mango (45.71 percent),
Custard apple (38.18 percent), Strawberry (13.33 percent) and Sapota (34.54 percent)
farmers did not have technical knowledge of fruit cultivation. (Table 1).
4. Fertilizer
A) Pomegranate - Out of 80 respondents, 76 (95.00 percent) respondent farmers use
inorganic fertilizer in Pomegranate cultivation. It was observed that only 4 respondent
farmers (5 percent) use organic fertilizer in Pomegranate cultivation. There was a minor use
of organic fertilizers in the study area. The study area has a high use of inorganic fertilizer
in Pomegranate cultivation. Excessive use of inorganic fertilizer will affect the plant and its
soil and make the soil barren, which will affect the Pomegranate crop. (Table 1).
B) Mango - Out of 70 respondents, 68 respondents (97.14 percent) use inorganic fertilizers
for Mango cultivation. It was found that only 02 responding farmers (2.86 percent) use
organic fertilizers for Mango cultivation. In the field of study, the use of organic fertilizers is
low, and inorganic fertilizers in Mango cultivation have been found in the field of study. This
affects human health, the land and the crop yields (Table 1).
C) Custard apple - Out of 55 respondent farmers, 51 respondent farmers (92.23 percent)
used inorganic fertilizer in Custard apple cultivation. Only 04 respondent farmers observe
(7.27 percent) use organic fertilizer in Custard apple cultivation. In the study area, there is
minor use of organic fertilizers and high use of inorganic fertilizer in Custard apple
cultivation is observed in the study area. The use of fertilizers for high in order to yield
Custard apple cultivation. This affects human health, the land and the crop yields. (Table
1).D) Strawberry - 90 samples were taken from Strawberry cultivation farmers., Out of 90
respondent farmers, 88 respondents (97.78 percent) use inorganic fertilizer in Strawberry
cultivation. It is observed that only 02 respondent farmers (2.22 percent) use organic
fertilizer in Strawberry cultivation. In Mahabaleshwar, because of heavy rainfall, fertilizers
throws out of the bed. So, the number of fertilizers increased in beds to cover the loss. Some
organic and chemical fertilizers assimilate by digging a 2.5 cm hole before covering. Soluble
fertilizers are provided to crops by dripper irrigation. Plants are improved by some tonic and
ripen the fruit by spray but this affects human health, the land and the crop yields. (Table
1).E) Sapota - 55 samples were taken from Sapota cultivation farmers. Out of 55 respondent
farmers, 54 respondent farmers (98.18 percent) use inorganic fertilizer in Sapota cultivation.
It is observed that only 01 respondent farmers (1.81 percent) use organic fertilizer in Sapota
cultivation. In the study area, there is the minor use of organic fertilizers. The study area
has a high use of inorganic fertilizer in Sapota cultivation. but this affects human health, the
land and the crop yields. (Table 1).
5. Plant Protection
While protecting the seedlings, growers are facing high-cost pesticides from
Pomegranate (98.75 percent), Mango (85.71 percent), Custard apple (90.1 percent),

23
Strawberry (87.78 percent) and Sapota (81.81 percent). Pomegranate (45 percent), Mango
(80 percent), Custard apple (65.45 percent), Strawberry (88.89 percent) and Sapota (36.36
percent) sample farmers are facing a shortage of funds. Samples like Pomegranate (52.5
percent), Mango (60 percent), Custard apple (74.54 percent), Strawberry (90 percent) and
Sapota (54.54 percent) are facing the problem of poor quality of pesticides. (Table 1).
According to many growers and agronomists, the nature of plant protection operations
is almost indispensable for the protection of vines and other fruit trees. According to him,
most fruit trees suffer from airborne bacteria and diseases. However, in many ways,
Pomegranates, Mango, Custard apples, strawberries and Sapotas are adversely affected by
airborne and soil pests and diseases. Therefore, proper and timely plant protection must be
strictly treated. In addition, proper fertilizer, water and spray are required. Any mistake in
this regard adversely affects plant growth, yield, fruit quality and plant life. Such
mismanagement of orchards has created many problems in this practice. (Table 1).
6. The nutrition requirements of Pomegranate, Mango, Custard apple, Strawberry and
Sapota trees in the study area vary by variety, orchard age and soil type. Improper fertilizer
application leads to imbalanced nutrient management.
7. Pomegranate, Mango, Custard apple, Strawberry and Sapota grower’s production issues
regarding inadequate fertilizer application and plant protection instruction labour easts are
high. Waiting a long time for a return is inconvenient, storage facilities are insufficient, and
there is a tremendous high marketing cost. There is no insurance for Pomegranate, Mango,
Custard apple, Strawberry and Sapota. These fruits have irregular market demand.
8. Strawberry harvests and field crops succumb to fungal infections, lowering the berry’s
shelf life, according to growers in and around Mahableshwar, Wai, Jaoli and Koregoan
tahsils.
9. Pomegranate, Mango, Custard apple, Strawberry and Sapota cultivation in the study area
face numerous challenges, including limited land holding, a lack of quality seeding or
saplings, large post-harvest losses due to lack of infrastructure, the threat of middlemen, a
lack of support from concerned nodal bodies and a lack of coordinated efforts, lack of
profitability and so on.
Conclusion
Geographical and socio-economic fruit cultivation problems along with infrastructure
are found in the study area. These fruit cultivation problems are obstacles to the
development of rural areas. Providing the basic and necessary facilities to the fruit farmers
in the villages can be of great help in transforming them into smart agriculture. The
backwardness of fruit-growing villages is not only due to physical problems but also
ignorance and ignorance. If proper schemes and campaigns are implemented with
enthusiasm by the public and the government, the above problems of fruit cultivation can
definitely be overcome.
Reference
1. Bachhav, N. B. (2013): Pomegranate Cultivation in Nashik District: A Geographical
Analysis”. The Published thesis of North Maharashtra University, Jalgaon.
2. Gholap, V. S. (2023), “Problems and prospects of fruit cultivation in Satara district: A
Geographical analysis”, The unpublished thesis of Dept. of Geography, Shivaji
University, Kolhapur.
3. Jadhav, M. T. (2013): “A Study of Cultivation and Marketing of Strawberry in Satara
District”. The Published thesis of Savitribai Phule University, Pune.
4. Phule, B. R. (2002): “Pomegranate Cultivation in Solapur district: A Geo-Economical
Analysis”. The Published thesis of Shivaji University, Kolhapur.
5. Salukhe R. R. (2022), Problems of villages in drought prone area of Sangli district: A
Geographical Study, International Journal of Advance and Applied Research (IJAAR),
ISSM-2347-7075, p.p.301-311.
6. Singh Jasbir, (1976): An Agricultural of hariyana, Vishal Publication, krukshertra,
(Harayana India).

24
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Synergistic Effect of Cypermethrin and Sodium Fluoride on
Liver Histo Pathology of Albino Mice
P. Ravi Sekhar1, Y Savithri2
1,2 Department of Zoology, Govt. College for Men (Autonomous),
Kadapa, A.P, INDIA.
Email: [email protected]

Abstract
The present study was aimed to investigate the hepatotoxicity induced by cypermethrin
and sodium fluoride (NaF) separately and combined in albino mice. Albino mice were treated at
48-hr intervals with cypermethrin and sodium fluoride (NaF), separately and in combination,
for 15 and 30 days with 1/10th of the LD50 dosage of cypermethrin and NaF for individual
administration by oral gavage (i.e., 8.5 mg/kg bw and 5.6 mg/kg bw, respectively) and 1/20th of
the LD50 dose of cypermethrin and NaF for combined administration (i.e., 4.25 mg/kg bw and
2.8 mg/kg bw, respectively). Separate or combined treatment resulted in histopathological
changes in the liver tissue such as cytoplasmic degeneration, cellular disarray, binucleated
condition, vacuolar and nuclear degeneration in the hepatocytes were observed. The changes
were greater in combination than individual treatment, this may be because of a synergistic
effect of cypermethrin and NaF.
Key Words: Synergism, Cypermethrin, Sodium fluoride, Liver, Albino mice
Introduction
Water is the most precious natural resource that exists on our planet. It is a key
component in determining the quality of our lives. Today, people are concerned about the
quality of the water they drink. Water dissolves numerous substances in large amounts, pure
water rarely occurs in nature. Pesticides are one of the most common causes of water pollution.
Pesticides from farms and individual home owners run off into streams and rivers. Among
minerals, fluoride is one of the contaminants of water. Fluoride is an essential trace element for
human beings and animals. In small amounts fluoride is beneficial as it is believed to impart
stability to bone and enamel, thereby preventing dental carries and osteoporosis to some extent
but its higher concentration is highly toxic to humans and animals alike. Chronic exposure to
fluoride above the permissible limits, it causes a disease called “Fluorosis”. Fluorosis is an
important clinical and public health problem in several parts of the world. Exposure higher
than permissible levels of fluoride (>1.5 mg/L) may lead to serious health problems (WHO,
2017). Vital organs such as liver, kidney, reproductive organs and endocrine glands are reported
to be adversely affected by high fluoride intake (Chinoy, 1991; ATSDR 2001). Some metabolic
activities are also disturbed due to alteration in regulatory enzymes and biomolecules after
exposure to fluoride (Kumar et al., 2007). Tripathi et al. (2009) has describe of severity of
fluorosis.
The study of abnormal cells and tissues is histopathology (Aughey and Frye, 2001). It is a
structural science and serves to compliment the knowledge gained from the anatomy,
physiology and pathology and it gives insight into the functioning of tissues and organs.
Histopathology helps in diagnosing the damages of the tissues of an animal subjected to toxic
stress. The knowledge of the histology is useful to distinguish normal cells from abnormal or
diseased ones, which helps in diagnosis of many diseases (Majumdar, 1980). Even though
biochemical studies may give an idea of the pathological state of the animal, a clear picture of
cytoarchitectural changes produced during the chemical intoxication can be produced during the
chemical intoxication can be traced by histopathological studies.
Several workers reported on the pesticides and fluoride toxicity separately, the present
study was designed to investigate the synergistic effects of cypermethrin and sodium fluoride
(NaF) on hepatic histological architecture in albino mice.
Materials And Methods
Test chemicals: Cypermethrin technical (92% purity; cis:trans isomers ratio 40:60) was
obtained from Tagros Chemicals India Limited, Chennai. Sodium fluoride (NaF) (99%) was
supplied by BDH Chemical Division, Bombay.
Animal model: Healthy adult male albino mice of the same 75±5-day age group and weight (35
g) were taken from parental stock obtained from the Veterinary College, Bangalore and
maintained as a colony. They were kept in well-cleaned and sterilized cages and were
maintained at 26±2ºC with a 12-hr light/dark photoperiod throughout the study. The mice were
fed on commercial rodent feed supplied by Hindustan Lever Limited, Bombay, and tap water
was supplied ad libitum.
Experimental design: The albino mice were divided into seven groups with ten animals in
each group. The toxicity of cypermethrin and NaF in mice was evaluated by the static bioassay
method of Finney (1971), and the single-dosage of LD50 of cypermethrin and NaF to albino mice
was found to be 85 mg/kg bw/24 hr and 56 mg/kg bw/24 hr, respectively. A 1/10th single-dosage
LD50 level of cypermethrin and NaF (i.e., 8.5 mg/kg bw and 5.6 mg/kg bw, respectively) for
individual administration and 1/20th the single-dosage LD50 level for combined administration

25
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
were selected. The treatments were by oral gavage and the first group of mice was treated as
controls, as shown below in the experimental protocol in Table 1.

Table 1. Experimental protocol

Group Treatment Duration Day of
(days) sacrifice
I Controls - -
II Treated with cypermethrin (8.5 mg/kg bw) 15 16
III Treated with cypermethrin (8.5 mg/kg bw) 30 31
IV Treated with NaF (5.6 mg/kg bw) 15 16
V Treated with NaF (5.6 mg/kg bw) 30 31
VI Treated with cypermethrin + NaF (4.25 mg/kg bw + 2.8 15 16
mg/kg bw)
VII Treated with cypermethrin + NaF (4.25 mg/kg bw + 2.8 30 31
mg/kg bw)

The second and third groups were treated for 15 and 30 days with cypermethrin, respectively, at
48-hr intervals. The fourth and fifth groups were treated with NaF for 15 and 30 days at 48-hr
intervals. The sixth and seventh groups were treated with combined dose of cypermethrin and
NaF for 15 and 30 days at 48-hr intervals.
Histopathological examination: Following the method of Humason histological examination
of the tissues was conducted after removal from the mice. The liver tissues were gently rinsed
with a physiological saline solution (0.9% NaCl) to remove blood and adhering debris. They were
then fixed in 5% formalin for 24 hr, and the fixative was removed by washing overnight with
running tap water. After dehydration through a graded series of alcohols, the tissues were
cleared in methyl benzoate and embedded in paraffin. Sections were cut by a microtome to a
thickness of 6 µm and stained with hematoxylin as described by Harris et al (2006). and
counter-stained with eosin dissolved in 95% ethanol (H&E). After dehydration and clearing,
sections were mounted with DPX (digital picture exchange) and observed under a microscope.
Results
Normal histology of mice liver
The liver of normal mice comprises of continuous mass of hepatic cells with cord like
formation. The cells are large in size with more or less centrally placed nucleus and
homogenous cytoplasm. There is no clear division of the hepatic cells into lobules. The hepatic
cells are hexagonal in their nature. The bulk of the hepatic lobule comprised of polyhedral
epithelial parenchyma cells containing round nuclei and a prominent nucleolus. A fine network
of vascular capillaries, sinusoids running in between the parenchyma cells, the nucleus in
hepatocytes consists one or more nucleoli were noticed. (Figs. A-C).
Experimental mice liver
The mice exposed to cypermethrin, sodium fluoride separately and their combination for
15 days and 30 days have shown remarkable changes when compared to control (Figs. D - I).
These changes include – cytoplasmic degenerative changes in hepatocytes, cellular
degeneration, vacuoles, congestion, cellular disarray, nuclear fragmentation, nuclear
degenerative changes, binucleated condition, pushing of nucleus to periphery of hepatocytes,
severe necrosis in hepatocytes, haemorrhage in central vein and pycnotic nucleus (Figs. D -I).
In 15 days cypermethrin showed more changes compared to sodium fluoride. The mice which
received cypermethin and sodium fluoride in combination have exhibited more changes
compared to the mice received the chemicals separately. In the case of 30 days the sodium
fluoride intoxicated animals showed more changes than cypermethrin. With the combination of
these two chemicals more severe changes were observed than sodium fluoride and cypermethrin
intoxicated mice.

26
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Figs. A &B : Microphotograhs of control liver of mouse showing hepatocytes (HC) with centrally
placed nucleus (N) besides portal vein (PV) with bile duct (BD) and hepatic artery (HA) – H & E.
100 X.
Fig. C : Microphotograph of control mouse liver at higher magnification showing hepatocytes (HC),
Nucleus (N) and Kuffer cells (KC) - H&E. 400 X.

Fig. D: Microphotograph of mouse liver under 15 days of cypermethrin showing cytoplasmic

degeneration (CDG) - H&E. 400 X.
Fig. E: Micrograph of mouse liver under 30 days of cypermethrin showing nuclear fragmentation
(NFM), cellular disarray (CLDA), vacuoles (V), binucleated condition, scattered RBC in central vein
(RBCCV) and pushing of nucleus to periphery of hepatocytes - H&E. 400X

27
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Fig. F : Microphotograph of mouse liver under 15 days of sodium fluoride showing cytoplasmic
degeneration (CDG), congestion(C), Cellular degeneration (CLDG) – H & E.400 X.
Fig. G : Photomicrograph of mouse liver under 30 days of sodium fluoride showing severe
necrosis in hepatocytes (SNC HC), pushing of nucleus to periphery of hepatocytes and
haemorrhage (HGCV) in central vein - H&E. 400X.

Fig. H : Microphotograph of mouse liver under 15 days of cypermethrin and sodium fluoride
showing with vacuoles (V), pushing of nucleus to periphery (PNP), nuclear fragmentation (NFM)
and nuclear degenerative changes (NDGC) in hepatocytes – H&E. 400 X.
Fig. I : Microphotograph of mouse liver under 30 days of cypermethrin and sodium fluoride
showing binucleated condition (BN), nuclear fragmentation (NFM) and congestion (C) – H&E.
400 X
Discussion
Liver is the largest organ of the body comprising 2-3% of the total adult body weight, is
primarily concerned with the metabolic activity of organisms (Sheila and Dooley, 1993). It is
also the central site for the biotransformation of xenobiotic chemicals and therefore is involved
in the detoxification mechanism. Pesticides causes for the architectural damage to liver in
various animals (Shukla et al., 2001 and Jacobdoss et al., 2007). Fluoride is a toxic agent that
can permeate cell membrane and disturb the cell homeostasis. High amount of fluoride may
disturb liver function and homeostasis (Wang et al., 2000) and produced abnormalities such as
degenerative and inflammatory changes (Djouadi and Derouiche, 2017).
Several authors reported histopathological changes in liver in different animal models
under pesticidal toxicity. Luty et al. (2000) observed infiltrations of individual mononuclear cells
and parenchyma degeneration of hepatocytes in liver of mice exposed to α-cypermethrin. Slight
inflammatory infiltrations around single necrotic hepatocytes, composed of the hyper plastic
kupffer cells and single lymphocytes in the liver of mice exposed to deltamethrin (Tos-Luty et
al., 2001). Wade et al. (2002) observed hypertrophied hepatocytes with many highly vacuolated
cells in liver tissues of rats exposed to complex mixture of persistent contaminants.
Choudhary et al. (2003) reported congestion, vacuolar degeneration and accumulation of
fat in centrilobular area, focal to extensive necrosis, hyperplasia of kupffer cells, dilation of
sinusoids, nuclear aberrations, cytoplasmic degranulation and pycnotic nuclei in the liver
tissues of rats exposed to endosulfan. Tos-Luty et al. (2003) observed parenchymatous
degeneration of hepatocytes with slight infiltration in the liver of rats dermal exposed to
malathion. Hypertrophy of hepatocytes with pyknotic nuclei, vacuoles and hyalinization,
hepatocytes with dilation of central vein in albino mice treated with carbosulfan (Ksheerasagar
and Kaliwal, 2006). Congestion and fatty changes in liver of rats exposed to deltamethrin
(Manna et al., 2005). Sarkar et al. (2005) found significant changes as hyperplasia,
disintegration of hepatic mass, focal coagulative necrosis in Labeo rohita exposed to
cypermethrin. Hepatic lesion in the liver tissues of Cirrhinus mrigala exposed to fenvalerate
were characterized by congestion, cloudy swelling of hepatocytes and focal necrosis
(Velmurugan et al., 2007). Liver showing blood streakes fibrosis and vacuolated hepatocytes
with pyknosis nucleus in H. fossilis treated with cypermethrin (Pratap Sing and Vandana Sing,
2008).
Hepatocellular necrosis, degenerative changes, hepatic hyperplasia, extensive
vacuolization in hepatocytes, degenerative and necrotic changes in liver and kidney of rabbits
have been reported with high concentration of NaF (Shashi and Thapar, 2000; Shashi et al.,
2002). Chinoy et al. (1993) observed hyalinized hepatic tubules with loss of cells and the
vacuolized cytoplasm and zonal necrosis in the liver of sodium fluoride treated rats. High dose
of NaF elicited hepatic abnormalities such as ballooning, hypertrophy, hepatocellular necrosis,
infiltration of mononuclear cells, deformed central vein, sinusoidal dilation, and binucleated
cells in albino mice (Prakash et al., 2018). Necrosis, and mononuclear cells infiltration in the
liver of mice that were treated with NaF (Bouaziz et al., 2006). Chinoy et al.1991 observed

28
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
pyknosis of nuclei, zonal necrosis, and disintegration of the organization of hepatic cords in
fluoride administer. Degenerated blood sinus in Gill and liver of fishes exposed to acute and
chronic concentration of sodium fluoride showed several drastic histopathological changes (Kale,
2021).
Conclusion:
Several independent studies on pesticide and fluoride toxicity have been conducted in
different researchers. However, few attempts have been reported to determine the combined
toxic effects of pesticides and fluoride. The present study was designed to investigate the
combined toxicity of cypermethrin and sodium fluoride in mice. Combined toxicity by
cypermethrin and fluoride through drinking water appears to be an exceptional condition and is
able to cause more severe toxic effects than either one alone. Moreover, in Combination the
effects were more severe than from separate exposure, thus indicating that these chemicals
exhibited synergistic effect.
References
1. ATSDR (Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry), 2001. Toxicological profile for
fluoride. US Department of Health and Human Service, Atlanta, Georgia.
2. Aughey E, Frye F. Comparative Veterinary Histology with Clinical Correlates, 2001. Iowa
State University Press, Ames, ISBN 0-8138-2874-0.
3. Bouaziz H, Ketata S, Jammoussi K, Boudawara T, Ayedi F, Ellouze F, 2006. Effects of
sodium fluoride on hepatic toxicity in adult mice and their suckling pups. Pestic Biochem
Physiol, 86:124-30.
4. Chinoy, N.J. Sequeira, E and M.V. Narayana, 1991. Effects of Vitamin C and calcium on the
reversibility of fluoride–induced alterations in spermatozoa of rabbits. Fluoride, 24: 24-39.
5. Chinoy, N.J., Sharma, M and Mathews Michael, 1993. Beneficial effects of ascorbic acid and
calcium on reversal of fluoride toxicity in male rats. Fluoride, 26 (1): 45-46.
6. Chinoy, NJ., Joseph, R., Sequeira, E. and MV. Narayana, 1991. Effects of sodium fluoride on
the muscle and liver of albino rats. Indian J Environ Toxicol, 1:129-34.
7. Choudhary, N., Sharma, M., Verma, P and S.C. Joshi, 2003. Heptao and nephrotoxicity in rat
exposed to endosulfan. Journal of Environmental Biology, 24(3):305-308.
8. Djouadi A, Derouiche S, 2017. Study of fluoride-induced hematological alterations and liver
oxidative stress in rats. World J Pharm Pharm Sci, 6:211-21.
9. Finney, D.J, 1971. Probit analysis, III Edition, Cambridge Univ. press, London, p.20.
10. Harris KM, Perry E, Bourne J, Feinberg M, Ostroff L & Hurlburt J, 2006. Uniform serial
sectioning for transmission electron microscopy. J Neurosci, 26, 12101–12103
11. Jacob Doss, P., Ramanaiah, S., Nagarjuna, A., Suhasini, N., Savithri, Y. and S. Rajendra
Prasad, 2007. Toxicity of cypermethrin on brain and liver tissues of fresh water edible fish
Labeo rohita with special reference to selected biochemical parameters. Indian Journal of
Environmental Science. 11(1): 23-27.
12. Kale, M. D, 2021. Sodium Fluoride Toxicity Alter Histopathological Structure in Gill and
Liver of Fresh Water Fish, Cirrhina mrigala after Long Term Exposure. International
Journal of Creative Research Thoughts. 9 (8): 663-667.
13. Ksheerasagar and Kaliwal, 2006. Histological and Biochemical Changes in the Liver of
Albino Mice on Exposure to Insecticide, Carbosulfan. Caspian J. Env. Sci., 4 (1): pp. 67-70.
14. Kumar, A., Tripathi, N. and Tripathi, M, 2007. Fluoride induced biochemical changes in
freshwater catfish (Clarias batrachus, Linn.). Fluoride, 40(1): 37–41
15. Luty, S., Latuszynska, J., Obuchowska-Przebirowska, D., Tokarska, M and A. Haratym-Maj,
2000. Subacute toxicity of orally applied alpha-cypermethrin in Swiss mice. Ann Agric
Environ Med. 7(1):33-41.
16. Majumder, N.N, 1980. In : A Text Book of Histology, I edition, Vikas Pub. House Pvt. Ltd.,
U.P., India, 252-253.
17. Manna, S. Bhattacharyya, D. Mandal, T.K. and S. Das, 2005. Repeated dose toxicity of
deltamethrin in rats. Indian Journal of Pharmacology; 37(3):160-164.
18. Prakash Bhagwendra, Suresh Kumar Sabal, Rajbala Verma, John Pj, Inderpal Soni, 2018.
Sodium fluoride-induced oxidative stress and histological changes in liver of swiss albino
mice and amelioration by ocimum sanctum Linn. Asian J Pharm Clin Res, 11(9): 195-199.
19. Pratap Singh, B. and Vandana Singh, 2008. Cypermethrin induced histological changes in
gonadotrophic cells, liver, gonads, plasma levels of estradiol-17β and 11-ketotestosterone,
and sperm motility in Heteropneustes fossilis (Bloch)., 72 (3): 422-431.
20. Sarkar, B., Chatterjee, A., Adhikari, S., and S. Ayyappan, 2005. Carbofuran and
cypermethrin –induced histopathological alterations in the liver of Labeo rohita (Hamilton)
and its recovery. Journal Appl. Ichthyol., 21:131-135.
21. Shashi A, Singh JP, Thapar SP, 2022. Toxic effects of fluoride on rabbit kidney. Fluoride,
35:38-50.
22. Shashi A, Thapar SP, 2000. Histopathology of fluoride-induced hepatotoxicity in rabbits.
Fluoride, 34:34-42.

29
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
23. Sheila, S and J. Dooley, 1993. Diseases of the liver and biliary system, 9th Edn. Blackwell.
Scientific Publications, Osney Mead, Oxford OX2OEL, pp: 1-16.
24. Shukla, V.K., Rastogi, A.N., Adukia, T.K., Raizada, R.B., Reddy, D.C. and S. Singh, 2001.
Organochlorine pesticides in carcinoma of the gallbladder: a case-control study. Eur. J.
Cancer Prev., 10(2):153-6.
25. Tos-Luty, S., Przebirowska, D., Latuszynska, J and M. Tokarska-Rodak, 2001. Histological
and ultrastructural studies of rats exposed to carbaryl. Ann Agric Environ Medicine, 8:137-
144.

26. Tos-Luty, S., Przebirowska, D., Latuszynska, J and M. Tokarska-Rodak and A. Haratym-
Maj, 2003. Dermal and oral toxicity of malathion in rats. Ann Agric Environ Medicine,
10:101-106.
27. Tripathi N., Bajpai S., and Tripathi M, 2009. “Genotoxic alterations induced by
Fluoride in Asian catfish, Clarias batrachus (Linn.)”. Fluoride, 42(4): 292-296.
28. Velmurugan, B.M., Selvanayagam E.I., Cengiz and E. Unlu, 2007. The effects of fenvalerate
on different tissues of freshwater fish Cirrhinus mrigala. Journal of Environmental Science
and Health Part B, 42:157-163.
29. Wade, M.G., Foster, W.G., Younglai E.V., McMahon, A., Leingartner, K., Yagminas, Al., Blakey, D.,
Fournier, M., Desaulniers, D. and C.L. Hughes, 2002. Effects of subchronic exposure to a complex
mixture of persistent contaminants in male rats: Systemic, Immune and Reproductive Effects.
Toxicological Sciences, 67:131-143.
30. Wang YN, Xiao QX, Liu JL, Dallner G, Guan ZZ, 2000. Effect of longterm fluoride exposure
on lipid composition in rat liver. Toxicology, 146:161-9.
31. WHO, 2017. Guidelines for Drinking-Water Quality: Fourth Edition Incorporating the First
Addendum.

30
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Land Transformation Analysis of Siliguri City using Remote

Sensing and GIS techniques
Sukhendu Jana1, Dr. (Mrs.) Uma Gole2
1Research Scholar, S.o.S in Geography, Pt. Ravishankar Shukla University
2 Prof. & Head S.o.S in Geography, Pt. Ravishankar Shukla University, Raipur

Abstract
During past four decades, Siliguri city has attracted a large number of population due to
economic hub of the entire north Bengal, which led to the rapid transformation of its LULC
pattern. Therefore, this study is aimed to analyse the LULC changes during 1991 to 2021 by
giving special emphasize on built up transformation. The Landsat TM, ETM and LISS IV data
has been used for the LULC classification of the Siliguri city. Modified Maximum Likelihood
Classifier approach has been adopted to generate the classified image. From the analysis it is
found that there is a drastic change in built-up 1254.54 percent in respect to 1991. While
teagarden, agriculture land and waterbody declined by -90.06, -97.17 and -88.76 percent,
respectively. These changes are harmful for the ecological balance of the city surrounding. It can
further impact on the city’s sustainable development.
Keywords: Land Use Land Cover (LULC), Built-up, Maximum Likelihood Classifier, Urban
expansion.
Introduction
As per the World Bank report 2009, Secondary cities have tremendous potential for
upgrading the regional and national Development (World Bank., 2009). In this report
significance of medium sized class 1 cities has been given more importance for the betterment of
world economy. Historically South and South East Asia has the highest population
concentration. In the last few decades, mainly second half of the last century rapid growth of
urban population has led to the speculation of urban explosion in this region (. On the other
hand, the population growth of the developed countries almost stagnant because they already
passed the phage. It is worth mentioning that their rate of urban growth also stagnant. Among
the Asian countries India and China alone will account for more than 64% of the overall growth
of urban populations in Asia and a 42% share of global urban population growth from 2005 to
2025(Sankhe et al., 2011). India with a total urban population of 377 million as per 2011 census,
the second largest in the world after China and expected to increase up to 590 million by 2031.
According to 2011 census between 2001 and 2011, 92 million people were added to the urban
population, the largest decadal increase in the last one hundred years, and for the first time, the
net addition to urban population exceeded that of the rural population (Shaw, 2018).
Urbanization is a process whereby productive agricultural lands, forests, surface water bodies
and groundwater prospects are being irretrievably lost((Pathan et al., 1991). In India,
unprecedented population growth coupled with unplanned developmental activities has resulted
in urbanization, which lacks infrastructure facilities(Sudhira, Ramachandra, & Jagadish, 2004).
Development of new urban areas and expansion of existing cities is inevitable as it is an
essential part of sustainable economy but uncontrolled and haphazard urban growth may raise
serious problems related to environmental pollution, changes in urban micro climate, loss of
biodiversity and ecological balance, human and traffic congestion and moreover quality of urban
life (Dutta & Rahman, 2017). Physical expansion of the city, population growth induce land
cover change and land transformation are natural process we can’t stopped the transformation.
It can be regulated trough proper planning and management. The urbanization in India is
resulting tremendous changes at ground level which are not given due attention in the
discourse of planning, development, administration and policy making. One such area that did
not receive much attention is the development, planning and governance is ‘urban fringe’,
(Nallathiga, Taneja, Gupta, & Gangal, 2018) as the city grows to the periphery, many
geographical changes at the urban periphery are associated with the transfer of land from rural
to urban purpose. The current trend of spatial urban growth in almost all Indian cities has a
haphazard pattern, particularly along the urban-rural fringe(Farooq & Ahmad, 2008)

31
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

The conventional surveying and mapping techniques are expensive, and time consuming
for the estimation of urban growth, by the time information became available to the planner it
is outdated because the damage have already been done. Remote Sensing has become well
accepted tool for monitoring land dynamics. Statistical techniques along with remote sensing
and GIS have been used in many urban growth studies(Mahesh Kumar Jat et al., 2008; Punia
& Singh, 2012; Sudhira et al., 2004b) for a proper development of city, it is necessary to monitor
and plan the growth of a city. Geographers, planners and people from other discipline also took
a keen interest in the study of this type of phenomena. Considering all the facts one attempt has
been made for calculating and monitoring the urban growth in reference to Land Use Land
Cover of Siliguri city.
Study area:
The Siliguri city, is located in the northern part of west Bengal above the 396 feet from
the sea level on the bank of river Mahananda. The latitudinal and longitudinal extent of the city
is 260 72’ N and 880 41’ E. Siliguri is the fastest growing city in the entire northern part of west
Bengal. It is third largest city after Kolkata and Asansol as per 2011 census. Geographically it
is located a strategic position in the Siliguri Corridor, a narrow strip of land linking mainland
India to its north-eastern states. The city is popularly known as the gateway of North-East
India because its corridor establishes a connection between the rest of India and the North-
Eastern states. It not only connects the North-Eastern states with the Indian main land it also
has the connection with three international boundaries (Bangladesh, Nepal and Bhutan). It also
connects hill stations such as Gangtok, Darjeeling, Kalimpong, Kurseong and Mirik and the
northeast states to the rest of India. Siliguri famous for four ‘T’ Tea, Timber, Transport and
Tourism. Hundred km radius around the city is the birthplace of the World-famous Darjeeling
Tea. Siliguri get recognition and started expanding after getting the municipality tag by the
govt. in 1949. Till 1994 the Siliguri municipality has 34 wards under its jurisdiction. After
declaration of the Siliguri Municipal Corporation in 1994, 17 new wards are added to its
jurisdiction. Siliguri is a unique city as 15 out of 47 wards of the Siliguri Municipal Corporation
fall in the neighboring Jalpaiguri district remaining are fall under the Darjeeling district.
Material and method
The following remote sensing imageries were used to compute the land use and land cover of the
Siliguri city.
 Landsat Thematic Mapper (TM) image (path 139, Row 41) of 11-05-1991
 Landsat Enhanced Thematic Mapper Plus (ETM+) image (path 139, Row 41) of 26-12-2001.
 Linear Imaging Self-Scanning Sensor-4 (LISS 4) image (Path 107, Row 53) of 17-11-2011
and 16-01-221.
Spectral details of the aforementioned imageries are given in table 1. It is worth mentioning
that the thermal bands of Landsat TM and ETM were not considered for the analysis.

32
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Table: 1 Spectral details of the Sensor

Sensor Spectral Bands (in Spatial Spectral Region Year of
µm) Resolution acquisition
(in m.)
Landsat TM, Band 1 0.45–0.52 30 Blue
ETM Band 2: 0.52–0.60 Green
Band 3: 0.63–0.69 Red
1991, 2001
Band 4: 0.76–0.90 Near IR
Band 5: 1.55–1.75 SWIR
Band 7: 2.08–2.35 SWIR
LISS IV Band 2: 0.52–0.59 5 Green
Band 3: 0.62–0.68 Fed 2011, 2021
Band 4: 0.77–0.86 Near IR

The images were acquired as a standard product i.e., radio-metrically and geometrically
corrected. As the images are free from cloud no atmospheric correction carried out. Since the
urban growth analysis entirely depends on multi-temporal satellite images image to image
registration has been done to remove the spatial miss match of the data sets taken from the
different agencies and different time period.
Image from different sensor have differences in their spatial resolution. Despite different spatial
resolution, images are kept as it is without changing the pixel size or value as not to
compromise spatial detail and pixel values (Bhatta, 2009).

Satellite imagery of Landsat

MSS, TM, LISS IV

Co-registration of the image

Signature
collection and
editing

Satisfactory No

Yes
Classification

Classified image

Accuracy Assessment

No
Satisfactory
Yes
Computation of Land Use and Land Cover

Fig: 1 Flow chart of methodology

The administrative map of Siliguri (SMC area) registered in UTM (Zone 45) and WGS 84 based
on the GCP in the first-degree polynomial. The vector map of Siliguri (SMC area) which is
generated after vectorization from the above map was used for sub setting the satellite images.
In the next stapes co-registered images ware subset with the vector map of the SMC area. The
subset raster images were considered as the input for extracting the built up along with other
impervious area with the help of well-known Maximum Likelihood Classifier(M. K. Jat et al.,
2008b; Mahesh Kumar Jat et al., 2008; Rahman et al., 2011, 2012; Sudhira, Ramachandra, &

33
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Jagadish, 2003; Sudhira, Ramachandra, Raj, et al., 2003). Considering the heterogeneity of the
built-up area MLC is used in modified approach. Instead of merging the signatures and then
applying the classification, in this research, signatures were kept without merging and they
were merged once the classification was over. This could handle the urban heterogeneity well
(Mithun et al., 2016). After the classification a total of Six LULC classes i.e., Agricultural Land,
Built-up, Vegetation, Tea Garden, Vacant/Fallow Land and Water body were identified based on
NRSC level I classification scheme. Identified LULC classes were further authenticated by
ground validation, details of authentication have been mentioned in the accuracy assessment.
Classified images are converted into vector for further analysis of change detection. Finally,
LULC change was estimated by generating multi temporal vector layers for 1991, 2001, 2011
and 2021 and computing their corresponding statistics.
Accuracy assessment
Accuracy assessments determine the correctness of the classified image, it is an
important part of the LULC classification and mapping. The classification accuracy quantifies
the quality of maps produces and helps to evaluate the applicability of a map for a particular
use (Naikoo et al., 2020). Accuracy assessment for remote sensing classification is commonly
based on using an error matrix, or confusion table, which needs reference map or high-
resolution image, or ‘ground truthing’ data to support (Bhatta 2008). The techniques like Kappa
coefficient, error matrix and indices-based techniques have already been used in several studies
for the accuracy assessment of LULC maps produced(Bhatta, 2009; Mondal et al., 2017;
Rahman et al., 2011, 2012).
In this study Kappa coefficient technique is used to evaluate the classification accuracy
by selecting 380 random points throughout the study area. These points are selected such a way
so that it can distribute entire area proportionately. As this is a multi-temporal change
detection it is often difficult to verify with traditional method of ground verification. Due to this
reason ground verification for the year 1990, 2001, 2011 were taken from the Google Earth pro,
for the ground verification of the image 2021 both the field data as well as the Google Earth Pro
were also considered for the inaccessible area. The results of accuracy assessment show an
overall accuracy level of 84.79 percent, 94.29 percent, 91.46 percent and 88.89 percent for 1990,
2001, 2011, 2021 respectively and the corresponding Kappa statistics was 0.973, 0.9314, 0.8975,
and 0.8667 respectively. It is well accepted that for level one classification of land use land cover
accuracy should not be less than 80 percent (Anderson et al., 1976).
Dynamics of land use land cover change
Change dynamics of area under each LULC classes during 1981 - 1991
A total of 4190 hectares of land came under Siliguri municipality, this land has been
categorized into six broad land use classes namely agricultural land, built-up areas, forest land,
Teagarden, vacant land, and water bodies. During the year 1981 Siliguri is not a famous place
most of the area was undeveloped.
Siliguri is located in the foothill of the Himalaya, if we check the land transformation
between 1981 to 1991 most dominated land cover group was barren land, agricultural land and
forest area. In 1991 there is a predominance of vacant and agricultural land throughout the city
(table 2) while built up is concentrated mainly at the central part of the city (fig lulc 1991).
Forest is mainly concentrated at the north and north east part of the city though we can find
forest patches throughout the city. Tea garden is significant part of the land cover there in
Siliguri, it is dominated in the north and western part of the city.
Table no. 2
Land Use Land Cover Change Matrix 1981 - 1991
LULC Class/ Year Land Use and Land Cover at 1991

Agriculture Built-up Forest Teagarden vacant land waterbody 1981 Total

Land Use Agriculture 501.91 152.68 53.65 3.50 103.26 24.18 839.18
and Land
Cover at Built up 107.26 1.15 97.33 205.74
1981
Forest 3.23 0.53 3.48 52.57 1.33 61.13
Teagarden 3.52 0.34 8.76 8.08 15.04 0.16 35.90
Vacant land 104.47 121.87 53.11 21.82 2574.63 44.01 2919.90
Waterbody 3.25 3.39 3.20 67.76 50.55 128.15
1991 total Grand Total 616.38 386.06 123.36 33.39 2910.59 120.22 4190.00
Source: Computed by author from remote sensing data

34
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
In the table 2 a minute details have been given of the interchange of different land use.
This way each pair has been calculated and summarised there in table 3.
Change dynamics of land use 1981 to 2021
The eye-catching insight regarding the 1981 to 2021 land transformation was the
increase in built-up land and choking agricultural land. At the initial stage of the decade, the
total available land under agricultural practices was 839.18 hectares and it continued to reduce
23.74 hectares of land available for agricultural practices. This region is famous for the tea
cultivation it is noticed that 35.90 hectares which is 0.86 percent of the total area of the city was
under this category in 2021 it reduced to only 3.57 hectares (table 3) and they are located
mainly the outskirt of the city fig 3 and fig 4.
Table 3 Trends of land use land cover change (1981 – 2021)
LULC 1981 1991 2001 2011 2021
Class/ Year
Area in % Area in % Area in % Area in % Area in %
Hec Hec Hec Hec Hec
Agriculture 839.18 20.03 616.38 14.71 415.49 9.92 148.49 3.54 23.74 0.57

Built up 205.74 4.91 386.93 9.23 1072.96 25.61 1628.58 38.87 2786.84 66.51

Forest 61.13 1.46 123.36 2.94 242.75 5.79 50.18 1.20 135.77 3.24

Teagarden 35.90 0.86 33.39 0.80 180.72 4.31 1.69 0.04 3.57 0.09

Vacant land 2919.90 69.69 2910.59 69.47 2201.41 52.54 2350.68 56.10 1225.68 29.25

Waterbody 128.15 3.06 120.22 2.87 76.67 1.83 10.38 0.25 14.40 0.34

Grand Total 4190.00 100.00 4190.00 100 4190 100 4190 100 4190.00 100

Source: Computed by author from remote sensing data

Usually in city area due to the infill growth vegetation area synchronized. Siliguri is located in
the foothill of Himalaya. It has the legacy of good vegetation cover. That is reflecting the land
use land cover. In 1981 61.13 hectare was under forest cover for the next two decades more area
has been added in the forest category. But in 2011 it was there in worst condition. In the recent
year due to the civic awareness and restoring the park inner city protection over existing forest
cover enhances the forest cover and it reached to the 135.77 hectare in 2021 (table 3).
Table no 4 Land Use Land Cover Change Percentage (1981 – 2021)
LULC class 1981 Percentage 2021 Percentage Change
Percentage

Agriculture 839.18 20.03 23.74 0.57 -97.171

Built up 205.74 4.91 2786.84 66.51 1254.544
Forest 61.13 1.46 135.77 3.24 122.0842
Teagarden 35.90 0.86 3.57 0.09 -90.0559
Vacant land 2919.90 69.69 1225.68 29.25 -58.0232
Waterbody 128.15 3.06 14.40 0.34 -88.7629
Source: computed by the author form remote sensing data
The Present study advocates transformation and modification of land (LULC) from one
category to another over 40 years (1991-2021). In the 1981s, the total identified built-up area in
SMC was 205.74 hectares, it had increased to 386.93 hectares between 1981 and 1991. It
further increased to 1072.96 hectares, 1628.58, and 2786.84 hectares in the year 2001, 2011,
and 2021 respectively.

35
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Fig. 2: Trends in Land Use Land Cover Change (1981 - 2021)

3500.00

3000.00

2500.00
Area in Hectare

2000.00

1500.00

1000.00

500.00

0.00
Agriculture Built up Forest Teagarden Vacant land Waterbody
1981 1991 2001 2011 2021

Percentage change in entire city built-up area in the last four decade (1981 to 2021) is
4.91 percent to 66.51 percent, of the total city area with a massive 1254.54 percent overall
change (Table 4). The above study also figures out the continuous concentration of population in
SMC which leads to rapid encroachment on physical land and transformed into different kinds
of land use practices (Mukherjee and Debnath, 2016).
Discussion
In India, the urbanization has taken place at an unprecedented rate during past few
decades, the momentum of growth are noticeable for the small and medium class town rather
megacities (Chadchan & Shankar, 2012). Siliguri is one such city which rate of transformation
in all classes are quite high (Basu Roy & Saha, 2011; Bhattacharyya & Mitra, 2013; Bose &
Chowdhury, 2020; Roy & Kasemi, 2022; Sarkar & Chouhan, 2019). In the initial phase of
development during 1991 city is concentrate at the core area of the city (fig 3). Change in land
use can found only near the city core. By the year 2011 city mainly expand towards North,
North East and southern part of the city (fig 4). The scenario of urban area increasing over the
year (fig 4, 5 and 6). Land use maps, built-up area, cropland and open land, forest, and
plantations and water bodies are associated with the study area. It has been found that over the
period built-up areas have increased consequently at a rapid pace and this rapid increase of
built- up areas is associated with the decline of the cropland and open land fig 4, 5 and 6.

Fig: 3 Land Use Land Cover Change of Siliguri City 1991-2021

36
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Conclusion:
This study is done to examine the spatio-temporal change in land use land cover of
Siliguri Municipal Corporation. Rapid change in built up has been noticed, which has increased
to about 1254.54 percent from 1991 to 2021. At the same time teagarden, agriculture land and
waterbody declined by -90.06, -97.17 and -88.76 percent, respectively (table 4). while the
changes in vacant land quite low -58.02 due to lots of addition of vacant land from different land
cover class. Most of the cases it is found that vegetation covers of the city affect harshly but in
the present study there is an addition of vegetation. The result also shows that the agricultural
land and teagarden are the major contributors in the growth of built-up area, it also observed
that this urban area mostly expanded over this two land use classes. While the water body also
has a significant contribution in built up expansion. The discussion in the previous sections has
directed attention to the magnitude and pattern of change in land use land cover of Siliguri city
for the last four decades, which should be helpful in terms of guiding future planning and policy
making for the city.
Reference
1. Anderson, J. R., Hardy, E. E., Roach, J. T., Witmer, R. E., & Peck, D. L. (1976). A Land Use
And Land Cover Classification System For Use With Remote Sensor Data. In U.S.
Geological Survey Circular 671 (Frist, Vol. 964). United States Government Printing Office,
Wahington.
2. Basu Roy, T., & Saha, S. (2011). A study on factors related to urban growth of a municipal
corporation and emerging challenges: A case of Siliguri Municipal Corporation, West
Bengal, India. Journal of Geography and Regional Planning, 4(14), 683–694.
http://www.academicjournals.org/JGRP
3. Bhatta, B. (2009). Analysis of urban growth pattern using remote sensing and GIS: A case
study of Kolkata, India. International Journal of Remote Sensing, 30(18), 4733–4746.
https://doi.org/10.1080/01431160802651967
4. Bhattacharyya, D. B., & Mitra, S. (2013). Making Siliguri a Walkable City. Procedia - Social
and Behavioral Sciences, 96(Cictp), 2737–2744. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.08.307
5. Bose, A., & Chowdhury, I. R. (2020). Monitoring and modeling of spatio-temporal urban
expansion and land-use/land-cover change using markov chain model: a case study in
Siliguri Metropolitan area, West Bengal, India. Modeling Earth Systems and Environment,
6(4), 2235–2249. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40808-020-00842-6
6. Chadchan, J., & Shankar, R. (2012). An analysis of urban growth trends in the post-
economic reforms period in India. International Journal of Sustainable Built Environment,
1(1), 36–49. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijsbe.2012.05.001
7. Farooq, S., & Ahmad, S. (2008). Urban sprawl development around Aligarh city: A study
aided by satellite remote sensing and GIS. Journal of the Indian Society of Remote Sensing,
36(1), 77–88. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12524-008-0008-0
8. Jat, M. K., Garg, P. K., & Khare, D. (2008a). Modelling of urban growth using spatial
analysis techniques: A case study of Ajmer city (India). International Journal of Remote
Sensing, 29(2), 543–567. https://doi.org/10.1080/01431160701280983
9. Jat, M. K., Garg, P. K., & Khare, D. (2008b). Modelling of urban growth using spatial
analysis techniques: A case study of Ajmer city (India). International Journal of Remote
Sensing, 29(2), 543–567. https://doi.org/10.1080/01431160701280983
10. Jat, Mahesh Kumar, Garg, P. K., & Khare, D. (2008). Monitoring and modelling of urban
sprawl using remote sensing and GIS techniques. International Journal of Applied Earth
Observation and Geoinformation, 10(1), 26–43. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jag.2007.04.002
11. Mithun, S., Chattopadhyay, S., & Bhatta, B. (2016). Analyzing Urban Dynamics of
Metropolitan Kolkata, India by Using Landscape Metrics. Papers in Applied Geography,
2(3), 284–297. https://doi.org/10.1080/23754931.2016.1148069
12. Mondal, B., Dolui, G., Pramanik, M., Maity, S., Biswas, S. S., & Pal, R. (2017). Urban
expansion and wetland shrinkage estimation using a GIS-based model in the East Kolkata
Wetland, India. Ecological Indicators, 83(July), 62–73.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2017.07.037
13. Naikoo, M. W., Rihan, M., Ishtiaque, M., & Shahfahad. (2020). Analyses of land use land
cover (LULC) change and built-up expansion in the suburb of a metropolitan city: Spatio-
temporal analysis of Delhi NCR using landsat datasets. Journal of Urban Management,
9(3), 347–359. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jum.2020.05.004
14. Pathan, S. K., Shukla, V. K., Patel, R. G., Patel, B. R., & Mehta, K. S. (1991). Urban land
use mapping: A case study of ahmedabad city and its environs. Journal of the Indian Society
of Remote Sensing, 19(2), 95–112. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03008125
15. Punia, M., & Singh, L. (2012). Entropy Approach for Assessment of Urban Growth: A Case
Study of Jaipur, INDIA. Journal of the Indian Society of Remote Sensing, 40(2), 231–244.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s12524-011-0141-z
16. Rahman, A., Kumar, S., Fazal, S., & Siddiqui, M. A. (2012). Assessment of Land use/land
cover Change in the North-West District of Delhi Using Remote Sensing and GIS

37
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Techniques. Journal of the Indian Society of Remote Sensing, 40(4), 689–697.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s12524-011-0165-4
17. Rahman, Aggarwal, A., Netzband, S. P., Fazal, M., Atiqur, R., Shiv Aggarwal, P., Maik, N.,
& Shahab, F. (2011). Monitoring Urban Sprawl Using Remote Sensing and GIS Techniques
of a Fast Growing Urban Centre, India. Applied Earth Observations and Remote Sensing,
4(1), 56–64. https://doi.org/10.1109/JSTARS.2010.2084072
18. Roy, B., & Kasemi, N. (2022). Quantification of urban expansion in Siliguri urban
agglomeration (UA): a model-based approach. GeoJournal, 0123456789.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s10708-022-10628-1
19. Sankhe, S., Vittal, I., & Mohan, A. (2011). Urban Giants: India and China, and their
Urbanization Paths. Environment and Urbanization Asia, 2(1), 1–12.
https://doi.org/10.1177/097542531000200102
20. Sarkar, A., & Chouhan, P. (2019). Dynamic simulation of urban expansion based on Cellular
Automata and Markov Chain Model: a case study in Siliguri Metropolitan Area, West
Bengal. Modeling Earth Systems and Environment, 5(4), 1723–1732.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s40808-019-00626-7
21. Sudhira, H. S., Ramachandra, T. V., & Jagadish, K. S. (2004a). Urban sprawl: Metrics,
dynamics and modelling using GIS. International Journal of Applied Earth Observation and
Geoinformation, 5(1), 29–39. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jag.2003.08.002
22. Sudhira, H. S., Ramachandra, T. V., & Jagadish, K. S. (2004b). Urban sprawl: Metrics,
dynamics and modelling using GIS. International Journal of Applied Earth Observation and
Geoinformation, 5(1), 29–39. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jag.2003.08.002
23. Sudhira, H. S., Ramachandra, T. V., Raj, K. S., & Jagadish, K. S. (2003). Urban growth
analysis using spatial and temporal data. Journal of the Indian Society of Remote Sensing,
31(4), 299–311. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03007350
24. Sudhira, H. S., Ramachandra, T. V, & Jagadish, K. S. (2003). Map India 2003 Municipal
GIS Urban Sprawl pattern recognition and modeling using GIS Map India 2003. Map India,
28–31.
http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.549.5872&rep=rep1&type=pdf
25. World Bank. (2009). Systems of cities integrating national and local policies connecting.
Institutions and infrastructures. World Bank; Washington.

38
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Analysing the Necessity of Cognitive Enhancement Systems for

Humans
Dr B Kalaiyarasan1
Assistant Professor, Department of Business Administration,
DRBCCC Hindu College, Pattabiram, Chennai-72, Tamilnadu, India.
Email- [email protected]

Abstract
Different medications are used to treat cognitive deficiency in humans. It is also termed
cognitive neuro enhancement. the most psychoactive substance in the world consumed by people
is caffeine, others are L- Thiamine, creatine, nicotine, etc. its works by increasing blood flow in
the brain due to which blood can use more oxygen. in this way, the individual can stay conscious
for long hours. It acts as an energy booster and memory enhancer and also enhances the mood.
Previous data about cognitive enhancers show that people who use drugs can work tirelessly for
long hours rather than people who are not using them. However, it has several side effects
which are described in this article. in this article, all the formations are summarized for a better
understanding of this drug.
Keywords
Cognitive enhancer, Memory enhancer, human augmentation, wearable-computing, multi-
modal interaction, cross-modal connection, augmented cognition, interaction-paradigms
Introduction
People to enhance their mood and increase memory consume different drugs. People
spend lots of money on these drugs in the name of work better and to improve mental health.
Those drugs are termed cognitive enhancers. These drugs can be natural as well as artificially
made in laboratories by using chemicals. In this article, all types of cognitive enhancers will be
explained. There will be a discussion on whether using the enhancer is good for health or not.
Everything should be used in a moderate amount as the excess of anything is bad for both
physical as well as mental health. The accurate amount and the time of using these drugs will
be discussed.
Objectives
The objectives of the study are
1. To explain what is cognitive enhancement
2. To reveal that how to enhance cognition
3. To know about how the enhancer works.
4. To identify the types of enhancers
5. To explain the benefits of using this drug
6. To understand the side effects of this drug
Methodology
At present time due to several mental pressures, due to workload, medical issues, and personal
problems, people use various drugs (CE) to reduce their stress levels. All the data about the CE
are collected from an internet source and by surveying 40 people from different professional
backgrounds. This research followed the primary quantitative method to gather the personal
experiences of individuals after using different drugs.
Significance of Cognitive Enhancement
The major problem facing people nowadays need to be treated therefore CE is important. The
mental action or the processing of the mind to gain knowledge and recognize anything through
experiences is termed cognition [1]. There are many causes of mental decline like- mental
stress, deficiency in nutrition, aging, genes, and history of the family. Dementia is the state of
mind, where the brain fails to work properly. The specific brain disease ‗Alzheimer‘s disease' is
the most common type of dementia. [2] Loss of memory, difficulties in concentration, difficulties
in doing daily tasks, getting confused doping common activities, cannot interpret the correct
time and date, changes in mood, etc.

39
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Caffeine: As a source of CE

Figure1: Caffeine-rich food

(Source: 2)
Caffeine is a type of nootropic. It is a natural substance for cognitive improvement [3]. While
using any medication or drugs, it is necessary to keep in mind that our body is not harmed by it
in anyways. Caffeine is present in many foods, beverages, and medicines that we consume daily
like- coffee, chocolates, energy drinks, green tea, etc. caffeine has several benefits which people
consume it, like-
1. longer life span possible
2. more sugar will be processed by the body
3. risks of heart failure will reduce

Figure 2: Importance of CE in human

(Source: 4)
A huge potential unit of more than 550,000 individuals has been observed for 10-12 years
showing that there is a connection between consuming higher amounts of caffeine and a
reduction in the death rate from all causes.
However, overconsumption of it may cause insomnia. Nervousness and restlessness can be
caused by it. The point is why anybody should use an excess amount of caffeine when moderate
consumption is connected with many benefits [4]. Aside from its benefits, caffeine is not the
right choice for children [8]. People should avoid caffeine intake if they have any medical issues
like- high blood pressure, or insomnia. A study has been conducted in 2019 suggested that
caffeine intake of more than 400mg per day increases health issues like- agitation, anxiety, and

40
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

tremors, another potential study of 2021 shows that consuming more than 300mg of caffeine per
day during pregnancy may affect the birth weight of the baby [5].

S.No Type of Methods & Tools for evaluation Suggestions

factors
1 Cognitive Experiments and observation during Changing of interface
laboratory test, observation using superficial features,
online & offline Questionnaire, Changing the user system
Interview communication level

2 Social Ethnographic methodology, survey Improvement of interface

methods based on observation, functionalities for
Interview comparison with communication and data
multimedia system evaluation sharing between users

Figure 3: Different cognitive factors affect human

(Source: 14)
In the above table, some examples of social and cognitive factors are impacting human lives and
the evaluation of learning systems. Cognitive factors indicate several characteristics of a person
that greatly affects their learning and performance. It has been observed that cognitive factors
help in modulating and improving human performance [14]. However, these factors encourage
different cognitive functions such as attention, memory, as well as reasoning. On the other
hand, cognitive factors are addressed as the internal factors of each person and it helps to
modify human behavior and behavioral responses to reduce any kind of external stimuli like
stress and negative thinking. Hence, these factors affect human performance in different
activities of daily life.
Nicotine: As a source of CE
It is a drug that occurs naturally in tobacco and it has benefits as well as side effects. The
studies by human and preclinical models have illustrated that nicotine plays some role in
enhancing mental health conditions. Learning capacity and memory are increased by nicotine,
it reduces stress and depression of people therefore it is used by people in a huge amounts [15].
Comparison between Caffeine and Nicotine
S.No Particulars Caffeine Nicotine

1 Chemical It is a chemical mainly present It is a chemical mainly

in high amounts in coffee, and present in a high amount
tea plants. in the tobacco plant.

2 Addictive It is less addictive It is highly addictive

3 side effects It has less number of side effects It has a huge number of
side effects

It is one of the most life-threatening and compulsive chemicals. Blood pressure and heart rate
can be increased by it. The arteries can become narrow by consuming it. As it is addictive,
therefore it is very necessary to avoid using it. Doctors to reduce the addiction to nicotine also
prescribe medicines [6]. Data from 2019 shows that tobacco was responsible for the death of 8.71
million people globally. A nicotine-addicted people are prone to covid-19 disease. The number of
benefits is higher than its benefits therefore, nicotine consumption should be reduced. Nicotine
has more in common with caffeine than other chemicals found in tobacco cigarettes. For
example, nicotine and caffeine are both alkaloids derived from plants that naturally stimulate
dopamine production in the brain. Bothe chemicals are stimulants that act on the central
nervous system, and they have positive effects when taken in small doses. The biggest
difference between them is how they are consumed. No one disputes that nicotine and caffeine
can by addictive. People who regularly use either substance may experience withdrawal
symptoms such as headaches and fatigue if they suddenly quit cold turkey. Young people may
be more prone to nicotine and caffeine since their brains are still developing, so minors
shouldn`t have access to either substance.
Merits and Demerits of Cognitive Enhancement
In the above discussion, it is clear what is cognitive enhancement and why it should be done. All
the benefits and side effects are mentioned above. Based on these data some advantages and
disadvantages of cognitive enhancement are listed below;

41
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

S.No Advantages of CE Limitations of CE

1 enhances mood overconsumption leads to restlessness and
other health issue

2 boost energy level treatment might be costly

3 treating diseases like dementia sometimes it can be addictive

Cognitive Enhancement Therapy

Cognition is a mental process of the brain by which knowledge is developed, such as learning,
thinking, memory, recognizing, and perception. Cognitive enhancement is an extension or
improving the brain's core capacities through the use of drug therapy or other brain treatments.
Human development is as old as human civilization. People are trying to raise their physical
strength as well as mental efficiency over thousands of years. Sometimes they are successful or
sometimes come with tragic results. As a result, "Cognitive Enhancement Therapy" developed.
Therapy is characterized by treatment i.e. achieved by correcting the defect of a cognitive
subsystem. The enhancement is the intervention of the cognitive subsystem by using another
way rather than refitting or cure of dysfunction [11]. In practice, the difference between therapy
and enhancement is often difficult to access and it could be argued that it has no practical
significance. A cognitively developed person is not necessarily with good brain capacities.
Cognitive development includes not only medical treatments but also psychological treatments.
It also brings improvement of external technological structures that supports cognition.
Here in Table 1, discussed the effects of drugs which are known as cognitive enhancers.
Table 1
Cognitive Effects on Cognition Enhancement
Enhancers
Caffeine It enhances cognitive and psychomotor functioning. It cans effects
on thinking and increases concentration level.
Nicotine It can affects on cognitive development such as improving fine
motor functioning, thinking, attention, etc.
Amphetamine It is highly addictive drugs and it mainly use in Schizophrenia.
D-amphetamine improved language production.
Donepezil It mainly used in traumatic brain injury, epilepsy, Parkinson‘s
disease.

Deep learning model

Figure 4: Model of deep learning

(Source: 15)
The theory or model of deep learning model mainly used for artificial networks. This
model provides a computation system through which humans can perform on large amounts of
data [15]. According to the deep learning model, machine learning and cognitive system help
people to be more innovative and increase the capability of putting more creative things
together in a completely new and different way. Moreover, it supports the concept of a machine
learning system because it works based on the operation as well as the function of the human
barons [16]. Thus, the deep learning model boosts up the cognitive enhancement systems in
different industries, health care organizations, e-Commerce, and advertising.
Cognitive Enhancement System for Humans
Recently advancement of neuroscience technologies has laid the way to innovative applications
that cognitively increased and developed humans. Human enhancement is the approaches and

42
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

techniques that are aimed at cognitive functions through drugs, or by computer or other brain
therapy for improvement of brain capabilities. There are many techniques that are helping to
increase cognitive enhancement. Education is one of the best ways to develop cognition. It
reduces crime risks, abuse, and many illnesses. Mental training, visualization techniques, and
rehabilitation have a good effect on cognition. Stimulant drugs like nicotine, caffeine, and
amphetamine have been used to improvement of cognition. Diet and dietary supplements can
also affect cognition development. Human-computer interaction and brain-computer interfaces
are helped to enhance cognition. Cognition helps humans to understand all things which are
around us and interact with other people and the environment. Cognition has a physical body in
the brain with over one hundred billion nerve cells in the human brain. Each of these ten
thousand connections with other nerve cells is known as neurons. So, cognition is the most
complicated organ. Cognition basically controls our thoughts and behaviours. These are
regulated by neurotransmitters in the brain. There are a number of chemicals which has a
major impact on regulating cognitive process. This chemical includes dopamine, serotonin,
glutamate, GABA, etc.

Pre-existing cognitive No Pre-existing

deficits cognitive deficits

Pyschostimulant exposure Pyschostimulant

exposure
Pyshostimulant induced
worsening of cognitive Pyshostimulant induced
deficits cognitive deficits

Alleviation of cognitive deficits to

improve treatment outcome using
medications that

 Decrease impulsivity
 Increase memory
Figure 5: Relationship between Medicines and Cognition
(Source: 16)
Internet and Cognitive Enhancement System
Cognition development is the increase of the mental capacities of human beings. More
precisely, In order to make the approach of new cognitive capacities or improvement is relevant
of changing the existing capacities. The internet is considered a cognitive enhancement because
it is the most easily and biggest information source. It influences human brain structure and
function. It helps humans to increase their existing mental capacities like collecting and
processing information. Computers and the internet are the best technologies for cognitive
development for getting information instantly.
But on the internet, all information sources are online which burdens human cognition
development. Anyone can change information and upload new and wrong information easily.
This may lead to a psychological "levelling effect".

Figure 6: Internet effects on Cognitive Development

43
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Figure 7: Individual Variability in Cognitive Function

(Source: 17)
The above graph is demonstrating how cognitive functions get lowered with age. It has been
noted that there are almost no changes are found in human verbal ability [17]. On the other
hand, the graph is showing completely opposite in some cases that their brain and its functions
has improved with age. There are many symptoms that shows a decline of cognitive functions
are interconnected with aging like, declines in perceptual speed, people losses their verbal
ability, losses in numeric ability.
Discussion
As already stated that cognitive enhancement has a major impact on human beings, but
there are some risk factors for cognitive development, such as nutrition, environment, maternal-
child interactions, etc. Major nutritional risk factors for poor brain child growth include iron
deficiency anaemia, iodine deficiency goitre, and stunted growth. Balanced diet and
supplementation are given to underweight women for increasing birth weight, reducing the risk
of a low birth weight baby, and developing child cognition. Most of the studies say breastfeeding
is one of the most protective factors for child development as well as cognition enhancement.
The environment is another major risk factor for the development of poor children. Malaria and
HIV can lead to decreased mental capacities. Poor maternal mental health is also associated
with cognition development.
If depressed mothers interact with their children a result in bad cognition outcome. Recent
research says that excessive internet use over a long time negatively hampers cognitive
functions such as loss of attention and short-term memory loss.
Conclusion
A cognitive Enhancement System is necessary for human development because it enhances
thinking ability and mental capacity. In this section, we examined and summarized the most
recent articles about the necessity of a cognition development system for human and conduct a
survey about the importance of cognition enhancement but also explore the negative impact and
risk factors the enhancement of cognition.
References
1. Begemann, M. J., Brand, B. A., Ćurčić-Blake, B., Aleman, A., & Sommer, I. E. (2020).
Efficacy of non-invasive brain stimulation on cognitive functioning in brain disorders: a
meta-analysis. Psychological medicine, 50(15), 2465-2486.
2. De Souza, J. G., Del Coso, J., Fonseca, F. D. S., Silva, B. V. C., de Souza, D. B., da Silva
Gianoni, R. L., ... & Claudino, J. G. (2022). Risk or benefit? Side effects of caffeine
supplementation in sport: A systematic review. European journal of nutrition, 61(8), 3823-
3834.
3. Feder, A., Fred-Torres, S., Southwick, S. M., & Charney, D. S. (2019). The biology of human
resilience: opportunities for enhancing resilience across the life span. Biological psychiatry,
86(6), 443-453.
4. Firth, J., Torous, J., Stubbs, B., Firth, J. A., Steiner, G. Z., Smith, L., ... & Sarris, J. (2019).
The ―online brain‖: how the Internet may be changing our cognition. World Psychiatry,
18(2), 119-129.
5. Hobbiss, M., & Lavie, N. (2023). Sustained Selective Attention in Adolescence: Cognitive
Development and Predictors of Distractibility at School. bioRxiv, 2023-01

44
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

6. Kaplan, A.D., Cruit, J., Endsley, M., Beers, S.M., Sawyer, B.D. and Hancock, P.A., 2021. The
effects of virtual reality, augmented reality, and mixed reality as training enhancement
methods: A meta-analysis. Human factors, 63(4), pp.706-726.
7. Li, M. (2023). The Influence of Early Education on the Development of Toddlers in A
Province in China. International Journal of Education and Humanities, 6(3), 47-51.
8. Lv, Z. and Qiao, L., 2020. Deep belief network and linear perceptron based cognitive
computing for
9. Lyubomirsky, S. (2001). Why are some people happier than others? The role of cognitive and
motivational processes in well-being. American psychologist, 56(3), 239.
10. O‘Neill, T., McNeese, N., Barron, A. and Schelble, B., 2022. Human–autonomy teaming: A
review and analysis of the empirical literature. Human factors, 64(5), pp.904-938.
11. Ősz, B. E., Jîtcă, G., Ștefănescu, R. E., Pușcaș, A., Tero-Vescan, A., & Vari, C. E. (2022).
Caffeine and Its Antioxidant Properties—It Is All about Dose and Source. International
Journal of Molecular Sciences, 23(21), 13074.
12. Perona, M., Rahman, M. A., & O'Meara, P.(2019). Paramedic judgement, decision-making
and cognitive processing: a review of the literature. Australasian Journal of Paramedicine,
16, 1-12.
13. Shapiro, L., & Stolz, S. A. (2019). Embodied cognition and its significance for education.
Theory and Research in Education, 17(1), 19-39.
14. Siregar, A. O., & Yaswinda, Y. (2022, June). Impact of Gadget Use Cognitive Development.
In 6th International Conference of Early Childhood Education (ICECE-6 2021) (pp. 168-
172). Atlantis Press.
15. Sjöstedt, E., Zhong, W., Fagerberg, L., Karlsson, M., Mitsios, N., Adori, C., Oksvold, P.,
Edfors, F., Limiszewska, A., Hikmet, F. and Huang, J., 2020. An atlas of the protein-coding
genes in the human, pig, and mouse brain. Science, 367(6482), p.eaay5947.
16. Voinea, C., Vică, C., Mihailov, E., & Savulescu, J. (2020). The internet as cognitive
enhancement. Science and Engineering Ethics, 26, 2345-2362.
17. Wallace, T. C., Bailey, R. L., Blumberg, J. B., Burton-Freeman, B., Chen, C. O., Crowe-
White, K. M., ... & Wang, D. D. (2020). Fruits, vegetables, and health: A comprehensive
narrative, umbrella review of the science and recommendations for enhanced public policy to
improve intake. Critical reviews in food science and nutrition, 60(13), 2174-2211.
18. Wang, Z., Qiu, B., Gao, J., & Del Coso, J. (2022). Effects of Caffeine Intake on Endurance
Running Performance and Time to Exhaustion: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis.
Nutrients, 15(1), 148.
19. Zokirov, M. M., & Mukhammadjonov, O. (2022). Cognitive impairment in patients with
Parkinson's disease and optimization of its treatment. Eurasian Scientific Herald, 7, 177-
180.
20. Zonneveld, L., Dijstelbloem, H., & Ringoir, D. (Eds.). (2008). Reshaping the human
condition: Exploring human enhancement. The Hague: Rathenau Institute.

45
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Impact of Yogic Pratices on Flexibility and Balance of College

Athletes
Dr. Ramdas R. Jadhav
Director & Head,
Dept. of Physical Education & Sports, Rajarshi Shahu Arts, Commerce
& Science College Pathri, Dist. Aurangabad (MS), India.
Email- [email protected]

Abstract
The aim of this study was to find out the impact of yogic practices on flexibility and balance of
college athletics. The research population included sixty (60) male subjects between the age
group of 18 to 28 years were selected as subject from Dept. of Physical Education, Rajarshi
Shahu College of Arts, Commerce & Science Pathri, Dist. Aurangabad, Maharashtra, India. The
subjects were purposively assigned into two groups: Group-A : Experimental Group (N=30) and
Group-B : Control Group (N=30). All the subjects were informed about the objective and protocol
of the present study. The subject from Group-A were subjected to 6 weeks yogic practices. The
training consisted of variety of yogic asanas like Parsottanasana, Adho-Mukh-Svanasana,
Utthita Parsva Konasana, Dhanurasana, Bhujangasana, Paschimottanasana, Sarvangasana,
Halasana, Vrksasana, Utkatasana, Virbhadrasana. Sit and Reach (SR) test for flexibility and
Stork Stand (SR) test for balance was used for measurement of independent variables.
Descriptive analysis and independent „t‟ test were applied at 0.05 level of significant. The result
revealed that the 6 weeks yogic practices brought about significant improvement in flexibility
(t=8.06,) and balance (t=5.92) in Group-A as a compared with the Group-B. Findings concluded
that regular practices may improve the college athlete‟s flexibility and balance.
Keywords: Yoga, flexibility, balance, athletes.
Introduction:
Today yoga is most popular in the world. It is recognized a one of the most important
heritage of India. Traditionally it was said that lord shiva is beloved to be the inventor of yoga.
Our ancestors spend a lot of time in practicing yoga for their good health and happiness. Yoga
as a 5000 years old system of technologies and methodologies that provides a complete
philosophy of living defines by Taylor M.J., (2000). It incorporates learning about the nature of
life, reality, and the self. Yoga is an open-ended practice that assists in quieting the body, mind,
and emotions. First developed in India, yoga is an ancient discipline that increases mental and
physical control of the body to achieve a state of well-being (Singh V. et. al., 1990; Telles S. et.
al., 1993; & Anand B. K., 1991). The word yoga is derived from the Sanskrit root “yug” that
means, “to join together” (Murie C. A., 1998).
Yoga is all over world practiced for its benefits to body and mind. Yoga rectifiers is an
decreasingly appreciated discipline, particularly in India where it‟s overseen by the Ministry of
Health and Family Welfare‟s Department of Ayurveda, Yoga and Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha
and Homeopathy (Raphaelhager, 2009). Not figures studies have assessed the influence of
integral yoga practices on cerebral and health variables, establishing multitudinous possible
benefits. Regular practice of yoga has multitudinous health benefits (Wolff et. al., 2013; Pal et.
al., 2011; McDermott et. al., 2014; Parikh et. al., 2014). Yoga also brings positive changes in
physical performance and well-being if rehearsed regularly (Akhtar et al., 2013; Ross and
Thomas, 2010) by improving to flexibility and balance (Boehde et al., 2005) as well as functions
of cardiovascular also (Bera T.K. et. al., 1993). Yoga may have direct link to ameliorate the
common rudiments of athletic performance (Harrelson G.L. & Swann E., 2003). Regular yoga
practice rapidly enhanced flexibility as this process involves gentle muscle stretching, tissues
connectivity around bones and joints (Woodyard C., 2011). Yoga also has profound effect on
balance, muscular strength, abidance and collaboration because of its largely structural
exertion and involvement (Carrico M., 1997).
Yoga is different from other typical forms of exercise training as it requires multi-
structural involvement that gives a difficult task to the body in various different ways (Gulati R.
& Sharma A., 2011; Kaminoff L. et. al., 2007). Proper positioning trough yoga enhances
movement abilities and reduces movement limitation, thus improves body performing among
college athletes. It also helps to maintain continuous and stable breathing throughout a series
of asanas involving groups of muscle required under tension. Interacting the strained
musculoskeletal system brings comprehensive changes to the whole body while performing
those asanas (Coulter H., 2010).
Traditional exercise emphasizes on perfecting specific fitness for a given sports
achievement (Bryant C.X. & Green D.J., 2006). On the other hand, regular yoga practice
improves many specific fitness components (e.g. increase alignment, range of motion, and
enhance muscle fibers recruitment) by increasing flexibility and reducing tension of muscle thus
allows new movements to take place and help to move freely joints (Clark B. & Powers S., 2012).
Therefore sport skill improves.

49
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Flexibility is the one of factors of health related physical fitness. Flexibility can be defined as a
property of the musculoskeletal system, which determines the range of stir that‟s attainable
without joints injury. Flexibility implies „freedom to move‟ and it is the ability to engage a part
of the body in a wide range of purposeful movements at the speed required (Alter M.J., 2004).
The term flexibility in this context means the elasticity of soft tissues that cross or surround
joints (muscles, tendons, fascia, articular capsule, ligaments, nerves, blood vessels, skin) and is
absolutely necessary for painless movement of the body (Kinser C. et. al., 2007). Flexibility
exercises should be performed by every age groups like children, adolescents, adults and the
elderly also. World Health Organization recommends taking part in muscle-strengthening
activities that involve the major muscle groups on two or more days a week (WHO, 2010).
Balance is one of the important fitness components which not only play a vital role for the
sports person but also for sedentary people. It is ability to sustain the body center of gravity
over its base of support. Static and dynamic balance these are two types of balance. Static
balance is the capability to maintain the neuromuscular system in a static condition for an
effective response or to control it in a specific effective position while dynamic balance is the
capability to maintain the stir in neuromuscular system. Both the types of balance are equally
important according to the nature of activity. The main role plays dynamic balance more
important role for the sedentary people then static balance. Static balance was to perform a
task while maintaining a stable position (Ricotti L., 2011).
Therefore, the main intention of this paper was to investigate the impact of yogic practices on
flexibility and balance of college athletics. Thus, through an improvement of flexibility and
balance performance should increase by yogic practices.
Review Of Literature:
Literature related to the present study has been presented as follows-
Jay Polsgrove M. et. al., (2016) conducted a study on impact of 10 weeks of yoga practice
on flexibility and balance of college athletes. They‟re reported that the findings for independent
variables like flexibility and balance measures as well as whole body measures illustrate the
significant positive changes due to the participation in daily yoga practices in the yoga group as
well as the significant differences between yoga and non-yoga groups.
Shah Noman Md. Iftekher et. al., (2017) studied on effects of yoga on flexibility and
balance of athletes. Total 20 athletes participated in present study. In each group 10
participants (10 in yoga group and 10 in non-yoga group). They are also reported that
significant improvement was observed in the yoga group for flexibility and balance then the
non-yoga group. They were concluded that the daily yoga practices may improve the flexibility
and balance of athletics also. Dr. Suresh C. & Pravin Raj R., (2021) conducted study on impact
of yogic practices on flexibility in college students. Total 60 students participated in the present
study. They were significantly found that the yogic practices enhanced physical fitness variables
such as flexibility in college students also. Similar result also found by Mr. Selvakumar K. et.
al., (2019) on influence of yogic practice on flexibility among college students. Another study
done by Dr. Amandeep Singh, (2019) on the effect of selected yogic practices on flexibility and
agility of soccer players of Punjabi University, Patiala. The researcher has taken 50 soccer
players belonging to Punjabi University Patiyala and divided in two equal groups. Findings of
this study suggested that the practice of eight week yoga programmed showed significant
improvement in flexibility level. Dr. Rajkumar P. Malipatil, (2018) studied the effect of asana on
physical fitness variables among government residential school students. He was concluded that
regular yogasana practices have improvement to flexibility.
Petric M. et. al., (2014) conducted a study on the impact of hatha yoga practice on
flexibility. They were concluded that the enhancement of flexibility is one of the most egregious
and snappily achieved impacts of regular hatha yoga practice. The results of this study
indicated that the daily yoga practice has a significantly effect on flexibility in young women.
Similar result also found by Gurpreet Makker, (2013) on effect of selected asanas on the
flexibility of Ranji level wicket keepers in cricket.
Materials And Methods:
Subject -
Sample of the study consisted of sixty (60) male subjects between the age group of 18 to 28 years
were selected as subject from Dept. of Physical Education, Rajarshi Shahu College of Arts,
Commerce &science Pathri, Dist. Aurangabad, Maharashtra, India. The subjects were
purposively assigned into two groups: Group-A : Experimental Group (N=30) and Group-B :
Control Group (N=30). All the subjects were informed about the objective and protocol of the
present study. The subject from Group-A were subjected to 6 weeks yogic practices.
Procedure -
The Group-A (experimental group) and Group-B (control group) were comprised of college
athletes. During the period of yoga sessions for 6 weeks, only members of experimental group
have participated the regularly yoga practices. The yoga practice sessions was scheduled at 6:30
a.m. to 7:30 a.m. on Monday to Saturday weekly working days. The experimental group was
assigned to asanas such as Pyramid Pose (Parsottanasana), Downward Facing Dog Pose (Adho-

50
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Mukh-Svanasana), Extended Side Angle Pose (Utthita Parsva Konasana), Bow Posture
(Dhanurasana), Cobra (Bhujangasana), Intense Dorsal Stretch Posture (Paschimottanasana),
Supported Shoulder Stand (Sarvangasana),Plow Pose (Halasana),Tree Pose (Vrksasana), Chair
Pose (Utkatasana),Warrior Poses (Virbhadrasana). Measures of flexibility and balance were
taken immediately before and shortly after the six week yoga sessions.
Measuring Tools -
Assessments for each group were completed separately. One day before the initiation of first
yoga session, the measurements were taken with the same testing protocol from both
experimental and control groups. Similarly, at the end of 6 weeks yoga practices one day after,
the testing protocol was repeated with the experimental and control group of college athletes.
The measurements of flexibility were determined by Sit and Reach (SR) Test developed by
Baechle T., (2008), while a test of balance was conducted with a Stroke Stand (SS) Test was
developed by Coulson M. & Archer D., (2011).
Data Analysis -
The collected data in present study were analyzed by statistic program version 25.0 of the
Statistical Package for Social Science (SPSS) software. Descriptive Statistic (Mean and
Standard Deviation) and Independent „t‟ test was applied to comparison between experimental
and control groups. The significance level of was set as 0.05 levels (p<0.05).
Results:
The findings with regards to the present study have been presented in Table No. 1. Further in
Fig. No. 1 the graphical representation is presented.
Table No. 1. Analytic statistics between control and experimental group on Flexibility.
Mean SD
‘t’-
Variables Group N Pre- Post- Pre- Post- DF
value
test test test test
Control 30 16.43 17.50 1.04 1.23 0.67
Flexibility 29
Experimental 30 16.20 18.66 1.27 1.02 8.06
*Significant on 0.05 level of confidence
Table No. 1.indicates the results of control group and experimental group with regards the
variable flexibility. The descriptive statistics shows the Mean and SD value of flexibility of pre-
test and post-test of control group was 16.43±1.04 and 17.50±1.23 respectively, whereas the
Mean and SD value of flexibility of pre-test and post-test of experimental group was 16.20±1.27
and 18.66±1.02. The „t‟ value of control group was 2.67 and for experimental group it was 8.06.
The „t‟ value is 8.06 which is more than tabulated value. It means there was significant
difference between control and experimental group with regards to their flexibility.

Flexibility

19
18
17
16
15
14
Control Group Experimental
Group
Pre-Test 16.43 16.2
Post-Test 17.5 18.66

Fig. No.1 – Graphical representation in flexibility between control and experimental

group for flexibility.
The findings with regards to the present study have been presented in Table No. 2. Further in
Fig. No. 2 the graphical representation is presented.
Table No. 2. Analytic statistics between experimental and control groups for balance.
Mean SD
‘t’-
Variables Group N Pre- Post- Pre- Post- DF
value
test test test test
Control 30 32.90 33.16 3.55 3.73 0.31
Balance 29
Experimental 30 33.93 38.76 3.09 3.28 5.92

*Significant on 0.05 level of confidence

51
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Table No. 2.indicates the results of control group and experimental group with regards the
variable balance. The descriptive statistics shows the Mean and SD value of balance of pre-test
and post-test of control group was 32.90±3.55 and 33.16±3.73 respectively, whereas the Mean
and SD value of balance of pre-test and post-test of experimental group was 33.93±3.09 and
38.76±3.28. The „t‟ value of control group was 0.31 and for experimental group it was 5.92. The
„t‟ value is 5.92 which is more than tabulated value. It means there was significant difference
between control and experimental group with regards to their balance.

Balance

39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
Control Group Experimental
Group
Pre-Test 32.9 33.93
Post-Test 33.16 38.76

Fig. No.2 – Graphical representation in flexibility between control and experimental

group for balance.
Discussions:
Flexibility and balance are important factors of fitness of any sportsmen which plays an
important part on their performance. In this particular study, our main focus was to determine
if yoga has any additional effect on the flexibility and balance of college athletes. Only
experimental (yoga) group was given yoga practices. Evidence have shown that flexibility
training and yoga increases the range of stir of joints (McHugh M.P. & Cosgrave C.H., 2010;
Amin D.J. Goodman M., 2014) compared to those who are untrained. In these findings, it shows
that the regular yoga training significantly increases the measures of flexibility. On the
contrary, the control (non-yoga) group did not show any improvement in flexibility measures.
Moreover, yoga group participants also had higher flexibility than the non-yoga group also.
Thus, the 6 weeks of yoga practicing did help to improve flexibility. Regular yoga practice
supposed to increase the balance (Zech et. al., 2010; Boehde et. al., 2005). This study finds
similarity with other studies too. In a study conducted among college athletes for about 6 weeks
of yoga session in similar setting. Significant enhancement were seen in both flexibility and
balance among those participant who were belong to yoga group, but non-yoga group didn‟t
show any changes in their performance after the tests performed for dimension (Polsgrove et.
al., 2015). This substantiation also supports to these finding. Yoga can enhance the independent
variables like flexibility and balance of college athletes also.
The result of the study also supported by the previous study conducted by Jay Polsgrove
M. et. al., (2023) on impact of 10-weeks of yoga practice on flexibility and balance of college
athletes. They were reported that regular yoga practice may increase the flexibility and balance
on college athletics. The finding of Mr. Selvakumar K. et. al., (2019) also reported that there
was found significant difference on the criterion variable. There were found difference between
experimental (yoga) groups on flexibility when compared to control (non-yoga) group due to
yogic practice. Similar results were found in previous work carried out by Petric et. al., (2014) to
determine the impact of hatha yoga practices on flexibility. He was reported that a regular
practice of yoga has a significant effect on body flexibility, which is particularly obvious in
measurement of the increase of the flexibility of skeletal muscles.
Another study conducted among shooting trainee athletes revealed that regular yoga training
may improve the flexibility and balance of shooting athletes even within short period of time,
can also improve the athletic performances that demands high flexibility and balance (Shah
Noman et. al., 2017).
Based on the above related literatures and consultations with numerous others the
researcher definitely arrived at the conclusion that the trainee athletes who took the part in the
yoga practices session had enhanced flexibility and balance than the other group also. Yoga also
has psychological benefits which have not been studied in our study but this is also an
important aspect to be added in future research.
Conclusions:

52
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Based on the findings, we can conclude that taking part in yoga session has helped to
improve flexibility and balance among college athletes. Thus, yoga may support to enhance to
performance of athletes by increasing specific fitness components. Further studies to evaluate
the impact of yoga including large sample size with different age groups, others sport
departments, other components of fitness and measurement tools, psychological aspects and
more time may help to create more strong evidence. Hence, we can recommend that yoga
professional could be included with the team to conduct yoga session on a regular basis to
enhance performance of athletes and players also. Trainers and coaches could also be trained on
yoga poses so that they can conduct yoga session with their trainee athletes along with the
other regular training.
References:
1. Taylor M. J. (2000). Integrating Yoga Therapy In to Rehabilitation. Missoula, Mont: The
Montana Chapter of the American Physical Therapy Association.
2. Singh V., Wisniewski A., Britton J., et. al., (1990). Effect of yoga breathing exercises
(pranayama) on airway reactivity in subjects with asthma. Lancet, 335:1381-1383.
3. Telles S., Hanumanthaiah B., Nagarathna R., et. al., (1993). Improvement in static motor
performance following yogic training of school children. Percept Motor Skills.76:1264-1266.
4. Anand B.K. (1991). Yoga and medical sciences. Indian Journal of Physiology Pharmacology,
35(2):84-87.
5. Murie C.A. (1998). Yoga Quest: Yoga is a journey, not a destination. (Health south Yoga
Manual). Grand Forks, ND: Health south.
6. Raphaelhager (2009). Health benefits of yoga. http://yoga-health.
7. Wolff M., Sundquist K., Lonn S.L. & Midlov P. (2013). Impact of yoga on blood pressure and
quality of life in patients with hypertension-a controlled trial in primary care, matched for
systolic blood pressure. BMC Cardiovascular Disorders, 13: 111.
8. Pal A., Srivastava N., Tiwari S., Verma N.S., Narain V.S., Agrawal G.G. & Kumar K. (2011).
Effect of yogic practices on lipid profile and body fat composition in patients of coronary
artery disease. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 19: 122-127.
9. McDermott K.A., Rao M.R., Nagarathna R., Murphy E.J., Burke A., Nagendra R.H. &
Hecht F.N. (2014). A yoga intervention for type 2 diabetes risk reduction: a pilot randomized
controlled trial. BMC Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 14: 212.
10. Parikh H.N., Patel H.M., Pathak N.R. & Chandwani S. (2014). Effect of yoga practices on
respiratory parameters in healthy young adults.
11. Akhtar P., Yardi S. & Akhtar M. (2013). Effects of yoga on functional capacity and well-
being. International Journal of Yoga, 6:76-79.
12. Ross A. & Thomas S. (2010). The health benefits of yoga and exercise: A review of
comparison studies. Journal of Alternative Complement Medicine, 16:3-12.
13. Boehde D.D., Porcari J.P., Greany J., Udermann B., Johanson D. & Foster C. (2005). The
physiological effects of 8 weeks of yoga training. Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation
and Prevention, 25: 290.
14. Bera T.K. & Rajapurkar M.V. (1993). Body composition, cardiovascular endurance and
anaerobic power of yogic practitioner. Indian Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology, 37:
225-225.
15. Harrelson G.L. & Swann E. (2003). Yoga, Part I: An Introduction. Athletic Therapy Today,
8: 32-34.
16. Woodyard C. (2011). Exploring the therapeutic effects of yoga and its ability to increase
quality of life. International Journal of Yoga, 4: 49.
17. Carrico M. (1997). Yoga journal‟s yoga basics: the essential beginner‟s guide to yoga for a
lifetime of health and fitness. Macmillan.
18. Gulati R. & Sharma A. (2011). Physical and mental fitness in sports person-role of yoga-
fitness prescribe in ancient books. Ovidius University Ann. Ser. Physical Education Sport
Science Mov. Health, 1:120-125.
19. Kaminoff L., Matthews A. & Ellis S. (2007). Yoga anatomy. Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.
20. Coulter H. (2010). A Manual for Students Teachers and Practitioners. Honesdale (PA): Body
and Breath.
21. Bryant C.X. & Green D.J. (2006). ACE personal trainer manual: The ultimate resource for
fitness professionals. Recording for the Blind and Dyslexic.
22. Clark B. & Powers S. (2012). The Complete Guide to Yin Yoga: The Philosophy and Practice
of Yin Yoga. Ashland (OR): White Cloud Press.
23. Alter M.J. (2004). Science of flexibility. Champaign.
24. Kinser C. & Colby L.A. (2007). Therapeutic exercise: foundations and techniques (5th
Edition), Philadelphia: F.A. Davis Company.
25. Word Health Organization (2010). Global Recommendations on Physical Activity for Health.
Geneve.

53
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
26. Ricotti L. (2011). Static and dynamic balance in young athletes. Journal of Human Sports
Exercises, 6(4):616- 628.
27. Jay Polsgrove M., Brandon M. Eggleston & Roch J. Lockyer (2016). Impact of 10 weeks of
yoga practice on flexibility and balance of college athletes. International Journal of Yoga,
9(6):27-34.
28. Shah Noman Md. Iftekher, Md. Bakhtiar & Kh. Shafiur Rahaman (2017). Effects of yoga on
flexibility and balance: a quasi-experimental study. Asian Journal of Medical and Biological
Research, 3(2):277-281.
29. Dr. Suresh C. & Pravin Raj R. (2021). Impact of yogic practices and resistance training on
flexibility and speed in college students. Ilkogretim online - elementary education online,
20(4):2973-2977.
30. Mr. Selvakumar K. & Dr. Yoga P. (2019). Influence of yogic practice on flexibility among
college students. Indian journal of applied research, 9(7):45-46.
31. Dr. Amandeep Singh (2019). The effect of selected yogic practices upon flexibility and agility
of soccer players. International Journal of Yogic, Human Movement and Sports Sciences,
4(2):181-183.
32. Dr. Rajkumar P. Malipatil (2018). Effect of asana on physical fitness variables among
government residential school students. International Journal of Physiology, Nutrition and
Physical Education, 3(1):521-525.
33. Petric M., Vauhnik R. & Jakovljevic M. (2014). The Impact of Hatha Yoga Practice on
Flexibility: A Pilot Study. Alternative & Integrative Medicine, 3(2):160.
34. Gurpreet Makker (2013). Effect of selected asanas on the flexibility of Ranji level wicket
keepers in cricket. International Journal of Scientific and Research Publications, 3(12):1-3.
35. Baechle T. (2008). Essentials of Strength Training and Conditioning. 3rd ed. Champaign
(IL): Human Kinetics.
36. Coulson M. & Archer D. (2009). Practical Fitness Testing Analysis in Exercise and Sport.
London: A and C Black.
37. McHugh M.P. & Cosgrave C.H. (2010). To stretch or not to stretch: the role of stretching in
injury prevention and performance. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in
Sports, 20:169-181.
38. Amin D.J. & Goodman M. (2014). The effects of selected asanas in Iyengar yoga on
flexibility: Pilot study. Journal of Bodywork and Movement Therapies,18:399-404.
39. Zech A., Hubscher M., Vogt L., Banzer W., Hansel F. & Pfeifer K. (2010). Balance training
for neuromuscular control and performance enhancement: a systematic review. Journal of
Athletic Training, 45:392-403.
40. Boehde D.D., Porcari J.P., Greany J., Udermann B., Johanson D & Foster C. (2005). The
physiological effects of 8 weeks of yoga training. Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation
and Prevention, 25:290.
41. Polsgrove M.J., Eggleston B.M. & Lockyer R.J. (2016). Impact of 10-weeks of yoga practice
on flexibility and balance of college athletes. International Journal of Yoga, 9:27.

54
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Vyasa’s Ecological Standpoint in the Mahabharata: A

Recherche Research
Dr. Sumita Mandal
Assistant Professor (Stage-Iii) & Hod, Sanskrit
Khandra College under K.N.U., Asansol, Paschim Bardhaman,
West Bengal, India
Email: [email protected]

ABSTRACT
From time immemorial, pristine environment has been one of the major sources of
inspiration to the poets, dramatists and writers and our scriptures that give divinity to Nature
and ask us to conserve it proclaim that God sleeps in the rocks, dreams in the plants, stirs
toward wakefulness in the animals, and spreads in mankind the message of Vasudhaiva
Kutumbakam – „The Whole Universe is one Family‟. The Mahabharata written by the great
sage Veda Vyasa gives a very detailed view on environment of the then time. Like other Holy
Indian scriptures the Mahabharata also contains the earliest messages for preservation of
environment and ecological balance with the ethical treatment of the human beings with the
natural world. The epic gives utmost importance to the relationship between human and
nature. Like the Ramayana, the Mahabharata covers rough and mild both the aspects of
Nature. The importance of forests in Indian epics can be understood from the fact that the epic
devotes a book to the forests called the Aranyaka Parva. Several passages of the BhagavadGita
remind us of universal panentheism and advise us not to try to change the environment but to
improve it or wrestle with it and if it seems hostile at times tolerate it. Ayurveda was present
and practised in the days of Mahabharata. Thus, the Mahabharata inspires us even today as it
inquires into human nature, human relationships, man‟s links with Nature, Universe and God
and an individual‟s place within the defined society and indefinable self.
Key words: Mahabharata, BhagavadGita, environmental conservation, human, nature.
Objectives
The objectives of the present study are
1. to take a minute look on the environment as described in the Mahabharata,
2. to elicit information about ways of conservation of environment in those days,
3. to find ways of preserving healthy environment going to past being in the present.
4. To make our global village fit for us by making all aware about the conservation of
environment.
Methodology
Love for literature is an evergreen technology to conserve environment. To build an
understanding of various dimensions of environment in the era of Mahabharata attempts has
been made to collect available data both primary and secondary from various sources both living
and non-living, online and offline like texts on ecology, various editions on Mahabharata,
research papers and journal articles published by the learned scholars on the topic of
presentation and various websites. Paper has been prepared after careful analysis of those data
accordingly.
Full Paper
Environmental conservation is a very strong and powerful message of all literature from
the whole of the world. Reverence for Nature and its creations is the unifying ethical principle
in almost all religions of India. They have all kept Nature above man. Our natural environment
– comprising mountains and hills, rivers and dales, trees and plants – is considered auspicious
enough to provide space for meditation. Harmony with the natural world receives strong
emphasis as a pervasive element in Indian spiritual beliefs and rituals. Evergreen trees were
regarded as symbols of eternal life and to cut them down was to invite the wrath of the Gods.
Groves in forests were looked upon as habitations of the Gods. It was under a banyan tree that
the Hindu sages sat in a trance seeking enlightenment and it was here that they held
discourses and conducted holy rituals. From time immemorial, pristine environment has been
one of the major sources of inspiration to the poets, dramatists and writers and our scriptures
give divinity to Nature and ask us to conserve it. Since the then time the Hindu scriptures
proclaim that God sleeps in the rocks, dreams in the plants, stirs toward wakefulness in the
animals, and spreads in mankind the message of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam – „The Whole
Universe is one Family‟.
We are subconsciously integrated to our past which is always on its journey. From
centuries to centuries we have been constantly travelling and changing ourselves and causing
change to our surroundings without knowing it. In course of our eternal journey we carry our
environment with us --- we cross through rivers, mountains, face extreme weathers, enchanting
beauty of Nature, destructions sent from the sky and the earth, facing and fighting battles and
wars and what not. We are the products of it and we produce it. Our existence is

55
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
interdependent. It is a fact that writings are the record of our journey. Being conceived by an
adivasi fisherman on a riverbank in sylvan surroundings a tale expanded to an epic that is the
Mahabharata, one of the greatest literary works belonging to India since ancient times. Poets,
versifiers, chroniclers, intellectuals, pedants, scholars, dogmatists, liberals, frauds, rural as well
as urban bards went on adding to it. This was already anticipated by the dark adivasi poet
dwelling on an island with an accommodating sprit and fondly named Veda Vyasa. In the
Mahabharata that calls itself itihasam-puratanam we find the reflection of vast history of
Indian culture and life-style of the then time. This epic written by the great sage Maharshi
Krishna Dwaipaayana Vyasa gives a very detailed view on environment of the then time too ---
variety of memories it passed through in its time; environment they carried, created and passed
over to us. Like the Ramayana, the Mahabharata covers rough and mild both the aspects of
Nature.
Nature or Environment has never been considered a hostile element to be conquered or
dominated. In fact, man is forbidden from exploiting Nature. He is taught to live in harmony
with Nature and recognize that divinity prevails in all elements, including plants and animals.
The rishis (seers) of the past have always had a great respect for Nature. Theirs was not a
superstitious primitive theology. They perceived that all material manifestations are a shadow
of the spiritual. The BhagavadGita advises us not to try to change the environment but to
improve it, or wrestle with it and if it seems hostile at times tolerate it. Ecology, the scientific
study of interactions of organisms among themselves is an inherent part of a spiritual world
view in Hinduism. Indeed from the ecological stand point the Mahabharata is a story of how
Dharma came to be established as a result of a conflict over social policies in response to on-
going environmental/ecological crises. The crises and the social policies implicitly advocated by
the two contestants in the Great war of the Mahabharata, Pandavas (the miraculously born
sons of Pandu) and Kauravas (the natural sons of Dhritarashtra, Pandu‟s brother named after
their common ancestor Kuru) have been identified in some of the episodes of the Mahabharata.
The Great war of the Mahabharata which is traditionally considered as a war to establish the
rule of law, a dharma-yuddha in which Krishna, revered by modern Hindus as the God Vishnu,
befriends and helps the Pandavas; goes through the motions of negotiating a peace deal;
ultimately, acts to defeat the Kauravas and both the victors, the Pandavas and the villains, the
Kauravas are shown acting in their own self-interest. Pandava‟s proposals helped their culture
survive the crises and became the Dharma for the new age that followed the war and operate to
the present day.
Like the Ramayana the world of the Mahabharata is also blessed with the richness of
greenery of Nature. Its sky is clean, weathers perform their journey with their all qualities and
remain uninterrupted. Its rivers are full of neat and clean water, the breeze is pure
and nourishing and the flow of life around is healthy. In a kingdom where someone dies
immature, is criticized. Growing trees, making ponds are considered pious. There is no scarcity
of natural fountains, but rich people have artificial fountains near their houses. People love
Nature and worship it like God. Elements of Nature have also been attached with the festivals.
But it is not easy to understand the concept of environment in the Mahabharata exactly
from our today‟s point of view. In this great epic the Nature is viewed as the extension of the
same consciousness. As per Hindu view of life, they all pass through eighty four lac yonis in
their different births. Like another great epic of the then time, the Ramayana, the
Mahabharata also maintains the concept of the birth from one yoni to the other. River Ganga
was the wife of Shantanu and mother of Bhishma. All the sons of Pandu were the products
of the main elements of Nature. Karna was the son of Surya (the Sun) Yudhisthir of Dharma
(Truth) Bhima of Vaayu (Air) Arjun of Indra and from Maadri the second wife of Pandu,
conceived her two sons Nakul and Sahdeva from Ashinikumars. Draupadi as well as her
brother Dhrishtadyumna were born from the sacrificial fire. There are many such examples
where the distinction between the human beings and others looks to be abolished. Not only
human beings, but almost all the metals are the products of the discharged semen of Lord
Shankar. They are his sons and daughters. Lord Shankar was so much charged by the charming
vision of Agni that he could not control his semen and discharged it in the sacrificial alter
resulting into birth of Skanda.
Our ancestors learnt to live with five elements of Nature, the earth, water, air, light and
cosmos and actually worshipped them in reality and symbolically. We get lots of information
about the relationships between man and Nature and the human behaviours and indebtedness
towards Nature from the writing in the ancient Indian treaties and literatures like the Vedas
and the Upanishads. The messages of environmental conservation contained in these
literatures are all based on Hindu religious philosophy, the core of which is Non-violence that is,
non-injury to both the living as well as non-living creations of Nature such as plants, animals,
air, water, land (earth), hill and forest. Undoubtedly, Hinduism has always been an
environmentally sensitive philosophy. No religion, perhaps, lays as much emphasis on
environmental ethics as Hinduism. It is a universally acknowledged fact that protection and
development of environment is very important for the human race. Like other holy Indian

56
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
scriptures the Mahabharata also contains the earliest messages for preservation of environment
and ecological balance with the ethical treatment of the human beings with the natural world as
it gives utmost importance for the relationship between the human and nature. If we draw our
attention to the Mahabharata from the point of view of environmental consciousness with
regard to the physical five five physical elements (Prthvi, Ap, Teja, Vayu and Akasa), there can
be found a lot of material regarding it. The epic has given paramount importance to the five
great elements and almost reached to the point of conclusion that these elements create
environmental consciousness i.e. a kind of “Be Aware Of” situation.
The Mahabharata can be described as “spiritual Scientist”. Eco-spirituality expresses
the spiritual connection that binds human beings with the environment. Environmental
consciousness led to purification of mind. The Mahabharata has shown that ecology through
literature is a strong catalyst for survival of human race and sustenance of dharmic practices.
Various trees, fruits and plants have special significance in Hindu ritual. The coconut tree and
the fruits are sacred and are offered to God during worship. Mango leaves are used as festoons
during pujas and auspicious events. All flowers and leaves of plants are used during worship for
pushpa puja and patra puja. The lotus is a sacred flower and plant for Hindus.
The banana plant and leaves are used for ornamentation and worship. Hindu religious scripts,
stories, and rituals have attempted to drive home the importance of preserving nature through
the centuries. Lord Krishna says in the BhagavadGita :
patraṁ puṣhpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁ yo me bhaktyā prayachchhati tadahaṁ bhaktyupahṛitam
aśhnāmi prayatātmanaḥ ||(9/26)
“I accept a leaf, flower, fruit or water or whatever is offered with devotion.”
As a depository of Indian ethos the Mahabharata embodies the Indian values and code of
conduct. The epic is an enormous drama that populates the story drama, pathos and thrills
abound. The text teaches important lessons on environment and ethics. Anthropological
evidences show that the cow is a long term requirement for a farmer and at best it should not be
consumed. Cow is sacred to Humanism due to many reasons chief of which is teachings of Lord
Krishna who was raised as a cow-harder. In the Mahabharata it is seen that in spite of being
born to a royal family he chose himself to be raised in a low-caste cow-herder family. Lord
Krishna is also called as Balagopala, the child who protects the cows and Govinda, one who
brings satisfaction to the cows. Like Krishna Balarama too stands as counsellor, planner,
initiator and finisher with his role developing the plans of cow protection and ploughing.
Several passages of the BhagavadGita remind us of universal panentheism. The overlord
identifies himself with elements of nature like the sun, moon, ocean, mountain, wind and river.
In the BhagavadGita Lord Krishna says, “I am the Self seated in the heart of all creatures. I am
the beginning, the middle and the very end of all beings. All beings have, therefore to be
treated alike.”(10/20) The importance of forests in Indian epics can be understood from the fact
that the epic devotes a book to the forests called the Aranyaka Parva (also Vana Parva, Aranya
Parva) (The Book of the Forest) which mentions the period of twelve years spent by Pandavas in
exile in the forest (aranya).
Last but not the least, the Mahabharata is a religious „big epic‟ of Indian soil and
Ayurveda is the „mother of all medical science and pride of our soil‟. Subject materials related to
Ayurveda and various types of medicinal and surgical methods explained in Ayurveda can be
seen referred to in the Mahabharata. In fact, Ayurveda was present and practised in the
Mahabharata days. All plants and flowers have medicinal value in the Hindu system of
medicine (Ayurveda) brought by the divine medicine man Dhanvantari during Samudramantha
Dhanvantari during Samudramanthna (churning of oceans). While describing gandhamadhana
Vyasa has mentioned multitudes of trees which crated a healthy environment.
Thus, it is needless to say that though advancement in Science and Technology has
given man power fit for “God”, he can‟t be “God” unless he has understanding of environment
which consists of the social, historical, political, religious and physical surroundings and
conditions. The Mahabharata, a melodrama of human event reflects the changing times of
socio-politico-cultural-moral upheavals. We may unhesitatingly say that the influences of the
Mahabharata upon the Indians are tremendous and this great epic of India has been molding
the sentiments of the Indian people from time immemorial. Undeniably, the Mahabharata
inspires us even today as it inquires into human nature, human relationships, man‟s links with
Nature, Universe and God and an individual‟s place within the defined society and indefinable
self.
References
Primary Sources:
1. Aurobindo, Sri. Essays on Gita. Sri Aurobindo Ashram: Pandicherry, 2013.
2. Geeta Nibondha (Bengali Version). Sri Aurobindo Ashram: Pandicherry, 2013.
3. On The Mahabharata. Sri Aurobindo Ashram: Pandicherry, 1991.
4. Vyasa and Valimiki. Sri Airobindo Ashram, Pondicherry, 1964.
5. Basu, Protiva. Mahabharater Moharanye (Bengali Version). Bikalpa Prokashani, Kolkata.
1997.

57
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
6. Dutt. M.N. ed. Mahabharata. Parimal Publications, Kolkata. 2013.
7. Ganguli, Kisari Mohan. Trans. The Mahabharata of Krishna-Dwaipayana Vyasa. NewDelhi:
Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers, 2007.
8. Goel, Aruna. Environment and Ancient Sanskrit Literature, Deep & Deep Publications Ltd.,
Delhi, 2003.
Secondary Sources:
1. Jairam Dr. Rajani. Ecological Concerns In Mahabharata (Article in IOSR Journal of
Humanities And SocialScience (IOSR-JHSS).
2. <https://www.iosrjournals.org/iosrjhss/papers/Vol.%2021%20Issue5/Version-
6/G0215066365.pdf>
3. Magar, N. B. (2020). Environmental Awareness: An Advocacy of the Mahabharat. Literary
Studies, 33, 71–78. <https://doi.org/10.3126/litstud.v33i0.38059>
4. Nelson, Lance E. Reading the Bhagavadgita from anecological perspective In Hinduism &
Ecoligy. The interaction of earth, sky and water. Harvard University Press.
2000.<https://www.academia.edu/3620438/Reading_the_Bhagavadgita_from_an_Ecological
Perspective>
5. Rajagopalan, R. Environmental Studies: From Crisis To Cure. OUP, India. 2015.
6. Sahitya Akademi. The Mahabharata Revisited. New Delhi.1990.
7. Satyamurti, Carole. Mahabharata: A Modern Retelling, W.W. Norton & Company. 2016.
8. Sharma, Arvind, ed. Essays on The Mahabharata. Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
Delhi. 2007.
9. Someswarananda, Swami. Geeta O Aajker Jeebon Jignyasa. Prachi Publucations, W.B.
2013.
10. Suthankar V.S. On the Meaning of The Mahabharata. Delhi. 1998.
11. Thapar, Dr. Romila. The Mahabharata: A Literary study: Clarion Books, Delhi. 1985.
Websites: [Accessed on 12.07.2003 - 30.01.2023]
1. < https://www.academicjournals.org>
2. < https://www. books.google.co.in>
3. < https://www.goodreads.com>
4. <https://www.holy-bhagavad-gita.org>
5. < https://www.iosrjournals.org>
6. < https://www.mahabharatabook.com>
7. < https://www.sacred-texts.com>
8. < https://www.shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in>

58
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Ealdtl: Early Alzheimer Disease Diagnosis Using Transfer

Learning
Suja G P1, Dr. P. Raajan2
1Research Scholar, PG &amp; Research Department of Computer Science,
Muslim Arts College, Thiruvithancode, Kanyakumari – 629 174,
(Affiliated to Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli – 627 012)
2Associate Professor, PG &amp; Research Department of Computer Science, Muslim Arts

College, Thiruvithancode, Kanyakumari – 629 174,

(Affiliated to Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli – 627 012)

Abstract
Early detection of moderate cognitive impairment using magnetic resonance imaging
(MRI) is critical for dementia therapy. Deep learning architecture produces good results in such
studies. Algorithms need a huge number of annotated datasets to train a model. We avoid this
obstacle in our study by employing layer-wise transfer learning and tissue segmentation of
brain images to detect Alzheimer's disease in its early stages (AD). For layer-wise transfer
learning, the VGG architecture family with pre-trained weights was employed. The proposed
model distinguishes between normal control (NC), early mild cognitive impairment (EMCI), late
mild cognitive impairment (LMCI), and Alzheimer's disease (AD). The Alzheimer's Disease
Neuroimaging Initiative (ADNI) database was accessible by 85 patients with NC, 70 patients
with EMCI, 70 patients with LMCI, and 75 patients with AD in this research. Each patient's
grey matter (GM) tissue was removed utilising tissue segmentation. Preprocessing data are
utilised to assess the proposed technique, which obtains the highest rates of classification
accuracy on AD vs. NC (98.73%) and EMCI vs. LMCI patients (83.72%), while remaining classes
accuracy is more than 80%. A comparison with earlier studies revealed that the proposed model
beat the state-of-the-art models in terms of testing precision.
Keywords: Transfer learning, Alzheimer’s disease, Image classification, early diagnosis.
I Introduction
Alzheimer's disease (AD) is a kind of dementia that mostly affects the elderly. It is
thought to start 15 to 20 years before symptoms appear. Syndromes are caused by the removal
of neurons involved in memory, cognition, and learning. Symptoms tend to grow over time and
interfere with daily chores such as family event planning, walking, and skill loss [1]. Cognitive
impairment is now related to Alzheimer's disease and is referred to as dementia. The brain
changes that go from normal cognitive function (NC) to moderate cognitive impairment (MCI)
and, finally, the last stage of Alzheimer's disease (AD). With 121,404 deaths documented in
2017, Alzheimer's disease is the sixth leading cause of death in the United States [2].
Alzheimer's disease is expected to affect 60 million people over the next 20 years. According to
the World Alzheimer's Report, the number of people suffering from the disease will rise to 152
million by 2050. Long-term care for dementia patients is expected to cost roughly $290 billion in
total. Researchers are attempting to detect Alzheimer's disease early in order to reduce the
abnormal loss of brain neurons [3]. It also provided emotional and monetary advantages to the
patient's relatives. Alzheimer's disease is diagnosed by functional magnetic resonance imaging
(fMRI), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), single-photon emission computed tomography
(SPECT), positron emission tomography (PET), and computed tomography (CT) [4].
These modes are contrasted. MRI images are often available in a standard format for
clinical usage. The researcher developed functional connectivity modelling for Alzheimer's
disease diagnosis using sparse representation methods, graphical techniques, and partial
correlation-based methodology [5]. Cortical thickness, grey matter density, ventricular
enlargements, and brain atrophy are all used by researchers. White matter (WM), grey matter
(GM), and cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) in brain images, on the other hand, are critical. In contrast,
researchers identified a stronger link between GM atrophy and cognitive decline in MCI [6].
Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) is a stage in the evolution of Alzheimer's disease
dementia (AD). The six-year MCI to AD conversion rate investigated is 80%. Identifying MCI
patients who may be further classified into two stages, such as early mild cognitive impairment
(EMCI) and late mild cognitive impairment (LMCI), is a continuing problem for AD-related
research (LMCI). The early detection of NC and MCI provides clinicians with crucial
information for treatment and decision making. It was also beneficial to save costs while
providing long-term care [7]. The support vector machine has shown early success in AD
classification (SVM). Deep learning-based technologies such as sparse autoencoder and
convolutional neural network (CNN) have recently provided optimal classification solutions in a
range of fields such as computer vision, voice identification, and natural language processing
[8]. Deep learning algorithms, on the other hand, have limitations when training a model on
scratch data since the model needs a significant number of medical photographs with
annotations [9]. The availability of a large amount of labelled data complicates a solution to this

59
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
issue, which may be avoided by classifying medical scans utilising transfer learning techniques
[10].
In this study, we look at a transfer learning framework based on the most sophisticated
CNN architecture for categorising Alzheimer's disease images into four categories: NC, EMCI,
LMCI, and AD. The fundamental goal of transfer learning is to transfer features from nature
photography to Alzheimer's images and suggest a novel strategy for categorising AD that may
help novice physicians establish objective judgements and make correct diagnoses. Our main
goal is to get cutting-edge results with a smaller dataset while avoiding overfitting [11]. To
achieve this aim, we applied the data augmentation strategy, which enables us to avoid
overfitting and get the desired results [12]. We rebuild the final fully connected and classifier
layers using layer-wise transfer learning on a deep CNN architecture. The proposed model is
divided into two groups, with some layers being gradually trained while the others are frozen.
Using transfer learning in this way, we estimate the best results for binary categories such as
NC, EMCI, LMCI, and AD Overcoming the problem of inadequate training data, measuring the
robustness of transfer learning, and avoiding overfitting were key challenges in previous studies
[13-15].
Ii Background Study
Acharya, H. et al. [1] This study looked at possible learning techniques for predicting the
stage of Alzheimer's disease. Proposed model work for data testing at the Kaggle warehouse, in
which the MRI image was classified as demented (VMD), demented (MD), moderate AD (MAD),
and demented (ND) to pick the model's highest accuracy as 95.70%. The analysis looked at how
lowering congestion and changing the model affected the performance of these author
application. To do this, the researchers employed familiarity and then compared recommended
strategies to the three existing advanced networks CNN, VGG16, and RESNET50; the new
model outperformed the others significantly.
Cilia, N. et al. [2] As a preliminary observation, the author observe that the
nonhandcrafted characteristics seem to be more promising than the handmade ones, with the
Random Forest classifier obtaining the best accuracy. The results obtained with handmade
features were, on average, poorer to those obtained with non-handcrafted features, according to
the comparison table (see V). Indeed, for every task and classification scheme, there was a CNN
model whose properties allow us to get better results than with handcrafted models.
Ebrahimi, A. et al. [7] The author successfully moved data from the ImageNet dataset
to the ADNI dataset. ADNI has hundreds of MRI scans from Alzheimer's disease patients,
whereas ImageNet includes millions of nature photographs. The framework of 2D ResNet-18
was extended to properly accomplish this transition. ResNet was a well-known and capable
CNN that performed well on the ImageNet dataset. 3D filters were applied to 2D filters to turn
the basic 2D ResNet-18 model into a 3D model. Any extra layers received the updated filters.
The learnable parameters were transferred from a 2D ResNet-18 model pre-trained on
ImageNet to a 3D ResNet-18 model by replicating (copying twice) the 2D filters across the third
dimension.
Gonzalez, H. et al. [8] This study's proposed subject semi-independent training for EEG-
based emotion recognition involves rating selection, subject selection, and two rounds of
unsupervised learning. Unsupervised learning was used first to cluster stimuli for data
selection, followed by clustering of similar EEG responses.
Zaabi, M., et al. [15] The author identified AD using two separate techniques: CNN and
Transfer Learning. The proposed method was divided into two stages (extraction of region of
interest and classification). The first step divides the image into blocks to identify the region of
the brain containing the hippocampus. CNN and Transfer Learning algorithms were examined
in the second stage. The results show that image classification using Transfer Learning
produces better accurate results than CNN. High classification rates have been attained
utilising the two relevant techniques, outperforming state-of-the-art algorithms employing the
same methodology.
Iii Material And Methods
3.1 Dataset preprocessing operations
In this study, a thorough preparation strategy was used to the T1-weighted images from
the ADNI database. All data was prepared using the neuroimaging informatics technology
initiative (NIFTI) format and statistical parameter mapping. Since grey matter (GM)
segmentation in the brain has the potential to be useful in revealing early abnormalities in
sporadic Alzheimer's disease, this is where our study is primarily focused. Data from the brain's
white matter (WM), grey matter (GM), and cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) are segmented during
preprocessing. We apply the ICBM space template to all datasets for a fine regularisation, with
the bias regularisation set to extremely light (0.0001), the bias full width at half maximum
(FWHM) set to 60mm cuto_. We used the MNI reference space to achieve the desired
normalisation. The voxel size in this study image is (2 2 2), and a Gaussian kernel smooths the
pictures. The segmentation results in a 256-by-240-pixel sample size. The proposed model

60
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
requires all images to be reduced in size to 224 by 224 before being used for training and
testing.
3.2 Convolutional neural networks and transfer learning
The architecture of convolutional neural networks (CNNs) is hierarchical and clustered.
A convolution layer, a pooling layer, many sequential completely connected layers, and a
softmax layer round out these multilayer architectures. CNNs typically use convolution layers
to extract neighbourhood information from data at the input. These basic features are extracted
and then used in pattern recognition tasks by way of intermediate layers to build more complex
features. Over-weighted connections connect each artificial neuron to the layer above it. CNN's
method might help widen and deepen photos with complex compositions. The pooling layer is an
important CNN parameter for minimising computation time, and it is often implemented using
nonlinear functions in the form of max and min pooling. By lowering the need for computation
and parameters, the pooling layer provides an additional benefit in the fight against model
overfitting. Max-pooling layers that include an activation function are used in a variety of
studies. We used the RELU activation function, which converts negative feature values to zero
and speeds up CNN convergence, in this study.
The current CNN-based model, consisting of many different layers and optimization
algorithms, was developed by hand by researchers. Throughout the ImageNet dataset, we
experimented with different training parameters for our models, including as learning rate,
batch size, and weight decay. CNN's lower layers may give broad feature extraction capabilities,
while the higher levels can provide more specific information vital to the classification task.
Using transfer learning to classify precancerous diseases, cardiac imaging, and lung diseases
has shown promising results. Using convolutional neural networks and transfer learning, the
scientist developed a system to categorise medical images. These results demonstrate that
transfer learning produced good accuracy for classification in medical domains and achieved
maximum results on AD classification with a lower quantity of information.
3.3 Proposed transfer learning model
As a result of CNN's encouraging results, several well-established models have been
developed by academics to tackle binary and multi-class classification problems. Improvements
in object identification have been made thanks in large part to the ImageNet Large Scale Visual
Recognition Challenge (ILSVRC). The biggest challenge is figuring out how to organise the
many different items. For this task, we analyse the winning object classification schemes from
the competition. In this study, we extended the VGG family architecture to create a transfer
learning model. VGG-19 was used because it provided better results from computer-aided
diagnostics. Specifically, the VGG-19 network consists of 16 convolutional layers, 5 max-pooling
layers with stride 2, 3 fully-connected layers, and a softmax layer as its final layer. We make
changes to the last two categorization levels and the final fully connected layer to address our
problem. These 1000 and 512 layers are linked and use binary categorization. Second, we
"freeze" the convolutional layers by using transfer learning. It is common practise to employ just
the fully connected layer that was learnt from the training data for the whole transfer learning
process, leaving the convolutional layers unchanged. Our suggested strategy, on the other hand,
splits the model in half and progressively freezes the layer blocks while training on augmented
and unaugmented datasets.
IV RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The suggested model was built using Python programming using version 3.8. The experimental
results are shown in this chapter.

Figure 1: Training and testing loss

61
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
As illustrated in Figure 1, the suggested model is trained using loss values. The X-axis
represents the Epoch, and the Y-axis represents the lost value.

Fig 2: Training and testing Accuracy.

The CNN-ResNet has been trained using 2 Training Epochs, and Figure 7 displays the testing
accuracy. The Y-axis reflects the accuracy, while the X-axis represents the Epoch number.

Figure 3: CNN Image Classification

The proposed model achieves 98% accuracy. And the CNN has classified the MRI image
as multi-class classification, as shown in figure 3.
V Conclusion
This study reported the identification of Alzheimer's disease (AD) using a transfer
learning model that assists clinicians in the diagnosing process. This paper presents an
EALDTL framework for the early identification of Alzheimer's disease. Vascular dilatation and
shrinking of the brain Image segmentation is used in the detection of bigger vascular/tumor
masses. The degree of enlargement reflects whether a patient is healthy, in the initial stage of
Alzheimer's disease, in the second stage, or has considerable cognitive impairment. Another
important element in determining Alzheimer's disease is brain shrinkage. This research offered
a methodology for detecting Alzheimer's disease early. CNN was used to remove noise from the
MRI image, and the image was segmented using watershed segmentation. Resnet50 with
Alexnet architecture was used for training. Transfer learning was used to categorise the data.
According to the findings, utilising improves classification precision. This approach solves the
issue of early detection without causing brain injury, and it has a 99% success rate. This will aid
in the advancement of medical imaging research; the long-term goal of this effort is to merge
mobile applications into authentic MRI images.
Vi References
1. Acharya, H., Mehta, R., & Kumar Singh, D. (2021). Alzheimer Disease Classification Using
Transfer Learning. 2021 5th International Conference on Computing Methodologies and
Communication (ICCMC). doi:10.1109/iccmc51019.2021.9418294
2. Cilia, N. D., De Stefano, C., Marrocco, C., Fontanella, F., Molinara, M., & di Freca, A. S.
(2021). Deep Transfer Learning for Alzheimer’s disease detection. 2020 25th International
Conference on Pattern Recognition (ICPR). doi:10.1109/icpr48806.2021.9412603

62
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
3. Colbaugh, R. and K. Glass, “Learning about individuals’ health from aggregate data”, Proc.
IEEE EMBC, Jeju Island, Korea, July 2017.
4. Colbaugh, R. and K. Glass, “Semi-supervised learning for cancer survival prediction”,
Periander Report, London, December 2016.
5. Colbaugh, R., “Ensemble transfer learning for medical applications”, Periander Report,
London, November 2016.
6. Colbaugh, R., Glass, K., & Gallegos, G. (2017). Ensemble transfer learning for Alzheimer’s
disease diagnosis. 2017 39th Annual International Conference of the IEEE Engineering in
Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC). doi:10.1109/embc.2017.8037513
7. Ebrahimi, A., Luo, S., & Chiong, R. (2020). Introducing Transfer Learning to 3D ResNet-18
for Alzheimer’s Disease Detection on MRI Images. 2020 35th International Conference on
Image and Vision Computing New Zealand (IVCNZ). doi:10.1109/ivcnz51579.2020.9290616
8. Gonzalez, H. A., Yoo, J., & Elfadel, I. A. M. (2019). EEG-based Emotion Detection Using
Unsupervised Transfer Learning. 2019 41st Annual International Conference of the IEEE
Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC). doi:10.1109/embc.2019.8857248
9. Li, Y., Haber, A., Preuss, C., John, C., Uyar, A., … Yang, H. S. (2021). Transfer
learning‐trained convolutional neural networks identify novel MRI biomarkers of
Alzheimer’s disease progression. Alzheimer’s & Dementia: Diagnosis, Assessment & Disease
Monitoring, 13(1). doi:10.1002/dad2.12140
10. Lopez-Martin, M., Nevado, A., & Carro, B. (2020). Detection of early stages of Alzheimer’s
disease based on MEG activity with a randomized convolutional neural network. Artificial
Intelligence in Medicine, 101924. doi:10.1016/j.artmed.2020.101924
11. Lugli, G. et al., “Plasma exosomal microRNAs in persons with and without Alzheimer’s
disease: Altered expression and prospects for biomarkers”, PLoS ONE, Vol. 10 (10), 2015.
12. Naz, S., Ashraf, A., & Zaib, A. (2021). Transfer learning using freeze features for Alzheimer
neurological disorder detection using ADNI dataset. Multimedia
Systems. doi:10.1007/s00530-021-00797-3
13. Oh, K., Chung, Y.-C., Kim, K. W., Kim, W.-S., & Oh, I.-S. (2019). Classification and
Visualization of Alzheimer’s Disease using Volumetric Convolutional Neural Network and
Transfer Learning. Scientific Reports, 9(1). doi:10.1038/s41598-019-54548-6
14. Voyle, N. et al., “A pathway based classification method for analyzing gene expression for
Alzheimer’s disease diagnosis”, J. Alzheimer’s Disease, Vol. 49, pp. 659-669, 2016
15. Zaabi, M., Smaoui, N., Derbel, H., & Hariri, W. (2020). Alzheimer’s disease detection using
convolutional neural networks and transfer learning based methods. 2020 17th
International Multi-Conference on Systems, Signals & Devices
(SSD). doi:10.1109/ssd49366.2020.9364155

63
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Hunter-Gatherers and Early Food Producing Societies in Kerala
Dr. Martiz Kurian,
Assistant Professor & Head, Department of History, St. Thomas College,
Kozhencherry, Kerala, India)

Hunter-gatherers and early food producing societies represent two different

stages of human cultural and technological development. Hunter-gatherer societies are
characterized by their reliance on hunting wild animals and gathering wild plants for
sustenance. These societies typically live in small, nomadic groups and their way of life is
closely tied to the natural environment. Hunter-gatherers have a deep understanding of the
plants and animals in their environment, and their survival depends on their ability to adapt to
changes in their surroundings. Early food producing societies, on the other hand, are
characterized by the development of agriculture and the domestication of plants and animals.
This allowed these societies to settle in one place and rely on farming as their primary source of
food. The development of agriculture brought about significant changes in human society,
including the growth of larger, more complex communities, the development of specialized roles
and professions, and the rise of civilization.
Keywords: Pre-historic societies, Hunters, food gathers, Palaeolithic, Mesolithic & Neolithic
In the absence of written records, scholars have drawn inferences about pre
historic culture and society from other kinds of evidence. Archaeologists have excavated many
sites that open windows on pre-historic life, and anthropologists have carefully studied hunting
and gathering societies in the contemporary world. The transition from hunter-gatherer
societies to early food producing societies occurred gradually over thousands of years, and was
driven by a combination of factors including climate change, population growth, and
technological innovation. This transition also had significant impacts on the environment and
on human health and wellbeing. While early food producing societies were able to support
larger populations and develop more complex cultures and technologies, they also faced new
challenges such as increased disease transmission, resource depletion, and social inequality.
One of the earliest food producing societies in India was the Mehrgarh culture,
which flourished in what is now western Pakistan between approximately 7000 BC and 2500
BCE. The people of this culture were among the first in the world to cultivate domesticated
wheat, barley, and other crops, and they also raised cattle, sheep, and goats. They lived in small
villages and developed sophisticated pottery, jewellery, and other crafts. Another important
prehistoric food producing society in India was the Neolithic culture of South India, which
emerged around 2500 BCE. This culture is characterized by the development of rice cultivation
and the domestication of animals such as cattle, goats, and pigs. The people of this culture also
developed sophisticated irrigation systems to support their agricultural practices, and they
created elaborate burial practices and pottery. In addition to these cultures, there were also
several other prehistoric food producing societies in India, including the Jorwe culture of
Maharashtra, the Chalcolithic cultures of central India, and the Megalithic cultures of southern
India. These cultures all developed unique practices and technologies, and contributed to the
rich cultural heritage of India.
Previous Studies
The credit for the rediscovery of Indian pre-history goes to Primrose, an
Englishman, who was the first person to discover pre-historic implement in 1842 at a place
called Lingsugur in the Raichur district early of Karnataka. However, John Evans was first to
publish an account of worked flints stone discovered on the bed of the Narmada River near
Jabalpur in 1853. In the second half of the nineteenth century Colonel Meadows Taylor
published many excavation reports of megalithic burials in South India. Another person who
enriched our knowledge about Indian pre-history was Robert Bruce Foote who discovered a
large number of pre- historic sites in South India and collected stone artefacts (Foote, 1916). In
1930, M.C. Burkitt published an account of the collection from the Krishna basin in 1935. H. de
Terra and T.T. Paterson studied the glacial sequence of Kashmir and Punjab and related their
findings to the pre-historic stone industries of Punjab, the Narmada valley and Tamil Nadu.
Subsequent discoveries show that Indian Prehistory goes beyond 1.4 million years. Mortimer
Wheelers works also resulted the entire pre-historic culture sequence of India. The efforts of the
1940s resulted in the publication of Stuart Piggott's Prehistoric India in 1950. Since then, the
explorations and excavations done have resulted in the identification and establishment of
culture sequences more firmly.
Kerala was a region where exploration was neglected till 1974, certain findings
Megalith burials in Chirakkal (Babington, 1823), Neolithic tool from Kannyakod Hill (Lake
1891), quartz flakes, a fragment of Neolithic celt and carvings at Edakkal cave (Fawcett,1901),
Mesolithic implements from Chevayur (Allchin, 1968), had been reported. Megalithic were
reported from Thozheeppadam and Tint from Thrissur district. Odanur and Peringottukurssi in
Palakkad district (IAR 1971-72) Aiyappan (1933) conducted excavations at Feroke, (Thapar,

64
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
1952) at Porkalam and (Poduval, 1934-45) at Panjapalliparamba. Directorate of Archaeology,
Government of Kerala and Archaeological Survey of India did some work reported in Indian
Archaeology A Review. Foote had hypothesized that Kerala was inhospitable for prehistoric
human habitations because of heavy rainfall, impenetrable forests, dissected terrain, absence of
quartzite, etc. This led to neglect of serious explorations until 1974. It was P. Rajendran whose
efforts resulted in our highly knowledge of the entire pre-historic culture sequence of Kerala,
putting Kerala firmly on the map of pre-history.
Classification
Based on the tool-making traditions, the entire Stone Age culture has been
divided into three main stages viz. Palaeolithic, Mesolithic & Neolithic. Palaeolithic and
Mesolithic period people exclusively used stone tools, it ends with the Megalithic or Iron Age
when there was profuse use of iron implements. The intermediate stages, Neolithic and
Chalcolithic, witnessed traditions from the hunter-gatherer types to agriculture, domestication,
seasonal settlement and the beginning and development of ceramic and metallurgical
technology. These culminated in the Megalithic when metals like iron, copper and gold were
efficiently worked out. Relics of this culture still survive amazing some tribal communities
living in the deep forests
Palaeolithic Culture
The Palaeolithic period or the old stone age constitutes the longest phase of pre-
history. In this period, the early humans, who shared the landscape with various wild and giant
animals or megafaunas. The Palaeolithic Age is divided into three cultural phases viz. Early or
Lower Palaeolithic, Middle Palaeolithic and Late or Upper Palaeolithic. This division is based
on progressive improvement in tool-types which gradually came to acquire better efficiency in
their cutting edge and operating ease (Jain, 2006). The tools of lower palaeolithic age include
mainly hand-axes, cleavers, choppers and chopping tools. The middle Palaeolithic tools are
based mainly upon flake industries and the upper Palaeolithic is characterised by burins and
scrapers.
Earliest evidence of human habituation in Kerala dates to the upper palaeolithic
age. Palaeolithic tools and implements have been reported from Valluvasseri, Karimpulakkal
and Kunnathubhalu in Beypore Basin, Tenkara and Kanhirampuzha in Nila Basin, Kunnoni in
Meenachil Basin, Abhayagiri in Kallada Basin consisted mostly of Chopper-Scraper-Flake
implements of quart, showing morphological, typological and technological affinities with some
lower palaeolithic industries of various parts of India (Rajendran 1981, 1998). The Palaeolithic
tools at Abhayagiri and Valuvasseri were obtained from the lateritic surface whereas similar
implements from Kanhirapuzha, Tenkara, Kunnathubalu, Karalikkot, Karimpulakkal,
Mukkali, Pandikkad and Kunnoni were collected from the gravel beds. But the recent discovery
of a few hand-axes from Tenkara in Palakkad shows that Kerala Palaeolithic industries have an
Acheulian element rarely seen elsewhere in the West Coast. The Palaeolithic implements of
Kerala are mostly made of locally available river worn quartz pebbles with the stray utilization
of gneiss pebbles. They consisted of both the core tools and the flake tools worked unifacially or
bifacially. (Rajendran, 2003).
Mesolithic Culture
The Mesolithic or the Middle Stone Age Cultures represent a phase of transition
from the preceding hunting and food-gathering stage of the Palaeolithic period to that of
farming and herding in the succeeding Neolithic period. The Mesolithic period coincides with
the beginning of the Holocene age, around 8000 BC (Jain, 2006). This period witnessed a change
in climate from cold and arid to warm and wet on account of the gradual recession of the
glaciers. This change led to the melting snow and the formation of rivers resulting in the growth
of forests and vegetation
The evidence from Mesolithic industries in Kerala was first discovered by Capt.
K.R.U Todd from Chevayur, Kozhikkode (Allchin & Allchin, 1965), After 1975 more than two
dozen archaeological sites were discovered by P. Rajendran. Most yielded implements made
exclusively of quartz, except at two places where a few of them were made of chert (Rajendran,
1981). The use of the locally available quartz is evident, it continues since the Lower
Palaeolithic (Rajendran,1981). From the typology, technology and morphology, it is clear that
the Mesolithic people of Kerala had mastered quartz as raw material for flaking though
elsewhere it was probably considered a poor rock type. Different forms of quartz are seen in
Kerala boulders, cobbles, pebbles, gravels and veins. The implements are mostly made on
flakes, and include bifacial points, blades, lunates, borers, burins, backed knives scrapers,
discoids and small choppers made on medium pebbles. (Rajendran, 2003). The apex of the
Mesolithic culture in Kerala was in the early Holocene, and continued till 3000 BC (Rajendran,
1983). Stone tools are the prime indicators of the technical skill. They could lubricate the most
beautiful and effective implements from quartz. This reflects the dependence on locally
available raw material and capacity to innovate suitable techniques in its utilization.
Mesolithic sites were discovered at Niramalagiri and Madayippara in Kannur
district; Walayar, Malampuzha, Podippara, Mankara, Kulappalli, Cherakkalppadi, Ayannur,

65
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Agali, Narasimokkai and Sirakadavu in Palghat district; Chellur and Pandikkad in
Malappuram district; Chempara and Kuppakotti in Wayanad district; Tenmala and
Odanavattom in Kollam district, and Ankode and Neyyar in Thiruvananthapuram district. The
Mesolithic rock shelter sites were discovered at Tenmala in Kollam district and at Ankode in
Perumkadavila in Thiruvananthapuram district. (Rajendran, 2018). The increase in the number
of sites from this culture indicates the significant growth in population and the change in
demographic profile.
It is suggested that greater availability of food and better health of the people
were probably the main factors which led to decrease in mortality rate and the increase in
population. While better rainfall in Holocene age contributed to greater plant growth as well as
increase in fish and animal population, the use of microliths as arrows or spear-heads greatly
improved the hunting efficiency of the Mesolithic man. Hunting-gathering remained the main
survival strategy, but there was a change from big- game hunting to smaller animals and birds,
they had also started fishing. More shelters and caves were occupied, there was rapid growth in
the execution of artistic forms such as petrographs and petroglyphs (Rajendran, 1998).
Neolithic Culture
The Neolithic Cultures constitute the concluding phase of the stone age. The
term Neolithic was first used the Danish prehistorian Thomsen, in the nineteenth century to
denote the stage of technological progress achieved by early man. The term neolithic era means
“new stone age,” as opposed to the old stone age of palaeolithic times. Archaeologists first used
the term neolithic because of refinements in tool-making techniques, they found polished stone
tools in neolithic sites, rather than the chipped implements characteristic of palaeolithic sites.
Gradually, however, archaeologists became aware that something more fundamental than tool
production distinguished the neolithic from the palaeolithic era. Polished stone tools occurred in
sites where peoples relied on cultivation, rather than foraging, for their subsistence. Today the
term neolithic era refers to the early stages of agricultural society, from about twelve thousand
to six thousand years ago. The Neolithic Cultures are largely defined in terms of transition from
hunting and food-gathering to herding and food producing subsistence economy with a
sedentary way of life. It could become possible because of better tool-types and more conducive
environment with the commencement of Holocene Age. The domestication of animals and
cultivation of cereals by the Neolithic folks is evident from the discovery of charred pieces of
grain animal bones. This period also marks the beginning of the use of handmade potteries.
In Kerala the first Neolithic evidence was discovered from Kannyakod Hill in
1891 by Philip Lake and later Fawcett had discovered similar evidence from Wayanad in 1901
(Philip 1891& Fawcett 1901). Only after several decades Polished stone axes and beads, typical
of the Neolithic, were reported from Kalpetta and Pulpalli in Wayanad and the Periyar river
bed at Aluva. Later similar evidences were discovered by P. Rajendran in 1989 from
Mantrothuruth in Kallada river basin of Kollam District and in 1995 from Kunnoni in
Kottayam District (Rajendran, 1990 & 1995). Axes were made on locally available gneiss or
granite rock and other implements were flakes, blades and beads. Axes were well made through
flaking, pecking, grinding and polishing. A Neolithic axe was also discovered from the Palai in
the Meenachil river basin in 2006. In 2006, a stone axe of the Neolithic culture has been
discovered from Vembayam in Trivandrum District in south Kerala. (Rajendran & Divya, 2006).
The tool was half buried in the hard matrix and it is, for the first time, that a Neolithic axe has
been found from the district. The occurrence of Neolithic cultural evidence and other early Stone
Age finds from all the three physiographical zones in Kerala indicates the fact that the region
had conducive environmental situation for the prehistoric habitation from the coast to the ghats
on the south-west coast of India.
Prehistoric human communities span a vast timeframe, from the emergence of
early humans millions of years ago to the development of writing systems in different regions of
the world. During prehistoric times, humans lived as hunter-gatherers, relying on hunting
animals and gathering wild plants for survival. These societies were nomadic, moving from one
location to another in search of food and resources. Over time, prehistoric societies began to
develop more advanced technologies and social structures. The most significant development
was the transition from hunting and gathering to settled farming communities, which occurred
during the Neolithic period. This transition marked a major turning point in human history,
leading to the establishment of permanent settlements, the domestication of plants and
animals, and the emergence of agriculture as the primary means of subsistence. In addition to
technological advancements, prehistoric societies developed their own cultural practices, art
forms, and religious beliefs. Archaeological evidence, such as cave paintings, rock art, and burial
sites, provides insights into the social, cultural, and spiritual aspects of these early human
communities. It is important to note that our understanding of prehistoric societies is largely
based on archaeological findings, scientific studies, and anthropological research. While these
sources allow us to reconstruct and interpret the lives of prehistoric humans to some extent,
there are still many gaps and uncertainties due to the lack of written records from that time.

66
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Reference
1. Aiyappan, A. (1933). Rock-cut Cave Tombs of Feroke, S. Malabar, The Quarterly Journal of
the Mythic Society 23 (13), Banglore.
2. Allchin, B and R. Allchin (1968). The Birth of Indian Civilization, Harmondsworth, London.
3. Babington, J. (1823). Prehistoric Antiquities. Tran, Lit. Soc., Bombay.
4. Fawcett, F. (1901). Notes on the rock carvings in the Edakkal Cave, Waynad, India
Antiquary - 30: 409-421, Bombay.
5. Foote, Robert Bruce (1916). The Foote collection of Indian Prehistoric and Protohistoric
Antiquities, Superintendent of Madras Press, Madras.
6. Jain, V.K. (2006). Prehistory and Protohistory of India, New Delhi, D.K. Printworld.
7. Karashima, Noboru (2009). Ancient to Medieval South Indian Society in Transition, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
8. Lake, P. (1891). The Geology of South Malabar between the Beypore and Ponnani Rivers in
ASI Memoirs.
9. Poduval, R.V., (1948). Travancore Archaeological Report, Thiruvananthapuram, 1948.
10. Rajendran P. & Divya V.L. (2006). Neolithic Axe from South Kerala, Puratattva, no. 36,
2005-2006, Indian Archaeological Society, New Delhi.
11. Rajendran P., (1998). Keralathile Prak Charitham in Vinjnakairali 29 (5) 301-5 (Mal.)
Kerala Bhasha Institute, Thiruvananthapuram.
12. Rajendran, P. (1975). Lower and Middle stones Age tools from Palghat Dist. Kerala, Current
Science-44 (4), Bangalore.
13. Rajendran, P. (1981). The Palaeolithic Industries of North Kerala". Bulletin of the Deccan
College Research Institute, 40, Pune.
14. Rajendran, P. (1983). The Coastal Mesolithic Industries of South India and their Chronology
in Indo-pacific Prehistory Association Bulletin, 4, Australian National University.
Canberra.
15. Rajendran, P. (1990). Neolithic Artefacts in Kerala, Science Today 2001 (6):31 Bombay.
16. Rajendran, P. (2003) Issues in Kerala Historiography in K K Kusuman eds. Issues in Kerala
Historiography, Thiruvananthapuram, International Centre for Kerala Studies, University
of Kerala.
17. Rajendran, P. (2018). Unravelling the Past, Heritage Publishers, New Delhi.
18. Thapar B.K. (1952). Porkalam 1948: Excavation of a megalithic Urn Burial, Ancient India,
8, New Delhi.

67
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Role of Mudra Yojan in Entreprenuership Development In India

Rohini.R
Assistant Professor, Government first Grade College Shikaripura
Shivamogga Dist. Karnataka State
Email: [email protected]

Abstract
Small business play an important role not only in contributing to the nation’s GDP, but
also providing employment to large number of people. Pradhan Mantri MUDRA (Micro Unit
Development and Refinance Agency) Yojana is a flagship scheme launched by Government of
India in 2015 in order to provide financial assistance to the micro and small scale
entrepreneurs. The main objective of this paper is to know the products offered under this
scheme, to analyze the performance of Mudra yojana and to evaluate the role of MUDRA yojana
in entrepreneurship development in India. The study is based on secondary data which has
been collected from the annual reports of MUDRA yojana, journals, and research articles.
Introduction
Entrepreneurship acts as pivotal role in transforming economy into a progressive one. In
India, most of the business units are engaged in manufacturing, processing, trading and
services sector. The micro enterprises represent a major portion of Indian economy and provide
sizable employment opportunities after agriculture. MUDRA yojana has been launched by our
Hon. Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi on 8th April 2015, with a corpus of Rs.20,000 crore
and a credit guarantee corpus of Rs3,000 crore.. The main objective of this scheme to encourage
the entrepreneurship and small business units to expand their business operations, small
business play an important role in contributing to GDP and provide employment to large
number of people. But due to various reasons small businesses are not playing their role
effectively and the main reason behind is, most of the individuals of our country living in rural
area. They have been lagging behind to access various facilities like credit, loan, insurance,
and other financial instruments which are helpful them to establish and grow their small
businesses. Mudra Yojana is great initiative of our Prime Minister to bank the unbanked
population and fund the unfunded.
Products Under Mudra Scheme
MUDRA bank provides refinance and credit support to financial institutions that promote
small and micro units. The products of MUDRA are
1. Micro credit scheme (MCS)
2. Refinance for micro units
3. Mahila Uddyami scheme
4. Business Loan for Traders &Shopkeepers
5. Missing Middle Credit Scheme
6. Equipment Finance scheme
Refinance is given to commercial banks, regional rural banks, co-operative banks, micro
finance institutions and non banking finance corporations. There are three types of loans
offered under Refinance scheme. They are as follows.
Table 1 Types of loans offered under MUDRA scheme
Shishu Starting stage Upto Rs. 50,000 12%
Kishor Mid stage Rs. 50,000 to Rs. 5 Lakhs 14 to 17%
Tarun Growth and Rs. 5 Lakhs to Rs.10 Lakhs 16%
development stage

Review Of Literature
Vijai ( 2018) in his paper entitled “A Study on the Performance of Mudra Yojana in
Tamilnadu” assessed the objective and role of PMMY in India, The study is based on the
secondary data, and study resuled that schemes of MUDRA BANK and contribution of PMMY
in promotion of financial Inclusion in Tamil Nadu and states that this scheme has been taken
to focus exclusively on entrepreneurs. This type of scheme will add to the well-being of the
individuals engaged in small-scale industries which will positively effect the progress of the
economy and it is very effective in its early stage.
Nikita Kabra ( 2018) in her paper entitled “MUDRA Performance in Karnataka” analysed the
the working efficiency of Micro Units Development & Refinance Agency and the study resulted
that the performance of Micro Units Development & Refinance Agency loan schemes in
Karnataka, working of Micro Units Development & Refinance Agency in Association of Small-
Scale Industries. India needs to fill up the gaps like skill development, knowledge, business
literacy, microfinance and MUDRA is the answer to that.
Poornima (2019) in her paper entitled “A Study on Pradhan Manthri Mudra Yojana -Mudra
Scheme” examine the performance of the products offered under Refinance scheme. The study
is based on secondary data and resulted that MUDRA scheme brings new ray of hope for both

68
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

existing and aspiring micro enterprises and women entrepreneurs. This scheme is helpful in
Supporting and promoting the small and micro industries and contributing in boosting the
country’s economy, by employment generation, exports and GDP.
Dr. Yogesh D (2019) in his paper entitled “A STUDY AND REVIEW OF PRADHAN MANTRI
MUDRA YOJANA (PMMY) IN THE STATE OF MAHARASHTRA” Analyzed the extent of
impact on various categories like SC, ST, OBC, Women micro enterprises in terms of loan
sanctioned and the resulted that MUDRA continues to be a major initiative of the Government
is providing financial assistance to millions of micro and small scale units in India. It has
provided assistance to women, SC/ST, OBC category entrepreneurs in India. Due to this scheme
financial inclusion has been increased.
Deepthi Laiju (2020) in her paper entitled “MUDRA YOJANA A BOON TO YOUNG
ENTREPRENEURS: A CRITICAL APPRAISAL” analysed how Mudra has offered a helping
hand to the entrepreneurs, the study has used secondary data and resulted that the Micro units
Development and Refinance Agency Ltd. undoubtedly stand as the best micro enterprise sector
in the country. It has given a refinance support to the banks, NBFCs and MFCs for lending
loans to small units. Since micro enterprises form a major economic segment in our country
equipping them with the needed financial resources not only provides employment
opportunities to many but it also contributes towards the welfare of the nation.
Objectives Of The Study
1. To understand Pradhan Manthri Mudra Yojana and the products offered under this yojana.
2. To study the performance of Mudra Yojana.
3.To evaluate the role of MUDRA yojana in entrepreneurship development in India.
Hypothesis Of The Study
This research paper is based on the following hypothesis, which are going to be used in tune
with objectives and tested for its approval.
H1- MUDRA yojana plays an important the role in entrepreneurship development in India.
H0- MUDRA yojana does not play an important the role in entrepreneurship development in
India.
H1- Government takes measures to develop MUDRA Yojana.
H0 - Government may not take measures to develop MUDRA Yojana.
Research Methodology
The study is based on secondary data collected from research articles, journals, reports from
websites and annual reports of MUDRA Yojana.
Rationale Of The Study
The study reveals the features and products of Mudra Yojana along with its benefits. The
study also highlights the support offered by the yojana to Banks, MFIs, NBFCs, small
enterprises and individuals. The purpose of this paper is to examine performance and the extent
to which Mudra yojana is helping in entrepreneurship development, how it is solving
unemployment problem of the people and contributes to the economic welfare of the nation as a
whole. As the rate of interest is less and no collateral security is required for the borrower to
take loan in this scheme, so it is inspiring the rural and urban youth to have more confident to
take risk in business and it is suitable to small business organizations. This paper is also
intended to contribute to knowledge in the area of youth entrepreneurship to be able to know
and survive in business.
Table 2: Category wise analysis of Mudra Yojana
Category 2019-20 2020-21
No. of loan Amt Sanctioned No. of loan Amt Sanctioned
accounts .in crores accounts in crores
Shishu 5,44,90,617 1,63,528 4,01,80,115 1,09,953

Kishor 64,71,873 95,578 94,86,160 1,09,953

Tarun 12,85,116 78,358 10,68,771 79,290

Total 6,22,47,606 3,37,495 5,07,35,046 3,21,759

The above table reveals that there is a huge growth in the number of Loan accounts and
amount sanctioned under each category, During the year 2019-20 and 2020-21 Shishu category
is having more number of accounts which is followed by Kishore and Tarun scheme with respect
to amount sanctioned also.

69
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

The following tables depict the progress and performance of Mudra Yojana for the
FYs 2015-16 to 2020-21
Table 3 (Amt. in ` lakh crore)
year Target Sanctioned
Amount

2015-16 1.22 1.37

2016-17 1.80 1,80

2017-18 2.44 2.53

2018-19 3.00 3.21

2019-20 3.25 3.37

2020-21 3.50 3.21

Sources: Annual reports of MUDRA scheme

The above table shows that from 2015-16 to 2020-21 MUDRA scheme as, has played a dual role
by extending refinance support to various lending institutions. Every year Target amount and
Sanctioned amount has been increased, it shows the efficiency of Mudra yojana.
Table 4: State wise Performance of top 10 States
Name of the State Sanction Amt Sanction Amt.
2020-21 2019-20
(Rs. in (Rs. in Crores)
Crores)
Karnataka 30,199.18 30,188
West Bengal 29,335.98 26,790
Uttar Pradesh 29,231.35 30,949
Tamil Nadu 28,967.97 35,017
Bhihar 25,589.31 27,442
Maharastra 25,208.63 27,903
Rajastan 18,571.38 19,662
Madya Pradesh 18,474.24 19,060
odisha 15,328.63 15,419
Andra Pradesh 12,028.33 10,439.93
Total 2,32,935 2,42,869.93
Sources: Annual reports of MUDRA Yojana
The above table shows the amount sanctioned by 10 States. The Karnataka topped with
Rs. 30199.18 crores during the year 2020-21 and Rs.30,188 Crores in 2019-20, followed by
West Bengal with 29,335.98 crores during the year 2020-21 and Rs.26790 crores in 2019-20,
and Utthar Pradesh stood at third with 29,231.35 crores and 30949 crores in 2019 and amount
sanctioned by the other states also shown in the table.
Table showing the amount sanctioned and dispersed by MUDRA under Shishu, Tarun
and Kishore scheme from 2016-17 to 2019-20.
Table No.5

Amount in crores
Year Amount Sanctioned Amount Dispersed Percentage of
Amount Dispersed
2016-17 366470.97 354241,92 96.66
2017-18 488590.01 472725.87 96.75
2018-19 604415.31 583034.87 96,46
2019-20 295388.78 286375,81 96,94
Sources: Annual reports of MUDRA Yojan
Analysis
The above table reveals that the amount sanctioned and dispersed by MUDRA Yojana
under Shishu, Tarun and Kishore scheme from 2016-17 to 2019-20. The table highlights that
more than 96 percent of the amount sanctioned is dispersed every year, it shows efficiency in
the performance of MUDRA yojana, concluded that it has given boost to entrepreneurial
culture. For the FY 2019-20 the target set was “ 3.25 lakh crore” and the amount sanctioned
was 3.37 lakh crores and this yojana has achieved 103.67% of the target set. The table shows

70
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

that more than 100 percent amount was sanctioned to target set, which means Government has
sanctioned more than one lakh crore every year under this scheme, it implies that MUDRA
yojana plays an important the role in entrepreneurship development in India. Government is
taking number of measures to develop MUDRA It (PMMY) is the key initiative of Government
of India to develop and improve entrepreneurial culture in the country by providing collateral
free and cheap credit to “millions of people. This Yojna has filled the gap of “unfunding or
shortage of the funds”. It also boosts the morale of “first generation entrepreneurs” by
providing financial assistance for setting up their micro enterprises expanding it further.
Conclusion
MUDRA Yojana is the recently introduced scheme to encourage entrepreneurship especially
in micro and small business units in India. This scheme will improve the well-being of the
people engaged in small-scale industries which will positively shape the progress of the
economy. MUDRA as a financial tool, will definitely make a change and will help in making a
developed India. MUDRA has an impact on the economy, entrepreneurship development,
employment generation and standards of living of the people. Many state Governments also
making efforts to implement this scheme effectively and showing positive results. MUDRA
scheme brings new hope for both existing as well as aspirants for micro enterprises and women
entrepreneurs.
Findings Of The Study
1. The study resulted that , MUDRA Yojana has been playing a very important role in India
and this role in getting more and more prominent.
2. Keeping the importance and role of Mudra in mind, Government of India is working very
hard towards creating entrepreneurial culture and skill development, it builds confidence
in the mind of young generation.
3. The study is based on certain objectives, after going through the entire study it can be said
that all objective are fulfilled successfully.
4. Similarly, the hypotheses of the paper are also tested based on observation. alternative
hypotheses have been accepted and the null hypotheses are rejected.
5. In conclusion it can be said that, in India MUDRA YOJANA is playing an important role in
entrepreneurship development, export promotion and contribution to GDP and Government
is taking number of measures to develop MUDRA Yojana.
Suggestions
1. There should be more encouragement among the rural and poor people to help them to grow
economically with this type of schemes .
2. Some times the sanctioned amount for Shishu and Tarun categories is more than the
disbursed amount. It clearly shows that the people are not aware about this scheme and
how it is helping towards growth and wellbeing, therefore there is a need to create
awareness about MUDRA in different ways and through effective media.
3. Some people fails to repay the loan amount in this respect Government should impliment
strict policy.
4. The Government has to improve this scheme by appointing “independent agency” to
evaluate performance of this scheme and bring innovation by adopting product design by
considering local needs.
References
1. V. Poornima 2019 “A Study on Pradhan Manthri Mudra Yojana -Mudra Scheme”
International Journal of Advance Research in Computer Science and Management Studies
e-ISJN: A4372-3114 ISSN: 2321-7782 (Online) Volume 7, Issue 8, August 2019 Impact
Factor: 7.327
2. Dr. C. Vijai “A Study on the Performance of Mudra Yojana in Tamilnadu” JBFIM Mantech
publications.Volume 1 Issue 2
3. Dr. Yogesh Mahajan “ A STUDY AND REVIEW OF PRADHAN MANTRI MUDRA
YOJANA (PMMY) IN THE STATE OF MAHARASHTRA “ IJAIR Volume 6, Issue 2 (XVII):
April - June, 2019 ISSN 2394 – 7780
4. Y.Anugrah Rohini Lall 2018 “A STUDY ON CRITICAL ANALYSIS OF MUDRA OJANA
IN UTTARAKHAND” International Journal of Social Science and Economic Research
ISSN: 2455-8834 Volume:03, Issue:07 "July 2018"
5. Manish Agarwal , Ritesh Dwivedi “PRADHAN MANTRI MUDRA YOJNA:A CRITICAL
REVIEW” Parikalpana - KIIT Journal of Management December,2017/v13/i2/164524
6. Nikita Kabra Girish S “MUDRA Performance in Karnataka” International Journal of
Research and Analytical Reviews 2018 IJRAR October 2018, Volume 5, Issue 4
www.ijrar.org (E-ISSN 2348-1269, P- ISSN 2349-5138)
7. Deepthi Laiju (2020) in her paper entitled “MUDRA YOJANA A BOON TO YOUNG
ENTREPRENEURS: A CRITICAL APPRAISAL” 2020, JETIR October 2020, Volume 7,
Issue 10 www.jetir.org (ISSN-2349-5162)
8. Annual Reports of Mudra yojana Government of India.

71
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Unveiling the Teachings of Saint Bhima Bhoi: A Case Study

on Peace Education
Debendra Bhue
Lecturer in Education, Department of Education, Shree Ram College, Rampur,
Subarnapur, Odisha, India
Affiliated to Rajendra University, Balangir, Odisha, India
Email- [email protected]

Abstract
Saint Bhima Bhoi's poetry is marked by its deep empathy and concern for the
suffering of all beings, reflecting his philosophy of nonviolence and compassion. His poems
convey a message of peace, justice, and harmony, urging people to embrace a philosophy of
selfless deeds for the betterment of the whole world. One of his most notable poems which is
inscribed on the wall of the United Nations Organisation: "Endless are the agonies and
sorrows of the living. Who can bear to be a witness? Condemn my life to hell, but
let the world be uplifted." expresses his philosophy of peace and nonviolence to the world.
He believed that the true path to peace and harmony lies in recognizing the
interconnectedness of all beings and embracing a philosophy of selfless action.
Bhima Bhoi's teachings provide an insight of a more compassionate and inclusive
society in a world where discrimination, social disputes, and injustice are pervasive. His
ideology has the ability to make the world more peaceful and egalitarian by encouraging
empathy and understanding among people and communities. Hence, this article aims to
elucidate those poetic concepts by Bhima Bhoi that are crucial for fostering world peace.
Keywords: Bhima Bhoi, philosophy, peace, education, social justice, harmony
Introduction
Saint Bhima Bhoi was a notable figure in the 19th-century, known for his work as a
poet, philosopher, and social reformer from the Indian state of Odisha. Despite facing
discrimination and oppression as a result of his low-caste background, Bhima Bhoi dedicated
his life to advocating for social justice and peace.
Saint Bhima Bhoi's enormous collection of works displays his devotion to spirituality
and his pursuit of the truth. He filled his writings with intense emotion and a sense of
purpose, including Stutichintamani (The Gem of Hymns), Bhajanamala (Garland of
Devotional Songs), Brahma Nirupana Gita, Chautisa-Madhuchakra, Padma
Chalak, Adi-Anata Gita, Manu Mandala, Bangala Atha Bhajana, Mahima Vinoda,
Astak Bihari Gita, Sruti Nishedha Gita, Brahma Chalak, Nirveda Sadhana etc.
Bhima Bhoi's literary contributions have great value for peace education as they express the
importance of introspection and self-realization as a means of promoting peace within
society. His writings also stress the need of nonviolence, empathy, and compassion in
promoting social justice, peace and harmony.
Peace Education
Peace education is a dynamic and multi-faceted field that seeks to cultivate
knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values that promote a culture of peace and non-violence. It
is a field that draws from many other academic fields, such as philosophy, psychology,
sociology, anthropology etc. The fundamental goal of peace education is to develop the
capacities of individuals to think critically, empathize with others, and engage in
constructive dialogue and action to promote peace and justice.
To combat the causes of violence and create more equitable and peaceful
communities, peace educators employ a wide range of formal and informal teaching
strategies. Peace education encompasses various thematic areas, including social justice
education, human rights education, conflict resolution, environmental education, global
citizenship education etc. These subject areas emphasize the interconnection of social,

72
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
economic, and environmental systems, are related to one another, and work well together as
a whole to provide a comprehensive approach to peace education.
Peace education aims to minimize conflict and violence by highlighting concerns like
poverty, injustice, discrimination, and environmental damage. It promotes an understanding
of the complexities of conflict and the value of peaceful resolution techniques. It emphasizes
the need for communication, empathy, and understanding in promoting social cohesiveness
and creating links between various groups and communities.
Saint Bhima Bhoi and Peace education
The teachings of Saint Bhima Bhoi place a strong focus on the value of inner peace
and self-realization as strategies for fostering world peace. His emphasis on love,
nonviolence, and compassion as a means of societal reform is particularly pertinent to
modern peace education. His teachings also stress the significance of correcting societal and
structural injustices in order to advance sustainable peace and social harmony.
Social justice
Saint Bhima Bhoi used his poetry to discuss social justice concerns, notably those
pertaining to the caste system and the treatment of Dalits. He strongly challenged the
conventional Hindu caste hierarchy and fought for the equality of all people, regardless of
caste or social standing. In his poetry, he stressed on the significance of individual freedom
and personal responsibility. He strongly objected to the idea that social position should be
determined by one's birth. He proposed the elimination of prejudice and the creation of a
better society.
His work serves as a poignant reminder of the necessity to fight for a more equitable
and just world and to speak out against the injustice. His message of social justice and
equality continues to inspire individuals from all walks of life. To quote him:
In the thirty-six royal lineages, the caste of boatmen cannot be named
It is wise to consider water as the only caste within.
In this universe, I only hope for one person and one caste;
It is the Creator who has made everyone from the same earth.
(Stutichintamani, 70. 12, 13)
Non-violence
Saint Bhima Bhoi, a revered spiritual figure, fervently preached the virtue of non-
violence as a means to enlightenment. His teachings exemplified kindness, tolerance, and
regard for all living things. He promoted peace through his writings and speeches, stressing
the efficacy of nonviolence in creating a more equal and just society.
His dedication to nonviolence is not limited to the absence of physical violence. He
urged his disciples to develop attitudes of compassion, tolerance, and forgiving. He thought
that we might help spread love and peace throughout the world by changing our own minds
and emotions. In his words,
In the Mahabharata war, five to ten heads
fall as one, from a single stroke of a sword.
As for me, if you kick my leg,
It is my other limb which suffers
(Bhima Bhoi, Verses from the Void, p.171)
Peace
Saint Bhima Bhoi, an influential spiritual luminary, spent his life preaching peace
through his profound teachings and writings. His insights continue to move people of
different backgrounds toward greater harmony. He made it clear through his remarks that
real peace comes from inside and is attained through self-realization and detachment from
worldly desires.
According to Bhima Bhoi, peace is a transformational power that springs from inside
each of us, allowing us to feel and express love, forgiveness, and unity with one another. His
words serve as a reminder that we can all become powerful agents of change in the world
just by working to find calm within ourselves. Bhima Bhoi's legacy is a constant call to

73
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
remember that peace is not something to be attained from the outside, but rather something
to be attained from within, by bringing our thoughts, words, and deeds into harmony with
one another through love and tolerance.
His statements call for a worldwide culture of peace and mutual respect to be
fostered by tearing down the walls that separate us and embracing the natural unity that
ties us all. Saint Bhima Bhoi's teachings continue to have an impact today, encouraging
people all over the world to find harmony within themselves and work toward making the
world a more peaceful place. His advice encourages us to go on an introspective journey that
will help us overcome our own personal obstacles and find true inner peace. He expressed it
as,
Non-violence, the guiding light,
peace and love, shining bright.
In words of sages, wisdom's sound,
compassion's echo, all around.
(Bhajanamala , dwiteeya shataka,169.1)
Equality
Saint Bhima Bhoi, an eminent saint and social reformer, dedicated his life to
advocating for equality in all aspects of society. He firmly believed in the inherent values
and dignity of every individual, regardless of their caste, creed, or social standing. He
challenged prevailing social norms, tirelessly working towards uplifting the marginalized
and oppressed. His teachings emphasized that true equality can only be achieved when
society breaks free from discrimination and embraces the principle of universal brotherhood.
Bhima Bhoi's philosophy extended beyond external factors, urging individuals to
recognize the divine spark within every soul. He believed that true equality goes beyond
surface-level differences and lies in treating every person with respect, dignity, and fairness.
His teachings continue to inspire generations, encouraging them to champion equality and
strive for a just and inclusive society. His life and actions serve as a timeless reminder that
equality is not merely an abstract concept but a collective responsibility that requires
unwavering commitment and compassion.
To Bhima Bhoi, everyone should be treated with respect and dignity no matter where
they come from. The transforming power of equality is on full display in his teachings, which
encourage us to unite and cherish our differences. His life and work inspire us to strive for a
future in which social justice and equality for all are the norm. Bhima Bhoi's life and
teachings continue to inspire individuals to stand up against discrimination and establish a
more just and equitable society. To quote him:
Be they wicked or saintly, servant or master
Insect or bird, you pervade all
I see you equally in all beings
Nowhere less than in another
(Bhima Bhoi, Verses from the void, p.167)
Conclusion
The profound teachings and poetry of Saint Bhima Bhoi are priceless tools for
advancing peace and equality. His teachings align closely with those of peace education,
which stress nonviolence, inner calm, empathy, and fair treatment of all people. Bhima
Bhoi's legacy serves as a timeless reminder of the need to address prejudice, cultivate inner
peace, and building a more accepting and equitable society for all people. By embracing his
teachings, individuals can contribute to the creation of a peaceful world where peace,
compassion, justice, and equality prevail. In his words,
Dharma pachhe nindaa heu, Dharani mandala rahu
Sunya dharati aakaasha, Aakaasha bhaasi na jaau
(Chautishaa-Madhuchakra, 18.19)
(Let the religion be defamed but the earth should remain)

74
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

References
1. Bhoi, B. (2010). Bhima Bhoi Granthabali (Collected Works of Bhima Bhoi).
Dharmagrantha Store.
2. Das, B. (Compiler). (1980). Bhima Bhoi Granthabali (Bhima Bhoi's collected works).
Bhima Bhoi (Author). J. Mahapatra and Co.
3. Mahanty, A. (Ed.). (1962). Bhajanamala, Dwitiya Shataka [Bhajan Garland, Second
Century] (Bhima Bhoi, Original Author). Bhubaneswar, India: Utkal University Press.
4. Baumer, B., & Beltz, J. (Eds.). (2010). Bhima Bhoi: Verses from the Void: Mystic Poetry
of an Odiya Saint. Manohar Publishers.
5. Biswanath Baba. (1965). History of Satya Mahima Dharma.
6. Panigrahi, S. C. (1998). Bhima Bhoi and Mahima Darshana. Santosh Publication.
Cuttack in collaboration with P.G. Department of Philosophy, Utkal University.
7. Mahapatra, S. (2017). Makers of Indian Literature: Bhima Bhoi. Sahitya Academy.
8. Sukla, A. C. (1993). The philosophy of Bhima Bhoi. Motilal Banarsidass.
9. Satpathy, S. (2006). Bhima Bhoi Prayers and Reflections. Rupantar

75
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Challenges in front of Indian Democracy

Dr.Santram Prabhakar Mundhe
(Dept. Of Public Administration) Sanjeevanee Mahavidyalaya, Chapoli
Tq.Chakur Dist. Latur

India is recognized as the largest democracy in the world. It first became a democratic
country post-independence, in 1947. After this, every citizen of India was given the mere right
for electing and voting their leaders. India gives every citizen the right to vote, irrespective of
their colour, caste, religion, creed, and even gender. It consists of five democratic principles.
These include- socialist, secular, sovereign, democratic, and even republic. Thus, in Indian,
democracy is all about offering every citizen the right to vote for running the country.
Although evidence of democracy is found in the Vedic period of ancient India by the
presence of organizations like Sabha, Samiti and some republics. But the role of four
revolutions, England's Bloodless Revolution of 1688, the American Revolution of 1776, the
French Revolution of 1789, and the Industrial Revolution of the 19th century prevailed in
stabilizing the present form of democracy. The glorious revolution of England ensured that
Parliament should be approved against the backdrop of administrative policy and state laws.
After years of colonial rule, India has also accepted parliamentary democracy.
Meaning of Democracy
The word democracy is originated from the Greek root word 'Demos' and Crescia Demos
means 'common people' and Cressey means 'rule', thus democracy means the rule of people
.About the meaning of Democracy a Thinkers Opinion :
1) Herodotus: "Democracy is a type of government in which the whole power is with people".
2) Abraham Linkan: “Democracy is government of the people, by the people and for the people.”
What is Indian Democracy?
“India is parliamentary Secular democratic republic in which the president of India is the
need of the state and first citizens of India and the prime minister of India is the head of
government, although the word is not used in the constitution itself.”
The journey of democracy in India:
According to Dr. Bhimrao Ambedkar, one of the founders of the Indian Constitution,
'Democracy means a way of life which consists of the basic principles of freedom, equality, and
fraternity.' To achieve the principles mentioned above on 26 January 1950 Democracy was duly
established in India. It is one of the oldest civilizations in the world with unity in diversity and
rich cultural heritage. Indian culture is different from other cultures in that it still cherishes its
oldest traditions and brings newness to it. After attaining independence, India has made
multifaceted social and economic progress. India is the only nation in the world to establish
political justice by giving every adult citizen the right to vote from the very first day after
independence. Many democracies like America, Britain, which have taken years to establish
political justice. Fair and transparent Mechanism of election is the key to the establishment of a
good democracy because elections are the process by which the public transfers their
sovereignty. India can certainly be proud of its election system. The efficiency of the Fair
Election Commission led to the timely and uninterrupted transfer of power to India, while
dictatorship and military rule also came into force in many independent countries along with
India.
Till date, only one emergency was used in India, in which people felt that democracy was
being weakened by the government, then this people of India responded to the emergency and
the ruling party sat in opposition for the first time. The Court of India has several times kept
parliamentary laws and executive orders invalid to protect the rights of the people and protect
the individual liberty in the country, keeping the democratic element alive.
Challenges in front of Indian democracy:
There are many challenges facing democracy in India as follows.
1. For political democracy to succeed, its alliance with economic democracy and social
democracy is necessary. Economic democracy means that every member of society should
get equal physical facilities for his development. There should not be much economic
disparity between people and one person cannot exploit another person. It is not possible to
build a democratic nation on the one hand in an environment of extreme poverty and on
the other hand, social democracy means that there is a lack of privileges at the social level.
But both of these have still not been established in India. Our nation's 1% of the rich have
more than 85% of the country's wealth, the total wealth of the country's 63 billionaires is
equal to the national budget. Along with this inequality, gender, ethnic, religious
discrimination prevents the country from establishing genuine democracy.
2. Criminalization of politics and use of money power in elections has been a major problem
of Indian elections. There are more than 200 MPs in the current Lok Sabha who have
criminal cases against them. Along with this, poverty, corruption tricks in the country
have affected the election system, spreading despair in the daily life of the people. The

76
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
increasing importance of muscle power, money power, the effects of casteism,
communalism, and corruption in political life have made the political scenario toxic!
3. India's difficult, far-reaching and lengthy judicial process has brought a state of justice in
the country. At times, due to misrule, the fairness of justice itself has come into the dock.
Delay in justice is often equated with injustice. Many more cases pending in our judiciary.
4. Civil service and police service from colonial heritage consider themselves as masters while
in democracy both of them are considered service providers.
5. Perhaps the greatest challenge democracy faces in India is that is has failed to deliver the
kind of sustained economic development enjoyed by neighbors like China over the last four
decades. It has also failed to eliminate extreme poverty.
Future of democracy in India:
The trajectory of Indian democracy is more uncertain after two terms of BJP rule, as key
democratic institutions have proven themselves to be brittle. Opponents and critical journalists
have been harassed, prosecuted, investigated for tax irregularities or put under surveillance,
restricting critical voices.
Election campaign finance laws have become more opaque, making it easier for individuals to
make unlimited anonymous donations, undermining the integrity of elections. Worst of all,
religious division and resentment has intensified, challenging the constitutional right to
religious freedom and undermining the rule of law.
Conclusion:
It is true that India has achieved great democratic achievements, but after independence, the
high ideals that we should have established in this country and society, we are going in exactly
the opposite direction today and corruption, dowry, human hatred, Problems such as violence,
obscenity, and rape are now becoming a part of life. But our country is advancing many
problems since ancient times, present India is the most populous country, in such a way, youth
will have to democratize the country, society, and family by increasing g their participation.
References:-
1. Betellie Andre. Democracy and its institutions, new, delhi, 2012
2. Fadiya B. L. Indian Govt. and Politics, Agra, Satyabhawan Publications, 2007
3. Gehlot NS New challenges to Indian Politics, deep and deep publication New Delhi.
4. Bhartiya rajya vyavastha- Prof. C. A. Ghangrekar
5. Nivdak Bhartiya Rajkiya vicharvant -Prof. Arvind Shrangarpure
6. Dr. Ambedkarancha vaicharik Varsha- Dr. B. L. Bhole
7. Bhartiya samaj Ani rajkaran- Suhas palshikar.
8. Aadhunik rajkiy vicharvant -A.N.Kulkarni
9. Bhartiya rajkiy vicharvant- Dr.B.L.Bhole
10. Bhartiya sanvidhan Gaurav Granth- Ashokkumar Dawane

77
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Effects of social media trends on adolescent behavior patterns

Sri. Chandrappa A P
Assistant Professor, Department of Sociology Government First Grade
College, Tirthahalli, Shimoga District, Karnataka-577432

Abstract
The research was designed to explore the impact of social media trends on the behaviour
of young people in Lagos State. The study used an old factorial design. Simple and purposeful
random sampling is used to select the sample. Both in-school and out-of-school youth were used
for the study with a total population of 1,660 and a sample of 310 young people selected and
used for the study. Three research hypotheses were put forward and tested. Pearson r, t-test,
chi-square and ANOVA tools were used for statistical analysis. The results show that there is a
positive correlation between social media trends and behavioral patterns. Feedback from these
friends will be better to enhance their self-image and improve group behavior.
Keywords- Social Media, Youths, Social Media, Trends.
Introduction.
Social media is the integration of digital media, including a combination of electronic
text, graphics, video, and sound, in a structured and computerized environment that allows
users to manipulate data for appropriate purposes. Digital environments include the Internet,
telecommunications, and interactive digital television. The Web is now part of the entire
business of communications, sales, and services. It changes business practices. Its technical
limitations affect the amount of material and the speed of access to the material. Networks rely
primarily on telephone line connectivity, so better locations mean more reliable service. The
limitations inherent in transmitting large amounts of digital information over telephone lines
have affected the types and quality of media that can be effectively used, and the kinds of
interactions that are possible through the Web. There are ways to improve performance by
improving the technical constraints that depend on the available infrastructure, known as
broadband, that can deliver more data faster and more reliably. The link between social
networks and their impact on behavior change in young people is clear. This allows your
message to reach audiences and target groups in real time, creating change and trends.
Younger generations today are growing up well connected to different types of social networks.
Easy access to digital culture we live in a digital world where only adults are naturalized
citizens. Tapscott (1998) talks about growing up in a digital environment, calling young people
the 'Network Generation'. Children meet in hybrid virtual spaces, learn in innovative ways,
create new languages, and apply multicultural values (Tappscott, 1998). The main
characteristics of the N-Gen culture are independence, emotional and intellectual openness,
inclusivity, freedom of expression and strong points of view, innovation and maturity, joy in
research, immediacy and sensitivity to people's interests, business , credibility and trust.
(Tapscott, 1998, S. 62-69).
Problem of Statement
Livingstone (2008) believes that online domains will be met with enthusiasm because
online domains represent their space. It's a place where you can see your peer group, not your
adult guard, and the opportunity to get the job done in an exciting but relatively safe manner.
Psychosocial adolescence constructs, experiments, and presents projects of introspection within
social contexts, bypassing, for some, communication norms and other risky behaviors.
Technology Social networks generated by are valuable tools, but today's youth abuse them. His
two main means that young people use to access social networks are mobile phones and the
Internet, which has greatly changed the way young people live given the current visibility
The accessibility young people can gain through these media; this study determines the
influence young people have on the media. Issues that should emerge from this research include
exposure to questionable materials, prejudice of young people online, exposure to unnecessary
marketing and online advertising, exposure to risky online behavior, and identity theft
problems, the emerging digital gap, and the parent generation gap. and young people. According
to Ritchel, Matt wrote an article in his The New York Times titled "Wire More and More Digital
Interfering Wires." Nov 21, 2010 Rather than alleviate depression, loneliness, social isolation,
user withdrawal, etc., it wastes time, builds superficial and toxic relationships, and possibly
causes them.
The purpose of the study
The purpose of this study is to examine the impact of social media trends on adolescent
behavioural patterns using Lagos State as a case study. Specifically, this study seeks to:
1. Determine how Lagos youth use social media trends in their daily lives.
2. To determine whether young people in Lagos state prefer social media as a means of
communication over traditional methods.
3. Investigate the impact of social media on behavioural change among young people.

78
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Importance of the study
It is hoped that the results of this study will fill in the gaps in the lack of sufficient
information on the impact of social networking on youth and behavioral change. The results of
this study may also help decision makers in different areas of government. For example,
education program developers are notified when they develop programs for the education sector.
Ministry of Health helps doctors. Especially those responsible for providing advice Young people
need to know which tools to use to communicate effectively with young people. The results of
these studies may influence the academic work of other researchers interested in knowledge in
this area and initiate appropriate mitigation measures.
Definition of Basic terminologies
Social media:
Websites and applications that enable users to create and share content or to participate
in social networking.
Behavioural change:
Behavior change (public health), a broad range of activities and approaches which focus
on the individual, community, and environmental influences on behavior.
social media influencer:
A Social Media Influencer is a user on social media who has established credibility in a specific
industry
1. Overview of the study.
This study aimed to determine the impact of social media trends on the behavioural
patterns of young people in Lagos State. To achieve this, the study was divided into chapters.
Chapter dealt with the background of the study and presented the arguments that justified this
study. Goals, research questions and hypotheses were put forward. Research-based
assumptions, and ranges and boundaries were presented. Next up was a review of relevant
studies, and I had access to a lot of material. independent variable. Social media and other
dependent variables. Self-image, collective behavior and school performance, adolescence and
adolescent developmental tasks were precisely defined and reviewed. Social identity theory,
Bandura's social learning theory, and signaling theory were used to provide a theoretical
foundation for the study. Several empirical studies were also reviewed. The next chapter
presents the methodology used to conduct this research. Using a post hoc design and a simple
targeted random sample, 310 samples were drawn for the study. The table of Krejcie and
Morgan was used to determine the sample size. Four schools were specifically selected for the
study. Data were collected on two different instruments. Social media use, social media self-
image and group behavior surveys, English and math test. The reaming chapter presents
results and discussion. Collected data is statistically analyzed and results are presented in
tabular form. Descriptive frequency statistics were used to analyze respondent demographics,
such as age, gender, and time per day to respond to social media items, using chi-square, t-test,
Pearson's r, and ANOVA. We analyzed the six null hypotheses indicated. in this study. A
summary and discussion of the results were presented.
2. Recommendations
The following recommendations were made in relation to the results obtained in this study.
1. Students should be aware of the time spent on social media sites to spend more time on
class activities and homework. Teachers should encourage students to spend meaningful
time on social media sites and make friends that will boost their self-image. These friend
comments are good for boosting self-image and adjusting to social activities.
2. School authorities should encourage students to make judicious use of the computer labs
available at school for educational purposes. Parents should encourage and monitor student
use of educational social media sites that help students maximize educational outcomes and
protect against harmful influences.
3. Policies regarding students' access to social media are such as to encourage educational and
useful information rather than uncontrolled access to the Internet that may harm students'
social and intellectual development must.
3. Conclusion
This study showed that social media use affects self-image. It was observed that the
more students who participated in social media, the stronger their self-image. Also, the use of
social media has increased student group activities, and the more time students spend on them,
the more they participate in them. However, social media use did not affect academic
performance in less passive users. In addition, positive self-image feedback influenced students
to participate more in group activities on social media. There are also age differences in social
media usage. Also, male social media users used social media more than female students.
References
1. Impact of Social Media Trends on the Behavioral Pattern of Youths available
https://samphina.com.ng/impact-social-media-social-behaviour-nigeria-youths/
access on 21/05/2022.
2. Amanda L., Paul H., Mary M. (July 27, 2005). Teens and Technology. Retrieved from

79
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
http://www.pewinternet.org/reports/2005/teens-and-technology.aspx.
3. Babbie, E. (1992). The practice of social research. 6th ed. Belmount: Wadsworth.
4. Babbie, E. (2002). The Practice of Social Research. Belmont. Wadsworth.
5. Berson, I. R., & Berson, M. J. (2005). Challenging Online Behaviors of Youth: Findings from
a Comparative Analysis of Young Peoplein the United States and New Zealand
6. Khan R., Kellner D. (2004). New media and Internet Activism: From the battle of Seattle to
Blogging. Journal of Media and Society, 6(1), 87-95. Retrieved 25 04, 2022 from Sage
Publications Database.
7. Klapper J.T. (1960) The effect of Mass Communication, Free Press
http://www.zeepedia.com/read.php?klappers_phenomensitic_theory_klappers_
8. eneralizations_criticism_theories_of_communication&b=81&c=13
http://prezi.com/tebqbbaojbrr/joseph-kappler-phenomenistic-approach/
9. Leedy, P.D. (1993). Practical research: planning and design.6' ed. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
10. Chambers, D. (2013). Social media and personal relationships: Online intimacies and
networked friendship. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
11. Chayko, M. (2008). Portable communities: The social dynamics of online and mobile
connectedness. Albany: SUNY Press.
12. Creswell, J. W. (1994). Research designs: Qualitative and quantitative
approaches.Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
13. Croteau, D., & Hoynes, W. (2002). Media/society. Thousand Oaks, Calif: Pine Forge.
14. Denscombe, M. (2003). The good research guide. New York: McGraw-Hill.

80
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Impact of Industrialization on Immigration Patterns of

Population Migrationin Sangli District of Maharashtra
Prof. Dr. S. K. Pawar1 Mr. S. D. Kamble2
1Professor,
Department of Geography, Shivaji University, Kolhapur.
2Research Student, Department of Geography, Shivaji University, Kolhapur.

Abstract:
Migration is an important factor of population change in any area besides fertility and
mortality. It is different from fertility & mortality in nature as it is not a biological phenomenon,
rather than it is governed by social, cultural, economic and political factors. Actually, migration
is purely voluntary (sometimes forced)action of an individual for his livelihood or betterment of
life. Migration does not mean a short trip for pleasure or business neither it is merely change in
residence of a person or family. It is such an event when people move from one geographical area
to another permanently or for considerable time. Sangli district is one of the industrially and
economically developed district in western Maharashtra. It has many textile, co-operative sugar
industries and an allied agricultural industry which needs workers in large amount
therefore it has become a hotspot for migrants not only from Maharashtra but also all over the
India. So, in this research paper attempt has made to study the impact of industrial
development on immigration patternin Sanglidistrictregardingorganizedandunorganizedlabors
andworkers etc.
Introduction
Migration is an important approach of human beings to cope up with the disparities in
terms of economic, social, physical or political suffering. Humans are migrating in different parts
of the world since their evolution on earth for better and secure life. Migration is not merely shift
of people from one place to another, as it is most fundamental to the understanding of
continuously changing space content and space relationship of an area (GosalG.S.1961).
Migration is an aspect of population change which affects both the source and destination region
in different manner; it facilitates the redistribution of population in any region. Migration
changes social, economic, demographical and political condition of any region. Population of any
region can change because off our factors: birthrate, death rate, life expectancy and migration,
population either increases or decreases because of it. Out of these first three are biological
factors of population change but migration is a factors stimulated by man and his social,
economic or political needs and aspirations.
Migration of person can be temporary or permanent in nature, but movement of person
for very short time is not considered permanent change of residence with no restriction on the
distance, creates some confusion. On other hand Bouge D. I. (1959) limited migration to only
those, who change residence permanently. Ghosh B. N. (1985), discussed variety of international
migration in modern period based on brain migration as brain drain, brain overflow, brain
exchange and brain export. Based on place of birth, an individual living elsewhere besides its
own birth place is considered as migrant. The migration movements in the world generally are of
three types:
I) Migration within the state itself with its components
a) Migration within the district (Intra-district)
b) Migration from one district of state to another (Inter-district)
II) Migration from one state to another state of country (Inter-state)
III) Migration from one country to another (Inter-national).
Migration is a process triggered by Pull or Push factors in any area. The adverse factors
in any area like unemployment, poverty, prolonged drought, lack of health facilities and lack of
education facilities etc. compels the people to move out of their areas are called as Push Factors.
While employment, education, health, social security, standard life etc. in any area attracts
people are called as Pull Factors. Areas from where people move out are called as Emigration
Area, while areas where people go are known as Immigration Area. The people who move from
one area to another are called as Migrant and whole process is known as Migration. The term
emigrant & immigrant used in inter-national migration, while in internal migration same people
are called as out-migrants and in-migrants. The other reasons for migrations are social
discrimination, religious persecution, natural disasters, marriages (Ladies), family movement
and other reasons.
Objectives:
1. To study the industrial development in Sangli district.
2. To study the immigration patterns of population migration in Sangli district.
Database & Methodology:
This research work is based on the secondary data collected from different sources such
as district census handbook of Sangli district and district industrial report of 2011. The collected
data is tabulated and processed. The data is presented by using different techniques like maps
and diagrams. The interpretation of data is done with geographical point of view.

81
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Industrialization In Sangli District:

As per the history of industrial development in the study region, industrialization
started in 1910 with Kirloskar Brothers factory and after the independence of India, Indian
government five year plans and co-operative movements helps in the growth of industries in the
Sangli district. Here for the analysis of the trends in industrialization secondary data is used
and last five decades are considered to calculate temporal development.
A) Trends in Industrialization:
Table No.1: Trends in Industrialization in Sangli District (1971 - 2011)
Year Industry Change
1971 148 ---
1981 269 121
1991 492 223
2001 566 74
2011 783 217
Source: Socio-economic Abstract of Sangli District 1971 to 2011
Table No.1 shows trends in industrialization in Sangli district during 1971 to 2011. As
per the table in 1971 total 148 industries was present in the district which increased by 121
industries in 1981 and total 269 industries was operating. In 1991, 492 industries were in
functioning and this was nearly dabbled than previous decade i.e. 1981. There are total 566
industries are observed in 2001 and the lowest change is observed in the study period that is
only 74 new industries are newly established during 1991 to 2001. In the last decade of the
study period total 786 industries are located and during 2001 to 2011, 217 new industries are
established in the study region.
Overall in the Sangli district there was continuous development in the industrialization
is observed. In the study period highest new industrial establishment is observed during 1981 to
1991 whereas during 1991 to 2001 lowest new industrial establishment is observed.
Table No.2: Industrial Areas in Sangli district
Sr. No. Area No. of Plots
NameofArea
(inHect.) Developed
1 Sangli-Miraj 166.48 541
2 Sangli-Miraj - Kupwad 222.63 789
3 Islampur 165.01 202
4 Jath – Mini 10.00 69
5 Palus – Small 10.00 21
6 Add. Palus Wine Park 53.70 104
7 KavteMahankal 13.17 52
8 Kadegaon – Mini 18.15 126
9 Add. Kadegaon, Weavers
96.71 363
Park
10 Shirala 162.8 242
11 Vita 55.27 148
12 Information & Technology
1.80 51
Park

Table No. 2 Shows the major industrial areas in the Sangli district. Mainly large
industrial area is located near the urban centers due to availability of basic infrastructure such
as transportation, electricity and local market. Sangli- Miraj- Kupwad and Sangli- Miraj
industrial areas have 222.63 and 166.48 Hect. area with 789 and 541 plots respectively which
has highest industrial area as well as number of plots in the study region.
Islampur is third largest industrial area in terms of area with 202 plots are developed.
Shirala tehsil has M.I.D.C. area which has 162.8 hect. area and 242 industrial plots. Kadegaon
tahsil has Kadegaon mini and newly developed M.I.D.C. area specially for textile industry
therefore it is called as weavers park and totally this industrial area has 114.86 hectors with
489 plots. Wine park is located in Palus tahsil with 53.70 hector area with 104 plots as well as
another small industrial area with 10 hector area is also located in the Palus tahsil. Kavte
Mahankal and Jath tahsils has small industrial area with 13.17 and 10 hector area
respectively. Vita city is famous for a gold ornament which is also has industrial area with 55.27
hector area with 148 plots. Vita city has small textile units as well as agro based industries.
In the Sangli district area for Information and Technology park is allowed with 1.80
hector area and 51 industrial plots. This Information and Technology park given new window
for the upcoming IT hub in the district.
Patternsofpopulationmigrationinsangli District
Sangli district is one of the favorite destinations i n western Maharashtra f o r
migrants from all over the state and country. Sangli district is blessed with favorable climate,

82
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
soil and drainage that helped it to develop in various fields like agriculture, industries, transport
and trade. Sangli district has developed rapidly after independence. Industrial development in
Sangli district was started with co-operative movement. Many sugar and dairy industries in the
study region was established by co-operative sector. State government have setup many
industrial complexes (MIDC) in different parts of the district like Sangli-Miraj-Kupwad,
Tasgaon, Kadegaon, Islampur, Palus etc. which promote large scale migration of workers from
all over the India.
Inter-State Migration Pattern in Sangli District:
Sangli district has emerged as an economic growth center in Maharashtra state, which
attracts migrants from other states in large number. TableNo.3 shows the inter-state
immigration patterns of workers.
Table No.3: Inter-state immigrationpatterns of workers in Sangli district
State Total % Male % Female %
Jammu & Kashmir 48 0.15 30 0.13 18 0.19
Himachal Pradesh 6 0.02 2 0.01 4 0.04
Punjab 115 0.35 65 0.28 50 0.53
Chandigarh 6 0.02 5 0.02 1 0.01
Uttarakhand 20 0.06 10 0.04 10 0.11
Haryana 65 0.20 41 0.18 24 0.25
NCT of Delhi 99 0.30 51 0.22 48 0.51
Rajasthan 939 2.89 562 2.44 377 3.98
Uttar Pradesh 1,571 4.83 941 4.09 630 6.65
Bihar 615 1.89 443 1.92 172 1.82
Sikkim 1 0 1 0 0 0
Arunachal Pradesh 6 0.02 3 0.01 3 0.03
Nagaland 2 0.01 1 0 1 0.01
Manipur 2 0.01 1 0 1 0.01
Mizoram 0 0 0 0 0 0
Tripura 1 0 0 0 1 0.01
Meghalaya 1 0 0 0 1 0.01
Assam 37 0.11 24 0.10 13 0.14
West Bengal 499 1.54 329 1.43 170 1.79
Jharkhand 90 0.28 60 0.26 30 0.32
Odisha 181 0.56 143 0.62 38 0.40
Chhattisgarh 105 0.32 40 0.17 65 0.69
Madhya Pradesh 419 1.29 252 1.09 167 1.76
Gujarat 798 2.46 305 1.33 493 5.20
Daman & Diu 1 0 1 0 0 0
Dadra & Nagar Haveli 2 0.01 2 0.01 0 0
Andhra Pradesh 674 2.07 356 1.55 318 3.36
Karnataka 25,462 78.36 19,001 82.55 6461 68.19
Goa 178 0.55 69 0.30 109 1.15
Lakshadweep 0 0 0 0 0 0
Kerala 289 0.89 157 0.68 132 1.39
Tamil Nadu 257 0.79 122 0.53 135 1.42
Puducherry 1 0 0 0 1 0.01
Andaman & Nicobar Islands 3 0.01 1 0 2 0.02
Total 32493 100 23018 100 9475 100
Source: Census of India, 2011
Table no.3 shows that the, there were total 32493 persons recorded as migrants in Sangli
district in 2011 in that 23018 male and 9475 females population is observed. Persons from every
State and union territory are migrated towards Sangli district for economic purpose excluding
Lakshadweep. In this migration pattern male population was highly migrated as compare to
female population because for work sex specific migration is observed and where always male
dominances is seen. As workers have tendency to travel for short distance, we can see labors
from neighboring states like Karnataka have migrated to the district in more number.
According to 2011 census, Migrants form Karnataka ranks first with 25,462 persons
(78.36%), followed by Uttar Pradesh with 1,571 (4.83%) persons, Rajasthan with 939 (2.89%)
persons, Gujarat with 798 (2.46%) persons, Andhra Pradesh with 674 (2.07) persons, Bihar with
615 (1.89%), West Bengal with 499 (1.54%) persons, Madhya Pradesh with 419 (1.29%) persons,
Kerala with 289 (0.89%), Tamil Nadu 257(0.79%) persons and Goa with 178 (0.55%). Persons
from North-eastern states like Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland, Manipur, Mizoram, Meghalaya,
etc. are very lass. There are only 50 migrants recorded out of 30 male and 30 females.
Migrants from Karnataka, Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan are mainly engaged in
construction works like brickwork, centering, coloring, flooring etc. Workers from Bihar as well

83
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
as West Bengal provide cheap labors for industries. Many Gujarati population is engaged in
textile industry of the district.
Mainly male migrates to far distance for jobs, services, business and education. Women
have social restrictions and responsibility therefore the share of women migrants was less
comparing to men in every state in-migrants.
Inter-District Migration Pattern in Sangli District:
Inter-district migration is the outcome of regional imbalance in economic development.
The Maharashtra state is economically progressed in India, but that development is not equally
distributed in all districts of the state. The districts of western Maharashtra are highly
developed whereas Konkan region along with Vidarbha are moderately progressed, but district
of Marathwada, Khandesh are economically backward.
Table No.4: Inter-district immigration patterns of workers in Sangli district
District Total % Male % Female %
Nandurbar 148 0.06 77 0.05 71 0.09
Dhule 429 0.18 226 0.15 203 0.25
Jalgaon 646 0.27 342 0.22 304 0.37
Buldana 207 0.09 109 0.07 98 0.12
Akola 254 0.11 133 0.09 121 0.15
Washim 74 0.03 41 0.03 33 0.04
Amravati 229 0.10 121 0.08 108 0.13
Wardha 95 0.04 49 0.03 46 0.06
Nagpur 460 0.19 235 0.15 225 0.27
Bhandara 54 0.02 29 0.02 25 0.03
Gondiya 36 0.02 20 0.01 16 0.02
Gadchiroli 11 0.00 5 0.00 6 0.01
Chandrapur 63 0.03 28 0.02 35 0.04
Yavatmal 236 0.10 138 0.09 98 0.12
Nanded 401 0.17 214 0.14 187 0.23
Hingoli 73 0.03 37 0.02 36 0.04
Parbhani 1,963 0.82 1,018 0.65 945 1.14
Jalna 910 0.38 477 0.31 433 0.52
Aurangabad 432 0.18 236 0.15 196 0.24
Nashik 926 0.39 524 0.34 402 0.49
Thane 1,798 0.75 1,027 0.66 771 0.93
Mumbai (Suburban) 3 0.00 3 0.00 0 0.00
Mumbai 10,906 4.58 6,049 3.88 4,857 5.88
Raigarh 470 0.20 265 0.17 205 0.25
Pune 9,928 4.17 6,013 3.86 3,915 4.74
Ahmadnagar 2,622 1.10 1,330 0.85 1,292 1.56
Bid 11,911 5.00 6,270 4.03 5,641 6.83
Latur 1,155 0.48 623 0.40 532 0.64
Osmanabad 2,071 0.87 1,008 0.65 1,063 1.29
Solapur 50,365 21.13 33,431 21.47 16,934 20.50
Satara 58,391 24.50 40,740 26.16 17,651 21.37
Ratnagiri 2,796 1.17 1,518 0.97 1,278 1.55
Sindhudurg 862 0.36 473 0.30 389 0.47
Kolhapur 77,411 32.48 52,919 33.98 24,492 29.65
Total 238,336 100 155,728 100 82,608 100
Source: Census of India, 2011
The scenario of inter-district in-migration in Sangli district (2011) is shown in table 4.
Table no.4 indicates that people from all districts of Maharashtra state had migrated towards
Sangli district in more or less number. The highest inter-district in-migrant in Sangli district

84
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
was observed from Kolhapur district with 77411 total persons accounts 32.48 % of all migrant
which was followed by Satara district with 24.50 % and Solapur district with 21.13%. It is
observed that 78.11 % inter-district migration is produced from surrounding district i.e.
Kolhapur, Satara and Solapur district.
Total 11,911 (5%) person are migrated from Bid district which are basically working in
the agricultural sector. It is also observed that people from Mumbai with 10,906 persons
(4.58%), Pune with 9,928 persons (4.17%), Ratnagiri with 2,796 persons (1.17) and Ahmadnagar
with 2,622 persons (1.10%) has moderate migration.
People from remote districts such as Nandurbar, Dhule,Jalgaon, Buldana, Akola , Washim,
Amravati, Wardha, Nagpur , Bhandara, Gondiya, Gadchiroli, Chandrapur, Yavatmal, Nanded,
Hingoli, Jalna and Aurangabad district has very less.
Inter-district emigration data clearly indicates that migrants have a tendency to migrate
for short distance. Sangli district is an important district in western Maharashtra, which is
developed in agriculture, industry, trade, transport and services. Many migrants from
neighboring district come to Sangli district in search of jobs, services, business, education, etc.
Conclusion:
The study of migration is very important to understand the demographic character of an
area. It the most important aspect of population change after, fertility & mortality. Sangli
district has fertile soil & adequate supply of water for the development of agriculture. So, there is
development of sugar industry and agro based industry, which attracts large amount of seasonal
migrants in the district. In last 20 years, Sangli and Miraj city and surrounding areas like
Islampur, Tasgaon, Vita and Kadegaon etc. has developed as industrial regions, which attracted
large number of migrants not only within Maharashtra but also from all over India. In recent
years the Information & Technology (IT) industry in Sangli city adds more migrants from all
over India. Well-developed sugar industry in Sangli district attracts thousands of sugarcane
cutters as seasonal migrants from rain shadow districts of Maharashtra. So different patterns of
migration like inter-state, inter- district has developed in Sangli district. Emigration data of
Sangli district clearly indicates that migrants have a tendency to migrate for short distance.
References:
1. Gosal, G. S.(1961): International Migration in India-a Regional Analysis. Indian
Geographical Journal, 36, pp.106-121.
2. Horney, William, F. and Jones, Melvyn (1980): An Introduction to Population Geography.
Cambridge University press. Cambridge, London.
3. Smith T. L. (1955): Fundamentals of Population Studies. Lippincott Co. New York.
4. Ghosh,B.N. (1985): Fundamentals of Population Geography, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi.
5. Murty K. S. and Murty K. R. (1975): The Patterns of Internal Migration in Maharashtra:
An Analysis of 1971 Census Data.
6. Bhagat, R. B., Internal Migration in India: Arethe Under privileged Migrating more?.Asia
Pacific Population Journal, 25(1),2010: p.31-49
7. Brief Industrial Profile of Sangli District:2012, p.8 [11].
8. District censes Hand book of Sangli District -2011.
9. Economic Survey of Maharashtra: 2018-19,p. 134, [15].
10. http://www.midcindia.org

85
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Study of Participation of Women In Life Insurance

Dr. Sandeep V. Burken,
Asst. Professor, Dept. of Accountancy Shankar Narayan College
of Arts and Commerce Bhayander (w).
Email: [email protected]

Abstract:
Women occupied around 49 per cent of the total population in India. Their contribution
to the economic activity of the country is slightly increasing every year and it is important.
Under the situation, there is a need for life insurers to accept the growing importance of women
population in the economy, identify their special needs or requirements, if any, and develop
suitable product solution to provide adequate life insurance coverage. In this context, a short
study is made on the share of female lives covered in life insurance business. Only discrete new
business data- number of policies and first year premium for the year 2021-22 has been
considered for the purpose.
Key Words:
Insurance Company, Life insurance, policies, premiums
1. Introduction :-
Women occupied around 49 per cent of the total population in India. Their contribution to the
economic activity of the country is slightly increasing every year and it is important. Under the
situation, there is a need for life insurers to accept the growing importance of women population
in the economy, identify their special needs or requirements, if any, and develop suitable
product solution to provide adequate life insurance coverage. In this context, there is need to
study the share of female lives covered in life insurance business.
Definition of ‘insurance’ by investopedia
“A contract (policy) in which an individual or entity receives financials protection or
reimbursement against losses from an insurance company”. The company pools client’s risks to
make payments more affordable for the insured.
1. Insurance is a device of sharing risk that occurs on happening or uncertain event.
2. In insurance the risk is minimized by re-insuring or grouping the insurance.
3. Premium is charge as consideration for insurance.
4. In insurance contract payment will be made if contingency (insurance) occurs. In some
insurance is certain in some it is not.
5. The amount of payment depends upon the value of loss.
6. In order to minimize risk large numbers of persons to be involved in insurance contract.
7. Insurance is not gambling nor it is a charity one. Has to pay a premium to protect (insure)
one’s risk.
Types of Insurance:
Insurance in India is mainly of two types:
1) Life Insurance:
has made its way in India over 100 years ago. It has been defined as a term of insurance where
the insured pay a certain amount called premiums of specified time and in return the insurance
companies agrees to compensate or pay back a certain sum of money to the insured on specific
terms and conditions related to the duration of human life. Life insurance guarantees full
protection against the risk of death of the insured. On the death of the insured person, Life
insurance pays the full sum assured with bonuses as applicable while in other saving schemes
only the saved amount with interest is payable. In a sense, Life insurance is superior to other
forms of savings.
2) General Insurance:
means insurance against health, fire, marine and various insurance which include insurance
against property, burglary or theft, reliability guarantee, employers’ liability, and insurance of
motor vehicles etc.
Every asset has a value of its own and the main aim of general insurance is to protect the
economic value of assets. Assets can be prevented from the losses of accidents and calamities
through insurance.
a. Property Insurance Policy: This particular policy is specially intended to cover all the risks of
a house and other property of insured.
b. Health Insurance: It covers all medical expenses following hospitalization from sudden
illness or expenses from any kind of accident.
c. Personal Accident Insurance: This insurance policy allows full compensation for injury and
even loss of life caused by an accident. It also includes compensation of cost of treatment and
the use of hospital facilities in the process of treatment.
d. Travel Insurance: These policies caress the insured against various events and misfortunes
while travelling abroad. Travel insurance covers the insured against any kind personal
accidents medical expenses and even loss of checked luggage, passport etc.

86
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
e. Liability Insurance: This policy identifies the offices or other professional employees against
loss of their jobs arising from claims made against them by reason of any wrongful Act in their
terms of service.
f. Motor Insurance: Motor Insurance is compulsory for every vehicle running on the road as per
Motor Vehicle Act. Generally, there are two types of Motor Insurance Policy; one covers the act
of liability while the other covers all liability and damages caused to the vehicles.
2. Profile of the study area.
In India, insurance has a deep-rooted history. It finds mention in the writing of manu (manus
–mrithi), yagnavalkya (dharmashastra) and kautilya (Arthasastra). The writing talks in
terms of pooling of resources that could be re-distributed in times of calamities such as fire,
floods, epidemics, and famine. Ancient India history has preserved the earliest trace of
insurance in the form of marine trade loans and carries contract. Insurance in India has
evolved over time heavily drawing from other countries, particularly England.
1818 saw the advent of life insurance business in India with the establishment of the oriental
life insurance company in Calcutta. This company failed in 1834, in 1829, the Madras equitable
had begun transacting life insurance business in the Madras presidency. 1870 saw the
enactment of the British Insurance Act and in the last three decades of the nineteenth century
the Bombay Mutual (1871), Oriental (1874) and Empire of India (1897) were started in the
Bombay Residency.
The Indian Life Assurance Companies Act, 1912 was the first statutory measure to
regulate life business. The insurance Amendment Act of 1950 Abolished Principal Agencies.
An ordinance was issued 19th Jan’1956 nationalizing the life insurance Sector and Life
Insurance Corporation came into existence in the same year.
The history of general insurance dates back to the industrial Revolution in the West in 17 th
Century. Triton Insurance Company Ltd., rooted in the year 1850 in Calcutta. General
Insurance business was nationalized with effect from 1/1/1973. The IRDA opened up the market
in August’2000 with the invitation for application for registration. Foreign Companies were
allowed ownership of upto 26%. In December’2000, the subsidiaries of the General Insurance
Corporation of India were restructured as independent Companies and at the same time GIC
was converted into a national re-insurer. Parliament passed a bill de-linking the four
subsidiaries from GIC in July’2002. Today there are 28 general insurance companies including
the ECGC and Agriculture Insurance Corporation of India and 24 Life Insurance Companies
operating in the country.
The Insurance Sector is a colossal one and is growing at a speedy rate of 15 – 20%.
Together with baking services, insurance services add about 7% to the country, GDP. A well
developed and evolved insurance sector is a boon for economic development as it provides long-
term funds for infrastructure development at the same time strengthening the risk taking
ability of the country. Under the situation, there is a need for life insurers to accept the growing
importance of women population in the economy.
In the light of the above, the present research is an attempt to “Study of participation of women
in life insurance business in India”.
3. Objectives of the Study:
1. To Study the participation of women in life insurance business
2. To study the type of insurance.
3. To study the share in number of policies bought by women in 16 States/UTs,
4. Limitation of the Study:
The present study will be restricted to the The proportion of policies on women amongst private
Life Insurance and LIC of 16 States/UTs. The references period of the study will be two years
(2020 – 2022) and it will be based on secondary data which will be collected through various
sources.
5. Review of Literature:
1. Singh H. and Loll M (December 2011), states that life insurance is one of the rapid
growing and evolving markets in India. Insurance dispersal in rural area – the insurance
industry has an acceptation grant in socio-economic development. Researcher has studied the
opportunities for insurers in the rural market and new action to be taken to tap the highly
underinsured rural area.
2. Rashmita Sahoo, (2012) studied Indian Life insurance market. More than 80% of the
population in India does not have any life insurance cover. There was monopoly of LIC. But
after privatization and opening up of life insurance sector, this sector is developing very fast.
The growth rate of life insurance industry in India is @ 15 to 20% per annum.
3. Harmanpreet Singh, (2012) evaluated satisfaction level of female employees working in
insurance industry in India is critically analyzed. For this present scenario of insurance sector
and causes which produce stress on female employees has been studied.
4. Babu P. R. (February 2013) in his study by, on the private sector life insurance companies
have been making smartly bunch in terms of increasing their extension and market share since
year 2000. The Indian life insurance system is having strong base on mixed economic system

87
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
where in the public sector engaged a monopolistic position in life insurance business. Private
players play an wide aspect in life insurance business more active and customer friendly.
5. Padhi B. (August 2013), study reflects that Indian insurance market was nationalized in
1956 and LIC of India was setup. LIC of India admired monopoly on Indian Insurance market
for more than 4 decades. The study by will reveal the performance of particular private
insurance companies in the sections like number of policies floated number of money collected
through premium and the annual expansion in the specific areas from 2001 to 2012.
6. Data-base and Research Methodology:
 Secondary Data
Data required for the study primarily will come from online. The secondary Data also will be
collected from annual reports and financial statements of the sample insurance companies.
These will obtain from Hand book of insurance companies and their annual reports Newspaper,
Magazines, Journals and periodically and search engine will be used.
 Data Interpretations :
Processed data and analysis will be further interpreted and presented in the form of
elaboration, general finding and conclusions to the effectiveness.
7. Analysis:
Women occupied around 49 per cent of the total population in India. Their contribution to the
economic activity of the country is slightly increasing every year and it is important. Under the
situation, there is a need for life insurers to accept the growing importance of women population
in the economy, identify their special needs or requirements, if any, and develop suitable
product solution to provide adequate life insurance coverage.
In this context, a short study is made on the share of female lives covered in life insurance
business. Only discrete new business data- number of policies and first year premium for the
year 2021-22 has been considered for the purpose.
 The number of policies issued to women in the year 2021-22 is approx. 1.01 crore which is 34.7
% of 2.91 crore total policies as against a share of 33% in 2020-21.
No. of policies 1.01 Crore (100%) 34.7% 2021-22 year
No. of policies 2.91 Crore (100%) 33% 2020-21 year
 The proportion of policies on women amongst private Life Insurance and LIC
 In 16 States/UTs, the share in number of policies bought by women to the total policies sold is
higher than the all-India average of 34.7%.

Top 5 States/UT Bottom 5 States/UT

State Share to total State Share to total
Policies (%) Policies (%)
Karnataka 45 Jammu & Kashmir 26
Kerala 44 Ladhak 26
Sikkim 42 Haryana 27
Goa 42 Rajasthan 30
Arunachal Pradesh 41 Uttar Pradesh 30

Participation of Women in Life Insurance Marketing

1. 6,99,429 women are working as agents in the life insurance industry, making it 29% of the
total individual agency force as at March 31, 2022. Out of the total number of women
agents, the share of private life insurers is 52% and LIC is 48%.
2. Among the private life insurers, Max Life Insurance Company Ltd. has the highest
percentage of women agents at 42.5 per cent followed by Ageas Federal Life Insurance Co.
Ltd. at 42.4 % and SUD Life Insurance Co. Ltd. at 41.7 %.
Conclusion:
Life insurance is available to women on the same term as relates to men, subject to however
their income earning capacity. In fact, there is a positive practice of according privileged
treatment to the female lives by most of the life insurers while charging the premium as their
life expectancy is higher. Insurance of women type also depends on literacy levels, financial
independence and financial decision making. Possible more peril.
Bibliography:
1. Article is referred from www.investopedia.com/terms/a/accounting-practice.asp
2. Research journal of finance and Accounting
3. www.iiste.orgIISN2222-1697(paper) ISSN2222-2874(online) vol.4.No.11, 2013
4. Article is referred from www.wikipedia.org/wiki/accountency
5. Shodhganga infibnet.ac.in/synopises on insurance
6. Insurance Companies in India.com/types of insurance. aspv
7. Annual Report of L.I.C (online)
8. International Journal of Business and Management,
9. www.ccsenet.org/ijbm.http://dx.doi.org/10.5539/ijbm.v6n//p138

88
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
10. Mohamed-Sherif-Mohmoud_elsayed_paper-1.pdf,www,virtusinterpress.org.
11. International Journal of Research in Commerce & Management
12. http://ijvcm.org.in/issn0976-2183
13. The Insurance Laws (Amendment) Bill, 2008 www.prsindia.org.
1) IRDA
2) file:///C:/Users/Sandeep/Downloads/Annual%20Report%202021-22.pdf
3) http://shodh.inflibnet.ac.in:8080/jspui/bitstream/123456789/6049/3/03_review%20of%20literatur
e.pdf
4) http://shodh.inflibnet.ac.in:8080/jspui/bitstream/123456789/6049/3/03_review%20of%20literatur
e.pdf
5) http://shodh.inflibnet.ac.in:8080/jspui/bitstream/123456789/6049/3/03_review%20of%20literatur
e.pdf

89
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Job Satisfaction of Secondary School Teachers in the Hybrid

Teaching Scenario
Ms. Parama Kundu1, Dr. Kirti Thakre2
1Research Scholar, Department of Education, University of Technology, Rajasthan
Assistant Professor, School of Education, Adamas University, India
2Professor, Department of Education, University of Technology, Rajasthan

Introduction
The post covid world has disrupted the world of education in many ways, with schools
and educational institutions around the globe facing unprecedented challenges. The entire
learning -teaching scenario has undergone a major shift and that shift is going to stay. As the
world begins to accept the changed normal, there are several trends and changes that are likely
to shape the future of education in the post-COVID world. The pandemic has accelerated the
adoption of hybrid learning models that combine in-person and remote instruction. In the post-
COVID world, hybrid learning is likely to become more prevalent, with schools and institutions
offering students greater flexibility in how they learn.
Hybrid learning, also known as blended learning, is an educational model that combines
both in-person and online instruction. In a hybrid learning environment, students attend
classes on campus for some portions of the week and engage in online learning activities for
others. Hybrid learning is often used as a way to provide more flexibility in the learning process.
For example, it allows students to complete assignments online, review lectures or other
materials at their own pace, and engage in online discussions with classmates and instructors.
Though the concept of Hybrid learning existed for a long time and there was adaptations of the
same in higher education and advanced learning areas, the COVID-19 pandemic accelerated the
adoption of hybrid learning in many educational institutions around the world starting from the
primary to advanced degrees. With the need for social distancing and remote learning, hybrid
learning became a necessary tool to ensure that students can continue their education in a safe
and effective manner.
Though the new learning -teaching method did have its share of benefits, it also led to
changes in the workload, teaching style, and communication methods for school teachers. Job
satisfaction is a critical factor in teacher retention and student success. The new model
suddenly created a lot of stress among teachers and that further lead to other related issues
which affected the quality of teaching and learning.
This paper aims to explore the job satisfaction of secondary school teachers in the hybrid
teaching scenario.
The Good, Bad & Ugly of Hybrid Education.
The physical classroom as we know it is changing and evolving in new ways. Hybrid
education, also known as blended learning, is a mode of education that combines traditional
face-to-face classroom teaching with online learning. As a result, students have more access and
get better results overall with hybrid learning models that blend the real and virtual worlds.
Initially remote learning had become increasingly popular as a component of hybrid education
due to various factors, such as surges in COVID cases, and the need to reach students residing
in remote areas & limited transportation options. The recent increase in the demand in Hybrid
education is due to the flexibility which this form of education offers to the students.
Here are some advantages of hybrid education:
1. Flexibility: Hybrid education provides flexibility in terms of learning schedule, location,
and pace. Students can access course materials and complete assignments online at their
convenience, while still having the opportunity to interact with teachers and peers in
person.
2. Personalization: Hybrid education allows for a more personalized learning experience.
Students can work at their own pace and receive individualized attention from their
teachers. They can also choose to focus more on the areas where they need more help.
3. Cost-effective: Hybrid education can be cost-effective for both students and educational
institutions. It can reduce the need for classroom space and resources, as well as
transportation costs for students.
4. Increased engagement: Hybrid education can increase student engagement using
interactive online materials, multimedia resources, and collaborative learning activities. It
can also provide immediate feedback to students, which can improve their learning
outcomes.
5. Improved accessibility: Hybrid education can improve accessibility for students who live
in remote areas, have disabilities, or have other constraints that prevent them from
attending traditional face-to-face classes.
Hybrid education provides a flexible, personalized, cost-effective, engaging, and accessible
learning experience for students, while also providing the benefits of face-to-face interaction
with teachers and peers.

90
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

But while these positives are definitely there, there is also a flip side to this new medium of
teaching. And these points affect both the teachers and the students. Few of the overbearing
challenges faced by both Students and Teachers are,
Technological Challenges:
One of the most significant challenges of hybrid education is the reliance on technology.
Students need reliable access to the internet and the necessary devices to participate in online
learning, which can be a challenge for students who come from low-income families or live in
rural areas. Moreover, technological difficulties such as connectivity issues, software
malfunctions, and other tech-related problems can interrupt the learning process and can
negatively impact the student's motivation and engagement.
Lack of Personal Interaction:
While hybrid education provides some opportunities for face-to-face interaction with teachers
and peers, it may not be enough for some students who thrive on personal interaction.
Socialization and interaction with peers are essential for the student's growth and development,
and not having enough of it can make students feel isolated or disconnected from the learning
community, which can further affect their motivation and engagement.
Time Management:
Hybrid education requires students to manage their time effectively and be self-disciplined,
which can be challenging for some students who need more structure and guidance. Balancing
online and in-person activities can be difficult, especially if students have other responsibilities
such as work or family obligations. Moreover, some students may struggle with self-motivation
and may not be able to keep up with the course's pace, which can lead to a decline in their
academic performance.
Reduced Accountability:
Hybrid education can provide some flexibility, but it can also reduce accountability. Students
may be tempted to procrastinate or skip online activities, which can affect their learning
outcomes. Additionally, teachers may have difficulty tracking student progress and ensuring
that they are meeting learning objectives. Therefore, it is essential to have systems in place that
can monitor student progress and ensure that they are meeting the course's objectives.
Unequal Access to Resources:
Hybrid education may widen the gap between students who have access to resources such as
technology, quiet study spaces, and supportive home environments, and those who do not.
Students who come from low-income families or have limited access to technology may struggle
to participate in online learning, leading to inequities in educational outcomes and
opportunities. Moreover, the lack of access to quiet study spaces and supportive home
environments can further impact the student's motivation and engagement.
Thus, while hybrid education can offer many benefits, it is essential to address the potential
challenges and negative points to ensure that all students have equal opportunities to learn and
succeed. To overcome these challenges, it is essential to provide students with the necessary
resources and support to participate in online learning and to have systems in place that can
monitor student progress and ensure that they are meeting the course's objectives.
These challenges also put a lot of pressure on teachers. A efficient teacher always wants to
ensure equal development of all their students, but in the above mentioned circumstances this
is not possible. In turn this develops additional stress on the teachers leading to lack in
satisfaction, unnecessary mental stress and overall disinterest in teaching.
Factors affecting Job satisfaction among teachers
Attracting and retaining high-quality teachers is a significant challenge faced by
educational institutions. A positive approach is an essential quality that every teacher must
possess. It is crucial for teachers to have the potential and a clear intention to perform their
duties with utmost dedication and derive satisfaction from their work. Job satisfaction is a
combination of emotional and psychological experiences related to work. It is the relationship
between one's expectations and achievements in the workplace. Job satisfaction is essential for
effective work performance, and it is especially crucial for school teachers, who play a crucial
role in building the nation and shaping the future citizens. Satisfied teachers are more likely to
be interested in teaching their students effectively, which is critical for improving the quality of
education in the country and meeting the demands of globalization. The productivity and
performance of schools depend on the job satisfaction of their teachers. Therefore, job
satisfaction is a crucial phenomenon that must be addressed in every sector, particularly in the
teaching profession.
Due to Covid-19 and the unexpected changes that it brought into our lives, specially in
the education sector put in a lot of stress on the teachers. This was even more for the secondary
school teachers who had to prepare the students for their students for first board exam, which
was also uncertain. Every week there were new directives from the government about how the
exam would happen. They had pressure of the curriculum completion, practical labs and
projects, which are all important components of the 10th standard board exam. Suddenly the
entire education went into the Hybrid Mode which was a absolutely new concept to many of

91
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

them. Some of the factors which influence the job satisfaction of secondary school teachers in
the hybrid teaching scenario are,
Workload: Teachers may feel overwhelmed with the increased workload of hybrid teaching,
which involves planning and delivering lessons for both in-person and remote students, as well
as managing online platforms and providing additional support to students who are struggling.
For every lesson, they have to make material for both Online and offline platforms. This is
basically doubling the work.
Technology: The use of technology can be both a boon and a bane for teachers. While it
provides greater flexibility in teaching and allows teachers to reach more students, it can also
be a source of frustration when technology malfunctions or students struggle with access to
devices and internet connectivity. While taking a class in a flow, such technical interruptions
are very frustrating as that breaks the continuity of the class. Many times the classes are
incomplete and the entire process needs to be redone.
Many teachers, had to make themselves fluent with using computers, internet and mobile apps
to make themselves apt for online teaching. This was and still is a major issue with many
teachers.
Student Engagement: Teachers may find it challenging to keep students engaged and
motivated in the hybrid teaching scenario, as remote students may feel disconnected from the
classroom and struggle with online learning. It is also very difficult for any teacher to keep
track of the students online. Many of them switch of their camera and certain apps would not
show all the students at the same. And even if they do, it is not possible to keep an eye on all
the screens at the same time.
Work-Life Balance: The hybrid teaching scenario may blur the boundaries between work and
personal life, as teachers may feel pressured to be available for both in-person and remote
students outside of traditional work hours.
Due to hybrid classes, schools are extending their class hours and working hours. This has
majorly affected the morale of the teachers.
Communication: Effective communication is essential in the hybrid teaching scenario, as
teachers need to communicate with students, parents, and colleagues through a variety of
channels, such as email, online forums, and video conferencing. Poor communication can lead to
misunderstandings and frustration for all parties involved.
Compensation: Finally compensation is another major issue which has affected the job
satisfaction of many teachers. Many educational institutes were forced to bring down their fees
of the students as the classes went online. That directly affected the teachers as their salaries
were reduced with the logic that they don’t need to travel to schools anymore, not take physical
classes etc. While the work increased two folds, in many cases the salaries were halved. Even
after the new normal has set in now, many institutes have not brought back the salaries to the
pre-covid levels.
With online classes and hybrid teaching, as there is no limitation to the number of students
which can be in a class, many institutes have also reduced the number of teachers. This job
insecurity has further lead to frustration among teachers.
Conclusion
The job satisfaction of secondary school teachers in the hybrid teaching scenario will depend on
how well they are able to adapt to the new teaching environment, manage their workload, and
maintain effective communication with students, parents, and colleagues. While that is true,
schools and institutes need support teachers by providing training on hybrid teaching
strategies, technology tools, and communication skills, as well as by promoting work-life balance
and recognizing the challenges that teachers face. They should ensure that proper compensation
and benefits are provided to the teachers by recognizing the extra effort which needs to be put
to make this new mode of teaching successful. Also while the number of students can be
limitless in an online class, the institutes need to acknowledge the fact that teaching is not just
mere taking classes. Thus the effective student to teacher ratios needs to be maintained.
Reducing the number of teachers is basically creating a bigger problem in the longer run. More
and more youngsters would be demoralized to take up the teaching profession which would lead
to crisis of teachers.
The government also needs to have polices which are just towards teachers and they should
ensure that the rules of examination, syllabus and methodologies should be structured around
the new ways of teaching. They should help develop free and easily accessible website which
have relevant content and can help teachers in preparing for lessons, creating online content
and reference material for their students.
In short, to ensure that the job satisfaction among schools teachers is not diminished over time,
the entire educational ecosystem needs to work and structure based on the new normal of
Hybrid teaching-learning.

92
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Use of per and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS) in Cosmetics

and their effects on human health
Dr. Nidhi Shekhawat
Vedanta P.G. Girls College
Email- [email protected]

Abstract:
Per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) are a diverse group of synthesized chemicals
used in a wide range of consumer and industrial products. It consists of a group of more than
4700 chemical compounds for which the characteristic perfluorinated carbon moiety confers
hydrophobic chemical properties and environmental persistence. Certain PFAS are also
intentionally added as ingredients in some cosmetic products, including lotions, cleansers, nail
polish, shaving cream, foundation, lipstick, eyeliner, eyeshadow, and mascara. These PFAS are
used in cosmetics to conditioning and smooth the skin, making it appear shiny, or to affect
product consistency and texture. Some common PFAS used as ingredients in cosmetics include
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), perfluorooctyl triethoxysilane, perfluorononyl dimethicone,
perfluorodecalin, and perfluorohexane. These highly persistent and potentially toxic class of
chemicals, are added to cosmetics to increase their durability and water resistance.
Key words: PFA, cosmetic, environment, chemicals.
Introduction:
Since the 1950s, PFA compounds have been widely used in industrial products such as
fire-fighting foams and consumer goods such as coated fabrics, carpets, utensils and other food
packaging and many others. Some studies have reported the use of PFAS in cosmetics in
Europe and Asia. The PFAS in cosmetics can pose a risk to human health through direct and
indirect exposure, as well as pose a risk to ecosystem health throughout the life cycle of these
products. PFAS are used in various cosmetics products including lotions, cleansers, nail polish,
shaving cream, foundation, lipstick, eyeliner, eyeshadow, and mascara for their properties such
as hydrophobicity and film-forming ability, and are thought to improve product wear,
durability, and spreadability. Additional claimed benefits are increased skin absorption of the
product and improvements in the appearance or texture of skin. Some common PFAS used as
ingredients in cosmetics include PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), perfluorooctyl triethoxysilane,
perfluorononyl dimethicone, perfluorodecalin, and perfluorohexane. But these chemical are
highly persistent and potentially toxic in nature These synthetic chemicals consist
perfluorinated carbon moiety with hydrophobic chemical properties and environmental
persistence.. In this paper we will be discuss about the structure and adverse effects of PFA
compounds.
Chemical Structure and Classification:
Carbon can form up to four bonds with other atoms. In PFA compounds, Carbon (C)
attached with fluorine (F). This C-F bond is highly durable and a key factor behind the
problems posed by PFAS and is also the cause of its desirable technical properties. Polymers
that are made by repeating subunits called monomer are often used as starting materials for
the production of other PFA chemicals. The best known fluoropolymer is polytetrafluoroethylene
(PTFE), was discovered by Roy Plunkett on April 6, 1938. PFA is a semi-crystalline material
with a maximum achievable crystallinity of 60%. PFA chemicals can also exist in multiple
states such as acids, anions, cations, and salts that have important effects on their physical and
chemical properties. The anionic form is the most prevalent form in the environment.
Non-polymeric PFASs include perfluorinated and polyfluorinated materials. If carbon is
bonded only to fluorine excluding functional groups, it is said to be perfluorinated. While in
polyflorinated, some carbon bonds are bonded to functional groups or to something other than
fluorine and is also considered unsaturated with respect to F. Hydrogen is the most common
other bond. ―PFAS‖ stands as a default plural acronym of PFA means "per- and polyfluoroalkyl
substances" and a single compound cannot be simultaneously unsaturated and saturated with
respect to fluorine. Both perfluoroalkyls and polyfluoroalkyls fall into classes with relatively
similar functional group behaviour. Two broad classes are fluoroalkyl acids and
fluoroalkanesulfonamides are related to perfloroalkyl family. These large classes are then
subdivided again based on functional groups/moieties. Interstate technology regulatory council
gave a broad classification for PFAS. There are over than 425 acknowledged nonpolymer moiety
classification groups.

93
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Picture courtesy of The Interstate Technology Regulatory Council

In 2017, Wang et al published an iconic chart covering the number of papers published on
various PFAS groups.
Literature reviewed for PFAS used in Cosmetics:
Various types of fluoroalkyl substances including perfluoroalkyl and polyfluoroalkyl and their
compounds or mixtures are used in cosmetic products. These fluorinated substances and
compounds contain residues of the basic perfluoroalkyl acids or perfluorocarboxylic acids
(PFCA). The most important PFCA is perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) with a perfluoroalkyl chain
of seven carbon atoms. Fluoroalkyl substances with longer perfluoroalkyl chains than PFOA are
considered to be very persistent, highly bio-accumulative and toxic. Fujii et al. (2013)
conducted a study on PFCA concentrations in different types of cosmetic products. They selected
24 different cosmetic products for face and nails, including nine different sunscreens, for which
the ingredient list indicated that the product contained either polyfluoroalkyl phosphate esters
(PAP) or other fluorinated substances. The study was conducted on cosmetic products purchased
in Japan. The results disclosed that 87% (13 out of 15) of cosmetic products (excluding
sunscreen), contains PAP or other types of fluorinated substances having concentrations of
PFCA. For sunscreens alone, this result was 89% (8 out of 9). The highest concentrations of
PFCA were found in sunscreens followed by foundation.
The GSP Institute (2014) has prepared an overview of fluoroalkyl substances and other
fluorinated compounds in cosmetic products, based on data from the Skin Deep database.
In Sweden, Naturskyddsföreningen (2017) (Nature Conservation Association) analysed 22
cosmetic products from nine different brands for PFAS content. Out of the selected products
PFAS was found in 20 of the products, with variation. One product in particular contained
large amounts of different PFAS. 17 products contained PFOA, 12 contained PFNA and 10
contained PFDA. Based on information from the above-mentioned studies, a Lund University
thesis (Henricsson, 2017) examined the presence of PFAS in cosmetic products on the Swedish
market. In the survey, 30 brands were selected for examination, where ingredients lists for a
total of 1,354 products in the categories sunscreen, foundation, powder, moisturizer, eyeliner
and eye shadow were reviewed. Out of the 1,354 products, 59 (4.4%) of the products had
declared contents of PFA.
Hazardous effects of PFAS on human:
Studies on the prevalence of PFAS in cosmetics are scarce. According to published
studies, the content of certain PFAS—either as ingredients or impurities—in cosmetics ranges
from a few parts per billion to hundreds of parts per million. It may be difficult to detect and
quantify all PFAS that may be present in cosmetics since the chemical compound's unique
"fingerprint" or analytical standard may not be accessible.
There is also limited research on whether PFAS in cosmetics are absorbed through the
skin at levels that could be harmful to human health. . In a 2018 study the sole risk assessment
that has assessed the presence of PFAS in cosmetics was done by Denmark's Environmental
Protection Agency and focused on a few PFAS that were unintentionally present in cosmetics.
The study concentrated on five distinct PFAS contaminants that were found in the most variety
of cosmetic items and at reasonably significant levels. The scientists came to the conclusion that
the amounts of PFAS in each of the examined goods are not likely to endanger customers'
health. The low amount of information from this and other published studies prevents from
drawing firm conclusions about the potential health dangers of PFAS in cosmetics. A large
number of epidemiological studies have evaluated possible associations between perfluoroalkyl
exposure and a wide range of adverse health outcomes. However, most of the studies have
focused on PFOA and/or PFOS; fewer studies have evaluated a smaller number of potential
health outcomes for the remaining 10 perfluoroalkyls included in this toxicological profile. In
2017, the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) classified perfluorooctanoic acid

94
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
(PFOA), as a possible human carcinogen based in part on weak epidemiologic evidence of
associations with kidney and testis cancers in people who had been exposed to the substance
frequently. Perfluoroalkanoic acids (PFCA) and their salts with different chain lengths can inter
alia activate "peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor α" (PPARα) in liver cells, and therefore
they may cause peroxisome proliferation, enlarged liver and increased fatty acid oxidation, etc.
(Ikeda et al., 1985).
A toxicological profile developed by the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry
(ATSDR) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) reported that based on a number of
factors the available epidemiological studies suggest associations between perfluoroalkyl
exposure and several health outcomes; however, cause-and-effect relationships have not been
established for these outcomes:
1. Pregnancy-induced hypertension/pre-eclampsia (PFOA, PFOS)
2. Increases in serum hepatic enzymes, particularly alanine aminotransferase (ALT), and
decreases in serum bilirubin levels (PFOA, PFOS, PFHxS)
3. Increases in serum lipids, particularly total cholesterol and low-density lipoprotein (LDL)
cholesterol (PFOA, PFOS, PFNA, PFDA)
4. Decreased antibody response to vaccines (PFOA, PFOS, PFHxS, PFDA)
These health outcomes include osteoarthritis in women less than 50 years of age (PFOA, PFOS).
Additionally, associations between serum PFOA and PFOS and decreases in glomerular
filtration rate and increases in serum uric acid levels and between serum PFOA, PFOS, PFHxS,
and PFNA and increased risk of early menopause have been observed; these effects may be due
to reverse causation, where the effect (disease) causes the change in serum perfluoroalkyl levels
(exposure).
Conclusion: Long time exposure with chemicals creates hazardous effects on health despite
use of chemicals increases day by day. Now- a-days cosmetics are also essential part of life in
females therefore avoiding use of chemicals is not possible but we need to prepare better
alternatives of these products and also avoid using those cosmetics that contains such
hazardous chemicals.
References:
1. Abbott BD, Wolf CJ, Schmid JE, Das KP, Zehr RD, Helfant L, Nakayama S, Lindstrom AB,
Strynar MJ, Lau C (2007). Perfluorooctanoic Acid–Induced Developmental Toxicity in the
Mouse is Dependent on Expression of Peroxisome Proliferator–Activated Receptor-alpha.
Toxicol Sci 98(2): 571–581.
2. Chang, S. C., Das, K., Ehresman, D. J., Ellefson, M. E., Gorman, G. S., Hart, J. A., Noker, P.
E., Tan, Y. M., Lieder, P. H., Lau, C., Olsen, G. W., Butenhoff, J. L. (2008). Comparative
pharmacokinetics of perfluorobutyrate in rats, mice, monkeys, and humans and relevance to
human exposure via drinking water. Toxicol. Sci., 104: 40–53.
3. Chen, Y. M., Guo, L. H. (2009) Fluorescence study on site-specific binding of perfluoroalkyl
acids to human serum albumin. Arch. Toxicol. 83:255–261.
4. Chengelis, C.P., Kirkpatrick, J.B., Myers, N.R., Shinohara, M., Stetson, P.L., Sved, D.W.,
(2009a). Comparison of the toxicokinetic behavior of perfluorohexanoic acid (PFHxA) and
nonafluorobu-tane-1-sulfonic acid (PFBS) in cynomolgus monkeys and rats. Reprod. Toxicol.
27, 400–406.
5. Chengelis, C.P., Kirkpatrick, J.B., Radovsky, A., Shinohara, M., (2009b). A 90-day repeated
dose oral (gavage) toxicity study of perfluorohexanoic acid (PFHxA) in rats (with functional
observational battery and motor activity determinations). Reprod Toxicol 27: 342–351.
6. Danish EPA (2015). Administrative overvejelser og fastlæggelse af grænseværdier for
perfluorerede alkylsyreforbindelser (PFAS-forbindelser), inkl. PFOA, PFOS og PFOSA i
drikkevand, samt jord og grundvand til vurdering af forurenede grunde (notat).
Miljøministeriet, Miljøstyrelsen. Available at: http://mst.dk/media/91517/pfas-
administrative-graensevaerdier-27-april2015-final.pdf (Accessed January 2018) Das, K.P.,
Grey, B.E., Zehr, R.D., Wood, C.R., Butenhoff, J.L., Chang, S.C., Ehresman, D.J., Tan, Y.M.,
Lau, C. (2008). Effects of perfluorobutyrate exposure during pregnancy in the mouse. Toxicol
Sci, 105: 173–181.
7. Environ Int 114:12-20. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.envint.2018.01.027
8. Fujii Y, Harada KH, Koizumi A. 2013. Occurrence of perfluorinated carboxylic acids
(PFCAs) in personal care products and compounding agents. Chemosphere 93(3):538-544.
9. Fujii Y, Niisoe T, Harada KH, et al. 2015a. Toxicokinetics of perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids
with different carbon chain lengths in mice and humans. J Occup Health 57(1):1-12.
10.1539/joh.14- 0136-OA.
10. Fujii Y, Niisoe T, Harada KH, et al. 2015b. Supplemental materials: Toxicokinetics of
perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids with different carbon chain lengths in mice and humans. J
Occup Health 57(1):1- 12.
11. Henricsson, C. (2017). Förekomst av PFAS i kosmetiska produkter. En inventering av
produkter på den svenska marknaden, Lund Universitet, 2017. Available at:

95
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
http://lup.lub.lu.se/luur/download?func=downloadFile&recordOId=8912114&fileOId=891211
7 (Accessed September 2017
12. Ikeda, T., Aiba, K., Fukuda, K., and Tanaka, M. (1985). The induction of peroxisome
proliferation in rat liver by perfluorinated fatty acids, metabolically inert derivatives of fatty
acids. J. Biochem. 98, 475–482
13. Iwai H, Hoberman AM (2014). Oral (Gavage) Combined Developmental and
Perinatal/Postnatal Repro-duction Toxicity Study of Ammonium Salt of Perfluorinated
Hexanoic Acid in Mice. Int J Toxicol 33: 219-237.
14. Iwai H (2011). Toxicokinetics of ammonium perfluorohexanoate. Drug Chem Toxicol; 34:
341-346.
15. Kang H, Choi K, Lee HS, Kim DH, Park NY, Kim S, Kho Y (2016). Elevated levels of short
carbon-chain PFCAs in breast milk among Korean women: Current status and potential
challenges. Environ Res 148: 351-359.
16. Kennedy GL Jr (1985). Dermal toxicity of ammonium perfluorooctanoate. Toxicol Appl
Pharmacol 81: 348-355.
17. Kennedy GL, Butenhoff JL, Olsen GW, O'Connor JC, Seacat AM, Perkins RG, Biegel LB,
18. Murphy SR, Farrar DG (2004). The toxicology of perfluorooctanoate. Crit Rev Toxicol; 34:
351-384.
19. PFAS Exposure and Risk of Cancer. https://dceg.cancer.gov/research/what-we-study/pfas
20. Toke Winther et al(2018) Risk assessment of fluorinated substances in cosmetic products.
Ministry of Environ. And Food of Denmark.
21. Wang B, Zhang R, Jin F, et al. (2017). Perfluoroalkyl substances and endometriosis-related
infertility in Chinese women. Environ Int 102:207-212. http://doi.org/10.1016./j.envint
http://doi.org/10.1016/j.envint.2017.03.003.
22. Wang H, Yang J, Du H, et al. 2018. Perfluoroalkyl substances, glucose homeostasis, and
gestational diabetes mellitus in Chinese pregnant women: A repeat measurement-based
prospective study.

96
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Identifying the Potential of Agri-Tourism in India: Overriding

Challenges and Recommend Strategies
Dr.Dilip Phoke
HOD Dept. of Geography Godavari Arts College Ambad

Abstract:
Agri-tourism is the latest concept in the Indian tourism industry, which normally occurs
on farms. Agri-tourism is a form of agricultural multi-functionality it gives you the opportunity
to experience the real alluring and authentic contact with the village life, taste the local
veritable food and get familiar with the many farming tasks during the visit. It provides you the
welcome break free from the daily busy and hectic life in the peaceful village environment. It
gives you the chance to relax and reinvigorate in the pure natural environment, surrounded by
splendid setting. It gives you the chance to see the real India and have the experience on the
farm stay holidays. Many Indian farmers especially from Pune and Maharashtra currently
involved in or are considering the use of agri-tourism as a mode of diversifying their farm
operations. How they will achieve this is the challenge. The overall potential for agri-tourism
can only be achieved if strategies to address and overcome their challenges are developed and
implemented. This paper is an attempt to identifying the potential of agri-tourism in India by
highlights major challenges in this issue with some useful recommendations.
Keywords : Agri-tourism, Employment, Rural development.
Introduction :
Indian population has increased five times than that existed at the time of
independence, but the land area is not change even the agricultural land got decease, currently
only one fourth of the land is available for per person as compared to the time of independence.
Agriculture business is becoming more and more costly and many farmers cannot afford it. In
addition to this the gradual decrease in fertility of land that is giving marginally diminishing
yields. So to overcome this continuously increasing gap farmers must think of an alternative
business of any type to support their overall income from land, or else they shall be forced to
live out a life of below poverty line with lots of scarcity of resources. In order to work in this
direction some farmers must be encouraged to start small and viable business like Agri-Tourism
units on the farm in their villages.
1. Around 70 to 80% of Indian Population lives in rural area.
2. By realizing their problems and needs we felt that, there is still many things that can be
done for these people.
3. ATDC has been contributing its efforts for the overall upliftment of the farmers in rural
areas.
4. The youth population in rural especially the school dropouts, educational backward and
rural women constitute more than 50% of our rural population. Until and unless we do some
welfare activities for this section of the community overall social upliftment of the nation
remains uncompleted. The women in village can be good host as well as provide help in
preparing taste rural rustic food for the Agri Tourism guests.
2. Research Objectives :
1. To explore the status of Agri-tourism in India.
2. To identify factors are necessary for Agri-tourism development
3. To study the Challenges and Recommended strategies of Agri-tourism industry.
3. Secondary Literature :
Agri tourism is no knew in the field of research many researches has well stated the
term as Barbieri and Mshenga (2008) define Agritourism as "any practice developed on a
working farm with the purpose of attracting visitors."McGehee, Kim, and Jennings (2007)
explain Agritourism as “rural enterprises which incorporate both a working farm environment
and a commercial tourism component." Marques (2006): "a specific type of rural tourism in
which the hosting house must be integrated into an agricultural estate, inhabited by the
proprietor, allowing visitors to take part in agricultural or complementary activities on the
property." Sonnino (2004) "activities of hospitality performed by agricultural entrepreneurs and
their family members that must remain connected and complementary to farming activities."
Sharpley and Sharpley (1997) "tourism products which are directly connected with the agrarian
environment, agrarian products or agrarian stays." World Tourism Organization (1998) involves
accommodation being offered in the farmhouse or in a separate guesthouse, providing meals and
organizing guests' activities in the observation and participation in the farming operations.
Azimi Hamzah and others (2012)in the article 'Socio-economic impact potential of agro tourism
activities on Desa Wawasan Nelayan community living in Peninsular Malaysia' discuss about
the potential socio-economic benefits that can be offered by the agro-tourism activities to
progressive fishing communities in Malaysia. It enhances the understanding the probable
potentialities to bring socio economic changes due to agro tourism.

96
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
4. Research Methodology:
The Paper is invades the conceptualization of the development of Agri-tourism in India.
Role of Government Institutions likes Agri-Tourisin Development Corporation (ATDC), and
others in the development of the concept of agri-tourism, Exploratory research design is used as
a tool to study the concept, to get an in-depth knowledge of challenges and scope of the Agri-
tourism. Secondary data has been used from variety of sources as, government official Sites,
books, journal, publications and internet.
4.1What Is Agri-Tourism and Why Agri-Tourism?
Agri-tourism is a business conducted by a farmer for the enjoyinent and knowledge of
the people, to promote the products of the land and generate additional income from farms. It
provides rural experiences to urban population and economic alternatives to farmers. Agri-
tourism includes activities such as roadside stands, farm tours, bed-breakfast, and cattle drives.
It can provide cconomically feasiblc ways to care for natural resources, natural habitats, natural
scenic areas and special places.
4.2Development of Agri-tourism is Desirable
1. It is a sustainable form of tourism.
2. Where there is limited scope of extra earnings for family depending on agriculture, agro-
tourism could serves as additional source of income for the farmers.
3. It gives prestige to rural life, creates jobs at local levels.
4. • It gives opportunity to urban tourist to escape from his busy and hectic routine and allows
him to go back to his roots.
5. It can enhance the quality of life for local residence.
6. It gives the tourists glimpse of village ambience, local cuisine, culture and art.
7. It expects the active involvement from the tourist, rather than a passive spectator, so a bond
between guest-host is strengthened. ATDC has always been putting its efforts as per the
changing needs of the section of the social fabric; and shall continue to do the same. Some
facts which provide the outcome of the effort are as follows: We saw in last 4 years more
than 500 farmers trained under ATDC Agri Tourism training program and 52 farmers from
near by villages of Maharashtra have started their own agri-tourism activity on their farms
to enhance the agriculture income to quote the examples: "Mr. Sunil Bhosale from village
called Jogawadi, which is 40 kms from Baramati in Pune district have 13 acres of
agriculture farm. His annual income from the same is Rs 60 thousand. However ever since
he started Agri Tourism activities at his own farm, his income from agri-tourism has been
Rs.45,000 in only six months." Means there is a 50% hike in the annual income.
5. Scope Of Agritourism :
Agri-tourism has vast scope in the present context for the following reasons:
Less expensive gateway - The cost of accommodation, food, travel and recreation is very less
in Agri-Tourism compare to any other type of tourism. Present concept tourism is limited to
urban and rich class which constitutes very small proportion of the population. However, the
concept of agri tourism takes travel and tourism to the larger population, this widens the tourist
base by widening the scope of tourism due to its cost effectiveness.
Have strong demand for wholesome family oriented activities - Villages provide
amusement opportunities to all age groups i.e. children, young, middle and old age, female,
male, in total to the entire family at a cheaper cost. Rural games, traditional dresses, festivals,
food and the nature provides variety of entertainment to the whole family.
Curiosity about the farming and farmer lifestyle - Almost all urban population having
roots in villages, so they always have had the curiosity to learn or at least see about sources of
plants, plants, animals, raw materials like handicrafts, woods. Rural lifestyle and their
languages, culture, tradition, Agri-Tourism which generally revolves around farmers, villages
and agriculture has the potential to satisfy the curiosity of this segment of population.
Finding solace with nature friendly means - Present urban lifestyle has made life stressful
and brings average life span comedown. Hence, people are in continuous search of pro-nature
means to make life more peaceful. Indigenous mcdical knowledge of villagers are must be
respected. Ayurveda which is a pro-nature medical approach have its roots in villages.. Organic
foods are in higher demand in urban areas and foreign countries. In totality, our health
conscious urban population can look towards pro nature villages for solutions.
Desire for peace and Interest in natural environment - Busy and hectic urban life is an
outcome of diversified activities and diversified thinking. Today every individual attempts to
work more and hard, in different directions to earn more money and enjoy lavish life comforts.
Hence, peace is always out of his system. They can look towards agri-tourism is a means for
searching peaceful location. Peace and tranquility are inbuilt in Agri-Tourism as it is away from
urban areas and close to nature. Crops, birds, animals, mountains, water bodies, villages
provide totally different atmosphere to urban population in which they can forget their busy
and hectic urban life.
Disillusionment with resorts and illusionment with farm - In the late 90's people use to
visit resorts to get an peaceful and green environment but now the crowded peace seekers

97
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
disturb each other's peace. Hence, peace is beyond cities and resorts. Hence, visit to villages
satisfies their desire. This is also expressed through the hatred of urbanites to flat culture and
love for farmhouses located in the outskirts of cities. Any opportunity to visit villages and spend
time with family is dream of any urbanite. But, minimum decent facilities are always problem.
Agri-Tourism attempts to overcome this problem.
Educational value of Agri-Tourism - As we all know Indian economy is an agricultural
driven economy. Agri-Tourism creates awareness about rural life and knowledge about
agriculture science among urban children. It would be effectively used as educational and
training tool to train agriculture and line department officers. It is a means for providing
training to future farmers. This provides unique opportunity for education where learning is fun
cffective and casy. “Seeing is believing, doing is learning". This experience based concept is the
USP of Agri- Tourisın.
Recreation of Villages - Villages provide variety of recreation to urbanites through festivals
and handicrafts. Villagers lifestyle, dress, languages, culture / traditions which always add
value to the entertainment, Agricultural environment around farmers and the entire production
process could create curiosity among urban taught. Agricultural products like farm gate fresh
market, processed foods, organic food could lure the urban tourists. As result of this agri –
atmosphere in the villages, there is scope to develop Agri - Tourism products like culinary
tourism, agri-shopping, pick and own your tree or plot, bed and breakfast, pick and pay, camel
riding, bullock cart riding, boating, fishing, herbal walk, rural games and health (ayurvedic)
tourism.
Table: Agri-Tourism Benefits
1 An inexpensive gateway
2 Curiosity about the farming industry and lifestyle
3 Strong demand for wholesome family oriented recreational activities
4 Finding solace with nature friendly means
5 Desire for place
6 Interest in natural environment
7 Disillusionment with overcrowded resorts and cities
8 Health Consciousness of urban population
9 Rural recreation
10 Educational Value of Agri-Tourism
6. Challenges To The Agri-Tourism Industry
Agri-tourism is although a boom for the development of our rural society but if it can
positively handle the following challenges in its path as stated below.
1. Quality of the service
2. Complexity in the delivery of the servicc
3. Infrastructural deficiency
4. Multilevel channel involved this tourism development at local and regional level.
5. Literacy rate of the farmers and farm owners
6. Government Support and Identification:
7. Agri-Tourism Recommended Strategies To Overcome Challenges
Indian farmer need to cater the concept of this agri tourism as diversifying their operation.
Explaining the determinant of Agri tourism is a creative strategy for their betterment, however
it will not be an easy road map to follow by the farmers or farm owners. A well defined strategy
has to be implemented for the developinent of agri- tourism at national and state level. The
following sections identify these overriding challenges and recommend strategies to address
them.
8. Suggested Strategies To The Indian Agri Tourism Industry.
1. Proper Recognition of Agri-tourism Industry. Government supported policy structure of
Agri-tourism
2. Education of the farmer and farm owner for the development of the Entrepreneurial skill in
their work operations.
3. Proper Financing Solution for its Enhancement.
4. Liability and Risk Management Programs.
5. Product and Service Quality Improvement: In terms of the Product quality enhancement as
well as the delivery of the service bias to be elevated up to the standards.
6. A Public Private Strategic Partnership Development Model has to be created.
7. Proper Marketing and Promotional Assistance has to be provided
9. Conclusion :
Agri-tourisin is a supportive system to the agricultural activities in India. It is an
Innovative practices which can be utilized by the famer and farm owners to harvest this
opportunity, through a diversified approach.

98
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
1. It will be beneficial Model for both farmer and the tourist, as farmers have and extra edge
for earning and employments whereas the tourist gets an privilege to relive a smooth, clam
and rejuvenating atmosphere and culture of our agricultural heritage.
2. Although is a long way on go as the development and acknowledgement of the Agri-tourisms
is potential seen and cultivated by only Maharashtra government and its supporting
agencies.
3. Rest on the nation is yet to understand its worth and move ahead on it.
4. Is it the best platform for the socio economic development of the rural areas? Thus the
government has to provide a full fledge policy support system for the rooting and strengthen
of the Agri-tourism in India.
References:
1. A report by From Central Okangan Economic development commission Agriculture to agro
tourism, Agri-Tourism Opportunities Pilot Project (2012) 8. Vijay Kumbhar, (2009)
2. Agro-Tourism: A Cash Crop for Farmers in Maharashtra (India), MPRA Paper No. 25187,
posted 21. September 2010 20:11 UTC)
3. Azimi Hamzah, et al. "Socio-economic impact potential of agro tourism activities on Desa
Wawasan Nelayan community living in Peninsular Malaysia." African Journal of
Agricultural Research 7.32 (2012): 4581-4588
4. Barbieri, C., & Mshenga, P. M. (2008). The role of the firm and owner characteristics on the
performance of agritourism farms. Sociologia Ruralis, 48, 166–183.
5. Bowler, I., Clark, G., Crockett, A., Liberty, B., & Shaw, A. (1996). The development of
alternative farm enterprises: a study of family labor farms in the Northern Pennies of
England. Journal of Rural Studies, 12, 285–295
6. Dr. Swati Sharma, Divya Vyas' Agro tourism : Imminent sunrise setor for Rural
development SAMZODHANA – "Journal of Management Research, Vol 2, Issue 1, March
2014 pg. 235-245
7. Marques, H. (2006). Searching for complementarities between agriculture and tourism - the
demarcated wine-producing regions of northern Portugal. Tourism Economics, 12, 147-155
8. McGehee, N. G. (2007). An agritourist systems model: a Weberian perspective. Journal of
Sustainable Tourism, 15, 111-124.
9. McGehee, N. G., & Kim, K. (2004). Motivation for agri-tourism entrepreneurship. Journal of
Travel Research, 43, 161-170.
10. Mr Pandurang Taware, Director – Marketing, A.T.D.C., Pune, Agri – Tourism Conclave:
Concept Note, Agri - Tourism: Innovative Supplementary Income Generating Activity For
Enterprising Farmers.
11. Paresh V. Joshi, Milind Bhujbal and Satyawan Pable, 'Socio-Economic Development of
Rural Area of Konkan Region of Maharashtra State through Agro tourism' International
12. Sharpley, R., & Sharpley, J. (1997). Rural tourism: An introduction. Thomson Business
Press.

99
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

The Role of Nutritious Diet in Boosting Athletic Performance

Mr. Vishal Rajendra Honmane
Director of Physical Education, Uma Mahavidyalaya, Pandharpur
Email: [email protected].

Abstract:
Athletes and sportspeople should be aware of the importance of nutrition. The
performance of a sportsperson during competition can be impacted by numerous elements, each
of which may be related to a different domain. Sportspeople who do not take enough dietary
energy as a whole frequently experience nutritional-related issues. It is no secret that in the
contemporary era of top sports, nutrition has become a critical aspect that can impact an
athlete's performance. It's not by chance that we hear a lot about athletes' tight diet regimens;
the optimum diet programme will vary depending on the sport, the athlete's goals, and their
unique tastes Each of them has a particular purpose in supplying the body with nutrition.
Recognizing what each does to his body under the physical, mental, and emotional pressures of
competition is crucial for the sportsman. The primary source of energy utilized to meet the work
demands of a given sport will depend on the length and intensity of the exercise performed in
that sport. The right diet and nutritional strategies can improve athletic performance, and
nutrition is crucial to an athlete's success. The diet of the athlete should contain plenty of
carbs, moderate amounts of proteins, and little or no fat. Teenagers who participate in sports
have higher nutrient requirements due to the additional demands of increased physical activity
in addition to needs for growth, development, and wellness. Due to a lack of appropriate
nutritional counselling, the health and nutritional status of this population may be impaired.
Additionally, false information about wholesome foods spread by the media to school-age
children can be highly dangerous. This review paper's objectives are to illustrate the dietary
requirements of young people and athletes taking part in various sports, as well as to educate
young people and athletes on the value of proper nutrition when engaging in physical activity.
Keywords: Physical activity; Nutrition counseling; Food and health, Sports nutrition
Introduction:
High levels of carbs, moderate levels of proteins, and little to no fat should make up the
athlete's diet. Teenagers who participate in sports have higher nutritional needs than non-
participants because to the increased physical activity requirements beyond growth,
development, and wellbeing. Due to inadequate nutritional counselling, the population's health
and nutritional status may be impaired. Additionally, false information about wholesome foods
spread by the media to young readers who are attending school might be quite dangerous. This
review paper's objectives are to illustrate the dietary requirements of teenagers and athletes
taking part in various activities, as well as to inform and educate teenagers and athletes about
the value of nutrition during involvement in games and sports. Sports nutrition can be summed
up as the application of nutrition science to a realistic daily eating programme designed to
maximize athletic performance in competitive events, facilitate the repair and rebuilding
process after strenuous physical work, and provide the fuel for physical activity. It also aims to
support general health and wellness. Sports nutrition is sometimes perceived as being exclusive
to "athletes," which implies that only those people who are competing at the highest level are
included. Any person who engages in regular physical activity, from fitness enthusiasts to
competitive amateurs or professionals, is referred to as an athlete in this literature. Along this
defined spectrum of athletes, there may be variations in specific nutrient requirements, posing
the fun issue of individualized sports nutrition programmes. Professionals advising athletes on
proper eating methods first need to have a command of general nutrition as well as exercise
science. This will enable them to completely comprehend and then apply sports nutrition
concepts. The second stage is to learn how nutrition and exercise science are connected,
realizing that healthy eating and exercise depend on one another to generate the best results.
The third step—the practical application of sports nutrition knowledge to individual athletes
participating in a sport or physical activity—can be regarded as one of the most crucial.
Professionals in sports nutrition must be able to instruct athletes by applying "book"
information to real food choices and meal planning, while taking into account the difficulties
posed by hectic training, competition, work, school, and other commitment schedules. After
completing an undergraduate or graduate programme in sports nutrition, dietetics, exercise
science, or athletic training, many professionals are missing this third step.
Objectives of the Research:
1. To define Concepts of nutrients
2. To study good eating habits of athletes
3. To study the impact of all-round nutrition for athletes
4. To study the nutritional information required to enhance sports performance of the athlete

100
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Research Methodology:
Secondary sources provide the basis of this research paper. For the purpose of
gathering information, the researchers have used a variety of research tools, including reference
books, books, research papers, periodicals, newspapers, and YouTube etc.
Concepts of nutrients:
Six nutrients found in food and beverages are essential to human health because they
help the body produce energy, support tissue growth and development, control bodily functions,
and fend off deficiency and degenerative diseases. They are categorized as important
nutrients—the six nutrients. They consist of water, vitamins, minerals, proteins, lipids, and
carbohydrates. The body needs certain nutrients to function effectively, but it is unable to
produce them on its own in the levels required on a daily basis.
Carbohydrate:
Carbohydrates serve as the primary energy source for any physical activity, making them
arguably the most significant macronutrient in an athlete's diet. Typically, an athlete's energy
source should consist of between 55% and 70% of carbohydrates. This is because the primary
source of glucose is carbs. The body transforms glucose into glycogen, which is then stored in the
muscles and liver. The energy from the stored glycogen is subsequently utilized by athletes to
power their movements.
Protein:
Protein is a necessary component of a training diet since it helps muscles recover and
repair after exercise. The recommended daily protein intake for strength and endurance
athletes is 1.5 to 2 gram per kilograms of body weight, which is rather easy to meet. This is
because protein needs are typically met by a diet rich in variety and carbs, many of which also
contain a significant quantity of protein.
Fat:
Protein and carbs may be the two macronutrients that an athlete requires the most in
their diet. However, what use do fats serve? Contrary to common misconceptions and out-of-
date assumptions, fats are an essential component of a healthy diet. Cell membranes, joint
structure, and hormone production all depend on fats. In addition, because many vitamins are
fat-soluble, they must be consumed with fat in order for the body to fully absorb them. Usually,
10% to 15% of your daily caloric intake should be made up of fat. The key issue should be the
type of fat that is ingested. Monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats are regarded as healthy
fats. Saturated fats also provide health benefits but should be ingested in moderation. While
fats, especially artificial ones, should be avoided since they have been shown to increase
dangerous cholesterols, diminish the quantity of beneficial cholesterol, and increase the risk of
heart disease.
Common Eating Strategies:
Pre-Training / Competition:
Athletes usually eat a lot of carbs before a competition to optimize their glycogen
reserves, especially in sports that call for endurance. According to the Journal of Sports
Medicine, carbohydrate loading before a competition has benefits including a 20% delay in the
onset of fatigue and a 3% boost in performance. Furthermore, several research suggest that the
carbs taken before a sporting event should have a low GI. This makes it possible for an energy
release to remain longer during exercise, which can improve endurance and reduce fatigue.
During Training / Competition:
It is not a coincidence that we commonly see athletes eating a tiny snack, an energy gel,
or a mouthwash with carbohydrates while playing. This aids them in refueling their energy and
replenishing their glycogen levels in addition to lowering their risk of hypoglycemia.
Post Training / Competition:
As was already noted, it is essential for athletes to eat in order to restore their glycogen
levels and support recovery following a taxing workout or competition. The first one to two
hours following exercise are ideal for taking carbs. In general, a moderate to high Glycaemic
Index protein and carbohydrate mix is indicated.
Carbohydrates are essential for fuel and recovery:
Different carbohydrate recommendations are being provided based on the amount,
frequency, and intensity of exercise. Wholegrain breads and cereals, which are high in
unprocessed carbs, should form the basis of an athlete's diet. meals that contain more refined
carbs Athletes are encouraged to adjust their carbohydrate intake to match their amount of
exercise for both fuel and recuperation.
For example:
1. Light exercise (30 minutes per day): 3 to 5 g/kg per day
2. 5 to 7 g/kg/day of moderate intensity exercise (60 minutes/day).
3. 6 to 10 g/kg/day of endurance exercise (1-3 hrs/day)
4. 8 to 12 g/kg/day for extreme endurance activity (greater than 4 hours/day).
Training with low carbohydrate availability:

101
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
An athlete's training programme may occasionally require a period of carbohydrate
restriction. As a more contemporary technique, some athletes now train with low body
carbohydrate levels and intakes.
There is mounting evidence that strategically timed training sessions with limited
glucose availability may increase certain of the muscle's responses to the training regimen.
However, the benefits of this tactic for raising athletic performance are not yet obvious.
Sporting performance and glycemic index:
Foods and beverages are ranked on the glycemic index based on how "carbohydrate-rich"
they are and how rapidly they raise or drop blood sugar levels. Athletes are getting more and
more interested in the GI when it comes to sports nutrition.
Assuming an athlete consumes enough total energy and carbohydrates, the research
generally does not show a major impact of GI modulation in the diet on exercise performance.
Although it has been proposed that eating low GI foods can help with a more prolonged
energy release before exercise, the evidence is insufficient to demonstrate any performance
effect.
It's possible that foods and beverages with a moderate to high GI are the best to eat or
drink while exercising and in the early phases of recuperation. It's imperative to remember that
the type and timing of food ingested should be tailored to individual tastes and to maximize
performance in the particular sport that person is participating in.
Pre-event meal:
A vital part of the athlete's pre-workout routine is the pre-event meal. Eating a meal
rich in carbs three to four hours prior to exercising is believed to enhance performance. Have a
little snack an hour or two before your workout to improve performance. Drinking enough of
water before an event is essential. Drinking 500 ml of liquid two to four hours prior to an event
may be a good idea in general.
Some people may experience unfavorable effects from eating soon after exercise. You
will probably feel worse after eating a meal that is high in fat, protein, or fiber.
Because they do not irritate the stomach, it is advisable to eat a lot of carbs shortly before doing
out. A few examples of appropriate pre-workout meals and snacks include cereal and low-fat
milk, toast, muffins and pancakes, fruit salad and yoghurt, pasta with tomato sauce, a low-fat
breakfast bar or muesli bar and low-fat creamed rice. Liquid meal supplements may also be
beneficial, particularly for athletes who experience pre-event jitters. For athletes competing in
competitions lasting less than 60 minutes, a mouth rinse with a carbohydrate beverage may be
adequate to improve their performance. The benefits of this strategy appear to be connected to
how the brain and central nervous system are impacted.
Eating during exercise:
To keep blood glucose levels stable and avoid becoming fatigued after exercise lasting
more than 60 minutes, carbohydrates must be consumed. Current guidelines state that 30 to 60
g of carbohydrate per day found in sports drinks, low-fat cereal, sports bars, or sandwiches
made with white bread are adequate. It is essential to start taking in before working out and to
keep up a consistent intake rate during the workout. In order to avoid dehydration during
vigorous exercise, regular fluid intake is also essential. You can drink water, fruit juice that has
been diluted, sports drinks, and other things.
Eating after Exercise:
After exercise, it's important to promptly replace glycogen. You should consume foods
high in carbohydrates and drink fluids after working out, especially in the first one to two
hours. After exercising, it's important to eat enough total carbohydrates, but the type of
carbohydrates you eat also counts. This is particularly true if a subsequent training session or
event is less than eight hours away. Athletes should choose high GI carbohydrate foods in this
situation within the first half hour or so after exercise. Up to the reinstatement of the regular
mealtime routine, this should be continued. A good place to start is with sports drinks, juices,
cereal, low-fat milk, low-fat flavored milk, sandwiches, spaghetti, muffins/crumpets, fruit, and
yoghurt. Since the majority of athletes incur a fluid deficit during activity, rehydrating after
exercise is equally essential for attaining the optimal recovery. Athletes are advised to consume
1.25 to 1.5 L of fluid for every kilograms of body weight lost when exercising.
Protein and sporting performance:
Protein is necessary for post-workout recovery and repair and is an integral part of a
training diet. Most athletes can typically meet their protein needs if they consume enough
energy from their diet. Intake recommendations for protein for the general population are
scarcely higher than those for athletes.
For example:
1. The general public and participants Protein intake of 0.8 to 1.0 g/kg of body weight per day
is advised.
2. Athletes who compete in non-endurance sports The recommended daily intake for persons
who exercise for 45 to 60 minutes each day is 1.0 to 1.2 g/kg of body weight.

102
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
3. Competitors in strength and endurance contests in sports Aim for 1.2 to 2.0 g of protein per
kg of body weight per day if you exercise for extended periods of time (more than an hour) or
engage in strength training like weightlifting.
4. Increasing protein intake up to 2.0 g/kg of body weight per day for athletes seeking to lose
weight on a low-energy diet may help to prevent the loss of muscle mass. For athletes
wanting to improve lean mass or muscle protein synthesis, consuming a high-quality protein
source, such as whey protein or milk containing 20 to 25 g of protein, right before exercise
may be beneficial. It is generally recommended to spread out protein consumption fairly
equally throughout the day in order to obtain appropriate protein intakes; for instance,
ingesting roughly 25 to 30 g of protein every 3 to 5 hours, including as part of regular meals.
Because of this, it is unlikely that more protein supplements will improve players' athletic
performance.
5. Potentially detrimental effects on renal and bone health.
6. An increase in body weight if protein options contain a lot of fat.
Water and sporting performance:
Athletic performance can be hampered by dehydration, which in extreme circumstances
can even result in collapse and even death. It's important to hydrate properly before, during,
and after exercise. Avoid delaying till you are thirsty. When participating in long, intensive, or
warm-weather events that run more than 60 minutes, it's crucial to drink plenty of fluids.
Sodium in sports drinks helps with absorption. For sports nutrition, a sodium concentration of
30 mmol/L (millimoles per litre) seems suitable. Although many athletes battle with insufficient
hydration, overhydrating can also be detrimental. Rarely, athletes may consume excessive
amounts of fluids, diluting the blood and lowering the blood's salt concentration.
Hyponatraemia is a disorder that, if untreated, can lead to seizures, collapse, coma, or even
death. Drinking 400 to 800 ml of fluid per hour of exercise may be a good place to start in
preventing dehydration and hyponatremia, but the best fluid intake should be customized to
each athlete, taking into account factors like environment, sweat rates, and tolerance.
Main purposes a nutrition plan has to fulfil in relation to sports performance:
Although a good diet offers many benefits for overall health, a nutrition plan for athletes must
focus on three key goals:
1. Provide energy for training & competition:
Although it may seem simple, it is important for athletes to achieve their daily caloric
needs while also being mindful of how those calories are ingested. When creating an ideal diet
plan, macronutrients, micronutrients, ratios, meal timing and frequency, water, and
supplements are all important considerations.
2. Facilitate recovery after training & competition:
After a demanding game or training session, the muscles' glycogen (or energy reserve) is
depleted, and some of their proteins are broken down and destroyed. These glycogen stores are
replaced by eating quickly after (or even during) exercise or competition, preventing muscle
(protein) breakdown and hastening recovery.
3. Achieve & maintain optimal body weight & composition:
To maximise their performance, athletes should reach ideal body weight and body fat
percentages. More importantly, a food plan needs to be created so that the athlete can follow it
easily over time.
Conclusion:
Athletes need to arrange their diets in order to maximise their health and performance.
They must ensure they have a diversified diet that has all the vitamins and minerals they need
while also considering their calorie and macronutrient needs. Hydration and timing of meals
are also crucial for all-day performance. Dietary supplements may be chosen by some athletes.
An ideal diet plan, macronutrients, micronutrients, ratios, meal timing and frequency, water,
and supplements are all important considerations. Glycogen stores are replaced by eating
quickly after (or even during) exercise or competition, preventing muscle (protein) breakdown
and hastening recovery and athletes should reach ideal body weight and body fat percentages.
They should check to see whether their sporting association is okay with them and be mindful of
safety and effectiveness issues. Both amateur and professional athletes can get advice from a
sports nutritionist on the best diet to follow to meet their individual needs and goals.
Reference:
1. Thomas DT, Erdman KA, Burke LM.American College of Sports Medicine Joint Position
Statement. Nutrition and athletic performance. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise. 2016; (3):543-568.
2. Eberle, S. G. "High-intensity games nourishment". Wellness Magazine. 24 (6): 25.
3. Jurek, Scott (2012). Eat and Run. London: Bloomsbury.
4. Lemon P. (1995). "Do competitors require more dietary protein and amino acids?. Global
Journal of Sport Nutrition. 5: 39–61. doi:10.1123/ijsn.5.s1.s39. PMID 7550257.
5. Spada R. "High-intensity games sustenance". Diary of Sports Medicine and Physical Fitness.
40 (4): 381–382

103
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Neuroprotective Potential of Bacopa monnieri: A
Comprehensive Study
U. Srineetha1, G. Seethamma2, S. Prakash Rao3, D. Veera Nagendra Kumar4
1 Department of Zoology, Government College for Men (A), Kadapa, A.P
2 Department of Zoology, KVR Government College for Women (A), Kurnool. A.P
3 Department of Chemistry, Government Degree College, Porumamilla, A.P
4Department of Zoology, Government College for Men (A), Kadapa, A.P

Corresponding author- Dr. D. Veera Nagendra Kumar

Email- [email protected]

Abstract
This study synthesizes behavioural research with neuromolecular mechanisms
putatively involved with the low toxicity cognitive enhancing action of Bacopa monnieri (Bm), a
medicinal Ayurvedic herb. Bm is traditionally used for various ailments, but is best known as a
neural tonic and memory enhancer. Numerous animal and in vitro studies have been conducted,
with many evidencing potential medicinal properties. Several randomized, double-blind,
placebo-controlled trials have substantiated Bm‘s nootropic utility in humans. There is also
evidence for potential attenuation of dementia, Parkinson‘s disease, and epilepsy. Current
evidence suggests Bm acts via the following mechanisms—anti-oxidant neuroprotection (via
redox and enzyme induction), acetyl cholinesterase inhibition and / or choline acetyltransferase
activation, b-amyloid reduction, increased cerebral blood flow, and neurotransmitter modulation
(acetylcholine [ACh], 5-hydroxytryptamine [5-HT], dopamine [DA]). Bm appears to exhibit low
toxicity in model organisms and humans; however, long-term studies of toxicity in humans have
yet to be conducted. This review will integrate molecular neuroscience with behavioural
research.
Keywords: Bacopa monnieri, Dementia, Parkinson‘s disease, acetylcholinesterase, b-amyloid.
Introduction:
An estimated 3.4 million people are affected by dementia in the United States (Plassman
et al. 2007) most prevalently in the elderly. The elderly population (aged over 65) is expected to
double by 2030. reaching 72 million, or 20% of the total U.S. population (Federal Interagency
Forum on Aging-Related Statistics, 2012). Bacopa monnieri (Bm) shows great clinical potential
in attenuating dementia via several mechanisms, most notably dose-dependent acetylcholine
potentiation and free radical scavenging. Alzheimer‘s disease (AD) is a chronic
neurodegenerative disease of undetermined etiology, seen in the elderly albeit rarely before 60
years except when its inheritance is autosomal dominant (Ballard et.al., 2011; Ryman et al.,
2014). Combined presence of amyloid beta (Aβ) and tau (τ) stands out as the hallmark of
progressive AD and the basis of most disease-modifying therapy (Scheltens et al., 2016;
Akiyama,2016). Initial stage of disease is characterized by the impairment of recent memory
which is followed by impairment of cognitive abilities, vocabulary, and concepts (Markowitsch
&S taniloiu, 2012). Early impairment of recent memory is due to involvement of median
temporal lobe and hippocampus which controls recent memory (Scoville & Milner ,1957).
Subsequently, involvement of other areas of brain may manifest as sleep disturbances, problems
in judgment, psychological changes, pyramidal and extrapyramidal motor signs (Alzheimer‘s
Association, 2010). According to World Alzheimer‘s Report 2015, global prevalence of dementia
rose from 30 million (2010) to 46.8 million and global expenditure on dementia rose from US$
604 million (2010) to US$ 818 million (2015). In India, the prevalence of dementia was 33.6 in
every 1,000 people of which 54% were cases of AD (World Alzheimer Report 2015).
Currently, the effects of aging on cognitive function have become a prominent area of
research. It is well established that aging is associated with a gradual impairment of cognitive
function (Nandy, 1997). Age-related cognitive ability decline varies considerably across
individuals and across cognitive domains. Various cognitive domains show different susceptible
to aging. The basic cognitive functions most affected by age are speed of processing, memory,
spatial ability, and reasoning (Hughes, 2010). Since the cognitive function is a key success
factor in life, the strategy to sustain or prolong this function is one of the ultimate goals in care
for the elderly. Therefore, the development of cognitive enhancers has been focused on in
research.
Due to the lack of effective disease-modifying treatments, findings on pharmacological or
nonpharmacological strategies to slow disease progression are of significant importance. In
addition, the failure of potential pharmaceuticals in human clinical trials has highlighted the
need for research into early diagnosis. The lack of effective treatments and pharmaceuticals has
led to the assessment of alternative therapeutics, such as nutraceuticals. For example, many
antioxidants may enhance cognitive ability (Calabrese et al., 2003; Emilien et al., 2000;
Kontush & Schekatolina, 2004). Nutraceuticals have an effect on various neurodegenerative
diseases as they modulate signaling pathways (Maity et al., 2019). Nutraceuticals are nutrients,
herbals, and dietary supplements that can help in maintaining physical wellbeing, work against

104
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
various diseases, and ensure a better quality of life. Bacosides from Bacopa- monnieri (B
monnieri) are examples of valuable therapeutic agent for neurological diseases (ND) due to their
anti-inflammatory, antioxidant, and Aβ This review presents current clinical studies and
scientific evidences that document the therapeutic potential of B monnieri extracts (BME) such
as bacosides in ND.
Bacopa monnieri (L.)
Bacopa monnieri (L.) (Bm) is an important medicinal plant in Indian traditional
Ayurvedic medicines. It is a small perennial herbaceous plant commonly known as ‗Brahmi‘,
belonging to the family Scrophulariaceae. It is a renowned Indian medicinal plant that has been
used as a memory booster in the Ayurvedic medicinal system for more than 3000 years (Gohil &
Patel, 2010)
Traditional Aspects of Bm
Traditional Aspects of Bm According to World Health Organization, traditional medicine
is defined as ―the sum total of knowledge, skills and practices based on the theories, beliefs and
experiences of different cultures that are used to maintain health, as well as to prevent,
diagnose, improve or treat physical and mental illnesses.‖(World Health Organization,2008)
Many population in the developing countries have reverted to the use of traditional plants in
maintaining their health and wellbeing (Robinson& Zhang, 2011). In this age where migration
has taken a leap, immigrants tend to bring traditional plants from their country of origin to use
as supplements. This has caused the promotion. These plants or plant compounds are known as
complementary or alternative medicines in non-native countries. Notably, B monnieri,
otherwise known as Brahmi and Aindri (Sanskrit) is classified into the Scrophulariaceae family
and found throughout the Indian subcontinent in moist soil, humid, and muddy environments
(Satyavati et al.., 1976) The genus Bacopa has 146 aquatic herbal species dispersed throughout
the subtropical regions of the globe, including Nepal, India, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, China, and
Vietnam, as well as Florida and other US southern regions. Although it can be seen in the
United States, these plants are perceived as weeds in rice fields and abundantly grown in
wetlands and marshes of warmer districts (Barrett& Strother, 1978). Brahmi is a succulent
herb commonly grown in subtropical nations up to 1500m altitude. Brahmi, which is
traditionally known as ―medhyarasayana,‖ which means brain tonic or nootropic, or in Sanskrit
word, referring to intellectual, cognition, and rejuvenation because it enhances the brain‘s
cognitive properties, is popular among Ayurveda practitioners, who use it to treat various
ailments.
Bm Bioactive constituents
The main nootropic constituents of Bm are believed to be dammarane types of
triterpenoids saponins known as bacosides, with jujubogenin or pseudo-jujubogenin moieties as
aglycone units (Sivaramakrishna et al., 2005). Bacosides comprise a family of 12 known analogs
(Garai et al., 2009). Novel saponins called bacopasides I–XII have been identified more recently
(Chakravarty et al., 2001; Chakravarty et al., 2003). The alkaloids brahmine, nicotine, and
herpestine have been catalogued, along with D-mannitol, apigenin, hersaponin, monniera sides
I–III, cucurbitacins and plant ainoside B (Chatterji et al., 1965; Chakravarty et al., 2008;
Kawai&Shibata, 1978; Bhandari et al., 2007; Phrompittayarat et al., 2007; Deepak et al., 2005,
Kregel& Zhang 2007; Valko et al., 2007). The constituent most studied has been bacoside A,
which was found to be a blend of bacoside A3, bacopacide II, bacopasaponin C, and a
jujubogenin isomer of bacosaponin C (Deepak et al., 2005). These assays have been conducted
using whole plant extract, and bacoside concentrations may vary depending upon the part from
which they are extracted. In one BM sample, Rastogi et al. found this bacoside profile—
bacopaside I (5.37%), bacoside A3 (5.59%), bacopaside II (6.9%), bacopasaponin C isomer
(7.08%), and bacopasaponin C (4.18%).66 The complete assay of BM is an ongoing effort.
Bm pharmacological activities
It is used in traditional medicine to treat various nervous disorders, digestive aid,
improve learning, memory, and concentration and to provide relief to patients with anxiety, and
skin disorders; specific uses include the treatment of asthma, insanity and epilepsy (Jyoti &
Sharma,2006; Calabrese et al., 2008; Kamkaew et al., 2013). The Bacopa herb, also called
nootropic herb, helps in the repair of damaged neurons, neuronal synthesis, and the restoration
of synaptic activity, and improves brain function. Bm contains alkaloid brahmine, nicotinine,
herpestine, bacosides A and B, saponins A, B and C, triterpenoid saponins, stigmastanol, β-
sitosterol, betulinic acid, D-mannitol, stigmasterol, α-alanine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, and
serine and pseudo jujubogenin glycoside (Devishree et al., 2017). The plant possesses a wide
variety of pharmacologically active principles including memory enhancing, tranquillizing,
sedative, antidepressant, antioxidant, cognitive, anticancer, antianxiety, adaptogenic,
antiepileptic, gastrointestinal effects, endocrine, gastrointestinal, smooth muscle relaxant
effects, cardiovascular, analgesic, antipyretic, antidiabetic, antiarthritic, anticancer,
antihypertensive, antimicrobial, antilipidemia, anti-inflammatory, neuroprotective, and
hepatoprotective activities (Russo& Borrelli, 2005; Sinha &Saxena, 2006; Ramasamy et al.,
2015).

105
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
In a 90-day oral administration trial in rats, Bm exhibited a no-observed adverse effect
level (NOAEL) of 500 mg/kg and a median lethal dose (LD50) of 2400 mg/kg (Tripathi et al.,
1996). The standard experimental human dose is between 150 and 3000 mg equivalent per day.
The most common clinical side effect of Bm is mild gastrointestinal upset, but long-term clinical
trials are lacking. Several research groups formulate bacoside standardized Bm extract for
clinical use, and the herb is widely used in India, the United States, and Australia. Bm has been
applied in rodents and cell culture for the following uses, which will not be detailed in this
review: anti-convulsant (Mathew et al., 2011; Mathew et al., 2010) anti-depressant (Sairam et
al., 2002) analgesic (Abbas et al., 2011; Afjalus et al., 2012) anti-ulcerogenic(Sairam et al.,
2001)anti-H. pylori (Goel et al., 2003) anxiolytic (Bhattacharya& Ghosal,
1998),adaptogenic(Bhatia et al., 2003), anti-neoplastic (Deb et al., 2008) hepatoprotective
(Ghosh et al., 2007) immunostimulatory (Yamada et al., 2011).
Neuropharmacological Activity
Bm has been studied extensively in animal models and in vitro. While Bm is implicated
in the treatment of anxiety, epilepsy, and other neurodegenerative disorders, this review will
concentrate on cognition, learning, and memory. The clinical studies cited focus on memory,
omitting other facets of cognition like fluid intelligence or creativity. Past clinical studies were
not longitudinal, typically lasting only 12 weeks. The long-term effect of Bm on humans is
unknown, but animal models suggest considerable protection against age-related
neurodegeneration rather than progressive toxicity or tolerance formation. Putative
mechanisms of action.
Neuroprotection by Antioxidant activity:
Acetylcholinesterase inhibition, choline acetyltransferase activation, b-amyloid
reduction, increased cerebral blood flow, and monoamine potentiation and modulation. Anti-
oxidant/neuroprotection. Oxidative stress (OS) occurs when free radicals (chemical species with
unpaired electrons, produced during normal metabolism) overcome the cell‘s homeostatic
defense mechanisms (Kregel& Zhang, 2007) Protective, free radical–quenching enzymes include
superoxide dismutase, catalase, glutathione peroxidase (GPx), glutathione reductase (GSR), and
others. Anti-oxidant compounds also play a key protective role, including vitamins A, C, E, and
myriad phytonutrients (particularly phenols) (Valko et al., 2007). OS plays a role in many
diseases, even aging itself (De Grey,1999), by degrading ligands, peroxidizing lipids, disrupting
metabolic pathways, denaturing proteins, and breaking DNA strands (Maxwell, 1995). The
brain is especially susceptible to OS because it is metabolically active, possesses high levels of
pro-oxidant iron, and is composed of unsaturated lipids (prone to lipid peroxidation)
(Arivazhagan et al., 2002). Furthermore, the blood–brain barrier prevents many exogenous anti-
oxidants from quenching reactive oxygen species (ROS) in the brain (Gilgun-Sherki et al., 2001),
Anbarasi et al. (2006) assessed the neuroprotective role of bacoside A against OS in the brains
of rats exposed to cigarette smoke by measuring concentrations of enzymatic and non-enzymatic
anti-oxidants as well as trace elements. The researchers administered 10 mg/kg aqueous
bacoside A gavage daily and found that BM significantly increased brain levels of glutathione,
vitamin C, vitamin E, and vitamin A in rats exposed to cigarette smoke (perhaps an anti-
oxidant conservation effect). Bacoside A administration increased the activities of superoxide
dismutase (SOD), catalase, GPx, and GSR. As a result, the levels of glutathione (primary
endogenous anti-oxidant conjugate) in the brain were significantly increased as well. The
researchers found that cigarette smoke depletes zinc and selenium levels in the brain, which is
especially problematic because zinc is a SOD co-factor and selenium is a GPx co-factor.
Administration of bacoside A also restored zinc and selenium levels.
In a comprehensive study, Rastogi et al. (2012) investigated the neuroprotective
mechanisms of purified bacosides (comprised of bacopaside I [5.37%], bacoside A3 [5.59%],
bacopaside II [6.9%], bacopasaponin C isomer [7.08%], and bacopasaponin C [4.18%]) at dosages
50, 100, 200, 400, and 800 mg/kg per day orally for 3 months) on the aging biomarker lipofuscin
, oxidative stress, acetylcholine (ACh), monoamine levels as well as behavioral deficits in the
aged rat brain. Bm restored ACh and AChE concentrations to those seen in young rats. The
authors supported the hypothesis (Ahirwar et al., 2012). that the primary ACh-boosting
mechanism of Bm is not AChE inhibition but choline acetyltransferase activation (synthesis of
ACh), and that up-regulated AChE expression is a response to heightened ACh tone. The
authors assayed the integrity of CA3 hippocampal neurons, finding that Bm ‗‗profoundly‘‘
protected against age-related structural alterations. SOD and catalase (CAT) activity were not
significantly improved, but GPx deficits in middle-aged rats were abolished. The increase in
age-dependent protein carbonyl formation was not significantly attenuated by BM. Strong
correlations between age-related biomarkers (lipid hydroperoxides and lipofuscin) and
behavioral deficits were identified. Lipofuscin and 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) levels were
inversely correlated. Transfer latency and ambulation time in the passive avoidance test were
inversely correlated with lipid hydroperoxide levels. Monoamine potentiation (5-HT and DA)
was a remarkable finding, with concentrations in aged rats significantly restored to levels seen
in the young. The behavioural effect was modelled using the tail-suspension depression test,

106
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
showing an antidepressant effect in accordance with past research (Sairam et al., 2002) This
study demonstrated the efficacy of Bm in preventing lipofuscin accumulation and enhancing
acetylcholine synthesis, monoamine modulation, and inhibition of lipid peroxidation.
Cerebral blood flow and vasodilation:
Adequate perfusion of blood to capillary beds within the brain is of highest importance.
Otherwise, deficits of oxygen and nutrients will ensue alongside the build-up of cytotoxic waste.
Diminished cerebral blood flow is implicated in various pathologies, including dementia (de la
Torre, 2012). Kamkaew et al. (2013) compared the effect of daily oral Bm (40 mg/kg oral) and
Gingko biloba (60 mg/kg oral) on cerebral blood flow (CBF) in rats. Rats treated with Bacopa
monnieri saw a significant 25% increase in CBF, although Gingko biloba increased CBF by 29%
(albeit at a 20-mg higher dosage) in their 8-week trial. Chronic oral Bm administration had no
effect on blood pressure, whereas intravenous infusion decreased diastolic blood pressure 31
mmHg with 40 mg/kg of ether extract, correspondingly decreasing CBF by 15%. Bm appears to
act as a vasodilator by releasing NO from the endothelium and inhibiting calcium fluctuations
in and out of the sarcoplasmic reticulum (Kamkaew et al., 2011).
Neurotransmitter potentiation
Adaptogens enable the body to better cope with the deleterious mental and physical
consequences of stress. Rhodiola rosea, and Panax ginseng are classic adaptogens. Others
include Ocimum sanctum (Sweet Holy Basil or Tulsi), Withania somnifera (Ashwaghanda),
Astragalus propinquus, Ganoderma lucidum (Reishi mushroom), and many others (Winston &
Maimes, 2007) Bm also exhibits adaptogenic qualities. One putative action of the adaptogen is
modulation of neurotransmitter production, release, and synaptic concentration. Sheikh et al.
(2007) evaluated Bm‘s adaptogenic effect in acute stress and chronic unpredictable stress-
induced fluctuations of plasma corticosterone and monoamines in the rat cortex and
hippocampus. Panax quinquefolium (PQ) was used as a positive control. Immobilization stress
resulted in significant elevation of plasma corticosterone levels, which was significantly reduced
by Bm at oral doses of 40 and 80 mg/kg, comparable to oral PQ at 100 mg/kg. Treatment with
Bm attenuated stress-induced changes in levels of 5-HT and DA in the cortex and hippocampus
but was ineffective in normalizing noradrenaline (NA) levels in the acute stress model, whereas
PQ treatment significantly attenuated all assayed neurochemical effects of acute stress. In the
chronic stress model, pre-treatment with BM and PQ significantly elevated levels of NA, DA,
and 5-HT in the cortex and NA and 5-HT in the hippocampus compared to controls. Prevention
of NT depletion is the cornerstone of adaptogenic stamina enhancement, both physical and
mental. Charles et al. (2011) found Bm extract up-regulated tryptophan hydroxylase (TPH2)
and serotonin transporter (SERT) expression in rats.
Dementia and cognitive dysfunction:
Dementia is a global loss of cognitive ability. Aging is a major risk factor for dementia,
which includes various types, such as vascular dementia, frontotemporal degenerative
dementia, Lewy body dementia, and Alzheimer disease. Dementia results secondarily from
many neurodegenerative disorders. The exact etiology of Alzheimer dementia is uncertain and
controversial, but there is a general consensus about some of the factors that may be involved.
Free radical-induced OS is one such.Factor (Munch, et al., 2002) It is unclear whether OS is
primary to the disease process or a secondary by-product, but the presence of OS does appear to
play a major role in illness severity (Reddy, 2007) Cell loss, impaired energy metabolism,
dystrophic neurites, DNA damage, b-amyloid plaques, and neurofibrillary tangles are also
thought to play key roles (Shankar et al., 2008) Researchers have also put forward the
hypothesis that Alzheimer disease is at least partially mediated by insulin resistance, leading
some to brand the condition ‗‗type 3 diabetes.‘‘(de la Monte& Wands,2008) Deficits in ACh are
also often seen in dementia patients, and the dominant therapeutic agents are AChE inhibitors
(Francis et al., 1999) Despite some controversy, cigarette smoking appears to increase dementia
risk (Rusanen et al., 2011) Despite containing nicotine itself, Bm protects against nicotine-
induced lipid peroxidation and mutagenicity in mice. Aqueous Bm extract (50 mg/kg i.p.)
restored anti-oxidant enzymes SOD, CAT, and GPx in the liver. Bm treatment also significantly
decreased the incidence of micro-nucleated polychromatic erythrocytes (micro-nucleation is a
product of chromosome damage). Hepatic glutathione, alkaline phosphatase, and glutathione-S-
transferase levels were brought to normal values, indicating hepatic protection (Vijayan &Helen
2007).
Scopolamine (SC) is a powerful muscarinic ACh antagonist that impairs long-term
potentiation (LTP) and memory (Ovsepian, 2004) Saraf et al. (2001) found that Bm extract (120
mg/kg oral, 55.35% bacosides) effectively reversed SC-induced anterograde and retrograde
amnesia (Morris water maze) in mice. Another group of researchers isolated specific
triperpenoid saponins from Bm and evaluated their reversal of SC-induced amnesia in mice,
finding potential in bacopaside I and XI and bacopasaponin C (Zhou, et al., 2009).
Learning and memory
Bm may have a potential application to enhancing cognition in healthy subjects. Singh
and Dhawan (1987) administered rats an ethanolic whole plant Bm extract (40 mg/kg orally) for

107
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
3 or more days and evaluated cognitive performance using shock-motivated brightness
discrimination reaction, active conditioned flight reaction, and continuous avoidance response
tests. The Bm-treated group showed significantly better acquisition, improved retention,
delayed extinction, and faster reaction times than controls. Vollalaet al.(2011) studied the effect
of Bm on the dendritic morphology of neurons in the basolateral amygdala, a region implicated
in learning and memory. In another study, Vollala et al. (2010) found highly significant
improvement in learning and memory in rats administered. Rajan et al. (2011) investigated the
effect of Bm on serotonergic receptor 5-HT3A expression as well as ACh and 5-HT levels during
a hippocampal-dependent learning task.
The anticonvulsant phenytoin adversely affects cognitive function. Vohora et al. (2000)
combined Bm with phenytoin on passive-avoidance, maximal electroshock seizures and
locomotor activity in mice. Phenytoin (25 mg/kg p.o. for 14 days) adversely affected cognitive
function in the passive avoidance task. Bm extract (40 mg/kg p.o. for 7 days) significantly
reversed phenytoin-induced memory impairment. Both memory acquisition and retention
showed improvement without affecting phenytoin‘s anti-convulsant activity, supporting Bm use
as an adjuvant for epileptics and possibly a nootropic for non-epileptics. Prisila et al. (2012)
found that 80 mg/kg p.o. Bm extract (55% – 5% bacosides) protects against D-galactose (D-gal)-
induced brain aging in rats in a contextual-associative learning task. Bm-treated individuals
showed highly significantly more correct responses and less latency than control and D-gal–
treated rats.
Conclusion
Bm demonstrates immense potential in the amelioration of cognitive disorders, as well
as prophylactic reduction of oxidative damage, NT modulation, and cognitive enhancement in
healthy people. Biomedical research on Bm is still in its infancy, but preliminary results such as
these have begun to open the research floodgates. It is critical that much longer-term studies be
conducted Bm in combination with other substances, as is prescribed by the Ayurvedic system,
may result in synergistic effects and should also be investigated. The social implications of
cognition-enhancing drugs are promising but must be appropriately tempered with ethical
consideration as researchers enter the brave new world of neural enhancement.
References
1. Plassman, B.L, Langa, K.M, Fisher, G.G, Heeringa, S.G, Weir, D.R, Ofstedal, M.B, Burke,
J.R. Hurd, M.D, Potter, G.G, Rodgers, W.L, Steffens, D.C, Willis RJ, Wallace, R.B (2007).
Prevalence of dementia in the United States: The aging, demographics, and memory study.
Neuroepidemiology, 29:125–132.
2. Federal Interagency Forum on Aging-Related Statistics. Older Americans (2012): Key
Indicators of Wellbeing.
3. Ballard, C, Gauthier, S, Corbett, A, Brayne, C, Aarsland, D, Jones, E (2011): Alzheimer‘s
disease. Lancet, 377:1019–1031.
4. Ryman, D.C, Acosta-Baena, N, Aisen, P.S, Bird, T, Danek, A, Fox, N.C et al (2014):
Symptom onset in autosomal dominant Alzheimer disease: a systematic review and meta-
analysis. Neurology, 83:253–260.
5. Scheltens, P, Blennow, K, Breteler, M.M, de Strooper, B, Frisoni, G.B, Salloway, S, Van der
Flier W.M (2016). Alzheimer‘s disease. Lancet, 388:505–517.
6. Akiyama, H (2016): Development of disease-modifying therapy for Alzheimer‘s disease.
Brain Nerve,68:463–472.
7. Markowitsch, H.J, Staniloiu, A (2012): Amnesic disorders. Lancet, 380:1429–1440.
8. Scoville, W.B, Milner, B (1957): Loss of recent memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions.
Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and Psychiatry, 20:11–21.
9. Alzheimer‘s Association: 2010 Alzheimer‘s disease facts and figures. Alzheimers Dement
6:158–194.
10. World Alzheimer Report (2015): The Global Impact of Dementia. http://www.alz.co.uk/
research/worldreport 2015.
11. Nandy, K and Sherwin, I (1997). The Aging Brain and Senile Dementia, Plenum Press,
New York, NY, USA.
12. Hughes, T. F. (2010).Promotion of cognitive health through cognitive activity in the aging
population. Aging Health, 6 (1): 111–121.
13. Calabrese, V, Butterfield, D.A, Stella, A (2003). Nutritional antioxidants and the heme
oxygenase pathway of stress tolerance: novel targets for neuroprotection in Alzheimer‘s
disease. Italian Journal Biochemistry,52:177–181.
14. Emilien, G, Beyreuther, K, Masters, C.L, Maloteaux J.M (2000). Prospects for
pharmacological intervention in Alzheimer disease. Archives of Neurology,57:454–459.
15. Kontush, A, Schekatolina, S (2004). Vitamin E in neurodegenerative disorders: Alzheimer‘s
disease. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,1031:249–262.
16. Maity, S, Nandy, S, Mukherjee, A, Dey,A (2019). Recent trends in drug discovery against
Alzheimer‘s disease: use of natural products and nutraceuticals from botanicals. In: Ullah,

108
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
MF, Ahmad, A, eds. Nutraceuticals and Natural Product Derivatives: Disease Prevention &
Drug Discovery. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley, 237–278.
17. Anonymous. The Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India; Government of India: New Delhi,
India; Ministry of Health and Family Welfare: New Delhi, India, 2001; Part-I; Volume III.
18. Gohil, K.J,Patel, J.A (2010). A review on Bacopa monniera: Current research and future
prospects. International Journal of Green Pharmacy, 4:1–9.
19. World Health Organization (WHO). Traditional medicine: fact sheet no. 134
.https://apps.who.int/gb / ebwha/pdf_files/EB134/B134_24-en.pdf . Updated 2008.
20. Robinson, M.M, Zhang, X. (2011). The World Medicines Situation 2011, Traditional
Medicines: Global Situation, Issues and Challenges. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health
Organization; 2011.
21. Satyavati, G, Raina, M, Sharma, M (1976). Indian Medicinal Plants. New Delhi, India:
Indian Council of Medical Research, 20–35.
22. Barrett, S.C, Strother, J.L (1978). Taxonomy and natural history of Bacopa
(Scrophulariaceae) in California. Systematic botany, 3:408–419.
23. Sivaramakrishna, C, Rao C.V, Trimurtulu, G, Vanisree M, Subbaraju, G.V (2005).
Triterpenoid glycosides from Bacopa monnieri. Phytochemistry, 66:2719–2728.
24. Garai, S, Mahato, S.B, Ohtani, K, Yamasaki, K (2009). Dammarane triterpenoid saponins
from Bacopa monnieri. Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 87:1230–1234.
25. Chakravarty, A.K, Sarkar, T, Masuda, K, Shiojima, K, Nakane, T, Kawahara, N (2001).
Bacopaside I and II: two pseudojujubogenin glycosides from Bacopa monniera.
Phytochemistry, 58:553–556.
26. Chakravarty, A.K, Garai, S, Masuda, K, Nakane, T, Kawahara, N (2003). Bacopasides III–
V: Three new triterpenoid glycosides from Bacopa monniera. Chem Pharm Bull, 51:215–217.
27. Chatterji, N, Rastogi, R.P, Dhar ,M.L(1965). Chemical examination of Bacopa
monnieraWettst: Part II—Isolation of chemical constituents. Indian Journal of
Chemistry,3:24–29.
28. Chakravarty, A.K, Sarkar, T, Nakane, T, Kawahara, N, Masuda, K (2008). New
phenylethanoid glycosides from Bacopa monniera. Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin .
50:1616–1618.
29. Kawai, K.I, Shibata, S (1978). Pseudojujubogenin, a new sapogenin from Bacopa monnieri.
Phytochemistry.17:287–289.
30. Bhandari, P, Kumar, N, Singh, B, Kaul, V.K (2007). Cucurbitacins from Bacopa monnieri.
Phytochemistry, 68:1248– 1254
31. Phrompittayarat, W, Wittaya-areekul, S, Jetiyanon, K, Putalun, W, Tanaka, H, Ingkaninan,
K (2007). Determination of saponin glycosides in Bacopa monnieri by reversed phase high
performance liquid chromatography. Thai Pharmaceutical and Health Science Journal,2:26–
32.
32. Deepak, M, Sangli, G.K, Arun, P.C, Amit, A 2005. Quantitative determination of the major
saponin mixture bacoside A in Bacopa monnieri by HPLC. Phytochemical Analysis. 16: 24–
29.
33. Kregel, C.K, Zhang, J.H (2007). An integrated view of oxidative stress in aging: Basic
mechanisms, functional effects, and pathological considerations. American Journal of
Physiology-Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology. 292:18–36.
34. Valko, M, Leibfritz, D, Moncol, J, Cronin, M.T, Mazu,r M, Telser J (2007). Free radicals and
antioxidants in normal physiological functions and human disease. International Journal of
Biochemistry & Cell Biology,39:44–84.
35. Jyoti, A,Sharma, D (2006). Neuroprotective role of Bacopa monniera extract against
aluminium-induced oxidative stress in the hippocampus of rat brain. NeuroToxicology.
27:457.
36. Calabrese, C,Gregory,W.L. Leo, M, Kraemer, D, Bone, K, Oken, B (2008). Effects of a
standardized Bacopa monnieri extract on cognitive performance, anxiety, and depression in
the elderly: A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Journal
of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 14: 707–713.
37. Kamkaew, N, Scholfield, C.N, Ingkaninan, K,Taepavarapruk, N,Chootip, K (2013). Bacopa
monnieri increases cerebral blood flow in rat independent of blood pressure.
Phytotherapy Research ,27: 135–138.
38. Devishree, R.A, Kumar, S, Jain, A.R (2017). Short term effect of Bacopa monnieri on
memory- A brief review. Journal of Pharmacy Research , 11: 1447–1450.
39. Russo, A, Borrelli, F (2005). Bacopa monniera, a reputed nootropic plant: An overview.
Phytomedicine, 12:305–317.
40. Sinha, S,Saxena, R (2006). Effect of iron on lipid peroxidation, and enzymatic and non-
enzymatic antioxidants and bacoside-A content in medicinal plant Bacopa monnieri L.
Chemosphere, 62:1340–1350.

109
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
41. Ramasamy, S, Chin, S.P,Sukumaran, S.D, Buckle, M.J.C,Kiew, L.V,Chung, L.Y(2015). In
silico and in vitro analysis of bacoside a aglycones and its derivatives as the constituents
responsible for the cognitive effects of Bacopa monnieri. PLoS ONE, 10, e0126565.
42. Tripathi, Y.B, Chaurasia, S, Tripathi, E, Upadhyay, A, Dubey, G.P(1996). Bacopa monniera
Linn. as an antioxidant: Mechanism of action. Indian Journal of Experimental Biology,
34:523–526.
43. Mathew, J, Gangadharan, G, Kuruvilla, K.P, Paulos,e C.S (2011). Behavioral deficit and
decreased GABA receptor functional regulation in the hippocampus of epileptic rats: Effect
of Bacopa monnieri. Neurochemical Research, 36:7–16.
44. Mathew, J, Paul, J, Nandhu, M.S, Paulose, C.S (2010). Bacopa monnieri and Bacoside-A for
ameliorating epilepsy associated behavioral deficits. Fitoterapia, 81:315–322.
45. Sairam, K, Dorababu, M, Goel, R.K, Bhattacharya,S.K (2002). Antidepressant activity of
standardized extract of Bacopa monniera in experimental models of depression in rats.
Phytomedicine, 9:207–211
46. Abbas, M, Subhan, F, Mohani, N, Rauf, K, Ali, G, Khan, M (2011). The involvement of
opioidergic mechanisms in the activity of Bacopa monnieri extract and its toxicological
studies. African Journal of. Pharmacy and Pharmacology,5:1120–1124.
47. Afjalus, S, Chakma, N, Rahman, M, Salahuddin, M, Kumar, S (2012). Assessment of
analgesic, antidiarrhoeal and cytotoxic activity of ethanolic extract of the whole plant of
Bacopa monnierilinn. International Research Journal of Pharmacy,3(10).
48. Sairam, L, Rao, C, Babu, M, Goel, R.K(2001). Prophylactic and curative effects of Bacopa
monniera in gastric ulcer models. Phytomedicine, 8:423–430.
49. Goel, R.K, Sairam, K, Babu, M.D, Tavares, I.A, Raman, A (2003). In vitro evaluation of
Bacopa monniera on anti-Helicobacter pylori activity and accumulation of prostaglandins.
Phytomedicine, 10:523–527.
50. Bhattacharya, S.K and Ghosal, S(1998). Anxiolytic activity of a standardized extract of
Bacopa monniera: An experimental study. Phytomedicine, 5:77–82.
51. Bhatia, G, Palit, G, Pal, R, Singh, S, Singh, H.K (2003). Adaptogenic effect of Bacopa
monniera (Brahmi). Pharmacology Biochemistry & Behavior,75:823–830.
52. Deb, D.D, Kapoor, D, Dighe, D.P, Padmaja, D, Anand, M.S, D‘Souza P, Deepak, M, Murali,
B, Agarwal A (2008). In vitro safety evaluation and anticlastogenic effect of BacoMind on
human lymphocytes. Biomedical and Environmental Sciences, 21:7–23.
53. Ghosh, T, Maity, T.K, Das, M, Bose, A, Dash, D.K (2007). In vitro antioxidant and
hepatoprotective activity of ethanolic extract of Bacopa monnieri. International journal of
pharmacology and toxicology, 6:77–85.
54. Yamada, K, Hung, P, Park, T.K, Park, P.J, Lim, B.O(2011). A comparison of the
immunostimulatory effects of the medicinal herbs Echinacea, Ashwagandha and Brahmi.
Journal of Ethnopharmacology, 137:231–23.
55. Kregel, C.K, Zhang, J.H (2007). An integrated view of oxidative stress in aging: Basic
mechanisms, functional effects, and pathological considerations. American Journal of
Physiology - Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology, 292:18–36.
56. Valko, M, Leibfritz, D, Moncol, J, Cronin, M.T, Mazur, M, Telser ,J (2007). Free radicals and
antioxidants in normal physiological functions and human disease. International Journal of
Biochemistry & Cell Biology, 39:44–84.
57. De Grey, A (1999). The Mitochondrial Free Radical Theory of Aging. R.G. Landes Company,
Austin, TX,
58. Maxwell,S.R.J (1995). Prospects for the use of antioxidant therapies. Drugs,49:345–361.
59. Arivazhagan, P, Shila, S, Kumaran, S, Panneerselvam, C (2002). Effect of DL-a-lipoic acid in
various brain regions of aged rats. Experimental Gerontology,37:803–811.
60. Gilgun-Sherki, Y, Melamed, E, Offen, D (2001). Oxidative stress induced-neurodegenerative
diseases: The need for antioxidants that penetrate the blood brain barrier. Neuro
pharmacology,40:959–975.
61. Anbarasi, K, Vani, G, Balakrishna, K, Devi, C.S (2006). Effect of bacoside-A on brain
antioxidant status in cigarette smoke exposed rats. Life Science, 78:1378–1384.
62. Rastogi, M, Ojha, R, Prabu, P.C, Devi,D.P, Agrawal, A, Dubey, G.P (2012). Prevention of
age-associated neurodegeneration and promotion of healthy brain ageing in female Wistar
rats by long term use of bacosides. Biogerontology, 13:183–195.
63. Ahirwar, S, Tembhre, M, Gour, S, Namdeo, A (2012). Anticholinesterase efficacy of Bacopa
monnieri against the brain regions of rat. Asian journal of experimental sciences, 26:65–70.
64. Sairam, K, Dorababu, M, Goel, R.K, Bhattacharya, S.K (2002). Antidepressant activity of
standardized extract of Bacopa monniera in experimental models of depression in rats.
Phytomedicine, 9:207–211.
65. De la Torre J (2012). Cerebral hemodynamics and vascular risk factors: Setting the stage for
Alzheimer‘s disease. J Alzheimer Dis, 32:553–567.

110
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
66. Kamkaew, N, Scholfield, N, Ingkaninan, K, Taepavarapruk, N and Chootip, K (2013).
Bacopa monnieri increases cerebral blood flow in rat independent of blood pressure.
Phytother Res, 27:135–138. 97.
67. Kamkaew, N, Scholfield, C.N, Ingkaninan, K, Maneesai, P, Parkington, H.C, Tare, M,
Chootip, K (2011). Bacopa monnieri and its constituents is hypotensive in anaesthetized rats
and vasodilator in various artery types. J Ethnopharmacol, 137:790–795.
68. Winston, D, Maimes, S. Adaptogens: Herbs for Strength, Stamina, and Stress Relief.
Healing Arts Press, 2007.
69. Sheikh, N, Ahmad, A, Siripurapu, K.B, Kuchibhotla, V.K, Singh, S, Palit, G (2007). Effect of
Bacopa monniera on stress induced changes in plasma corticosterone and brain monoamines
in rats. J Ethnopharmacol, 111:671–676.
70. Charles, P.D, Ambigapathy, G, Geraldine, P, Akbarsha, M.A, Rajan, K.E (2011). Bacopa
monniera leaf extract up-regulates tryptophan hydroxylase (TPH2) and serotonin
transporter (SERT) expression: Implications in memory formation. J
Ethnopharmacol,134:55–61.
71. Munch, G, Deuther Conrad, W, Gasic Milenkovic, J (2002). Glycoxidative stress creates a
vicious cycle of neurodegeneration in Alzheimer‘s disease—a target for neuroprotective
treatment strategies? J Neural Transm Suppl, (62):303–307.
72. Reddy, P.H (2007). Mitochondrial dysfunction in aging and Alzheimer‘s disease: Strategies
to protect neurons. Antioxid Redox Signal, 9:1647–1658.
73. Shankar, G, Li, S, Mehta, T.H, Garcia Munoz, A, Shepardson, N.E, Smith, I, Brett, F.M,
Farrell, M.A, Rowan, M.J, Lemere, C.A, Regan, C.M, Walsh, D.M, Sabatini ,B.L, and
Selkoe, D.J (2008). Amyloid b-protein dimers isolated directly from Alzheimer brains impair
synaptic plasticity and memory. Nat Med,14:837–842.
74. de la Monte, S, Wands, J (2008). Alzheimer‘s disease is type 3 diabetes–evidence reviewed. J
Diabetes Sci Technol, 2: 1101–1113.
75. Francis, P, Palmer, A, Snape, M, Wilcock, G (1999). The cholinergic hypothesis of
Alzheimer‘s disease: A review of progress. J NeurolNeurosurgPsychiatr, 66:137–147.
76. Rusanen, M, Kivipelto, M, Quesenberry, P Jr, Zhou, J, Whitmer, R (2011) . Heavy smoking
in midlife and long-term risk of Alzheimer disease and vascular dementia. Arch Intern
Med,171:333–339.
77. Vijayan, V, Helen, A (2007). Protective activity of Bacopa monniera Linn. on nicotine-
induced toxicity in mice. Phytotherapy Res,21:378–381.
78. Ovsepian, S.V, Anwyl, R, Rowan, M.J(2004). Endogenous acetylcholine lowers the threshold
for long-term potentiation induction in the CA1 area through muscarinic receptor activation:
In vivo study. Eur J Neurosci, 20:1267–1275.
79. Saraf, M.K, Prabhakar, S, Khanduja, K.L, Anand, A(2011). Bacopa monniera attenuates
scopolamine-induced impairment of spatial memory in mice. Evid Based Complement
Alternat Med.
80. Zhou, Y, Peng, L, Zhang, W.D, and Kong D.Y (2009). Effect of triterpenoid saponins from
Bacopa monniera on scopolamine induced memory impairment in mice. Planta Medica,
75:568–574.
81. Singh, H.K, Dhawan, B.N (1987). Effect of Bacopa monniera Linn. (Brahmi) extract on
avoidance responses in rat. J Ethnopharmacol, 5:205–214.
82. Vollala, V.R, Upadhya, S, Nayak, S 2011. Enhancement of basolateral amygdaloid neuronal
dendritic arborization following Bacopa monniera extract treatment in adult rats. Clinics
(Sao Paulo), 66:663–671.
83. Vollala, V.R, Upadhya, S, Nayak, S(2010). Effect of Bacopa monniera Linn. (brahmi) extract
on learning and memory in rats—a behavioral study. J Vet Behavior, 5:69–74.
84. Emmanuvel Rajan, K, Singh, H.K, Parkavi, A, Prisila, D.C (2011). Attenuation of 1-(m-
chlorophenyl) biguanide induced hippocampus-dependent memory impairment by a
standardised extract of Bacopa monniera. Neurochemical Research,36:2136–2144.
85. Vohora, D, Pal, S.N, Pillai, K.K (2000). Protection from phenytoininduced cognitive deficit
by Bacopa monniera, a reputed Indian nootropic plant. Journal of Ethnopharmacology,
71:383–390.
86. Prisila, D.C, Singh, H.K, Preethi, J, Rajan, E.K (2012). Standardized extract of Bacopa
monniera (BESEB CDRI-08) attenuates contextual associative learning deficits in the aging
rat‘s brain induced by D-galactose. Journal of Neuroscience Research,90:2053–2064.

111
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Production of value-added Shrikhand by using Lemongrass

Juice - An Economic Study
R.S. Sonwane1 , Heena Y. Bhatt2, B. D. Landge3
1Professor& Head, Deptt. of Dairy Sci., Yeshwant College, Nanded (Maharashtra), India
2,3 Research Scholars Dairy Science Research Centre (SRTMU), Yeshwant College, Nanded

(Maharashtra)
Email: [email protected]

Abstract
This investigation highlights Lemongrass as the flavouring agent, value-added
Shrikhand had prepared by the addition of Lemongrass juice with three levels of Flavouring
agent i.e., 2.5%, 5%, and 7.5% Lemongrass juice used and the study was laid in Completely
Randomized Block Design with three replications. The effect of all treated samples and their
interaction was studied on the sensory quality of Shrikhand. The control and experimental
samples of different treatments were analyzed for organoleptic qualities (colour and
appearance, flavour, body and texture, and overall acceptability) by using a 9-point Hedonic
scale. It was observed that the standardized Shrikhand containing 5 % Lemongrass juice (T2)
was at par with control and would be the best option for diabetic consumption` The cost of
production for one kg of the product T0, T1, T2, and T3 was Rs. 217.4 ,219.3, 221.8, and 223.7
respectively.
Keywords: - Shrikhand, Lemongrass juice, Cost of production.
Introduction
Presently, people are highly health conscious & hence, market trends of many probiotics’
products are rapidly increasing very fast to meet the growing demand of the consumer. (Pal et
al., 2018). Shrikhand is a semi-soft sweetish sour whole milk product prepared from lactic
fermented curd. The curd (Dahi) is partially strained through a cloth to remove the whey and
thus produce a solid mass called chakka (the basic ingredient for Shrikhand). This chakka is
mixed with the required amount of sugar, cardamom, nutmeg (jaiphal) etc. to yield Shrikhand.
The Shelf Life is 30 days from manufacturing when stored below -180C.
Shrikhand is one of the important fermented milk products which derives its name from the
Sanskrit word "Shrikharani” meaning, a curd prepared with added sugar, flavoring agents like
Cardamom & Saffron, etc., and fruits & nuts. It is popular in the western part of the country,
especially in Maharashtra, Gujarat & Karnataka. It is known for its high nutritive,
characteristic flavour, taste, palatable nature & possible therapeutic value. It is very refreshing,
particularly during summer. It can be recommended as a health food for specific patients
suffering from obesity & cardiovascular disease due to its low fat and sugar content (Sameem et
al.,2018). Lemongrass (Cymbopogon citratus) is a C4 tropical & sub-tropical grows. The
lemongrass (Cymbopogon flexuous (Steud) Wats) is a perennial grass belonging to the family
Graminaceae & grouped under the genus Cymbopogon. It is locally known by different names
such as Gawati Chah: 'Nibugrass', Puthiganda, etc. in different languages. It is of indigenous
origin and is a medicinal aromatic plant. (Therat et al., 2017.)
Efforts have been made to review the pertinent literature in respect of the cost of production
of value-added Shrikhand Various researchers have been carried out production cost of
Shrikhand efforts have been made to calculate and compare the production cost of Shrikhand
after considering the significance of traditional knowledge, their combination with scientific
know-how and health benefits.
Mane, et al., (2019). Studies on sugar-free Shrikhand prepared by using stevia (Stevia
rebaudiana Bertoni) powder. The cost of production was increased with an increased in the rate
of addition of stevia powder. Though the cost of production is increased with the addition of
stevia powder, it can be compensated with the enjoyment of product taste for the diabetic
patient who is prohibited from sugar. Tondare and Hembade (2019) studied the cost of
production of dietetic Amrakhand using different levels of stevia leaf extract powder was higher
than plain Amrakhand. They observed that the cost of production of dietetic Amrakhand per kg
for treatment T0, T1, T2, T3, T4, and T5 were 156.38, 192.14, 195.05, 198.35, 201.60, and 204.93
rupees, respectively. Amrakhand prepared using stevia leaf extract powder proportionally
increases the cost of production since it is available at a higher cost. The cost of production of
the addition of stevia leaf extract powder in Amrakhand could be lower, further if the same was
manufactured on a large scale.
Shrikhand is a highly refreshing and energy-dense dairy dessert due to its high fat, protein,
and carbohydrate content. Hence, the current study aimed at evaluating the effect of
Lemongrass juice on the sensory quality of Shrikhand to manage and control eating flavoring
food. Keeping this in view, an experiment was conducted to develop value added Shrikhand.
using Lemongrass juice. The present paper aims at an economic study i.e., cost of production.
The present investigation was planned and executed to evaluate the suitability of Lemongrass

112
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
juice various levels with Chakka and evaluating the sensory attributes of the Shrikhand.

Ii. Materials And Methods

In this study Laboratory investigation during 2022-23 was conducted. The experiment was
carried out in the Department of Dairy Science Research Centre, Yeshwant Mahavidyalaya
Nanded, MS.
Control (T0) and experimental Shrikhand:
Starter culture: Streptococcus thermophilus and Lactobacillus bulgaricus
Buffalo milk
↓
Filtration
↓
Standardization
(Fat 6% and 9% SNF)
↓
Heating (85oC for 30 minutes)
↓
Cooling (25-30oC)
↓
Inoculation (1% starter culture)
↓
Incubation (28-30oC for 10-12 hrs.)
↓
Curd (Dahi)
↓
Cutting/Breaking the Curd
↓
Drainage of Whey
↓
Chakka
↓
Addition of Lemongrass juice
(@2.5%, 5%, 7.5% weight of Chakka)
↓
Kneading
↓
Packaging
↓
Storage (5oC)
↓
Shrikhand
↓
Stored in HDPE Cups

Fig 1. Flow chart of development value added Shrikhand

(Source: Aneja et al., 2002)
Method: The present investigation was carried out in the Deptt. of Dairy Sci. Research Centre,
Yeshwant College, Nanded in Maharashtra. An attempt was made to add value to the
Shrikhand by adding Lemongrass juice three levels of white sugar i.e., 2.5, 5, and 7.5%. to
evaluate suitability of Lemongrass juice with Chakka to prepare value-added Shrikhand. The
materials used and method adopted are as hereunder:
Materials: Iron karahi was used for concentrating the milk and Food Processor (Make: Philips)
was used. Fresh standardized buffalo milk (6% fat and 9% SNF) used for product preparation. It
was drastically heat treated at 95oC for 15 min. Followed by its prompt cooling to 37oC and was
inoculated with 2% active culture of Dahi. The milk thus inoculated was incubated at 37 oC for
16 h, Chakka was prepared from the Dahi. Good quality Lemongrass obtained which was
strained through a fine mesh sieve. Sugar used for adding sweetness to Shrikhand was brought
from local supermarket. The product was prepared as detailed in the flow diagram (Fig. 1).
Statistical analysis: The Completely Randomized Design with three replications was used for
the data analysis (Panse & Sukhatme,1985). The effect of all treated samples and their
interaction were studied on the sensory quality of the product (Gupta, 1976).
Determination of cost of the product: The cost of the product was calculated at the
prevalent prices of raw materials purchased from the local market of Nanded during the study
period.

113
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
III. Results And Discussion
The data obtained on different aspects of costs that were tabulated have been analyzed
critically within and between the treatment combinations. The cost of the ingredient is very
important factor besides other factors in determining the cost of production. It is considered as a
basis for price fixation and determining the profit. The price of a product is dependent on the
cost of production. The Addition of Lemongrass juice is used as it is health-friendly (prepared
without using any chemicals) and as a cheap source of minerals and some vitamins. The results
obtained from the study with relevant discussion thereon have been presented.
The data obtained on its cost of production are tabulated and analyzed within and
between the treatment combinations.
Table No.1. Economics of cost of production of Shrikhand prepared by using
Lemongrass juice.
Per Control Experimental treatment combinations
lit./Kg TO T1 T2 T3
Ingredients rate Qty. Cost. Qty. Cost. Qty. Cost. Qty. Cost.
in Rs.
(L./g.) (Rs.) (L./g.) (Rs.) (L./g.) (Rs.) (L./g.) (Rs.)
Buffalo 58/1lit 1000 58 1000 58 100 58 1000 58
Milk(ml) 0
Culture 6 20 6 20 6 20 6 20 6
Sugar(kg) 40 69 15 350 15 350 15 350 15
Lemongrass 60/50 - - 2.5 1.5 5 3 7.5 4.5
gm
LPG fuel 1200/ 15 5 15 5 15 5 15 5
charges/hr. 14kg min min min min
Labour/hr. 120/8 6.25 120/8 6.25 120/8 6.25 120/8 6.25
Miscellaneous 3.25 3.25 - 3.25 3.25
Total product 430 - 433 - 435 - 438 -
Yield
obtained(g)
Cost 93.5 95 96.5 98
Shrikhand
obtained (Rs.)
Total Cost of 217.4 219.3 221.8 223.7
Shrikhand
obtained/kg.
(Rs.)
Total 21.74 21.93 22.18 22.37
Production
Cost for 100g
(Rs.)

The incorporation of different % levels of Lemongrass juice on the physic-

chemical attributes, overall acceptability, and cost of manufacture of Shrikhand
was studied.
The addition of Lemongrass juice in the production of Shrikhand prepared and the
addition of 5% Lemongrass was found to be acceptable as far as the organoleptic
score was concerned. Moreover, from the consumer point of view, Lemongrass had
the healthier option.
The cost of the ingredient is a very important factor besides other factors in
determining the cost of production. It is considered a basis for price fixation and
determining the profit. The price of a product is dependent on the cost of
production. The cost of experimental Shrikhand was calculated, which is shown in
table No.1 from the above-presented data of cost (`/kg) of Shrikhand samples of
selected treatment sample and control furnished in the table.
The production cost for one kg of Shrikhand of treatment T0, T1, T2, and T3 was Rs.
217.4 ,219.3, 221.8, and 223.7 respectively. The production cost for Shrikhand from
treatment T0 (i.e., control) was comparatively low in comparison with treatment T1,
T2, and T3. Hence the major ingredient affecting the cost is Lemongrass. The
present investigation is supported by the findings of Mane, et al., (2019). Studied
on sugar-free Shrikhand prepared by using stevia (Stevia rebaudiana
Bertoni) powder. As regards the cost of production per kg, Shrikhand was lowest in
T1 (Rs. 138.12 per kg) and highest in T5 (Rs. 215.68 per kg). This indicates that an
increase in the level of stevia powder showed an increase in the cost of production
of Shrikhand. This result is in agreement with Tondare et al., (2019) observed a

114
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
similar trend while calculating the cost of production of Amrakhand prepared
using Stevia leaf extract powder proportionally increase the cost of production due
to the cost of stevia leaf extract powder and reduction in the quantity of product.
Present investigation is also in agreement with finding of Sonwane, et al., (2022)
while calculating the economics of Shrikhand blended with Jaggary powder.
IV. Conclusion
From the present investigation, it is concluded that the Shrikhand prepared with
5% Lemongrass juice (T2) is more acceptable. The cost of production
of Shrikhand using different levels of Lemongrass juice is higher than the control.
The cost of production of value-added Shrikhand and control (T0) was 221.8 and Rs.
217.4 respectively.
Future Scope
The developed Shrikhand might be fruitful for health-conscious people due to its
low-calorie value. There is scope for further research in standardized low-calorie
Shrikhand dry instant mix for commercial production.
Acknowledgements
The kind support extended by undergraduate students is acknowledged and We acknowledge
the efforts taken by all staff and support.
Conflict of Interest: There is no conflict of interest.
References
1. Aneja, R.P Mathur, B.N., Chandan, R.C and Banerjee, A.K. (2002). The Technology of
Indian milk products. A Dairy India publication, Delhi, India.
2. Gupta, S.K. (1976). Sensory evaluation in Food Industry. Indian Dairyman, 28: 293-295.
3. Mane, V.V., Shelke, R.R., Nage, S.P. and Shegokar, S.R. (2019). Studies on sugar free
Shrikhand prepared by using stevia (Stevia rebaudiana Bertoni) powder. Food Sci. Res. J.,
10(2): 211-216
4. Pal, M., Bhat, Z. F., & Kumar, P. (2018). Fermented milk products: A review. International
Journal of Food Properties, 21(1), 165-174.
5. Panse, V. G., & Sukhatme, P. V. (1985). Statistical methods for agricultural workers. ICAR,
New Delhi, India
6. Sameem, M., Singh, A., & Hossain, S. A. (2018). Studies on preparation of Shrikhand by
using dragon fruit pulp. The Pharma Innovation Journal, 7(8), 455-458.
7. Sonwane, R.S., Sonkamble, S.B., Kalyankar S.D and Thorat D.D (2022). Economics of
Shrikhand blended with Jaggery Powder Review of Research,11(7):1-5 ISSN: 2249-894X
8. Therat, I. M., Manzoor, M., & Hussain, J. (2017). An overview of lemongrass (Cymbopogon
spp.) as a medicinal plant. Advances in Life Sciences, 4(1), 1-7.
9. Tondare J.C. and Hembade A.S. (2019). Production of dietetic Amrakhand by using stevia
leaf extracts powder- An economic study. International J of Research and Analytical
Reviews Volume 6(2): 648- 651(E-ISSN 2348-1269, P- ISSN 2349-5138)

115
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

“Ultrasound” As An Application Of Physics And It’s Uses In

Modern Day Medicine”.
Dr. Sharada Navnath Adik
Shri.Dnyaneshwar Mahavidyalaya,Newasa ,
District –Ahmednagar,Maharashtra,India.
Email- [email protected]

Abstract:
Ultrasound is the term used to describe all acoustic energy with a frequency higher than
human hearing (20,000 hertz or 20 kilohertz). Standard operating frequencies for diagnostic
sonographic scanners vary from 2 to 18 megahertz, which is significantly over the range of
human hearing. Higher frequencies can be used to create sonograms with finer details because
they have shorter wavelengths. Often referred to as Ultrasonography (USG), diagnostic
sonography is an ultrasound-based imaging technique for spotting anomalies or lesions in
subcutaneous body parts such as tendons, muscles, joints, arteries, and internal organs.
Sonography is a helpful tool to observe what is happening in your body's soft tissues.
Radiologists maneuver a hand-held probe called a transducer over and around the patient
(sonographers).The ultrasound is coupled between the transducer and the patient using a
water-based gelly. (1, 2).
USG was discovered 12 years before the X-ray (1883), but it was only used in medicine
much later. Detecting submarines was the first practical application of ultrasonography during
World War I. Ultrasound was first used in treatment in the 1950s. It was first used in obstetrics
and then in all departments of medicine (general abdominal diagnostics, pelvic diagnostics,
cardiology, ophthalmology, orthopedics, and so on) (3). Ultrasound has good vision properties
and is a reasonably simple and operator-dependent study from a clinical standpoint (4,5).Since
the introduction of gray-scale signal processing in 1974, B-mode sonography has become a
generally accepted approach. Better spatial resolution and imaging of highly minute structures
in the abdomen (0.5-1 cm) have resulted from advancements in transducer design (1).
Keywords: Ultrasound, Piezoelectric,Truma,Dynamic,Echocardiography
PHYSICS
Unlike X-rays, ultrasound requires a medium to travel through. Ultrasound waves
with a frequency of 2-10 MHz are used in diagnostic ultrasound. (Audible sound
frequency: 2-20,000 Hz) The pulse-echo principle underpins ultrasonography, which
means that a pulse of high-frequency sound (ultrasound) is sent from the transducer
and transmitted into the body. The ultrasonic vibration passes through the body until
it reaches a reflecting surface, where it is reflected back to the transducer in the form
of an echo. The transducer only generates pulses for less than 0.1 percent of the time,
leaving it with >99.9% of the time to listen for returning echoes. The time it takes for
the pulse to travel a certain distance is proportionate to that distance, allowing the
position of the reflecting surface to be determined, which will be displayed as a dot on
the ultrasound screen at the correct depth. The amount of the ultrasonic pulse that is
reflected determines the brightness of the dot. As ultrasound travels through tissues, it
grows weaker: this is called the attenuation.(2)
Interpretation: Artifacts And Other Difficulties:
Ultrasound is a technology that is known to be operator-dependent. It is a form of study
that is constantly changing. Unlike radiography, where the images are an objective document,
ultrasound images must be analysed as they are taken. Hard copies are typically generated to
document an observation rather than to produce something that can be interpreted afterwards.
In addition to having the essential knowledge of anatomy, the operator correctly prepares the
patient, selects the appropriate scanning technique and machine settings, and recognises
artefacts. Because ultrasound allows for imaging anatomy in any chosen tomographic plane, the
capacity to think in 3D and perceive anatomical structures such as viscera is also required. The
position, size, shape, echogenicity (echo intensity: hyper-, hypo-, an-, isoechoic, or mixed) and
echotexture of the structures visible during the echographic exam are frequently examined
(fine, coarse, uniform or nonuniform parenchymal texture, which depends on the size, spacing
and regularity of the dots that form the image). For the various organs and tissues, all of these
criteria are standardised. The liver, for example, is described as having a medium amount of
echogenicity, a uniform and homogeneous parenchyma, and a texture coarser than the spleen.
The operator's assessment of the sonographic appearance, the machine's settings and the
presence of artefacts remain relatively subjective.(1,2,3)
Uses Of Ultrasound In Modern Day Medicine :
As it is rightly said by the radiologists that Air is the enemy of the ultrasound as the
sound waves dissociate in the air but fluid is the friend,so taking this analogy into consideration
here are few important uses of ultrasonography

116
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Skull
USG is the most practical technique to diagnose Hydrocephalus in infants up to 18
months of age. As the age advances the ultrasound can't penetrate the bone ,therefore clinicians
have to order other modalities of investigation like X Ray, CT-Scan or MRI.
Face
1. Eyes A-scan mode of ultrasound called as amplitude scan is used to measure the axial
length of eyeball which is integral part of any cataract surgery while B Scan is useful in
diagnosis of Retinal detachment ,Retinal Tumors, Vitreous hemorrhage
2. Using USG superficial lobe of parotid gland can be seen to diagnose any pathology relating
to clinical symptoms
Neck
Ultrasound is an important investigation when it comes to thyroid gland, Benign and malignant
masses can be diagnosed according to the echogenicity of the mass present in thyroid USG
guided Fine needle aspiration cytology is then used to confirm the malignant Nodules of
thyroid.
Chest
2D echocardiography is an important ultrasound based investigation to diagnose the abnormal
dynamic changes in the heart and valve motion abnormalities.Endoscopic ultrasound is also
considered useful in cardiovascular evaluation in particular cases.
Ultrasound stands in the core triple assessment of the evaluation of breast/breast examination
USG is the first and foremost investigation along with mammogram to evaluate a breast lump,
USG gives an idea about the nature or lump and further roadmap can be drawn by the clinician
about how to approach a case of breast lump.
Abdomen
Ultrasound can be considered the most important investigation as far as the abdominal
cavity is considered USG is considered as the Gastroenterologist's Stethoscope.It is used in the
diagnosis of liver pathologies ,gallstones in gallbladder, distention of gall bladder .Endoscopic
ultrasound a newer modality is used to visualize deep structures such as pancreas which are
sometimes missed on CT scan Ultrasound is also very useful in the Obstetrics as it is Radiation
less modality and easily accessible, Trans vaginal ultrasound as well as trans abdominal
ultrasounds are performed Various Obstetric conditions like IUGR(intrauterine grown
retardations),preterm baby ,routine AnteNatal care, Ectopic pregnancies etc. Hydrocele,
varicocele testicular torsion, epididymis orchitis are other medical conditions where ultrasound
is useful.
Lower Limbs
In the Lower Limbs ultrasound doppler is the investigation for deep vein thrombosis,varicose
veins,peripheral vascular disease etc.
Advantages And Disadvantages Of Usg:
1. Non Invasive Procedure
As we are moving towards the era of ultra modern medicine,patient compliance and patient
care is the utmost priority where non invasive procedures are much more preferred than an
invasive procedure for example: biopsy Ultra sound is one of the best non invasive
diagnostic procedures.
2. Non ionizing
As ultrasounds are not ionizing or non ionizing radiations,they are safe as far as risk of
radiation is considered.
3. Easily Available
Ultrasound machines are easily available at all hospitals in the cities as well as peripheral
hospitals
4. Cost effective
Ultrasounds can be performed at a minimal prices as compared to the MRI and they take
less time.
5. Portable
Ultrasound machines are portable and handy hence they are integral part of various
lifesaving protocols where E-FAST(extended focused assessment with sonography for
trauma) is used.
6. Real time
Ultrasound Is a dynamic type of investigation where in you get the real time picture of the
viscera eg:ultrasound of baby in the third trimester
7. LImitation of ultrasound
It is Operator dependent The operator has to undergo training and has to have a
spatiovisual orientation that is the three dimensional perspective of anatomical structures,
Important landmarks in our body.
Conclusion:
Considering the developmental status of our healthcare system in India,Ultrasound, which is an
application of Physics is found to be widely accepted and considered to be an integral part of

117
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
various diagnostic Protocols Taking into consideration the advantages of this application it
better suits our healthcare system. Further Research and modifications in this will be a next
step towards ease of diagnosis for the doctors.
References:
1. Application of Ultrasound in Medicine|Aladin Carovac, Fahrudin Smajlovic, Dzelaludin
Junuzovic Faculty of health sciences, University of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina|vol
19 no 3 SEPTEMBER 2011|Review | AIM 2011;19(3):168-171
2. Ultrasonography: Principles, Indications,and Limitations|V. Schmid (1998)|Veterinary
Quarterly, 20:sup1, S80-S81, DOI: 10.1080/01652176.1998.10807430
3. Advanced Ultrasound Technologies
4. for Diagnosis and Therapy|Anne Rix1, Wiltrud Lederle1,
5. Benjamin Theek1, Twan Lammers1,2|Journal of Nuclear Medicine, published on March 1,
2018 as doi:10.2967/jnumed.117.200030
6. The Safe Use of Ultrasound in Medical Diagnosis 3rd Edition Edited by Gail ter Haar|Third
edition 2012 (978-0-905749-78-5)| ISBN 978-0-905749-79-2 (eBook)
7. Medical informatics. Masic I, Ridjanovic Z, Pandza H, Masic Avicena.Sarajevo, 2010: 416-
430.
8. Baliey and Love’s short practice of surgery| Norman Williams, P.S., Ronan O’Connell, P.P.,
& McCaskie, P.A.W. (Eds.). (2018). Bailey & Love's Short Practice of Surgery (27th ed.).
CRC Press. https://doi.org/10.1201/9781315111087

118
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Impact on Libraries - knowledge and E Resources Management.

Ramesh Babulal Pimple1, Dr. Sanjay L. Bhedekar2
1Research student, Library Science, Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Marathwada University,
Aurangabad, Maharashtra
2Research Guide, Mahila Mahavidyalaya Georai, Tq. Georai, Dist. Beed, Maharashtra

Abstract
A brief discussion of the concepts of data, information, and knowledge is provided in this
article, as well as an overview of knowledge and e-resources management practices in libraries.
It also highlights how knowledge and e-resource management may be used to improve library
services, records, and information, as well as the vital role that knowledge management plays in
helping users to learn by providing them with an approach that is user-friendly in all
activities(Com et al., n.d.).
The ideas of knowledge management and electronic resources are the primary emphasis of
these studies.
Keyword -Knowledge management, E-Resource,Libraries,Electronic Resource.
Introduction -
One of the most significant changes in twenty-first century libraries has been the
acquisition of the most effective resources for library facilitation of the aims of users.
Organizational performance may be improved via the use of different management procedures
that assist in the identification of knowledge sources as well as the capture of information, its
storage and dissemination, as well as its renewal in an era of growth and growing global
competitiveness (Abdelghaffar, n.d.).
In the context of knowledge management, this refers to the process of gathering, creating,
sharing, and utilizing information efficiently. Knowledge is categorized and transformed via the
use of a procedure(Shaba hat Husain, 2022).
What is management?
It is not that the art of administration was absent previously; rather, it was present at
all times in various ways in a variety of organizations. The only difference is that this art
system, practice, and experience were not generally recognized until relatively recently, as a
result of numerous communication channels, when it transcended the borders of people
organization..
Definition:
Management is a district process that includes the steps of planning, organizing,
actuating, and controlling, all while using science and art to achieve a predetermined goal.
Management is a district process that includes the steps of planning, organizing, actuating, and
controlling.
- George R. Terry
Informally structured groups are used to accomplish tasks, and management is the skill of
getting things done through and with them.
Harold Koontz.
Knowledge man't
A talk given at a European management conference in 1986 was the first time that the
phrase "knowledge management" was mentioned (American productivity and quality center,
1996). Management of data acquired into information directed at a certain approach is what
knowledge management is all about. This in turn assists in the continued development and
distribution of knowledge. It helps to increase the value of intellectual property and the
productivity of any firm (Baker &Badamshina, n.d.).
Knowledge management is the basic assumption is valuable knowledge exists and it is to
be distributed in the organization to prevent invitation of wheel or to do the same mistake
Knowledge management also focus on creation it production of New knowledge.
Definitions
The authors of Davenport and Prusak argue that knowledge is a fluid mixture of framed
experience, contextual information, and expert insight that serves as a framework. New
experience and knowledge must be evaluated and incorporated into the system(Professor Dr. Ali
M. Al-Khouri, 2014).
Knowledge management can be defined as an evolving process specifically applied to a
system of topics and viewpoints which can in turn, evolve major thoughts and trends.
Electronic Resources Management:(ERM)
Electronic resources are digital objects specifically made to be read with reading
application operating on either a handheld device like a tablet, Smartphone, E-books, E-
journals library management systems which enables the procurement storage, retrieval and a

119
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
dissemination of license terms, holdings information, entitlements and other information

related the resources,

Figure 1 E-Resources (Kusturie Moodley, 2015).

When we talk about electronic resources management (ERM), we're talking about the
practices and software systems that libraries employ to maintain track of vital information
about digital information resources. E-books, e-journals, databases, and other internet-based
resources are examples of internet-based resources. Early development of ERM began in the
early 2000s, when it became evident that traditional library catalogues and integrated library
systems were not built to handle metadata for resources that were constantly changing, such as
numerous online items, among other things. Developing a strategy for development
management (Daniel Forsman, 2010).
This collection development section is the continuing rights to electronic content, keeping in
mind the value for a single penny invested in buying e-resources and with a enhance e-
collection. Separate policies for different type’s g e-resources like CDS, DVDs, online books,
on-line journals, online databases, and at other materials.
Now a day librarians all over the world consider freely available web resources as
components of collection.
Some technology skills are so common wages in management and management of e-
resources are still at the users know about e-resources.
Electronic Resource Management systems have a number of characteristics.
1. Providing assistance with the procurement and administration of licensed e-resources.
2. A standalone system or one that may be combined with other library system modules are
both possible.
3. It is possible to have a public interface that is independent from or incorporated within the
OPAC.
4. The ability to provide resource descriptions at the package (database) level, as well as to
link package contents (for example, e-journals) to the package record
5. Incorporating licensed rights such as e-reservations, course packs, and interlibrary
borrowing into an encoding and maybe public display system
6. Keeping track of electronic materials from the time of purchase to licensing and ultimate
access.
7. The provision of information about data suppliers, cooperative arrangements, and the access
platform.
8. Providing contact information for all content creators and distributors
9. Problems with resources and service providers are being recorded.
10. Making configurable email alerting systems available (for example, sending messages to
managers when actions are expected or necessary)
11. Creating a link between licensing documents and resource records (Saha, 2017).

120
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Impact of ERMs Database on Library and Information Services
In addition to revolutionizing the library system, the abundance of Internet e-resources is also
changing the way we think about information sources in general, including books. Because of
this, the acquisition of information sources has been simplified and hastened, which is vital for
librarians who require instant access to books, journals, and electronic publications. Access to
the internet is the most convenient and efficient method for all libraries of obtaining and
updating documentation, as well as the interface of their cataloguing systems and catalogues.
When the materials have been scanned and digitized, the request for Inter Library Loan (ILL)
may be filed through e-mail, and the photocopies can be sent either by post fax or by e-mail once
the request has been approved. When it comes to information intake, the growth of information
technology, as well as the broad availability of Web-based settings, have had a considerable
influence on human behavior in recent years. The workflows of electronic resources, from
purchases to user services and beyond, as well as the life cycle of electronic resources, differ
significantly from those of print resources, owing to the fact that electronic resources are
defined by access rather than by physical possession of the physical items themselves.
Finding efficient strategies to manage electronic resources in libraries is becoming an
increasingly difficult topic as the number of electronic resources in libraries continues to
expand. Most libraries have witnessed a large rise in the number of electronic journals, citation
databases, and full-text aggregations that they contain in recent years. All of these components
of managing electronic resources, including providing easy ways for library users to identify and
utilize these electronic items as well as the tools essential for library staff to keep track of them,
are crucial parts of managing electronic resources. Most Library items have been made
available in electronic versions in recent years, such as e-journals, e-books, databases, and other
comparable resources, making them more accessible to users. Because of the advantages that
electronic resources offer over print resources, libraries are making the shift from print to
electronic resources, either by subscribing individually or through consortiums. Recent study
has found that individuals prefer electronic journals over paper ones. This is consistent with
previous findings. Libraries have struggled to maintain control over the information contained
in paper files, integrated library systems, independent databases maintained on local
computers, and networked computers as the number of electronic resources available for
licensing has increased dramatically in recent years(Saha, 2017).
Conclusion
Knowledge management is a new field that is attracting the attention of librarians. It
has been established in corporate America and is now making its way into public service and
educational institutions across the country. Higher education and librarians can utilize
knowledge management to help their organizations accomplish their objectives.
As more as libraries are marching towards E-Library, Future success of the
professionals depends heavily on how efficiently and successfully they manage electronic
resources.
References:
1. Abdelghaffar. (n.d.). IT Seminar - Prestige Institute Of Management Gwalior. Moam.info.
https://moam.info/it-seminar-prestige-institute-of-management-
gwalior_59ee87241723ddf3c9e5fdac.html
2. Baker, K. A., &Badamshina, G. M. (n.d.). Chapter 5. Knowledge Management 1. Retrieved
January 30, 2022, from http://www.au.af.mil/au/awc/awcgate/doe/benchmark/ch05.pdf
3. Com, Kamble, V., Gawli, D., Librarian, &BabasahebAmbedkar. (n.d.). Theme -01 Role of
Libraries in Disseminating Information and Knowledge VASANTRAO NAIK
MARATHWADA AGRICULTURAL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY: AN OVERVIEW.
http://www.klibjlis.com/specialissuejan%202019.pdf
4. Daniel Forsman. (2010, December 16).
5. Informationsförsörjningensinfrastruktur&tjänsteutveckling.
https://www.slideshare.net/halwete/informationsfrsrjningens-infrastruktur-tjnsteutveckling
6. KusturieMoodley. (2015, June 12). Introduction to e-resources.
https://www.slideshare.net/kusturie/e-resources-km
7. Professor Dr. Ali M. Al-Khouri. (2014, August 31). Fusing Knowledge Management into
Public Sector (Book Format). https://www.slideshare.net/alkhouri/fusing-knowledge-
management-into-public-sector-book-format
8. ProtokolÖzelGüvenlikHizmetleriŞirketi. (n.d.). Https://Www.protokolozelguvenlik.com/.
Retrieved January 30, 2022, from https://www.protokolozelguvenlik.com/
9. Saha, T. (2017). The impact of knowledge base: An electronic resource management system
database for libraries the impact of knowledge base: An electronic resource management
system database for libraries. 3(3). http://www.ijnglt.com/files/v3i3/Tumpa%20Saha.pdf
10. Shabahat Husain. (2022). Coursehero.com.
https://www.coursehero.com/file/78681907/83519182pdf/

121
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Water Security in Punjab: Issues and Challenges

Dr. Sarish Khera
Assistant Professor, Department of Geography Hindu College, Amritsar, Punjab, India.
Postal Address: Khera Enterprises, M-2/154, Tarn Taran Road, O/S Chatiwind Gate,
Amritsar-143001.
Email : [email protected]

Abstract
Water resources are epitome of Punjab. But, the mismanagement of water resources is
making Punjab – a water deficit state. Increasing urbanisation, industralisation and agriculture
is exerting pressure on water resources of Punjab. Punjab is an agrarian state, depends entirely
on its land and water resources for the socio-economic development. Agriculture is the driving
force of the economy of Punjab. However, due to extreme exploitation and misuse of resources to
develop agriculture, through high yielding varieties of seeds, chemical fertilizers and a
significant amount of water is bringing Punjab’s economy at plateau stage. Punjab which was a
model state for the country, entered into the disaster zone. Therefore, the present research
focuses on essential factors like urbanisation, agriculture, irrigation, chemical fertilizers and
political opportunism which has affected water resources of Punjab.
Keywords: Contamination, Electricity Subsidies, Irrigation, Minimum Support Price,
Pesticides
Introduction
Water is the shaping force of our planet Earth, intrinsically woven into human race
(Jagerskog et al., 2016). The presumption of freshwater resources being infinite, considering it
covers 70 per cent of the planet, is absolutely false. Only 2.5 per cent of the total water on the
earth is freshwater and can be consumed by humans. Out of this total freshwater, 68.7 per cent
is frozen in ice caps, 30 per cent is stored as ground water and only 0.3 per cent is available on
the surface of the earth. Out of the surface water, 87 per cent is stored in lakes, 11 per cent in
swamps and 2 per cent in rivers (Pegram, 2010). With huge advances in technology, humans
have tried to harness many of world’s natural waterways by building dams and water irrigating
systems, due to which ecosystems are being destroyed and sometimes damaged permanently.
Consequently, water resources world-wide are determined by various natural processes and
anthropogenic interferences (Van Oel, 2009). The freshwater scarcity can be described in terms
of rising demands, depletion and pollution of water resources (UNEPFI and SIWI, 2005). Water
shortages can be associated with declining groundwater levels, increasing contamination and
problems in allocation, leading to serious drought conditions all over the world (United Nations,
2007). But, we cannot say that there is physical water scarcity on earth as there is enough
freshwater on planet for 7 billion people. Conversely, it is not evenly distributed and much of it
is polluted, wasted and is used inefficiently. Thus, water scarcity can be defined as lack of
enough water, that is, physical scarcity or lack of access to water, which can be called as
economic scarcity.
Statement of the Problem
The water security is the critical issue driven by population growth, unplanned
urbanisation, industralisation and economic-political situations. In addition to rapid rate of
urbanisation, change from dietary habits to varied diet like staple cereals, livestock and fish
products, the consumption of water has increased manifolds (United Nations, 2007). It is
projected that by 2035, 40 per cent of the world population will reside in water stressed regions
(Planning Commission, 2011). Water demands are expected to increase by 400 per cent from
manufacturing sector and 130 per cent from household use (Guppy and Anderson, 2017).
Although, India is not a water scarce country, but due to escalating growth in human
population, vast irrigation systems, increasing industralisation and urbanisation, lack of
planning and co-ordination in various government departments, and depletion of groundwater
resources, India is becoming a water scarce nation. As per Government of India (2012), the per
capita water availability in the country is reducing day after day due to increase in the
population. With continuously declining per capita water availability, from about 5,177 cubic
meters in 1951 to 1,816 cubic meters in 2001, which further reduced to 1545 cubic meters in
2011, India can be categorized as water scarce country. The average annual per capita water
availability is estimated to drop down to 1,341 cubic meters by 2025 and 1,140 cubic meters by
2050 (Government of India, 2012). Punjab is facing multiform and diverse water crisis. The very
name of Punjab stands for abundance of water (land of five rivers), but the present situation of
water resources in this region is highly critical with surface water pollution, groundwater
pollution and depletion.
Results and Discussions
Post-Independence, the Green Revolution ushered in late 1960s in Punjab with motive to
achieve self-sufficiency in food and cereal crops. With debarkation of Green Revolution, the
agrarian economy of Punjab advanced expeditiously. With change in cropping pattern from

122
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
rainfed to water intensive crops, Punjab has witnessed rapid fall in groundwater table. With
overwhelming dependence of water for irrigation, groundwater was extracted indefinitely by
sinking tubewells (Planning Commission, 2011). Historically, Punjab has never been a rice
growing area. Table 1 shows the major agricultural growth drivers in Punjab, which have
worked as catalyst in increasing the agricultural production.
Table 1
Agricultural Growth Drivers of Punjab (1970-71 to 2015-16)
Agricultural Year 1970- 1980- 1990- 2000- 2010- 2015-
Indicators 71 81 91 01 11 16
Gross Cropped 5,678 6,763 7,502 7,941 7,882 7872
Area
(000’ha)
% of Net Irrigated 71 81 93 93 97.9 99.9
Area
to Net Sown Area
Area Irrigated by 1292 1430 1660 962 1113 1201
Canals (000’ha)
Area Irrigated by 1591 1939 2233 3074 2954 2936
Tubewells (000’ha)
No. of Tube wells 1.92 6.00 8.00 10.73 13.82 14.7
(Lakh)
No. of Tractors 5,281 1,18,84 2,89,06 4,34,03 5,04,31 5,36,42
(Number) 5 4 2 0 9

Agricultural 463.4 1849.7 5104 5534 10116 11513

Consumption of
Electricity (In
Million KWH)
Consumption of 213 762 1220 1313 1911 1943
Chemical
Fertilizers
(000'nutrient
tonne)
Cropping 140 161 178 186 190 190
Intensity (%)

Source: Statistical Abstracts of Punjab 1971, 1981, 1991, 2001, 2011, and 2016
The data reveals that the gross cropped area has increased from 5678 thousand hectares
in 1970-71 to 7872 thousand hectares in 2015-16. The percentage of net irrigated area to net
sown area also witnessed increase from 71 per cent in 1970-71 to 99.9 per cent in 2015-16. The
area irrigated by canals witnessed decline from 1292 thousand hectares in 1970-71 to 1201
thousand hectares in 2015-16. Whereas, sharp rise is observed in the area irrigated by
tubewells from 1591 thousand hectares in 1970-71 to 2936 thousand hectares in 2015-16. The
number of tubewells installed rose from 1.92 lakh in 1970-71 to 14.7 lakh in 2015-16. The
increase in number of tubewells also lead to increase in the agricultural consumption of
electricity from 463.4 million KWH in 1970-71 to 11,513 million KWH in 2015-16. The
consumption of chemical fertilizers also rose from 213 thousand nutrient tonnes in 1970-71 to
1943 thousand nutrient tonnes in 2015-16. The number of tractors in Punjab also rose from
mere 5,281 in 1970-71 to 5,36,429 in 2015-16. Due, to above all agricultural inputs, cropping
intensity in Punjab rose from 140 per cent in 1970-71 to 190 per cent in 2015-16.
The area under maize and bajra was replaced by rice. Table 2 shows that Punjab had
well-diversified agriculture in 1970-1971, whereas in 2015-2016, the agriculture of Punjab
shows monoculture cropping pattern. The area under wheat was 2299 thousand hectares in
1970-1971 which rose to 3506 thousand hectares in 2015-2016. Similarly, the area under rice
was merely 390 thousand hectares which rose to 2970 thousand hectares in 2015-2016. The
maize crop which holds a noticeable position in the cropping system of Punjab has seen a
significant decrease from 555 thousand hectares in 1970-71 to 127 thousand hectares in 2015-
16. There has been a severe decline in the area of bajra, jowar, groundnut, barley, and gram
crop. However, sugarcane, pulses, cotton, rapeseed and mustard, and potato show fluctuations
in the area of crops. The production of wheat and rice has doubled in 30 years. Punjab
agriculture has achieved progress with the adoption of modern agricultural technology.
However, the Green Revolution in Punjab is just confined to the production of wheat and rice.

123
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Paddy became the first preference of farmers due to better and assured returns which replaced
other crops.
Due to which, the withdrawl of ground water surpassed the replenishable rates,
which led the state to groundwater development stage of 145 per cent, against the national
average of 58 per cent. (Narula and Lall, 2009). Groundwater declined at an alarming rate in
Punjab, except low lying areas of water logging and salinization in canal command areas.
Further, subsidized electricity and minimum support price encouraged rice crop, which resulted
in increase in net cropped area of rice by 2.5 times in last two decades (Narula and Lall, 2009).
Consequently, Punjab state seems to be doomed in water and energy nexus with skyrocketing
fiscal deficits.
Table 2 The shift in Cropping Pattern of Punjab from 1970-71 to 2015-2016
(Area in Thousand Hectares)
Crops/ Year 1970- 1980- 1990- 2000- 2010- 2015-
71 81 91 01 11 16
Rice 390 1183 2015 2612 2830 2970
Wheat 2299 2812 3273 3408 3510 3506
Maize 555 382 188 165 138 127
Bajra and Jowar 207 69 12 6 3 -
Groundnut 174 83 11 4 2.2 1.7
Cotton 397 502 137 358 470 331
Sugarcane 128 71 101 121 70 92
Seasum 15 17 18 19 6.6 8.2
Barley 57 65 37 32 12 12
Gram 358 258 60 6 2.7 1.9
Rapeseed/Mustar 103 136 69 55 32 31.6
d
Potato 17 40 23 60 64.4 91.6
Source: Statistical Abstracts of Punjab 1971, 1981, 1991, 2001, 2011, and 2016.
With the mechanization of agriculture, there was a shift from centrifugal to
submersible pumps which increased the agricultural consumption of electricity. Though the role
of electricity subsidies cannot be ignored, and has been used as an electoral incentive by
political parties of Punjab nowadays. With flat water tariff rates, electricity subsidies and
minimum support prices for rice, tubewell irrigation flourished which exploited both water and
power resources of Punjab. This increase in tubewell irrigation is due to high yielding varieties,
liberal loans by the State Development Board and subsidies on electricity consumption by
tubewells. The development of irrigational facilities with extensive mechanization has increased
gross cropped area.
The extravagant use of fertilizers, insecticides and pesticides for ginormous agricultural
production has unfolded into groundwater pollution and surface water pollution in Punjab.
Freshwater resources are supplemented with chemicals and sewage discharge from industries
and urban areas, with major contaminants like nitrate, iron, cadmium, aluminium, and
magnesium, which can cause critical health diseases (Planning Commission, 2011). Sewage
discharges, chemical run off from agricultural fields and untreated effluents from industries are
directly discharged into rivers and streams, which are main culprits of surface water
contamination. Large scale use of chemical fertilizers, insecticides and pesticides in agriculture
has contaminated and added chronic toxicity in soil and water resources of Punjab leading to
groundwater quality degradation. Consequently, high levels of arsenic, uranium, fluoride and
selenium poisoning are traced in groundwater of Punjab, which has made groundwater
resources unfit for drinking and agricultural purposes.
Conclusion
The forthcoming water crisis in Punjab can not only eclipse the agriculture and economy
but, also ruined the ecology, health, life style and social fabric of the state. Introduction of HYV
seeds, shift of cropping pattern to water gulping rice in cropping pattern of Punjab,
groundwater extraction through tubewells and electricity subsidies are major reasons of
depletion and exploitation of water resources. Further, Punjab’s economy is been downtrodden
by the weight of electricity subsidies which is pushing Punjab into the ocean of debts. Therefore,
there is an urgent need for taking up research and studies based on adequate and reliable data.
So, it can be concluded that man-made environment is playing a vital role in affecting the water
resources of Punjab. The agriculture of Punjab needs a new version to redefine the cropping
patterns. Immediate steps should be taken by policy makers to diversify cropping pattern and
control electricity subsidies.
References

124
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
1. Government of India (2012). Per Capita Water Availability. Press Information Bureau: New
Delhi. Retrieved from http://pib.nic.in/newsite/erelease.aspx?re lid=82676. Accessed on July
22, 2013 at 02:39 pm.
2. Guppy, Lisa and Anderson, Kelsey (2017). Global Water Crisis: The Facts, United Nations
University Institute for Water, Environment and Health (UNU-INWEH), p.4,5. Retrieved
from https://inweh.unu.edu/wp-content/uploads/20 17/11/Global-Water-Crisis-The-Facts.pdf.
Accessed on April 11, 2019 at 05:45 pm.
3. Jagerskog, A., Lexen, K., Clausen, T. and Engstrand, V. (2016). The Water Report 2016,
Report no. 37, Stockholm: Stockholm International Water Institute (SIWI). Retrieved from
https://www.siwi.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/ 2016- Water-Report-web.pdf. Accessed on
May 07, 2019 at 04:18 pm.
4. Narula, K. K. and Lall, U. (2009). Challenges in Securing India’s Water Future, Journal of
Crop Improvement, 24(1): 85-91. Retrieved from https://www
.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/15427520903310621. Accessed on July 30, 2013 at 11:05
am.
5. Pegram, Guy (2010), Global Water Scarcity Risks and Challenges for Business. London:
Llyod’s 360 Risk Insight and World Wildlife Fund, p.7-9. Retrieved from
https://www.greenbiz.com/research/report/2010/04/27/global-water-scar cityrisks-and-
challengesbusiness. Accessed on May 02, 2019 at 04:25 pm.
6. Punjab State Development Report. (2011). Punjab State Development Report. New
Delhi:Planning Commission, p.286. Retrieved from planningcommission.ni
c.in/plans/stateplan/sdr.php?state=b_sdrbody.html. Accessed on February 18, 2017 at
11.15pm.
7. United Nations (2007). Coping with Water Scarcity Challenge of the Twenty-first Century.
Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization, p.11-15. Retrieved from http://www.fao.org/3/a-
aq44 4e.pdf. Accessed on June 21, 2019 at 01:40 pm.
8. United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEPFI) and Stockholm
International Water Institute (SIWI) (2005). Challenges of Water Scarcity: A Business Case
of Financial Institutions. Stockholm: Swedish International Development Cooperation
Agency (SIDA) and Swedish Water House (SWH), p.11. Retrieved from
https://www.unepfi.org/fileadmin/d ocuments/challenges_water_scarcity_2005.pdf. Accessed
on July 24, 2013 at 09:30 am.
9. Van Oel, P. R. (2009). Water-scarcity Patterns: Spatiotemporal Interdependencies Between
Water Use And Water Availability in a Semi-Arid River Basin. Netherlands: University of
Twente, p.21. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.3 990 /1. 9789036528047. Accessed on July
14, 2019 at 11:10 am.

125
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Study of pesticides: Classification and Effects

N.B. Cholkar1, R.S. Sonwane2
1Assistant Professor Yeshwant Mahavidyalaya, Nanded, (Maharashtra)India.
2Professor & Head, Deptt. of Dairy Science YeshwantMahavidyalaya

(Maharashtra)India.
Email: - [email protected]

Abstract
Pesticides are a material capable of selectively killing a pest in a Biological Community.
Mostly used groups of pesticides are insecticides, Herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides,
Molluscicides. The main purposed of this paper is to critically look out major impact of pesticides
towards the health and environment. The different literature of relevant topics is collected and
reviewed on their adverse effect to environment and health. Those effects are very harmful to
health as wellas for the environment therefore control of their used in a proper way is necessary.
By properly trained the farmers and other people regarding their effect and process of screening
may lessenthis pesticide problem.
Keywords: pesticides, mitigate, environmental impact, harmful pest, fumigant, rodenticides
Introduction:
The term pesticide covers a wide range of compounds including insecticides, fungicides,
herbicides, rodenticides, molluscicides, nematicides, plant growth regulators and others. (Aktar
et al., 2009) Pesticides are toxic chemical substance or mixture of substance or biological agent
that are deliberately released into the environment in order to kill, prevent, deters, control,
destroy, repel or mitigate population of insect, weeds, rodents, fungi, or other harmful pest in
agricultural, domestic and industrial setting. Pesticide serves as regulator or modifiers that
work by destroying the pest. In agricultural field the insecticide is used to increase the
production of quality through controlling pest and pest related disease. The main groups of
commonly used pesticides are insecticide, fungicides, fumigants, and rodenticides. Insect are the
major fountain of crop vandalism. The use of pesticide has become a common practice and it
increased many folds over the past few decades. It estimated that about 5.2 billion pounds of
pesticide are used worldwide annually (Alavanja, n.d.). Pesticides are toxic chemical substance
or mixture of substance or biological agent that are deliberately released into the environment
in order to kill, prevent, deters, control, destroy, repel or mitigate
population of insect, weeds, rodents, fungi, or other harmful pest in agricultural, domestic and
industrial setting. Pesticide serves as regulator or modifiers that work by destroying the pest.
In agricultural field the insecticide is used to increase the production of quality through
controlling pest and pest related disease. The main groups of commonly used pesticides are
insecticide, fungicides, fumigants, and rodenticides. As pesticides are responsible for several
adverse effects on human health other than acute intoxications. Many studies have reported
associations between exposure to agricultural chemicals and various health outcomes, including
different kinds of cancer (Daniels et al., 1997, Khuder and Mutgi, 1997; Zahm and Ward, 1998)
and degenerative diseases (Engel et al., 2001; Jenner, 2001). Effects in immune, hematological,
nervous, endocrine and reproductive systems have been reported (Ojajarvi et al., 2000; Ritz and
Yu, 2000; Figa-Talamanca and Petrelli, 2001; Mourad, 2005) and these compounds have been
also associated with DNA damage in human populations (Gomez-Arroyo et al., 2000; Undeger
and Basaran, 2002; Costa et al., 2007; Ergene et al., 2007; Muniz et al., 2008). Exposure to low-
level of pesticides is known to produce a variety of biochemical changes, some of which may be
responsible for the adverse biological effects reported in human and experimental studies
(Gupta et al., 1998; Banerjee et al.,1999; Panemangalore et al., 1999). Conversely, some
biochemical alterations may not necessarily lead to clinically recognizable symptoms, although
all the biochemical responses can be used as markers of exposure or effect (Panemangalore et
al., 1999).
1. Aim And Objectives:
The main aim of present study is too look out the effects of pesticides on health and
environment. The second objective is to systematic study of the work done by other author.
2. Material And Method:
Though there was no specific method for reviewing articles. So, different literature of
relevant topics was collected and studied thoroughly. Books and journals were collected and
studied the article and papers about pesticides and toxicology. Besides library work different
websites on internet was searched for necessary data.
3. results:
Misuse of pesticide induced tremendous effect on health and environment. The various effects
of pesticides on health and environment are as follows -

126
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Effect of pesticide on environment:
Mostly farmers and field workers are illiterate or they less educated and they hence applied
pesticides without screening and proper specific information, due to which various hazardous
effect posed on environment. Myriad use of pesticide without screening on daily basis also
affects the non-target organism. Due to irregular screening sometimes, they used pesticide
abundantly after damaging the crop. Ultimately those are persisting for long time in the
environment and causes environmental pollution specially soil pollution. The innumerous use of
pesticides also kills the helpful microorganism as a result of which the self-fertility property of
soil is reduced.
Regarding pesticides it is important to have practical understanding of their physical and
chemical properties, since their solubility determine the transportation of surface runoff and
absorbing capacity of soil. In environment the pesticides are tempo rated long distance and their
deposition to water causes water pollution. In several cases pest are resistances to a particular
pesticide as effect of natural selection, which cause hazards to non-target organism and cause
sudden death of that organism. On the contrary, the pesticides which are demoted through
photodecomposition, microorganisms, or through physical or chemical reaction. But the un-
demoted pesticides are remaining on environment over long time which greatly causes
environmental damage. The long-time persisting pesticide causes hazards to biodiversity of
aquatic or terrestrial organism. Pesticides are entered to aquatic ecosystem that act as toxic
agent and causes hazard to aquatic plant and animal.
Effect of pesticide on health:
Human beings are highly vulnerable to deleterious effect of pesticide due to nonspecific nature,
haphazard application or misuse of pesticide. The pesticide enters human body through
ingestion, inhalation, penetration (skin) but majority of people get affected via intake by pesticide
contaminated food. Pesticide shows acute as well as chronic effects which are-
A. Acute effects of pesticides:
Acute effects of pesticide include headache, skin irritation, itching, rash and blisters, diarrhea,
abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, blindness etc.
B. Chronic effect of pesticide:
Long term effect of pesticide damage body organ and diseases as follows-
1. Neurological- pesticide cause neurological health effects include memory or learning
disability, vision, impairment, signaling disability etc.
2. Immune- immune effects include hypersensitivity, asthma, and allergic reaction.
3. Carcinogenic- pesticide associated with brain cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer etc.
It is estimated that worldwide chemical exposure is responsible for 4% of all death from
cancer(Abdelbagi et.al 2005).
4. Endocrine disruptors- pesticide act as endocrine disruptors as it is interfered with
endocrine system by blocking/mimicking, displaying, and the hormone in living organism.
Mainly they confirmed estrogenic action as affect the reproductive system such as still birth,
miscarriages, and abortion infertility etc. endocrine receptor also mimic insulin thereby
block the insulin receptor site and cause diabetes mellitus.
5. Other- long term exposure of pesticide also damage liver, lung, kidney etc.
Table no 1- Different classes of pesticide and its health effect
Pyrethrin Pheno Dipyridy
Organophosphor Carbamat Organochlor and Tria xy l
us Pesticides es in pyrethroids zane Derivat Derivati
Pesticides Pesticides Pesticides s ive ves
Pest Pestici Pesticid
icide des es
s

Lungs, Skin, Skin, eye,

Skin, Lungs, Lungs, gastrointesti eye, Lungs, nose, and
EXPOSITION

conjunctiva, gastrointes gastrointest nal tract, and nose, gastroin gastrointe

gastrointestinal tina l tract, inal tract, skin and tes tinal sti nal
tract, and lungs and skin and skin gastr tract tract
ointe
s
tinal
tract
Dizziness, In
SYMPTOM
SIGN AND

Miosis, headache, coordination

salivation, nausea, prostration,
Muscarinic sweating, vomiting, drooling
syndrome and tearing, diarrhea, irregular
nicotine behavioral muscle movement of

127
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
syndrome, change weakness, limbs and
resulting of mental hypersensitiv
excess confusion, ity to stimuli
acetylcholine in anxiety
the synaptic
cleft

Decontamina
Maintance tion of the
Maintenance of of vital Maintance skin and
vital function function of vital eyes, besides
TREATMENT

and and function basic

cholinesterase cholinester and maintenance
levels. ase levels. administer of vital
Avoid the use of Avoide the diazepam functions.
parasympathom use of and
imeti c agents. parasympa Phenobarbit
tho al to control
mimetic seizures.
agents.

References:
1. Abdel Bagi, A. O., Ahmed, A. A. M., Elhindi, M., & Ali, A. M. (2006, July). Impact of
pesticides and other chemicals on the environment. In Workshop on Post Conflict National
Plan for Environmental Management in Sudan (pp. 18-20).
2. Aktar, M. W., Sengupta, D., & Chowdhury, A. (2009). Impact of pesticides use in agriculture:
their benefits and hazards. https://doi.org/10.2478/v10102-009-0001-7
3. Alavanja, M. C. R. (n.d.). Pesticides Use and Exposure Extensive Worldwide.
4. Banerjee, B. D., Seth, V., Bhattacharya, A., Pasha, S. T., & Chakraborty, A. K. (1999).
Biochemical effects of some pesticides on lipid peroxidation and free-radical scavengers.
Toxicology letters, 107(1-3), 33-47.
5. Costa, C., Silva, S., Coelho, P., Roma-Torres, J., Teixeira, J. P., & Mayan, O. (2007).
Micronucleus analysis in a Portuguese population exposed to pesticides: preliminary survey.
International journal of hygiene and environmental health, 210(3-4), 415-418.
6. Daniels, J.L., Olshan, A.F., Savitz, D.A. 1997. Pesticides and childhood cancers. Environ
Health Perspect.; 105(10): 1068-77.
7. Engel, A. K., Fries, P., & Singer, W. (2001). Dynamic predictions: oscillations and synchrony
in top–down processing. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2(10), 704-716.
8. Ergene, S., Çavaş, T., Celik, A., Köleli, N., Kaya, F., & Karahan, A. (2007). Monitoring of
nuclear abnormalities in peripheral erythrocytes of three fish species from the Goksu Delta
(Turkey): genotoxic damage in relation to water pollution. Ecotoxicology, 16, 385-391
9. . Figà‐Talamanca, I., Traina, M. E., & Urbani, E. (2001). Occupational exposures to metals,
solvents and pesticides: recent evidence on male reproductive effects and biological markers.
Occupational medicine, 51(3), 174-188.
10. Gupta, A., Singh, B., Parihar, N. S., & Bhatnagar, A. (1998). Pesticide Residue in the
Farmgate Samples of Bottlegourd, Cauliflower, Cabbage and Fenugreek at Jaipur.
Pesticide Research Journal, 10(1), 86-90.
11. Jenner, P. (2001). Parkinson's disease, pesticides and mitochondrial dysfunction. Trends in
neurosciences, 24(5), 245-246.
12. Khuder, S. A., & Mutgi, A. B. (1997). Meta‐analyses of multiple myeloma and farming.
American journal of industrial medicine, 32(5), 510-516.
13. Mahmood, I., Imadi, S. R., Shazadi, K., Gul, A., & Hakeem, K. R. (2016). Effects of pesticides
on environment. Plant, soil and microbes: volume 1: implications in cropscience, 253-269.
14. Ojajärvi, I. A., Partanen, T. J., Ahlbom, A., Boffetta, P., Hakulinen, T., Jourenkova, N., ... &
Wesseling, C. H. (2000). Occupational exposures and pancreatic cancer: a meta- analysis.
Occupational and environmental medicine, 57(5), 316-324.
15. Panemangalore, M., Dowla, H.A. and Byers, M. 1999. Occupational exposure to agricultural
chemicals: effect on the activities of some enzymes in the blood of farm worker. Intl. Arch.
Environ. Hlth., 72(2): 94–98
16. Ritz, B., & Yu, F. (2000). Parkinson's disease mortality and pesticide exposure in California
1984–1994. International journal of epidemiology, 29(2), 323-329.
17. Ündeğer, Ü., & Başaran, N. (2002). Assessment of DNA damage in workers occupationally
exposed to pesticide mixtures by the alkaline comet assay. Archives of toxicology, 76, 430-436.
18. Zahm, S. H., and Ward, M. H. 1998. Pesticides and childhood cancer. Environ. Health.
Perspect. 106(suppl. 3):893–908

128
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Nutritional quality in Millets and their health benefits.
Dr. Vandana Phatale
Dep. of Home Science Navgan College Parli Vaijnath

Abstract:
Now it is an established fact that the whole world is facing many health challenges
because of fibreless food. Using daily intake of wheat, rice, refined food, processed meat, packed
food, so many disorders are created in Human body. Cultivated grains in the words. Millets is a
good source of protein, fibre, vitamins, and minerals. The potential health benefits of millets
include protecting cardiovascular health, preventing the onset of diabetes, helping people
achieve and maintain healthy weight and managing inflammation in the age.
Millets are impressive, hardy, cereal crops that are low maintenance and drought – resistance
thriving in semiarid environments.
Key words: Millets, Antioxidant, Gluten free, high fibre, celiac disease.
Introduction:
The term village does not refer to a single type of grain, rather to a group of small
seeded, annual grasses. Millet is an indigenous crop in Africa and Southeast Asia. Millets is one
of the oldest cultivated grains in the words. Millets are impressive, Hardy, serial crops that are
low maintenance and drought resistance semiarid environment. Millets also grow at an
unprecedented rate, maturing in as little as 60 days. Millets in an indigenous crop to India that
comes with an impressive nutrient profile. They are formed as “poor mains food grain”.
Now it is an established fact that the whole world is facing many health challenges because
of fiber less foods. The gallery content of millets is low, and they are a excellent food product for
weight loss. Millets boots your immunity. Low glycaemic index in millets. Millets is a good
source of protein, fibre, vitamins, and minerals. The potential health benefits of millets include
protecting cardiovascular health, preventing the onset of diabetes, helping people achieve and
maintain of healthy weight and managing inflammation in the age. Millets have multiplied
their benefits in include this ancient, prized grains - like seed in our regular diet. Full feeling
the nutritional need of global population as a nutritious food. Effectively and to reduce the
problem of malnutrition and other health problems.
Objectives:
1. To introducing the millets.
2. To know the importance of millets
3. To know the nutrition of Millets
4. Explain the health effect of eating millets.
Hypothesis:
1. Millets is for health.
2. All economic group can eat millets.
3. Twice a day eating millets will result in weight loss.
4. Millets is rich source of fiber, minerals & antioxidant.
5. Millets is low calories & sugar.
Discussion:
Millets are divided two broad categories.
Naked grains and Husked grains
1. Naked grains – Naked Grains refer to millets devoid of the though, indigestible husk,
namely Bajra, Jawar and Ragi. These millets don't require processing after harvesting. Can
be consumed right after cleaning. These millets are there for significantly cultivated today.
2. Husked grains – Kodo, foxtail and little millets belong to this second type of millets consist
of an indigestible seed code that has to be removed before consumption. The processing once
done by hand or mechanical. These millets making them less popular.
Types of millets:
1. Sorghum – Sorghum or Jawar is a staple food item. It is a complex carbohydrate that
digests slowly. Sorghum is known to be rich in phenolic compounds and antioxidants.
Sorghum is high content of dietary fibre beneficial for Celiac’s diseases. It helps in weight
control, provides strong bones.
2. Foxtail millet– foxtail millets full loaded proteins and complex carbohydrates regulate
blood sugar spikes, diminished bad cholesterol levels, and increase good cholesterol in the
body. While being rich in Iron and Calcium in maintenance healthy blood levels and
strengthen bones.
3. Finger millets – Ragi is a more common name for finger millets. It is used as help their
cereal substitute for rice and wheat. Ragi is gluten free and reach in a protein and amino
acids. Ragi is supposed the brain development is growing children.
4. Pearl millet – is called Bajra. Bajra is incredibly contains minerals such as calcium and
magnesium, protein, fibre, and iron. Practice of regular consumption of pearl millet to fight

129
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
type II diabetes and support weight loss. But it is used after soaking because pearl millet
has a large amount of phytic acid.
5. Little millet – Little millets or kutki is a great millets option for all those fitness
enthusiasts as it serves as a healthy millet. You can eat is a rice replacement. It is high in
fiber and filed with numerous Minerals and antioxidants.
6. Buckwheat -Buckwheat is used to lose weight. It makes for a healthy food option for
diabetes, cures low blood pressure and improve cardiovascular health. Buckwheat also
fights against diseases gallstones, childhood asthma and breast cancer.
Nutritional Content in 100 gm of dry grains.

Millets Prote Carbohy Fat Miner Fib Calciu Phospho Iro Ener Thiami Niac
in drates gm als er m rus n gy ne in
gm gm gm gm Mg mg mg K Ug Ug
Cal.
Foxtai 12.3 60.2 4.3 4.00 6.7 31 200 1.3 351 0.59 3.2
l
Little 7.7 67.00 4.7 1.7 7.6 17 220 1.7 329 0.15 2.0
Kodo 8.3 65.9 1.4 2.6 5.2 35 188 2.9 353 0.41 4.5
Sorgh 10.4 70.7 3.1 1.2 2.0 25 222 5.4 329 0.38 4.3
um
Pearl 11.8 67 4.8 2.3 2.3 42 240 11 363 0.38 2.8
Finger 7.3 72 1.3 2.7 2.6 34.4 283 3.9 336 0.41 1.1

Source: National Institute of Nutrition Hyderabad.

Health benefits of millets:
Calorie Contents of millets is low, and they are an excellent food product for weight loss.
Not just those looking to lose weight it benefits people who are conscious of their energy too. It
helps them to maintain their energy level throughout the day without having to eat to refuel
themselves constantly. Millets also keep you settle for longer than other carbohydrates. When
you consume them, you feel fuller for longer as they take time to get digest and absorbed into
your body. That prevents making and overeating.
Millet is good source of rich fibre that benefits digestion by alleviating, bloating, gas and
constipation. Good digestion keeps issues like gastric colon cancer and kidney, liver
complications away. Millets are gluten free foods and beverages that can be suitable for celiac
disease person (Taylor and other 2006) Lignans which is present in millets helps from breast
cancer as it is converted into mammalian Lignan. Millets are rich in antioxidants such as
Phenolic, tannins and phytates which help reducing which is effective for prevention of cancer
intention progression (Chandrasekhar A. Et al. 2011)
Millets contain essential fat which provide our bodies with good fat which prevent excess
fat effectively & lowers the risk of high cholesterol, strokes and other heart complications. The
potassium contents in millets regulates your blood pressure and optimises your circulatory
system. Millets are good source of magnesium which help in reducing heart attack, rich
phytochemicals help in lowering cholesterol and prevent cardiovascular disease. Vit.B3,B6 can
help lower cholesterol (Lee et al 2010) Millets have a low glycaemic index; therefore,
consumption of millets regularly will lower your risk of developing diabetes. The whole grain
foods consumption is effective for the prevention and management of diabetes millitus, and
showed that millets intake population epidemiologically lower of diabetes (American diabetes
Association 2005, kim and other) Millets provide a great source of protein and can help develop
and strengthen and Boost Your immunity.
Millets help your body detox because of, their antioxidant properties, curcumin, ellagic acid and
other valuable catechins flush out toxins from body and nutralise the enzymatic actions of your
organs.
Conclusion:
The aim of the study is to help the people to recognise the importance of food and to
introduce the millets as a nutritious food, full feeling the nutritional need of global population
and to find way to consume the millets nutritionally, effective and to reduce the problem of
malnutrition and other health problems. Significant benefits, with their rich content of
nutrients like fibre which help in metabolic disorders like diabetes, obesity, cardiovascular
diseases etc. They are good protein content with help in child growth and development with
calcium content with help in the bone development with geriatric people. Good iron content help
in ailing of anaemia and with gluten free characteristics helps the celiac this is a patient and
help in gluten insensitivity phytosterols and policosanols are cardio – protective compounds
present in the wax layers of the millets. If these millets are ground into flour without hulling,
then one can have multiply benefits. Millets have antioxidant, which are substance that may
protect your sales against the effect of free radicals. Thus, using millets twice a day in a regular
diet promotes weight loss.

130
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Suggestion:
Millets most be avoided by thyroid issues people. Millets contain goitrogens that may
interfere with the absorption of iodine which could be reduced in the cooking process, yet not
negated completely hence those with hypothyroidism mast steer clear of millets.
Phytic acid strong in pearl millets and phytic acid which is an anti nutrient that could reduced
the observation of other nutrients but soaking, sprouting or fermenting the millets which will
breakdown the anti nutrient and reduce its negative effects.
References:
1. Ali mam. El Tinay A. H. Abdalla A. H. (2003) effect of fermentation on the in – vitro protein
digestibility of pearl millet. Food chem. 80(1)51-54
2. American diabetes Association.2005. Classification of diabetes millets diabetes care 28:37-
42.
3. Chandrashekhar A. & Shahidi F(2010) content of insoluble bound phenolics in millets and
their contribution to antioxidant capacity. Journals of agriculture food chemistry 58:6706-
6714.
4. ICMR- Indian Institute of millets research 2017 (IIMR)
5. National Institute of Nutrition (2003) Indian foods nutritional value.
6. Verma, veenu and Patel, S. (2012) nutritional security value added products from finger
millets, general shop applicable chemistry 1(4):485-489.
7. Veena B(2003) nutritional functional and utilization studies on Bran yard millets,
University of Agriculture science, Dharwad( Karnataka)

131
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

The Study of Impact of Pilgrimage on Tourists Destination - A

case study of Ozar Pilgrim Center in Pune District
Dr. Amol Manohar Bibe
Department of Geography, Annasaheb Waghire College, Otur.

Abstract
The economy of the host region benefits greatly from tourism. It is extremely important
in terms of economic growth and job creation. Tourism development has its own impact on the
host region's economic, environmental, socio-cultural, and political development. It creates an
opportunity for development of host country and communities. Tourism is a globally prominent
socio-economic phenomenon that has grown to turn into one of the greatest sectors with cultural
activities. For tourist destinations, it is very important and integral component of life. Every
tourist place has its own unique characteristic such as scenic beauty, heritage monument,
healthy climate, renowned architecture, biodiversity, religious importance, etc. Tourism has
economic, physical and socio-culture impact on the host population of the destination.
Now a days tourism industry is one of the global, dynamic and largest developing
economic sectors. It helps to initiate infrastructure development, foreign currency inflows,
introduction of new educational and management experience, etc. This affects the economy
positively and contributes to the social development too. Therefore, the present research paper
highlights the major impacts of pilgrimage on physical, socio-cultural and economic aspects at
Ozar Pilgrim center.
Introduction: - Tourism is one of the most important economic sectors in India. This sector
contribution to national income and employment generation is a huge. It is the one of India's
fastest growing industries. (Hajare and Hajare, 2013). It is very necessary to give attention
towards the impacts of the pilgrimage to avoid and control the disadvantages and harmful
impacts of pilgrimage and to promote the advantages and positive impacts of growth in tourism
industry. The positive impact contributes to the welfare of the society, whereas negative impact
contributes to harmful effect on society. The development of pilgrimage leaves there impact on
environment, economic and socio-culture condition of tourist destination, this change is like a
double-edged sword.
The relationship between environment and tourism is symbiotic. It will help to sustain
tourism for tourist and host. For the future generation, it is essential to reduce harmful effect
on environment along with host population. The responsibility of conserving the destination lies
with the tourism planners. Tourism planners should ensure that tourism development would
not destroy the attractive landscapes and delicate environment through over exploitation. Due
to tourism growth two possible situations happens between environment and tourism. One is
tourism sustained through harmony with nature, and second is overutilization of the natural
landscape and environment by encouraging excessive number of visitors which will affect
natural wealth adversely.
Objective: - Major objective of the study is to assess the Physical, Economic and Sociocultural
impacts of Pilgrimage at Ozar Vigneshwar Ganpati Temple (One of the eight Ashtavinayak) in
Junnar Tehsil of Pune district.
Study Region: - Ozar is situated in Junnar tehsil of Pune district resting on the banks of River
Kukadi close to the backwater of Yedagaon dam. Ozar is 85 kilometres in North of Pune and
about 9 kilometres north of Narayang Ozar are 85 kilometres north of Pune and about 9
kilometres North of Narayangaon. This place is on Pune-Nasik national highway.
Methodology :- The current research is based on primary along with secondary sources of
information. Intensive field surveys were done to acquire primary data. Questionnaire and
interview methods were used during field surveys. The Likert scale measures data regarding
impacts of religious tourism and analysis is done. For the analysis of the attitude of community
towards development of tourism, 151 residents were selected randomly from Ozar. For this
measurement scale, total 27 variables are considered which reflects the effect of pilgrimage on
locals. Among them 10 variables reflect physical facility impact, 9 variables reflects economic
impact and 8 variables reflects socio-cultural impact of pilgrimage on resident. A set of
questionnaire was design. Every response was graded on a seven-point “Likert Scale” ranging
from - 3 to +3, with zero indicating no affect on the item as a result of the pilgrimage. For each
attitude statement, there were seven possible responses. Strongly disagree, moderately
disagree, disagree, uncertain, agree, moderately agree, and strongly agree are the options. The
resulting seven-point scale (-3, -2, -1, 0 +1, +2, +3) might be used to determine an individual's
overall attitude (-3, -2, -1, 0 +1, +2, +3).This technique gives us not only direction (agree -
disagree) but also degree of promise to that response (Likert, 1932), (Ramotra, Potdar, 2009).
In this research, the analysis of mean and standard deviation methods were used to find out the
significant association between the residents attitude about the factor influencing the effect of
tourism on selected pilgrims centers.

132
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Discussion
1. Physical Impacts Indicators of Pilgrimage
Tourism development is dependent on the environment. The goal of tourism
development is to conserve and improve the environment in a long-term manner. The natural
and man-made environment's quality is used in the promotion and creation of the tourism
destination's image. Tourism and the environment get along swimmingly. When the number of
tourists and their level of consumption exceed the capacity of the environment, there is a
negative influence on the environment. Protecting the environment by raising awareness among
tourists, locals, and planners contributes to increased tourism.
Budowski (1976) identifies three different states of tourism’s relationship with environmental
conservation: “Conflict, co-existence and symbiosis”. Middleton and Hawkins (1998) explained
that, “on the one side, in terms of environment, the quality of natural resources such as
landscape, air, sea, water, fresh water, and flora and fauna need to conserved, while on the
other hand , the magnificence of cultural resources are judged to have intrinsic value and are
worthy of conservation”.
For the assessment of impact of pilgrimage development on physical environment of the
selected case study, the following parameters are taken into account.
1. Tourism damages the natural scenery
2. Tourism causes congestion and over crowding
3. Tourism increases pollution
4. Tourism creates the problem of pure and adequate water supply
5. Tourism causes problem of garbage disposal
6. Tourism causes strain on public services
7. Tourism adversely affects road conditions
8. Tourism creates need of separate parking place
9. Tourism is responsible for increase in numbers of shops
10. Tourism is responsible for the basic infrastructure development
1.1 Perception of Residents Response to Physical Impact of Pilgrimage
According to table 01 the host population of Ozar strongly agreed with statements that
tourism creates the problem of pure and sufficient water supply (+2.37) and tourism causes
problem of garbage disposal (+2.15). The local people moderately agree with statements that
tourism is accountable for increase in numbers of shops (+1.89), tourism is responsible for the
basic infrastructure development (+1.82), need of separate parking place (+1.70), tourism
damages the natural scenery (+1.29). The local peoples are moderately disagreeing with
statements that tourism adversely affects road conditions (-1.94) and tourism increases
pollution (-1.19). The local people are slightly agreed with statements that tourism causes
congestion and overcrowding (+0.98) and tourism causes strain on public services (+0.86).
Table 01 Views of Local Residents on Physical Impact of Pilgrimage at Ozar

Sr.
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
No Indicators Mean SD
1 Tourism damages the natural scenery 1 15 15 0 9 98 12 1.29 1.52
Tourism causes congestion and over
2 2 20 18 5 14 76 15 0.98 1.68
crowding
3 Tourism increases pollution 16 51 49 25 0 7 2 -1.19 1.24
Tourism creates the problem of pure
4 0 3 0 0 3 73 71 2.37 0.82
and adequate water supply
Tourism causes problem of garbage
5 1 2 2 1 10 80 54 2.15 0.96
disposal
Tourism causes strain on public
6 0 8 28 25 23 48 18 0.86 1.47
services
Tourism adversely affects road
7 98 16 12 0 4 17 3 -1.94 1.81
conditions
Tourism creates need of separate
8 4 5 7 0 16 86 32 1.7 1.36
parking place
Tourism is responsible for increase in
9 0 2 2 3 35 69 39 1.89 0.95
numbers of shops
Tourism is responsible for the basic
10 0 2 1 2 33 91 21 1.82 0.81
infrastructure development
The local people of Ozar have an opinion that increasing number of pilgrims at
destination creates various problems like pure and enough water supply, garbage disposal,
increase in numbers of shops, parking place, damage of natural scenery, congestion and
overcrowding and strain on public services. The residential of Ozar says that the tourism is not

133
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
responsible for bad road conditions and pollution and it helps for basic infrastructural
development.
2. Economic Impact of Pilgrimage
Tourism activity has a significant impact on a tourist destination's economic development. It
changes the economic structure of the tourist destination. Tourists spend their money in tourist
destinations to consume and purchase a wide range of commodity and services. In most cases,
tourism development has had a positive economic influence on the host population. The tourist
industry has a large capacity for both direct and indirect job creation. This activity generates
both direct and indirect revenue for the government. It is the largest foreign exchange earning
sources of the host country. Tourism development is accountable for increase in basic amenities
and it enlarges in the standard of living of local people. Tourism promotes infrastructure
development, which aids in the enhancement of the host population's quality of life. The price of
land and the local people's gross domestic product may rise because of tourism. Tourism has a
favorable impact on the economy and contributes to the overall economic growth of tourist
destinations (Venkatesh and Raj, 2016), (Ramotra, Potdar, 2009), (Ashfaq and Parveen, 2014).
For the assessment of Economic impact of Pilgrimage development on residents of the selected
case study, the following parameters were taken into account.
1. Tourism development leads to increase in income
2. Tourism development helps to increase shopping opportunity
3. Tourism development helps to increase jobs and business opportunity
4. Tourism development lead to increase in land and housing cost
5. Tourism development affects prices of goods and services
6. Tourism development increase the demand for female labor
7. Tourism development affects the scarcity of goods during festivals
8. Tourism development lead to reduce open land around the temple site
9. Tourism development develops commercial view in local residents
2.1 Perception of Residents Response to Economic Impact of Pilgrimage
The host people of Ozar moderately agree with the statement that tourism development
increase the scarcity of goods during festivals (+1.73), tourism development leads to increase in
income (+1.71), tourism development lead to increase prices of goods and services (+1.47) and
tourism development lead to increase in land and housing cost (+1.39). They also moderately
agree with the statement tourism development developed commercial view in local residents
(+1.39). They also moderately agree with the sentence that tourism growth helps to increase
shopping opportunity (+1.37), tourism development increases the demand of female labor
(+1.08) and tourism development helps to increase jobs and business opportunity (+1.07). The
host people slightly agree with the sentence that tourism development lead to reduce open land
around the temple site (0.64).
Table 02 Views of Local Residents on Economic Impact of Pilgrimage
Sr.
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
No Indicators Mean SD
Tourism development leads to
1 3 4 2 4 22 92 23 1.71 1.17
increase in income
Tourism development helps to
2 0 10 1 7 47 76 9 1.37 1.13
increase shopping opportunity
Tourism development helps to
3 increase jobs and business 7 12 10 4 45 46 26 1.07 1.66
opportunity
Tourism development lead to
4 4 6 14 7 30 50 39 1.39 1.56
increase in land and housing cost
Tourism development lead to
5 increase prices of goods and 1 6 8 9 36 62 28 1.47 1.29
services
Tourism development increase the
6 1 12 13 9 48 47 20 1.08 1.44
demand of female labor
Tourism development increase the
7 1 3 2 7 31 79 27 1.73 1.05
scarcity of goods during festivals
Tourism development lead to
8 reduce open land around the 3 17 27 9 36 44 14 0.64 1.63
temple site
Tourism development develops
9 1 2 16 13 16 91 11 1.39 1.22
commercial view in local residents

The host people of Ozar have opinions that the increasing number of pilgrims at Ozar
has increased scarcity of goods during festivals, income, land and housing cost, prices of
commodity and services, commercial view in local residents, shopping opportunity, demand of

134
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
female labor and jobs and business opportunity. They also think that tourism development
leads to reduction of open land around the temple site.
3. Socio-Cultural Impact of Pilgrimage
Tourism's socio-cultural influence is interrelated and results from the interaction
between two distinct groups of individuals that is the tourist and neighborhood. This interaction
may bring about a change in the norms and value of a society. Socio-cultural interaction
between tourist and the host people results in a cultural exchange because they are from
different cultural background. Socio-cultural differences support the tourism development.
Tourism development leads to social alteration between host population and tourists. The social
effect of tourism development refers to changes in quality of life of host people of tourist
destination.
The socio-cultural effects of tourism on society vary by destination and are dependent on
the kind of tourism, the attitude of the hosts, the tourist's background, and the place's strengths
and weaknesses.
For the assessment of socio-cultural impacts of pilgrimage development on residents of the
selected case study, the following parameters were taken into account.
1. Tourism development leads to increase in Population
2. Tourism development leads to increase in the quality of police protection
3. Tourism development leads to increase in strain on police protection
4. Tourism development leads to increase in crime rate
5. Tourism development leads to increase in commercialization of traditions and customs
6. Tourism development helps to change the standard of living
7. Tourism development leads to change in occupational structure
8. Tourism development leads to increase in epidemics
3.1 Views of local Residents Response on Socio-cultural Impact of pilgrimage
Table 03 Views of Local Residents on Socio- Cultural Impact of Pilgrimage
Sr.
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
No Indicators Mean SD
Tourism development lead to increase in
1 1 4 11 33 29 50 22 1.15 1.33
population
Tourism development lead to increase in
2 1 2 23 27 30 56 11 0.97 1.3
quality of police protection
Tourism development lead to increase in
3 4 11 12 74 21 18 10 0.27 1.33
Strain on police protection
Tourism development lead to increase in
4 11 21 32 79 5 2 0 -0.65 1.05
crime rate
Tourism development lead to increase in
5 commercialization of traditions and 3 4 8 57 15 46 17 0.89 1.38
customs
Tourism development helps to increase
6 0 0 0 6 38 83 23 1.82 0.73
the standard of living
Tourism development lead to change in
7 0 0 9 12 47 58 24 1.51 1.04
occupational structure
Tourism development lead to increase in
8 2 20 7 121 0 0 0 -0.35 0.76
epidemics

According to table 03 local people of Ozar are moderately agree with the statements that
tourism growth assists to increase the standard of living (+1.82), tourism development brings
changes in occupational structure (+1.51) and tourism development lead to increase in
population (+1.15). Local people are slightly agree with the statements that tourism
development increases quality of police protection (+0.97), tourism development helps to
increase the commercialization of traditions and customs (+0.89) and tourism development lead
to increases strain on police protection (+0.27). Local people are slightly disagree with the
statements that tourism development increases the crime rate (-0.65) and tourism development
increases the epidemics (-0.35).
The local people of Ozar express that the rising number of pilgrims at destination has
increased their standard of living, population, quality of police protection, crime rate,
commercialization of traditions and customs and strain on police protection. They also express
that there is a change in occupational structure caused by tourism development. While they
express tourism has very less impact on crime rate and epidemics.
Conclusion
Impact assessment is nothing more than a study of local people's views on the
development of a tourist destination and the impact of tourism on their personal lives and on

135
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
the destination. Pilgrimage development has physical, economic, and socio-cultural
consequences on the people who live in the area.
The impact of pilgrimage development on physical environment was assessed by
choosing ten indicators. As per the study, the means of physical environment impact the
residents of Ozar (+1.00) indicates that overall ten indicators have showed the moderate impact
on physical environment at Ozar. The economic impacts are assessed with the help of nine
indicators. As per the study there is a huge economic impact of Pilgrimage Development. As per
the study, the means of economic impacts on the residents of Ozar (+1.31) indicate that overall
nine indicators show the moderate economic impact. Socio-cultural impacts are assessed by
using eight indicators. As per the study the means of socio-cultural impacts on the residents of
Ozar (+0.70) indicate that overall eight indicators shows the slight impacts.
As per the impact of pilgrimage development on physical environment, the residents
have stated that the increasing number of pilgrims causes the problems like congestion and
overcrowding, pure and sufficient water supply, garbage disposal, strain on public services and
pollution. As per the opinion of the residents, due to pilgrimage there are positive changes in
the basic infrastructural development and numbers of shops at pilgrim destination.
In terms of the economic impact of pilgrimage on locals, it considered, the host
population expressed that the increasing number of pilgrims increased their income, shopping
opportunity, jobs and business opportunity, commercial view in local residents and scarcity of
goods during festivals. As per the host population as a result of tourism cost of land and houses
slightly increased. Overall indicator shows the positive impact because tourism boosts the
economic expansion of the tourist destination.
In terms of socio-economic impact of religious tourism on host population of pilgrimage
destinations if considered, they express their views that the increasing numbers of pilgrims
have changes the standard of living, quality of police protection and population at the
destination. According to the residents, occupational structure has been change due to tourism
while tourism does not have impact on crime rate and epidemics.
Tourism has physical, economic and socio-cultural effect on the local environment of
pilgrim destination, so the planners of tourist destination have to play a important role in
minimizing the negative impacts.
References:
1. Ashfaq, M., and Parveen, S. (2014). Socio economic impact of pilgrimage tourism: A
geographical enquiry of Matavashino Devi. Journal of Scientific and Research
Publication, 4(7), 1-6.
2. Budowski, G. 1976. Tourism and Environmental Conversation: Conflict, Coexistence or
Symbiosis? Environmental Conversation 3(1): 27–31.
3. Hajare, P. J. (2012). Tourism Development in Raigad District: A Geographical Analysis.
Unpublished Doctoral Dissertation, Tilak Maharashtra University, Pune.
4. Hajare, P. J. and Hajare, S. P. (2013). Economic Impact of Tourism on Resident of
Elephanta Caves in Raigad District, International Journal of Scientific and Engineering
Research, 4(12), 2256- 2259.
5. Likert, R. C. (1932), Technique for the Measurement of Attitude, Archives of Psychology
6. Retrieved from,
https://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=en&as_sdt=0%2C5&q=Likert%2C+R.+C.+%281932%2
9%2C++Technique+for+the+Measurement+of+Attitude%2C+Archives+of+Psychology+&btn
G=
7. Middleton,V.T.,and Hawkins, R. (1998). Sustainable tourism: A marketing perspective.
Routledge, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford.
8. Pune district census handbook (2011). Retrieved from,
9. https://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/2725_PART_B_DCHB_%20PUNE.pdf
a. Pune District Profile, (2007-08). Retrieved from,
http://lib.unipune.ac.in:8080/xmlui/bitstream/handle/123456789/3069/11_chapter%204.pdf?s
equence=11&isAllowed=y
10. Ramotra, K. C. and Potdar M.B.(2009). Economic Impact of Tourism on Amboli Hill Station:
A Geographical Analysis. Indian Journal of Regional Science 41 (2), 149-54
11. Venkatesh, M., and Raj, D. J. (2016). Impact of tourism in India. International Journal of
Scientific Engineering and Applied Science, 2(1), 167-184.

136
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Mathematical Modelling Of Transport of Contaminants In

Unsaturated Porous Media With Non-Uniform Flow
Vijayalakshmi A.R1, Shobhan Kumar D.M2
1, 2 Department of Mathematics, Maharani’s Science College for Women,
Palace Road, Bengaluru – 560 001.

Abstract
Over-pumping of groundwater for domestic, agricultural and industrial consumption
will lower the water table and can accelerate the movement of pollutant-laden surface water
into the groundwater. In unsaturated soil, the water content is less than the soil porosity, and
the soil water pressure head (matric potential) is negative, being less than that of free water at
the same location. The upper most region of the soil, the unsaturated zone, is the site of
important process leading to pollutant attenuation.
In responding to the growing concern over deteriorating groundwater quality,
groundwater flow models are rapidly coming to play a crucial role in the development of
protection and rehabilitation strategies. These models provide forecasts of the future state of
the groundwater aquifer systems.
The present study is concerned with the development of analytical models for transport
of contaminants in unsaturated porous media with non-uniform flow
Introduction
The groundwater has been a major source of water supply throughout the ages. The
groundwater is also an important source in the agriculture and industrial sector. In many parts of
the world, groundwater resources are under increasing threat from growing demands, wasteful use
and contamination. A good planning and management practices are needed to face this challenge. In
order to understand the behaviour of contaminant transport through different types of media, several
researchers are carrying out experimental investigations through laboratory and field studies. A
porous medium is a material, which contains pores. Pores are filled with one or more different
fluids, like air, water or oil. The porous medium is saturated if all the pores contain water and is
unsaturated if some pores are filled with water and some with air. The saturation is defined as
the fraction of the total volume of the fluid and pore volume. There exist many natural porous
substances such as soil, rocks, wood, cork or bones.
The water flow and contaminant transport equations in the unsaturated zone are
described by Bear [2], Pinder and Gray [6], and Freeze and Cherry [7]. Gray and Hassanizadeh
[8] proposed a new set of equations to describe the unsaturated flow processes obtained from
averaging theory coupled with an interface thermodynamic analysis. However, this set of
equations contains many more unknowns than that of classical equations.
For simulating most field problems, exact analytical solutions are probably out
weighted by errors introduced by simplifying approximations of the complex field environment
that are required to apply the analytical approach (De Smedt and Wirenga, [5], Foussereau
et al.,[9],Yates et al., [10]). Ebach and White [1] studied the longitudinal dispersion problem for
an input concentration that varies periodically with time. Al-Niami and Rushton [3] studied the
analysis of flow against dispersion in porous media. Hunt [4] applied the perturbation method
to longitudinal and lateral dispersion in non-uniform seepage flow through heterogeneous
aquifers. M Jalal Ahammad et al [11] studied dispersion and diffusion of solvent saturation
with the help of a streamline-based Lagrangian methodology. Overall pressure drag on the
diffusion and dispersion of solvent saturation was studied. Numerical results were in good
agreement with the results obtained from asymptotic analysis.
In this paper, we have studied the mathematical modelling of transport of pollutants in
unsaturated soil media with non-uniform flow. The basic approach is to reduce the
advection-dispersion equation into a conduction equation by using moving coordinates
which eliminates the convective term. We have used Laplace transform method to reduce
the non-linear partial differential equation to ordinary differential equation. By introducing
Duhamel’s theorem, the general solution of ordinary differential equation is expressed in
terms of error function.
Mathematical Formulation
The advection-dispersion equation of one-dimensional mathematical model for transport of
pollutants through unsaturated porous media in non-uniform flow with initial and boundary
conditions is of the form
C  2C C 1  n 
D w  dC (1)
t z 2 z n
where C is the constituent concentration in the soil solution, t is the time, D is the
hydrodynamic dispersion coefficient, z is the depth, w is the average pore-water velocity, K is
d
the dissipaton coefficient.

137
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Let us consider a semi-infinte soil (porous) medium in an uni-directional flow field in which the
input tracer concentration is C e
 t , where C is a reference concentration and  is a constant.
0
0
Initially, saturated flow of concentration, C = 0, in the porous media. At t = 0, the concentration
of the upper surface is instantaneously changed to C  C e
 t
0
Thus, the appropriate boundary conditions for the given model are
C  z, 0   0 z0 
 t 
C  0, t   Coe t  0 (2)

C  , t   0 t0 

The problem then is to characterize the concentration as f  z, t  , where the input condition is
assumed at the origin and a second type boundary condition or flux type boundary condition is
assumed. Co is the initial concentration. Using
 wz w2t  d 1  n  t 
C  z, t     z, t  Exp     (3)
 2 D 4 D n 
equation (1) reduces to
  2
D 2
t z (4)
The initial and boundary conditions (2) transform to
 w2t  1  n  t  
  0, t   Co exp   d   t  : t  0
 4 D n  

  z, 0   0 :z0  (5)

  , t   0 :t  0 


Equation (4) is solved for a time dependent influx of the fluid at z = 0 and is obtained by
Duhamel’s theorem stated as “ If C  F x, y, z,   is the solution of semi-infinite conduction
equation in which, the initial concentration is zero and the solute concentration at the surface is
unity. The solution of the given problem at temperature   t  will be
t 
C      F ( x, y, z, t   ) d ”. Consider the problem in which the initial concentration is
0 t
zero. The boundary conditions are
  0, t   0 t0

  z, 0   1 z  0

  , t   0 t  0 

     2 
The Laplace transform of equation (4) is given by L
 t   L  D 2  which reduces to
   z 

 2 p
 
z 2 D (6)
qz qz p
Its solution is   Ae  Be where q   .
D
1 1 qz
As z B = 0 and at z = 0, A  , thus the general solution is of the form   e . The
p p
inverse of the given function from the table of Laplace transforms is
 z  2   2 2 z  2
  1  erf    e d with erf  z   e d .
 2 Dt   z 0
2 Dt
Using Duhamel’s theorem, the solution of the problem with initial solute concentration is zero
and the time dependent surface initial condition at z = 0 is

138
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

 
t  2   2 
        e d  d
0 t   z 
 2 D(t  ) 
 2
Since e is a continuous function, the differential under the integral reduces to
2    2 z  z2 
 e d  exp  
 t z 3  4 D(t   ) 

2 D t   2  D (t   ) 2

The solution to the problem is

t z   z 2  d
   ( ) exp   (7)
2 D0  4 D(t   )  3
(t   ) 2
z
Putting  then the equation (7) can be written as
2 D t  

2   z 2   2
    t  2
e d (8)
 z  4 D  
2 Dt
 w2t  (1  n)t 
Since,  (t )  C exp   d   t  the particular solution of the problem is
0  4D n 
 
2C  w2t  (1  n)t    2     2  
  z, t   0 exp   d   t    exp    2   d    exp    2   d  (9)
  4D n 0   2   2 
z     0   
z  w2t  d (1  n)t  z
Where  and       .
2 Dt  4D n 2 D
The integral of the first term of equation (9) gives
  2 2   2
 exp     2  d   e (10)
0    2
For convenience, the second integral term is expressed in terms of error function.
2 2 2
2 
Noting that   
   
       2        2 , the second term of the integral of
2    
equation (9) is
  2 2     2   2 
1  2z          
I   exp      d   e  exp      d   e 2 z
0 exp        d  . (11)
  2 2      
0   
0
     
With a    , the first integral on R H S of equation (11) can be written as

  2     2
      
I  e  exp       d   e  1 
2 2 z
 exp    a   da 
1
0     z  a2   a  
    
   2
 
e2z  exp     a   da (12)
z  a  
  
 
Let     a  , then the first integral term of the above equation becomes
a 
  2    2 
2 z 2 z  
I  e  e d   e  exp    a  da 
 (13)
1  a  
 
z

z
 
Similarly, the second integral on R H S of equation (11) gives

139
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

   2    2
   
I  e2 z  exp     a   da e2 z  exp     a   da (14)
2 z  a   z  a  
     

Again substituting     a into the first integral term,
a
  2    2
 
I  e2 z  e d  e2 z  exp     a   da (15)
2  a  
 
z z
  
   2     2 
   
But  exp    a   2 da   exp    a   2  da
  
z  a   z  a  
     
Substitution into equation (11) gives
 
1  2 z    2 2 z   2 
I  e  e d  e  e d  (16)
2 Z  Z  
   
Thus, equation (9) may be expressed as
2C  w 2t  (1  n)t 
  z, t   0 exp  L  d t .
  4D n 
 L 
  
  2 z 1  2 z    2 2 z   2  
 e  e  e d e  e d   (17)
 2 2
   
Z
 
Z  


  2  2z     2  2 z  
But e2 z  e d  e erfc     , e2 z  e d  e erfc     Re-
   
 
2 z 2
 
Z
writing equation (17) in terms of error function, we get
C  w2t  (1  n)t      
  z, t   0 exp   d   t  e2 z erfc      e2 z erfc      (18)
2  4D n      
 
Thus, substitution into equation (3) gives the solution as
 wz      
  t  e2 z erfc      e2 z erfc     
C 1
 exp  (19)
C
0
2  2D      
Re-substituting for  and  gives
C 1  wz 
 exp    t .
C
0
2  2D 
  2   2 
  w n  4 D(1  n) d  4 Dn   z  w n  4 D(1  n) d  4 Dn  
exp  z  erfc  t  
  2 D n   2 Dnt 
    
    
  w2n  4 D(1  n)  4 Dn  2
 z  w n  4 D(1  n) d  4Dn  
d
exp   z  erfc  t  (20)
  2 D n   2 Dnt 
    
When the boundaries are symmetrical the solution of the problem is given by the first integral
term of the equation (20). The second integral term of equation (20) is due to the asymmetric
boundary condition imposed in the general problem. However, if a point at a large distance
away from the source is considered, then it is possible to approximate the boundary condition by
C(-∞, t) = C0, which leads to a symmetrical solution.
1. Results and Discussion
C
Equation (20) gives the value of the ratio for unsaturated non – uniform fluid flow at any
C0
distance z and time t. Fig. 1 and. Fig. 2 represents the concentration profiles verses time in the
porous media for depth z for different velocity w = 0.0111 m/hr, D = 11.24 cm2/yr, Kd =1, n

140
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
= 0.5 and n = 1. Fig. 3 and. Fig. 4 represents the concentration profiles verses time in the porous
media for depth z for different velocity w = 0.0111 m/hr, D = 11.24 cm2/yr, Kd =1, n = 0,
  0 and   1 .

141
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

C
From Fig. 1 and Fig.2, there is a decrease in with depth as porosity n decreases due to the
C0
C
distributive coefficient Kd . From Fig. 3 and Fig.4 there is a decrease in with depth as 
C0
decreases and if time increases the concentration increases for different time.

Conclusions
The main limitations of the analytical methods are that the applicability is for relatively simple
problems. The geometry of the problem should be regular. The properties of the soil in the
region considered must be homogeneous in the sub region. The analytical method in somewhat
more flexible than the standard form of the other methods for one-dimensional transport model.
Accordingly, the analytical solutions derived for the finite domain will thus be particularly
useful for analyzing the one-dimensional transport in unsaturated porous medium with a large
dispersion coefficient whereas the analytical solution for semi-infinite domain is recommended
to be applied for a medium system with a small dispersion coefficient. Moreover, the developed
solution is especially useful for validating numerical model simulated solution because realistic
problems generally have a finite domain.
References
1. Ebach, E. H., and White, R., Mixing of fluids flowing through beds of packed solids, Amer.
J. Chem. Engg.., 4, (1958) 161-169.
2. Bear, J., Dynamics of Fluids in Porous Media. Elsevier, New York (1972).
3. Al-Niami, A. N. S., and Rushton, K. R., Analysis of Flow against dispersion in porous
media, J. Hydro., 33, 1-2, (1977)87-97.
4. Hunt, B., Dispersion calculations in nonuniform seepage, J. of Hydro., 36, (1978) 261-277.
5. De Smedt and Wirenga, P.J., Solute transport through soil with non-uniform water
Conten. Soil Sci.Soc.Am.J.,42, (1978a) 7-10.
6. Pinder, G.F. and Gray, W.G., Finite Element Simulation in Surface and Subsurface
Hydrology. Acad. Press, New York (1979).
7. Freeze, R.A. and Cherry, J.A., Groundwater. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, (1979).
8. Gray, W.G. and Hasanizadeh, S.M., Paradoxes and Realities in Unsaturated Flow Theory.
Wat. Resour. Res., 27, (1991)1847-1854.
9. Foussereau,X.,Grahan,W.D., and P.S.C.Rao, Stochastic analysis of transient flow in
unsaturated heterogeneous soils. Wat. Resour.Res., 36(4),(2000a) 891-910.
10. Yates, S.R.,Van Genuchten, M.Warrick A.W. and Leji, Analysis of measured, predicted
and estimated hydralic conductivity using the RETC Computer program.Soil Sci.Soc. Am.
J., 56, (1992)347-354.
11. M Jalal Ahammad and Jahrul M Alam . A numerical study of two-phase miscible flow
through porous media with a Lagrangian model, J. Comp Multiphase flows, 9, 3. (2017)
127-143.

142
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Geographical Study of Primary Schools In Vengurla Tahsil

Prof. Kamlesh R Kamble
Assi. Professor & Head, Department of Geography, Br. B. K. College, Vengurla

Abstract:
Primary education is an essential stage in educational system. Lots of efforts are
being taken by governmental and NGO‟s for improvement of Primary education in our agro
based Country. Geographical Positioning of the villages and primary schools also affect the
qualitative and quantitative aspects of the primary education. The physical barriers may
include the rivers, high rainfall, remoteness from the district place and urban areas etc. If we
want to overcome all the geographical obstacles coming in the primary education we must study
the position of primary schools.
India is having a geographical diversity. We can understand the possibly in path of
educational depot through the study of physiographic and educational status. This research will
be useful to improve the quality of educational standard at rural areas. Primary education in
rural area is less developed. The predominant factors which determine the position of primary
education are unproductive land, less availability of employment, rare income source, poor
transportation facility, illiterate parents. Private resources for promoting Primary education are
minimal to non-existent. Single teacher schools, most of them with just a single room, are
unable to provide even the basic environment for learning. Lack of adequate classroom facilities
means that, children from different age groups typically seat in the same classroom, leading to
boredom and disinterest to learn.
We succeed to find the correlation between all these geographical factors and the
teachers-students availability in the school; it will help the administration to take needful steps
in case of primary education in near future. In present research and attempt has been made to
indicate geography and education for betterment of primary education.
Rationale Of The Study:
Mapping of Schools using GPS tools for better school educational planning &
management is important in educational development. Latitude, Longitudes, Altitude and other
education information is useful for planning of Primary education. Though the present research
work is related to geography, it is proposed to study with the interdisciplinary approach i.e.
Education, Sociology, Geo-informatics, Economics, Disaster Management, Agriculture,
Population Studies, Political Science, etc.
Objectives Of The Study:
1. To specify the latitudinal and longitudinal position of primary schools situated in Vengurla
of Sindhudurg district using Global Positioning System.
2. To Classify the Positions of Primary School in the Vengurla based on mean sea level with
the help of GPS.
3. To correlate the availability of teaching staff and geographical positions of primary school.
4. To find the possible effects of natural Calamities on the number of students studying in
different Primary School.
Review Of Research:
1. Aggrawal, Yash.(2001): District primary education programme, Report
2. Aggarwal and Chugh, Sunita. (2003): Project report on “Learning achievement of slum
children in Delhi”
3. Adhikari, Tejaswini.(2001): Paper on , „Needs of students and teachers in the context of
quality education‟.
4. Banerjee, Rukmini. (2000): Poverty and primary schooling, Field study report.
5. Dikshit, K. R. (1986): 'Maharashtra in Maps', Maharashtra state Board for literature and
culture, Bombay. (pp.1)
6. 6 .Indian Institute of Education, Pune.(2006):‟Problem of school dropout‟
7. Kamble M.K. (2008): 'A Study of Population change in Panhala tahsil of Kolhapur district',
An unpublished M.Phil. dissertation, submitted to Y.C.M. Open University, Nashik, pp. 3-4
8. Shinde, S.D. (2002): 'Land use and land analysis in northern part of Kolhapur district based
on remote sensing technique', A Ph.D. thesis submitted to Shivaji University, Kolhapur.
9. Socio-Economic Review and District Statistical abstract of Sindhudurg District, 2011
Study Area:
Vengurla is situated in Sindhudurg district in Maharashtra state. North by Malvan
tehsil, on the south Goa state, East Kudal tehsil and on the west by the Arabian Sea. Its
Geographical co-ordinate are 15 52'0" North latitude and longitude is 73 38'0"east. A narrow
coastal plain is lies at Vengurla coast. Vengurla has a semi tropical climate and temperature
lies between 34 c maximum in summer and 29 c in winter. So temperature is very humid and
hot in most of the year. In monsoon there is heavy rainfall approx. 1500 to 2000 mm. The
occupational structure of tehsil indicates that fishing and agriculture is the main occupation of

143
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
people. As per census2011 has a population of 12,392. The city is governed by a „C‟ class
municipality.
Methodology:
The title of the proposed research work is Geographical study of primary schools in
Vengurla. For this study purpose primary as well as secondary data is collected through
different sources. Through the actual visit to primary schools and by using GPS the survey was
carried out. The data are collected through GPS about the schools related to the altitude,
longitude and latitude, total students population, teacher total and distance from Vengurla city.
Besides the physical conditions of the schools were studied through questionnaires and
interviews. The data about physical facilities, gardens, and types of trees and occupation of
parents were collected. The categorization of schools was done on the basis of low, medium and
high latitude and the geographical study was carried out.
To provide better school educational planning and management through using GPS as
the main spatial data source, and the educational and village statistics as the main non-spatial
data source. The spatial data of schools will capture GPS survey other non-spatial data will be
collected through Grampanchyat, and offices from Panchayat Samitee, Tehsildar office, Zilla
Parishad, Collector office, District Educational Department etc. The Government published
record, Census reports, Books, Journals, and Internet and so on will use for data collection.
Conclusion:
1. While studying the primary schools from Vengurla through actual visits, the factual data
have been collected related to latitude and longitude and altitude in feet. The attempt has
been made to schools how geographical conditions affect the primary schools
2. The tehsil is under heavy rainfall region, so, it affects the health and presence of students at
schools adversely.
3. Some schools have less number of schools due to migration of students.
4. Some schools are non-aided near their villages and parents have admitted their into them
5. Many schools do not have proper teaching staff as per rules and regulations.
6. The student‟s attendance at school is affected due to adverse physical conditions like Hilly
area, heavy rain and winds, The school goers face problems in rainy seasons.
7. Though certain villages have large population. The student population is less in Z.P schools
due to private primary school and parents incline to admit their ward there.
8. Some schools have the geographical effect. Bad road, schools a way from main roads flowing
streams in monsoon, migration of families, economic condition at home, complaints about
health, hills and valleys, etc., have affected the student‟s strength at school.
Recommendations:
1. Fill up the proper teaching staff in school
2. Medium of learning is semi-English in every Z.P. schools.
3. Divert students from English medium school to Marathi medium schools.
References:
1. Collector office, District Educational Department etc.
2. Census report 2011
3. Grampanchyat, Talathi and offices from Panchayat Sammittee, Tehsildar office Vengurla.
4. Shinde, S.D. (2002): 'Land use and land analysis in northern part of Kolhapur district based
on remote sensing technique', A Ph.D. thesis submitted to Shivaji University, Kolhapur.
5. Zilla Parishad, Sindhudurg.
6. Socio-Economic Review and District Statistical abstract of Sindhudurg District.
7. Panchyat Samiti, Educational Department, Vengurla.
8. The Government published record,

144
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Gender Sensitive Practices in Kerala- Educating Student

Teachers
Dr. Smitha Eapen1, Dr.Sojia John2, Dr.Tharamma Goerge.T3
1Assistant Professor of Education (Social Science), Mount Tabor Training College,
Pathanapuram, Kollam, Kerala.
2Assistant Professor of Education (Natural Science), Mount Tabor Training College,

Pathanapuram, Kollam, Kerala. [email protected]

3Professor , Mount Tabor Training College, Pathanapuram, Kollam, Kerala

Email- [email protected]

Abstract
Kerala, God's country, has been in the limelight for various reasons. The country has
achieved a lot in the education and health sectors. The country was declared fully literate in
1991. The country has been singled out as a model for development due to its strong social
matrixes. The Government of Kerala allocates huge expenditures to nurture new and
innovative learning experiences for every child. Educational institutions subject to higher
education are mixed. The state's teacher education institutions are co-educational, and the
curriculum is formulated to encourage gender-responsive education. Most teacher education
institutions have 90 percent female students.
Recognizing the diverse roles, responsibilities, and obligations of both men and
women in society as well as their interactions, it is important to understand and be sensitive
to social and cultural norms and distinctions. This is what it means to be gender sensitive.
Kerala society was matrilineal in the cases where we follow Marumakatayam. A summary
report published by the Government of India's Ministry of Women and Child Development in
2009* indicated that in 2006, Kerala ranked third among Indian states in the Gender
Development Index, GDI, with a score of 0.745. Kudumbashree is just one of the examples of
gender sensitive projects in Kerala. The Kerala State Commission for Protection of Child
Rights took the latest gender-sensitive decisions in the state when it mandated that all
educational institutions in the state be converted into co-ed or co-ed schools and that boys-
only and only schools may soon become a thing of the past. In order to make the campus
more welcoming to women and attentive to their needs, the Kerala government has decided
to grant menstrual leave and maternity leave to female students.
Consciousness is the state or quality of being aware of something. Teacher education
plays a key role in sensitizing stakeholders to the timely need for gender-sensitive practices.
Student teachers, the architects of the future society, should be aware Innovative gender-
sensitive practices. The study is an honest effort to determine whether student teachers are
aware of gender-sensitive practices in the state. An online survey was conducted among fifty
student teachers of 40 female teachers and 10 male teachers. The questionnaire consists of
yes/no questions. Percentage analysis was used to analyze the responses. The responses
showed that about 95% were aware of recent gender-sensitive practices. The results led to a
scope of gender awareness practices to be incorporated into teacher education curricula and
also the establishment of incubation centers to create gender sensitive projects to provide
solutions to existing issues in the state.
Keywords : Gender Sensitive Practices, Awareness, Students - Teachers , Kerala
1.Introduction
It is a known fact that women in society play two distinct roles: selfless caregiver and
independent wage-earner. Unfortunately, the society in which the woman lives offers little
or no support in her constant struggle to balance the two. Most of the time, they are not
given the same basic economic, social and even legal rights as their male counterparts.
Gender equality and the empowerment of women was the third of the eight Millennium
Development Goals as a result of this observation. Kerala's success was the result of the

145
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

practice of matrilineal property inheritance among some upper-caste segments of the

population. Surveys have revealed that Kerala has successfully resisted the centuries-old
trends in India.
Definition of Gender Sensitivity
Recognizing the diverse rights, obligations and responsibilities of men and women in society
and the relationships between them requires an understanding and consideration of social
and cultural norms and discrimination.
Indicators of Gender Sensitive services :
Avoid discriminating against or profiling customers on the basis of their gender or gender,
and treat every customer with respect,
Training all employees to respect gender differences,
Ensuring that women are represented fairly.
Gender awareness can start at home and be nurtured at school in these ways:
At home
Developing gender sensitivity is a concept that starts at home.
1. They treat their children as sons and daughters.
2. Encourage children to use toys that are suitable for both sexes.
3. Tell them the gender and show respect for the opposite sex.
4. Encourage children to play with people of both sexes.
5. Giving children the opportunity to speak and respond to their inquiries in order to
encourage gender awareness.
At school
NCERT ("National Council for Educational Research and Training") worked with the
"Ministry of Human Resource Development", "Ministry of Women and Child Development"
and other ministries to ensure that schools are gender sensitive by ensuring that all
textbooks followed gender neutral design. Teachers strongly support gender-sensitive
classrooms. Here are some of the tried and true methods they use:
1. Encouraging male and female students to take the lead in the class.
2. Assemble "mixed" groups for activities regardless of gender.
3. Ensure that boys and girls perform all class duties equally, including cleaning, moving
furniture, obtaining class supplies, etc.
4. Organizing activities and events that promote cooperation between the two sexes and
respect their needs .
2.Need and Significance of the study
Today, most people around the world agree that gender equality and gender
awareness are important for growth. Men and women still have a long way to go before they
gain the same rights and opportunities, despite the fact that women have made progress and
now have a voice in society, business, and politics. Globally, the average wage for women in
the workforce is still 24% lower than for men. Women account for only 22% of all national
legislators as of August 2015. In India, women hold only 14% of the 542 seats in the Lok
Sabha. 35% of women worldwide have experienced violence in a relationship.
Discrimination still exists in India and is evident in every social class. Although the
constitution stipulates women's equality, they lack legal protection.
One of the basic necessities for holistic development is gender awareness. An
individual may fail to understand the requirements of the opposite sex, and in some extreme
circumstances, even themselves if they are not sensitive to the demands of that gender.
Since the dawn of time, people have recognized and felt the need for this sensitivity in
almost all aspects of human existence. People become more aware of the intelligence of
women through the process of gender awareness. In addition, women often believe that they
are not inferior to men and can play an equal role in making decisions for the family, society,
and organization. It is a way of thinking that promotes consideration for others as well as
empathy.

146
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

3.Review of Related Literature

(Barnali Baruah), 2019, In order to ensure that all young Indians are aware of and
respect human rights, this article will discuss how higher education institutions in India are
working to educate students about gender issues. It will do this by referring to laws and
programs established by governments and organizations to encourage gender equality and
equality in the academic community. Secondary data obtained from journals, government
directories, books, official reports, electronic media, and newspapers form the basis of the
research.
We can learn more about the many gender disparities that led the 2016 Global
Gender Gap Report to rank India 108th. The main reason for reducing disparities in
educational attainment and occupational segregation was highlighted as the devaluation of
women's work. For example, caregiving and nursing are mostly female-dominated
professions that are sometimes undervalued and viewed as "normal" female characteristics.
In Kerala, women have made use of their female capital by working in the economy,
although primarily in the care and service industries. These areas of work show how
women's career choices interact with social and gender norms.
Objectives of the study
1. To learn about gender sensitive programmes in India and Kerala.
2. To check awareness about sensitive practices among student teachers.
3. To propose measures that ensure gender-sensitive practices.
3. Methodology
The methodology follows a descriptive nature and uses quantitative methodology. Mostly
online data and resources have been used to find out what gender sensitive programs are in
Kerala and how to use gender sensitive practices as suggested by the ILO.
A questionnaire was used to collect student teachers' opinions with the aim of collecting
information related to their awareness of the practices followed in the country. A Google
form was used to collect responses from (N=100) student-teachers from different subjects of
2 different semesters doing B.Ed course under the University of Kerala which constitues a
representative sample.
4.Analysis of secondary data about Gender Sensitive Programmes in India and
Kerala
In India, the concept of gender has been embraced when creating policy frameworks
and curricula. After independence, a number of committees promoted the requirement of
gender parity at all educational levels.Promoting gender parity in education was strongly
emphasized by the Kothari Commission, National Education Policy and Action Program of
1992.The National Education Policy placed a strong emphasis on using education as a
catalyst for fundamental transformation of the status of women.For trainers at the
university and college levels, the India XI plan proposes training sessions, talks, workshops
and other events to increase their sensitivity to gender issues.
The government also conducts numerous research projects and routinely hosts lectures,
workshops, seminars, conferences, community service projects, and programs to promote
gender equality. Regularly offer instructors a refresher course for women's studies at UGC.
The Indian government is integrating gender-sensitive OSH ("occupational safety and
health") content into adult education programs and curricula of higher education
institutions, as well as conducting awareness campaigns to disseminate information about
workplace risks and hazards.
The Ministry of Human Resources and Development is updating the curriculum,
including gender-sensitive materials and modules in the annual in-service teacher training
and teaching young women self-defense in physical education courses. India's Ministry of
Women, Child Development and Human Resource Development has launched an initiative
to find gender champions among college students across the country. These individuals will

147
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

be responsible for educating girls and boys about gender issues and strengthening their
ability to advocate for gender equality.
Educational institutions can set up gender advocacy clubs working on projects such
as creating a blog or website about gender equality and publishing a regular column on
gender issues, which might include telling stories about exceptional girls, boys, and
transgender people who have changed girls' lives. and women or write about government
laws and programmes. Students may be inspired to show their support for gender justice
and equality through workshops, plays, films, college- or university-sponsored youth
festivals, or other events with a similar theme. People's attitudes and behaviors can change
as a result of students being exposed to visits to public service institutions at the block,
village, city, and district levels, as well as public health clinics, post offices, hospitals, and
police stations, to raise awareness of gender issues. Gender Champions should arrange for
other students to receive basic life skills training and knowledge about public services
already in place. An organization's annual activity schedule may include programs
promoting gender equality on any two days each week. To assist the work of gender
advocates, institutions will designate one or more teachers as nodal teachers.
Since the time of the Seventh Plan, the Women's Studies program in the country has
been supported, strengthened, and directed by the University Grants Commission (UGC). In
order to evaluate policies and strategies to enhance gender sensitivity, the UGC established
a working group in January 2015. The UGC has helped universities establish equal
opportunity cells to overcome the successful implementation of programs and policies for
underrepresented groups and provide advice in financial, social and academic, as well as
other domains. The Cell hosts programs to educate colleges and universities about issues
experienced by the ST, SC, and OBC communities in higher education.
Gender sensitization in higher education was mentioned in the draft National
Women’s Policy – 2016, and it also became an important recommendation for “Saksham –
measures to ensure the safety of women and gender sensitization programs on campuses,”
according to the UGC Principles report released in 2013. The guidelines call for Scotsham
aims to integrate gender issues into existing curricula. Real and current cases of women's
disenfranchisement should be included, as well as an examination of how these conditions
impede their opportunities to advance professionally.A session on gender awareness and
sexual harassment concerns should be included in the orientation training offered by higher
education institutions for principals. For the safety and well-being of students, it is their
duty to select medical and security staff who have undergone gender awareness training.
Higher education institutions must provide advisory services through trained full-time
advisors. Information on gender equality and sexual harassment should be included in the
prospectus and posted widely in visible places, such as bulletin boards, to provide a safe and
secure environment on campus. Case studies on the gender pay gap in management
education can be included.While engineering courses can draw attention to the low
percentage of female students and discuss how professions have been stereotyped on the
basis of gender, students studying journalism, hotel management, and other related fields
may be asked to investigate the effects of late-night shifts For women and girls. the safety
risks they pose. Teachers should provide students with articles written by female academics
that have been published in scientific publications to help bridge the gender gap in science
and technology.
Gender Sensitive Practices in Kerala
1. BODHYAM (2019) - The aim of 'Bodhyam' is to train police officers to be gender sensitive
and empathetic. Bodiam also aims to develop the relationship between the police force and
the Mithra 181 helpline to promote a safer environment for women in the state.
2. Women Cell -KSWDC plans to set up a women's cell for the cause in 80 colleges across
Kerala. The cell's mission is to educate women about their rights and responsibilities. It also
provides a forum for women to express their experiences and perspectives on gender

148
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

inequality, their social status, and strategies for empowering themselves. The goal of the
women's cell is intellectual enrichment and
3. Kudumbasri is a community established by the Government of Kerala to combat poverty
and empower women. The facilities management centers in Kudumbassery have partnered
with KMRL to provide trained women to work on the front lines.
4. The Kerala State Police has also implemented measures such as Vanitha Police, pink
patrols, monitoring rooms, installation of CCTV cameras, all aimed at involving women and
monitoring public spaces.
5. KSRTC and MVD are building the SURAKSHA-MITRA Command and Control Center,
which will be equipped with real-time bus tracking and emergency buttons. KSRTC began
hiring female leaders and drivers in 1992. Conductors make up 15% of all conductors. They
also made gender awareness training and night shelters mandatory.
6. According to KSCPCR (“Kerala State Committee for the Protection of Child Rights”), the
use of the term “teacher” is more gender neutral, can help in promoting equality among
students, and improves children’s attachment to their teachers.
7. In order to reduce representations that encourage gender stereotypes and categorization
of roles in society, Kerala State is planning to conduct a gender assessment of existing
textbooks.
8. GET-UP (Girl Empowerment Training)
It is a unique curriculum that focuses on the holistic development of girls in primary,
secondary and tertiary education institutions. As part of this strategy, girls' clubs will be set
up in every school. The entire program will be conducted with a research approach. Choose
two students from each class and from the Girls Club. Girls in grades 6-8 can start a small
club, while students in grades 9-12 can join a large club. The organizer of the school club is
the teacher in charge of the help desk, and the coordinator is the leader of the institution.
The secretary and the president represent the female students. An incoming member and
the PTA/SMC Chair, as well as the mothers of two PTA members, are ex officio members.
These clubs can organize focused events.
9. Earlier this month, the Kerala government stated that there was no regulation requiring
teachers to wear sari, with Higher Education Minister R Bindu stating that such a practice
of requiring teachers to wear sari is not conducive to the modern thinking of Kerala. The
minister stressed that one's choice of clothing is entirely a personal matter, and no one has
the right to judge or interfere in another's clothing choices.
10. According to a senior official in the Ministry of Education, the Government's policy is to
encourage gender neutrality and will fully support any school that proposes to implement
such gender-neutral uniforms.
11. The year 2023 began with a surprise from the Department of Higher Education,
which issued a decision approving menstruation and maternity leave for students enrolled in
universities affiliated with the department.
Google Form : Findings
Awareness among Student Teachers about Gender Sensitive Practices in Kerala
One of the objective was to identify the awareness of gender sensitive praactices in
Kerala.The results of google form is represented in a table .The responses are of Yes/No type
and then briefly interpreted descriptively with the help of percentage analysis.

149
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Table 1Awareness of 100 Student Teachers in Percentage

Awareness RESPONSES

Yes
1.Role of Kudumbashree 97 (97%)
2.GET scheme in high schools 25 (25%)
3.Dress code of teachers in educational 72 (72%)
institutions
4.Gender stereotypes in textbooks 33 (33%)
5.Maternity leave for students 81 (81%)
6.Menstrual leave 94 (94%)
7.Reforms in KSRTC 86 (86%)
8.New policies by UGC 38 (38%)
9.Activities of Women’s Cell 99 (99%)
10.Usage of gender neutral terms 73 (73%)

An analysis of responses to a Google questionnaire from 100 student teachers (Table

1)revealed that:
1.97% of student teachers were aware of the role of Kumbashree in ensuring gender
sensitivity.
2. 25% revealed that they were aware of GET in schools.
3. 72% were aware that the dress code for teachers does not have to be a mandatory saree.
4. 33% do not know about gender stereotypes in textbooks.
5. 81% have been informed about maternity leave.
6.Menstrual leave information created news and so 94% have been informed.
7.86% are aware about the reforms in KSRTC that lead to support gender sensitivity.
8.38% are only aware about the new policies for gender sensitivity by UGC.
9.Majority of the student teachers are aware about activities of Women’s Cell as most of
them are females and directly involved in these activities in their institution.
10. The student teachers (73%) are familiar that the society should use of gender neutral
terms.
Figure 1 Responses of 100 student teachers with regard to awareness of gender
sensitive practices

100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0

150
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Figure 1 shows that majority of the student teachers are aware about the gender sensitive
practices in the state which reveals that they are interested in collecting information which
affects their morale ,emotional intelligence and thereby their integrity.
Gender Balance Strategy
The United Nations implements a gender balance policy, which includes special
measures such as training courses for women, targeted recruitment and promotion, and
numerical targets. All aim to eliminate past and contemporary prejudices against women
while achieving gender balance in recruitment and promotion.
It is possible to increase the number of qualified applicants while at the same time
eliminating bias from the recruitment process by using personnel selection criteria.
The Exiting Employees Survey provides information on organizational obstacles to hiring
and retaining employees.
The United Nations has called for work-life balance and flexible working
arrangements, such as staggered working hours. Work schedule pressure, scheduled break
for extended learning activities, telecommuting, part-time work, adoption leave, parental
leave as special leave without pay, breastfeeding policy, special leave in circumstances of
death or emergency.
UN Women hosts expert group meetings to discuss the latest cutting-edge research
and policy advances on equitable representation of women. The sessions provide key
opportunities to discuss the many difficulties that exist, as well as to learn from the best
practices of stakeholders and partners.
Measures of the ILO and the United Nations can be scaled back or adapted to local
conditions to ensure gender equality.
Implications
1. Breach of Limitations
Higher education is an advanced stage of human learning. Once you finish school and join
the university, you are placed in an environment made up of adults. Traditionally, women
have been forced to limit their interaction with the outside world. Perhaps out of fear that
women might use their mental faculties and challenge existing social institutions. However,
when women are placed in heterogeneous settings such as universities, they are able to
explore beyond the traditional constraints placed on them. Self-esteem issues that plague
women when interacting with people and engaging in various activities are effectively
addressed.
2. Educate others about gender
Gender education through higher education should not be limited to women. Many
universities have introduced curricula that focus on narrow ideas that have taken root in the
patriarchal society. It needs to be emphasized that we have come to terms with patriarchy
and misogyny to such an extent that we often ignore the subtle manifestations of it. To
create a world that is aware of the issues women face just because they are women, it is
necessary to educate and train men on these issues. It must be sensitive to women's issues
through comprehensive programs. Universities like Oakland University, DePaul University,
and Arizona State University are known for their gender studies programs.
3. Better participation in the workforce
Orthodoxy asserts that women are mentally and physically inferior and cannot generate
results as effective as those achieved by men. This notion is deeply rooted in misogyny and
patriarchy and was sparked by paranoia that women could upset the long-established
traditional framework. As a result, women were prevented from participating in the labor
force. However, with the expansion of education and scholarships in higher education,
women have become entrenched to participate and contribute. Women's access to higher
education has increased women's financial independence and improved career and personal
development opportunities.
4. Realization of rights

151
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Women have long been denied the right to vote. Much of this deprivation stemmed from the
fact that they were legally treated as "personal property" and reduced to mere property. In
India, for example, the colonial adultery law, now decriminalized, treated adultery as
trespassing on the husband's property when his wife was involved in adultery. Since the
19th century, the women's empowerment movement has gained momentum and universities
have been at the forefront. Student movements around the world have fought and won many
battles for the welfare of women. This could have happened only in the presence of the
intellectual discourse encouraged by higher education institutions. Today, universities are
involved in empowering women with tools to exercise their rights. Women are beginning to
question the status quo and demand answers, and the right to know is one of many rights
that women are actively exercising to fulfill others.
Conclusion
Kerala is one of the Indian states that has bucked national trends by offering a
development model that is more open and inclusive to women. The Channar Lahala or
Channar rebellion, also known as Maru Makkal Samaram, took place in Kerala and is
referred to as the battle of the Nadar mountaineering women for the right to wear upper
body clothing in the Travancore kingdom of India from 1813 to 1859. Need for legislation
And measures that can determine the actual influence of women in the state and the
amount of this power that can be translated. While the system cannot be completely ignored
, there is a need to move forward with the institutional structure created by the matriarchy
and ensure that gender sensitivity is being taken care.
References
Websites
1. Ramakumar, R., & Eapen, M. (2021, October 19). The legacy of public action and
gender-sensitivity of the pandemic response in Kerala State, India - Economia
Politica. SpringerLink. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40888-021-00249-1
2. Gender Equality in Kerala - Ekatha. (n.d.). Ekatha.
http://www.ekatha.org/womens-empowerment-in-kerala-a-reality-or-a-myth/
3. https://womenmobilize.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Gender-sensitive-reform-in-
kerala_Updated.pdf
4. https://www.unescap.org/sites/default/d8files/2021-
11/Article%201_Gender%20Sensitive%20Mobility%20Policies-
%20Case%20Studies%20from%20Two%20Indian%20Cities%2C%20Kochi%20and%20Su
rat_1 .pdf
5. https://www.deccanherald.com/opinion/second-edit/kerala-decision-gender-sensitive-
1184664.html Gender sensitivity by- education/#: ~: text = encourage %20 the
%20children %20 to %20 play, bid %20 to %20promote%20gender%20sensitivity.
6. https://www.inasp.info/sites/default/files/2021-
01/Gender%20responsive%20pedagogy%20Framework%20paper.pdf
7. https://www.indiatoday.in/education-today/news/story/no-sir-ma-am-in-kerala-school-
students-to-use-gender-neutral-term-teacher-1898851-2022- 01-11
8. https://www.ijhssi.org/papers/vol8(8)/Series-3/E0808032730.pdf

152
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Biological Activity and Electrical Behavior of Newly

Synthesized Nanoporous Terpolymer Resin Derived from
Dithiooxamide with Formaldehyde
Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale1 Murlidhar K. Rahangdale2, Wasudeo B. Gurnule3
1Department of Chemistry, Jagat Arts, Commerce And Indirabenhariharbhai Patel Science
College, Goregaon-441801, India
2Department Of Chemistry, Nagarjuna Institute Of Engineering, Technology & Management,

Nagpur-440001, India
3Department Of Chemistry, Kamla Nehru Mahavidyalaya, Sakkardara Square, Nagpur-440024,

Maharashtra, India
Email: [email protected]

Abstract:
The terpolymer (2, 2’-HBDF) synthesized in the presence of acid catalyst by the
condensation of 2, 2’-Dihydroxybiphenyl (2, 2’-HB) and Dithiooxamide (D) with Formaldehyde
(F) using 1:1:2 molar proportions of the reacting monomers. The copolymer possesses
antimicrobial activity for certain bacteria such as Staphylococcus aureus, Escherichia coli, and
fungi Aspergillus niger, Candida albicans. Linear graph are found by the plots of log σ vs 103/T
over a wide range of temperature, which indicate that the Wilson’s exponential law σ = σ 0exp(-
ΔE/kT) is obeyed. From the electrical conductivity of these copolymers, activation energies of

electrical conduction have been evaluated and values lies in the range 7.1 x 10-20 to 4.5 x 10-20
J/K. On the basis of above studies, these copolymers can be ranked as semiconductors.
Keywords: Antimicrobial screening Terpolymer, synthesis, electrical conductivity
Introduction:
The use of terpolymers in all spheres of life has been abundantly increases in recent
years because of novelty and versatility. They occupy the pivotal position in the field of polymer
science. A copolymer involving 2, 4-dichlorophenylmethacrylate and vinyl acetate was reported
as a significant inhibitor for the growth of microorganisms (Patel MM et.al 2003). The progress
in this field has been extremely rapid, as they are generally useful in packing, adhesives and
coating in electrical sensors, ion exchangers, organometallic semiconductors, activators, catalyst
and thermally stable materials, high temperature flame resistant fibers (Niley SN. 2018).
Terpolymer approach for controlling the crystalline behavior of naphthalene diimide based
polymer acceptors and enhancing the performance of all polymer solar cells (Kim Y. et al.2016).
Although carbon nano tubes are effective fillers to enhance the mechanical and electrical
properties of polymers, they cannot be dispersed easily in a solvent or a polymer matrix due to
the Vander Waals forces (Vedejo R. et. Al. 2011, Vaia RA et al. 2004). Pal TK reported electrical
conductivity of Salicylic acid-Biuret/ Dithiooxamide/ Dithiobiuret- Trioxane terpolymer resins
(Pal TK et al 1989). A variety of conjugated organic molecules are known as semiconductors, the
carrier mobility in them is usually low. This is due to the difficulties in, which electrons jumps
from one molecule to another and hence, the carrier mobility in the compound of this type
increasing molecular size. Kanda S. reported the rubeanato-copper semi conductive polymers
and studied their AC and DC conductivity (Kanda S. et al., 1961). The resin HBUE-II shows the
semiconducting behavior (Kapse SK and coworkers 2013). Poly (3, 4-ethylene dioxythiophene)s
are the conducting polymers (CP) with the biggest prospects in the field of bioelectronics due to
their combination of characteristics (Mntione D et al 2017).
Synthesis of 2, 2’-Dihydroxybiphenyl (2, 2’-HB)-Dithiooxamide (D)-Formaldehyde (F)
i.e. 2, 2’-HBDF Terpolymer Resins:-
Terpolymer resin (2, 2’-HBDF-I) was prepared by condensing 2, 2’-dihydroxybiphenyl
(1.86 gm, 0.1 mol), dithiooxamide (1.20 gm, 0.1 mol.) and formaldehyde (7.5 ml of 37 %, 0.2 mol.)
in the presence of 2M HCl (200 ml) as a catalyst at 122 + 20C in an oil bath for 5 h (Sanjiokumar
S. Rahangdale et.al 2019, 2020, 2021, Santosh P. Chakole, 2020 ). The solid product obtained
was immediately removed from the flask as soon as the reaction period was over. It was washed
with cold water, dried and powdered. The powder was repeatedly washed with hot water and
methyl alcohol to remove unreacted monomers. The air-dried terpolymer resin was extracted
with diethyl ether to remove copolymer. It was further purified by dissolving in 8 % NaOH and
then was filtered. The terpolymer was then precipitated by drop wise addition of 1:1 (v/v) conc.
HCl/water with constant stirring and filtered. The process was repeated twice. The resulting
polymer sample was washed with boiling water and dried in a vacuum at room temperature.
The purified terpolymer resin was finely ground to pass through a 300 mesh size sieve and kept
in a vacuum over silica gel. The yield of the terpolymer resin was found to be 70%.
Similarly, the other terpolymer resins, 2, 2’-HBDF-II, 2, 2’-HBDF -III and 2, 2’-HBDF -
IV were synthesized by varying the molar proportion of the starting monomers i.e. 2, 2’-
dihydroxybiphenyl, biuret and formaldehyde in the ratios 2:1:3, 3:1:4 and 4:1:5 respectively. The
samples yield and reaction details are tabulated in Table 1.

153
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Fig. 1: Proposed reaction for 2, 2’-HBDF-I terpolymer resin

Table 1 Reaction Details of 2, 2’-HBDF Terpolymer Resins.
Reactant Cata
Reflu
2,2’-Dihy- Dithio- Formal- Molar - Melting
x
droxybi- oxamid dehyde ratio of lyst Yield point of
Resin temp
phenyl e ‘F’ reactan 2M (%) resin
abbreviation .
‘2,2’-HB’ ‘D’ (mole) t HCl (K)
+2 K
(mole) (mole) (ml)
2,2’-HBDF-I 0.1 0.1 0.2 1:1:2 200 392 70 454
2,2’-HBDF-II 0.2 0.1 0.3 2:1:3 200 392 72 464
2,2’-HBDF-III 0.3 0.1 0.4 3:1:4 200 392 74 477
2,2’-HBDF-IV 0.4 0.1 0.5 4:1:5 200 392 78 488
Experimental
The electrical resistivity of the different terpolymer resins described in chapter II was
measured over a wide range of temperatures (i.e. from 303 to 423 K). The measurements
involved following steps.
(i)Preparation of Pellets for Resistance Measurements
To prepare the pellets, terpolymer resins was thoroughly ground in agate pestle and
mortar. The well powdered terpolymer was pelletalized isostatically in a steel die at 10 tones /
inch2 with the help of hydraulic press. The pellet thus obtained was hard and crack free. A thin
layer of colloidal graphite in acetone was applied on both sides of the pellets and dried at room
temperature for 4-6 hr. The colloidal graphite on either side of pellet functioned as electrode.
The surface continuity of the pellet was then tested by means of multimeter. The average
diameter of this pellet and its thickness were measured using a Screw Gauze. Actual
dimensions were measured as average of the three measurements taken at three places.
(ii)Sample Holder
A simple spring loaded sample holder was fabricated using brass electrodes. The
prepared pellet was mounted between the two brass electrodes, one of which was spring loaded
while other electrode rested on the brass platform.
(iii)Furnace for Heating the Samples
For resistivity measurements at different temperatures a small furnace was used. The
current to the furnace was recorded by means of A. C. ammeter and controlled by a rheostat. To
ensure a uniform temperature inside the furnace, a thin metal cylinder was inserted into it. The
temperature of the furnace was recorded by means of chromel-alumel thermocouple connected
with digital multimeter in which millivolts were measured. The connection wires of two
electrodes which were insulated with porcelium beads were taken out for connections.
(iv)Measurement of Resistivity:-
The resistance of the pellet was measured on Auto Comput LCR-Q meter 4910.
Connection wires from the furnace were connected to the terminals of the instrument. In this
way corresponding resistance of the pellet was measured by keeping the pellet in sample holder.
Resistivity (σ) was then calculated using the relation.
σ = R x A/l
where, R = Resistance of the pellet
A = Surface area of the pellet
l = Thickness of the pellet
σ = Resistivity.

154
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
The conductivity measurements were made over a wide range of temperatures. The
electrical conductivity (σ) varies exponentially with the absolute temperature according to well
known relationship,
σ = σ0 exp (-Ea/ kT)
where, σ = Electrical conductivity at temperature T.
σ0 = Electrical conductivity at temperature T → ∞
Ea = Activation energy of electrical conduction.
K = Boltzmann Constant (0.8625 x 10-4 evdeg-1or 1.3817 x 10-23 J
molecule-1K-1).
T = Absolute temperature.
This relation has been modified as,
log σ = log σ0 + (-Ea/ 2.303 k T)
According to this relation, a plot of log σ Vs 1/T would be linear with negative slope. Such plots
were made on the basis of each set of data. From the slopes of the plots, the activation energy
(Ea) of electrical conduction was calculated.
Antimicrobial Screening
Biological assay depends upon a comparison of the inhibition of growth of microorganism
by measuring the concentration of the sample to be examined with the known concentration of
standard antibiotic. For the antimicrobial analysis the in vitro disc diffusion method has been
employed. In this study the ligand and their chelates were tested for their effect on certain
human pathogenic bacteria such as Gram-positive (Aspergillus niger and Candida albicans).
The nutrient agar medium was boiled and sterilized by autoclaving at 7 kg pressure (120
0C) for 20 min for the study of antibacterial activity. 20 mL media was poured into the sterilized

Petri plates and kept at room temperature for a few minutes, and allowed to solidify in plates. It
was then incubated for 12 h and inoculated with microorganism using sterile swabs. All of these
manipulations were carried out with utmost care under aseptic conditions. The test solution
prepared by dissolving the compound in DMSO was filled with the media using a micropipette
and incubated at 35 0C for 48 h. The same procedure was adopted for the antifungal studies in
which potato dextrose agar was the medium.
During the course of time, the test solution diffuses and the growth of the inoculated
microorganisms such as Staphylococcus aureus, Escherichia coli, Aspergillus niger, and
Candida albicans were found to be affected. The activity developed on the plate was measured
by measuring the diameter of the inhibited zone in millimetres. The drug ciprofloxacin was used
as the standard for bacteria and nystatin for fungi.
Results and Discussion:
Electrical Conductivity of 2, 2’-HBDF Terpolymers:
The DC resistivity of the 2, 2’-HBDF terpolymers were measured in the temperature
range of 303 to 423 K. The electrical conductivity of the terpolymer samples at room
temperature vary from 1.4x10-13 to 2.3x10-12 Siemen( Gurnule WB, 2001). The temperature
dependence of the electrical conductivity (Fig. 2) is found to be linear in the temperature range
under study showing thereby that Wilson’s exponential law is obeyed. Examination of the plots
also revealed that the electrical conductivity of the terpolymers increases with the increase in
temperature. Hence these terpolymers can be termed as semiconductors. The activation energy
calculated from the slopes of the plots is found to be in the range of 7.1 x 10-20 to 4.5 x 10-20 J/K.
The low magnitude of the activation energy may be due to the large number of π electrons. The
activation energy was found to decrease in the order of 2, 2’-HBDF-I > 2, 2’-HBDF-II > 2, 2’-
HBDF-III > 2, 2’-HBDF-IV. The above decreasing order of activation energy may be ascribed to
the introduction of more and more aromatic skeleton in the repeat unit structure of the
terpolymers.
1000/T (K-1)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4
-8
-20
2,2'- HBDF- I Ea = 7.1608 x 10 J/K
-20
2,2'- HBDF- II Ea = 6.3366 x 10 J/K
-9 -20
2,2'- HBDF- III Ea = 5.7644 x 10 J/K
-20
2,2'- HBDF- IV Ea = 4.5006 x 10 J/K

-10
Log 6

-11

-12

-13

-14

Fig. 2. Electrical Conductivity Plots of 2, 2’-HBDF Terpolymers. (Temperature

dependence of log σ)

155
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Table 2 Evaluation of Activation Energy of Conduction of 2, 2’-HBDF-I
Diameter of pellet (r) = 1.502cm.
Surface area of the pellet (A) = 1.771 cm.2
Thickness of the pellet (l) = 0.192 cm. A/l = 9.228cm

Temp 1000/T Resistance Resistance Conductivity Log σ

(K) (K-1) (Ohm) ‘R’ ρ= R. A/l σ = 1/ ρ
303 3.30 7.6929x1011 7.0990x1012 1.4086x10-13 -12.8512
308 3.24 5.5871x1011 5.1558 x1012 1.9395x10-13 -12.7123
313 3.19 4.2412x1011 3.9138 x1012 2.5550x10-13 -12.5926
318 3.14 3.5147x1011 3.2433 x1012 3.0831x10-13 -12.5101
323 3.09 2.8886x1011 2.6656 x1012 3.7514x10-13 -12.4258
328 3.04 2.1998x1011 2.0300 x1012 4.9260x10-13 -12.3075
333 3.00 1.5815x1011 1.4594 x1012 6.8517x10-13 -12.1642
338 2.95 1.3526x1011 1.2482 x1012 8.0112x10-13 -12.0963
343 2.91 8.7819x1010 8.1040 x1011 1.2339x10-12 -11.9087
348 2.87 9.1199x1010 8.4158 x1011 1.1882x10-12 -11.9251
353 2.83 6.8500x1010 6.3212 x1011 1.5819x10-12 -11.8008
358 2.79 5.7081x1010 5.2674 x1011 1.8984x10-12 -11.7216
363 2.75 4.3560x1010 4.0197 x1011 2.4877x10-12 -11.6042
368 2.71 3.6795x1010 3.3954 x1011 2.9450x10-12 -11.5309
373 2.68 3.2187x1010 2.9702 x1011 3.3666x10-12 -11.4728
378 2.64 2.6871x1010 2.4797 x1011 4.0327x10-12 -11.3944
383 2.61 2.2003x1010 2.0304 x1011 4.9249x10-12 -11.3076
388 2.57 1.8339x1010 1.6923 x1011 5.9088x10-12 -11.2285
393 2.54 1.5360x1010 1.4174 x1011 7.0550x10-12 -11.1515
398 2.51 1.2953x1010 1.1950 x1011 8.3656x10-12 -11.0775
403 2.48 1.0836x1010 1.0000 x1011 1.0000x10-11 -11.0000
408 2.45 9.7632x109 9.0094 x1010 1.1099x10-11 -10.9547
413 2.42 8.5820x109 7.9195 x1010 1.2626x10-11 -10.8987
418 2.39 7.1993x109 6.6435 x1010 1.5052x10-11 -10.8224
423 2.36 5.9114x109 5.4550 x1010 1.8331x10-11 -10.7368

Table 3 Evaluation of Activation Energy of Conduction of 2, 2’-HBDF-II

Diameter of pellet (r) = 1.523cm.
Surface area of the pellet (A) = 1.821cm.2
Thickness of the pellet (l) = 0.198 cm. A/l = 9.201cm

Temp 1000/T Resistance Resistance Conductivity Log σ

(K) (K-1) (Ohm) ‘R’ ρ= R. A/l σ = 1/ ρ
303 3.30 1.4494x1011 1.3335x1012 7.4989x10-13 -12.1250
308 3.24 1.0440x1010 9.6050x1011 1.0411x10-12 -11.9825
313 3.19 8.0893x1010 7.4421x1011 1.3436x10-12 -11.8717
318 3.14 7.2625x1010 5.9552x1011 1.6791x10-12 -11.7749
323 3.09 5.1216x1010 4.7119x1011 2.1222x10-12 -11.6732
328 3.04 4.1726x1010 3.8388x1011 2.6049x10-12 -11.5842
333 3.00 3.7154x1010 3.4182x1011 2.9254x10-12 -11.5338
338 2.95 3.3745x1010 3.1045x1011 3.2210x10-12 -11.4092
343 2.91 2.3211x1010 2.1355x1011 4.6827x10-12 -11.3295
348 2.87 1.9579x1010 1.8013x1011 5.5513x10-12 -11.2556
353 2.83 1.5754x1010 1.4494x1011 6.8992x10-12 -11.1612
358 2.79 1.3624x1010 1.2534x1011 7.9781x10-12 -11.0981
363 2.75 1.0273x109 9.4514x1010 1.0580x10-11 -10.9755
368 2.71 9.1730x109 8.4391x1010 1.1848x10-11 -10.9263
373 2.68 7.1847x109 6.6099x1010 1.5128x10-11 -10.8202
378 2.64 6.7067x109 6.1702x1010 1.6206x10-11 -10.7903
383 2.61 5.1500x109 4.7380x1010 2.1105x10-11 -10.6756
388 2.57 5.0120x109 4.6110x1010 2.1687x10-11 -10.6638
393 2.54 4.1305x109 3.8001x1010 2.6314x10-11 -10.5798
398 2.51 3.7671x109 3.4657x1010 2.8853x10-11 -10.5398
403 2.48 3.3198x109 3.0542x1010 3.2741x10-11 -10.4849
408 2.45 2.8741x109 2.6442x1010 3.7818x10-11 -10.4223
413 2.42 2.4695x109 2.2719x1010 4.4014x10-11 -10.2564
418 2.39 2.2341x109 2.0554x1010 4.8651x10-11 -10.3129
423 2.36 1.9797x109 1.8213x1010 5.4903x10-11 -10.2604

156
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Table 4 Evaluation of Activation Energy of Conduction of 2, 2’-HBDF-III
Diameter of pellet (r) = 1.470cm.
Surface area of the pellet (A) = 1.698cm.2
Thickness of the pellet (l) = 0.199 cm. A/l = 8.535cm
Temp 1000/T Resistance Resistance Conductivity Log σ
(K) (K-1) (Ohm) ‘R’ ρ= R. A/l σ = 1/ ρ
303 3.30 8.3518x1010 7.0990x1011 1.4086x10-12 -11.8512
308 3.24 6.7714x1010 5.7557x1011 1.7374x10-12 -11.7601
313 3.19 5.3577x10 10 4.5540x10 11 2.1958x10 -12 -11.6584
318 3.14 4.2774x1010 3.6358x1011 2.7504x10-12 -11.5606
323 3.09 3.7590x1010 3.1952x1011 3.1296x10-12 -11.5045
328 3.04 2.6679x1010 2.2677x1011 4.4096x10-12 -11.3556
333 3.00 2.2324x1010 1.8975x1011 5.2698x10-12 -11.2782
338 2.95 1.4685x1010 1.2480x1011 8.0112x10-12 -11.0963
343 2.91 1.3154x10 10 1.1181x10 11 8.9433x10 -12 -11.0485
348 2.87 1.1300x109 9.6050x1010 1.0411x10-11 -10.9825
353 2.83 9.0715x109 7.7108x1010 1.2968x10-11 -10.8871
358 2.79 7.6540x109 6.4980x1010 1.5388x10-11 -10.8128
363 2.75 6.6239x109 5.6728x1010 1.7627x10-11 -10.7538
368 2.71 5.3110x109 4.5143x1010 2.2151x10-11 -10.6546
373 2.68 4.4882x10 9 3.8150x10 10 2.6211x10 -11 -10.5815
378 2.64 3.6650x109 3.1153x1010 3.2099x10-11 -10.4935
383 2.61 3.1137x109 2.6466x1010 3.7783x10-11 -10.4227
388 2.57 2.6672x109 2.2161x1010 4.5123x10-11 -10.3456
393 2.54 2.2079x109 1.8767x1010 5.3284x10-11 -10.2734
398 2.51 1.9736x109 1.6776x1010 5.9607x10-11 -10.2247
403 2.48 1.6431x109 1.3966x1010 7.1597x10-11 -10.1451
408 2.45 1.3860x10 9 1.1781x10 10 8.4878x10 -11 -10.0712
413 2.42 1.1955x109 1.0162x1010 9.8401x10-11 -10.0070
418 2.39 1.0806x108 9.1854x109 1.0886x10-10 -9.9631
423 2.36 9.7651x108 8.3004x109 1.2047x10-10 -9.9191

Table 5 Evaluation of Activation Energy of Conduction of 2, 2’-HBDF-IV

Diameter of pellet (r) = 1.477cm.
Surface area of the pellet (A) = 1.714cm.2
Thickness of the pellet (l) = 0.208 cm. A/l = 8.243cm
Temp 1000/T Resistance Resistance Conductivity Log σ
(K) (K-1) (Ohm) ‘R’ ρ= R. A/l σ = 1/ ρ
303 3.30 501367x1010 4.2121x1011 2.3741x10-12 -11.6245
308 3.24 3.9508x10 10 3.2396x10 11 3.0867x10-12 -11.5105
313 3.19 3.6592x1010 3.0005x1011 3.3327x10-12 -11.4772
318 3.14 2.8792x1010 2.3610x1011 4.2354x10-12 -11.3731
323 3.09 2.2976x1010 1.8840x1011 5.3076x10-12 -11.2751
328 3.04 1.7938x1010 1.4709x1011 6.7982x10-12 -11.1676
333 3.00 1.4167x10 10 1.1617x10 11 8.6079x10 -12 -11.0651
338 2.95 1.1357x109 9.3132x1010 1.0737x10-11 -10.9691
343 2.91 9.1156x109 7.4748x1010 1.3378x10-11 -10.8736
348 2.87 7.8829x109 6.4639x1010 1.5470x10-11 -10.8105
353 2.83 6.8247x109 5.5962x1010 1.7868x10-11 -10.7479
358 2.79 5.2648x109 4.3171x1010 2.3163x10-11 -10.6352
363 2.75 4.4206x10 9 3.6249x10 10 2.7586x10 -11 -10.5593
368 2.71 3.6600x109 3.0012x1010 3.3319x10-11 -10.4773
373 2.68 3.1636x109 2.5941x1010 3.8547x10-11 -10.4140
378 2.64 2.6193x109 2.1478x1010 4.6558x10-11 -10.3302
383 2.61 2.2432x109 1.8395x1010 5.4362x10-11 -10.2647
388 2.57 1.7938x109 1.4709x1010 6.7982x10-11 -10.1676
393 2.54 1.6760x10 9 1.3743x10 10 7.2761x10 -11 -10.1381
398 2.51 1.2983x109 1.0646x1010 9.3929x10-11 -10.0272
403 2.48 1.2155x108 9.9678x109 1.0032x10-10 -9.9986
408 2.45 1.0242x108 8.3984x109 1.1906x10-10 -9.9242
413 2.42 1.1227x108 9.2066x109 1.0861x10-10 -9.9641
418 2.39 7.4590x108 6.1164x109 1.6349x10-10 -9.7865
423 2.36 6.8452x108 5.6130x109 1.7815x10-10 -9.7492

157
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Antimicrobial Screening
The microbial screening results of 2, 2’-HBDF copolymer ligand show (Table 6) higher
activity is due to the donor atoms of the ligand and the π-electrons delocalization. This effect
increases the lipophilic character, which favours the permeation through the lipoid layer of the
bacterial and fungal membranes (Patel M. 2003). The higher activity may also be due to the
presence of - OH and the aromatic ring(Singh N et.al 2000). It is perceived that the factors such
as solubility, conductivity, dipole moment and cell permeability mechanism may be alternative
reasons for the increased activity of the metal complexes (Bagihalli G. B., Patil S. A., Badami P.
S. (2009). The ligand has good inhibition against the growth of Gram-negative bacteria which
induces tumour. Hence the copolymer ligand may possess antitumor activity. The Gram-positive
bacteria are both pathogenic and invasive. The copolymer has good inhibition characteristics
against the growth of this pathogen. Aspergillus niger cause aspergillosis, the growth of the
fungus is controlled by the copolymer chelates to some extent. The Candida albicans can
penetrate into the intestinal walls and cause diseases. From the findings, the growth of
Candida albicans is inhibited by the addition of 2, 2’-HBDF copolymer resin.

Table 6. Antimicrobial activities of 2, 2’-HBDF copolymer resin.

Copolymer Diameter of zone of inhibition (mm)
S. Aureus E. Coli A. Niger C. Albicans
2, 2’-HBDF-II 15 16 17 15
Solvent (DMSO) -- -- -- --

Conclusions
The plots of log σ Vs 1000/T were found to be linear in the temperature range under
study, which indicate that the Wilson’s exponential law σ = σ0 exp (-ΔE/ kT) is obeyed. These
terpolymers may be ranked as semiconductors. The electrical conductivity of TMF copolymers at
room temperature lies in the range of 1.4x10-13 to 2.3x10-12 Siemen. The energy of activation is
found to decrease in the order: 2,2’-HBDF-I > 2,2’-HBDF -II > 2,2’-HBDF -III > 2,2’-HBDF -IV
and electrical conductivity is found to increase in the order: 2,2’-HBDF -I < 2,2’-HBDF -II <
2,2’-HBDF -III < 2,2’-HBDF - IV. The energy of activation (Ea) of electrical conduction
calculated from the slopes of the plots is found to be in the range of 7.1 x 10-20 to 4.5 x 10-20 J/K.
Acknowledgement
The authors express their gratitude to the Principal, Kamla Nehru Mahavidyalaya, Nagpur
and Principal, Jagat College, Goregaon for providing laboratory facility.
References:
1. Azarudeen RS, Riswan AMA, Jeyakumar D. (2009). An ecofreindly synthesis of a terpolymer
resin; characterization and chelation ion exchange property. Iran. Polym. J., 18 (10).
2. Dewase MB, Singru RN, Siddique MIM (2020). Study of electrical conductivity of thermally
stable terpolymer resin Phenyl Salicylate-4, 4’ diaminodiphenyl ether- formaldehyde. Int.
Res. J. of Sci. Engineering. Special Issue A7, 160-164.
3. Kim Y, Cho HH, Kim T, Liao K, Kim BJ (2017). Terpolymer Approach for Controlling the
Crystalline Behaviour of Naphthalene Diimide Based Polymer Acceptor and Enhancing the
Performance of all Polymer Solar Cells. Polymers Journal. 48.
4. Patel M. B., Patel S. A., Ray A., Patel R. M. (2003) J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 89, 895.
5. Mantione D, Del Agua I, Sanchez A (2017). Poly (3, 4-ethylenedioxythiophene) (PEDOT)
derivatives: Innovative c onductive polymers for bioelectronics. Polymers
6. Niley SN, Karia KP, Berad BN (2018). Electrical conductivity study of thermally stable
newly synthesized terpolymer. Int. J. of Current Eng. Scientific Research, 5(1), 242-249.
7. Dharker KP, Ingle SS, Kalambe AB (2011). Electrical properties of newly synthesized
Melamine-Aniline-Formaldehyde terpolymer and its polychelates. E-Journal of Chemistry,
8(1), 127-130.
8. Verdejo R, Bernal MM, Romasanta MA, Lopez-Manchado (2011). Graphene filled polymer
nanocomposites. J. Mat. Chem., 21, 3301 http://dx.doi.org/10.1039/COJMO2708A.
9. Vaia RA, Wagner HD (2004). Framework for nanocomposites. Mater. Today, 7, 32
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1369-7021(04)00506-1.
10. Pal TK, Kharat RB (1989). Salicylic acid-biuret-trioxane terpolymer resins and their ion-
exchange properties. Die Angew. Makromol. Chemie., 113, 55-68.
11. Singru RN (2011). Semiconducting and chelating applications of newly synthesized
terpolymer. Adv. In Appl. Sci. Res., 2(6), 206-214.
12. Kale N, Gurnule WB (2012). Electrical properties of organic polymers derived from 2-
hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 1, 5-diaminonaphthalene and formaldehude. Sci. Revs.
Chem. Commun., 2(3), 372-376.
13. Kanda S, Kawaguchi S (1961). Electrical conductivity of some coordination polymers. J.
Chem. Physics, 34, 1070.

158
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
14. Borole DD, Kapadi UR, Mahulikar PP, Hundiwale DG (2012). Studies on electrochemical,
optical and electrical conductivity of terpolymer of poly[aniline-Co-(O-anisidine)-Co-(O-
toluidine)] using various organic salts. Designed Monomers and Polymers. 7 (5), 473-481.
15. Kapse SK, Hiwase VV, Kalambe AB, Gupta AN (2013). Synthesis, semiconducting behavior
and thermal study of terpolymeric resin derived from p-hydroxyacetophenone, resorcinol
and glycerol. Arch. Appl. Sci. Res., 5(6), 88-95.
16. Gurnule WB, Rathod YU, Belsare AD, Das NC (2020). Thermal degradation and
antimicrobial study transition metal complexes derived from novel terpolymer ligand.
Material Today:Proceedings, 29, 1044-1049.
17. Masram DT, Karia KP, Bhave NS (2010). Electrical conductivity study of resin synthesized
from salicylic acid, butylenes diamine and formaldehyde. Arch. Sci. Res., 2(2), 153-161.
18. Gupta RH, Gurnule WB, Rahangdale SS (2014). Electrical conductance studies of newly
synthesized copolymer resins derived from dithiooxamide and 2, 4-dihydroxy benzoic acid.
Int. J. Res. Bio. Agri. Tech., 1(2), 452-459.
19. Singru RN, Khati VA, Gurnule WB, Zade AB (2011). Studies of semiconducting, chelating
and thermal properties of p-cresol-oxamide-formaldehyde terpolymer resin. Analytical
Bioanalytical Electrchemistry, 3(1), 67-86.
20. Gurnule WB, Makde CS, Ahmed M (2013). Synthesis, characterization, morphology,
thermal, electrical and chelation ion exchange properties of a copolymer resin. J. Environ.
Res. Develop., 7(3), 1183-1192.
21. Gurnule WB, Juneja HD, Paliwal LJ (2001). Electrical properties of 8-hydroxyquinoline-
melamine-formaldehyde terpolymers. Ultra Scientist of Physical Sciences, 13(2), 222-226.
22. Gurnule WB, Juneja HD, Paliwal LJ (2000). Semiconducting studies of 8-hydroxyquinoline-
biuret-formaldehyde terpolymer resin. Asian Journal of Chemistry, 12(3), 753.
23. Singh N., Gupta S., Nath G. (2000), Central National De La Recherche Scientifique (CAT.
INIST),14, 484.
24. Bagihalli G. B., Patil S. A., Badami P. S. (2009), J. Iran. Chem. Soc., 6 (2), 259.
25. Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Narayan C. Das, Kiran Vajpai, Wasudeo B. Gurnule, (2019)
Synthesis, Characterization And Thermal Degradation Studies Of Copolymer Derived From
2,4-Dihydroxy Propiophenone And 4-Pyridylamine . International Journal of Recent
Scientific Research, 10 (4A) 31772-31778.
26. Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Nisha Tiwari, Manish Tiwari, Wasudeo B. Gurnule (2020).
Antimicrobial Screening of Polymeric Resin Derived From 2, 2’-Dihydroxybiphenyl, Bouret
and Formaldehyde, Alochana Chakra. IX (V), 74-84.
27. Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Narayan C. Das, Kiran S. Vajpai And Wasudeo B.
Gurnule(2020), Synthesis, Characterization And Thermal Degradation Study Of
Copolymer Resin-Ii: Resulting From 2-Hydroxy, 4-Methoxybenzophenone, 1, 5-
Diaminonaphthalene And Formaldehyde. IJRBAT, VIII (1) 194-204.
28. Santosh P. Chakole, S. S. Rahangdale, Ketki S. Misar, Kiran S. Vajpai, W. B. Gurnule
(2020), Synthesis and Characterization of Copolymer Resin Derived from 2, 2’-
Dihydoxybiphenyl, Ethylenediamine and Formaldehyde, Alochana Chakra. IX (V), 666-673.
29. Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Dinesh D. Kamdi, Jyotsna V. Khobragade And Wasudeo B.
Gurnule(2020), Separation Of Toxic Metals Ions From Waste Water Using Pyrogallol-
Biuret-Formaldehyde Copolymer Resin. IJRBAT, VIII (3) 259-268.
30. S. S. Rahangdale, S. P. Chakole, K. S. Vajpai and W. B. Gurnule (2021), SYNTHESIS,
CHARACTERIZATION AND PHOTOLUMINESCENT STUDIES OF ORGANIC
COPOLYMER DERIVED FROM 2, 2’-DIHYDROXYBIPHENYL AND
PROPYLENEDIAMINE. JETIR, 8(9) 174-180.
31. SANJIOKUMAR S. RAHANGDALE, SANTOSH P. CHAKOLE, JYOTSNA V.
KHOBRAGADE, AND W. B. GURNULE (2021), Thermal Degradation Studies of 2,2’-
Dihydroxybiphenyl-Ethylenediamine-Formaldehyde Copolymer. RJPBCS, 12(6) 1-12.

159
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Attitude of Students and Teachers towards Teaching-Learning

and Evaluation Process in Higher Education
Shashwat Kumar1 , Dr. Sangeeta Chauhan2
1Research Scholar, Department of Education, Babasaheb Bhimrao
Ambedkar University Lucknow.
2Assistant Professor, Department of Education, Babasaheb Bhimrao

Ambedkar University Lucknow.

Email: [email protected]

Abstract
In higher education institutions, with the help of the teaching-learning and evaluation
process, students develop their understanding and skills in their chosen field according to their
interests and needs, which provides them with the necessary tools to face the challenges of the
outside world as well as achieve real success in their chosen field. The purpose of this research
paper is to look into teachers' and students' attitude toward the teaching-learning and
evaluation process at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels in higher education
institutions in India. The respondents included teachers and students from various disciplines.
The purpose of this research paper is to negotiate teachers' and students' attitude about the
teaching-learning and evaluation process on the basis of level of program (undergraduate and
postgraduate level). The results showed that both students and teachers had positive attitudes
towards the teaching-learning and evaluation process, with postgraduate students and teachers
showing higher satisfaction levels than their undergraduate counterparts. Overall, the findings
have implications for policy and practice in higher education institutions in India, suggesting
the need for greater attention to these areas to raise the level of teaching-learning and
evaluation generally.
Keywords- Attitude, Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process, Higher Education
Introduction
In institutions of higher education, teaching-learning and evaluation process of students
and teachers at both undergraduate and postgraduate levels are influenced to a great extent by
various factors such as social status, economic status, intellectual status, educational status,
personal experiences, and personal values. At the undergraduate level, students are largely
dependent on the teacher for learning and various types of guidance. Teachers at this level
emphasize creative thinking, intellectual dedication, and learning because most undergraduate
students are less active than postgraduate students. This involves a structured and traditional
approach, and rote learning is more prevalent. Undergraduate students view exams and grades
as success, thus developing less of a deep understanding of the subject. While postgraduate
students focus more on subject learning, in which research skills and an active approach to
advanced thinking play an important role, independent thinking and self-study at this stage
require the student to be self-directed and self-motivated. It requires logical thinking, analysis,
and application of knowledge, resulting in a deeper understanding of the subject. Similarly,
teachers may also have different attitudes towards teaching-learning and evaluation process
based on their experience, training, and personal beliefs. Some teachers focus on delivering
subject material to students, Some teachers focus on lectures and textbooks, while others focus
on student-centered approaches and problems. Some teachers view evaluation primarily as a
measure of student performance, while others see it as an opportunity for learning and growth.
Overall, understanding the attitude of students and teachers towards the teaching-learning and
evaluation process can help in the improvement and development of effective educational
systems and better strategies, which can bring unprecedented changes in the development of
the educational system. Thus, to understand the difference in thinking, expectations, and
experiences towards the teaching-learning and evaluation process in higher educational
institutions, learning is important regarding view of students and teachers towards the
Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process at both undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
Review of Related Literature
Bhargava, A. (2014) conducted an article on “Attitudes of student teachers toward the
teaching profession”. A ready-made tool was used to explore the impact of students and science
and social science disciplines on teachers' and students' attitudes toward the teaching area.
There were several categories studied, including context of discipline and students. 96 of the
100 students in the sample gave a response. Calculations were made to determine the "t" value
and mean scores, in order to determine how differently different categories felt about the
teaching profession. Blazer, D. (2016) conducted a study on "Teacher and Teaching Effects on
Students' Attitudes and Behavior". The researcher has explained in this research paper how
teachers affect the achievement of students on standardized tests, while in reality, proper
approach and foresight are necessary for success. Prior studies have shown that upper-primary
teachers have a major effect on students' efficacy in mathematics and self-reported measures of

160
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

classroom behavior. The emotional support given by the teachers and the organization of the
classroom brings about the necessary improvement in the attitude and behavior of the students.
However, educators who are successful in raising test scores frequently struggle to change the
attitudes and behaviors of their pupils. These findings support established theories about the
multifaceted nature of instruction and the need to develop plans to enhance all teachers'
abilities. Ifeoma, A. R. (2016) conducted a study on "Assessment of students' attitudes and
perceptions of teaching practice: The case of undergraduates of Delta State University, Abraca".
Researcher used a post-hoc design in this descriptive survey method. 280 respondents were
selected, and interviews and questionnaires were used to obtain the data. In this research
paper, appropriate statistic were used. The collected data were analyzed through means,
standard deviations, and percentages. The significance level was 0.05. In conclusion, it was
found that Teaching practice is viewed positively by university teacher. This was reflected in
their activities, like writing daily lesson notes, their regular attendance, and their interest in
every program. Additionally, students and faculty reported that his interactions with his
advisors were positive. According to a study on lecturers' supervision of teachers in rural
schools, some of the teachers felt neglected by their supervision, which left some of the teachers
unhappy. The study's findings included a recommendation for Delta State University to ensure
that student teachers are posted to institutions with convenient access to lecture halls. Mandal,
A. (2020) conducted a study on "Attitudes of teacher-teachers and student-teachers towards a
two-year B.Ed." program: A review-based evaluation". To understand the behavioral situation
in a lonely framework with a wider reach of ideas, the qualitative method was used and the
content analysis method was adopted. The result shows that most student teachers should be
guided through a practical pedagogical strategy based on set-theoretic knowledge. Most of the
teachers have a two-year B.Ed. degree there is no positive feeling about the program. The
overall curriculum emphasizes that B.Ed. how important is the curriculum? The institutes must
follow the rules and regulations mentioned in the 2014 NCTE Regulations to produce qualified
and responsible teachers in the future.
Significance of study
Both students and teachers at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels have a very
important contribution to make towards the teaching-learning and evaluation processes that
determine the quality of higher educational institutions in India. At the graduation level,
students who are aware, alert, and self-motivated and who want to learn continuously have a
higher success rate than other students. Those teachers who have a good understanding of their
subject and are dedicated to teaching can make the subject accessible and interesting by
bringing creativity to learning, which can result in phenomenal success in the skill development
of the students. On the contrary, a negative attitude towards teaching, learning, and the
evaluation process exposes the bad image of any educational institution. At the postgraduate
level, the view of both about the teaching-learning and evaluation processes plays a very
important role. As students mature at this postgraduate level, they are expected to be self-
directed and self-motivated. Along with this, it is expected from the teachers that they are
proficient in their subject and can guide the students properly. A positive approach to teaching
and learning can help postgraduate students develop a deeper understanding of their subject
matter and prepare them for advanced research or professional careers. The evaluation process
is a very important part of higher education and plays a vital role in influencing the quality of
education. Teachers who commit to fair and objective evaluation can help students develop a
sense of confidence in their abilities and maintain academic integrity and can help foster a
culture where students view assessment as a chance to grow and learn rather than a stressor or
competition, making them more likely to do well. Thus, to ensure the quality of higher
education at both the undergraduate and postgraduate levels, it is important to inculcate a
positive attitude toward learning and assessment processes. Students and teachers who
approach education with a sense of enthusiasm, curiosity, and dedication can create an
environment that fosters intellectual growth and academic success. In the present study,
researcher will try to know the attitude of students and teachers towards the Teaching-Learning
and Evaluation Process on the basis of undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
Statement of the Problem
This study deals with the view of students and teachers about the teaching-learning and
evaluation process in higher educational institutions, especially at the undergraduate and
postgraduate levels. Also tries to find out and compare the attitudes of both groups towards
various aspects, such as instructional methods, course materials, and evaluation procedures.
The study focused on identifying any differences or similarities between the attitudes of
undergraduate and graduate students and teachers and the reasons for these differences. The
study's goal is to offer guidance on how to enhance the teaching-learning and evaluation process
at both levels of higher education by taking into account the perspectives of both students and
teachers. Therefore, the researcher has taken this topic entitled” Attitude of Students and
Teachers towards Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process in Higher Education”.
161
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Research Questions
1. What is the Attitude of students towards the Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process
on the basis of level of program (undergraduate and postgraduate level)?
2. What is the Attitude of teachers towards the Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process
on the basis of level of program (undergraduate and postgraduate level)?

Research Objectives
1. To study the attitude of students about the Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process on
the basis of level of program (undergraduate and postgraduate level).
2. To study the attitude of teachers about the Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process on
the basis of level of program (undergraduate and postgraduate level).
Research Hypotheses
1. To compare the attitude of students towards the Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process
on the basis of level of program (undergraduate and postgraduate level).
2. To compare the attitude of teachers towards the Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process
on the basis of level of program (undergraduate and postgraduate level).
Research Methodology
Research Method- In the present study, researcher used Descriptive survey method.
Variable-
Criterion Variable- Level of program (Undergraduate level & Postgraduate level
Dependent Variable- Teaching-Learning and Evaluation Process
3. Population of the study- In the present study, UG and PG students and teachers of
Lucknow University were included.
4. Sample - In this present study, samples of 450 students and 150 Teachers of UG and PG
level of science and arts were taken .
5- Sampling Technique- Purposive sampling method was employed by the
researcher.
6- Tools- Self construction perception scale was employed by the researcher.
7- Data collection- The data for the study was collected by the researcher from UG and PG
students and teachers separately.
8- Statistics use in the study- T test was used by the researcher.
Data analysis and interpretation-
Objective 1- To study the attitude of students about the Teaching-Learning and
Evaluation Process on the basis of level of program (undergraduate and postgraduate
level).
Null hypothesis Ho1- There is no significant difference between attitude of students
towards the teaching-learning and evaluation process on the basis of level of program.
Table 1-
S.N. Level of program N Mean SD DF T Value
Score
1 Undergraduate 225 138.28 25.80 448 2.11
level
2 Postgraduate level 225 152.11 18.40
Above table number 1 indicates that T value is 2.11, which is significant at 0.05 level of
significance because T value 2.11 is greater than 1.96 (0.05 level). This means that the mean
score of students at undergraduate and postgraduate level towards attitude of teaching-learning
and evaluation process differ significantly. Thus, the null hypothesis that there is no significant
difference in the mean scores of attitude towards teaching-learning and evaluation process of
undergraduate and postgraduate students is not accepted. It can be said that undergraduate
and postgraduate students were found to have the different attitude towards teaching-learning
and evaluation process.
Objective 2- To study the attitude of teachers about the Teaching-Learning and Evaluation
Process on the basis of level of program (undergraduate and postgraduate level).
Null hypothesis Ho2- To compare the attitude of teachers towards the Teaching-Learning and
Evaluation Process on the basis of level of program (undergraduate and postgraduate level).
Table 2-
S.N. Level of program N Mean SD DF T Value
Score
1 Undergraduate 75 196.22 14.21 123 1.23
level
2 Postgraduate level 50 192.4 14.32

Above table number 2 indicates that T value is 1.23, which is non-significant at 0.05 level of
significance because T value 1.23 is smaller than 1.96 (0.05 level). This means that the mean
162
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

score of students at undergraduate and postgraduate level towards attitude of teaching-learning

and evaluation process do not differ significantly. Thus, the null hypothesis that there is no
significant difference in the mean scores of attitude towards teaching-learning and evaluation
process of undergraduate and postgraduate students is accepted. It can be said that
undergraduate and postgraduate students were found to have the same extent of attitudes
towards teaching-learning and evaluation process.
Conclusion- Attitude of students and teachers can vary based on undergraduate and
postgraduate level. Also can be vary based on cultural backgrounds, personal motivations,
teaching methodologies, institutional support, and other contextual factors. Ultimately,
fostering a positive attitude towards the teaching-learning and evaluation process requires a
collaborative effort between students, teachers, and the educational institution to create an
engaging and supportive learning environment.
Suggestions-
1. For Students:
Embrace a growth mindset: Adopt the belief that intelligence and abilities can be developed
through effort and practice. This mindset encourages students to view challenges as
opportunities for growth rather than as failures.
Take ownership of learning: Recognize that the responsibility for learning lies with the
student. Actively engage in the learning process by attending classes, participating in
discussions, completing assignments, and seeking clarification when needed.
2. For Teachers:
Create an inclusive and supportive environment: Foster a classroom atmosphere that values
diversity and encourages open dialogue. Make students feel respected, heard, and included
in the learning process.
Utilize varied teaching methods: Employ a mix of instructional strategies, such as lectures,
group work, case studies, multimedia resources, and hands-on activities. This approach
caters to diverse learning styles and keeps students engaged.
Overall, fostering a positive attitude towards teaching-learning and evaluation requires a
collaborative effort between students and teachers. When both parties are actively engaged
and invested in the process, it enhances the overall educational experience and outcomes in
higher education.
References
1. Bhargava, A., & Pathy, M. (2014). Attitude of student teacher. Turkish Online Journal of
Distance Education-TOJDE, 15(3), 27–36.
2. Blazar, D. (2017). Teacher and Teaching Effects on Students’ Attitudes and Behaviors. In
Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis (Vol. 39).
3. Ifeoma, A. R. (2016). Assessment of Students Attitude and Perception of Teaching Practice:
The Case of Undergraduates of Delta State University, Abraka. World Journal of
Education, 6(2), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.5430/wje.v6n2p82
4. Mondal, A. (2020). In Attitude of Teacher-Educators and Pupil-Teachers Towards the Two-
Year B.Ed. Programme: A Review-Based Evaluation (Vol. 8).

163
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Student Teachers’ perspectives on themselves as Future

Environmental Educators
Dr. Sojia John1 Dr. Tharamma George .T2, Dr. Smitha Eapen3 ,Dr. Lakshmi. S4
Mount Tabor Training College, Pathanapuram, Kollam, Kerala, India
BNV College of Teacher Education, Thiruvallam, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala ,India
Email- [email protected]

Abstract
Learning to teach environmental concepts within the context of a school subject needs
understanding as well as chances for practice and reflection. To what extent a teacher can
effectively bring environmental education into the classroom depends very much on the training
he receives, whether it is pre-service or in-service. To the majority, the initial training may
affect the rest of their days in the profession. Thus the intention of the study was to unearth out
the perceptions of student teachers about the teaching of infused environmental concepts
through the respective subjects which they are supposed to teach. The study explores student
teachers’ understanding of Environmental education (EE), incorporation of EE concepts into
lesson planning, teaching of Environmental education in depth, difficulties in teaching infused
EE concepts, knowledge of different EE dimensions, training needs and perception about
themselves as future EE teachers. The study also included a qualitative content analysis of the
syllabus for EE at teacher education level to determine how far it endows the student teachers
to teach the environmental concepts as a cross-curricular theme. To address these concerns, the
study employed a mixed method where both quantitative and qualitative data were collected
concurrently through a questionnaire from two units (N=98) of prospective teachers doing the
two year B.Ed. course under University of Kerala. The findings of the study revealed that a
great percentage of the student teachers specified that their preparation did not equip them to
teach EE effectively as future environmental educators. The study has implications for the
concerns of both teacher educators and student teachers in order to recover their understanding
of teaching of EE concepts in a cross-curricular framework.
Key words: Environmental Education (EE), Student teachers, Infused Environmental
concepts, Cross-curricular
1 Introduction
Environmental protection and conservation has become one of the goals of school
education. It is believed that the efforts to achieve this goal would bring about environmental
literacy across the country which ultimately gives the environment some respite from its
unprecedented exploitation and degradation. The most important factor in raising educational
standards in schools is teacher preparation. Effective teacher preparation is necessary for the
successful implementation of EE in the classroom because the policies created for schools are to
be carried out by teachers. In the UNESCO-UNEP International Environmental Education
programme, the importance of teacher preparation in advancing Environmental Education (EE)
has been thoroughly demonstrated. Its significance was emphasised by the Tbilisi
Intergovernmental Conference (UNESCO 1977a), which argued that the capacity of teacher
education to adopt and implement a successful environmental education curriculum may
determine the destiny of the environment. This conference acknowledged that the level of
training that teachers got within environmental education would have a significant impact on
the introduction of the subject in schools. Yet the best curricula and teaching aids, it has been
argued, cannot achieve the desired results if those in charge of them do not fully comprehend
the target of environmental education, are unable to guide the learning activities and
experiments that make up such education, and are unable to make the best use of the resources
at their disposal (UNESCO 1980). The importance of teacher education has been emphasised by
Simpson et al. (1985), who contend that it not only prepares teachers to educate Environmental
Education successfully but also serves as a catalyst for its inclusion in the curricula of schools.
They believe that a top-down approach to curriculum innovation would arise from the creation
of an excellent teacher training programme in environmental education. These authors believed
that field-based teacher education, for mutually primary and secondary school teachers, was the
most efficient way to raise environmental education levels in the general public. In a planned,
orderly society, teacher education has the potential to be the biggest source of educational
transformation, according to UNESCO (UNESCO 1976).It contends that effective teacher
preparation in the field will result in a population that is environmentally literate, and that
environmental action will follow. Accordingly, it views the addition of environmental education
in teacher training as essential for both the environment's future and the discipline's future. It
must come as no surprise that UNESCO has called teacher education "the priority of priorities"
(UNESCO-UNEP 1990). The way in which UNESCO views the contribution of teacher
education to environmental improvement reflects a growing intergovernmental and worldwide
understanding of the significance of teacher preparation.

164
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
2 Rationale of the study
Due to EE's inherent multidisciplinary nature, it affects educators from all academic
fields. The goals of EE go beyond those of most conventional courses, which are primarily
focused on knowledge transfer and acquisition. EE attempts to change attitudes and behaviour
while fostering the capacity for action. As a result, the role of the teacher is altered from one of
information and knowledge transmitter to one of facilitator, helping students move from
awareness to attitude change to the development of skills necessary to take action for a better
environment. In the secondary school curriculum of Kerala state, there exists no separate
subject as Environmental Education. However it is presumed that environmental concepts exist
in all school subjects that reflect both multi-and inter-disciplinary nature of EE. This in itself
does not serve the purpose. It is pathetic to say that those environmental concepts are almost
taught as any other school subjects confining to only cognitive domain ignoring the affective and
psychomotor domain. In favour of a secondary teacher to be an environmental educator must
possess some extra abilities for the transaction of the infused environmental concepts. The
teacher has to identify the infusion spot to infuse environmental dimension in whatever subject
they are teaching. Also the teacher has an additional responsibility to find ways and means to
teach environment related aspects during the transaction of their respective subjects without
jeopardizing the latter’s nature. This integrated approach to Environment Education is very
much important to give holistic perspective to it. More over the teacher is expected to be
environmentally literate and be aware of environmental concepts and issues of local, national
and global level. Thus all the teachers are Environmental educators who should go beyond just
covering portions for exams and make efforts to develop environmental sensitivity among pupils
in order to inculcate a positive attitude towards the protection of environment. At the same
time, to what extent a teacher can effectively bring Environmental Education into the classroom
depends very much on the training he receives, whether it is pre-service or in-service. To the
majority, the initial training may affect the rest of their days in the profession. As the entire
prospective teachers are supposed to take up the task of educating about environment, it may
be worthwhile to investigate how these would-be implementers are ready to environmentalize
their subject syllabus. Thus the major questions arises in the mind of the researcher are
1. Is the syllabus for Environmental Education at secondary pre-service level capable of
equipping the student teachers to teach the infused environmental concepts where ever
possible?
2. What is the nature of student teachers’ EE related knowledge with regard to the teaching of
infused environmental concepts?
3 Methodology in brief
The present study is descriptive in nature and uses both qualitative and quantitative
methodologies to collect data in accordance with the background information and research topic.
Hence the study was framed as a mixed method. A qualitative content analysis of the syllabus
for EE in Secondary Teacher Education curriculum was also examined for its relevance and how
far it equips the prospective teachers in teaching of EE through infusion approach.
Representative samples of student teachers in different subjects, two units (N=98) doing the two
year B.Ed. course under University of Kerala were selected as the sample for collecting the data
required. The tool used for collecting data required for the study is a Questionnaire for
assessing the Prospective teachers’ EE related perceptions with regard to the teaching of
infused environmental concepts at secondary level. For getting a general idea about the various
concepts/constructs involved in the teaching of infused environmental concepts, the related
literature in the area under investigation was reviewed, beside having discussion with subject
experts /teacher educators and existing practicing teachers so as to ensure the concept
/construct validity of the tool prepared for the study. For this purpose the view of the student
teachers with regard to certain dimensions such as adequacy of treatment of EE concepts in
secondary school textbooks, extent of awareness about the major infused environmental
concepts, familiarity with the dimensions of EE, understanding of effective pedagogies for EE,
the advantages of teaching learning through infusion approach, the difficulties anticipated in
teaching EE through Infusion approach and the perceptions of the would be teachers
themselves as future Environmental Educators have been studied. The questionnaire items
were prepared after surveying the literature related to the area under study .The criterion of
content validity is assessed by a panel of experts in the field who judged its adequacy.
4 Findings and Discussion
4.1Findings from the analysis of the syllabus for EE at B.Ed. level
The primary goal of pre-service teacher education courses is to fully develop student
teachers, notably in knowledge and skills, personalised care of learners, and techniques and
evaluation intended to promote learning. No matter how well-structured an in-service
programme is, any deficiencies and shortcomings in the pre-service training cannot be made up
for. The B.Ed. course is expected to cater to the current curricular concerns of secondary school
education. The two year B.Ed. course (2015-2017) of University of Kerala under the purview of
this study includes four semesters. The paper EDU-11: Developmental Perspectives in Education

165
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
is a core paper in the semester three which includes Educational Management, Environmental
Education, Health Education and Entrepreneurship Education. The contents of the paper have
been divided into two major sections. The section A: Educational Management and
Entrepreneur education and the section B: Environmental and Health Education. The unit
three: Environmental awareness and importance of Environmental Education under the section
B is the only unit solely dedicated to environmental education at B.Ed. level. The transitory
study of the B.Ed. syllabus was done to find out how far EE is reflected in the syllabi of B.Ed.
courses in general though the results does not depict the status prevalent in all universities.
The guidelines for Teacher Preparation in EE are clearly portrayed in the document -The Tbilisi
Declaration on Teacher Preparation and Professional Development (1977). The four basic
essential elements identified so as to be included in all training programmes in EE at pre
service and in service level are a) purpose and goals of EE b) functional knowledge of
environmental sciences or how natural systems work c) educational methods and professional
skills including value clarification and action oriented abilities and d) exposure to genuine
circumstances that allow students to better develop their skill set. In addition to this the
analysis of national papers such as NCF (2005), KCF (2007) and NCFTE (2009) were helpful in
deciding the elements to look for while analyzing the syllabus. The content analysis of the text
books at secondary level already helped the investigator to locate the infused environmental
concepts and activities which the prospective teachers are supposed to teach.
The results of the analysis show that even though EE has been reflected in some ways,
there are aspects that need to be addressed and there are scopes for improvement in others. A
good amount of content on environment related topics find place in the syllabus. The concept,
nature and scope of EE clearly form a part of the syllabus .Education for sustainable
development and disaster management forms a part of the syllabus. The syllabus provides
ample opportunities to enrich environmental content knowledge. Though the effort to include
EE in the B.Ed. course itself is appreciated, the syllabus under purview of this study is also not
without limitations. Information on how to incorporate EE is not provided in the syllabus. No
specific pedagogy courses on EE find place in the syllabus. Then there are issues with regard to
the inclusion of various looms used in the teaching of EE. The infusion approach has not found
any place in the syllabus. The term ‘Infusion’ is not even mentioned in the syllabus which in
turn reveals the non-alignment of the teacher education curriculum with that of NCF (2005)
which spells out the secondary school curriculum. NCF (2005) also mentions that projects and
activities will form the backbone of EE. However even this has not been spelt out in the two
year B.Ed. syllabus. Nevertheless, local environmental concerns have not been taken into
consideration in the syllabus. The analysis further reveals that the syllabus is biased towards
the theory given the fact that projects and activities have not been emphasized. The
opportunities to participate in the resolution of environmental issues are essential for
achieving one of EE’s goals of preparing problem-solvers. Thus EE will be meaningful only if
teacher training programs inculcate problem solving skills through actual involvement in
environmental issues. However the scope for developing this is found less in the syllabus under
study. Something which is heart breaking is that among the expected learning outcomes listed
not even a single one was related or associated with the enhancement of environmental
pedagogic content knowledge needed for teaching the infused environmental concepts in schools
4.2 Findings from the analysis of the responses of the questionnaire
The major intention of the study was to determine the student teachers’ perceptions
regarding the teaching of infused EE concepts. Following a brief, descriptive explanation of the
findings, the participant replies are presented in tabular form. Reference is made to the
percentage while making comments about the answers to the questions. The findings in this
regard are detailed below:
4.2.1Purpose of EE
. The responses on this aspect are reported below:
Table 4.1: Purpose of EE: Responses of student teachers
Ideas Frequency Percentage

● awareness about the environment 40 41

● study about environment 30 31
● positive attitude towards environment 9 9
● developing environmental knowledge/ concepts 11 11
● acquiring the knowledge, abilities, attitudes, and 8 8
values necessary for environmental protection

Table 4.1 demonstrates that EE was viewed in a variety of ways by those who were tasked with
educating future generations. The majority of responders (40%) thought that EE was important
for raising environmental consciousness and for encouraging environmental research (30%). The

166
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
responses' alignment with the five EE objectives—awareness, knowledge, attitudes, skills, and
to some extent participation—as outlined at the Tbilisi conference was an interesting finding. It
is crucial to keep in mind that the word "environmental awareness" only refers to knowing
something about the environment; occasionally, it is used synonymously with EE. However, the
phrase EE is more general and includes participation, attitudes, knowledge, and attitudes. It
should not just be viewed as a method for raising environmental awareness, but also as a way to
foster genuine care for preserving the standard of life on earth (UNESCO, 1985).Since EE was
thought to be about fostering awareness or knowledge acquisition, even the method it was
taught appeared to be about merely transferring knowledge to students.
4.2.2 Infusing EE concepts /issues into lessons
At present, it is not certain whether or not the student teachers take it obligatory to
incorporate EE concepts/issues while teaching their respective subjects. The investigator
therefore collected their responses regarding this aspect. Their ratings and results of the
differences in their responses are presented in the Table 4.2
Table4.2: Incorporating EE concepts /issues into lessons: responses of student
teachers
Students teachers’ responses
Statement
Always Sometimes Never
Incorporation of EE concepts 23 59 16
/issues into lessons (23.46%) (60.22%) (16.32%)

Table 4. 2 shows that only 23.46% of the 98 participants who responded to the question said
they always incorporate EE concepts and topics into their teaching.60% of the participants said
that they either occasionally or never use EE concepts or issues in their teaching, whereas
16.32% never do so. The findings show that the method currently used to incorporate EE
concepts and issues into the various lessons of study is not effective.
4.2.3 Teaching EE in immense deepness
Table 4.3: Responses of Student teachers regarding the teaching of EE in depth
Statement Student teachers’ responses
Strongly Agree Partially Disagree Strongly
agree agree disagree
Teach EE in
depth (6.1%) (40.8%) (34.7%) (14.3%) (4.1%)
According to table 3 above, 46.9% of student teachers extensively cover EE aspects in
their instruction, compared to 53.1% of student teachers. The answers to the previous two
questions indicate that, although several dimensions are included in various school subjects to
differing degrees, not all of them are thoroughly discussed.
Table4.4: Cross-tabulated subjects versus level of EE instruction
Response Eng Mal Hin Mat NS PS SS
s
Great (54.5%) (41.3%) (38.4%) 0 (66.7%) (40%) (75%)
Extent
Some (27.3%) (58.7%) (45.3%) (42.8%) (33.3%) (20%) (25%)
Extent
Not at all (18.2%) 0 (16.3%) (57.2%) 0 (40%) 0

While many student teachers in the social sciences (75%) and the natural and physical sciences
(66.7 and 66.7 percent, respectively) said that they taught EE in great depth, many others said
they never or only occasionally did so. These student teachers were instructing students in
mathematics (100%) and languages (45 – 61.6%).
4.2.4 Infusion of EE into all subjects
Table 4.5: Responses regarding the infusion of EE in all subjects
Statement Student teachers’ responses
Strongly agree Agree Partially agree Disagree Strongly
disagree
Infusion of EE 43 35 18 2
into all learning (43.8%) (35.4%) (18.8%) (2.1%) 0
areas

79.2% of those surveyed think that EE should be integrated into all topics. 18.8% and 2.1% of
respondents indicated they did not entirely agree with this method of teaching EE.

167
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
4.2. Schooling EE as a Separate Subject
Table 4. 6: Schooling EE as a separate subject

Statement Student teachers’ responses

Strongly Strongly
Agree Partially agree Disagree
agree disagree

Schooling as a
29 22 31 16 10
separate subject
(29.2%) (22.9%) (31.3%) (6.3%) (10.4%)

51.1% of interviewees said that EE should be taught as a separate subject, while 31.3% were not
quite in agreement. Only 16.7% of respondents objected to teaching EE as a separate subject. In
contrast, 79.2% of respondents to the previous question said that EE should be integrated into
all topics. It appears that some respondents thought it should be taught as a separate subject in
addition to being integrated into other disciplines. The respondents may have been uncertain or
thought that both strategies would be advantageous. Incorporating EE "across the curriculum"
is the "official" strategy for addressing the status of EE in the National Documents.
Contradicting this strategy and showing that the respondents were not scared to challenge
official policy is the relatively large percentage of teachers who support teaching EE as a single
subject. From a completely different perspective, this would therefore suggest favourably that
the questionnaire's question-response dependability is high.
4.2.6Insufficient time to teach EE
Table 4.7: Responses regarding the insufficient time to teach EE
Statement Student teachers’ responses
Strongly agree Agree Partially agree Disagree Strongly
disagree
Insufficient 27 33 20 4 14
time to teach (27.1%) (33.3%) (20.8%) (4.2%) (14.6%)
EE

Due to the focus on preparing students for, the majority of respondents (60.4%) agreed and
strongly agreed that there was not enough time to teach EE in a meaningful way. Only 18.8% of
respondents disagreed that there was not enough time to teach EE, while another 20.8% agreed
to some extent that this was the case.
4.2.7Teaching EE by an expert
Table4. 8: Responses of student teachers regarding the Teaching of EE by an expert
Statement Student teachers’ responses
Strongly Agree Partially Disagree Strongly
agree agree disagree
Teaching of EE 22 27 27 10 12
by an expert (22.9%) (27.1%) (27.1%) (10.4%) (12.5%)

The majority of survey participants, 50%, agreed or strongly agreed that EE should be taught
by a topic expert. While 22.9% disagreed that EE should be taught by an expert, a further 27.1%
agreed to some level with this assertion. The answers to this query are frequently closely
related to those of the preceding query. In response to the previous question, 52.1% of
respondents said they preferred that engineering and applied sciences (EE) be taught as a
separate subject, and in response to this one, 50% said EE should be taught by an expert.
4.2.8 Importance of EE in the Curriculum
Table4.9: Responses of Student teachers concerning the Importance of EE in the
curriculum
Student teachers’ responses
Statement
Strongly agree Agree Partially agree Disagree Strongly
disagree
Importance of EE 59 31 8
in the curriculum (60.4%) (31.3%) (8.3. %) 0 0

The vast majority of respondents felt that EE should be a key component of the curriculum. 91.7
percent of respondents agreed and strongly agreed that EE should be a key component of the

168
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
curriculum. 60.4% of them firmly agreed with this assertion. No respondents disagreed that EE
should be a core component of the curriculum.
.4.2.9Knowledge of different EE dimensions
Effective teachers of EE must have a thorough understanding of the natural and
artificial, ecological, political, economic, technological, social, governmental, cultural, and
aesthetic components (UNESCO-UNEP).In light of this, it was important to provide information
regarding the degree of environmental understanding in agreement with a comprehensive and
systemic framework. The questions in this section are specifically related to the Van Rooyen
Model from 2006.
Table 4.10: Responses of student teachers regarding the knowledge of different EE
dimensions
DIMENSIONS To a Great Extent To Some Extent Not at all
Biophysical 13(13.4%) 44(44.8%) 41(41.8%)
Social 26(26.6%) 65(66.3%) 7(7.1%)
Political-juridical 19(19.3%) 38(38.7%) 41(42%)
Economic 21(21.4%) 60(61.2%) 17(17.4%)
Scientific- 27(27.5%) 44(45%) 27(27.5%)
Technological
Personal 25(25.5%) 55(56.1%) 18(18.4%)
Contextual 15 (14.9%) 56(57.4%) 27(27.7%)
Teachers who have indicated that the dimensions are understandable to a great extent and
some extent have been grouped together in the different dimensions and analyzed as follows:
89. 7% have indicated that they understood the social dimension;
82.6% understand the economic dimension;
81. 6% understand the personal dimension;
72. 5% understand the scientific-technological dimension;
72. 3% understand the contextual dimension;
58% understand the political dimension;
56.5% understand the biophysical dimension
The majority of educators incorporated the social, economic, and personal dimensions of EE into
their lessons. Fewer teachers frequently understand the political and biophysical dimensions,
which results in fewer teachers addressing them in their courses.
Table4.11: Understanding of EE dimensions cross-tabulated against subjects
Dimensions Eng Mal Hin Mat NS PS SS
Bio-physical 63.6 59.1 50.6 42.9 83.3 33.4 50
Social 81.8 70.6 60.4 71.4 100 100 100
Political
Juridicial 36.4 33.4 31.2 42.9 50 66.2 75
Economic 90.9 56.1 59.5 71.4 83.3 83.6 75
Scientific 63.7 55.8 50.6 71.4 83.3 100 50
Technological
Personal 63.7 59.7 53.6 71.4 83.3 100 75
Contextual 90.9 52.3 49.1 42.9 83 66.1 75

The percentage of language teachers who said they understood the political-legal aspect was
extremely low (31.2–36.4%). Only a small percentage of pre-service math teachers (42.9%),
political-juridical (42.9%), and contextual (42.9%) understood the biophysical dimension. With
the exception of the political-juridical dimension, which only 50% of the teachers were familiar
with, a very high percentage of natural science teachers (80-100%) indicated an understanding
of all dimensions. For the purpose of efficiently teaching physical science, a very high majority
of teachers (80–100%) stated that they comprehended all dimensions. The bio-physical
dimension was the only one that a small minority of social science professors (between 75 and
100%) said they did not comprehend. All dimensions were understood to a high degree by
physical science teachers, with the exception of the biophysical, which was only understood by
33.4% of them.

169
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

4.2.10 Student teacher’s sensitivity about themselves as future EE teachers

Table 4.11: Responses of student teachers’ sensitivity about themselves as future EE
teachers
Student teachers’ responses
Statements
Strongly Agree Partially Disagree Strongly
agree Agree Disagree
I have been well trained 7 15 18 31 27
in EE methodology (6.7%) (15%) (18.3%) (31.7%) (28.3%)

I have mastered all 7 9 44 31 7

content taught in EE (6.7%) (10%) (45%) (31.7%) (6.7%)

I am in a better position to 2 13 41 27 15
infuse EE concepts into (1.7%) (13.3%) (41.7%) (28.3%) (15%)
the subject of the
school curriculum

I possess the necessary 2 8 37 18 33

content, knowledge, skills (1.7%) (8.3%) (38.3%) (18.3%) (33.3%)
and professional
expertise to lead EE in
the school

I think I will be successful 1 3 34 31 29

in teaching EE (1%) (3.3%) (35%) (31.7%) (30%)

Student teachers' responses to this question reveal that they do not believe they will be future
environmental educators capable of fostering children's environmental literacy. Due to a lack of
training in EE methodology and subject matter, over two thirds (62%) of the respondents stated
that they will not feel confident teaching EE. They argued that because EE is an integration of
topics with shared themes, it can only be taught following instruction in its pedagogical
principles and content knowledge. The national documents state that in order to give every kid
the chance to understand EE concepts, pre-service teachers must incorporate EE concepts into
their fields of instruction in the school curriculum. According to responses, over 70% of the
student teachers included in the study's scope are not in a better position to integrate EE
concepts into the relevant subject of the school curriculum. Since student teachers haven't been
exposed to the idea of infusion, this could be challenging. 56 percent of respondents said they
lacked the necessary material, knowledge, and professional expertise to run EE-related
initiatives in the classroom. In the opinion of about 66.7% of respondents, teaching EE in
schools won't be successful. As a result, the majority of aspiring teachers do not believe that
they are successful in imparting the absorbed EE concepts after completing the teacher
education course.
5 Recommendations and Conclusion
The study's findings supported the idea that student teachers lack the expertise needed to
teach lessons that incorporate environmental topics. This shows that the EE program's
secondary school implementation is problematic. A situation like this demonstrates the
necessity to refocus the teacher education curriculum to enable the inclusion of appropriate
pedagogical training for teaching EE concepts throughout the secondary school subjects. By
refocusing the teacher education curriculum, aspiring teachers will be aware about the teaching
of infused EE concepts across their topic before taking on their teaching responsibilities. In
order to bring about the social changes required for sustainable development, this will
guarantee that all teachers adhere to the teaching EE requirements. Overall, changing the
teacher education curriculum to incorporate the instruction of infused EE ideas attests to the
fact that teachers would be well-prepared to teach using the cross-curricular approach and train
their students to be responsible citizens.
References
1. National curriculum framework (2005). Retrieved from http://www.ncert.in/rightside/links/
pdf framework/english/nf2005NCERT. (2001). Environmental Orientation to school
students: A training module for
2. southern region. New Delhi

170
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
3. National Council for Teacher Education. (2009). National Curriculum Framework for
Teacher Education. New Delhi: NCTE
4. NCERT, (2005). National Curriculum Framework, National Council of Educational
Research & Training, New Delhi
5. NCERT, (2006). Habitat and Learning, National Council of Educational Research &
Training, New Delhi
6. NCERT. (2001). Environmental Orientation to school students: A training module for
7. southern region. New Delhi
8. Nolet, V. (2009).Preparing sustainability- literate teachers. Teachers College Record, (3),
9. Prahraj, B. (1991). Environmental knowledge, attitude and perception regarding
a. environmental education among pre- service and in-service secondary school
10. teachers, Fifth Survey of Educational Research, 33, 655.
11. Ravindranadh, M.J. (2007). Environmental education in teacher education in India:
a. Experiences and challenges in the United Nations decade of education for
12. sustainable development. Journal of Education and Teaching, 33(2),191-206.
13. SCERT (2007). The Kerala Curriculum Framework 2007. Thiruvananthapuram, SCERT.
14. Simpson, P., Hungerford, H. and Volk, T. (1988) Environmental Education: A
15. Process for Pre-service Teacher Training Curriculum Development, UNESCO-UNEP
International Environmental Education Programme, Environmental Education Series No.
26, UNESCO Division of Science, Technical and Environmental Education. Paris.
16. United Nations Conference on Environment and Development
(UNCED).(1992,June).Promoting education and public awareness and training, Agenda21,
United Nations Conference on Environment and Development. Riode Janeiro, Brazil. New
York, NY: United Nations.
17. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO).(1976). The
Final Report of the International workshops on Environmental Education, Belgrade
(Yugoslavia) : Tbilisi (14-26 October1977), Document ED-76WS/97 UNESCO, Paris
18. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). (1977). The
Final Report: Tbilisi (13-22 October 1975), DOC MP/49,UNESCO, Paris.
19. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO).(1978). The
final report: International conference on environmental education. Paris, France: UNESCO
20. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization-United Nations
Environment Program (UNESCO-UNEP). (1978). The Tbilisi Declaration, Connect, III(l), 1-
8.
21. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO).(1992)
Environmental Education for Sustainable Societies and Global Responsibility: Global Forum
(Earth Summit) Responsibility. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization (UNESCO). (1995). Intergovernmental workshop on re-orienting
environmental education for sustainable development.
22. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization-United Nations
Environment Program (UNESCO-UNEP).(1989). Environmental literacy for all, Connect,
XIV (2), 1-2.
23. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization-United Nations
Environment Program (UNESCO-UNEP). (1990). Environmentally educated teachers: The
priority of Priorities, Connect, XV (1), 1-3
24. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization-United Nations
Environment Program (UNESCO-UNEP). (1992). UNCED: The Earth Summit, Connect,
XVII (12), 1-2.
25. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization -United Nations
Environment Program (UNESCO-UNEP). (1988). International Strategy for Action in the
field of Environmental Education and Training for the1990s
26. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization-United Nations
Environment Program (UNESCO-UNEP).(2002). Cultural diversity and biological diversity
for sustainable development.

171
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Conceptual Study of Digital Education for Digital India
Nagesh Chawhan T
Assistant Professor, Department of Physics
LBAS & SBSC College, Sagara

Abstract
This paper is focuses on application of digital technology in educational field, which
includes digital technology in teaching, learning and evaluation process.The objective of this
study is to focus on conceptual information of digital education and later on it discusses on the
importance and limitations involved in online and digital education and finally the study
highlighted the core challenges of digital education in India. The study further focuses on macro
level information regarding how digital technology plays an important role and act as bridge
between sender and receiver in order to fulfill modern day approach. The study finally
concluded that digital education should be complement to traditional mode of physical education
then only the country can be able to reach the benefit of digital education.
Keywords
Digital technologies, cognitive, teaching, barriers, attitude, strategies
1. Introduction
“Technology will not replace great teachers but technology in the hands of the great
teachers can be transformational”
Technology is one of the keywords of our world, yet it is also one of the most confused forms of
elite and systematic knowledge. There is no denying the fact that technology has brought a
revolution in many operational fields - be it gadgets or faster modes of communication or even
the education sector. The outbreak of COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in tremendous change
in the traditional mode of class room educational system, wherein the concept of online classes
and usage of laptops has replaced black boards and text books. During the time of pandemic
digital education was the sole source of learning for students in the country. Today, with the
click of a button, students have immediate access to quality information available worldwide.
They can gain practical and technical knowledge. Innovative audio-visual features can enhance
their cognitive level. The study materials can be downloaded and saved for future reference.
Teachers too can coordinate with students through electronic (e) classrooms and impart
knowledge and share their ideas and resources and utilize the resources available on the
internet for their various project work, research, etc.
2. Objectives
1. To understand the conceptual information of digital education
2. To study the importance of online and digital education
3. To understand the limitations of digital education
4. To understand the challenges of digital education
3. Importance of Digital Learning
A. Individualized Learning Experience: Conventional class room education system failed to
capitalize interest of all students and not able to carry the momentum with the rest of other
students in class. Digital learning methodology allows teachers to customize their teaching
methodology and study materials by keeping in mind of student’s psychology and ability of
learning speed of individuals.
B. Students become Smarter: It gives enough freedom to students to explore what they need
to know, it develop searching ability and utilize online resources, when we exposed them to
digital learning tool that developsself-directed learning skills. It plays an important role to
multiply their productivity, learning ability and magnify their efficiency
C. Unlimited Information: The world of internet is wide and having ocean of information.
Earlier students would rely on limited edition of information, but now due to revolution took
place in digital platform it breaks conventional barrier and allow students to discover. Lots of
information available freely in the ocean of internet resources. Students have zero restrictions
to explore the information and use this treasure of knowledge.
D. Smart Classrooms: Digital service provides innovative platform to teachers to teach
concepts more creative way that helps students to understand the concepts innovative and fun.
Traditional chalk and talk method is past now, modern day classrooms require smart board,
projector, TV etc… which makes it easy to present concepts in picture or animation form that
helps students to better understand, due to that students can pay more attention as they are
extensively approachable to digital world.
E. Digitally Updated: In a fast growing world in terms of technology, resources and practices
can easily outdated, as they boosting students to innovate new and update scientifically in
terms of subject related. Now a days students are fascinating more towards electronics gadgets
like phones, laptops etc.. So they must be technologically sound.
F. High Engagement Learning: Traditional education system has limited scope of
engagement as it restricted only on textbooks, magazines, handwritten notes and instructor.
Where as digital education platform provide wide range of choice to learn. They have ample

172
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
number of tools like smart board, white board, browser, games, drama, activity based learning
session motives active participation from students.
G. Ease of Sharing: Digital learning system breaks the barrier of handwritten notes making
process, avoid carrying bag of books, stops depending on library to gather information, create an
environment to attend class by sitting in home, can able to collect any information from
anywhere is just a click away which saves lot of students time, efficiency and physical labor. It
makes easy to preserve information in the form of soft copies so that one can access from
anywhere in the world.
H. Accountability in Students: Digital education system brings accountability to students so
that they can track their academic progression easily. Digital evaluation process saves lot of
time, energy and efficiency simultaneously which provide early result, breaks unnecessary fiscal
burden and brings more transparent in evaluation process. It enables students to analyze their
performance and come up with required solution on their own. Digital education system gives
freedom to study to think independently, develop positive attitude. One can no longer depend on
spoon feeding provided by teachers in class and parents in home regarding any information.
4. Challenges while incorporating online education
1. Incorporating online education in the general education system isn’t an easy task, with the
new set of rules brings many challenges.
2. India is an agrarian country, 60% of population dependent on agriculture. Out of that 30% of
population not aware about computer literacy and they don’t even know how to start it.
Minimum computer knowledge is needed to provide digital education
3. Electronic gadgets needed for digital education which are expensive. Lower class people like
farmers, maids, scavenger, who belong under below poverty level, for them it is hard to
purchase laptop or phones and put every month internet connection
4. It is a big challenge for teachers also. They might be good at class room offline mode
teaching, it doesn’t mean their Excellency would carry in digital learning also.
5. Subjects like science needs practical class, eventhough teacher taught through digital mode
practical experience also important to gain better knowledge,practical training also
important to grasp what they have learned.
6. India is still lagging behind digital resources due to that it is difficult to conduct an online
examination and students shows resistance to change from traditional class room mode to
digital mode
7. Because of poor network connection in remote and socio-economic backward areas, it is
difficult to broadcast live session and streaming for the children’s related to academics.
India is still facing network connectivity issue in most part of the country it costs a lot
5. Limitations of Digital Learning
1. Socioeconomic divide: India is a land of diversity having varieties of culture, ethnicity and
beliefs, in addition to it India is a victim of huge class and socioeconomic divide, based on
untouchability, gender, religion and economic status. Due to these constraints not even 30% of
population can receive digital education. India has its unique topographic feature includes
Ghats, river valley, plateaus, dense forest, deserts etc… these terrains and topography’s are
facing issues like proper electricity and internet facilities. Student’s not able to engage digital
classes consistently. As an alternative to this prerecorded class videos send through what’s app
or YouTubeso they can study at their convenience, but even these students have their own set of
difficulties like lack of understanding of lessons, as a result they still deprived of the knowledge
they should be provided with.
2. Gender differentiation: Implementation of digital learning creates gender differentiation.
During COVID-19 lockdown period schools and colleges are shut downed, students rely on
online classes, in that circumstance most of the students preferred to go work instead of
attending classes, helps to their parents in domestic work, out of that major percentage was
female students. Half of these could not get smart phone and internet packages as a result girls
were spent most of their time and energy to engage household chores. Another problem is that
parents denies to talk with their girl child and offered to serve on their behalf,where they had to
talk in front of the male member which made them understand how difficult it is for them to
study with online resources.
3. Internet drawbacks: Internet is an open source. Now a day’s any information can
accessible easily. It stands big challenge for online education because the teacher worked in
colleges and universities expecting them to be uptodate digitally and deliver the concept
effectively through online by keeping students psychology in mind, meanwhile it is unfair for
children to adapt completely. There are main two factors affecting digital learning, one is
difficult to maintain consistency by students. It is difficult for them to keep concentrate entire
lecture, and another is for teacher to maintain body language and eye contact difficult to
perceive in a digital teaching and learning.
4. The mental health of students: Young age group (6-12 year old) and adult student’s for
them digital learning system cost their mental health. They seem to involve in physical and
practical way of learning than the virtual one. That is the age they should expose and engage

173
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
with group of peoples. Restricting them with in the four walls can lose their confidence it creates
mental strain. Subjects like science, mathematics requires practical experience. Humanity
subjects requires social experience, digital learning system doesn’t create scientific temper and
critical thinking ability.
5. Excessive screen time: Excessive screening also becomes problem to student’s mental
health. As they engrossed them self with class work, home-work, assignments, everything going
digitally it creates mental strain to them. It puts strain on their eye and brain
6. Conclusion
India is shifting towards digitalization. For that digitalization of education certainly
help in bridging the gap between the teacher and students in near future. The benefit of
physical education cannot be replaceable with any mode of education, as it provides opportunity
to engage with others and interact with teachers also plays great role in children’s cognitive
development. However to be useful digital education should be complement to traditional mode
of physical education. Both these supplement to each other, then only will the country can able
to reach the benefit of digital education by improving capacity of students learning to make
Indian education system prosperous.
References
1. Rabin, Ron (2015). Blended learning for leadership: The CCL approach. Greensboro, NC:
Center for Creative Leadership.
2. Reinhold, Diane, & Tracy Enright Patterson (2015). Make learning stick: Best practices to
get the most out of leadership development. Greensboro, NC: Center for Creative
Leadership.
3. Taylor, J.C., 2001. Fifth generation distance education. [online] Higher Education Division,
Department of Education, Training and Youth Affairs. Available at: [Accessed 8 Apr. 2017].
4. Suchman, L., 1995. Making work visible.Communications of the ACM, 38(9), pp.56– 64.
5. Selwyn, N., 2016. Digital downsides: exploring university students’ negative engagements
with digital technology. Teaching in Higher Education, 21(8), pp.1006– 1021.
6. Lin, C.-C., 2010.Analysis of the e-learning innovation process in higher education. [online]
Available at: .
7. Lee, K., 2017. Rethinking the accessibility of online higher education: A historical
review.The Internet and Higher Education, 33, pp.15–23.
8. https://www.collegedekho.com/news/affordable-online-education-for-the-common-man-20288/
9. https://m.thewire.in/article/education/online-school-education/amp https://iimskills.com/the-
future-of-online-education-in-india https://www.highereducationdigest.com/digital-
education-trends-and-future-prospects-in-higher-education/

174
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Exploring India’s Economic Achievements after Independence”

– Some Observations
Mrs. Rajashree Das Gupta
Assistant Professor, Department of Economics Ramkrishna Nagar College,
District-Karimganj, Assam,

Introduction :
India celebrated her 75th Independence Day on 15th August 2021. In March 2021 the
government of India announced the celebration of its “Azadi ki Amrit Mahotsav”, a two-year-
long nationwide initiative to commemorate the milestone. India‟s economy has travelled many
ups and downs since independence. Once branded as a „third world country‟ a term used for
underdeveloped countries, India is now among the biggest economies of the world. There is still
a long journey for India to be a successful economy.
The journey of India‟s development over the last 75 years has seen significant milestones
and reforms that enabled it to achieve substantial progress in many areas including raise in
income levels, growth, literacy, life expectancy and a wide variety of other economic indicators.
As India commemorates 75 glorious years as an independent nation, let‟s look back at some of
the significant achievements of our economy over the years.
Achievements Of Indian Economy:
India has made decent progress in several areas during the last 75 years. The greatest
achievements of the Indian Economy in the last few decades have been summarized below:
1. Fastest Growing Economy In The World:
India‟s average GDP growth during the 1970s and the 1980s was 4.4%. This improved to 5.5
% during the 1990s and jumped to a 6.5 % level during the last decade, excluding the pandemic
year 2021. IMF projections for FY 2022 show that India will reclaim its status as the fastest-
growing major economy in the world. India, with a GDP of over $ 2.6 trillion, is on its way to
becoming the fifth largest economy in the world. Despite several hiccups in the global economic
situation, India continued to exist as the world‟s fastest-growing large economy growing at a
rate of 8.2 % in the first quarter of 2018-19. In the World Economic Outlook published in
October 2021, the IMF projected that India‟s GDP will grow at 9.5% and 8.5% during 2021-2022
and 2022-2023 respectively. If it becomes true, then India will be amongst the fastest growing
economies in the world. Whereas at present, India is the Sixth-largest economy behind the
U.S.A, China, Japan, Germany, and the U.K..
2. 6TH Largest Economy:
India is now an economic powerhouse. In terms of Gross Domestic Product,
internationally India is ranked 6th. Its rank was 18th in 1991. In dollar terms, India‟s GDP has
grown by 9 times during this period from $ 266 billion in 1991 to $ 2.7 trillion in 2020.
3. Per Capita Income 5 Times Of 1991 (Dollar Terms):
Per capita income, which was $ 300 in 1991, has grown by more than 5 times to the $
1,900 level today even after the sharp contraction in economic growth due to the COVID-19
pandemic and the consequent nationwide lockdown. The share of food in consumer expenditure
is down from 63% to 49%, which is a sign of rising incomes.
4. Development In Agricultural Sector:
Agriculture is the most important sector in the Indian economy since independence and it
generates livelihood for more than 50% of the population. The real gross value added by the
agriculture, forestry and allied sectors went up from around Rs.1.502 billion in 1950-51 to
around Rs.22.263 billion as per the 2011-12 calculations.
The conception of the green revolution during the 1960s was a game-changer for the
country. It saw the adoption of modern technology and methods to produce high yielding variety
seeds that significantly raised agricultural productivity and increased food grain production.
5. Millions Helped Out Of Poverty:
Poverty is defined as failing to reach a certain minimum consumption standard. The
distribution of wealth in India is improving since the adoption of the liberalization of the
economy and the poverty rate has significantly decreased.
To eradicate poverty, the government over the years has changed its policy giving
importance to education, reservation of seats in government jobs, and increasing empowerment
of women.
With the increase in per-capita income levels and increased governments support, the
population below the poverty line (BPL) has been steadily declining. BPL population which was
around 34% in 1991, has declined to 22% at present. India has pulled at least 17 crores of people
out of poverty since 1990.
6. Prices Under Control:
Inflation in India was in double digits during the 1991 crisis. It was 16.7% in 1991. The
average consumer price index during 1980-2000 was 9.05%. Inflation has decreased to a 6.33%
level during the past two decades making goods and services more affordable.

175
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

7. India Reaching Closer To 100% Literacy:

Literacy levels in India were low at 52.21% in 1991, Improvement in education
infrastructure, an increase in the number of teachers, and an increase in enrollments of
children in the schools of rural areas, literacy rate has increased and presently it is 77.7%. The
Gross enrollment ratio for higher education has increased from 6% in 1991 to 27% in 2020.
8. Population Growth Has Slowed:
An Improvement in living standards and levels of educational attainment has contributed to
lower population growth of 1.2% during 2010-2019 in comparison to 2.16% during 1981-1991.
9. People In Pucca Houses More Than Doubled:
The number of people who have pucca houses has more than doubled from 32% in 1993 to
71% in 2015. The „Housing for All‟ mission and the schemes like „Indira Awaas Yojana‟ and
„Pradhan Mantri Awaas Yojana‟ have contributed to this development.
10. Life Expectancy High:
Life expectancy has improved to more than 70 years currently from 59 years in 1991. This is
a result of better health facilities and the availability of nutritional food for the population.
11. Healthy And Fit India:
The number of doctors has now increased three times to 9.59 lakh from 3.65 lakh in 1991.
The infant mortality rate has declined to 22.71 in 2021 from 86.56 in 1991. The maternal
mortality rate has declined from 437 per 1000 in 1991 to 113 per 1000 in 2021.
12. Food Production:
Achieving “self-sufficiency” in food grains has been Independent India‟s biggest achievement
from receiving food aid in the 1950s and in the 1960s to becoming a net exporter. India has seen
notable progress in food production. The total food production, which stood at 54.92 million tons
in 1950, rose to 305.44 million tons in 2020-2021.
13. Access To Electricity (Rural Areas):
The supply of electricity to rural India has been one of the goals of India‟s socio-economic
policy. According to the ministry of power, in 1950, electricity could be transmitted to only 3,061
villages. In 2018, the Indian government announced that all of India‟s villages– 5,97,464 in total
had been electrified, with 10 per cent of households in a village having access to electricity.
There are millions in the country, still who live without electricity.
14. Indian Railways And Roadways:
India already had one of the biggest railways and longest tracks in the early years of
Independence. In Independent India, the Indian Railways focused on unifying all rail gauges,
electrification of railway lines and connecting northeast India to the mainland.
Concentration on the construction of roads connecting all the states of the country has
improved the road connectivity between the states and generated employment in the process as
well. The dream project like the „Silchar-Sourastra Mahasadak‟ during the year 2003-2004 has
the vision to connect this part of the country directly to other parts, although for some reasons it
has slow progress in the south Assam region leading to a break in the connectivity, which needs
to be addressed immediately and sincerely. Further, there has been tremendous progress in
road infrastructure since 2014 apart from the continuation of construction of rural roads under
the scheme „Pradhan Mantri Gramin Sadak Yojana‟ (PMGSY), which has a positive effect on the
rural economy of our country.
15. Research And Development:
India‟s space research has experienced phenomenal progress since independence.
Satellites and rockets are successfully sent to space on several occasions. India‟s ambition to
send its own spacecraft to Mars has been successful. Many countries of the world now send
satellites to space with the help of India and its space research organization.
On the other hand, the nuclear programme conceptualized and initiated by Dr. Homy
Bhaba has also attained success in nuclear science research in India. His programme has made
possible the utilization of nuclear energy in defence, power generation, medicine and allied
areas successful. Peaceful use of nuclear energy has raised India‟s reputation as a mature and
responsible player in the field.
Conclusion:-
India has secured an important position in the world in economic development over the
decades after independence. India has been considered as the biggest market for many
International consumer brands which in turn also encouraged the international community to
invest in India in manufacturing and infrastructural field. The outline of achievements
highlighted above evidence that India has achieved phenomenal progress in its economy during
the last 75 years, despite having experienced crises and/or contractions in between.
References:
1. Misra & Puri: Indian Economy, Himalaya Publishing House, 38th Revised Edition, 2020.
2. Sanjiv Verma: „The Indian Economy‟. Unique Publishers. Economic Survey (2020-21).
3. P.K. Dhar: Indian Economy- Its growing dimensions. Kalyani Publishers, Edition:23rd, 2015.
4. Ahluwalia M.S. (2016): The 1991 reforms, How Home-grown Were They. Economic and
Political weekly. Vol. 51, Issue No.29, 16 Jul, 2016.

176
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

5. Mohan R. & Ray P. (2019). Indian Monetary Policy in the time of inflation targeting and
demonetization. Asian Economic Policy Review, 14 (3) DOI:10.1111/1 aepr 12242.
6. Rangarajan C (2014): Report of the expert group to review the methodology for
measurement of poverty. Planning Commission, Govt. of India.
7. Rodrik D & Subramaniam A. (2004). From “Hindu Growth” to productivity surge: The
mystery of the Indian growth transition. IMF Working Paper. WP/04/77. May, 2004..
8. ASER Centre (2017). Annual Status of education report (rural): 2016.
9. DeLong J. Bradford (2001). India since independence: An Analytic Growth Narrative (PDF).
10. Kuchal S.C., Industrial Economy of India.
11. Dhar P.N., Small Scale Industries.
12. Dhar and Lyndall. The Role of Small Enterprises in Indian Economic Development.

177
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Pilgrims Satisfaction Analysis of Dehu Pilgrime Centere In
Pune District In Maharashtra
Gandhile Ganesh Dattoba.
Assistant Professor, Annasaheb Magar College,Hadapsar,Pune.

Abstract:
Compared to other businesses, tourism is one of the fastest expanding sectors due to low
capital expenditure. Since ancient times, religious tourism has been one of the more significant
forms of travel. Due to its geographical features, including its position, lovely terrain, enjoyable
waterbodies and waterfalls, and historic religious sites, the Haveli tehsil of the Pune district
has a great deal of potential to expand the tourism business.
For the development of a pilgrim tourist destination, pilgrims' satisfaction with the
services already offered in the tourist centre is crucial. The current study's objective is to gauge
pilgrim happiness at Dehu, known for Vari, Varkari and „Paalkhi‟ from Dehu to Pandharpur in
month of Ashad. .The goal of the current study is to comprehend satisfaction.
Key Words: Pilgrim, Religious, Satisfaction, Facilities, Tourism, Destination
Introduction: - Any country's economy is significantly impacted by tourism. Today, one of
India's industries with the quickest growth is tourism. More money is made exporting foreign
currency than exporting any other commodity. The tourism sector offers a lot of potential for job
growth.
The district of Pune in the state of Maharashtra has a long history of tourism. The history of the
pilgrimage in the Pune district spans several centuries. Pune is the cultural centre of
Maharashtra due to the abundance of forts, shrines, and temples in the area. The morphology of
religious tourism attractions has changed because of pilgrimages to diverse locations. A rise in
pilgrimages has an effect on religious institutions on both a socioeconomic and cultural level.
The goal of this research paper is to examine the satisfaction index.
Study Area:- The primary pilgrimage site in Maharashtra is Dehu. A census town in the
district of Pune is Dehu. It is 35 km from Pune and situated on the banks of the River Indrayani
in the Haveli Taluka. It is located in latitude 18°43′00′′ North and longitude 73°46′00′′ East. It is
typically 594 metres (1948 feet) above mean sea level. Sant Tukaram, a revered saint in
Maharashtra, calls Dehu his home and spiritual centre. He worshipped Lord Vitthal his entire
life. Sant Tukaram was a revered poet who is most known for his Gatha and Abhang.
Objectives of the Study: - To evaluate the satisfaction of pilgrims about the various facilities
Methodology: - The current research is supported by a sample survey. To gauge the
satisfaction of pilgrims' visitors, Surveys were created, and during interviews, pilgrims were
asked to rate the facilities as excellent, good, satisfactory, or unsatisfactory. Following that, the
opinions of the pilgrim were translated into numerical values, such as 8 to 10 for excellent, 6 to
8 for good, 4 to 6 for satisfactory, and 0 to 4 for unsatisfactory. For each level of satisfaction, the
factor-wise average values are computed. Total pleasure is obtained by multiplying these values
by their respective frequency. The satisfaction index for the factor is calculated by dividing
overall satisfaction by total frequency of the relevant factor. After calculating the satisfaction
index then positional rank is assigned for values of satisfaction. For that, the following formula
is used
Sti=∑MiNi / N
Where,
Sti = Satisfaction Index for the 'I'th factor.
Mi= Numerical value for a particular level of satisfaction for the I th factor
Ni= Number of respondents deriving the particular value of satisfaction for the I th
factor
N=Total number of respondents for that factor for all level of satisfaction.
Factor wise level of Satisfaction of Pilgrim Visiting Dehu
Information collected from the pilgrims was assessed factor wise for the study of level of
satisfaction of the pilgrims. The total pilgrims interviewed were 412 and they were distributing
according to their views about the facilities provided at the Dehu.
Table-1-Factor wise level of Satisfaction of Pilgrim Visiting Dehu
Sr. Factors Excel Goo Satisfac Un Tota
No. lent d tory satisfactor l
y
1 Dev Darshan 312 86 14 0 412
2 Transportation 30 252 114 16 412
3 Accommodation 86 132 154 40 412
4 Local Security 78 164 146 24 412
5 Food & Drinking Water 78 184 124 26 412
6 Medical Facilities 98 148 138 28 412
7 Cleanliness and Conservation of 66 180 112 54 412

178
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Surrounding Area
8 Darshan Queue Facilities 86 170 142 14 412
Tourist information Board and
9 Guide 62 170 142 38 412
10 Parking 76 134 134 68 412
11 Custom and Traditions 160 162 80 10 412
12 Pollution Control Majors 46 184 100 82 412
Conservation of Religious
13 Monument 112 168 112 20 412
14 Natural Scenery 92 178 124 18 412
15 Traders Behavior 76 152 150 34 412
16 Pujari Behavior 82 168 132 30 412
17 Local Peoples Behavior 84 146 150 32 412
18 Other tourists Behavior 94 206 102 10 412
19 Police Security 90 128 134 60 412
163.
Average 95.16 79 121.26 31.79 412
39.7
Percentage 23.1 5 29.43 7.72 100
Source- Primary Data

It can seen from the table that out of 412 tourists 312 pilgrims have ranked Dev
Darshan facility as excellent, 86 as good, 14 as satisfactory and no one pilgrims have rank this
facility as unsatisfactory. In case of Transportation facility out of 412 pilgrims 160 pilgrims
have ranked this factor as excellent, 162 as good, 80 as satisfactory and only 10 pilgrims have
rank this facility as unsatisfactory and so on.
Above table, reveals that 23.1% pilgrims noted facilities are excellent, 39.75% pilgrims
noted as good, 29.43% pilgrims noted as satisfactory and 7.72% pilgrims noted as
unsatisfactory. Therefore, the level of satisfaction of the pilgrims is very high. Only 7.72%
pilgrims told that facilities are not satisfactory in Dehu at the time of survey.
Factor Wise Numerical Values of Pilgrim Visiting Dehu
Table No.2:- Factor Wise Numerical Values of Pilgrim Visiting Dehu
Numerical Values
Sr. Excell Goo Satisfact Unsatisfa
No. Factors ent d ory ctory
1 Dev Darshan 9.3 7.8 5.4 2.9
2 Transportation 9.5 7.5 5.8 3.3
3 Accommodation 8.9 6.9 5.3 3.4
4 Local Security 9.1 6.7 5.2 2.7
5 Food & Drinking Water 9.2 7.3 4.8 2.4
6 Medical Facilities 8.7 7.2 5.9 2.5
Cleanliness and Conservation of
7 Surrounding Area 9.4 6.9 5.3 3.1
8 Darshan Queue Facilities 9.9 6.8 5.2 2.6
Tourist information Board and
9 Guide 8.2 7.1 4.9 3.6
10 Parking 8.1 6.6 4.7 3.2
11 Custom and Traditions 9.5 6.7 4.4 2.9
12 Pollution Control Majors 8.1 6.2 4.3 2.5
Conservation of Religious
13 Monument 8.9 6.8 4.6 2.6
14 Natural Scenery 9.4 7.4 5.6 3.8
15 Traders Behavior 9.6 7.3 4.3 3.9
16 Pujari Behavior 9.7 7.9 4.2 3.1
17 Local Peoples Behavior 9.5 7.2 4.1 2.6
18 Other tourists Behavior 8.2 6.3 5.5 2.5
19 Police Security 8.4 6.8 4.2 2.7
Source- Primary Data

The factor wise average of satisfaction of pilgrims was calculated for facilities in the
Dehu and displayed in the table as above. These average values then utilized to calculate

179
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Satisfaction Index for the Dehu. The ranks are giving to these factors, which indicate the
satisfaction about the factor.
Factor wise Satisfaction Index of pilgrims visiting Dehu (Points out of 10) and their
Rank
Table No.3:- Factor wise Satisfaction Index of pilgrims Visiting Dehu
and their Rank
Sr. Satisfaction
No. Factors Index Rank
1 Dev Darshan 8.85 1
2 Transportation 7.01 4
3 Accommodation 6.38 12
4 Local Security 6.39 11
5 Food & Drinking Water 6.60 8
6 Medical Facilities 6.80 5
Cleanliness and Conservation of
7 Surrounding Area 6.37 13
8 Darshan Queue Facilities 6.75 6
9 Tourist information Board and Guide 6.18 15
10 Parking 5.70 18
11 Custom and Traditions 7.25 2
12 Pollution Control Majors 5.21 19
13 Conservation of Religious Monument 6.57 9
14 Natural Scenery 7.15 3
15 Traders Behavior 6.35 14
16 Pujari Behavior 6.72 7
17 Local Peoples Behavior 6.18 16
18 Other tourists Behavior 6.44 10
19 Police Security 5.71 17
Source- Primary Data
It is observed from above table that Dev Darshan facility have ranked highest (8.85). It
means pilgrims are more satisfied with Dev Darshan facilities at Dehu. Sant Tukaram is the
well-known Sant in Maharashtra and Dehu is the home and soul of him. The 2nd rank (7.25)
received for Custom and Traditions. Dehu is known for the Abhang and Gatha of
Sant Tukaram, and it is also known for Vari, Varkari and „Paalkhi‟ from Dehu to
Pandharpur in month of Ashad. It is clear that the main purpose of pilgrims to visit Dehu is
spiritual purpose. The 3rd rank (7.15) goes to Natural Scenery. Dehu is situated on the bank of
holy river Indrayani, Holy Mountain known as a Bhandra Dongar is very near to Dehu. The 4 th
rank (7.01) received for Transportation. Dehu has well connected by road to Pune, Pimpri-
Chinchwad and Mumbai via road and railway. City bus facility also available here. The 5th rank
(6.80) goes to Medical Facilities. Most of the tourist also satisfied with Darshan Queue
Facilities, Pujari Behavior and Food & Drinking Water, it ranks 6th (6.75) and 7th (6.72), 8th
(6.60) respectively.
Conservation of Religious Monument rank 9th (6.57), while other tourists Behavior and
Local Security‟s rank is 10th (6.44) and 11th (6.39) respectively. These are the factor where
pilgrims do not satisfied well, so from pilgrims‟ point of view these factors in Dehu needed more
development.
The 12th (6.38), 13th (6.37) and 14th (6.35) ranks goes to Accommodation, Cleanliness and
Conservation of Surrounding Area and Traders Behavior. The 15th (6.18) ranks goes to Tourist
information Board and Guide and Local Peoples Behavior, and 17th (5.71) ranks goes and Police
Security. The 18th (5.70) and 19th (5.21) ranks goes to Parking and Pollution Control Majors
respectively. The pilgrims were not satisfied by facilities like Accommodation, Cleanliness and
Conservation of Surrounding Area, Traders Behavior, Tourist information Board, Guide and
Local Peoples Behavior, Police Security, Parking and Pollution Control Majors.
There is need to develop the Pollution Control Majors and Cleanliness and Conservation of
Surrounding on the bank of river Indrayani and area near the temple. There is also need to
develop safe parking units for vehicles of tourists and Police Security, better and cheap
Accommodation facility for varkari. There is also scope to improve in Traders Behavior, Tourist
information Board and Guide and Local Peoples Behavior.

180
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Factors wise Order of Importance of pilgrims Visiting Dehu
Table No. 4:- Factors wise Order of Importance of pilgrims Visiting Dehu
Order of Importance
Relative
Total
Importan
Factors Respon Rank
Sr. No.

Ist IInd IIIrd IVth ce (Points

dents
out of 10)

1 Dev Darshan 342 55 9 6 412 9.45 1

2 Transportation 274 55 43 40 412 8.42 5
3 Accommodation 265 59 46 42 412 8.32 6
4 Local Security 175 43 73 121 412 6.65 11
5 Food & Drinking Water 108 27 83 194 412 5.30 13
6 Medical Facilities 98 23 86 205 412 5.08 14
Cleanliness and Conservation of 327 52 18 15 412 9.19 2
7 Surrounding Area
8 Darshan Queue Facilities 302 43 36 31 412 8.74 4
Tourist information Board and 251 61 53 47 412 8.13 8
9 Guide
10 Parking 259 62 47 44 412 8.25 7
11 Custom and Traditions 320 35 33 24 412 8.95 3
12 Pollution Control Majors 232 58 55 67 412 7.76 9
13 Conservation of Religious Monument 204 56 63 89 412 7.28 10
14 Natural Scenery 135 31 81 165 412 5.83 12
15 Traders Behavior 7 9 111 285 412 3.41 19

16 Pujari Behavior 16 12 107 277 412 3.59 18

17 Local Peoples Behavior 69 21 92 230 412 4.57 15
18 Other tourists Behavior 43 17 101 251 412 4.10 16
19 Police Security 32 14 105 261 412 3.89 17
Source- Primary Data
As per table no 5.19 it observed that maximum importance is given to Dev Darshan
(9.45), followed by Cleanliness and Conservation of Surrounding Area (9.19), Custom and
Traditions (8.95), Darshan Queue Facilities (8.74), Transportation (8.42), Accommodation (8.32),
while minimum points are given Traders Behavior facilities (3.41) by pilgrims.
Ultimate Satisfaction Index of pilgrims visiting Dehu
Table No.5:- Ultimate Satisfaction Index of pilgrims Visiting Dehu

Sr. Points out of 10

No.
Factors Satisfaction Index R.I. SI X RI
1 Dev Darshan 8.85 9.45 83.61
2 Transportation 7.01 8.42 59.00
3 Accommodation 6.38 8.32 53.08
4 Local Security 6.39 6.65 42.50
5 Food & Drinking Water 6.6 5.30 34.96
6 Medical Facilities 6.8 5.08 34.58
Cleanliness and Conservation of
7 Surrounding Area 6.37 9.19 58.56
8 Darshan Queue Facilities 6.75 8.74 58.98
9 Tourist information Board and Guide 6.18 8.13 50.25
10 Parking 5.7 8.25 47.04
11 Custom and Traditions 7.25 8.95 64.89
12 Pollution Control Majors 5.21 7.76 40.43
13 Conservation of Religious Monument 6.57 7.28 47.80
14 Natural Scenery 7.15 5.83 41.65
15 Traders Behavior 6.35 3.41 21.65
16 Pujari Behavior 6.72 3.59 24.10
17 Local Peoples Behavior 6.18 4.57 28.24
18 Other tourists Behavior 6.44 4.10 26.42
19 Police Security 5.71 3.89 22.21
Total 126.90 839.94
Source- Primary Data

181
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Ultimate Satisfaction Index for Dehu is 6.62 out of ten points. This is the satisfactory
level pilgrims. It is essential to provide better services to pilgrims.
Conclusion:-
1. Pilgrims visit to Dehu for spiritual purpose hence Dev Darshan facility ranked first. It
means pilgrims are more satisfied with Dev Darshan facilities at Dehu. Sant Tukaram is
the well-known Sant in Maharashtra and Dehu is the home and soul of him. The 2nd rank
received for Custom and Traditions. Dehu is known for the Abhang and Gatha of
Sant Tukaram, and it is also known for Vari, Varkari and „Paalkhi‟ from Dehu to
Pandharpur in month of Ashad
2. It is clearly shows that most of the pilgrim are satisfied facilities like Natural Scenery and
Transportation facilities hence it is got 3rd, and 4th rank respectively.
3. Pilgrims are satisfied than their expectation with facilities like Dev Darshan, Natural
Scenery, Transportation, Medical facilities, Darshan Queue Facilities and Custom and
Traditions.
4. Accommodation, Cleanliness and Conservation of Surrounding Area, Tourist information
Board and Guide, Parking and Pollution Control Majors. are the factors where pilgrims
have not well satisfied, hence it is very much need to more development in these facilities in
Dehu as per pilgrim point of view.
5. Pilgrims has given maximum importance is to Dev Darshan followed by Cleanliness and
Conservation of Surrounding Area, Custom and Traditions, Darshan Queue Facilities,
Transportation, Accommodation, while minimum points are given Traders Behavior
facilities by pilgrims.
6. As per the Ultimate Satisfaction Index for Dehu pilgrims reach upto satisfactory level but it
is essential to provide better services to pilgrims.
Reference:-
1. Bhatia A.K (2001): “Tourism Development, Principles and practices” New Delhi Emergence
of modern Mass Tourism.
2. Chawla R (2006) “Impact of tourism”. Sonali publication New Delhi.
3. Sunetra Roday,ArchanaBiwal,Vandana Joshi : “Tourism operation and Management
”Oxford University press, New Delhi.
4. Agarawal S.k & Raina A.k (2004):“The essences of tourism Development” sarup & sons.
New Delhi.
5. Internet Ref. http://www.aroundpune.com

182
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Psychological Impact Of Covid-19 Among The Old Aged People

Raj Aman1, Dr. Abhinaw Anand2
1Research Scholar (Department of Psychology), Veer Kunwar Singh University, Ara
2Assistant Professor (Department of History) S. B. College Ara (Bhojpur )

Veer Kunwar Singh University, Ara

Email : [email protected]

Abstract
` The current Coronavirus disease (COVID-19) pandemic is a particular and rare
situation and has raised international concern and this pandemic has caused ruin far and wide.
India is also facing a difficult circumstance as the quantity of infected /positive cases is
expanding step by step. With exacting preventive measures and limitations by the Indian
Government as across the nation lockdown, the peoples are going through a range of
psychological and emotional problems, fear and havoc being one of them. But COVID-19 is
changing older people‟s daily schedules, the consideration and bolster they get, their capacity to
remain socially connected, and how they are seen. Older adults are consistently reported to be
more vulnerable to COVID-19.This study was conducted to explore the “Psychological impact of
covid-19 among the old aged people”. The Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS) is a 30-item self-
report assessment used to identify depression in the elderly. The scale was first developed in
1982 by J.A. Yesavage and others, to assess depression, and Mental Health Checklist developed
by P Kumar to assess the mental health of elder people. The sample size was 60 respondents (30
male and 30 female). Finding of Mean, SD, t-test and the Pearson Product moment Coefficient
of correlation(r test) revealed that depression and mental health are correlated significantly.
Also, Poor mental health status, depression was found to be high in elderly female groups of age
range 55 -60 above.
Keywords: COVID-19, Lockdown, Depression, Old Age, Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS),
Mental Health Battery.
Introduction
A question that arrives into many people's minds; what exactly is coronavirus? COVID-
19 or better known as coronavirus is a disease that began in the world's most populous country,
China, and spread all over the world. Covid-19 is a short name of Coronavirus disease that
started in December 2019. When this disease enters a person's body, it clogs the respiratory
system leading to shortness of breath. It is a fatal disease that mostly affects older people and
children below the age of 10, the worst. Psychological effects of COVID-19 on the older people of
age group 50-65.
As COVID-19 began, it badly affects older people and children. Old age is a worldwide
phenomenon, generally accompanied by a number of problems that the aged have to face and
get attuned to. There is a great body of evidence of a rise in morbidity, mortality, hospitalisation
and loss of functional status related to common mental disorders in the elderly patients.
Overlap of depression and anxiety is very common in older adults, with up to almost half of the
elderly patients reporting significant depressive and anxiety symptoms.1 Therefore, older people
have recommended staying at home for a long time. They are vulnerable to this disease because
of their underlying health conditions. This kind of situation frightened them and induced stress
or anxiety. It adversely affects their mental health. Most of the older people have low immunity
and suffer from different kinds of diseases like cardiovascular problems, diabetes, high blood
pressure, etc. These people always need social gathering morning or evening walk, buy their
groceries; go to the temple for worship, to engage themselves. Older people need companions or
friends to talk with, so they can release their stress or tension and feel relaxed. It would be
challenging to live alone for those older people who don't have any close friends or relatives with
whom they can share their feelings.
This pandemic mostly affects older people because they are not well versed with the
internet to engage themselves. Their sensory organs become very weak due to old age, so they
are not able to involve themselves in any activity. Due to this pandemic, older people have to
live in isolation that leads to fear or anxiety, leading them to go into a depression that is more
dangerous than the coronavirus.
Older adults are consistently reported to be more vulnerable to COVID-19. India is also
facing a difficult circumstance as the quantity of infected /positive cases is expanding step by
step. With exacting preventive measures and limitations by the Indian Government as across
the nation lockdown, the peoples are going through a range of psychological and emotional
problems, fear and havoc being one of them. According to the Centre for disease control and
Prevention (CDC), older adults with COVID-19 are more likely to be hospitalized (31-59%) and
die of it (4-11%). This risk is much higher in older adults above the age of 85 years. Older people
are being challenged by necessities to spend more time at home, absence of physical contact
with other relatives, companions and partners, impermanent end of employment and different
activities; and stress, anxiety, and dread of illness.

183
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
What makes older adults at a higher risk for mental health issues during the COVID-19
pandemic? ·
1. Awareness that older adults have a higher risk for severe respiratory problems due to
COVID-19 including the risk for hospitalization, the requirement of ventilatory support, and
a high mortality rate contribute to significant stress, anxiety, and other related mental
health problems. ·
2. Older adults are likely to experience more stress and difficulty in accessing essential
services due to the restrictions enforced to maintain the social distancing to prevent the
spread of COVID-19 ·
3. Older adults are less likely to have social contact using technology and social media which
are useful for maintaining social contact despite the need for physical distancing. · Social
isolation is one of the important risk factors for mental health problems like depression and
anxiety in older adults ·
4. Older adults have higher chances of worsening of pre-existing medical and psychiatric
illnesses because of difficulty in ensuring regular medication and routine health care due to
COVID-19 related restrictions.
Mental Health issues ·
1. Sleeplessness, feeling anxious, boredom, panic attacks, nightmares, feeling of emptiness,
fear of contracting Covid-19, fear of spreading the infection to others, health anxiety, feeling
of imprisonment, anxiety related to uncertainty about future, anxiety about death and dying
in 37 Covid -19 and Mental Health in Older Adults A6 unnatural circumstances without
access to other relatives are some of the psychological issues that can occur in older adults.
2. Some of them may develop depression, anxiety disorders, hypochondriasis, post-traumatic
stress disorder, substance abuse/withdrawal, and related psychiatric disorders in these
stressful situations.2
Responses to social distancing and lockdown
The social distancing and lockdown have also led to several changes in day-to-day activities,
redistribution of home chores, extensive working from home, and greater time spent with those
living together. Notwithstanding the importance of social distancing (although many prefer to
use the term physical distancing), such a requirement has meant long separation from families
(for those working away from their hometowns), financial stress, and interpersonal strain.
Reactions can range from boredom and moodiness to anger, irritation, and frustration. Another
maladaptive coping is through the use of mind-altering substances. Uncertainty and a sense of
loss of control are undoubtedly the pathogenic agents for anxiety, panic, and depression.
In this context, I must say some events do not produce equal stress among different
persons. The causes of individual differences, some people are very stress-prone. There are so
many other causes of stress, but the research paper aims to find out the Psychological effect of
Covid-19 among old aged people. During times of pandemic, many people exhibit (Show) stress
or anxiety-related responses that include fear of becoming infected, fear of coming into contact
with possible contaminated objects. Some people continue to disinfect everything of his/her
house. Covid-19 has panicked many individuals of all age groups especially it affected badly
elderly people. In this situation everything body passing through be a traumatic phase. Here I
would like to quote news ….; published in Hindu Newspaper- Every morning I wake up with a
panic attack. I sweat profusely even when my air conditioner is on full blast because I am
worried how my day at work will be. While there have been no job cuts in my office, the
environment has suddenly become very hostile. It is as if the organisation is forcing us to
resign,” (Courtesy Hindu) 3.
Covid-19 may stressful for people. Fear and anxiety about a new disease and what could
happen can be overwhelming and cause strong emotions in adults and children. We are fighting
against an invisible enemy. Stress shoots up when we think there is no medicine no vaccine.
The coronavirus pandemic has forced all of us to stay home, work, and study from home Social
distancing can make people feel isolated and lonely and can increase stress and anxiety.
Covid-19 has led to the internal and external war for humanity. On one side people are
being addressed by external forces and government to maintain social distance, isolation, and
other hygiene conditions. On the other hand, some sections of society, especially older adults,
children, and sick people are fighting internally with the fear of uncertain situations rising due
to the Covid-19 pandemic. This fear is giving rise to feels of anxiety, loneliness, and depression.
Mental health is equally as important as physical health. In public mental health terms, the
main psychological impact to date is elevated rates of stress or anxiety. But as new measures
and impacts are introduced – especially quarantine and its effects on many people‟s usual
activities, routines, or livelihoods – levels of loneliness, depression, harmful alcohol, and drug
use, and self-harm or suicidal behavior are also expected to rise.
Mental Health as Philosophy of Life:-
In the words of Wallace Wallin, “Mental health is the application of a body of hygienic
information and techniques culled from the sciences of psychology, child study, education,
sociology, psychiatry, medicine, and biology for observation and improvement of mental health

184
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
of the individual and the community.” Mental Health means the sound condition of the mind or
psychologically being and freedom from mental diseases and mental disorders.

The concept of mental health is as old as human beings. Bhatia(1982)5 describes it as

the ability to balance desires, feelings, ambitions, and Ideals in one are daily living. It may also
be understood as the behavioral characteristics of a person. According to Kumar (1992)6,
mental health is an index that shows the extent to which the person has been able to meet his
environmental demands- social, emotional, or physical? A mentally healthy person shows a
homogenous organization of desirable attributes, healthy values, and righteous self-concept,
and a scientific perception of the world as a whole.
Mental health presents a humanistic approach towards self and others. It is an
important factor that influences an individual's various activities, behavior, happiness, and
performance. However, when s/he finds himself/herself trapped in a situation s/he does not have
matching coping strategies to deal with it effectively; s/he gets himself/ herself mentally
strained. This mental strain is generally reflected in symptoms like anxiety, tension,
restlessness, or hopelessness among others. If it is felt for too long and too extensively by the
person, these symptoms may take a definite form (or get „synchronized‟) representing a given
illness. Mental health therefore should not be confused with mental illness. It is a study of the
pre-illness mental condition of the person. Mental health, as such, represents a psychic
condition, which is characterized by mental peace, harmony, and content. It is identified by the
absence of disabling and debilitating symptoms, both mental and somatic in the person
(Schneider’s, 1964)7.
Physical symptoms:
1. Neck tension, headaches, gastrointestinal problems, etc.
2. Sleep-related problems
3. Appetite problems
4. Fatigue and lower energy, Etc.
Psychological and emotional symptoms:
1. Virus-related worries and insecurity
2. Powerlessness and feelings of being overwhelmed by events
3. Self-verbalization that does not always reflect reality
4. Negative vision of things or daily events
5. Insecurity, sadness, anger, and feelings of discouragement.
Behavioral symptoms:
1. Difficulty in attention
2. Irritation, aggression
3. Crying
4. Withdrawal, insularity
5. Lack of decisions making
6. Excessive use of alcohol, drugs, and/or medication Etc.
Geriatric Depression
Geriatric depression is a mental and emotional disorder affecting older adults. Feelings of
sadness and occasional “blue” moods are normal. However, lasting depression is not a typical
part of aging.
Older adults are more likely to suffer from subsyndromal depression. This type of
depression doesn‟t always meet the full criteria for major depression. However, it can lead to
major depression if left untreated.
Depression in older adults can reduce the quality of life, and it increases the risk of suicide.8
Causes of geriatric depression
There is no single cause of depression in any age group. Some research indicates that there
could be a genetic link to the disease. However, biological, social, and psychological factors all
play a role in depression in older adults.
Research suggests that the following may contribute to depression:
1. low levels of key neurotransmitter chemicals in the brain (such as serotonin and
norepinephrine)
2. a family history of depression
3. traumatic life events, such as abuse or the death of a loved one
4. Complications associated with aging may contribute to depression in older adults. These
problems can include:
5. limited mobility
6. isolation
7. facing mortality
8. transitioning from work to retirement
9. financial hardships
10. prolonged substance abuse
11. deaths of friends and loved ones

185
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
12. widowhood or divorce
13. chronic medical conditions
The present research paper study was planned and performed to review the
Psychological effect of Covid-19 among old aged people.
Objective
1. To find out the significant difference of depression among elder female and elder male.
2. To find out the significant difference in mental health levels among elder female and elder
male.
3. To find out the significant relationship between depression and mental health
Hypothesis
1. There will be no significant difference in depression among elder female and elder male.
2. There will be no significant difference in mental health among elder female and elder male.
3. There will be no significant relationship between depression and mental health.
Method of Study
Sample: The sample of the study consists of 60 respondents (30-30 elder male and female)
Sample of the study was selected by simple random sampling from the Kaimur district(Bihar).
The age range of elder males and females was 50-65 years above.
Variables
The variables in this part will be treated as follows:-
Independent variable
Gender
(1) Male
(2) Female
Dependent variables
Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS)
Mental health checklist(P Kumar)
Tools used:
The Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS) is a 30-item self-report assessment used to
identify depression in the elderly. The scale was first developed in 1982 by J.A. Yesavage and
others. . [9] [10],[11],[12] In the Geriatric Depression Scale; questions are answered "yes" or "no." A
five-category response set is not utilized to ensure that the scale is simple enough to be used
when testing ill or moderately cognitively impaired individuals, for whom a more complex set of
answers may be confusing, or lead to inaccurate recording of responses.
The GDS is commonly used as a routine part of a Comprehensive Geriatric Assessment.
One point is assigned to each answer and the cumulative score is rated on a scoring grid. The
grid sets a range of 0-9 as "normal", 10-19 as "mildly depressed", and 20-30 as "severely
depressed".
A diagnosis of clinical depression should not be based on GDS results alone. Although
the test has well-established reliability and validity evaluated against other diagnostic criteria,
responses should be considered along with results from a comprehensive diagnostic work-up. A
short version of the GDS (GDS-SF) containing 15 questions has been developed, and the scale is
available in languages other than English. The conducted research found the GDS-SF to be an
adequate substitute for the original 30-item scale.
The GDS was validated against the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRS-D) and
the Zung Self-Rating Depression Scale (SDS). It was found to have 92% sensitivity and 89%
specificity when evaluated against diagnostic criteria.
Mental health Checklist (MHC): Mental Health Check List by Dr. Pramod Kumar Mental
health Checklist by Pramod Kumar was used for data collection. Mental health Checklist
consists of 11 items - 6 mental and 5 somatic, presented in a 4-point rating format e.g. 'rarely',
'at items', often and 'always'. A numerical value of 1, 2, 3, and 4 are assigned to the 4- response
categories i.e. for 'rarely', 'at times', 'often', and 'always', respectively. The total score varies from
11 to 44, showing the highest to the lowest (poorest) mental health status of the person. The
split-half reliability, correlating the odd-even items (applying the Spearman-brown formula for
doubling the test length) has been found to ·be 70(N=30) with an index of reliability ·of .83
(Garrett, 1961). The test-retest reliability is also been studied. It is .65 (N=30) with an index of
the reliability of .81. The retest was giving with a time interval of two weeks. The r-value of .70
and .65 .reliability are significant .01 level of confidence, showing that the test is reliable both in
term of its internal consistency and stability of scores.[13]
Statistical Techniques Used By Spreadsheet Package
1. Mean
2. SD
3. t-test
4. Pearson Product moment coefficient

186
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Treatment Of Data
HYPOTHESIS: 01. The Geriatric Depression of the elder female (50 to 65 above) would
be not significantly higher than the elder male.
TABLE-1 Gender wise Comparison on Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS)
Level of
Gender N Mean Median SD t-test df
significance
Elder Male 30 14.9 13 5.42
3.49 58 0.01
Elder Female 30 19.43 20 4.58
Table no-1 revealed that the mean value on this scale of elder male was 14.9 with SD 5.42
similarly; the mean value of elder female was 19.43 with SD has 4.58 The calculated “t” value
was 3.49. which was significant at or beyond 1% level of confidence. It indicates that there is a
significant difference in gender-wise depression between the elder female and elder males.
That‟s why the above null hypothesis is rejected. And the alternative hypothesis is accepted.
HYPOTHESIS: 02-There will be no significant difference in mental health among
elderly people based on gender.
TABLE-2-Gender wise Comparison of mental health checklist
Level of
Gender N Mean Median SD t-test df
significance
Elder Male 30 13.73 12 3.33
10.06 58 0.01
Elder Female 30 24.5 25.5 4.82

Table no-2, revealed that the mean value on this scale of elder male was 13.73 with SD 3.33
similarly; the mean value of elder female was 25.5 with SD was 4.82. The calculated “t” value
was 10.06 which was significant at or beyond 1% level of confidence. It indicates that there is a
significant difference in the gender-wise mental health level between the elder female and elder
males. That‟s why the above null hypothesis is rejected and the alternative hypothesis is
accepted.
HYPOTHESIS: 03- There will be no significant relationship between Depression and
Mental Health.
Using the product-moment method of coefficients of correlation, an attempt was made to explore
the relationship between depression and mental health.
The table-03 Correlation coefficient between Mental health and Geriatric Depression

Variable N R P Value
Mental Health and Depression 60 0.44 0.01

Table-03 –Revealed that mental health and depression exist a positive correlation ( r = 0.44)
which was significant at or beyond 1% level of confidence. Thus the hypothesis there will be no
significant relationship between depression and mental health is rejected and the alternative
hypothesis is accepted. This indicated that a person with a high level of depression tends to
scores high on the mental health checklist.
Conclusions:-
1. Elder females have shown a moderate level of depression and the Elder male group has
shown mild depression.
2. Elder females groups have lower mental health rather than the elder male.
3. Mental health is positively and significantly correlated with depression.
Psychological interventions for mental health issues related to COVID-19
1. Similar to other situations related to any disaster, most of the older adults are likely to have
subsyndromal mental health issues like anxiety and depressive symptoms related to the
threat of COVID-19.
2. This will require brief psychological and psychosocial intervention that can be delivered by
any health care personnel, volunteers, etc with some guidance and training from mental
health professionals (See Section on Simple Psychological Interventions).
3. Older adults need reassurance that most of the mental health issues experienced in these
situations are normal reactions to abnormal stress.
4. They should also get appropriate information and clarification about various myths and
false messages that are being spread through multiple unreliable sources.
5. Guidance about maintaining a routine, physical exercise, Yoga, meditation, a healthy diet,
mental stimulation through home-based activities with appropriate safety precautions is
essential.
6. Brief relaxation exercises and supportive therapy can be done for those having severe
psychological distress.

187
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
7. Treatment by mental health professionals including medications and other interventions
may be required for those with severe mental health disorders and emergencies
Prevention from covid-19:-
1. Try to avoid close contact with your visitors. For example, don‟t shake hands, elbow bump,
or hug. Instead wave and verbally greet them.
2. Masks should be worn over the nose and mouth. Masks are especially important when it is
difficult to stay at least 6 feet apart from others or when people are indoors to help protect
each other.
3. Everyone should wash their hands for at least 20 seconds at the beginning and end of the
visit and whenever you think your hands may have become contaminated.
4. If soap and water are not readily available, such as with outdoor visits or activities, use a
hand sanitizer that contains at least 60% alcohol. Cover all surfaces of your hands and rub
them together until they feel dry.
Recommendations:-
Old age is a world of loneliness and disease in itself. And in such a situation when they are
separated from the society of the outside world, the situation becomes more painful. Because in
old age a man wants to be closer to nature, he seeks life's pleasures in nature. But when
problems such as lockdown began to emerge globally, which had a natural effect on the mental
level is very common. Therefore, to get rid of this type of psychological mental side effect, they
can be helped in coming out of it by adopting the following procedures
1. In old age, where there is a fear of loneliness on one side, to get rid of it, he can do yoga
meditation and spiritual activities in the morning.
2. Limit your interactions with other people as much as possible.
3. Take precautions to prevent getting COVID-19 when you do interact with others.
4. In this time, they can be mentally satisfied by being busy reading spiritual mythological,
and religious books or books according to his interest.
5. Such people should also pay special attention to their food because healthy food is
responsible for a healthy body and a healthy brain resides in a healthy body.
6. Sleep deprivation is a common problem in old age. Therefore, they should try to get healthy
sleep.
7. Keep interacting with your friends, friends, and relatives virtually, this will reduce the lack
of social distance and the feeling of loneliness will not come in old age.
8. Spend time with your young children and teach them.
9. If sitting in the house suddenly starts distracting you from any negative thoughts that arise
in your mind, then instead of being afraid of it, write it in the paper or diary. By doing this
these negative thoughts will come out of your mind and your attention will not go on them.14
It is necessary to bear in mind that older adults are more vulnerable both physically and
psychologically to the COVID-19 pandemic. All stakeholders must work together to ensure their
health and well-being.15
Reference
1. Parkar SR. Elderly mental health: Needs. Mens Sana Monogr 2015; 13:91-99.
2. Armitage R, Nellums LB (2020). COVID-19 and the consequences of isolating the elderly.
The Lancet. Public Health, 2667(20), 30061. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(20)30061-X
3. https://www.thehindu.com/sci-tech/health/stress-and-anxiety-rise-amid-coronavirus-
pandemic/article31409223.ece
4. Bharadwaj, R. L. (2001) Socio-Economic Status Scale. National Psychological Corporation,
Agra.
5. Bhatia, B. D. (1982) mental hygiene in education. In Kuppuswamy, B. (Ed.)
6. Kumar, P. (1992) Mental Health Checklist. National Psychological Corporation, Agra.
7. Schneiders, A. A. (1964) Personal Development and Mental Health. Holt, New York. Sprock,
J. and Yoder, C.Y. (1997) Women and depression: an update on the
8. Report of the Task Force. Sex Roles 36, 269-303.
9. "Geriatric Depression Scale".
10. ^ Sheikh JI, Yesavage JA. Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS): recent evidence and
development of a shorter version. Clin Gerontol. 1986 June;5(1/2):165-173.
11. ^ Lesher EL, Berryhill JS. Validation of the Geriatric Depression Scale-Short Form among
inpatients. J Clin Psychol. 1994 Mar;50(2):256-60. PMID 8014251
12. ^ Yesavage JA, Brink TL, Rose TL, et al. Development and validation of a geriatric
depression screening scale: a preliminary report. J Psychiatr Res. 1982-83; 17(1):37-
49. PMID 7183759
13. Kumar, P. (1992) Mental Health Checklist. National Psychological Corporation, Agra.
14. Pratima Murthy, (2020) The COVID-19 Pandemic and Mental Health – An Introduction
pg.no.03
15. Neha Dutta counseling psychologist, Hindustan newspaper pg. no.17, 01 November 2020

188
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Study of Rhizomes of Tectariacoadunata with special reference

to Phytochemical and GC-MS
A.G. Godghate1, R. N. Salunke2, S. B. Rewatkar3
1. Department of Chemistry, Dr. Ghali College, Gadhinglaj, 416502 Dist. Kolhapur,
2. R. B. M. College, Chandgad, Dist. Kolhapur.
3. Formal dean , Faculty of Science & Technology, GU, Gadchiroli.
Email: [email protected]

Abstract:
Pteridophytes are one of the oldest and primitive vascular plant groups on the earth.
Tectariacoadunata belongs to the family of Dryopteridaceae. The dried extract of rhizomes of
Tectariacoadunata has various bioactivities such as antioxidant, antimicrobial and anti
inflammatory. The present investigation was undertaken to study the presence of secondary
metabolites and GC-MS analysis of rhizomes of fern. The secondary metabolites consist of
Tannin, Flavonoids, Alkaloids, Saponin, Steroids and coumarin. All this phytochemical plays an
important role in the development of plants.The GC-MS study reveals that the presence of 11
metabolites.
Keywords: - Tectariacoadunata, Qual itative Phytochemical analysis, GC-MS study.
Introduction:
Medicinal plants are the backbone of traditional medicine, which means more than 3.3
billion peoples in the less developed countries utilize medicinal plant of regular basis (Davidson,
2000). Medicinal plants are used by 80 % of the world population as the only available
medicines especially in developing countries. The use of medicinal plant is very wide it is
commonly considered that herbal drugs are cheaper and safer as compared to synthetic drugs
and may be used without or minimum side effect.
PteridophytesTectariacoadunata (J.Smith) C. Chr. is one of the medicinally important
plant. The rhizome of T. coadunata is used against anthelmintic activity, stomach pains,
gastrointestinal disorders, eradication of worms in Childrens. Fresh rhizome and frond is used
in insect bites or getting relief in centipede bites and extraction of dried rhizome, stem and stipe
is used in respiratory disorders like cold cough, asthma and bronchitis (J. Malviyaet.al.
2012).On the basis of number of applications of Rhizomes of Tectariacoadunata, this plant was
taken for the present study.
Material and Methods:
Source of the material
The collection of the plants and fresh rhizomes of TectariaCoadunata was done in the
Month of September and October from different area of ShahuwadiTahsil of Kolhapur district.
The collected samples were brought to laboratory for further observation. The fresh rhizomes
were cleaned thoroughly and washed repeatedly with tap water. The cleaned rhizomes were
then air dried at room temperature and grounded to powder form and kept ready for further
analysis
Phytochemical Screening:
Qualitative Analysis
Extraction: The powdered rhizome of TectariaCoadunata was subjected to extraction
with Acetone, Chloroform, Water and Ethyl Acetate using Soxhlet apparatus. The extracts were
dried under shades and stored for further analysis. Qualitative Phytochemical test were carried
out adopting standards procedure (Treaseet.al 1983, Kokate, et.al 1997 and Hegdeet.al, 2010)
GC-MS Analysis
The Clarus 680 G C was used in the analysis employed a fused silica column, packed with Elite-
5MS (5% biphenyl 95% dimethylpolysiloxane, 30 m × 0.25 mm ID × 250μm df) and the
components were separated using Helium as carrier gas at a constant flow of 1 ml/min. The
injector temperature was set at 260°C during the chromatographic run.
The 1μL of extract sample injected into the instrument the oven temperature was as
follows: 60 °C (2 min); followed by 300 °C at the rate of 10 °C min−1; and 300 °C, where it was
held for 6 min. The mass detector conditions were: transfer line temperature 240 °C; ion source
temperature 240 °C; and ionization mode electron impact at 70 eV, a scan time 0.2 sec and scan
interval of 0.1 sec. The fragments from 40 to 600 Da. The spectrums of the components were
compared with the database of spectrum of known components stored in the GC-MS NIST
(2008) library.
Result and Discussion
The rhizomes of Tectariacoadunata was subjected to extraction by various solvents by
using Soxhlet apparatus. The qualitative phytochemical analysis result was shown in Table 1.
The aqueous extract of Tectariacoadunata contains more secondary metabolites as compared to
other. The ethyl acetate extract contain less number of secondary metabolites.
The GC-MS spectrum was shown in Table 2. About 11 compounds were identified based
on retention time, peak area and interpretation of mass spectra. Amongst these most prevailing

189
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
compounds is N- Hexadecanoic acid, Undecanoic acid, Oleic acid, Elcosanoic acid N-
Hexadecanoic acid possess number of biological activities such as Anti-inflammatory (Aparna,
et.al, 2012), Antioxidant, hypocholesterolemicnematicide, pesticide, anti androgenic flavor,
hemolytic, 5-Alpha reductase inhibitor (Kumar, et.al,2010) potent mosquito larvicide
(Rahuman, et.al, 2000). The Oleic acid contains antibacterial properties (Awa, et.al, 2012.).
Similar work were carried out by Dubalet.al in which determined 16 secondary metabolites
from the plants (Dubal, et.al 2013)
References:
1. Davidson-Hunt: Ecological ethno botany: stumbling toward new practices and paradigms.
MASA J.16:1–13,2000.
2. Hashim H, Kamali EL, Mohammed Y. Antibacterial activity and phytochemical screening of
ethanolic extracts obtained from selected Sudanese medicinal plants. Current Research
Journal of Biological Science. 2010.
3. Malviya J, Joshi V, Singh K 2012. Antimicrobial activity of some ethnomedicinal plants
used by Baiga tribes from Amarkantak, India. Advances in life sciences and technology vol.4
4. Trease G.E., and Evan W.C.: Pharmacognosy, Ed 12, English language Book society,
Balliere Tindall, 309-315 and 706-708, (1983).
5. Kokate C.K, Purohit A. P. and Ghokhale S.B.: Pharmacognosy, NiraliPrakashan, Pune,
India (1997).
6. HegdeKarunkar and Joshi Arun B: Scholars Research Library Der Pharmacia lettre 2(3):
255 (2010).
7. Aparna, V.; Dileep, K.V.; Mandal, P.K.; Karthe, P.; Sadasivan, C.; Haridas, M. Anti-
inflammatory property of n-hexadecanoic acid: Structural evidence and kinetic assessment.
Chem. Biol. Drug Des. 2012, 80, 434–439.
8. Kumar, P.P.; Kumaravel, S.; Lalitha, C. Screening of antioxidant activity, total phenolics
and GC-MS study of Vitexnegundo. Afr. J. Biochem. Res. 2010, 4, 191–195.
9. Rahuman, A.A.; Gopalakrishnan, G.; Ghouse, B.S.; Arumugam, S.; Himalayan, B. Effect of
Feronia limonia on mosquito larvae. Fitoterapia 2000, 71, 553–555.
10. Awa, E.P.; Ibrahim, S.; Ameh, D.A. GC/MS analysis and antimicrobial activity of diethyl
ether fraction of methanolic extract from the stem bark of Annona senegalensis Pers. Int. J.
Pharm. Sci. Res. 2012, 3, 4213–4218.
11. Dubal, K.N., Ghorpade,P.N. and Kale, M.V. Studies on bioactive compounds of
Tectariacoadunata (Wall. Ex Hook. &Grev.) C. CHR). Asian Journal of Pharmaceutical and
Clinical Research. 6(2): 186-187, 2013
Table 1. Qualitative Phytochemical Analysis
Sr. Content Acetone Chloroform Water Methanol Ethyl
No. Extract Extract Extract Extract Acetate
Extract
1 Saponin - - + - -
2 Steroid - - + + -
3 Tannin + - + + -
4 Anthocyanin - - - - -
5 Coumarin - - - - -
6 Emodin + - + + -
7 Protein - - + - -
8 Flavonoid - - + - -
9 Diterpene - - + - -
10 Phenol + - + + -
11 Anthraquinone - - - + +
12 Carbohydrate - - - - -
13 Quinones + - + - -
- = Absent, + = Present
Table 2. GC-MS report of Rhizomes of Tectariacoadunata.

190
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

191
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Analytical Hierarchy Process Based Multi-Criteria Analysis And

Influence Technique For Agricultural Development Of Micro-
Watersheds In Upper Mula River Basin In Maharashtra (India)
Ravindra D.Gaikwad1, Vijay S. Bhagat2 Sanjay B. Navale3, Pandharinath T. Karande4
1Headand Assistant Professor S.N.Arts, D.J.Malpani Commerce and B.N.Sarda Science college
Sangamner, Department of Geograpy, Affiliated to SavitribaiPhule Pune University,
Pune, India.422605
2Head and Professor, Post-graduate Teaching and Research Center in Geography, Agasti Arts,

Commerce and Dadasaheb Rupwate Science College, Affiliated to Savitribai Phule

Pune University, Pune, India.422601
3Assistant Professor, Adv. M. N. Deshmukh Arts, Commerce and Science College Rajur,

Department of Geograpy, Affiliated to SavitribaiPhule Pune University, Pune, India. 422601

Email- [email protected]

Abstract:
Agricultural development is unique sign for development of agricultural base country.
Multi-criteria, Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP) Based Multi-Criteria Analysis and Influence
Technique is suitable for Agricultural Development (AD). Six criterions (Crops) sugarcane,
vegetables, pulses, fruits, rice and grains were selected for development indicators of Mula river
basin in Ahmednagar district, Maharashtra (India). Expert opinions for ranking the criterion
selected for influence. Sugarcane, vegetables and fruits show higher influences on development
of watershed arrangement in the study area. Further, crops grains and pluses were show
significant influence in kharip season. Using AHP techniques for influences were calculated
based on weights estimated. Normalized and distribution of specific crops using the values of
influences within the sub-watersheds. Agriculture developments influence are classified into
very low (< Mean-1STD), low (Mean-1STD to Mean), moderate (Mean to Mean + 1STD), high
(Mean + 1STD to Mean + 2STD), and very high (>Mean + 2STD) and agricultural development
are classified into high (7.86%), moderate (15%) and low (77.14%) categories. The methodology
is the effective tool for agricultural development of micro-watersheds.
Keywords: AHP; Ranking; Multi-criteria; Influence; Weights.
Introduction
Agricultural development is significantly representing overall development of the rural
regions (Tschirley, 1998; Winnegge, 2005). After independence, Indian government focused on
AD through upgrading the irrigation facilities (Johnson et al., 2013), seeds (Tschirley, 1998;
Wani et al., 2008; Smith et al., 2008), fertilizers (Wani et al., 2008), technology (Bhan et al.,
1996; Peterman et al., 2011), financial support (Pascual-Ferrer et al., 2013; Zolekar and Bhagat,
2015), education and training (Montz, 2008; Vu et al., 2014), etc. Organizations like National
Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NBARD), Agricultural Finance Corporation
(AFC), World Bank, Nationalized banks, etc. have provided financial assistance to farmers for
the development of irrigation facilities. However, the expansion of irrigation has exploited the
groundwater and water scarcity appeared in the summer season especially in drought regions
(Kaushal and Belt, 2012). The irrigated agriculture and orchards began run out of water in
these regions. Therefore, WMPs were suggested and undertaken by various governmental
agencies, NGOs and local authorities in India for conservation of natural resources including
water, soil, vegetation, etc. The main focus of implementing the WMPs was AD (Yongsheng,
2004). Therefore, the assessment of AD is important to understand the success of WMPs.
The study area shows variation in land, soil and rainfall characteristics, availability of
water resources, quality of human resources and therefore nature of agriculture and cropping
pattern in the region. The slope decreases towards the East from western hilly region. Higher
rainfall, steep slopes and dense forests are observed in western hilly region. Paddy and Nagali
are important crops in this area. Further, Sugarcane, Vegetables and Fruits are observed in the
eastern part with the gentle slopes. Gumma et al. (2016) have used weighted integration of
multiple thematic layers, Gassman et al. (2007), Daloglu et al. (2014) have used soil and water
assessment tool, Panhalkar (2011) has used intersect overlay technique with GIS environment,
Daloglu et al. (2014) have used Agent-Based Models (ABM) with combination of SWAT, Bouma
et al. (2011) have used water balance of irrigation systems for AD. Further, AHP based multi-
criteria analysis and influence technique is useful tool for quick assessment of AD in micro-
watersheds. The crops like Sugarcane, Vegetables, Pulses, Fruits, Rice and Grains are
economically useful crops selected for the analysis of AD in the region. Rice, Nagali and Varai
are rainfed crops observed on hilly slopes and foothills areas (Su et al., 2014). However, the
crops like Sugarcane, Vegetables, Fruits, Grains and Pulses are observed in the eastern part
due to development of irrigation facilities in the lands with gentle slopes. The area under
Vegetable and Fruit crops is increased in the eastern part of the study region.

192
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Study area:
Upper section of Mula River basin (19° 03' 45.00'' N to 19º 30' 02.00'' N and 73º 33' 45.00'' E to
74º 37' 31.00'' E) in Ahmednagar district (India) within Akole, Sangamner, Parner and Rahuri
tehsils was selected for impact analysis of WMPs for AD. The Mula River originates in Ajoba
Dongar, near Harishchandragad located in the Sahyadri range and contributes water to
Pravara River. The height varies from 512 to 1472.7 m and rainfall from 239 to 4846 mm. About
86.38% lands classified in the class 0º to 10º, 11.75% in 10º to 22º and 1.57% in 22º to 33º slope.
The study area is the part of Deccan trap with compound pahoehoe flows and ‘som aa Aa’ flows,
Megacryast compound pahoehoe basaltic flows and Alluvium type geology. Slightly deep, well
drained, fine, moderately calcareous soils on very gently sloping land are observed (1717.48
km2) with moderate erosion. Further, very shallow excessively drained, loamy soils (422.85 km2)
on moderately sloping undulating land with severe erosion and strong stoniness are also
observed. Rice is the major crop in the kharif (rainy) season for the western part of the basin
whereas cereals like Bajra, Pulses and Groundnuts are observed as major crops in the kharif
season and Jawar, Wheat, Maize and Sunflower, Vegetables in rabi (winter) season for eastern
part. Western part shows subsistence type of agriculture fully depend on rainfall and only small
patches near streams in eastern part observed seasonal irrigation for Vegetables. The Upper
Mula basin has been divided into 140 micro-watershed namely SW0 to SW139 (Fig. 2) for
analysis purposes.

Fig.1 Study area

Fig. 2: Micro-watersheds
Methodology
Analytical Hierarchy Process based multi-criteria analysis and influence technique were
used for AD of micro-watersheds in Mula River basin. The ranking (Table 1) of the crops have
been performed based on experts’ opinions collected using remote technique e.g. Google forms.
The AD was performed through eight steps: 1) Delineation of micro-watersheds with the help of
DEM, 2) Data collection and analysis for selected crops (criterions), 3) Ranking of the criterions,
4) Pairwise comparison matrix analysis, 5) Normalization of pairwise comparison matrix, 6)
Calculation of weights, 7) Micro-watersheds wise normalization of calculated influences and 8)
Calculation of AD according to the micro-watersheds.
3.1 Data
Data regarding selected crops e.g. Rice, Sugarcane, Vegetables, Grains, Pulses and
Fruits was procured from government records available at tehsil offices (Akole, Sangamner,
Rahuri and Parner) in Ahmednagar district for the year of 2019 and used for multi-criteria and

193
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
AHP analysis to calculate AD in micro-watersheds. GIS layers were prepared based on
topographic maps (47E/10, 47E/11, 47E/14, 47E/15, 47I/2, 47I/3, 47I/4, 47I/6, 47I/7, 47I/8,
47I/10, 47I/11 and 47I/12) procured from SOI (Survey of India). ASTER DEM data was used for
delineation of micro-watershed boundaries. The data and maps were loaded in GIS software for
preparation of thematic layers.
3.2 Selection of criterions
Rice, Sugarcane, Vegetables, Grains, Pulses and Fruits were used for multi-criteria
analysis using AHP and influence technique to calculate the AD in the study area. Rice,
Sugarcane, Vegetables, Grains, Pulses and Fruits are economically important and principal
crops in the region. Therefore, these crops were selected as criterion for assessment of AD.
3.3 AHP analysis for estimation of AD
Agricultural development of micro-watersheds was processed using AHP technique
through six steps: 1) Determination of rank (Table 1) with the help of expert opinion, 2)
Pairwise comparison, 3) Normalization of PCM of six selected crops, 4) Calculation of weights
and influence of crops, 5) Normalization of micro-watersheds wise influences of selected crops
and (6) Estimation of AD in micro-watersheds.
Table 1: Ranks: crops
Crops Sugarcane Rice Grains Pulses Vegetables Fruits
Rank 1 5 3 6 2 4

Table 2: Pairwise comparison matrix

Criterion Sugarcane Vegetables Grains Fruits Rice Pulses
Sugarcane 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00
Vegetables 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00
Grains 0.33 0.67 1.00 1.33 1.67 2.00
Fruits 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50
Rice 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20
Pulses 0.17 0.33 0.50 0.67 0.83 1.00
Sum 2.45 4.90 7.35 9.80 12.25 14.70
Table 3: Normalized pairwise comparison matrix
Criterio Sugarca Vegeta Grai Frui Ric Puls Su Weig Influen %
n ne ble ns ts e es m hts ce %
Sugarca
ne 0.41 0.20 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.07 1.00 0.05 0.41 41
Vegetab
le 0.20 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.50 0.02 0.20 20
Grains 0.14 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.33 0.02 0.14 14
Fruits 0.10 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.25 0.01 0.10 10
Rice 0.08 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.20 0.01 0.08 8
Pulses 0.07 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.17 0.01 0.07 7
10
2.45 0.12 1.00
Sum 0
3.4 Determination of rank
Expert opinion was used for assigning the ranks (Table 1) to criterions selected for
weighted analysis (Table 3). The ranks are useful for better understanding of unstandardized
factors than the standardized (Bhagat, 2012). Zolekar and Bhagat (2015) have used experts’
opinions for ranking the criterions in AHP based weighted overlay analysis for land suitability
for AD. 1 to 6 ranks were assigned to selected crops (Table 1) (Ranjan et al., 2013; Zolekar and
Bhagat, 2015; Farhan and Anaba, 2016; Argyriou et al., 2016; Gaikwad and Bhagat, 2018).
Scholars like Ghanbarpour and Hipel (2011), Rekha et al. (2011), Feizizadeh el al. (2014),
Sepehr et al. (2017) have been used multi-criteria decision-making and PCM for AD. PCM has
been prepared (Table 4.2) to calculate the weights for calculation of influence for criterions
selected (Elaalem, 2012; Zolekar and Bhagat, 2015). The PCM helps to recognize the association
between the criterion in relation to groundwater holding capacity, surface erosion and influence
in assessment for applications of conservation techniques in the watershed for AD (Emamgholi
et al., 2007; Ranjan et al., 2014). The criterion values in PCM were divided by total of the
column to find the cell values in normalized PCM (Table 3).
3.5 Weights and influences
Weights and influences were calculated as average of values of criterions in row of
normalized PCM to get the weights of criterion (Zolekar and Bhagat, 2015; Maddahi et al.,
2017) (Table 3). Further, influences of the criterion selected for AD of micro-watersheds were
estimated by calculating the cell values (%) (Gaikwad and Bhagat, 2017) (Equation 1, Table 3).
(1)

194
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
= Normalized influence of criterion based on AHP
= Estimated weights of criterion
= Sum of estimated weights for all criterions
= The share of criterion in total influence (100%) of criterion which can be distributed within
the criterion according to estimated weights (Gaikwad and Bhagat, 2017).
3.6 Normalized influences
The influences of criterion interpret the share of individual criteria in sum of AD (100 %)
and vary according to micro-watersheds (Silva et al., 2007; Gaikwad and Bhagat, 2017). Here,
micro-watersheds wise influences of criterion were normalized according to spatial distribution
in micro-watersheds (Equation 2) (Gaikwad and Bhagat, 2017).
(2)
= Watershed wise normalized development influence
= Cell value of criterion for the micro-watershed
= Sum of cell values of criterion
= Estimated development influence of criterion based on AHP
3.7 Weighted development
Sugarcane, Vegetables, Grains and Fruits have been widely used for assessment of AD.
These crops can be useful to decide overall AD of micro-watersheds (Aher et al., 2014) using
normalized PCM (Ghanbarpour and Hipel, 2011), calculated influences (Table 3) for criterion
and watershed wise normalized influences (Gaikwad and Bhagat, 2017).
∑ (3)
= Agricultural development of micro-watersheds
= Watershed wise normalized influence
= Number of criterion
= Criterion
1. Criterions
4.1 Rice
Rice is an important crop in kharif season on 24.50% NSA in western hilly region with
higher rainfall (Su et al., 2014) whereas no Rice cultivation was observed in the eastern part
having less rainfall. Micro-watersheds, WS23 (73.21%), WS12 (69.47%), WS10 (52.28%) and
WS8 (50.44%) show more than 50% NSA under Rice. 6 micro-watersheds shown less influence of
Rice cultivation and two micro-watersheds show moderate influence.
Table 4: Distribution of area under Rice
Classes Influence (%) Watersheds
< Mean-1STD 00 115
Mean-1STD to Mean < 0.06 06
Mean to Mean + 1STD 0.06 to 0.22 02
Mean + 1STD to Mean + 2STD 0.24 to 0.38 05
>Mean + 2STD >0.38 12
Total 140
Mean 0.06
STD 0.16
Maximum 0.76
Minimum 00

Figure 3: Rice

These micro-watersheds are located in western part with high rainfall, steep slope, thin
soil layer and high erosion. 12 micro-watersheds show more Paddy cultivation in the villages
viz: Wagdari, Tale, Lavali Kotul, Kothale (WS23), Pimpri, Shinde, Vihir, Kohane (WS12),
Pimpri, Purushawadi, Khadki Bk., Khadki Kh. (WS10), Khadki Kh., Wanjulset and Somalwadi
(WS8). All these micro-watersheds are located in western part with high rainfall, moderate to

195
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
steep slopes, marginally deep and extremely drained loamy soils and slightly deep good drained
well calcareous soils and moderate erosion (Table 4, Figure 3)
4.2 Sugarcane
Sugarcane is a significant crop for tropical and sub-tropical regions (Driemeier et al.,
2016; Karpagam et al., 2019). It is one of the economically important crops and has significant
effect on the rural economy (Chandra et al., 2018). The impacts of Sugarcane on the
environment and society depend on the nature of rural economy (Gupta et al., 2018). It is high
influence crop with significant positive and negative ecological and socioeconomic impacts in the
region (Hess et al., 2016). Sugarcane is an economically important crop (Chogatapur et al., 2017;
Kona et al., 2019) in the irrigated area of the rainfed region.
Table 5: Distribution of area under Sugarcane
Classes Influence (%) Watersheds
< Mean-1STD 00 101
Mean-1STD to Mean < 0.29 15
Mean to Mean + 1STD 0.29 to 1.10 12
Mean + 1STD to Mean + 2STD 1.10 to 1.91 02
>Mean + 2STD >1.91 10
Total 140
Mean 0.29
STD 0.81
Maximum 4.31
Minimum 00

Figure 4: Sugarcane
About 12 micro-watersheds show 5.57% NSA with high and very high Sugarcane
cultivation in downslope region in the East. Similar observation was reported by (Kulkarni and
Subramanian, 2014) in case of Sugarcane cultivation in Mula and Mutha river basins,
Maharashtra, India. Mogras, Dhamangaon Pat and Kotul villages of Akole tehsil, Shindodi
Khambe, Darewadi, Bhojadari and Kumbharwadi villages in Sangamner tehsil and village
Jambhali in Rahuri tehsil observed less (< 0.29) influence of Sugarcane cultivation. 2 micro-
watersheds of the villages Shindodi Khambe, Darewadi, Bhojadari and Kumbharwadi in
Sangamner tehsil Pangari of Akole tehsil and Jambhali in Rahuri tehsil show the higher
Sugarcane cultivation (Table 5). 12 micro-watersheds show moderate (0.29 to 1.10) influence of
Sugarcane cultivation. These micro-watersheds are located in eastern part of the study area
with undulating landform, low rainfall, limited irrigation facilities and loamy soils. 2 micro-
watersheds were observed with high influence of Sugarcane cultivation (1.10 to 1.91) and 10
micro-watersheds revealed very high (Table 5, Figure 4) influence of Sugarcane cultivation
(>1.91) from the central part with moderate rainfall, gentle slope and deep soils. However,
Sugarcane cultivation has decreased in the villages like Mogras, Dhamangaon Pat and Kotul
and increased by 3.57% NSA in the villages Shiswad, Pimpalgaon Khand, Sherewadi,
Thakarwadi and Lingdev of Akole tehsil, Darewadi and Bhojadari villages of Sangamner tehsil
and Jambhali in Rahuri tehsil due to successful application of WMPs.
4.3 Vegetables
Vegetables are important cash crops (Perez and Tschinkel, 2003) in the study area.
However, it is not observed in the hilly regions (9 micro-watersheds) of the western part of the
study area (Table 6) with steep slopes, dense forests and the highland areas. In the villages of
Paithan, Ambhol and Kotul, the crops like Tomato, Cabbage, Green bean, Cilantro, Brinjal, etc.
are observed due to availability of irrigation facilities from Mula River. In the less rainfall from
the eastern part of the study region, Vegetable crops are observed on the lands with irrigation

196
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
facilities. Six micro-watersheds including villages Mahalwadi, Savargaon Ghule, Sarole Pathar
in Sangamner tehsil; Pimpalgaon Turk, Kanhur Pathar, Karandi and Goregaon in Parner tehsil
show very high cultivation (>0.37 NSA) of Vegetables. The villages like Belapur, Jachakwadi,
Chaitanyapur, Jambhale, Bramhanwada and Kunthewadi in Akole tehsil show high (0.26 to
0.37) influence of Vegetable cultivation (Table 6, Figure 5).
Table 6: Distribution of area under Vegetables
Classes Influence (%) Watersheds
< Mean-1STD < 0.04 18
Mean-1STD to Mean 0.04 to 0.15 65
Mean to Mean + 1STD 0.15 to 0.26 35
Mean + 1STD to Mean + 2STD 0.26 to 0.37 15
>Mean + 2STD >0.37 07
Total 140
Mean 0.15
STD 0.11
Maximum 0.48
Minimum 00

Figure 5: Vegetables
In central part of the study area, Pangari, Kotul, Bholewadi and Mogras villages of
Akole tehsil show very high (>0.37) influence of Vegetable cultivation. Vegetable production has
increased in Belapur, Jachakwadi, Chaitanyapur, Jambhale, Bramhanwada and Kunthewadi
villages due to successful application of WMPs and dam constructed at Pimpalgaon on the Mula
River. The use of new technologies for efficient irrigation like drip irrigation, sprinkler and use
of mulching paper, availability of markets, transportation facilities and the economic awareness
created among the farmers helped to increase the Vegetable production in the study area.
4.4 Grains
Grains are economically important crops in rainfed region. Western part of study area
show thin soils, steep slopes and high rainfall (kharif season) therefore Ragi, Saya, Nagali,
Rala, Varai, Katki, Bantti, Bhadali, Kodara and Barly are observed here. In rabi season,
Wheat, Maize, Jawar and Bajra are observed in the region with less rainfall in the eastern part.
One watershed show very high (>0.16) influence of cultivation of Grains (Table 7, Figure 6) in
villages like Chas, Lahit Kh., Chand Suraj, Lahit Bk., in Akole tehsil and Kauthewadi and
Jawale Baleshwar Sangamner tehsil.
In study area, 63 micro-watersheds show moderate (0.10 to 0.13) influence of cultivation
of Grains. This is plateau region with fertile soils and available dug and tub-well irrigation. In
Akole tehsil, more lands are under Vegetable cultivation because use of new technologies for
efficient irrigation like drip irrigation, sprinkler and mulching paper, availability of market
facilities, good transportation facilities and the economic awareness. Therefore, in foothill zone
of the study area, the cultivation of Grains is decreasing from some decades. The villages like
Khadki Bk., Khadki Kh., Purushawadi, Balthan, Savarkute, Dhamanvan, Shirpunje and Manik
Ozar in Akole tehsil and Dhotre Kh., Gajadipur, Wadgaon Sawtal, Dhoki, Takali Dhokeshwar
and Dhotre Bk. in Parner tehsil show positive change in Grains cultivation. The villages like
Shiswad, Lavhali Kotul, Lavhali Otur, Wagdari, Kothale, Somalwadi, Ghoti, Sakirwadi, Shelad
villages show more positive change in the cultivation of Grains.

197
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Table 7: Distribution of area under Grains
Classes Influence (%) Watersheds
< Mean-1STD < 0.07 18
Mean-1STD to Mean 0.07 to 0.10 58
Mean to Mean + 1STD 0.10 to 0.13 63
Mean + 1STD to Mean + 2STD 0.13 to 0.16 01
>Mean + 2STD >0.16 00
Total 140
Mean 0.10
STD 0.03
Maximum 0.15
Minimum 0.01

Figure 6: Grains
4.5 Pulses
Pulses like pigeon peas Toor, Green gram split (Moong), Black gram (Udid), Moth bean
(Matki), Horse gram (Hulga), Pink lentil (Masur), Pawta, Chawali, Field bean, Ghevda, Bengal
gram whole (Harbhara) and Green peas are an economically important crops in rainfed region.
These crops are observed in lowlands and well drained soils in the hilly region. In western part
of study area with thin soils, steep slopes, high rainfall these crops are observed in kharif
season including Hulga, Pawta, Chawali, Wal and Ghevda and in the eastern part
characterized with undulating landforms, less rainfall and loamy soils, Pulses like Toor, Moong,
Udid, Matki, Hulga, Pawta, Chawali are observed. In Parner tehsil, 2 micro-watersheds
including villages like Kaknewadi, Tikol, Pimpalgaon Turk and Kanhur show very high (>0.13)
influence of Pulses. 16 micro-watersheds including villages: Shiswad, Ambhol, Pisewadi,
Shinde, Bholewadi and Palsunde show high (0.12 to 0.19) influence of Pulses and Darewadi,
Kumbharwadi, Varwandi, Kawthe Malkapur, Khambe and Kharshinde villages show high (0.09
to 0.13) influence of Pulses (Table 8, Figure 7). 28 micro-watersheds show very low Pulses
cultivation located near to the river bank with deep soils, available irrigation facilities, gentle
slope and moderate rainfall. Therefore, these micro-watersheds show cash crop. 58 micro-
watersheds show low (< 0.05) influence of Pulses. These micro-watersheds are located in the
plateau region with less rainfall, limited irrigation facility and undulating landforms.
Table 8: Distribution of area under Pulses
Classes Influence (%) Watersheds
< Mean-1STD < 0.01 28
Mean-1STD to Mean 0.01 to 0.05 58
Mean to Mean + 1STD 0.05 to 0.09 36
Mean + 1STD to Mean + 2STD 0.09 to 0.13 16
>Mean + 2STD >0.13 02
Total 140
Mean 0.05
STD 0.04
Maximum 0.17
Minimum 00

198
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Figure 7: Pulses
4.6 Fruits
Fruits observed on lands with medium slopes, moderately shallow soils, less rainfall and
fallow type of land use. Guava, Custard apple, Pomegranate, Chikoo, Banana, Papaya, Mango,
Lemon, Watermelon and Grapes are planted in the region which receives less rainfall.
Jackfruit, Amla, Black berry, Mango, etc. are observed in the western part have no economic
importance for the farmers.
Table 9: Distribution of area under Fruit crops
Classes Influence (%) Watersheds
< Mean-1STD 00 36
Mean-1STD to Mean < 0.07 55
Mean to Mean + 1STD 0.07 to 0.17 35
Mean + 1STD to Mean + 2STD 0.17 to 0.27 05
>Mean + 2STD >0.27 09
Total 140
Mean 0.07
STD 0.10
Maximum 0.74
Minimum 00

Figure 8: Fruits
The villages like Mhaswandi, Borbanwadi, Pemrewadi, Ambi Khalsa, Ghargaon, Sakur,
Rankhambwadi, Kelewadi and Bambalewadi located in 2 micro-watersheds in Sangamner
tehsil and Vankute in one watershed area of Parner tehsil show very high (>0.29) influence of
Fruits’ cultivation (Table 9, Figure 8). Out of 16 villages in Sangamner tehsil and Parner tehsil
higher fruit production in the last decade and 61 micro-watersheds show less (< 0.07) influence
of Fruits’ cultivation. 29 micro-watersheds show moderate (0.07 to 0.18) influence of Fruits’
cultivation (Figure 8). These micro-watersheds are located in central plateau region with
moderate rainfall, thin soils, undulating landforms and water scarcity.
2. Agricultural development
The agricultural development was calculated using multi-criteria based AHP method
and influences of criterions. Sugarcane, Vegetables, Pulses, Fruits, Rice and Grains were
selected and ranked using expert opinion for estimations of weights and influences. Estimated
influences of six criterions were normalized based on spatial distribution in selected micro-

199
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
watershed for AD in 2019. Estimated levels of AD were classified into three classes: high,
moderate and less development (Table 10).
Table 10: Agricultural development
Level of development No. of watersheds %
High 11 7.86
Moderate 21 15
Less 108 77.14
5.1 High development
In study area, 11 (7.86%) micro-watersheds (Table 10) are classified into the class ‘High
development’ (>1.56) for agriculture (Figure 9). These micro-watersheds are located near to
bank of rivers with gentle slopes, moderate rainfall, accumulated soils and good irrigation
facilities. The productivity of these soils is high and economic conditions of the farmers are good.
5.2 Moderate development
About 21 micro-watersheds (15%) are classified into the class, ‘Moderate development’
with gentle sloping lands (27.80% area) (Table 10) and calcareous soils with moderate erosion.
Moderate surface erodibility, less rainfall and droughts are common phenomenon in the region.
The population is occasionally migrating for livelihood to irrigated and urban areas.
5.3 Less development
About 108 micro-watersheds (77.14%) in the basin are classified into the class, ‘Less
development’ with low rainfall, low irrigation, undulating surface, low erosion and
comparatively less agricultural activity (Table 10). These micro-watersheds are located far away
from the major rivers and dams with low groundwater potentials. Therefore, these micro-
watersheds show less AD.

Figure 9: Agricultural development

Conclusions
1. AHP based multi-criteria analysis is useful for agricultural development of sub-watersheds
for understanding, planning, management and development.
2. Six criterions i.e. Sugarcane, Vegetables, Pulses, Fruits, Rice and Grains were selected for
agricultural development of sub-watersheds in the region.
3. Expert opinion is useful for ranking the criterion for agricultural development of selected
watersheds.
4. Influences of criterion were estimated based on weights estimated using AHP methods.
These values of influences are normalized using distribution of selected criterion within the
sub-watersheds
5. Agricultural development was classified into three categories like: high (), moderate and low
development.
6. The methodology formulated in this study can be efficient tool for estimation of agricultural
development.
References
1. Aher, P. D., Adinarayana, J., Gorantiwar, S. D. and Sawant, S. A. (2014). Information
System for Integrated Watershed Management Using Remote Sensing and GIS. Remote
Sensing Applications in Environmental Research, Society of Earth Scientists Series, 2, 17-30.
a. and Earth Sciences, 3 (2), 167-176.
2. Argyriou, A. V., Teeuw, R. M., Rust, D. and Sarris, A. (2016). GIS Multi-Criteria Decision
Analysis for Assessment and Mapping of Neotectonic Landscape Deformation: A Case Study
from Crete. Geomorphology, 253(10), 262-274.

200
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
3. Bhagat, V. S. (2012). Use of Remote Sensing Techniques for Robust Digital Change
Detection of Land: A Review. Recent Patents on Space Technology, 2(2), 123-144.
4. Bhan, S. K., Saha, S. K., Pande, L. M. and Prasad, J. (1996). Use of Remote Sensing and
GIS Technology in Sustainable Agricultural Management and Development. IIRS, NRSA
Dehradun-248001, India. 1-10.
5. Bouma, J. A., Biggs, T. W. and Bouwer, L. M. (2011). The Downstream Externalities of
Harvesting Rainwater in Semi-Arid Watersheds: An Indian Case Study. Agricultural Water
Management, 98 (7), 1162-1170.
6. Chandra, V. V., Hemstock, S. L., Mwabonje, O. N., N’Yeurt, A., D. and Woods, J. (2018). Life
Cycle Assessment of Sugarcane Growing Process in Fiji. Proofing. Springer.com. journals, 2,
1-17.
7. Chogatapur, S. V., Vishwajith, S. and Sutar, R. (2017). Organic Sugarcane: A Review. Int. J.
Curr. Microbiol. App. Sci., 6(12), 1729-1738.
8. Daloglu, I., Nassauer, J. I., Riolo, R. L. and Scavia, D. (2014). Development of a Farmer
Typology of Agricultural Conservation Behavior in the American Corn Belt. Agricultural
Systems, 29, 93-102.
a. District (MS), INDO ASIAN RESEARCH REPORTER, 3(5), 29-34.
9. Driemeier, C., Ling, L. Y., Sanches, G. M., Pontes, A. O., Magalhaes, P. S. G. and Ferreira,
J. E. F. (2016). A Computational Environment to Support Research in Sugarcane
Agriculture. Computers and Electronics in Agriculture, 130, 13-16.
10. Emamgholi, M., Shahedi, K. and Solimani, K. K. V. (2007). Suitable Site Selection for
Gabion Check Dams Construction Using Analytical Hierarchy Process and Decision Making
Methods. Journal of Soil Environment, 2(4), 170-179.
11. Farhan, Y. and Anaba, O. (2016). A Remote Sensing and GIS Approach for Prioritization of
Wadi Shueib Mini-Watersheds (Central Jordan) Based on Morphometric and Soil Erosion
Susceptibility Analysis. Journal of Geographic Information System, 8(14), 1-19.
12. Feizizadeh, B., Shadman, R. M., Jankowski, P. and Blaschke, T. (2014). A GIS-Based
Extended Fuzzy Multi-Criteria Evaluation for Landslide Susceptibility Mapping. Computers
and Geosciences, 73, 208-221.
13. Gaikwad, R. D. and Bhagat, V. S. (2017), Watershed Prioritization Using Morphomatric
14. Gaikwad, R. D. and Bhagat, V. S. (2018), Multi-Criteria Watershed Prioritization of Kas
Basin in Maharashtra (India): AHP and Influence Approaches. Hydrospatial Analysis, 1(1),
41-61.
15. Gassman, P. W., Reyes, M. R., Green, C. H. and Arnold, J. G. (2007). The Soil and Water
Assessment Tool: Historical Development, Applications, and Future Research Directions.
Transactions of the Asabe, 50(4), 1211-1250.
16. Ghanbarpour, M. R., Hipe, K. W.,(2011). Multi-criteria planning approach for ranking of
land
17. Gumma, M. K. G., Birhanu, B. Z., Mohammed, I. A., Tabo, R. and Whitbread A. M. (2016).
Prioritization of Watersheds Across Mali Using Remote Sensing Data and GIS Techniques
for Agricultural Development Planning. Water, 8(260), 1-17.
18. Gupta, R. N., Sah, S. B., Kumar, S., Kumar, A., Kishore, C. and Chand, G. (2018). Impact of
Red Rot Disease on Nutrient Status of Sugarcane. Int. J. Curr. Microbiol. App. Sci., 7(0),
3533-3538.
19. Hess, T. M., Sumberg, J., Biggs, T., Georgescu, M., Haro-monteagudo, D., Jewitt, G., and
Knox, J. W. (2016). A Sweet Deal Sugarcane, Water and Agricultural Transformation in
Sub-Saharan Africa. Global Environmental Change, 39, 181-194.
20. Johnson, J. N., Govindaradjane, S. and Sundararajan, T. (2013). Impact of Watershed
Management on the Groundwater and Irrigation Potential: A Case Study. International
Journal of Engineering and Innovative Technology, 2(8), 42-45.
21. Kaushal, S. S. and Belt, K. T. (2012). The Urban Watershed Continuum: Evolving Spatial
and Temporal Dimensions. Urban Ecosystem, 15(2), 409-435.
22. Kona, P., Kumar, M., Khpreddy, T., Dmreddy, R. N. and Latha, P. (2019). Regeneration and
Evaluation of Somaclones of Sugarcane Variety for Yellow Leaf Disease Resistance and
Yield Traits. Indian Academy of Sciences, J Biosci, 44(29), 1-9.
23. Kulkarni, A. S. and Subramanian, K. A. (2014). Habitat and Seasonal Distribution of
Odonata (Insecta) of Mula and Mutha River Basins, Maharashtra, India. Journal of
Threatened Taxa, 5(7), 4084-4095.
24. Maddahi, Z, Jalalian, A., Kheirkhah, Z. M. M. and Honarjo, N. (2017). Land Suitability
Analysis for Rice Cultivation Using a GIS-Based Fuzzy Multi-Criteria Decision Making
Approach: Central Part of Amol District, Iran. Soil and Water Research, 12(1), 29-38.
a. management alternatives at different spatial scales. Research Journal of Environmental
25. Montz, B. E. (2008). Introduction to the Issue: The Role of Science in Watershed
Managemnent. Journal of Contemporary Water Research and Education, 138 (1), 1-6.
a. parameters of Kurkundi Nala Catchment, Tributary of Mula River in Ahamadnagar

201
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
26. Pascual-Ferrer, J., Perez-Foguet, A., Codony, J., Raventos, E. and Candela, L. (2013).
Assessment of Water Resources Management in the Ethiopian Central Rift Valley:
Environmental Conservation and Poverty Reduction. International Journal of Water
Resources Development, 30(3), 1-16.
27. Peterman, A., Behrman, J. and Quisumbing, A. (2011). A Review of Empirical Evidence on
Gender Differences in Non- Land Agricultural Inputs, Technology, and Services in
Developing Countries. Agricultural Development Economics Division Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations Www.Fao.Org/Economic/Esa., Agricultural
Development Economics (ESA). The Food and Agriculture Organization Viale delle Terme di
Caracalla, 00153, Rome, Italy, 11, 1-56.
28. Ranjan, R., Jhariya, G. and Jaiswal, R. K. (2013). Saaty’s Analytical Hierarchical Process
Based Prioritization of Sub-watersheds of Bina River Basin using Remote Sensing and GIS.
Soil and Water Engineering, 3, 36-55.
29. Rekha, V. B., George, A. V. and Rita, M. (2011). Morphometric Analysis and Micro-
Watershed Prioritization of Peruvanthanam Sub-Watershed, the Manimala River Basin,
Kerala, South India. Environmental Research, Engineering and Management, 3(57), 6-14.
30. Sepehr, A., Abdollahi, A., Mohammadian, A. and Nejad, M. P. (2017). Prioritization of
Kashafrud Sub-basins in Terms of Flooding Sensitivity Based on ELECTRE-TRI Algorithm.
Universal Journal of Geoscience, 5(4), 83-90.
31. Silva, R. M. D., Santos, C.A.G., Silva, L. P. E., Silva, J. F. C. B. and Da, C. (2007).
Evaluation of Soil Loss in Guaraíra Basin By Gis and Remote Sensing Based Model.
Journal of Urban and Environmental Engineering, 1(2), 44-52.
32. Smith, L. M., Euliss, N. H., Wilcox, D. A. and Brinson, M. M. (2008). Application of a
Geomorphic and Temporal Perspective to Wetland Management in North America.
Wetlands, 28(3), 563-577.
33. Su, S., Wang, Y., Luo, F., Mai, G. and Pu, J. (2014). Peri-Urban Vegetated Landscape
Pattern Changes in Relation To Socioeconomic Development. Ecological Indicators, 46, 477-
486.
34. Tschirley, J. B. (1998). Land Quality Indicators and Their Use in Sustainable Agriculture
and Rural Development. FAO Land and Water Bulletin, 5(0), 1-217.
35. Vu, Q. M., Le, Q. B., Frossard, E. and Vlek, P. L. G. (2014). Socio-economic and biophysical
determinants of land degradation in Vietnam: An integrated causal analysis at the national
level. Land Use Policy, 36, 605-617.
36. Wani, S. P., Sreedevi, T. K. Reddy, T. S. V., Venkateswarlu, B. and Prasad, C. S. (2008).
Community Watersheds for Improved Livelihoods Through Consortium Approach in
Drought Prone Rain-Fed Areas. Journal of Hydrological Research and Development, 23, 55-
77.
37. Winnegge, R. (2005). Participatory Approach in Integrated Watershed Management.
Summer School, 3, 187-202.
38. Yongsheng, M. (2004). GIS Application in Watershed Management. Nature and Science,
2(2), 1-7.
39. Zolekar, R. B. and Bhagat, V. S. (2015). Multi-criteria Land Suitability Analysis for
Agriculture in Hilly Zone: Remote sensing and GIS Approach. Computers and Electronics in
Agriculture, 18(9), 300-321.

202
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Opportunities and Challenges of Digital Payments in India

Ramesh Chandra1, Dr. Avtar Dixit2
1Assistant Professor, Faculty Of Commerce Hindu College Moradabad
Mjpr University Bareilly Ph.D. Research Scholar
2Senior Assistant Professor & Research Supervisor Department Of Commerce

Govt. Pg College, Bilaspur, Rampur (Up)

Abstract:
The Ministry of India's main initiative, the Digital India Programme, aims to make
India a knowledge-based society and economy. "Faceless, Paperless, Cashless" is one of the
professed roles of Digital India. The methodology for the work uses secondary data from
research papers and information from the government, newspapers, the internet, article
bulletin, and RBI publications. The study examined digital payment methods, opportunities,
and challenges in India. This is a digital system, which helps to transfer money 24/7 Payments
are made using a variety of electronic payments. Digital payments in India have the potential to
transform the economy by promoting financial inclusion, increasing transparency, and
promoting economic growth.
Keywords: Digital payment, Internet Banking, Mobile banking, E-payment.
Introduction:
Online or digital transactions that don't include a real money exchange are known as
"digital payments." The payer and the payee, respectively, employ electronic means to exchange
money in this case. To promote and encourage digital payments in the nation, the Indian
government has been implementing several actions. The goal of the "Digital India" Programme
is for the government to establish a "digitally empowered" "Faceless, Paperless, Cashless"
economy. Digital payments come in a variety of forms and execution strategies. Digital payment
is an efficient and cost-effective method of payment. It is convenient and secure. Digital
transactions do not require any physical credit card, cash or bank account, providing a simple
and safe way for consumers to make payments without any hassle. It is faster, more secure and
cheaper than traditional payment methods such as cash or bank with more people using mobile
for payments, digital payments are changing how we pay for everyday goods and services.
Digital payments are a convenient way to pay for goods and services. People use digital
payment systems like credit cards, mobile wallets, or bank accounts to buy items online, in
physical stores, or by phone. Digital payments work just like any other form of payment: when
you shop online, your credit card information is called upon, and the payment is processed
automatically through your bank account. Digital payment has become very popular in the
world, so many stores are using it to accept payment. It just may take some time to get used to
this new thing. Digital payments make the payment process faster and easier for everyone, from
businesses to consumers. Try out digital payments for free today. Digital payments are the
future of money, and all of us will use them in some way over the next few years. It's not just
about credit and debit card payments anymore. With digital, it's less expensive and more secure
if you choose the best method. There's also a wide range of payment options that can fit your
lifestyle and make shopping online so much easier digital payments are a direct, fast and
convenient way to pay for everything you spend. You can make digital payments when you shop
online, in-store or even at the ATM. Digital payments are the future of money, and we’re
helping to pave the way with our digital payment cards. Digital money is growing in popularity
and becoming a bigger part of your life. Digital payment providers are rapidly gaining
momentum and are expected to provide a variety of user-friendly solutions. Electronic
transactions are expected to account for 20% of all transactions in 2030, according to a World
Bank estimate. This is more than double the percentage of all transactions that were done in
cash in 2014, as it was expected that 20% would go through digital payments by then. A digital
currency is a form of money that is stored and transferred electronically in the cloud. Like paper
money, digital currency can be used to buy items from a merchant but with one major
difference: you can do so in real time, without sending them physical cash, which makes it
easier for merchants to accept. This means that you need only have an internet connection to
use the digital payment. Digital payments have several advantages over traditional payment
methods, including fewer fees and more ease of use. In the age of digital payment, security and
privacy have become major digital payments. Digital payment is the most secure method of
payment and can be instantly sent and received at a very less fee. It reduces the cost of
transactions and provides better security with your identity being secure due to numerous
security features present within digital payments. digital payment is a system that allows the
receiving bank to make payments through the internet. This is a digital system, which helps to
transfer money 24/7 Payments are made using a variety of electronic payments.

203
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Literature Review:
Pahwa & Raj[2021] in their research, they have stated the digital payment method and the
problems of its uses. Data is gathered from the users of e-payment methods in Delhi-NCR for
this exploratory project. The most common issues clients have when using electronic payment
methods are transaction difficulty, security, and inadequate internet connectivity. Findings of
the study the three biggest issues that consumers encountered when using e-payment methods
for purchases of goods and services are transaction failure, identity theft, and internet
connectivity.
Shobha B.G. [2020] studied that India now has the chance to empower its people, encourage
their use, and get rid of the antiquated banking system thanks to digital payments. It has now
become crucial to comprehend and evaluate the current state of digital payment. This study
used secondary data to examine the current state of various digital payments and discovered
that use of digital modes has significantly increased over the past five years. The study's goal is
to draw policymakers’ attention to the issue so that everyone may benefit from digitization.
Although digitalized payments are becoming more prevalent, cash is still king in many urban
areas and the majority of rural areas. The main findings of the study regarding both the
number and value of transactions, there has been a tremendous surge in the use of RTGS, ECS,
NEFT, UPI, NACH, Credit cards, Debit cards, POS, and PPIs.
Dhanya B K [2019] in their research, they have stated the consumer perception of digital
mode. The objective of the study is to know the awareness of digital payment and the most
popular digital payment mode preferred by the customer. The study employs both secondary
and primary data and is conducted in a descriptive manner. secondary information gathered
from numerous published sources. Through the use of interviews, primary data are gathered
from customers. Young, adult and senior age groups are separated into three categories for
these customers. The results of this study can be used by decision-makers to adopt and improve
the digital payment system and to understand how it affects user perception and intention.
Users place a lot of emphasis on digital payments, and they are aware of how innovative
technology and banking services have become a part of the new way of life.
Sujith and Julie[2017] in their research, have stated the opportunities and challenges of
electronic payment systems in India. they used descriptive research methods and authentic
secondary data-based research papers such as journals, research papers, magazines, articles,
and websites. The objectives of the study are to explain the modes of e-payment, opportunities,
challenges and prospects of the digital payment system in India. The main findings of the study
e the payment system in India does not include physical cash or check it includes credit card
and debit card smart card e- wallet etc. The usage of payment mechanisms, some of which we've
examined in this article, has been the primary factor in the development of e-commerce online
work. Theft of payment information, personal information, and fraudulent client rejection are
the risks associated with online payments.
Franciska & Sahayaselv [2017] in this study, examined an overview of digital payments. this
study focused on knowing the various types of digital payment .and exploring the many digital
payment methods provided by the financial institution. The research is supported by secondary
data. To conduct an effective study, books, journals, newspapers, and pertinent websites were
consulted and used to gather the study's contents. The outcome suggests that the digital
revolution has made transactions using less cash simple. As a result, 4018 billion transactions
were made using mobile banking in 2015–2016, up from 60 billion in 2012–2013. Digital
payments are being made in more remote locations thanks to the expansion of mobile networks,
the Internet, and energy. It follows that a cashless transaction system is the way of the future.
Mamta et al., [2016] in their study have stated that the inquiry attempted to detect the
problems and difficulties with electronic payment systems and provide some solutions to raise
the standard of e-payment systems. Electronic payment system deployments are successful
when security and protection concerns are managed in a way that appeals to both buyers and
sellers and increases market trust in the system.
Objectives
1. To understand the digital payments of India.
2. To explain the digital payment methods of India.
3. To explain the opportunities and challenges of digital payment.
Research Methodology
The methodology for the work uses secondary data from research papers and information from
the government, newspapers, the internet, article bulletin, and RBI publications. The
descriptive methodology was utilized in this investigation. The secondary sources used for the
data collection were articles, journals, books, websites, survey reports, committee reports, and
publicly available government data. A descriptive research approach was employed.
Digital Payment: The Ministry of India's main initiative, the Digital India Programme, aims
to make India into a knowledge-based society and economy. "Faceless, Paperless, Cashless" is
one of the professed roles of Digital India. A variety of digital payment methods are offered in
an effort to encourage cashless transactions and make India a society that uses less cash.

204
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Digital payment methods in India

Digital payments are becoming increasingly popular and convenient in today's world. Here are
some of the most common modes of digital payment:
Internet Banking: also known as online banking, is a service provided by banks and financial
institutions that allows customers to access and manage their accounts over the internet. With
internet banking, customers can perform a wide range of transactions and banking services,
including checking account balances, transferring funds between accounts, paying bills, and
applying for loans or credit cards. Internet banking services are typically secure, using
encryption technology and other security measures to protect customers' personal and financial
information. However, it is important for customers to take steps to protect their online banking
credentials, such as creating strong passwords and keeping their login information confidential.
Banking Cards: More security, convenience, and control are provided by banking cards to
consumers than by any other form of payment. A lot of freedom is also provided by the large
range of cards that are accessible, including credit, debit, and prepaid cards. These cards offer
two-factor verification, such as a secure PIN and an OTP, for safe transactions. Some examples
of card payment methods are RuPay, Visa, and MasterCard. People can make purchases with
payment cards in-person, over the phone, online, through mail-order catalogues, and at retail
establishments. They facilitate easy transactions by saving both customers and retailers' time
and money.
Debit Card: A debit card is a payment card that is linked to a checking or savings account at a
bank or credit union. When a debit card is used to make a purchase, the funds are directly
deducted from the cardholder's account. Debit cards can be used to withdraw cash from ATMs,
make purchases online and in-person, and transfer money to other bank accounts. Debit cards
can be used at merchants that accept payment through card networks such as Visa, Mastercard,
or American Express. Some debit cards also offer rewards programs, cashback incentives, and
fraud protection.
There are two types of debit cards: PIN-based and signature-based. A PIN-based transaction
requires the cardholder to enter a personal identification number (PIN), while a signature-
based transaction requires the cardholder to sign a receipt. Debit cards are widely used and
accepted globally as a convenient and secure method of payment. However, it is important for
cardholders to monitor their account activity and protect their card information to prevent
fraudulent transactions.
Credit card: A credit card is a payment card that allows cardholders to borrow funds from a
financial institution to make purchases or obtain cash advances. When a credit card is used to
make a purchase, the cardholder is essentially borrowing money from the card issuer, with the
promise to pay it back later. Credit cards typically come with a credit limit, which is the
maximum amount of money a cardholder can borrow at any given time. Cardholders are
required to make minimum monthly payments on their credit card balance, which includes the
principal amount borrowed plus interest and any applicable fees.
Credit cards can be used to make purchases online and in-person, as well as withdraw cash
from ATMs. Some credit cards also offer rewards programs, cashback incentives, and other
perks such as travel insurance or extended warranties on purchases. Credit cards are widely
accepted globally and are a convenient method of payment for many consumers. However, it is
important for cardholders to use credit responsibly,
Prepaid Cards: Prepaid cards are similar to credit/debit cards but require the user to load
funds onto the card before making a purchase. They can be used online or offline, just like
credit/debit cards.
Mobile Banking: The most well-known digital banking option is mobile banking. It connects
your smartphone to the bank. More than 200 banking transactions can be completed at any
time, from the convenience of your home, workplace, or anywhere else in the world. In every
person's daily life, a mobile phone is the technological equipment that is used the most
frequently. A different method of offering banking services is mobile banking. Due to India's
position as the second-largest telecom market in the world, there is a significant opportunity to
develop mobile banking services throughout the nation.
Mobile Wallets: Mobile wallets are digital wallets that allow users to store payment
information, such as credit card or bank account details, on their mobile devices. With a mobile
wallet, users can make payments using their smartphones or other mobile devices, without the
need for cash or physical payment cards.
Mobile wallets can be used to make payments in-person at merchants that accept payment
through contactless payment systems, as well as online and in-app purchases. Some mobile
wallets also offer features such as loyalty programs, coupons, and ticketing. Popular mobile
wallet services include Apple Pay, Google Pay, Samsung Pay, PayPal, and Venmo. These
services typically use near-field communication (NFC) technology or barcode scanning to
facilitate payments

205
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

QR codes: QR codes, or Quick Response codes, are two-dimensional barcodes that can be
scanned using a smartphone or other mobile device equipped with a camera. QR codes can store
a variety of information, such as website URLs, contact information, and payment information.
In the context of digital payments, QR codes are becoming increasingly popular as a method of
facilitating transactions. Merchants can display a QR code at their point of sale, and customers
can scan the code using their smartphones to initiate a payment.
QR code payments can be used for both in-person and remote transactions, and they are
typically processed through a mobile wallet or a banking app. QR codes can be more secure than
traditional payment methods, as they can include dynamic authentication methods such as one-
time passwords or biometric authentication. There are some popular QR codes ie. Paytm,
Phone pay, Google Pay, Amazon pay etc.
Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD)
The introduction of Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) has made it possible for
digital payments to be more widely accepted and accessible. Users of this service can conduct
business via mobile without a data connection by dialling *99# on any feature phone. Interbank
account to account fund transfers, balance inquiries, mini statements, and other options are
available through the interactive menu on the phone. In order to use this approach, the user
must connect their phone to their bank account. To make digital transactions accessible to
everyone, this direct-to-consumer solution combines two disparate industries: banks and
telecom service providers.
Unified Payments Interface (UPI): Unified Payments Interface (UPI), which unifies various
bank accounts and associated features on a smartphone application, is one of the most popular
digital payment methods in India. Users can use the app to link their bank accounts and
conduct transactions using their preferred account. Compared to other well-liked methods like
NEFT, RTGS, or IMPS, UPI has made bank transfers much simpler. To send and receive
money, The Unified Payments Interface employed a virtual ID as a unique identification, doing
away with the need to repeatedly remember and enter bank details.
With 5.58 billion transactions totaling Rs 9.83 trillion in April 2022, the Unified Payments
Interface (UPI) experienced its biggest monthly volume ever.
Aadhaar Enabled Payment System (AEPS): is a payment system in India that allows
customers to make financial transactions using their Aadhaar number and biometric
authentication. Aadhaar is a unique identification number issued to Indian citizens that is
linked to their biometric data and demographic information.
With AEPS, customers can use their Aadhaar number and biometric authentication to access a
range of banking services, including cash withdrawals, balance inquiries, and fund transfers,
through their bank account. AEPS transactions can be initiated through a micro-ATM, which is
a handheld device provided by banks to banking correspondents or merchants in remote or rural
areas. AEPS is supported by the National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI), and it is a
part of the government's broader Digital India initiative, which aims to promote the use of
digital technology to improve access to government services and financial inclusion.
Data Interpretation
Figure 1 Digital transactions in billion FY 2023

Digital transaction in billion FY 2023

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

BHIM 17.4
Internet banking 4.22
PPI 2.22
Other 1.81
IMPS 1.41
NEFT 1.35
Debit card 1.13
NACH 1.13
NETC 0.83
Credit card 0.75
Mobile banking 0.25
AEPS 0.2
RTGS 0.07

206
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Source: Statista
By mode, the number of digital payments made in India in FY 2023. With an estimated 17
billion transactions since like December 2022, BHIM, or the Bharat Interface for Money,
became the most popular method of digital transaction in India. Following were almost 4 billion
transactions in internet banking.
Figure 2 Total number of digital transactions (in crore)

Total number of digital transactions

10,000
8,840
9,000

8,000

7,000

6,000 5,554

5,000 4,572

4,000
3,134
3,000
2,071
2,000

1,000

0
2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22

Source: RBI, NPCI and banks

Note: The major electronic payment methods are taken into account: BHIM-UPI, IMPS, NACH,
AePS, NETC, debit cards, credit cards, NEFT, RTGS, PPI, and others.
Through the Government's collective efforts and those of other interested parties, the number of
digital payment transactions has greatly expanded, rising from 2,071 crores in FY 2017–18 to
8,840 crore in FY 2021–22. (Source: RBI, NPCI and banks).
Figure 3 Total value of digital transactions (in lakh crore)

Total value of digital transactions (in lakh crore)

3,500

2,953 3,000 3,021

3,000

2,482
2,500

1,962
2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0
2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22

Source: RBI, NPCI and banks

Note: The major electronic payment methods are taken into account: BHIM-UPI, IMPS, NACH,
AePS, NETC, debit cards, credit cards, NEFT, RTGS, PPI, and others.
Figure 4 RBI-DPI index

207
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

RBI-DPI index
400 377.46
349.3
350
304.06
300 270.49
250 217.74
207.84
200 173.49
153.47
150
100
100
50
0
March Mar-19 Sep-19 Mar-20 Sep-20 1-Mar Sep-21 Mar-22 Sep-22
2018 base

Source: RBI, NPCI and banks

Period RBI - DPI Index March 2018 (Base) 100 March 2019 153.47 September 2019 173.49
March 2020 207.84 September 2020 217.74 March 2021 270.59 September 2021 304.06 March
2022 349.30 September 2022 377.46
Opportunities of digital payments in India
Digital payments in India offer several opportunities to businesses, individuals, and the
economy. Here are some of the key opportunities:
1. Financial Inclusion: Digital payments can help to increase financial inclusion by providing
access to banking and payment services to people who may not have had access to
traditional banking services before.
2. Convenience: Digital payments offer a convenient way for consumers to make transactions
without the need for cash or physical payment cards. This can save time and reduce the risk
of theft or loss of cash.
3. Cost-Effective: Digital payments can be cost-effective for businesses as they eliminate the
need for cash handling and processing fees associated with traditional payment methods.
This can result in lower transaction costs and increased efficiency.
4. Improved Security: Digital payments offer improved security as they eliminate the risks
associated with carrying cash and the possibility of counterfeit currency. Digital payment
systems also typically use encryption technology and other security measures to protect
personal and financial information.
5. Increased Transparency: Digital payments can improve transparency in transactions and
reduce the risk of fraud and corruption. Digital payment systems can provide an auditable
trail of transactions, making it easier to detect and prevent fraudulent activities.
6. Boost to the Economy: Digital payments can boost the economy by promoting financial
inclusion, reducing the informal cash-based economy, and increasing tax revenues for the
government.
Challenges of digital payments in India
While digital payments in India offer many opportunities, they also face several challenges that
need to be addressed. Here are some of the key challenges:
1. Low levels of digital literacy: Many people in India, especially in rural areas, are not
familiar with digital payment methods and lack the digital literacy skills needed to use
them effectively.
2. Infrastructure challenges: Digital payments rely on reliable and robust telecommunications
and internet infrastructure, which is not always available in rural and remote areas of
India.
3. Security concerns: Digital payments are vulnerable to cyberattacks, fraud, and data
breaches, which can undermine trust in the system.
4. Limited acceptance: Digital payment systems need to be widely accepted by merchants and
businesses to be successful, but many small businesses and vendors in India still prefer cash
transactions due to the lack of awareness, infrastructure, or trust in digital payment
systems.
5. Interoperability: There are currently multiple digital payment systems in India, and not all
of them are interoperable with each other, which can create confusion and hinder adoption.
6. Regulatory challenges: The digital payment industry in India is subject to various
regulations and guidelines, which can create complexity and confusion for businesses and
consumers.

208
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Conclusion
Overall, digital payments in India have the potential to transform the economy by promoting
financial inclusion, increasing transparency, and promoting economic growth. these challenges
need to be addressed through measures such as improving digital literacy, enhancing
infrastructure, strengthening security, promoting interoperability, and creating a more
conducive regulatory environment to ensure the success and growth of digital payments in
India.
References
1. Sujith, T. S., & Julie, C. D. (2017). Opportunities and Challenges of E-payment System in
India. International Journal of Scientific Research and Management (IJSRM), 5(09), 6935-
6943.
2. Shobha, B. G. (2020). DIGITAL PAYMENTS-ANALYSIS OF IT’S PRESENT STATUS IN
INDIA.
3. Ching, Michelle Renee D. "Challenges and Opportunities of Electronic Payment Systems in
the Philippines." DLSU Research Congress. 2017.
4. Kumar, A. (2019). Digital Payment and Its Effects in Indian Business. Iconic Research and
Engineering Journals, 2, 4-7.
5. ANDREW, M. S. A. (2021). DIGITAL PAYMENTS, E–COMMERCE AND
ENTREPRENEURSHIP. The New Era of Digital Payments, 42.
6. Chitsimran, P. M., Srikanth, B., Mahalik, B. B., Jan, S., & Jaiswal, D. (2020). Digital
Payment Adoption During Pandemic in India. Solid State Technology, 63(6), 18128-18137.
7. Rao, S. V. (2015). E-WALLET–A ‘PAY’VOLUTION.
8. Pahwa, A., & Raj, T. DIGITALIZATION OF PAYMENT METHODS: A STUDY ON E-
PAYMENT‟ S USAGE PROBLEMS.
9. Dara, J., & Gundemoni, L. (2006). Credit Card Security and E-Payment: Enquiry into
credit card fraud in E-Payment.
10. Singhal, R. (2021). IMPACT AND IMPORTANCE OF DIGITAL PAYMENT IN
INDIA. INTERNATIONALJOURNALOF
MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH, 10(2), 3.
11. Mamta, H., Tyagi, A. S., & Shukla, A. (2016). The Study of Electronic Payment
Systems. Int. J. Adv. Res. Comput. Sci. Softw. Eng, 6, 2277.
12. Dhanya, B. K. (2019). Consumer Perception of Digital Payment Mode. International
Journal of Research and Analytical Reviews (IJRAR), 6(1).
13. Franciska, A. M., & Sahayaselvi, S. (2017). An overview on digital payments. International
Journal of Research, 4(13), 2101-2111.

209
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Depiction of Caste and Untouchability as a Root Cause of

Discrimination in Daya Pawar’s Baluta and Sharankumar
Limbale’s The Outcaste
Tufan Bhaskar Awatale1, Dr. Nikita Mishra2
1Assistant Professor, Dr.Babasaheb Ambedkar College of College
Arts, Commerce and Science, Bramhapuri, Chandrapur
2Assistant Professor, G.W. Arts and Comm Nagbhid,

Email- [email protected]
Abstract-
For centuries Untouchables were treated inhumanly and worse than animals, by
Savarna Hindus. Several movements were made to fight against caste injustices. But it was
Dr. Ambedkar who made them realize that they too are human beings like all other upper
caste people. Taking inspiration from Dr. Ambedkar’s works and words a new literate
generation of untouchables started writing poems, stories, and autobiographies. This writing
was a new movement in contemporary Marathi literature in Maharashtra, its motto was not
art for art’s sake instead it was art for life’s sake. This literature is referred as Dalit
literature and sometime Ambedkarite literature. Dalit writers realistically portrayed the
caste system and untouchability as being soul cause of discrimination in their writing. The
scope of Dalit literature is vast. For the sake of convenience for the present paper, the genre
of autobiography is taken in which we could find a full sketch of life, and from vast Dalit
autobiographies two Dalit autobiographies are selected. These are Daya Pawar’s Baluta and
Sharankumar Limbale’s The Outcaste, which was originally titled Akkarmashi. Both
narratives delineate caste injustices and atrocities on the Mahar community. Both
autobiographies were primarily written in the Marathi language and later on they were
translated into many other Indian and foreign languages. In 2015 Jerry Pinto
translated Baluta into the English language with the same title. While Sharankumar
Limbale’s work Akkarmashi is translated into English by Santosh Bhoomkar in 2003.
Keywords- Baluta, the Outcaste, Caste discrimination, Untouchable, Dalit, slavery,
Depiction of Caste and Untouchability in Daya Pawar’s Baluta
Daya Pawar’s Autobiography Baluta is a landmark in the history of Dalit
Literature. It paved the way for many other Dalit writers to write in this literary genre.
While dealing with his life experiences he has exposed his victimization and humiliation due
to his untouchable Caste.
Caste-based Nomenclature
The earlier name of Daya Pawar which was given by his parents was Dagadu. This
name is caste-indicative and humiliating. If we just glance over the names of untouchables
before their historic conversion to Buddhism led by Dr. Ambedkar we could find out such
names as Kacharu, Karu, Satwa, Zingru, Botaru, Sadkya, Sukya, Jogya, etc. These names of
untouchables were predefined by Caste System. Brahmins were named Vidyadhar,
Shatriyas were named as Balram, Vaishyas were named as Lakshmikant
whereas Shudras and untouchables were given shameful names as mentioned above.
Discrimination in School
Ancient Greek philosopher Plato defines education as a means to achieve individual
and social justice. But this justice was a mirage to Indian untouchables. until the arrival of
British rule and revolutionary movements by Mahatma Jyotirav Phule and Dr. Babasaheb
Ambedkar. Like all other untouchables, Daya Pawar faced so many problems in his school
life. He was not allowed to sit with upper-caste Maratha students. His mere touch could
pollute them; he had to carry a granary sack for his sitting. The caste System denied him
access to common drinking water and he had to go to Maharwada to quench his thirst. Even
the teacher was not free from caste bias. His behavior was the same as that of other
villagers.

210
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Humiliating treatment in village rituals and festivals
Traditionally Mahars were art lovers. They were part of Tamasha, the village theater.
They were experts in singing and playing musical instruments. When festivals were
celebrated in the village untouchables were asked to entertain upper-caste people without
giving them a paisa. There was a custom that on Padwa Untouchables must give music free
of cost.
Balutedari another form of slavery
The Balutedari system was a practical application of the caste system based on the
division of labor. There were twelve Balutedars in the village system. Here Brahmins were
top level and Mahar and Mang at the lowest level. The work of the Mahar people was to
guard the village, send messages, catch criminals, remove the dead bodies of animals, cut
wood, and beat drums in festivals. He was a loyal and obedient servant of all villagers. He
was asked to perform all menial and unhygienic work. These people were paid very
less baluta.
Worse than Animals
Daya Pawar compares his wretched life with animals and regrettably asserts that
these animals are freer than his community. These animals have the liberty to wander
everywhere but are not untouchables. These animals can drink water from rivers and tanks.
Their urination and defecation don’t pollute water bodies but the mere touch
of Mahar pollutes it. Even after the death of these animals, untouchables are called upon to
remove their carcasses.
Observance of Untouchability in Private and Public Places
Daya Pawar met with caste-based discrimination wherever he went, whether it was
the home of Upper Caste or at the marketplace. There was a bazaar on every Thursday of
the week at taluka place. All the family members of Daya Pawar were coming here. His
mother was selling chicken eggs. But this marketplace was not free from caste bias.
Traditionally the places of sellers were decided following caste hierarchy. Mahar people were
sitting near the temple of Mariaai. Their place never changed. Caste discrimination was
observed in hotels too. They were not allowed to sit with savarnas. Tea was served in a
broken cup and it was compulsory to clean the cup by them.
Caste chased the protagonist both in the village and city
As pointed out above caste system was not just a division of work but it was a division
of workers. Every caste had its work. The untouchables had to perform the most degradable
and despicable works. Daya Pawar experienced all this victimization in his village. But
when he went to the city with new aspirations and hopes caste chased him here too. Daya
Pawar was offered a job as Clark cum Laboratory Assistant at Veterinary College, Parel. His
work was to collect and prepare dung for examination and to clean the skin after the
postmortem of animals. When Daya Pawar ponders over his job he admits that a high caste
person could never accept this dirty job but he ought to do it to fill his stomach. This job
reminds him of the same practices of his community in the village. Though Daya Pawar
shifted from a rural area to urban background his lot is not changed.
Omnipresence of Caste
Daya Pawar in his autobiography Baluta depicted every aspect of life as
predominantly occupied by caste discrimination. From birth to death and even before birth
and after death caste is everywhere. Once a worker of Satyashodhak Samaj was having
heated arguments with God in Maruti Temple at Aurangpur, and people gathered around
him. Daya Pawar enters there and mixes with the crowd. Maratha people sense the presence
of untouchables in the temple area, God was polluted. They abuse Daya Pawar verbally and
physically. In the search for jobs, most of the untouchable families shifted to Mumbai. When
a Dalit person died in the village, the Maratha people just observed the scenery from a
distance but no one dared to give a shoulder to the deceased one. Not just the living person
but even dead bodies met with caste injustices. When Baban’s father dies in the village we
witness this tragedy.

211
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Depiction of Caste and Untouchability in Sharankumar Limbale’s The Outcaste
Sharankumar Limbale’s autobiographical work Akkarmashi (The Outcaste) was
published in 1984 when Limbale was twenty-five years old. In society, he was always
abused and mocked. From his child age, he experienced inhuman treatment by upper-caste
people.
Protagonist born with a stigma-Untouchable among Untouchable
Sharankumar Limbale’s mother Masamai belonged to the Mahar caste. She was
married to Ithal Kamble who was working at the farm of Hanmanta Limbale who belonged
to the Lingayat caste. Hanmanta Limbale was fascinated by Masamai. He made a shrewd
plan that Masamai divorced from her husband and become a concubine of Hanmanta. The
narrator was teased as Akkarmashi (Outcaste) as he was the illegitimate son of a high-caste
Lingayat man and a low-caste Mahar woman. He always felt ashamed about his being.
Humiliation at school by teachers and other students
The protagonist had high esteem for his teacher. He looks at him as King Rama. He
dared not to touch the footwear of the teacher as his mere touch could pollute his beloved
teacher. But his teacher was not concerned about this. He behaved like Dronacharya of
Mahabharata. In this epic, Guru Dronacharya asked Eklavya to give his thumb. Limbale
compares his teacher with Dronacharya for his treating him inferiorly. The teacher who
ought to teach liberty and equality to his students was himself caste-biased. When there was
recess time students of the upper castes were used to tease and humiliate the protagonist in
front of the teacher. They were using abusive language and were shouting at Limbale
as dhed. The teacher never scolded them. As mentioned above Mahar community at that
time was performing degradable works like removing dead animals from the village area.
The meat of these dead animals was consumed as food, otherwise, it was waste but this
community was utilizing it to live their livelihood.
There was a separate seating place for Dalit students. They were not allowed to seat
with upper-caste students. Usually, the school was held either in the temple
of Vithoba or Mahadeo. Inside the temple, the boys and girls of the upper caste sat while the
children of the Dalit Caste sat near the door of the temple. They were not allowed to enter
the temple to have the darshan of God. Every Saturday teacher used to give menial work
like cleaning and decorating the school to Dalit students.
Separate colonies and water resources for Untouchables
Houses of different castes were located in particular directions and areas of the
village. The water sources of the Dalit community were also far away from the water
resources of the Upper classes. They were not allowed to fetch water from their resources.
Even their touch could pollute the water tanks and rivers. A tank of water was also divided
according to the caste system. On the upper side tank upper caste people used to fill the
water, and high caste women used to wash the clothes. Then just
beside Kunbi and Dhangars used to fill water. then buffalos and domestic animals were
washed and at last untouchables, communities were allowed to fetch water. Animals were
more respectable than Dalits. This sequence of watersheds in which water is allowed to fill
reminds us of the caste hierarchy.
Discrimination in Temple and Hotel
As already mentioned Dalits were not allowed to enter the temple instead they had to
pray from a distance. God was getting defiled by their entry to the temple. Even in hotels
caste rules were practiced. In the village there was Shivram’s hotel, here Dalits were not
allowed to sit with other customers, and separate utensils were used for untouchables
though they were paying as much as other customers.
Untouchability among Untouchables
Untouchables were suppressed by upper-caste Hindus. But even among untouchable
castes, there was caste bias. Some untouchable castes were supposed to be superior to other
untouchable castes. They had never had cordial relations instead there was rivalry and
discrimination. This aspect of untouchability is aptly narrated by Sharankumar Limbale in

212
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
his Outcaste. Once his grandmother Santamai was moving around her footwear was broken.
She went to Chambhar across the stand to repair her footwear. But he rejected to repair her
footwear as she belonged to Mahar Caste.
The hypocrisy of upper-caste people
Upper-caste people have a double standard regarding caste rules. A mere touch of
untouchable pollutes them. But untouchable women are exceptions to this norm. His
biological father seduced Masamai to satisfy his lust. But he was not willing to give his
name to his son born out of an immoral relationship. They were not taking food or water
from untouchables but liquor made by untouchable Santamai and Masamai was welcomed
by them.
Rejection in Life and Identity Crisis
Being an Akkarmashi( Outcaste) protagonist’s proposal of marriage was rejected
many times. He faced many challenges in getting married and the same disgrace in the
office at Ahmadpur where he worked as a telephone operator. He could not get a room on
rent. Even after submitting herself to upper caste Lingayat, his mother remains low-
caste Mahar, and the protagonist becomes even inferior to caste. Initially, he was rejected by
schools as he was missing the name of his father. It was Bhosale teacher who enrolled the
name of Sharankumar’s biological father in the school roll.
Conclusion
Both the protagonists suffer this caste discrimination only because of
their Mahar caste, supposed to be the low of the lowest in the caste hierarchy. To get birth in
an untouchable family is a curse as it inflicted severe degradation. It is evident
in Baluta and The Outcaste that this injustice is practiced everywhere from school to the
temple, from houses to offices, from villages to cities, and from untouchables to
untouchables. Sharankumar Limbale’s The Outcaste reveals the hypocrisy of Upper caste
men when they sexually exploit untouchable women as their concubines but they hesitate to
give their name to the child borne out of this relationship. Both narratives narrate caste and
untouchability as the root cause of discrimination. In his Aesthetics of Dalit Literature
Sharankumar Limbale gives more importance to lived experiences (anubhav) of Dalit
writers to mere speculation and imagination about the problem of untouchability(anuman)
by non-Dalit writers.
References:
1. Ambedkar, B R. The Untouchables : Who Were They and Why They Became
Untouchables? Delhi, Kalpaz, New Delhi, India, 2017.
2. Ambedkar, B. R., et al. Annihilation of Caste. Brooklyn, NY, Verso, 2014.
3. Limbāḷe, Śaraṇakumāra. The Outcaste. Translated by Santosh Bhoomkar, Oxford
University Press, USA, 2003.
4. Limbale, Sharankumar. Towards an Aesthetic of Dalit Literature. Translated by Alok
Mukherjee, Orient Blackswan, 2004.
5. Lodge, R C. Plato’s Theory of Education. Routledge, 17 June 2014.
6. ikael Aktor, and DeliegeRobert. From Stigma to Assertion : Untouchability, Identity
and Politics in Early and Modern India. Copenhagen, Museum Tusculanum Press,
University Of Copenhagen, 2010.
7. Pawar, Daya . Baluta. Translated by Jerry Pinto, New Delhi, Speaking Tiger, 2015.
8. Singh, Bijender. Indian Dalit Autobiographies : Marginalized Voices. New Delhi, India,
Authorspress, 2015.
9. Zelliot, Eleanor Mae. Dr. Ambedkar and the Mahar Movement. University of
Pennsylvania, 1969.

213
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Chelation Ion Exchange Studies of Copolymer Resin from o-
Toluidine, Biuret and Formaldehyde
Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale 1 Murlidhar K. Rahangdale2 and Wasudeo B. Gurnule3
1Department Of Chemistry, Jagat Arts, Commerce And Indirabenhariharbhai Patel Science

College, Goregaon-441801, India

2Department Of Chemistry, Nagarjuna Institute Of Engineering, Technology & Management,

Nagpur-440001, India
3Department Of Chemistry, Kamla Nehru Mahavidyalaya, Sakkardara Square, Nagpur-440024,

Maharashtra, India
Email: [email protected]

Abstract
The TBF copolymer resin was synthesized by the condensation of o-Toluidine and biuret
with formaldehyde in the presence of 2M HCl as a catalyst at 120 ± 2 0C for 5 h with molar
proportion of reactants. The TBF copolymer proved to be a selective chelating ion-exchange
polymer for certain metals. Chelating ion-exchange properties of this polymer were studied for
Cu2+, Ni2+, Co2+, Zn2+, and Pb2+ ions. A batch equilibrium method has been employed in the
study of the selectivity of metal-ion uptake involving the measurements of the distribution of a
given metal ion between the copolymer sample and a solution containing the metal ion. The
study was carried out over a wide pH range and in media of various ionic strengths. The
polymer showed higher selectivity for Cu2+, Ni2+ than for Co2+, Zn2+, and Pb2+ions. Study of
distribution ratio as a function of pH indicates that the amount of metal ion taken by TBF
copolymer resin increases with the increasing pH of the media.
Keywords: Synthesis, Condensation, Ion-exchange property, Distribution ratio.
Introduction
A resin is said to be ampholytic ion-exchanger resin if it contains both cation and anion
as exchangeable ion. Some ion-exchanger resins have chelating properties making them highly
selective towards certain metal ions. Studies of chelation ion-exchange properties of copolymer
resin derived from 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,4-dihydroxy- propiophenone and formaldehyde
(Das NC et, al, 2022). Gharbi et al. (Gharbi S. 2014) have synthesized the chelating ion
exchange resin by the condensation of 8-hydroxyquinoline with pyrogallol using formaldehyde
as a cross linking agent at 120oC in DMF in the presence of HCl acid as catalyst. The cation
exchange capacity was measured and the effect of pH and metal ion concentration on the ability
of the ion-exchange were studied. The ratio of cation exchange reaction and the distribution
coefficient in tartaric acid medium at different pH were also studied using the method of batch
equilibrium. Rahangdale studied separation of toxic metals ions from waste water using
pyrogallol-biuret-formaldehyde copolymer resin (Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale et al 2020). A
batch equilibrium method was employed in the study of the selectivity of metal ion uptake. The
study was carried out over a wide pH range and in media of various ionic strengths. The
polymer showed higher selectivity for Fe3+, Cu2+ ions than for Ni2+, Co2+, Zn2+, Cd2+, and
Pb2+ ions. Study of distribution ratio as a function of pH indicates that the amount of metal ion
taken by resin is increases with the increase of PH of the medium. The metal uptake properties
of chelating azo polymeric resin were studied (Keerthiga et al. 2015). Synthesis and chelate ion
exchange properties of copolymer resin: 8-hydroxyquinoline-5 sulphonic acid-catechol-
formaldehyde (Mandavgade SK et.al. 2022). The chelating properties of synthesized resin such
as total ion-exchange capacity, effect of pH, concentration and time for different metal ions
Ni(II), Cu(II), Zn(II), Cd(II) and Pb(II) were also studied by employing batch equilibrium
method. A new chelating copolymer resin (o-AABF) was synthesized through copolymerization
of o-amino acetophenone, biuret and formaldehyde in acidic medium (HCl) by condensation
reaction. Selectivity and binding capacity of copolymer resin studied by batch equilibrium
method towards Ni2+, Co2+,Cd2+, Zn2+ and Cr3+ in different pH and treatment time (Rashid
and Coworker,2017). A novel hexylthioglycolate ion-exchange resin from poly (ethyl acrylate -
acrylonitrile - divinyl benzene) beads were prepared and adsorption capacities of this resin for
Co(II), Ni(II), Cu(II), Zn(II), Cd(II), Hr(II), and Pb(II) at different pH was studied.( Dwivedi and
coworker, 2014).
Synthesis of o-Toluidine–Biuret–Formaldehyde (o-TBF) Copolymer Resin.
The four different types of o-TBF copolymer resins have been successfully synthesized and
abbreviated as given in Table 1.
Synthesis of o-TBF-I copolymer resin
The new copolymer resin o-TBF-I was synthesized by condensing o-Toluidine (1.07 g,
0.1 mol) and biuret (1.03 g, 0.1 mol) and formaldehyde (7.50 ml, 0.2 mol) in molar ratio of 1:1:2
in the presence of 2M (200 ml) HCl as a catalyst at 122ºC ± 2ºC for 5 hrs in the round bottom
flask attached with water condenser and was heated in an oil bath with occasional shaking to
ensure thorough mixing. The temperature of oil bath was controlled by dimmer state
(Sanjiokumar et al, 2019, 2020, 2021). The resinous cream product obtained was removed

214
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
immediately as soon as the condensation reaction was over. The reaction is shown as follows in
Fig. 1. The novel copolymer/activated charcoal composite was prepared by o-TBF copolymer and
activated charcoal in 1:2 ratio. The copolymer was dissolved in 25 ml of DMSO and the
activated charcoal was added into it and the mixture was subjected to ultrasonification for 3 hrs
with constant stirring for 24 hrs at room temperature. After the specific time, the obtained
composite was seperated, filtered and dried at 700C for 24 hrs (Santosh P. et.al. 2020).

Fig. 1 : Reaction and Suggested Structure of o-TBF Copolymer Resin

Purification of Resins
The separated copolymer resin was washed with hot water and methanol to remove
unreacted starting materials and monomers. The properly washed resin was dried, powdered
and then extracted with diethyl ether and then with petroleum ether to remove 4-
hydroxybenzoic acid-formaldehyde copolymer which might be present along with o-TBF
copolymer. The product so obtained was further purified by reprecipitation technique. For this
purpose the copolymer resin was dissolved in 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, stirred
well, filtered, and reprecipitated by gradual drop wise addition of ice cold 1:1 (v/v concentrated
hydrochloric acid/distilled water) with constant and rapid stirring to avoid lump formation. The
process of re-precipitation was repeated twice. The copolymer sample o-TBF-I thus obtained
was filtered and washed several times with hot water, dried in air, powdered and kept in
vacuum desiccators over silica gel. The yield of the copolymer resin was found to be 81%.
Similarly other copolymer resins o-TBF-II, o-TBF-III and o-TBF-IV were synthesized by varying
the molar ratios of the starting materials viz. (2:1:3), (3:1:5) and (4:2:7), respectively with little
variation of experimental conditions. The samples, yields and reaction details are tabulated in
Table 1.
Table 1 Synthesis and Physical Data of o-TBF Copolymer Resins
Reactans
Cataly
Reflux
Copolymer o- Formal st 2M/ Melting
Biuret B Molar Temp. Time Yield
Resin Toluidine dehyde F HCl point (K)
(mol) ratio (K) (hr) (%)
Abbreviation o-T (mol) (mol) (ml)

o-TBF-I 0.1 0.1 0.2 1:1:2 200 395 5 69 434

o-TBF-II 0.2 0.1 0.3 2:1:3 200 395 5 79 423

o-TBF-III 0.3 0.1 0.5 3:1:5 200 395 5 86 429

o-TBF-IV 0.4 0.2 0.7 4:1:6 200 395 5 78 442

Ion-exchange properties
The ion-exchange property of TBF-copolymer resin was determined by the batch
equilibrium method (Mane VD et. al. 2009, Tarase M. V. et. al. 2008, Gupta RH et. al. 2008,
Suzuki E. 2002).
Determination of metal uptake in the presence of various electrolytes and different
concentration
The copolymer sample (25 mg) was suspended in an electrolyte solution (25 ml) of known
concentration. The pH of the suspension was adjusted to the required value by using either
0.1M HNO3 or 0.1M NaOH. The suspension was stirred for 24 hrs at 30ºC. To this suspension 2
ml of 0.1M solution of the metal ion was added and the pH was adjusted to the required value.
The mixture was again stirred at 30ºC for 24 hrs. The polymer was then filtered off and washed

215
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
with distilled water. The filtrate and the washing were collected and then the amount of metal
ion was estimated by titrating against standard EDTA (ethylene diamine tetra-acetic acid) at
the same pH (experimental reading). The same titration has been carried out without polymer
(blank reading). The amount of metal ion uptake of the polymer was calculated from the
difference between a blank experiment without polymer and the reading in the actual
experiments. The experiment was repeated in the presence of several electrolytes (Rahangdale
PK et. al. 2003). Metal ion, its pH range, buffer used, indicator used and colour change are given
in Table 1. The metal ion uptake can be determined as, Metal ion adsorbed (uptake) by resin =
(X-Y) Z millimols / gm.
Where,
‘Z’ ml is the difference between actual experimental reading and blank reading.
‘X’ mg is metal ion in the 2ml 0.1M metal nitrate solution before uptake.
‘Y’ mg is metal ion in the 2ml 0.1M metal nitrate solution after uptake.
By using this equation the uptake of various metal ions by resin can be calculated and
expressed in terms of millimols per gram of the copolymer.
Estimation of rate of metal ion uptake as function of time
The time required for attaining the state of equilibrium under the given pH was
evaluated by a series of experiment carried out to determine the amount of metal ion adsorbed
by the copolymer at specific time intervals. The copolymer sample (25mg) was mechanically
stirred with 25ml of 1M NaNO3to allow the copolymer to swell at room temperature. Metal ion
solution (0.1M, 2ml) was added to this and pH of the content was adjusted to the required value
by addition of either 0.1M HNO3 or 0.1M NaOH. After the specific time interval, the particular
suspension was filtered and washed with the distilled water. The filtrate was collected and the
unabsorbed metal was estimated by titration with standard EDTA solution using appropriate
indicator. Under the experimental condition it is observed that, the state of equilibrium is
established within 24 h at 250C (Boto BA, 1987). The rate of metal ion uptake is expressed as
the percentage of the amount of metal ion taken up after a specific time related to that in the
state of equilibrium. The percent amount of metal ions taken up at different time is defined as
Percentage of metal ion Amount of metal ion adsorbed
= x 100
uptake at different Amount of metal ion adsorbed at
time equilibrium
Using this expression, the amount of metal adsorbed by polymer after specific time
intervals was calculated and expressed in terms of percentage metal ion adsorbed. This
experiment was performed using 0.1M metal nitrate solution of Cu2+, Ni2+, Co2+, Zn2+, and
Pb2+ions.
Evaluation of the distribution of metal ions at different pH
The distribution of each one of the five metal ions, i.e. Cu2+, Ni2+, Co2+,Zn2+ and Pb2+
between the copolymer phase and the aqueous phase was estimated at 250C and in the presence
of a 1M NaNO3 solution. The experiments were carried out as described above at different pH
values. The distribution ratio (D) was defined by the following relationship (Boto BA, 1987).
Weight (mg) of metal ion taken up by 1g of polymer
D= Weight (mg) of metal ion present in 1 ml of solution
If we consider
‘Z’ is the difference between actual experiment reading and blank reading,
‘X’ gm is the amount of metal ion in 2ml 0.1M metal nitrate solution,
‘Y’ gm of metal ion in 2ml of metal nitrate solution after uptake.
ZX 2  ZX 
Metal ion adsorbed (uptake) by the resin    80
Y 0.025  Y 

Table 2. Data of experimental procedure for direct EDTA titration

Metal pH
Buffer used Indicator used Colour change
Ion range
Fe(III) 2-3 Dil.HNO3/dil.NaOH Variamine blue Blue to Yellow
Cu(II) 9-10 Dil.HNO3/dil.NaOH Fast sulphone black-F Purple to green

Ni(II) 7-10 Aq.NH3/NH4Cl Mureoxide Yellow to violet

Co(II) 6 Hexamine Xylenol orange Red to yellow

Zn(II) 10 Aq.NH3/NH4Cl Eriochromeblack-T Wine red to blue

Cd(II) 5 Hexamine Xylenol orange Red-Yellow
Pb(II) 6 Hexamine Xylenol orange Red to yellow

216
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Result And Discussion
o-Toluidine-Biuret -Formaldehyde (o-TBF) Copolymer Resins
The experimental result of the batch equilibrium study carried out for all the four o-TBF
copolymer resins are given in the Table 3 to 5. From this study, the following generalization was
made.
(a) Effect of Electrolytes on Metal Ion Uptake
The amount of metal ions taken up from a given amount of o-TBF copolymers and its
composite depends on the nature and concentration of the electrolyte present in the solution. In
presence of perchlorate, chloride and nitrate ions, the uptake of Cu2+ and Ni2+ ions increases
with increasing concentration of the electrolytes, whereas in presence of sulphate ions, the
amount of the above mentioned ions taken up by the copolymers decreases with increasing
concentration of the electrolytes (Shah BA, 2007). Moreover, the amount of Co2+, Zn2+ and
Pb2+ ions taken up by the copolymer samples decreases with increasing concentration of the
chloride, nitrate, perchlorate and sulphate ions (Masram DT, 2014). This may be explained in
terms of the stability constants of the complexes which Cu2+, Ni2+, Co2+, Zn2+ and Pb2+ ions
form with these anions. SO42- might form rather strong complexes with Ni2+ and Cu2+ ions,
while ClO4 -, NO3- and Cl- might form weak complexes and, therefore, might not be expected to
influence the position of the Ni2+ and Cu2+ chelates equilibrium as much as SO42-.Sulphate,
perchlorate, nitrate and chloride might form rather strong chelates with Co2+, Zn2+ and Pb2+
and therefore might be expected to influence the position of the Co2+, Zn2+ and Pb2+ chelates
equilibrium. This type of trend has been observed by other earlier workers in the field
(Katkamwar SS. 2012, Bhatt RR et al, 2012). The metal ion capacity of copolymer/activated
charcoal composite is also found to be higher. The copolymer and composite was found to posses
higher metal ion uptake for Co2+ and Cd2+ than the other selective metal ions.
(b) Evaluation of the Rates of Metal Ion Uptake
The rate of metal adsorption was determined to find out the shortest period of time for
which equilibrium could be carried out while operating as close to equilibrium conditions as
possible. The data of metal ion uptake at various shaking time intervals. These results indicate
that the time taken for the uptake of the different metal ions at a given stage depends on the
nature of metal ion under given conditions.It is found that Cu2+, Ni2+, Co2+ and Zn2+ ions
require about 5h for the establishment of the equilibrium where as Pb2+ions required almost 6h
for equilibrium. Thus, the rate of metal ion uptake follows the order Cu2+, Ni2+, Co2+, Zn2+>
Pb2+ for all the copolymers and its composite. The trend is good agreement with earlier workers
(Singru RN, 2010). The metal ion capacity of copolymer/activated charcoal composite is also
found to be higher.The copolymer and composite was found to posses higher metal ion uptake
for Co2+ and Cd2+ than the other selective metal ions.
(c) Distribution Ratio of Metal Ions at Different pH
The results of effect of pH on the amount of metal ion distributed between two phases
can be explained by the result. The data on the distribution ratio as a function of pH indicates
that the distribution of each metal between the polymers phases and aqueous phase increase
with increasing pH of the medium. The results indicate that the relative amount of metal ion
adsorbed by the copolymer resin and its composite increase with increasing pH of the medium.
The study was carried out upto definite pH value for the particular metal ion to prevent
hydrolysis of the metal ions at higher pH. Cu2+ and Ni2+ have highest distribution ratio at pH
2.5 to 6, therefore these ions can be taken up more selectively between the ranges of pH 2.5-6.
The other three ions Co2+, Zn2+and Pb2+ have lower distribution ratio over pH range of 2.5 to
6. The different distribution ratio obtained for different metal ions may be due to the difference
in stability of the complex formation during adsorption. The high distribution ratio may be due
to higher stability constant of metal ligand complexes and vice versa. Cu2+ and Ni2+ may form
more stable complex, indicate that these ions adsorbed more selectively to the higher extent,
rather than Co2+, Zn2+and Pb2+ which may form rather weak complexes with ligand during
the course of time, therefore these ions adsorb to a least extent over an entire pH range study
(Patel HJ et al 2008). The metal ion capacity of copolymer/activated charcoal composite is also
found to be higher. The copolymer and composite was found to posses higher metal ion uptake
for Co2+ and Cd2+ than the other selective metal ions. But,when the pH increases, the
concentration of H+ decreases which leads to the higher mobility of heavy metal ions for the
higher uptake by the synthesized adsorbents. In the present study the observed order of
distribution ratios of divalent ions measured in the range of pH 2.5 to 6 is found to be Cu (II) >
Ni (II) > Co (II) > Zn (II) >Pb (II). The results are in good agreement with earlier co-workers
(Kapadia M et al 2008). Hence, the results of this type of study are helpful in selecting the
optima pH for a selective uptake of a metal ion from a mixture of different ion.

217
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Table 3 Effect of metal ion uptake by composite

Concentration
Metal ion uptake in the presence of
Of electrolytes
Metal electrolytes(m.mol/g)
(mol L-1)
NaCI NaNO3 NaCIO4
0.1 1.63 1.61 1.64

0.5 1.61 2.384 2.15

Cu2+
1.0 2.8 2.195 2.13
0.1 0.7468 1.453 0.481
0.5 1.11 1.674 0.746
Ni2+ 1.0 1.274 1.816 0.82
0.1 1.09 0.847 0.56
0.5 1.08 1.09 0.641
Co2+ 1.0 1.186 1.60 0.753
0.1 0.421 0.469 0.631
0.5 0.56 0.748 0.712
Zn2+ 1.0 0.56 1.089 0.86
0.1 0.319 0.397 0.584
0.5 0.489 0.632 0.691
Pb2+ 1.0 0.593 0.898 0.734

Table 4 Rate of metal ion uptake by composite

Metalion
Equilibrium attainment (%)

Time (h)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Cu2+ 31 55 79 99 - - -

Ni2+ 10 25 38 52 63 81 79

Co2+ 12 27 35 56 65 81 84

Zn2+ 14 19 29 31 45 51 78

Pb2+ 4 5 9 14 33 42 61

Table 5 Metal ion uptake at different pH by composite

Metal ion uptake (m.mol/g)

Metalion
pH of the medium

1.5 2 3 4 5 6
Cu2+
0.59 1.11 1.13 1.45 1.85 2.51
Ni2+
0.49 0.93 0.98 1.11 1.45 2.98
Co2+
0.27 0.48 0.75 0.87 1.11 1.71
Zn2+
0.22 2.29 0.14 0.50 0.79 1.31
Pb2+
0.13 0.25 0.32 0.40 0.68 1.10

Conclusion
A copolymer TBF based on the condensation reaction of pyrogallol and biuret with
formaldehyde in the presence of acid catalyst was prepared. TBF is a selective chelating ion-
exchange copolymer resin for certain metals. The copolymer resin showed a higher selectivity
for Cu2+ and Ni2+ ions than for Co2+, Zn2+, and Pb2+ ions. The uptake of some metal ions by the

218
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
resin was carried out by the batch equilibrium technique. The uptake capacities of metal ions by
the copolymer resin were pH dependent. From the results of distribution coefficients, it can be
observed that Cu (II) has higher value of distribution ratio. Due to considerable difference in the
uptake capacities at different pH and media of electrolyte, the rate of metal ion uptake and
distribution ratios at equilibrium, it is possible to use for separation of particular metal ions
from their mixture.
Acknowledgment:
The authors express their gratitude to the Principal, Kamla Nehru Mahavidyalaya, Nagpur and
Principal, Jagat College, Goregaon for providing laboratory facility.
References
1. Bhatt RR, Shah AB, Shah VA (2012). Uptake of heavy metal ions by chelating ion-exchange
resin derived from p-hydroxybenzoic acid-formaldehyde-resorcinol: Synthesis,
characterization and sorptiondynamics. Malays. J. Anal. Sci. 16, 117-133.
2. Boto BA, Pawlowski L (1987). Waste Water Treatment by Ion Exchange, Chapman & Hall,
NewYork.
3. Das NC., Rathod YU., Pandit VU., Gurnule WB. (2022) Studies of chelation ion-exchange
properties of copolymer resin derived from 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,4-dihydroxy-
propiophenone and formaldehyde. Material Today Proceeding, 53(1) 80-85.
4. Dwivedi P.R. and Verma J. K.(2014), International Journal of Chemical and Environmental
Engineering, 5(1), 73- 81.
5. Gharbi S., Khiari J. and Jamoussi B (2014)., American Chemical Sciences, Journal, 4(6),
874-889,.
6. Gupta RH, Zade AB, Gurnule WB (2008). Resin IV: Synthesis and characterization of
terpolymers derived from 2-hydroxyacetophenone, melamine and formaldehyde. J. Appl.
Polym, 109 (5), 3315-3320.
7. Katkamwar S. S., Ahamed M. and Gurnule W. B. (2012). Studies of chelation ion-exchange
properties of copolymer resins derived from p-cresol, dithiooxamide and formaldehyde. J.
Environ. Res. Develop., 7(1A), 330-337.
8. Kapadia M, Patel M, Joshi J (2008). Synthesis of phenolic resin and its polychelates with
4F-block elements: Thermal and adsorption studies. Iran. Polym. J., 17(10), 767-779.
9. Keerthiga R., Vijayalaxmi S. and Kaliyappam T.(2015), International Journal of Chem Tech
Research, 7(7), 2886-2893.
10. Mandavgade SK, Gurnule WB (2022). Synthesis and chelate ion exchange properties of
copolymer resin: 8-hydroxyquinoline-5 sulphonic acid-catechol-formaldehyde. Material
Today Proceeding, 60(4) DOI. 10.1016/j.matpr.2021.12.494.
11. Mane VD, Wahane NJ, Gurnule WB (2009). 8-hydroxyquinoline-5-sulphonic acid- thiourea-
formaldehyde copolymer resins and their ion-exchange properties. J ApplPolymSci, 111,
3039.
12. Masram D. T., Kariya K. P. and Bhave N. S. (2014). Synthesis of resin-VI: salicylic acid and
formaldehyde resin and its ion-exchange properties. Der PharmaChemica, 6(3), 292-299.
13. Patel H. J., Patel M. G., Patel K. J., Patel K. H.(2008). Synthesis, characterization, thermal
studies, and antimicrobial screening of poly (acrylate)s bearing 4-methyl coumarin side
groups. Iran. Polym. J., 17(8), 635-644.
14. Rasid A. K. and Omran K.A.(2017), Asian Journal of Chemistry, 29(1), 2419-2424.
15. Rahangdale PK, Gurnule WB, Paliwal LJ, Kharat RB (2003). Synthesis, characterization,
and thermal degradation studies of copolymer resin derived from p-cresol, melamine, and
formaldehyde. React FunctPolym, 55, 255-265.
16. Singru RN, Zade AB, Gurnule WB (2010). Chelating ion-exchange properties of copolymer
resins derived from p-cresol, oxamide and formaldehyde.J App PolymSci, 116, 3356-3366.
17. Shah BA, Shah AV, Bhandari NB, Bhatt RR (2007.) Studies of chelation ion-exchange
properties of copolymer resin derived from salicylic acid and its analytical applications. Iran.
Polym. J. 16,173-184.
18. Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Narayan C. Das, Kiran Vajpai, Wasudeo B. Gurnule, (2019)
19. Synthesis, Characterization And Thermal Degradation Studies Of Copolymer Derived From
2,4-Dihydroxy Propiophenone And 4-Pyridylamine . International Journal of Recent
Scientific Research, 10 (4A) 31772-31778.
20. Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Nisha Tiwari, Manish Tiwari, Wasudeo B. Gurnule (2020).
Antimicrobial Screening of Polymeric Resin Derived From 2, 2’-Dihydroxybiphenyl, Bouret
and Formaldehyde, Alochana Chakra. IX (V), 74-84.
21. Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Narayan C. Das, Kiran S. Vajpai And Wasudeo B.
Gurnule(2020), Synthesis, Characterization And Thermal Degradation Study Of
Copolymer Resin-Ii: Resulting From 2-Hydroxy, 4-Methoxybenzophenone, 1, 5-
Diaminonaphthalene And Formaldehyde. IJRBAT, VIII (1) 194-204.
22. Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Dinesh D. Kamdi, Jyotsna V. Khobragade And Wasudeo B.
Gurnule (2020), Separation Of Toxic Metals Ions From Waste Water Using Pyrogallol-
Biuret-Formaldehyde Copolymer Resin. IJRBAT, VIII (3) 259-268.

219
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
23. Santosh P. Chakole, S. S. Rahangdale, Ketki S. Misar, Kiran S. Vajpai, W. B. Gurnule
(2020), Synthesis and Characterization of Copolymer Resin Derived from 2, 2’-
Dihydoxybiphenyl, Ethylenediamine and Formaldehyde, Alochana Chakra. IX (V), 666-673.
24. S. S. Rahangdale, S. P. Chakole, K. S. Vajpai and W. B. Gurnule (2021), Synthesis,
Characterization And Photoluminescent Studies Of Organic Copolymer Derived From 2, 2’-
Dihydroxybiphenyl And Propylenediamine. JETIR, 8(9) 174-180.
25. Sanjiokumar S. Rahangdale, Santosh P. Chakole, Jyotsna V. Khobragade, And W. B.
Gurnule (2021), Thermal Degradation Studies of 2,2’-Dihydroxybiphenyl-Ethylenediamine-
Formaldehyde Copolymer. RJPBCS, 12(6) 1-12.
26. Suzuki E (2002). High resolution scanning electron microscopy of immunogold labelled cells
by the use of thin plasma coating osmium. J Microscopy, 208, 153-157.
27. Tarase MV, Zade AB, Gurnule WB (2008). Synthesis, characterization, and ion-exchange
properties of terpolymer resins derived from 2, 4-dihydroxypropiophenone, biuret, and
formaldehyde. J ApplPolymSci, 108, 738-746.

220
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Dalit Literature: past, present & Future

Prof. Dr. Ganesh Dadasaheb Rupwate
Asst. Prof. Dadasaheb Bidkar Arts, Science and
Commerce Collage Peth, Dist. Nashik
Email- [email protected]

Abstract:-
Emergence and Literature of Dalit Movement
The Dalit movement in the social sphere appears to have emerged in roughly the final
stages of the nineteenth century. From 1905, the nature of that movement was not only social
but also ideological, applications, statements, articles, along with folk songs, pageants, poems,
poetry, bhajans and qawwali programs were to take the form of literature. From all this, the
spark of social awakening, inner consciousness and self-reflection was coming out from the
social mind. It can be said that it was primarily of secondary nature as literature.
Keywords:-
Sant Vangmaya is also included in Dalit movement. Since then Dalits have developed a sense of
untouchability. That is, famous Dalit literature was written in Maharashtra. In this, Shankarao
Kharata's novels, 1 N.R. Shende's stories, Panditi and Shahiri * Shahir's poems, powades,
dramas, Dalit poetry as well as all dignitaries, writers, writers who come in Dalit literature
have contributed to Dalit literature.
Introduction:-
How Dalit literature started will be presented in Introduction. In order to understand the
history of Dalit society or the information of this class in the Indian society from the ancient
Vedic period to the medieval period and from the medieval period to the modern period or the
future period, the consultation of Dalit literature is seen in the above period.
There have been many social, economic and political transitions/transformations in Marathi
literature and Dalit literature in the past of this history.
While passing through many stages from one stage, to another stage, from the second to the
third, his intellect got a kind of mirror of his life in nature. It is the name of a human religion,
rupguna, class, religionkarma, varna, class, caste-ku. It has to be admitted that in some places
unknown Sana regulation man is a race of man and the real human race and as man in history
i.e. past, present and future time has the same beautiful and memorable nature.
Past Dalit's Literature:
What was the past of Dalit Literature in the past or literary, Dalitish, Dalit Literature.
While analyzing this, it is observed that the life of the Dalit community is going through a very
difficult situation. The 2 Dalit literary movement, which thought through the social literature of
ancient times, turned out to be opposed to Chaitanyaism. Her story of rebellion shows the
readiness to fight, as the society seems to have shunned progressive thought after seeing a
philosophy that keeps an entire human race down. Accordingly, it seems that the subject of the
emergence of Dalit literature has become a bit superficial.
Because it took some time to create the thought array of such a society which was
dormant till then. Dalit literature emerged to make the oppressors aware of the increasingly
changing nature of Dalit society. This rise was not sudden but the work of ancient and medieval
saints became equally important.
Ancient India of Past (Performance of Saints):
During this time in India, the work done by some saints became important. Also the
same thoughts were prevalent even before the saints. Brahman is truth. Human creation
nullifies "Transformation is just an illusion." Mankind and human life were saved due to the
performance of saints. During the literary period of the saints, literature social vision and
thoughts of social equality in Dalit society came forward, during that time most of the literature
was in Sanskrit language. Brahmins and Kshatriyas were the superior caste to learn the
language of the Sanskrit Brahmins. Hindu castes and Dalits had no rights. The Vedas had
reached the common mind. Due to this, Dalit literature in India progressed at a very slow pace.
Present social life:-
At present there is a lot of upheaval in the Dalit movement / literature. It can be
shocking for India / world. At present caste discrimination, caste discrimination, banning of
bread, various deities and many worships are creating social strata / different social segments
and the Dalit class / Dalit Literature is being damaged. Hard and poor life and even in this
period caste differentiation is being observed in the country to some extent.
Discrimination about Varna caste and Dalit caste should be ended. He seems to have
taken up the torch of thought to get rid of this varna system. In addition to this, the former
president of Nashik Marathi Sahitya Sammelan, Mr. Shri Uttam Kamble and Justice
Dharmadhikari, Gangadhar Pantawane, Ph. Mr. Shinde, Sadanand More, Shripal Sabnis,
Laxmikant Deshmukh, Aruna Dhere, Father Francis Dibrito etc. Literary writers in this
present time. Phule's Dalit poetry or saints' poetry and Ch. Shahu Maharaj, Sayajirao Gaikwad,

121
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar, Dadasaheb Gaikwad, Shantabai Dani, Baburao Bagul, Vamandada
Kardak's Marathi literature and Dalit literature are being enlightened by the above writers and
writers in presenting Dalit movement and Dalit Literature in front of society in India.
Dalit movement and future:-
Republican Party of India Dr. Written by Akash Kshirsagar Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar
was influenced by Saint Kabir's thoughts on religion, ethics and equality. Also Babasaheb saw
the future of Dalit society because he was loaded with the thoughts of freedom, equality and
brotherhood. He had truly diagnosed the suffering of Dalits. Dalit issue is a social issue. As a
solution to this, Bhiskrit Hitkarini Sabha, Independent 4 Labor Party, Scheduled Caste
Federation etc. were organized to change the political system and for the overall progress of our
Dalit society. Dr. Babasaheb Amdekar had established the above organizations for the social,
economic and political progress of the Dalit class. Later, Babasaheb founded the Republican
Party of India in 1956, but the Dalit class and other backward communities did not seem to
have succeeded in the mission and purpose of this party. Many parties seem to have formed
various constituent parties within several organizations and the Republican Party. Prakash
Ambedkar's Bharatiya Bahujan Federation, Ramdas Athawale's (Athawale group), R.Su. Gavai
group, Kawade group, various parties and groups were formed. Babasaheb's goal and purpose
was to continue the establishment of Republican Party of India. But Babasaheb's goals and
policies were not accepted by Dalit class. As a result, the Dalit movement appears to have
stalled in the middle. Dalit Literature and this organization will not be able to stop the social
hierarchy in the future or in the future. Also, it is not possible to say whether Dalit literature
and social change took place or Dalit class progressed or not.
Conclusion
Hon. Jyotirao Phule, Savitribai Phule, Ch. The basic philosophy of Shahu Maharaj and the
entire Ambedkar debate is for all civilizations and societies who want to leave the status quo
and go with the new transformative science. It appears so. Any argument or philosophy in it is
not for one community but for all. All welfare is gamy. But it is not the ignorance or narrow-
mindedness of this psyche in not understanding it, but its position-loving attitude that is
effective here.
Secondly Ambedkar does not stand reference to the caste of the person? And one who
thinks from a caste point of view is due to the vision made up of social caste, feelings, traditions
and customs of that psyche.
Ambedkar Dalit society and Dalit literature have not only rejected Hinduism, culture and
scriptures but have rejected all recognition of their hegemony over the Bahujan society. That is
why Dalit literature was considered as the literature of a free mind. But in Dalit Literature or
with the inspiration of Dalit society, the above writers, writers, poets, Powada, Kawane etc.
Dalit literature has inspired the backward and rejected society to live as human beings.
References
1. Joshi. Q.No. : A Critical History of Marathi Literature Prasad Prakashan,Pune, 1979.
2. Ambedkar : 'Buddha and his Dharma' Anu. Dr. Bh. Anand Kaushalyan, (Dr.) B. R.
Siddhartha Publications, Bombay, 1961. : The Untouchables, Who were they? 2nd Edn.
1969, Jetwan Mahavihar Saraswati. Anu. Hon. f. Ganjare, Ashok Publications, Nagpur.
3. Pantawane (Dr.) : Enlightenment of Dalits / Vichar Granthmala Publication, Gangadhar -
Aurangabad, 1968.
4. Kasbe Raosaheb : Ambedkar Vada (P.A.) Budhist Publishing House, Nagpur, 1978.
5. Kharat Shankarao : Dr. Conversion of Babasaheb Ambedkar (PR) Sahadhyayan Publication,
Mumbai 1973.
6. Manohar Yashwant : 'Utthan Gumpha' (Poem Ed.) (P.A.) Prabodhan Prakashan, Nagpur,
1977. : Dalit Literature, Theory and Form (PR) Prabodhan Prakashan, Nagpur, 1978.
7. Take tilak. Bal: Gitarahasya (A.D. 8th), Prakashan, J.Sri. Tilak (Brother)Gangadhar.
Pune, 1963.
8. Gare (Dr.) Govind : Search and Enlightenment of Dalits in Maharashtra, Limaye,
Shirubhau (PR) Sahadhyayan Prakashan, Mumbai, 1973.
Interview
1. Shri. Karunasagar Pay (Nashik)
2. Shri. D. L. Karad (Nashik)
3. Shri. Tanaji Jaibhave (Nashik)
4. Comrade- Sunil Malusare (Nashik)
5. Comrade- Raju Desale (Nashik)
6. Prof. Dr. Gangadhar Ahire (Nashikroad)
7. Shri. Manohar Roopwate (Nashikroad)

122
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Plant Leaf Disease Classification Using SVM and CNN
Algorithms
Asha Patil
Shrimad Rajchandra Institute of Management and Computer Application, UTU Bardoli

Abstract: -
The detection and diagnosis of plant leaf diseases is a major concern in agriculture.
Farmers need to track crop fields and recognize signs of disease at early as possible. The
images processing is an aid to the identification and classification of leaf diseases. For the
identification of leaf disease, there are three image features, i.e., texture, color, and shape.
Textures are the most important feature out of the three. Image features value entered in
CNN. The k-fold methods are used for train the model greater accuracy evaluation. The
image features provide input for the identification of a disease and are reliable using the
GLCM algorithm. CNN provides 92.53 % accuracy.
Keywords: Texture Features, GLCM, CNN, k-fold
1. Introduction
India is an agrarian nation with approximately 70% of its population relying on
agriculture for their livelihoods. For farmers, the process of selecting appropriate crops and
finding effective herbicides and pesticides is diverse and extensive. The presence of diseases
in plants has a significant detrimental impact on agricultural products, leading to a
substantial reduction in both their quality and productivity[1]. Therefore, strategies and
technical knowledge and the field became an important matter to be mastered. The
systematic and structured should be developing so that they will use by operators to
increase the overall production. In most cases, disease symptoms are seen on the leaves,
stem, and fruit [2]. It needs to be detected that disease but very time appointing an expert
would may be more costly. Continuous monitoring with naked-eye observation is not
possible for a farmer. So, we use digital image processing techniques [3]. Particular
medications can be custom fitted to battle particular pathogens if plant illnesses are
accurately analyzed and recognized early and ecological increases[4].Initially, the input RGB
image is converted into the HIS model. The k-mean segmentation is an efficient segment of
the disease affected area of leaves of crops. The GLCM is a features extraction algorithm
that measures the feature values from the ROI disease-affected image from the „H‟
component [5]. Exact disease finding is a difficult task for farmers which results in loss of
income to the farmers and the state[6]. In the classical method, expert people detected
diseases in leaves by naked eyes which are very expensive for farmers [7]. The main goals of
the research are:
1. To study the disease of plant leaf.
2. To calculate disease-affected area on a leaf.
3. To calculate essential features from leaf images
4. To choose the correct classifier with the help of result comparison.
The research purpose is to improve the farmer's economical life by increasing the
production of crop. The disease identification and exact pesticide suggestion is a crucial part
of this work. To make the system that is automatically run and identify the disease is reduce
the effort and cost of farmers. Feature extract from the image is a crucial part for finding the
accuracy of disease-affected leaf [8].
2. Literature Review
Leaf images affected by the disease are pre-processed by resizing the image or color
conversion of an image or calculate the histogram of an image. To remove the noise from
image filters is used and enhance the image quality. The color, shape, and texture features
are calculated by different segmented methods, k-mean is the most popular method used for
finding the region ROI of the image. In some work combination of texture, color, and shape
features are used to classify the various diseases on a leaf. The texture features are mostly
used in the disease detection of the leaf. These calculated values were given to the classifier
and the leaf disease was classified by this method. Machine learning classifiers are used for
leaf disease classification. After studying the previous work, found the research gap for our
research work.
1. For the identification and classification of the correct disease, feature selections are more
important. The strategy for image classification is critical and balanced.
2. Most researchers find the twenty-three features or some researchers find two features of
the leaf disease. More image features make the classifier more time-consuming and cost-
intensive, and few features make the classifier less efficient if the dataset differs. The
model can go in underfitting.
3. The leaf disease data collection for most research work is not obtained from an open
farm or nursery. Leaf disease samples were obtained from an online platform. Plant leaf
diseases are collected from open farms and nurseries for this work.

123
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
4. To make the model more suitable, the size of the leaf sample data set is very limited.
We chose the suitable features of different plant leaf disease from the digital image in this
work. Texture and shape features are derived from that images. The feature vector set for
the classification and identification of plant leaf disease as an input to classifiers.
3. Diseases on Plant Leaf
Plant leaf samples are collected from open farms of Nandurbar District with a
different session at the early stage, middle stage, and last stage of the disease. These
samples are collected from July to February of the year. In this study, four diseases and one
healthy leaf were observed in plant leaves. The affected diseases are harmful to crop
production. There is a variety of disease spot which are same with different disease spot
which makes confusion to recognize the disease[9]. The wrong prediction of the disease may
go in the wrong direction regarding spraying pesticide or chemical treatment. The loss of
money and time in this is very useless [10]. Leaf plants affected by fungal, bacterial, and
viral diseases are captured by the digital camera[11].

Table 1. Sample collection of plant leaf diseases

Sr. No Name of Disease Total
1 Cercospora Leaf Spot 103
2 Anthracnose 101
3 Leaf Curl 102
4 Powdery Mildew 100
5 Healthy Leaf 100

The total sample size of a leaf is 506 collected. The samples are maintained by the disease
with their intensity. These symptoms of all samples are confirmed by agriculture experts.
The growth of the disease is divided into three states i.e., early-stage middle stage, and last
stage. The farms are visited annually and, for each disease, samples are collected during the
year. The external parameters of humidity, humidity, temperature and heavy rain influence
the growth cycle of each disease.
4. Proposed Model
Image processing has some fundamental steps for the classification and identification of
results. They are image preprocessing, image segmentation, image feature extraction, and
Classification. The following figure shows the flow of research work that is applied in this
work. Firstly, we take samples of a disease-affected leaf of crop. Then for preprocessing the
image apply the resizing of images. An original image is in RGB form then converts into HSI
form. Image is segmented by K-mean algorithm, and features of the image are extracted
using the GLCM algorithm[12][13]. These extracted features a train and tested for
classification. The classifier is applying for disease identification, and classification.
Disease
Leaf Image Pre-Process Image Segmentation Image
Input

Feature Selection Feature Extraction

Disease Classification

Figure.7 Proposed Model of Leaf Disease Detection, and Classification System

(LDDCS)

In above figure show that, identification, and classification of plant leaf disease with help of
image processing fundamental steps. The diagram indicates the flow of research work step
by step. The classification of the disease will be getting by machine learning and deep
learning algorithm classifiers.
4.1 Image Preprocessing
The plant leaf is acquired as an image that can be of different sizes. The size of the
resized image becomes 255 × 255 diseases affected leaf of plants are captured by digital
camera. A digital camera (Canon EOS REBEL T2i, 20 Megapixels) was used for image
acquisition. All of the images are stored in the standard format of JPEG. In preprocessing
procedure original image is an RGB image, and it was converted into HIS format to reduce
the dimension, and complexity of the image.

124
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

4.2 Segmentation
The K-mean segmentation method is applied on images for disease-affected parts isolated
from the „H‟ component of HIS image. Using k-mean cluster segmentation, the proposed
system calculates the region of interest with iterations. However, K-mean clustering is used
to separate the leaf image into different clusters. In our case, k=3 is chosen, and the three
clusters will have the background, diseased portion of the leaf, and normal green leaf. We
have fixed the cluster value as two for the disease portion is maximum covered in this
cluster.
4.3 Feature Extraction
The GLCM algorithm is used in the plant leaf disease image to measure features one by
one, and extracted features will be tested. Contrast, Energy, Correlation, Entropy, Cluster
Shadow, Cluster Prominence, Kurtosis, and skewness are the top priority features. This
selection of features is a combination of the features of texture and color.
4.4 Classification
The machine learning algorithms is used for the classification purpose to classify
the data that is Support Vector Machine (SVM) and one Deep Learning Algorithm
Convolution Neural Network (CNN) gives the result with accuracy. On the same data set,
the machine learning, and deep learning algorithms function differently on different
hyperparameters for leaf disease detection [29]. Every outcome depends on the size of the
data for training, and testing. The test data may change, and the resulting outcome will
change. One way of strengthening the K-fold cross-validation over the holdout approach is
used[14]. The data set is split into k subsets, and k times are repeated by the holdout
process. One of the k subsets is used as the test set each time, and the other k-1 subsets are
combined to form the training set [15].
4.4.2 Support Vector Machine (SVM)
SVM constructs a hyperplane in the space, which can be used for classification that
has the highest distance to the closest training data point of any class [16]. The multisvm ()
function is used to classify the result of leaf disease detection, and classification[17]. SVM
uses the RBF kernel to classify plant leaf disease. The fitcsvm and predict function are used
for training the data set, and test data set respectively. The kernel functions linear,
polynomial and RBF also help in giving decision boundaries for higher dimensions. In the
following table, we have been calculating the accuracy of using RBF kernel with other
performance measurement parameters like precision, recall, F1_Score.
Table 3: SVM Result with Kernels
Kernel Accuracy Precision Recall F1_Score
Polynomial 68.42 0.1 0.21 0.14
Linear 71.46 0.21 0.28 0.2
RFB 85.7 0.79 0.64 0.65

In the above table RBF provides more accuracy over the linear and polynomial kernel. The
accuracy is 85.7 % in the RBF kernel at iteration 300. The accuracy of the linear and
polynomial kernels is not greater than that of the RBF kernel.
4.4.3 Convolutional Neural Network (CNN)
A CNN consists of an input layer, a layer of output, as well as numerous hidden
layers. Convolutional layers, pooling layers, completely linked layers, and normalization
layers (ReLU) are usually the hidden layers of a CNN. Input from CNN was generated by
the GLCM feature set. CNN presented image texture features as input to describe the
identification of the plant leaf disease. For better performance, we have to use the epoch size
performance tuning parameter. The varying effect is the increase in the epoch size of the
accuracy and another output measure. The cross-fold method is used. The 2-fold gives
optimum output after an experiment on the CNN model than other folds.
Table 4: CNN Result with epoch
Epoch Accuracy Precision Recall F1_Score
5 81.56 0.80 0.78 0.69
10 82.52 0.76 0.68 0.69
15 87.97 0.77 0.67 0.78
20 95.33 0.89 0.98 0.93
25 91.54 0.80 0.83 0.81

The epoch is a neural network that learns input data patterns by reading the input
dataset and applying various calculations to it. At epoch size 20 we get 95.33% which is
maximum accuracy.
5. Result and Discussion
In SVM, and CNN, leaf images of affected diseases are qualified for disease
detection, and classification. The training is based in various ways on each classifier's

125
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
hyperparameter. The kernel function is used for accuracy in SVM, and the RBF kernel gives
maximum accuracy after iteration variation. The image texture features are inputted into
CNN, an epoch used in it as a hyperparameter. The number of epochs is increased or
decrease the accuracy is change.
Table 6: Comparison of KNN SVM, and CNN Results

Classifier Accuracy Precision Recall F1_Score

SVM 85.07 0.79 0.64 0.65
CNN 95.33 0.89 0.98 0.93
After comparing machine learning classifiers, and deep learning classifier, conclude that
CNN provides better accuracy with less timing than SVM. In detecting plant leaf disease
when used with texture features, deep learning architectures have achieved good efficiency.
We provided a performance comparison of five image datasets for the disease class.
6. Conclusion
The data collection consists of five plant leaf diseases. These images are preprocessed
by converting the HIS color to RGB images. Using the K-mean cluster algorithm, the 'H'
elements of the affected portion of the leaf are segmented. Using the GLCM algorithm,
feature extracted from cluster part of leaf image. The features are tested, and train then
sorted based on maximum accuracy. With the best linear combination SVM and CNN get
input of selected of image features. There are 70% images for training, and 30% images are
being tested. To evaluate the data properly, the K-fold method is used. The CNN deep
learning algorithm offers 95.33 % accuracy, and the SVM machine learning algorithms offer
85.07 % accuracy. Therefore, CNN is said to be better than SVM. In future other leaf disease
detection is also performing using various dataset with different diseases.
References:
1. [1] Z. Husin, A. Shakaff, 2012, “Feasibility study on plant plant disease detection using
image processing techniques,” ieeexplore.ieee.org, Accessed: Mar. 19, 2021. [Online].
Available: https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/abstract/document/6169716/.
2. [2] A. K. Mahlein, U. Steiner, C. Hillnhütter, H. W. Dehne, and E. C. Oerke,
“Hyperspectral imaging for small-scale analysis of symptoms caused by different sugar
beet diseases,” Plant Methods, vol. 8, no. 1, Jan. 2012, doi: 10.1186/1746-4811-8-3.
3. [3] J. D. Pujari, R. Yakkundimath, and A. Syedhusain. Byadgi, “Automatic Fungal
Disease Detection based on Wavelet Feature Extraction and PCA Analysis in
Commercial Crops,” Int. J. Image, Graph. Signal Process., vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 24–31, 2013,
doi: 10.5815/ijigsp.2014.01.04.
4. [4] J. D. Pujari, R. Yakkundimath, and A. S. Byadgi,
“https://doi.org/10.1109/ICCIC.2014.7238283,” 2014 IEEE Int. Conf. Comput. Intell.
Comput. Res. IEEE ICCIC 2014, pp. 31–34, 2015, doi: 10.1109/ICCIC.2014.7238283.
5. [5] J. D. Pujari, R. Yakkundimath, and A. S. Byadgi, “Recognition and classification of
Produce affected by identically looking Powdery Mildew disease,” Acta Technol. Agric.,
vol. 17, no. 2, pp. 29–34, 2014, doi: 10.2478/ata-2014-0007.
6. [6] O. S. Android, “Detection of Plant Leaf Disease Using Image Processing Approach,”
Int. J. Sci. Res. Publ., vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 73–76, 2016.
7. [7] H. P. Kanjalkar, “Feature Extraction of Leaf Diseases,” Int. J. Adv. Res. Comput.
Eng. Technol., vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 153–155, 2014.
8. [8] G. Tripathi and J. Save, “an Image Processing and Neural Network Based Approach
for Detection and Classification of Plant Leaf Diseases,” Int. J. Comput. Eng. Technol.,
vol. 6, no. 4, pp. 976–6367, 2015.
9. [9] G. Bhogade, R. Mawal, A. Patil, and P. S. R. Desai, “Leaf Disease Identification using
Image Processing,” vol. 7, no. 5, pp. 11489–11491, 2017.
10. [10] P. Rokita, “Application of image processing techniques in computer graphics
algorithms,” Comput. Networks, vol. 29, no. 14, pp. 1705–1714, 1997, doi: 10.1016/s0169-
7552(97)00085-8.
11. [11] J. D. Pujari, R. Yakkundimath, and A. S. Byadgi, “Image processing Based
Detection of Fungal Diseases in Plants,” Procedia Comput. Sci., vol. 46, no. Icict 2014,
pp. 1802–1808, 2015, doi: 10.1016/j.procs.2015.02.137.
12. [12] J. Baghel and P. Jain, “K-Means Segmentation Method for Automatic Leaf
Disease Detection,” vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 83–86, 2016.
13. [13] J. Baghel and P. Jain, “Disease Detection in Soya Bean using K-Means
Clustering Segmentation Technique,” Int. J. Comput. Appl., vol. 145, no. 9, pp. 15–18,
2016, doi: 10.5120/ijca2016910758.
14. [14] U. Mokhtar, M. A. S. Ali, A. E. Hassenian, and H. Hefny, “Tomato leaves
diseases detection approach based on Support Vector Machines,” 2015 11th Int. Comput.
Eng. Conf. Today Inf. Soc. What’s Next?, ICENCO 2015, pp. 246–250, 2016, doi:
10.1109/ICENCO.2015.7416356.
15. [15] E. Alehegn, “Maize Leaf Diseases Recognition and Classification Based on

126
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Imaging and Machine Learning Techniques,” Int. J. Innov. Res. Comput. Commun. Eng.,
vol. 5, no. 12, pp. 1–11, 2017.
16. [16] P. Krithika and S. Veni, “Leaf disease detection on cucumber leaves using
multiclass Support Vector Machine,” Proc. 2017 Int. Conf. Wirel. Commun. Signal
Process. Networking, WiSPNET 2017, vol. 2018-Janua, pp. 1276–1281, 2018, doi:
10.1109/WiSPNET.2017.8299969.
17. [17] A. N. I. Masazhar and M. M. Kamal, “Digital image processing technique for
palm oil leaf disease detection using multiclass SVM classifier,” 2017 IEEE Int. Conf.
Smart Instrumentation, Meas. Appl. ICSIMA 2017, vol. 2017-Novem, no. November, pp.
1–6, 2018, doi: 10.1109/ICSIMA.2017.8311978.

127
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Species Composition During Rainy

Season From Polluted Sites And Their Role As Biofertilizer
Mrs. Ashwini Deshpande1, Dr. Mahavir Gosavi2
1AssistantProfessor, Department of Botany, SIES College of Arts, Science and Commerce
(Autonomous), Sion(W), Mumbai. [University of Mumbai]
2Associate Professor and Head, Department of Botany, SIES College of Arts, Science and

Commerce (Autonomous), Sion(W), Mumbai. [University of Mumbai]

Abstract:
Arbuscular mycorrhizae (AM) exhibit the most positive obligate symbiotic relationship,
with roots of majority of plants. They show higher ecological amplitude under adverse
environmental conditions. The current study deals with the study of diversity of AM fungi
during rainy season with respect to rhizosphere soil analysis for AM species composition and
their subsequent role as bio-fertilizer. Spores of Glomus, Sclerocystis and Scutellospora were
observed. The observed species were also detected in root colonization analysis, using standard
staining methods. The spore density was highest for Glomus. It proved to be a dominant species.
The application of bio-fertilizer product prepared with these dominant species was proved to be
a potent bio-fertilizer in the field trials with chili crop.
Keywords: -ArbuscularMycorrhiza (AM), Glomus,Sclerocystis,Scutellospora
Introduction:
The mutually beneficial relationship between the feeder roots of plants and fungi is
called mycorrhiza (Frank, 1885)‘Mycos’ meaning fungus and ‘rhiza’ meaning root
(Trappe,2005).Arbuscular Mycorrhizal(AM) fungi show obligatory symbiosis and form natural
partnership with Bryophytes, Pteridophytes, Gymnosperms and Angiosperms. They are even
found in nutrient deficient soils. AM fungi play an essential role in plant growth, plant
protection (from drought, temperature, and salinity) and soil quality. Around 80% of plants are
colonized by AM fungi which belong to Glomeromycota and members of family
Endogonaceae.AM fungi are employed both in agriculture and forestry (Rodrigues and
Muthukumar, 2009).
The present paper deals with investigation of species composition of Arbuscular
Mycorrhizae in industrially polluted MIDC area of Dombivli in Thane district of Maharashtra,
with respect to their association with seasonal weeds surrounding fifteen industries of MIDC
area, located at Sagarli in Dombivli (East) during rainy season.Thus, in present context, study
of AM fungi for myco-remediation is an emerging significant alternative technology in the clean-
up of metal contaminated soil to maintain status of environment and to use it as biofertilizer
inoculums in more efficient way to serve in better way for fulfilling the growing nutritional
needs of humankind.
Statement of the problem: The current study deals with identifying AM fungi species
prevalent during rainy season that can be used as bio-fertilizers.
Scope of research: The seasonal AM fungi species found during rainy season can be effectively
used as bio-fertilizer, with increased concentration of macronutrients.
Need of research subject: AM spores that are isolated during rainy season can be multiplied
through trap culture and can be successfully used as bio fertilizer, throughout the year.
Hypothesis of problem: The pure inoculum of AM species, observed during rainy season can
be used to clean up heavy metal pollution from the soils around industries, thus
mycoremediation through AM fungi can be used as effective and ecofriendly technology.
Research methodology: The selected study sites were fifteen industries from MIDC, Sagarli
of Dombivli (East). Different seasonal weed samples were collected growing near selected
industries, along with rhizosphere soil and the spores were isolated, identified and recorded.
The original percentage of carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium was estimated in the
soil collected from paddy field and the field trials were taken with chili (Capsicum annuum, L.)
crop in the same paddy field by using VAM bio fertilizer product with composition of same
species, raised through trap culture technique.
Research techniques: For collection of roots and rhizosphere soil samples, a steel pipe was
inclined and driven into soil up to 25cm of root zone at different depths.AM fungal spores were
isolated from rhizosphere soil samples, by wet sieving and decanting method (Gerdemann and
Nicolson, 1963). The isolated spores were observed by lifting them with pinhead and mounting
on the slide containing lactophenol as mounting medium. The isolated spores were observed
under stereomicroscope, identified, and categorized. Ink and vinegar staining (Vierheilig et.al.,
1998) and Trypan blue staining (Philips and Hayman, 1970) of roots were carried out for root
colonization of AM fungal species. Thus, AM fungal species, inhabitants of soil polluted sites
were surveyed during winter season (November 2021-February, 2022). The percent root
colonization with soils of rhizosphere zone from all the weed samples was calculated. The
percentage frequency with individual industry was also calculated. Root colonization was

128
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
calculated using formula:-

Data analysis: The percent root colonization, presence of vesicles, arbuscules, spores and coiled
hyphae were noticed. The spore density was also calculated. The data of percentage of organic
carbon, nitrogen, potassium and phosphorus of the field soil samples, taken before the field
trials was compared with data of percentage of organic carbon, nitrogen, potassium and
phosphorus of the field soil samples taken after the field trials, carried out by using VAM bio-
fertilizer product.
Testing hypothesis: The data was analyzed and tested for significant increase in uptake of
macronutrients after the treatment of VAM bio-fertilizer. Thus the hypothesis of role of VAM
as bio-fertilizer was tested.
Observations: About 80% of Glomus species were recorded from genus Glomus such as G.
albidium, G. badium, G.citricola, G. coronatum G. diphanum, G. fecundisporum, G. hoi G.
leptotichum, G. macrocarpum, Glomus occultum, Glomus reticulatum and G. tenerum along
with species of Sclerocystis like S. rubiformis and S. sinuosus. The species recorded from genus
Scutellospora were S. calospora and S. persica respectively. There was significant increase in
macronutrient contents after the treatment of bio-fertilizer product with composition of above
mentioned AM fungi species.
Description of spores observed:
1) Glomus albidum- Walker & Rhodes (1981)
The spores were isolated from rhizosphere soil of Commelinabenghalensis and
Oxaliscorniculatacollected during growing season and Paspalam conjugatum and Cynodon
dactylon during winter season.The spores are observed with one subtending hypha borne singly
in the soil on coenocytic hyphae. Mature spore shows diameter about 196 x 140 µm, globose to
sub globose, occasionally ovoid or irregular. The observed spores were yellowish to brownish
yellow. Spore walls continuous with hyphal walls consisting of an outer hyaline wall and light-
yellow inner wall. The subtending hypha was bilayered, straight with 12 µm, in thickness.
Spores of Glomus albidum can be easily distinguished from others due to their brownish yellow
colouration, globose to sub globose shape and size ranging from 150-200 µm (Gehlot and Singh,
2015). This species is closely related to G. gibbosum (Walker et. al., 1995) and can be
distinguished based on four layered walls in the G. gibbosum as compared to two layered in G.
albidum (Blaszkowski et. al., 2001).
2) Glomus badium- Oehl, Redecker and Sieverd (2005)
The spores were isolated from rhizosphere soil of Phyllanthus amarus collected during winter
and summer season, Eragrostistenella (Poatenella) in summer season and Cleome rutidosperma
and Commelinabenghalensis in rainy season. The observed spores were brownish, globose with
diameter of 280 µm. The germ tubes initiation is observed at two positions. The spore wall
consists of three layers. The subtending hypha is recurved.
The most distinguishing characters of G. badium are its small sporocarps lacking a peridium
and composed of many, brownish orange to reddish brown, relatively small spores. The
innermost flexible to semi-flexible and coloured layer of the three-layered spore wall also is a
diagnostic property of this species (Ohel et.al., 2005; Blaszkowski, et.al., 2010 and Goto et.al.,
2012).
3) Glomus citricola- Tang and Zang (1984)
The spores were isolated from rhizosphere soil of Commelinabenghalensis, Cynodon dactylon
and Oxalis corniculata during rainy season and rhizosphere soil of Scoparia dulcis from
summer season. The single spores were observed in sporocarps. The observed spores were
globose with dimensions of about 56 x 84 µm. The subtending hypha was hyaline. The spore
wall is thick.
The observed spores were sub-pyriform, the average observed dimensions are 112 x 56 µm. The
spore wall is thin, composed of two walls. The attachment of spore is sublateral.
This species is reported by several authors from India before (Jayaprakash& Nagarajan, 2017;
Shrivastava et.al., 2012).Like other Species of Glomus it also shows globoid spores produced on
soil surface (Frank et.al., 2003). Not much literature is available on the said species.
4) Glomus coronatum- Giovannetti(1983) and (1991)
The spores, present in sporocarps, were isolated from rhizosphere soil of Calotropis gigantea in
summer, rhizosphere soil of Commelina benghalensis. Oxalis corniculata and Cynodon dactylon
collected during rainy season. The sporocarps were surrounded by a peridium. The isolated
spores were globose, brownish orange in colour with single funnel-shaped subtending hypha.
The observed diameter was 252 µm. The observed spore wall was bilayered.
The distinctive characters of G. coronatum are its large and greyish orange to brownish orange
spores and the wide, funnel-shaped subtending hypha. The wall of spores consists of two layers
(Blaszkowski, 1994 and Cavagnaro et. al., 2001). According to Giovannetti et. al., (1991), G.
coronatum produces spores in sporocarps surrounded by a peridium.

129
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
5) Glomus diphanum- Morton & Walker (1984)
The spores were isolated singly from rhizosphere soil of Commelinabenghalensis, Heliotropium
indicum and Cleome rutidosperma during rainy season. The spores were found in isolated
clusters. The observed spores were globose, hyaline, blackish, with about 56 µm in diameter.
The spore wall comprises of three layers and elongated subtending hypha was observed. The
length observed was about 196 µm and the diameter was 28 µm.
Glomus diaphanum probably has a worldwide distribution. The spores of G. diaphanum occur
singly in the soil, globoid and hyaline with flexible to semi-flexible innermost wall layer (Morton
& Walker, 1984; Morton 1985; Oehl et. al., 2003 and Oehl et. al., 2005).
6) Glomus fecundisporum- Schenck and Smith(1982)
The spores were isolated from rhizosphere soil of Commelina benghalensis and Oxalis
corniculata during rainy season. The spores were formed singly or in loose clusters, with
globose, pale yellow to white in colour. The observed diameter was140 µm. The spore wall was
smooth in young spores and rough in mature spores. The subtending hyphae were hyaline,
about 84 µm in length and 28 µm in diameter. The hyphal coils were seen in root colonization
samples of Commelina benghalensis.
Glomus fecundisporum is a hyaline to dirty-white spored species with spores frequently borne in
clusters. The spores consisting of inner and outer walls of approximately equal thickness (Lee
et.al., 1993).
It forms mycorrhizal associations with plant roots but not forming typical vesicles or arbuscules;
coiling hyphae formed in outer cortical cells with hypha, walls becoming indistinct and after
growth through 2 to 3 cortical cells; hypha contents frequently enlarging to fill cell lumen
(Schenck & Smith, 1982).
7) Glomus hoi-- Berch and Trappe (1985)
The spores were isolated from rhizosphere soil of CommelinabenghalensisandCleome
rutidosperma, during rainy season and Phyllanthus amarus and Heliotropium indicum during
winter season.
The spores were as single spore in the soil. Each one of them was globose, subglobose, ellipsoidal
or irregular in shape, in diameter, light brown in colour. The observed diameter is 140 µm x
112µm.
The spores can be easily distinguished from other species on the basis of solitary appearnce;
globose, subglobose, ellipsoidal or irregular in shape and light brown in colour. The spore wall is
composed of two distinct, separable layers. (Berch& Trappe, 1985; Blaszkowski, 2003 and Wilde
et.al., 2009).
8) Glomus leptotichum –Schenck and Smith (1982)
The spores were isolated from Commelina benghalensis, Cleome rutidosperma and Oxalis
corniculata during rainy season. The spores were found singly but in loose clusters. The spores
were globose, hyaline, light yellow to pinkish in colour (as collected from polluted environment).
The observed diameter ranges from 56 µm to 252 µm. The length of subtending hypha was
about 112 µm and diameter was 28 µm. The spore wall is composed of three layers some
ornamentations are also observed. The root colonization in the roots of Cleome rutidosperma is
observed in the form of hyphal coiling.
Glomus leptotichum typically has large, white to cream-colored spores with hyaline walls
bearing a faint reticulum of ridges. Spores and extrametrical vesicles are produced both
terminally and in an intercalary manner (Schenck and Smith, 1982). Because of its large size
and white to cream-colored spores it could possibly be confused with G. lacteum but G.
leptotichum lacks the merging hyphae on the attachment associated with G. lacteum. Glomus
fecundisporum which G. leptotichum resembles somewhat, has generally smaller spores with
yellow to brown walls, gray-white contents, and lacks a reticulum (Morton et.al., 1997; Johnson
et. al., 1991 and Murakoshi et. al., (1998).
9) Glomus macrocarpum- Tulasne and Tulasne (1845)
The spores were isolated from Cynodon dactylon during summer season. Cleome rutidosperma,
Commelina benghlensis and Oxalis corniculata during rainy season.
The spores were found singly in the soil. The observed spores were globose, pear shaped, orange
to reddish. The diameter observed was 112 µm. The spore wall was 14 µm, in thickness. The
thin, curved subtending hypha. The breadth of observed hypha was 14µm.
Literature indicates that it is a widely distributed throughout the world, although it occurs
irregularly (Blaszkowski et. al., 2002).
Spores usually slightly longer than wide, sub globose, avg. of 150–250 µm. Spore wall composed
of two distinct layers, spores tapering to the point of attachment of the single persistent hypha
(Gehlot & Singh, 2015)
10) Glomus occultum- Walker (1982)
The spores were isolated from Paspalam conjugatum rhizosphere soil during winter and Oxalis
corniculata rhizosphere soil from rainy season. The spores occur singly and are sub globose. The
observed diameter is 56X86 µm. The spore wall consists of two layers. The sub tending hypha,
observed appeared as funnel- shaped 28 µm in length and 14 µm in diameter.

130
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
It is probably globally widespread (Walker, 1982; Miller et al., 1985; Morton, 1985 and Puppi et
al., 1986). Although it is one of the most widespread but difficult to detect (Millner,2001).
Glomus occultum spores are often colorless, and globose, ellipsoid, or irregular, possessing three
thin walls, the inner two often adhering tightly (Morton, 1985).
11) Glomus reticulatum- Bhattacharjee and Mukerji (1980)
The spores were extracted from rhizosphere soil of Commelina benghalensis and Portulaca
oleracea from rainy season and Eclipta prostrata and Vernonia sinusoroides collected during
summer season. The spores were found singly, dark brown to reddish or black, globose with 140
µm in diameter. The outer and inner walls of the spores are clearly visible under 100X. The
outer wall was about 5 µm in thickness. The subtending hyphae were funnel- shaped and about
10 µm wide (Bhattacharjee & Mukerji, 1980).
Spores are borne freely and singly in soil, globose to subglobose or ellipsoidal, dark brown to
brownish black, having reticulate ornamentation. Spore wall structure consists of double wall.
Outer wall is laminated, and inner wall is with regular reticulate (Manoharacharyet.al., 2005;
Kulkarni et.al., 1997; Mishra et.al., 2016; Wang et.al., 2015 and Shekhar and Basu, 2017).
12) Glomus tenerum- Tandy (1975)
The spores were isolated from rhizosphere soil of Commelinabenghalensis collected during rainy
season, Calotropis gigantea and Vernonia sinusoroidescollected during summer season and from
Phyllanthus amarus in winter season. The observed spores were shiny, translucent, yellowish
brown, thin walled, with some oil globules. The diameter of observed spores was about 56 µm.
The spores are yellow, orange to brown, globose rarely pyriform. Subtending hyphae are
cylindrical with globose thick-walled vesicles (Tandy, 1975).
Glomus tenerum differs from other Glomus species in having two walls, larger spores, a plug
cutting off spore contents and finer-subtending hyphae (McGee, 1986; McGee & Trappe, 2002
and Oehl et.al., 2011).
13) Scelerocystis rubiformis - (Gerd. & Trappe, 1974) Almeida and Schenck (1990)
The spores were isolated from rhizosphere soil of Paspalam conjugatum collected in winter,
Cassia tora soil collected in rainy season and rhizosphere soil of Cleome rutidosperma collected
during summer season. The sporocarps were dark brown, with 392 µm in diameter. The
peridium was not found. The spores were found in tightly interwoven hyphae. The spores were
dark brown, ellipsoidal with 112 µm in diameter. The small, stalk like projection was observed
protruding near the base of spores. The subtending hypha was thick walled.
It probably is a widely distributed fungus in the world and very common in India
(Bhattacharjee et. al., 1980; Ragupathy and Mahadevan 1993).
The distinctive features of G. rubiforme are its sporocarps with relatively small, coloured spores
originated from a centrally positioned hyphal plexus (Almedia and Schenck, 1990; Blaszkowski
et. al., 1998; Wu, 1993).
The wall of G. rubiforme spores is composed of two layers: outer layer is a thin and hyaline
whereas the inner layer is thicker and laminated. The subtending hypha is funnel shaped
(Gerdemann and Trappe, 1974 and Almeida and Schenck, 1990).
14) Sclerocystis sinuosus- Gerdemann and Bakshi (1976)
=Glomus sinuosum
The spores were isolated from rhizosphere soil of Commelina benghalensis, Oxalis corniculata
and Phyllanthus amarus from rainy season. The spores are found in compact, thick walled
reddish brown sporocarps with sinuous or wavy hyphae, occurring in the soil in groups. The
observed diameter of sporocarps was 280 µm. The observed spores were orange to brownish
orange or were reddish brown, sub globose, pulvinate and ellipsoidal, the dimensions observed
were 28 µm X 56 µm, radiating and in single layer with single subtending hypha.
The spores are obovate, elliptical, fusiform-elliptical to clavate, radiating out in a single layer
from a central plexus of hyphae (Ammani et.al., 1986; Almeida and Schenck, 1990 and
Muthukumar et.al., 2000). The spore wall is brown and thick, generally thickest near spore
base. The thick-walled sinuous hyphae that tightly enclose the sporocarps easily distinguish S.
sinuosa from all other Sclerocystis (Gerdemann and Bakshi, 1976).
15) Scutellospora calospora- Nicolson and Gerdemann (1968) Walker and Sanders (1986)
The spores were isolated from rhizosphere soil of Cleome rutidosperma during winter season,
Scoparia dulcis from summer soil sample collection and Commelina benghaensis in rainy
season. The spores were found singly, terminally on a subtending hypha, which was bulbous,
suspensor-like cell. It was ovoid, pale greenish yellow in colour, with dimensions of 196X252 µm.
The spore wall consists of two tightly attached layers. The bulbous sporogenous cells were found
terminally on septate subtending hypha. The germination shield was ellipsoidal and hyaline.
The shape of spore ranges from sub globose to ellipsoid to oblong, sometimes irregular. Both the
wall layers are of same thickness (Nicolson and Gerdemann, 1968).
Spores resemble those of spores of S. pellucida except they have a smaller size and are oblong.
They are very similar to the spores of S. dipurpurascens, in size, shape, and color and differs in
its inner wall structure (Koske and Walker, 1986; Morton, 2000)
16) Scutellospora persica- Koske and Walker (1985)

131
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
The spores were isolated from summer collection from rhizosphere soil of Eragrostistenella
(Poatenella) and rainy season rhizosphere soil collection of Commelinabenghalensis. The
observed spore was found as single spore, terminally on a bulbous suspensor-like cell, apricot
yellow in colour, subglobose, with dimensions as 364 µm in length and 336 µm in width. The
germination shield is light yellow to brownish. The germ pore was protruding out, prominently
visible as globoid structure. (Deshpande and Gosavi, 2022)
Spores are formed singly in the soil, terminally on a bulbous suspensor-like cell. They are
globose to subglobose. The distinctive properties of S. persica are its large and dark yellow to
apricot yellow spores ornamented with small warts (Morton, 1995 )
Tables and figures for observation: -
TABLE I Root colonization with AM species found in rhizosphere soil of rainy season
weeds:
Average
percentage of
Name of the weeds AM Spores observed from rhizosphere soil
root
colonization
Acaulospora mellea, Glomus citricola, Glomus
Cynodon dactylon 40
coronatum,
Acaulospora mellea, Glomus albidum, Glomus
ambisporum, Glomus aurantium, Glomus badium,
Glomus caledonium, Glomus citricola, Glomus
claroideum, Glomus convolutum, Glomus
coronatum, Glomus diphanum, Glomus etunicatum,
Commelina
Glomus fecundisporum, Glomus glomerulatum, 80
benghalensis
Glomus hoi, Glomus leptotichum, Glomus
macrocarpum, Glomus pubescens, Glomus
reticulatum, Gloms tenerum, Glomus trimurales,
Sclerocystissinuosa, , Scutellosporacalospora,
Scutellosporapersica
Acaulospora mellea, Glomus albidum, Glomus
ambisporum, Glomus citricola, Glomus claroideum,
Glomus convolutum, Glomus coronatum, Glomus
Oxalis corniculata fecundisporum, Glomus fulvum, Glomus 70
glomerulatum, Glomus leptotichum, Glomus
macrocarpum, Glomus occultum, Glomus pubescens,
Glomus pulvinatum, Sclerocystissinuosa
Gigasoracalospora, Glomus badium, Glomus
Cleome rutidosperma diphanum, Glomus hoi, Glomus leptotichum, 30
Glomus macrocarpum, Glomus monosporum
Portulaca oleracea Glomus pubescens, Glomus reticulatum 50
Heliotropium indicum Glomus diphanum 40
Phyllanthus amarus Sclerocystissinuosa 10
Cassia tora Sclerocystisrubiformis 10

TABLE II AM Fungi spore diversity (Source-Primary)

Glomus albidum Glomus badium Glomus citricola Glomus

coronatum

Glomus diphanum Glomus Glomus hoi Glomus

fecundisporum leptotichum

132
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Glomus Glomus occultum Glomus Glomus tenerum

macrocarpum reticulatum

Sclerocystis Sclerocystis Scutellospora Scutellospora

rubiformis sinuosus calospora persica

TABLE III-Percentage of organic carbon, nitrogen and phosphorus in a field before

and after the application of VAM bio-fertilizer product
Field condition % carbon(C) %nitrogen % phosphous % potassium
in the field (N) in the (P) in the field (K) in the
soil field soil soil field soil
Before the application 1.14 0.13 0.14 0.20
of VAM bio-fertilizer
product
After the application of 1.75 0.20 0.24 0.26
VAM- biofertilizer
product

Discussion: Based on current survey, seasonal weeds like Commelina benghalensis and Oxalis
corniculata show more diversity by harboring different species of AM fungi in their rhizosphere
soil. Root colonization studies also support this observation. The most common and potent AM
fungi species have adapted for polluted habitats but their colour and size has been deviated
from spores growing symbiotically with weeds of normal habitat. Plant receives support from
AM fungi, with the help of its symbiotic association, in the aspect of uptake of Phosphorus and
other nutrients (Hart and Forsythe, 2012), enhancement of growth hormones, increase of
protein content, increase of lipid, sugars, amino acid levels, increase of tolerance to heavy
metals, increase of salinity tolerance and resistance to root-borne pathogens (Upadhyaya et al.,
2010; Orwin et al., 2011 and Jacott et al., 2017).
Conclusions: Thus, it may be concluded that these rainy season species of AM fungi especially
genus Glomus from Endogonaceae can play a significant role as biofertilizer. Thus, Glomus as
dominant genera, along with other genera like Sclerocystis and Scutellospora have played a
great role as potent bio-fertilizers that are not only eco-friendly, but have shown remarkable
increase in uptake of all the macronutrients, responsible for increasing soil fertility and thereby
supporting the boosted plant growth.
Suggestions and recommendations: It is further suggested that the potential role of AM
fungi in mycoremediation of soil polluted with heavy metals can be enhanced by inoculating
hyper-accumulator plants with mycorrhizal fungi, most appropriate for the polluted site.
However, there is a need to develop new methods and to optimize the conditions to grow in
enormous quantities and characterize, develop, and screen considerable number of AM fungi for
tolerance to metals (Miransari, 2011). The dominant species of AM fungi observed during rainy
season can be used to degrade heavy metals in the soil and thus can be used as a great tool for
safe environmental cleanup strategy. Thus, mycoremediation through local dominant AM
fungal species can be used as cost effective, highly specific, easy, eco-friendly model for such
industrial belts all over the world.

133
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Acknowledgements:
Dr V. Mohan, Senior Scientist- G, IFGTB, Coimbatore. (For authentification of identified
spores)
Dr. Uma Maheshwari Shankar (Principal, SIES College, for providing laboratory facility)
References:
1. Berch, S. M. and J. M. Trappe. 1985. A new species of Endogonaceae, Glomus hoi.
Mycologia 77:654-657.
2. Bhattacharjee, M. and Mukerji K G. (1980). Studies on Indian EndogonaceaeⅡ. The genus
Glomus. Sydowia (AnnalesMycologici), 1980 , 39:14- 17.
3. Blaszkowski J. (1994) First record and notes on Glomus coronatum in Poland and Germany.
Mycologia 86, 630-634.
4. Blaszkowski J. (2003) Arbuscularmycorrhizal fungi (Glomeromycota), Endogone, and
Complexipes species deposited in the Department of Plant Pathology, University of
Agriculture in Szczecin, Poland. http://www.agro.ar.szczecin.pl/~jblaszkowski.
5. Blaszkowski J., Tadych M., Madej T. (2002) Arbuscularmycorrhizal fungi (Glomales,
Zygomycota) of the Bledowska Desert, Poland. Acta Soc. Bot. Pol. 71, 71-85.
6. Blaszkowski J., Tadych M., Madej T., Adamska I., Iwaniuk A. (2001) Arbuscular
mycorrhizal fungi (Glomales, Zygomycota) of Israeli soils. Mat. II Polsko-IzraelskiejKonf.
Nauk. nt. Gospodarowaniezasobamiwodnymi i nawadnianieroslinuprawnych”.
PrzegladnaukowyWydz. Inz. Ksztalt. Srod. 22, 8-27.
7. Blaszkowski, J., Czerniawska, B., Kowalczyk, S., Turnau, K., &Zubek, S. (2010).
Ambisporagerdemannii and Glomus badium, two species of arbuscular fungi
(Glomeromycota) new for Europe and Poland, respectively. ActaMycologica, 45(1) 17-25.
8. Cavagnaro, T. R., Smith, F. A., Lorimer, M. F., Haskard, K. A., Ayling, S. M., & Smith, S. E.
(2001). Quantitative development of Paris‐type arbuscularmycorrhizas formed between
Asphodelusfistulosus and Glomus coronatum. New Phytologist, 149(1), 105-113.
9. Deshpande, A and Gosavi, M. (2022)Arbuscularmycorrhizae spores diversity in summer
from polluted sites. Journal of the Asiatic Society Of Mumbai. 96(12), 17-23.
10. Frank, AB (1885) Uber die auf WurzelsymbioseberuhendeEmahrungge-wisser Baume
durchunterirdischePilze. Berichte Deutsche BotanischeGesellschaft, 3:128-145.
11. Frank, D. A., Gehring, C. A., Machut, L., & Phillips, M. (2003). Soil community composition
and the regulation of grazed temperate grassland. Oecologia, 137, 603-609.
12. Gehlot P and Singh J. (2015). Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi, Glomus spp. (Glomeromycetes),
associated with drought tolerant plants of the Indian Thar desert.
13. Gerdemann J W and Bakshi B K (1976) Endogonaceae of India: Two new species; Trans. Br.
Mycol. Soc. 66 340-343.
14. Gerdemann J. W. and Trappe J. M. (1974) TheEndogonaceae of the Pacific Northwest.
MycologiaMemoir, No. 5, 1-76.
15. Gerdemann, J. W. and Nicolson, T. H. (1963). Spores of mycorrhizalendogene species
extracted from soil by wet sieving and decanting. Transactions of the British Mycological
Society;46: 235-244.
16. Giovannetti M., Avio L., Salutini L. (1991) Morphological, cytochemical, and ontogenetic
characteristics of a new species of vesicular-arbuscular mycorrhizal fungus. Canad. J. Bot.
69, 161-167.
17. Giovannetti M., Nicolson T. H. (1983) Vesicular-arbuscular my- corrhizas in Italian sand
dunes. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 80, 552-557.
18. Goto, B. T., Jardim, J. G., Silva, G. A. D., Furrazola, E., Torres-Arias, Y., &Oehl, F. (2012).
Glomus trufemii (Glomeromycetes), a new sporocarpic species from Brazilian sand
dunes. Mycotaxon, 120(1), 1-9.
19. Hart, M. and Forsythe, J. (2012) Scientia Horticulturae Using arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi
to improve the nutrient quality of crops; nutritional benefits in addition to phosphorus. Sci
Hortic (Amsterdam) 2012; 148:206–214. doi: 10.1016/j.scienta.2012.09.018.
20. Jacott, C., Murray, J, Ridout, C. (2017). Trade-off sin ArbuscularMycorrhizal symbiosis:
Disease Resistance Growth Responses and Perspectives for crop breeding. Agronomy (7),
pp.75-79.
21. Jayaprakash, S. B., & Nagarajan, N. (2017). Studies on mycorrhizal biodiversity in
medicinal plant species of Pookode Lake area, Wayanad, India. Annals of Plant Sciences,
1835-1844.
22. Koske R. E., Walker C. 1985. Species of Gigaspora (Endogonaceae) with roughened outer
walls. Mycologia 77, 702-720.
23. Koske R. E., Walker C. 1986. Species of Scutellospora (Endogonaceae) with smooth-walled
spores from maritime sand dunes: two new species and a redescription of the spores of
Scutellosporapellucida and Scutellosporacalospora. Mycotaxon 27, 219-235.
24. Miller D.D., Domoto, P.A. & Walker, C. (1985) Mycor- rhlzat fungi at eighteen apple
rootstock plantings in the United States.- New Phytol. 100:379-391.

134
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
25. Millner P.,MulbryW.and Reynolds S. (2001), Taxon-specific oligonucleotide primers for
detection of two ancient endomycorrhizal fungi, Glomus occultum and Glomus brasilianum,
FEMS Microbiology Letters,196(2),165-170, https://doi.org/10.1111/j.15746968.2001.tb10559.
26. Miransari M. (2011). Hyperaccumulators are arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi and stress of
heavy metals. Biotechnology Advances, 29 (6): 645-653.
27. Morton J. B. 2000. International Culture Collection of Arbuscular and Vesicular-Arbuscular
Mycorrhizal Fungi. West Virginia University.
28. Morton J. B. and Walker C. (1984). Glomus diaphanum: a new species in the Endogonaceae
common to West Virginia. Mycotaxon 21, 431-440.
29. Morton, J. B. (1985). Variation in mycorrhizal and spore morphology of Glomus occultum
and Glomus diaphanum as influenced by plant host and soil environment. Mycologia, 77(2),
192-204.
30. Morton, J. B. (1995). Taxonomic and phylogenetic divergence among five Scutellospora
species based on comparative developmental sequences. Mycologia, 87(1), 127-137.
31. Morton, J.B. 1985: Variation in mycorrhizal and spore morphology of Glomus occultum and
.Glom~ diaphanum as influenced by plant host and soil envtronment. - Mycologia 77:192-
204
32. Nicolson T. H., Gerdemann J. W. 1968. MycorrhizalEndogone species. Mycologia 60, 313-
325.
33. Oehl F., Redecker D., Sieverding E. (2005). Glomus badium, a new sporocarpic mycorrhizal
fungal species from European grasslands with higher soil pH. J. Appl. Bot. and Food Qual.
34. 79, 38-43.
35. Orwin,K., Kirschbaum, M. (2011). Organic nutrient uptake by mycorrhizal fungi enhance
ecosystem carbons –a model based assessment. Ecology letters. 14(5): pp.493-502.
36. Philips, J.M., D.S.Hayman (1970). Improved procedures for clearing roots and staining
parasiticand vesicular-arbuscularmycorrhizal fungi for rapid assessment of infection.
Trans.Br.Mycol.Soc(.55),158-161.
37. Puppi, G., Chiapperi, F., Tabacchini, P., Sanvito, A. &Carpigo, F. (1986) Endogonaceae del
litoraletirrenico.-Micol. Italiana 2:7-14.
38. Rodrigues, B.F., Muthukumar, T. (2009). Arbuscular Mycorrhizae of Goa- A manual of
identification, Goa University protocol, 1-22, and 27-41.
39. Schenck, N. C., & Smith, G. S. (1982). Additional new and unreported species of mycorrhizal
fungi (Endogonaceae) from Florida. Mycologia, 74(1), 77-92.
40. Srivastava, N. K., Srivastava, D. K., & Singh, P. (2012). A preliminary survey of the
vesicular arbuscular mycorrhizal status of vegetable and fruit yielding plants in eastern
UP. Indian Journal of Life Sciences, 1(2), 79-83.
41. Takács, T., &Bratek, Z. (2006). Description of AM fungi species from semiarid open sandy
grasslands in Hungary. ActaBotanicaHungarica, 48(1-2), 179-188.
42. Tandy, P. A. (1975). Sporocarpic species of Endogonaceae in Australia. Australian Journal
of Botany 23, 849-866.
43. Tang, D and Zang, M. (1984). Acta Bot. Yunn. 6: 301.
44. Trappe, James, and A.B. Frank. (2005). Mycorrhizae: The challenge to evolutionary and
ecologic theory.Mycorrhiza(2005)15: 277-281.
45. Tulasne LR, Tulasne C 1845 Fungi nonnullihypogaei, novi v. minus cogniti act. Giorn Bot
Ital 2(Pt. 1):35–63
46. Upadhyaya, H., Panda, S. K.; Bhattacharjee, M. K. and Dutta, S. (2010). Role of
ArbuscularMycorrhizain heavy metal tolerance in plants- Prospects for phytoremediation.
Journal of Phytology 2(7): pp16-27.
47. Vierheilig, H., Coughlan AP., Wyss, U., Piche Y. (1998). Ink and vinegar, a simple staining
technique for arbuscular- mycorrhizal fungi. Applied and Environmental Microbiology
1998;64 (12) : 5004-5007.
48. Walker C and Rhodes LH. (1981). Glomus albidum: a new species in the Endogonaceae.
Mycotaxon 12: 509–514.
49. Walker C and Vestberg, M. 1998. Synonymy Amongst the ArbuscularMycorrhizal Fungi:
Glomus claroideum, G. maculosum, G. multisubstenum and G. fistulosum. Annals of Botany
82: 601–624, 1998.
50. Walker C., Giovannetti M., Avio L., Citernesi A. S., Nicolson T. H. 1995. A new fungal
species forming arbuscularmycorrhizas: Glomus viscosum. Mycol. Res. 99, 1500-1506.
51. Walker, C. 1982. Species in the Endogonaceae: a new species (Glomus occultum) and a new
combination (Glomus geosporum). Mycotaxon 15: 49-61.
52. Walker, C. and Sanders, F.E. (1986). Taxonomic concepts in the Endogonaceae: III. The
separation of Scutellospora gen. nov. from Gigaspora Gerd. & Trappe. Mycotaxon 27: 169-
182.
53. Wilde, P., Manal, A., Stodden, M., Sieverding, E., Hildebrandt, U., & Bothe, H. (2009).
Biodiversity of arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi in roots and soils of two salt
marshes. Environmental Microbiology, 11(6), 1548-1561.

135
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

The Survey of Dominant and Traditional Medicinal Plants Used

By Gond Tribe of Nagzira at Bhandara District, Maharashtra.
K. R. Gopal
Department of Botany, Associate professor Institute of science,
Nagpur and H. T. Janbandhu

Introduction
The ethnomedical survey was undertaken to collect information for dominant plant
species and for traditional uses of the medicinal in Nagzira village of Bhandara and Gondia
district of Maharashtra. Our country is called as the botanical garden of the world, owing to
wealth of herbal medicines. Nagzira is located between Bhandara and Gondia district of
Maharashtra. Closest National Highway is NH -53 . Nagzira it is wildlife sanctuary is located in
the arms of nature and adorned with a picturesque landscape, luxuriant vegetation and serves
as a living outdoor. The name of Nagzira is a temple of ‘Naag’ (Snake) which is exactly in the
middle of nagzira and a temple of Mahadev. There was also a village inside the forest called as
‘Nangthana’ that adds up to the name of the forest. Nagzira got its name from this temple and
‘zira’ (zara) in Marathi means a perennial source of water that comes out from a hill in
pongezara, Nagzira. In wildlife sanctuary of Nagzira 34 species of mammals, 166 species of
birds, 36 species of reptiles and four species of amphibians. The invertebrate fauna includes a
number of butterfly and other insect species. Large wild mammals found here include the tiger,
leopard, Indian gaur, sambar, nilgai, chital, wild boar, sloth bear, barking deer, mouse deer and
wild dog. There is also an elephant named Rupa. Nearly 30,000 tourists visit this sanctuary
annually.
About Gond Tribe :-
The term Gond refers to the tribal people who live all over the Indians Deccan
peninsula. They describe themselves as (hill people) or koi or koitur . Gond tribe Gondwana the
Gond are tribe community mostly found in forest of central India. They are widely spread in the
chindwada district of M. P , baster district of Chhattisgarh and also in the part of Maharashtra
Andhra themselves is koi or koitur which means unclear gonds are one of the largest tribal
group in the world.
Tribes like Gond believe in the theory of platonic with plants, animal and birds, as
totem . These communities are religious minded who worship plants as a symbol of God. They
have platonic relationship with plant like Tectona grandis (Teak) ,Shorea robusta (Sal) , Musa
indica (Banana) , Ficus benghalensis (Banyan), Gossypium herbaceum (Cotton), Butea
monosperma (Palash) etc. There are several myths, folklores, stories and taboos in support of
existence of such relationships with plants. Joint Forest Management (JFM) program has been
introduced in tribal dominated forest villages Gond tribe speak gondi language which is related
to the tango and other travillion languages. In the northern part of Gond are often seen
speaking the local Hindi and Marathi. Some of the gonds in the southern part also speak parsi
or person. Gonds are mainly divided into four tribes namely Raj Gond, madia Gond, dhurve
Gond, khatulwar Gond . Gonds means dhoti which is the long piece of cotton cloth wrapped
around the waist passing through the legs. Women were soft cotton sarees along with choli or
blouse ( fig- 1) . Gond is a dominant tribe of India as well as of Nagzira, Chhattisgarh etc. This
tribes is partially dependent on forests for their livelihood. They collect roots, tubers, and fruits
from the forests. Hunting and fishing is one of their occupations. Gonds better agriculturists as
compared to other tribes of the area. Tribal communities use plants in everyday life for food
fodder and shelter.
The staple food gonds are the two millets known as kudu or kulki rice is the ceremonial feast of
the gonds. Which they refer eating during fire of festivals. most of the gonds are the meat
consumers. Gonds have been largely influence by the Hindus and for a long time have been
participating the Hindus culture and traditions. It’s populations growth rate over the decade
2001 – 2011 was 5.65% Bhandara has a sex ratio of 982 females for every 1000 males and a
literacy rate of 83. 76% .

( Figure – 1 )

136
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Geography :- Gondia district lies at lattitudes 20.39 and 21. 38 north longitudes 79. 27 to 80.
42 east . The adjoining districts to Gondia are no northern side Balaghat district of Madhya
Pradesh and on eastern side Rajnandgaon district of Chhattisgarh state . To the south and west
Chandrapur district and Bhandara district of Maharashtra .
The district headquarters is situated at Gondia situated an Mumbai – Calcutta railway route
which is 1060 km from Mumbai, capital of state .
Soil :- The predominant soil cover in the district is clay, clay-gravel, sandy loam, deep black
soil, radish and yellowish brown soil on the hill. Slopes, brown and gray soil of plains and
laterite and lateritic soil .
Rainfall :-. Average relative humidity is 62%. The average annual rainfall in this area is 1063
mm .
Temperature :- Gondia- Bhandara district experience extreme variation in tempreture with
very hot summer and very cold winter. The mean maximum temperature is 46.3’c and the mean
minimum temperature of the district is 90’c .
Vegetation :- The vegetation of the area is of mixed deciduous type.
Distance Form Nagpur :- The distance of this village form nagpur is upto 120 km . Minimum
2 to 3 hours is required to reach this village or wild life sanctuary Nagzira form nagpur by bus
via Bhandara, sakoli lakhni on the national highway No. 6 ( Bombay- Calcutta) .

( Figure – 2 )
The present work restricts to the exploration and documentation of dominant plants and
traditional medicine uses of plants of cure various disease used by Gond tribe .
Methodology divided by following parts.
1. Study period
2. Study Area
3. Study Method
The survey was carried out during March to April 2022 Nagzira is located in state
Maharashtra district Gondia and Bhandara . Tahsil- situated in Arjuni (sadak) Goregaon &
Tiroda Thasil of Gondia district and Sakoli Bhandara, Lakhni Tahsil of Bhandara district.
Circle :- Geographically the area of this sanctuary comes under the Nagpur circle of the state
forest department. The administration and management of this sanctuary comes under the
control of the chief conservation of forest (wildlife) , Nagpur.
Division :- The administration and management of this sanctuary comes directly under
conservation of forests (wildlife) , Bhandara and Gondia.
Ranges :- The area of this sanctuary comes under the Nagzira range.

137
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
( Figure – 3 )

Study Method :-
The field survey was conducted to collect information during April 2022.
Information was collected mainly form Gond's medicine men or Baiga , help was taken from the
village headmen and experienced old Gond persons , local forest officials, village headmen
about the medicinal uses of plants, local names of plants and their medicinal uses
The study was carried out by participatory method to explore information for the treatment of
various diseases by using traditional plants by tribal people of Nagzira form Gondia and
Bhandara district of Maharashtra state .The information was documented involving field study
and interaction with Gond tribal people through the interview and group discussion. Local
people include knowledgeable person, tribal communities and traditional herbal hearlers family,
common name and their medicinal uses were enumerated. The information on the use
medicinal plant was collected plants during field surveys in Nagzira area of Bhandara and
Gondia district. Gond tribes like other tribes belief in God or super natural power they believe
land mark things like tree and forest grooves as the dwelling places of the souls of their
ancestors and super power. Before going to collection of medicinal plants NWFPs they declare
about it in the village and collect the NWFPs in sustainable manner. They never cut the plants
which are used in their socio-religious customs like Mangifera indica (Aam), Ficus benghalennis
(Barh), F.religiosa (Peepal), Aegle marmelos (Bel), Syzygium cumini (Jamun), Woodfordia
fruiticosa (Dhawai), Ocimum sanctum (Tulsi) and Embelia tajriam-cottom (Baibidang). The
time of collection of under ground part viz. tuber, rhizome and bulb, they leave some part of it
for regeneration and avoid viz tube repeated collection from the same place. Similarly collection
of whole plants or branches fruits or flowers, they avoid to cut the trees particularly the main
trunk and collect only required part in required quantity. There collection time and method
causes least harm to the plants.
During the survey of medicinal plants that used the Gond tribal into the treatment of various
disease.
Observation
The Table Include The Information About Dominant plants And Their
Ethnobotanical
Sr. Botanical name Local name Family Ethnobotanical &
No of plants Ethnomedicinal Uses

1 Semecarpus Biba Anacardiaceae The fruit of this species are

anacardium eastern to relieve
indigestion. The oil form the
seed of this plant is
anthelmintic & it has been
also reported to be good for
the treatment of scabies.
2 Cleistanthus Garadi Phyllanthaceae The plant have; antiseptic,
collinus antifungal, insecticidal and
larvicidal property.

138
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
3 Diospyros Temburin Ebenaceae The leaves have also been
melanoxylon extensively used in Indian
traditional medicine as a
diuretic, styptic, laxative,
and carminative.
4 Buchanania Char Anacardiaceae Seeds are often crushed to
cochinchinesis create a powder that is then
used as a flavoring or spice
in many authentic Indian
dishes.
5 Madhuca Mohful Sapotaceae Mahua preparations are
longifolia (Mahua) used for removing intestinal
worms, in respiratory
infections and in cases of
debility and emaciation. The
astringent bark extract is
used for dental-related
problems, rheumatism, and
diabetes.
6 Bambusa bamboo Bas Poaceae The branches of tree used in
making thatching of huts ,
ladder .
Stem- splits used
manufacturers of basket
and mats.
7 Butea monosperma Palas Fabaceae Wood of this species of chief
source of household fuel.
8 Anogeissus Dhavda Combretaceae The tree is the source of
latifolia Indian gum, also known as
ghatti gum, which is used
for calico printing among
other uses.
9 Terminalia Hirda Combretaceae Fruit are used in ayurvedic
chebula preparation called triphala
churna.
10 Bombax ceiba Kate savar Malvaceae The fruit floss used for
stuffing of pillows, cushions.
Wood is used making of
light furniture.
11 Tectona grandis Sag tree Lamiaceae It is used in the
manufacture of outdoor
furniture and boat decks.
12 Leucaena Subabul Fabaceae Leaves are used feed in
leucocephala domestic animals.
13 Cassica fistula Bahawa Fabaceae The fresh leaves & flower
used the treatment of skin
disease.
14 Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae The wood of this tree is used
in the manufacture of
furniture.
15 Holarrhena Kuda Apocynaceae Flowers are used in
antidysentrica coocking purpose.
16 Millettia pinnata Karanji Fabaceae The oil and residue of the
plant are toxic and induce
nausea and vomiting if
ingested in its natural form,
the fruits, sprouts and seeds
are used in traditional
medicine.
17 Phaenix Shindi or Arecaceae Branches are used in broom
dactylifera kharjuri cleaning floor
18 Phyllanthus Aavda Phyllanthaceae Used in Ayurveda as a
emblica potent rasayana and in
traditional medicine for the
treatment of diarrhea,

139
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
jaundice, and inflammation.
19 Eucalyptus Nilgiri Myrtaceae They may help decrease
globulus pain, promote relaxation,
and relieve cold symptoms.
20 Acassia arebica Babul Fabaceae It’s a dietary fiber that can
dissolve in water. As a
medicine, acacia is taken by
mouth to reduce cholesterol
levels and to help increase
weight loss.
21 Ziziphus Bor Rhamnaceae The fruit is used to make
mauritiana medicine. Zizyphus is used
for improving muscular
strength and weight, for
preventing liver diseases
and stress ulcers, and as a
sedative.
22 Azadirachta indica Neem or Meliaceae Entire plant used as
kadunimb medicine in various
diseases.
23 Aegle marmelos Bael Rutaceae Tribal & local people use
the fruits of this tree for
making of pickles.
The leaves,bark,root,fruits
and seeds are used in
traditional medicine.
24 Feronia limonia Kavat Rutaceae It is ayurvedic plant used
for the treatment of nausea,
vomiting acts as antidote
against some poisons.
25 Bauchinia Aapta Fabaceae It is medicinal plant
racemosa phytochemicals and
pharmacological activities.
26 Careya arborea Kumbhi Lecythidaceae Careya arborea is an
Ayurvedic herb used for the
treatment of ulcer, cough,
eruptions in the skin,
wound and promotes
digestion.
27 Ficus racemosa Umbar Moraceae Latex of stem useful in piles
and diarrhea.
28 Sapindus Reetha Sapindaceae It is medicinal plant is given
mukarossi treatment of hair fall and
dandruff.
29 Tamarindus Chinch Fabaceae It is used in food making.
indica
30 Ficus religiosa Peempal Moraceae Root are used in medicine
31 Pithecellobium Chnchbeelai Fabaceae The bark is used as an
dulce astringent for dysentery .
32 Mangifera indica Mango or Anacardiaceae The dried seed powder is
amba given in cough.
33 Sterculia urens Karu Malvaceae Remove the hand rashes
34 Syzygium cumini Jambolan Myrtaceae The powdered bark of this
species is give to relieve
stomach problems.

The table includes the information about medical plants used for various ailments by
Gond tribe
Sr. Botanical Local name Family Plant Uses and mode
No name of the part use of
plant administration
1 Phyllanthus Ranaavri Phyllanthaceae Entire Yellow fever
niruri plant The entire plant
are crushed and
made water

140
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
extract 1 cup is
orally in 3- 5
days.
2 Martynai Waghnakhi Martyniaceae Fruit Jaundice
diandra Fruits oil are used
in the treatment
of jaundice pain .
3 Catharanthus Sadafuli Apocynaceae Leaf Blood suger
roseus 2½ leaf are used
in control blood
suger
4 Cordia myxa Shelvat Boraginaceae Bark Yellow fever
Brak are crushed
remove the
extract these
extract give in 4
to 5 days in the
treatment of
yellow fever.
5 Achyranthes Kutri Amaranthaceae Root An aqueous
aspera extracts of this
plant is used in
the treatment of
eye disorders and
for treatment of
cough and
indigestion.
6 Ricinus Arandi Euphorbiaceae Leaves Jaundice
communis Paste of 5gm
leaves ricinus
communis and
lawsonia inermis
is applied to the
leg for the
treatment of
jaundice pain.
7 Anogeissus Dhavda Combretaceae Bark Itching
latifolia 5gm of bark
crushed and made
fine peast given
the treatment of
itching part of
body.
8 Cassia Tora Tarota Caesalpinaceae Entire Psoriasis
plant A whole plant
extract of this
species is used to
cure psoriasis.
9 Syzygium Jambolan Myrtaceae Bark Kidney stones
cumini 5gm dired powder
mixed with one
glass of water is
given for the
treatment of
kidney stones.
10 Careya arbarea Kumbhi Lecythidaceae Bark White discharg
One glass extract
of bark are one
month given to
the treatment of
White discharg in
female
11 Calatropis Rui Ascalpidiaceae Leaves Bal cough
procera Honey &
kamyasindur are
apply in leaves an

141
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
warm gently and
put in children
chess. These
given treatment
of bal cough.
12 Achyranthes Kutri Amaranthaceae Root Bite of dog,
aspera Scorpion,
Ringworm
Bangla pan and
root of kutri plant
mixed with and
give in dog bite or
scorpion bite
person.
13 Bombax ceiba Kate savari Malvaceae Root Dysentery
2 spoons of water
extract of roots
are given to the
patients for the
treatment of
dysentery.
14 Trigonella Methi Fabaceae Seed Jaundice
foenum- (caesalpinioideae) 5gm of seed dired
graecum powder mixed
with one glass of
water is given the
treatment of
jaundice.
15 Terminalia Beheda Combrataceae Stem, Cough, fever,
belarica branches leprosy, piles
& fruit etc .
The dried fruit of
this tree is used
in the treatment
of cough, fever,
indigestion,
dropsy, etc.
The fruit has long
been used in the
ayurvedic
preparation called
triphala churna.
16 Sapindus Reetha Sapindaceae Fruits Hair growth
laurifoliatus A shampoo made
form the fruits of
this tree is
reputed to
promote hair
growth.
17 Ricinus Arand Euphorbiaceae Leaves, Swelling
communis seeds, oil 1.The leaves of
this species is
used in the
treatment of
swelling.
2. Castor oil is
given to mother
before & after
childbirth.
18 Ocimum Kali tulsi Lamiaceae Leaves Cold, cough and
basilicum skin infection
Leaves of this
species is often
used as a tonic ,
leave are helpful
treatment of skin

142
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
infection.
Leaves added to
tea or honey to
relieve symptoms
of cold & cough .
19 Asparagus Satawari Liliaceae Rhizome Digestive,
adscendens jaundice &
liver.
Rhizome of this
plant used to
treat digestive
problem, jaundice
& liver ailments.
20 Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae Leave, Diarrhea &
root,& piles
fruit The fruit of this
species used to
treat diarrhea
and piles. Leaves
are good for
diabetes.
21 Butea Palas Fabaceae Flowers Burning and
monosperma and fruits skin disease
An extracts of
flower of this tree
used of burning
sensation & other
skin disease.
22 Cymbopogon Gauti chai Poaceae Entire Cough & blood
flexuous (Tikhadi) plant disorders
Specific use lies in
the treatment of
blood disorders,
coughs &
indigestion.

23 Mimosa pudica Lajari Mimosaceae Root Snake bite

Against snake
bite root paste
mixed with raw
rice water is given
orally.
24 Rauwolfia Sarpagandha Apocynaceae Root Insomnia
serpentina The powdered
root of this species
taken with butter
is used in the
treatment of
insomnia.
25 Calatropis Rui Ascalpidiaceae Entire Dog bite, cough
procera (Wild) plant and & asthma
latex A paste made the
entire plant of
this species is
mixed with sugar
& applied over
dog bite.
Dry leaves are
smoked as a
treatment for
cough & asthma .
26 Ficus racemosa Umber Moraceae Wood, Mouth wash &
leaves, diarrhea
latex & Leaves used as a
fruit mouth wash for
spongy gum.

143
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Latex of stem
useful in piles &
diarrhea.
27 Asparagus Satawari Asparagaceae Root Calcium
racemosa deficiency
5 to 10gm dired
root powder
mixed with one
glass of milk it
gives for the
treatment of
calcium deficiency
28 Andrographis Bhui neem Acanthaceae Entire Fever, cough,
paniculata plant cold.
1 cup extract of
leaves are given
to the treatment
of cough, cold,
fever
29 Withania Ashwagandha Solanaceae Root Calcium
somnifera deficiency
15 to 20gm dired
root powder
mixed with one
glass of milk it is
given for the
treatment of
calcium
deficiency.
34 Adhatoda Adulsa Acanthaceae Leaves Asthma
vasica The decoction of
leaves are given
to cure asthma
and other
bronchial
troubles.

Dominant Plants In Nagzira Forest

Madhuca longifolia Semecarpus anacardium

144
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Aegle marmelos Holarrhena antidysentrica

Careya arboreal Buchnania cochinchinensis

Diospyros melanoxylon Anogeissus latifolia

145
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Casia fistula Terminalia bellirica

Terminalia chebula
Boswllia serrata

Dalbergia sissoo Millettia pinnata

146
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Soymida febrifuga Gymnosporia senegalensis

Clestanthus collins Bauchinia racemosa

Medicinal Plants Used By Gond Tribe In Nagzira

Asparagus adscendens Adathoda vasica Ocimum basilicum

147
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Butea monosperma Tridax procumbens Cymbopogon flexuous

Ricinus communis Catharanthus roseues Solanum xanthocarpal

Tephrosia purpurea Calatropis procera Medicine stored in dried

from by the local people

148
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Interview with the local people and gond people of Nagzira village

Results And Discussion

During the interaction with people, discussion revealed some traditional plants were
used to cure various diseases. It was found that plant species belonging method drug
preparation, mode of administration probable dosage and duration of treatment. The value of
medicinal plant to the mankind is very proven. This Ethnomedicinal survey reveals that the
people of Gond community have vast knowledge of herbal medicines and even today they rely on
traditional medicinal practices inherited this knowledge from generation to generation.

149
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
This study documented the Ethnobotanical information of 34 species in dominant plants
belonging to 18 families and the ethnomedical information of 34 species in medicinal plants
belonging to 28 families useful in treatment of about 23 aliments (Diseases) most of this plants
species are growing wild plant used in the treatment were Herbs, trees, climbers and shrubs.
These 34 plants are used for treatment of disease.
Rakhi Gupta, M.G. Vairale, S. Wate (2009) carried out survey in Ethnomedicinal
plants used by Gond tribe of Bhandara Districts Of Maharashtra in the treatment of Diarrhoea
and Dysentery. The survey reported 38 plants species belonging to 27 families. They found that
the plants such as Lawsonia inermis is used to treat Diarrhoea Ground roots with Neem and
Ginger leaves & paste is given with boil water to check Diarrhoea in babies, Tridax procumbens
whole plant made into past and taken orally in Diarrhoea, Aegle marmelos fruit pulp is given
internally to cure diarrhoea for 3-5 days, Butea monosperma crude leaf extract used internally
twice a day to cure Diarrhoea. But during my Study it was found that the Gond people of
Nagzira village used these some plants Aegle marmelos for treatment of Diarrhoea, Tridax
procumbens used in diarrhoea in babies, Butea monosperma used as burning and skin disease.
Praveen S. Qureshi (2014) carried out similar survey in Gondia District and documented 22
plants species belonging to 18 families in Ethnomedicobotany of Gondia District (M.S) India, 3
plants species documented by them are also recorded by me . The plant species are Bombax
ceiba - root decoction to cure irregular menstruation and Dysentery, Asparagus recemosus –
root, stem to control excess bleeding discharge during mensuration but Gond people in Nagzira
village used in calcium deficiency, Withania somnifera – root powder used in calcium deficiency.
P.T. Humane (2017) carried out survey in local people of Bhandara District (M.S) the
Medicinal plants used as Terminalia arjuna of the family Combrataceae it is used in treatment
of cough and stomach problems, Andrographis paniculata of family Acanthaceae used in the
cough, cold and fever. Semecarpus anacardium of family Anacardiaceae used in the treatment
of cough, piles and boils, Asparagus adscendens of family Liliaceae it is used in treatment of
digestive problem, jaundice and liver ailments. In similar Study were also noted by me in
Nagzira region their use in medicinal plants is also same to the Bhandara region.
Sikarwar, R.L.S, and J.K. Maheshwari (1992) carried out survey in some unrecorded
Ethnomedicinal plants from Amarkantak M.P. The survey reported 202 plant species belonging
to 64 families they found that the plant such as Ricinus communis it is used to treat yellow
fever, Anogeissus latifolia is used to treat Burning and Skin disease , Syzygium cumini is used
to treat stomach problems . But during my Study it was found that the Gond people of Nagzira
village used these same plants Ricinus communis for treatment of jaundice, Anogeissus latifolia
for treatment of itching, Syzygium cumini for treatment of kidney stones.
R. Rathinamoorthy and G. Thilagavathi (2014) carried out Terminalia chebula on
Pharmacological and Biochemical studies. Terminalia chebula is one of the most commonly used
plants in traditional system of medicine in Indian subcontinent. The plant Terminalia chebula -
fruit are used in ayurvedic preparation called triphala churna. But in my Study area their use
was different i.e used to treat different disease such as Stomach problems and cough .
Similar Study was carried out by Ved. Prakash (1996) They provided data on 35 medicinal
plants 2 plants in their study were also noted by me but their use was different (i.e used to
treat different disease). The plant Sapindus laurifoliatus fruit paste Used as hair growth and
dandruff, Ocimum basilicum leaves are used for cough, cold and skin infection
The Indian subcontinent provides the ethnobotanist with an excellent outdoor laboratory
for the study of biodiversity. Several regions have been well explored for ethnomedicines, and
these areas are today documented in the literature (Bhatnagar et al., 1973; Bhalla et al., 1992;
Bajpai & Mitra, 1997; Dubey et al., 2001; Jain, 1963; Kamble & Pradhan, 1980; Koche et al.,
2008; Naik, 1986; Rothe 2005 and Rothe et al., 2004). Still some core areas remain Undisturbed.
However, the illiteracy of the tribals regarding the natural wealth conservation, the plant
biodiversity is Now seems to be depleting. Therefore, it is necessary to increase awareness in
the tribal community and document. The indigenous knowledge they have. Increasing
awareness and making tribals accountable to conserve the existing Biodiversity may help to
insure our natural wealth.
Similar study was carried out by S. B. Shambharkar , D. P Gogle (2017) . They provided
data on 25 medicinal plants 6 plants in their study were also noted by me but their use was
different ( i.e used to treat different disease ) . The plant Syzygium cumini ( Bark) used in
kidney stones, Aegle marmelos ( leaves) used in diarrhoea and piles , Butea monosperma ( fruits
and flower) used in swollen part of rachies , Ricinus communis ( leaves) used in swelling ,
Boswellia serrata (Bark) used in injury , Terminalia chebula ( fruit) used in cough and
ayurvedic medicine.
During the present survey percentage of male was higher as female . Female were not
available and no any coined of medicinal information. The interviews age ranged between 45 to
70 years. The old people are very much knowledgeble than that of young people but some young
people are knowledgeable about traditional medicine.

150
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Conclusion
The current study was carried out to get knowledge about the medicinal plants which
are used in tribal people in the various diseases.
Present studies, therefore bear special significance. To be first of its kind to document the
traditional knowledge of Gond is one of dominant tribe of Nagzira as well as India tribe is one of
developed tribe with a systematic recording the plants. The survey of the people of Gond tribes
has indicated their dependence on natural products, derived mostly form the forest. This is
indicated in the form of their efforts for sustainable utilization of forest products.
Study was carried out among Gond tribe of Nagzira form Gondia and Bhandara district of
Maharashtra state. Interaction with these Gond people was done through personal interviews
and group discussion total plants were enlisted for treatment of various diseases. Man always
tries to adjust himself with different difficult situations and problems and needs to overcome his
problems. Disease is common in human society but method of combating diseases varies from
place to place.There are huge number of plants which are used as herbal medicines and people
prefer them because of their less side effects and have more benefits as a result of the
combinations of medicinal constituents joined with natural components. Conventional folk
medicines have great importance because they include experiences of native people and also
have information about ethno botanical plants. In digenous medication is popular in both rural
and urban areas because they are effective, secure and low priced through ethno Botanical
surveys form native people and practitioners is collected and recognised in order to identify
plants that can be source of drug against various infection.
In Nagzira district detailed study on ethno Botany of medicinal plants used in various
diseases were reported. The study represent a contribution to the existing knowledge of folk
remedies that are of various diseases, which to be most common ailment amongst rural
population, because of their unhygienic living condition. The documentation of such knowledge
plants an important role in forming the health policies for the people and also for the extraction
and characterization of the bioactive compounds so that people in the same or in other regions
can make use of it.
References
1. lmeida, M.R (2003)a Flora of Maharashtra (Acanthaceae to Balanophoraceae ). Vol.40
Mumbai: St . Xavier’s college. 301-464 pp
2. Arjariya Amita and Chaurasia Kalpana (2009) Some Medicinal plants Among the Tribes
of Chhatarpur District (M.P) . India ; Ecological society (ECOS), Nepal ; 43- 50 (
https://WWW . nepjol . info/ index. Php)
3. Bajpai , H. R . and Mitra , Mitashree (2017) Indigenous Medical Practices of Hill Korwas
of Madhya Pradesh. Journal of Human Ecology; 9(3): 295- 298. ( https :// doi. org . in )
4. Borkar , Sushama .U and Korpenwar , Anil. N 2012 Traditional Use Of Herbal Medicinal
Plant Holarrhena antidysenterica (L.) Wall . Ex A . DC. In the Treatment of Diabetes .
(https://www.trp.org.in/issues/traditional-use-of-herbal-medicinal-plant-holarrhena-
antidysenterica-l-wall-ex-a-dc-in-the-treatment-of-diabetes-2)
5. Bhalla, S., Patel, J. R. and Bhalla, N. P. (1992) Ethnobotanical herbal legumes of
Bundelkhand region, Madhya Pradesh. Jour. of Ecol. and Taxon. Botany. 10: 105-109.
6. Bhatnagar, L. S., Singh, V. K. and Pandey, G. (1973) Medico-botanical studies on the flora of
Ghatigaon Forests, Gwalior, MP. JRIM. 8(2): 67- 100.
7. Bhagvat , S.D (1968) The Study of the Flora Of Ramlina. Journal of Shivaji University 1
(10): 50-56.
8. Beldar , V.G. ; Sidat , P.S (2020) Ethnomedicinal Plants Used in Maharashtra For
Treatment of Various Disease and Disorders. MJPS 2020 ; 6(2) : 12- 56
9. Dubey, G., Shahu, P. and Shahu, R. (2001) Role of plants in different religious ceremonies
Common to Bundelkhand region, Madhya Pradesh. Jour. Of Med. Arom. Plants Sci. 23(11A):
542- 545.
10. Dange R. (2017) Survey of Medicinal Plants in Gadchiroli District of Maharashtra State .
(https://WWW.semantischolar.org)
11. Gupta Rakhi , Vairale,M.G , Deshmukh,R.R , Chaudhary,P.R (2010) Ethnomedicinal uses
of some plants used by Gond tribe of Bhandara district, Maharashtra. 9 (4)
.(https://nopr.niscair.res.in).
12. Ghoshal, Kalpana P. (2015). Diversity indigenous use and conservation of Ethnomedicinal
wealth of Gondia District of Maharashtra, India . Deori. J. Nat. Prod- plant Resour., 2015, 5
(1); 1-5 (http://scholarsresearchlibrary .com / archive . html).
13. Gaikwad, S.P., R.D. Gore and K.U Garad (2012). Additions to the Flora of Marathwada
region of Maharashtra, India , journal of Threatened Taxa 4 (4): 2515- 2523.
14. Humane, P. T. (2017) Ethnobotanical survey on respiratory disorders in Bhandara District
(M. S). 1324- 1323.
15. Irwin, S.J and D. Narasimbn . 2011 , Endemic Genera of Angiosperms in India; A review.
Rheedea 21 (1) : 87-105 .

151
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
16. Jais Shailbala , Palta Aruna . (2010) Ethnomedicinal practices in Gond Tribes of Nagri
Forest pocket of Dhamtari District. Book of medicinal plants - Folk Medicine Folk Healers
and Medicinal plants of Chhattisgarh. Sarup Book publishers PVT LMT . New Delhi, pp
17. Jain, A. K .and Tiwari. P (2012) Nutritional value of some traditional edible plants used
by tribal community during emergency with reference to central India. IND. J. Trad knowl
111, 51- 57.
18. Jakhi, P.S and Kalkar, S.A (2018) Study of Economically and Medically Important Plants
With Special Reference Distribution Abundance and On – going Changes in Abundance and
Reason Behind Changes In Abundance – A Success Story Form Village Of Central India.
19. Koche, D.K, Shirsat, R. P, Imran syed, Nafees mohd , Zingare, A. K .and Donode, K. A
.(2008) Ethnobotanical survey of Nagzira wild Life Sanctuary District Gondia (M. S), India.
Ethnobotanical leaflets 12; 56- 69.
20. Kambale , S. Y. and Pardhan , S. G. (1980) Ethnobotany of Korkus in Maharashtra.
Bulletin of BSI , 22: 201- 202
21. Kosalge , S.B ; Fursule , R.A ; Badgujar, S.B (2009) Ethnomedicinal information of some
Medicinal plants used by Gond tribes of Gadchiroli Districts (Maharashtra) vol.22, No. 2pp ;
Journal article- Advances in plants science. 595 – 596 ( http://WWW. Cabdirect. org )
22. Khan, M. 1953, Forest Flora of Hyderabad State. Hyderabad : Government press. 1- 206 pp.
23. Kamble, S.Y; More, T.N ; Patil, S. R ; Pawar Sunil (2008) Plants Used by the tribes of
Northwest Maharashtra for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders ; Indian journal of
traditional knowledge ; 7(2): 321- 325 (Wikipedia) (https://WWW. Researchgste.net/
publication)
24. Lokhande, Kailash .S (2020) Ethnobotanical Survey on Wild Edible Plan6 Used by tribals &
Rural people of Arjuni/Mor Taluka, Gondia district. Advances in Zoology and Botany 8(3):
209-217, 2020 (https://WWW.researchget.net).
25. Maheshwari, J. K .(2000) Ethnobotany and medicinal plants of Indian subcontinent. 600-
601.
26. Mishra Virendra , Shukla P. , Singh Gurudatta and Gupta Deepak (2021) Ethnomedicinal
application of forest plants for the treatment of common ailment by Gond and madia tribes
of Maharashtra, India
a. ( https://www.researchgate.)
27. Naik, M. L. (2003) . Description and Documentation of Vascular Flora of Chhattisgarh.
28. Naik , V.N . 1998. Flora of Marathwada . Aurangabad : Amrut prakashan . Vol. 1 : 1- 602
pp : Vol. 2 : 603 – 1182 pp.
29. Nimbekar Tulsidas, Dongarwar Ajay , Goupale Damodar, (2020) Traditional knowledge of
medicinal herbs of Gondia District for Beauty care : An Ethno- Botanical survey. Saudi J
Med phar. Sci . June 2020; 6(6); 435-437 .
30. Priyanka Yadav , Anuradha Mallik and S. Nayak (2011). Microscopic studies of Madhuca
longifolia, Bhopal (M. P). J. Nat. Prod. Plant Resour., 2011, 1 (4); 66-72.
(http//scholarsrearchliabrary.com/archive.html)
31. Patra Subhandu & Sharma Shrishti (2021) Contemporary Ethnomedicinal Practices
among the Gond Tribe of Bilaspur District, Chhattisgarh, India. Vol. 28
32. Dr Padhy Rasmita , Durga Harisankar , Kumari Anjali (2020) Use of medicinal plants by
the tribals of Ganjam district of Odisha, India: An Ethnobotanical aapproach. Vol.7
(http://dx.doi.org/10.22192/ijarbs.com)
33. Qureshi, Praveen. S , (2014) Notable Medicinal Plants Used by tribals of Tirora tehsil of
Gondia District (M.S) India, to cure Women related problems. P.G Department Of Botany,
J .M. Patel college, Bhandara (M.S) India.
34. Rothe , S. P. (2005) Ethnoveternary Medicinal plants study form Melghat tribal region of
Satpuda range. Bioinfolet , 2 (2): 141-143.
35. Rathinamoorthy, R. and Thilagavathi, G. (2014). Terminalia chebula- Review on
pharmacological and Biochemical studies, Coimbatore-641004, Tamilnadu, India. Vol. 6, No.
1, pp 97- 116.
36. Rajurkar , B.M (2018) Tribal Ethnomedicinal Studies on Warora Tehsil of Chandrapur
district , Maharashtra state. Vol.6: 2018- IJCRT (https://WWW.ijcrt. org)
37. Shukla, P. K. & Shrivastava, J. L. (1993). Medicinal plants An Important Tool For
Development Of Tribal Economy. JTF. Vol. 9(11).
38. Shukla Rajesh and Chakravarthy Moyna (2010) Study Of Traditional Medicinal
practices among the Raj- Gond Of Korba District of Chhattisgarh. Ethno Med , 4 (3): 211-
216 .
39. Sikarwar, R.L.S. & Maheshwari J. K. (1992). Some unrecorded Ethnomedicinal plants
form Amarkantak M.P. Bull. T.D.R.1.20 (1 & 2) 19-22.
40. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gondi_people .
41. Singh , N.P. and S . Karthikeyan (eds) 2000 . Flora of Maharashtra state: Dicotyledones .
Volume 1 . Flora of India series 2 . Calcutta : Botanical survey of India. 898 pp .

152
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
42. Sharma , B. D and N. P. Balakrishan (eds) . 1993. Flora of India , volume 2 Calcutta ;
Botanical survey of India . 625 pp.
43. Shambharkar, R.B ; Gogle, D.P (2017) Ethnomedicinal Plants Used by tribal people of
Gadchiroli, Maharashtra, For the treatment of cancer. Vol.2; international journal ; 76- 78 (
WWW. Botanyjournals. Com) .
44. Samarth, V.D ; Sinkar, S. R (2019) Folkloric Medicinal plants of Ralegaon region of
Yavatmal District , Maharashtra ; vol.6 ; international journal of Advanced Research in
Biological sciences ; (http:// dx. Doi.org/10.22192/ ijarbs)
45. Sawane Archana , Chandrama Meghnad and Shrungar Pawar Nishi (2020) Ethnobotanical
study of Medicinal plants used by tribal people Wadegaon and Ghot villages of Gadchiroli
Districts Of Maharashtra state. (Int. J. Of Life science) ; 8(2) : (special issue) p :411-416
46. Tiwari, V.J and Padhye , M.D (1993) Ethnobotanical study of Gond tribe of Chandrapur and
Gadchiroli Districts Of Maharashtra state , Fitoterapia 64 (1) : 58- 61 ( https://
WWW.researchgate.net/ publication)
47. Vijayalakshmi Sharma, Naik , M. L., Kanungo, V. K., Acharya, J.J.(2010)Sustainable
Exploitation of medicinal plants by Gonds and their medical preparations.( Book of
medicinal plants – Folk Medicine Folk Healers and Medicinal plants of Chhattisgarh)
48. Ved. Prakash (1996) Scientific screening and evaluation of Indian plants for medicinal
value. Ethnobotany 114- 118.
49. Vikneshwaran D, Viji M, Raja Lakshmi K (2008). Ethnomedicinal plants survey and
documentation related to paliyar community. Ethnobotanical leaflets, 13: 98-115.
50. Zingare A. K , (2015) Plants Used As Source Of Dyes By Tribals Of Sakoli Taluka ,
District Bhandara ( MS). Dept. of Botany, Manoharbhai Patel College of Arts, commerce
and Science, Sakoli-441802. , 136-137.

153
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Libraries without users in covid-19 pandemic: reflection on the
roles of library and information professionals
Dr.Vinaya Ashok Patil
Librarian, Karmaveer Bhaurao Patil Mahavidyalaya, Pandharpur (Autonomous)

Abstract
The role of health science librarians in the coronavirus epidemic is examined in this
Regular Feature. The global spread of COVID-19 has been fast. Lockdowns have been
implemented in all major cities throughout the world. The first case was discovered on March
21st, 2020 in western Maharashtra, and there have been more than 1500 confirmed cases and
12 fatalities since then. An additional 12,000 cases are being investigated throughout the
nation. If preventative precautions are not taken, this will only become worse. A curfew has
been imposed at all Indian institutions and colleges. University librarians played a critical part
in this crisis by educating the general population about the need of good health, assisting
medical professionals and researchers, and continuing to provide conventional library services
to the residents of western Maharashtra.
Keywords: Asia, west; global health; librarianship, health science; public health
Introduction
1.1.COVID 19
Pandemics have plagued mankind several times throughout history, with some posing a greater
threat to the human race as a whole. It's tough situation, all over again, for each nation in a
battle against the coronavirus (COVID-19). New viruses like the Coronavirus are spreading
swiftly over the globe. People who are infected with the COVID-19 virus often experience
symptoms of sickness and recovery without the need for further medical care. It's more common
for those over the age of 65 and those who have underlying medical conditions such as dialysis
or diabetes to acquire major health issues. 'Libraries hold the energy that fires the imagination,'
declared American writer and filmmaker Sidney Sheldon. To us, they provide a window into the
world, inspiring us to explore, to accomplish, and to contribute to a better quality of life.
Maintaining social distance regulations in this pandemic circumstance of COVID 19 causes
physical library systems to become completely stalled, which helps prevent the spread of viral
infection. It is a family of viruses known as Coronavirus. Library professionals play a critical
role here, serving the whole community on a digital platform. Libraries are one of the finest
locations to learn without the fear of needing to purchase anything. In addition to students,
researchers, professionals, and many other members of our society, libraries are a vital part of
our daily lives.
1.2.Library and information professionals
Library users' information requirements are best served by those who have researched this
topic. It is possible for them to be librarians, archivists, or records managers. The library
authority hires a suitable number of people with various academic degrees and/or expertise in
the library to fulfil the demand of library users. People who work in libraries are called library
employees or LIS professionals.
1.2.1. The Role of Librarians and Information Specialists in a Pandemic
1. A librarian's involvement in a pandemic has three dimensions:
2. Generating and sharing information on the importance of preventing illness in the general
population;
3. By offering scholars, academics, and researchers with information on the most recent
advances, research, and literature;
4. To meet the core needs of regular library users

Figure 1 - Roles of Library and Information Professionals during a Pandemic

154
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
An examination of the three primary responsibilities that librarians may perform
during a pandemic
 Increase public health awareness about COVID-19.
To be successful in public health, techniques such as school closures, remote working, home
isolation, and monitoring the health of symptomatic patients through telephone or online health
consultations must gain societal approval. There are several topics that need to be included in
COVID-19 awareness campaigns, such as the steps individuals can take to prevent
transmission – for example, general instructions on using masks, handwashing, and sanitizers,
the avoidance of handshakes, and various other ways to control the virus's spread. It is the
obligation of all librarians (public, specialty, academic, and medical) to disseminate evidence-
based information regarding this epidemic. Other relevant material might include case histories
from persons who have recovered from this coronavirus, as well as recommendations on healthy
diet and lifestyle choices that can lower the chance of contracting this condition. There are three
critical messages that must be communicated:
1. The significance of social distance.
To limit disease transmission, those who are suspected of having COVID should practise
social distancing, remaining at home to preserve social distance from family, friends, and
strangers.
2. Quarantine measures may be used.
One of the oldest and most successful techniques for managing infectious illness outbreaks
is quarantine. During the pandemic emergency in China, quarantine was a successful
approach. It is also an efficient method of containing an influenza epidemic.
3. Advice on how to prevent being scammed.
Misinformation is propagated via various social media platforms, such as Facebook, Twitter,
WhatsApp, Instagram, and others, in the era of social media. Librarians and information
professionals strive to mitigate this by only distributing trustworthy information.
Trustworthy information may be shared with library users through institutional and
personal social media profiles, and platforms aim to keep rumours and false news at bay.
1.3.Library professionals' difficulties during covid 19
1. Throughout the globe, library professionals face a variety of issues in determining which
services to provide and how to manage lockdown circumstances ranging from minor limitations
to complete shutdown.
2. Many prestigious libraries, like the National Library of India, the Delhi Public Library, and
other prestigious libraries throughout the globe, are afflicted by lockdown circumstances,
hurting the whole community of researchers, students, scholars, readers, and so on. The closure
of libraries has a significant effect on the communities we serve.
3. University and college libraries, as well as school libraries, are closed, and many competitive
and academic tests are still waiting; thus, at this critical moment, Library Professionals may
support those students in our country who want information through the internet platform.
4. It is natural for people to experience emotions ranging from normal to unhappy, anxious,
puzzled, and scared/angry during a crisis. The most difficult issue for library professionals
during this lockdown is to manage with these circumstances while engaging the whole
community in a healthy atmosphere.
5. For the purpose of opening libraries to the public in accordance with government norms and in
the public's benefit.
6. It is difficult to limit or close a library for the following social distancing concepts.
1.3.1. How to tackles the above mentioned challenges by the library professionals
society during covid 19
1. By adhering to government standards, Library Professionals may break the chain of
coronavirus and deliver various services remotely.
2. Gather factual data and transform it into helpful knowledge that will correctly assist the
whole community in various professions.
3. Engage the entire community through social media and organise the Reading Books challenge,
poster writing competitions, skill development programme, and so on that have helped people
manage normal life as before and develop skills that will help them reduce stress during this
pandemic's challenging time.
4. We are aware that the federal and state governments are making many choices and using a
variety of techniques to better serve their constituents. All information may be published by
library professionals via Social Media Platforms.
5. Library professionals may experiment with the following ICT technologies and share their
findings with the community. Library Professionals can provide Cloud-based Library Services,
Authentication Technologies: Remote Access, Electronic Resource Management System ERMs:
CORAL, Discovery Services, Library Service Platform/LibGuides/IRs, OA Resource Advocacy,
and Library Service Marketing via Blogs and other Social Networking tools.

155
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
6. Library professionals may provide open sources, open coursewares/OERs, open learning
resources, webinars, virtual classrooms, ORCID, and citation creation tools such as Mendeley
and Zotero.
7. To supply users with information resources - "Different kinds of services and collections may
be connected together and made available on electronic platforms."
8. Provide library services to users in accordance with government regulations and human
interests.
9. Because library professionals may play a significant role in serving the whole community, it is
crucial to describe the varied duties of library professionals in this COVID 19 pandemic
scenario.
1.3.2. Negative Impacts of COVID-19 on Libraries
According to the report, library closures have occurred all around the globe since the onset of
the COVID-19 epidemic. Libraries, when they are not closed, are faced with difficult decisions
about which services to give and how, ranging from slight limits to outright shutdown.
Meanwhile, the closing of all educational institutions has had an impact on libraries in 177
nations. Universities, national and research libraries are also closed in several of these nations
(IFLA, 2020). According to the findings, almost 3,000 libraries throughout the nation have been
closed. However, the International Federation of Library Associations (IFLA) cautioned that
limiting services or closing a library is a tough choice that must be made after an evaluation of
the proportional risks. Furthermore, it was discovered that the closing of libraries in practically
all nations throughout the globe, including Nigeria, merely means that librarians would be
unable to retain hard/soft copies of information and make such hard copies accessible to the
public. Unfortunately, western Maharashtra libraries have yet to completely digitise and make
services accessible online, making it very difficult to spread accurate and up-to-date information
regarding COVID-19.
1.4.Objectives
1. To examine the many problems and how Library Professionals are coping with them in this
COVID 19 pandemic scenario.
2. To address the many conventional duties of Library Professionals in the present COVID19
scenario.
3. To examine the significance of librarians in this pandemic circumstance. To learn about the
many sorts of libraries' resources and services available throughout the lockdown time.
4. To describe the different critical responsibilities of Library Professionals as information
preservers.
Scope of the paper
This paper reflects on role of librarians during a pandemic in the context of Pakistan.
2. Literature Review
2.1. Adomi, E. E., & Oyovwe-Tinuoye, G. O. (2021). According to the paper, based on the
study's findings, LIS professionals are interested in COVID-19 information on preventive
measures, cures, causes, and symptoms, how to provide library services to users, the availability
of preventive or safety devices in the library, and staff safety when libraries eventually open to
the user community. Furthermore, the Internet, social media, television, radio, the Nigeria
Centre for Disease Control website, the World Health Organization website, and friends,
colleagues, family members, or neighbours are the primary sources of information for LIS
professionals on COVID-19.
2.2. K. Chakraborty, P. S. L. Kureshi, S. B. Gajbe, N. Upadhyay, and D. Devi (2020). The
current research gathered data from reliable sources, namely government official websites of
Indian states such as MyGov COVID-19, UTs, and national/international organisations, among
others. The legitimate information sources offered to the research community are mentioned
once the data has been analysed and studied. Using the Scopus abstracting databases, this
work additionally illustrates the ratio of COVID-19 papers to highly cited publications. This
study is a unique research endeavour that focuses on the roles and duties of the Library and
librarians in crisis circumstances. As a result, this research will benefit librarians, information
providers, practitioners, policymakers, researchers, and development activities in this sector.
2.3. P. Bhati and I. Kumar (2020). This study focuses on the diverse duties of library
professionals during pandemic situations such as COVID 19. It also outlines the advocacy role
carried on by Library Professionals. It tracks the amount of digital platforms that are accessible
all over the globe. It also encourages people to utilise social media/networks. Library
professionals can help the broader community with their intellectual pursuits. The purpose of
Library Professionals is to locate information based on the needs of the user, to function as an
information disseminator, and to arrange knowledge from various information pools.
2.4. A. Nandi (2021).The advent of the COVID-19 pandemic prompted abrupt and dramatic
adjustments in library service delivery, since strong social distance and lockdown measures
were enacted in the early stages of the epidemic. Even at this tough and uncertain time, the
Internet and online technologies have created a new and unequalled environment, allowing
libraries to expand and deepen research, teaching, and learning. The idea and practise of

156
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
libraries giving remote access to digital resources is not new, but the user-friendly approach
used by UPES libraries, as well as the volume of materials made accessible during the epidemic,
is remarkable.
2.5. B. I. Okike (2020). Librarians should act as catalysts for efficient information distribution
in order to foster real knowledge. To educate users, librarians should distribute knowledge
using current and new media outlets. Libraries should establish working relationships with
health agencies and communication organisations with the goal of cooperative development of
collections, referrals, and information shared and learning for users and a new breed of
reimagined librarians for better information dissemination, especially at a time when there is a
great need for accurate health-related information resources in an ever-increasing digital
environment.
2.6. J. Zhou (2021). According to the findings of this research, online libraries are a critical
source of knowledge in the context of non-contact education. The study's findings from China
and Italy show that the COVID-19 pandemic has revealed the need for digital transformation
strategies and programmes for libraries that will address the major library-related issues, such
as chronic funding shortages, a lack of professionally trained staff, a lack of legislation and
policies, a lack of digital infrastructure, and so on. According to the findings of this research,
distant learning encounters challenges such as a traditional perspective of education among
students and instructors, as well as a suspicion of advances. One way may be to have favourable
experiences with distant learning and accessing online resources. As a result, libraries should
focus on the quality of digital services and publish time-sensitive material vital to the learning
routine.
3. Methodology
The study gathered secondary data from the internet, newspapers, and journals to determine
the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on libraries, what new ways, resources, and services
libraries have developed to help combat the new COVID-19 disease, the constraints faced by
Nigerian libraries in effectively combating the COVID-19 pandemic, and what measures can be
taken to overcome these constraints. The project comprises a comprehensive desk investigation
on libraries across western Maharashtra in response to the COVID 19 outbreak. The research
employed qualitative analysis to discover and categorise major themes, evaluate patterns, and
comprehend social context.
4. Data Analysis
1. Age of respondent
Frequency Percent Valid Percent
18-22 17 54.8 54.8
Valid 23-25 9 29.0 29.0
26-30 5 16.1 16.1
Total 31 100.0 100.0

Age of respondent
18-22 23-25 26-30

16%

29% 55%

Analysis
As shown in above graph, we have taken the responses of 31 librarians. We have taken the
responses of people which ranges from 18-22, 23-50 and 26-30 age group. As shown in above
table, 17people that is 54.8% librarians are from age group of 18-22.
Interpretation
According to survey, most of the librarians are of the age group of 18-22.

157
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Q2. Gender of the respondent

Frequency Percent Valid Percent

Valid Female 17 54.8 54.8
Male 14 45.2 45.2
Total 31 100.0 100.0

Gender of the respondent

Female Male

45%

55%

Analysis
As shown in above graph, we have taken the responses of 31 librarians. IN survey 45%
respondent were male respondent and 55% respondent were male.
Interpretation
According to survey, most of the respondent were male.
Q3. Carnegie classification
Frequency Percent Valid Percent
Associates 9 29.0 29.0
Valid Doctorate 4 12.9 12.9
Master's 11 35.5 35.5
Special focus 7 22.6 22.6
Total 31 100.0 100.0

Carnegie classification
Associates Doctorate Master's Special focus

23% 29%

13%
35%

Analysis
As shown in above graph, we have taken the responses of 31 librarians. IN survey 35%
respondent were associates, 29% respondents were special focus oriented, 135respondents were
doctorate and 35% respondents were masters’.
Interpretation
According to survey, most of the were master’s.

158
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Q4. Student population size
Frequency Percent Valid Percent
10,001-20,000 5 16.1 16.1
20,001+ 6 19.4 19.4
Valid 5,001-10,000 7 22.6 22.6
Under 5,000 12 38.7 38.7
under 5000 1 3.2 3.2
Total 31 100.0 100.0

Student population size

10,001-20,000 20,001+ 5,001-10,000 Under 5,000 under 5000

3%
16%
39%
19%

23%

Q5. Building status in initial stag

Frequency Percent Valid Percent
Valid Closed to patrons 12 38.7 38.7
Open to patrons C 9 29.0 29.0
Partially open (reduced 10 32.3 32.3
hours/reduced space)
Total 31 100.0 100.0

Building status in initial stag

Closed to patrons
Open to patrons C
Partially open (reduced hours/reduced space)

32% 39%

29%

Analysis
As shown in above graph, we have taken the responses of 31 librarians. IN survey 38.7%
respondent said initially library is closed to patrons, 29% respondents were open to patrons C.
32.3% respondents said library was partially open.
Interpretation
According to survey, initially library was closed to patrons.
Q6. Library services
Frequency Percent Valid Percent
Valid In-person (full or part-time) 12 38.7 38.7
Remote 19 61.3 61.3
Total 31 100.0 100.0

159
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Library services
In-person (full or part-time) Remote

39%

61%

Analysis
As shown in above graph, we have taken the responses of 31 librarians. IN survey 39%
respondents said library services were in-person, while 61% respondents said library services
were remote.
Interpretation
According to survey, library services were remote after the pandemic.
Q7. Covid-19 information needs to know LIS professions
A. Causes of the covid-19virus
Frequency Percent Valid Percent
To a great extent 7 21.9 21.9
to a moderate extent 2 6.3 6.3
To a very great extent 16 50.0 50.0
To no extent 6 18.8 18.8
Total 32 100.0 100.0

Is library and information professionals

know about Causes of the covid-19virus

To a great extent
to a moderate extent

19% 23%
6%
52%

Analysis
As shown in above graph, we have taken the responses of 31 librarians. In that we asked
librarians about do they have knowledge about causes covid-19 virus.From that most of the
respondents that is 50% respondents said it is necessary for library professionals to have great
knowledge of causes covid-19 virus.
Interpretation
According to survey, library professionals should have great knowledge of causes covid-19
virus.
Q7B. Symptoms of covid-19
Frequency Percent Valid Percent
To a great extent 9 28.1 28.1
to a moderate extent 2 6.3 6.3
To a very great extent 14 43.8 43.8
To no extent 6 18.8 18.8
Total 32 100.0 100.0

160
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Is library and information professionals know

about Causes of the covid-19 symptoms
To a great extent to a moderate extent
To a very great extent To no extent

19% 29%

45%
7%

Analysis
As shown in above graph, we have taken the responses of 31 librarians. In that we asked
librarians about do they have knowledge about covid -19 symptoms. From that most of the
respondents that is 43.8% respondents said it is necessary for library professionals to have
great knowledge of covid-19 symptoms
Interpretation
According to survey, library professionals should have great knowledge of covid-19 test
symptoms.
Q7C. Covid-19 test procedure
Frequency Percent Valid Percent
To a great extent 4 12.5 12.5
to a moderate extent 5 15.6 15.6
To a very great extent 16 50.0 50.0
To no extent 6 18.8 18.8
Total 32 100.0 100.0

Is library and information professionals know

about Causes of the covid-19 test procedure
To a great extent to a moderate extent
To a very great extent To no extent

19% 13%
16%

52%

Analysis
As shown in above graph, we have taken the responses of 31 librarians. In that we asked
librarians about do they have knowledge about covid -19 test procedure. From that most of the
respondents that is 50% respondents said it is necessary for library professionals to have great
knowledge of covid-19 test procedure.
Interpretation
According to survey, library professionals should have great knowledge of covid-19 test
procedure.
Q7D. Staff safety when library eventually opens to user’s community
Frequency Percent Valid Percent
To a great extent 9 28.1 28.1
to a moderate extent 3 9.4 9.4
To a very great extent 15 46.9 46.9
To no extent 4 12.5 12.5
Total 32 100.0 100.0

161
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Staff safety when library eventually

opens to user’s community
To no To a great
extent extent
13% 29%

To a very
great
extent
48% to a
moderate
extent
10%
Analysis
As shown in above graph, we have taken the responses of 31 librarians. In that we asked
librarians about staff safety when library eventually opens to users community. From that most
of the respondents that is 31.3 respondents said it is necessary to for librarians to take care of
staff safety when library open to users community.
Interpretation
According to survey, library professionals should take care of staff safety when library open to
users community.
Q7E.users safety when library eventually opens to user’s community
Frequency Percent Valid Percent
To a great extent 10 31.3 31.3
to a moderate extent 9 28.1 28.1
To a very great extent 2 6.3 6.3
To no extent 10 31.3 31.3
Total 32 100.0 100.0

users safety when library eventually

opens to user’s community
To a great extent to a moderate extent
To a very great extent To no extent

32% 32%

29%
7%

Analysis
As shown in above graph, we have taken the responses of 31 librarians. In that we asked
librarians about users safety when library eventually opens to users community. From that
most of the respondents that is 31.3 respondents said it is necessary to for librarians to take
care of users safety when library open to users community.
Interpretation
According to survey, library professionals should take care of users’ safety when library open to
users community.
4. Findings
Currently, Library Professionals are doing a variety of integrated/multiple tasks in addition to
their conventional employment. During the lockdown time, we may supply e-resources using
new technology or tools.
Library professionals all across the globe are realising the need of transitioning from
conventional practise to multidimensional responsibilities. As a consequence, Library
Professionals are now performing multidimensional and flexible roles in order to satisfy the
need and expectations of societies, organisations, institutions, libraries, and so on, and this is a
requirement of the current scenario in Covid19.
1. Most of the librarians are of the age group of 18-22.
2. Most of the respondent was male.
3. Most of the were master’s.
4. Initially library was closed to patrons.

162
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
5. Library services were remote after the pandemic
6. library professionals should have great knowledge of causes covid-19 virus.
7. library professionals should have great knowledge of covid-19 test symptoms.
8. library professionals should have great knowledge of covid-19 test procedure.
9. library professionals should take care of staff safety when library open to users community.
10. library professionals should take care of users’ safety when library open to users community.
In the event of a pandemic, a digital platform is the most effective approach to serve the whole
population.
5. Conclusion
The COVID-19 epidemic is having a tremendous influence on governments, organisations, and
people all around the globe, including libraries/librarians. Libraries of all kinds and varieties
throughout the globe are working hard to help lessen the effects of the unique COVID-19
epidemic. As a result, they have created additional programmes, resources, and services.
Libraries help research and medial scientists by offering legitimate news sources, databases,
and linkages. They are developing specific programmes and activities like as virtual story-
telling and digital content, they are more lenient with item return deadlines, and they have a
variety of efforts to collect and conserve pandemic-related things.
Library Professionals must do all in this Covid19 epidemic emergency. Easy access to
information is a fundamental condition, since it is required for the massive demands of all
possible consumers. The user's future demand is for digital platforms for education. In a
pandemic crisis, a digital library is in high need. In this case, library personnel may assist as
stress relievers. Library and information workers must be prepared to address the needs of
readers, whether for COVID 19 or any other pandemic crisis. The only method to prevent the
spread of this virus COVID 19 from one person to another is via social distance. The social
obligation of library professionals is to provide users with access to information. In a pandemic
crisis, the need for information is also growing.
6. References
1. Adomi, E. E., & Oyovwe-Tinuoye, G. O. (2021). COVID-19 information seeking and
utilization among library and information science professionals in Nigeria. IFLA Journal.
https://doi.org/10.1177/03400352211031587
2. Chakraborty, K., Kureshi, P. S. L., Gajbe, S. B., Upadhyay, N., & Devi, D. (2020). Role of
LIS Professionals to provide authentic information sources during COVID-19 a Pandemic
crisis. Library Philosophy and Practice, 2020(September), 1–19.
3. Bhati, P., & Kumar, I. (2020). Role of Library Professionals in a Pandemic Situation Like
COVID-19. International Journal of Library and Information Studies, 10(2), 33–48.
4. Nandi, A. (2021). Library Services during COVID-19 Pandemic Crisis. International Journal
for Research in Applied Science and Engineering Technology, 9(4), 858–862.
https://doi.org/10.22214/ijraset.2021.33714
5. Okike, B. I. (2020). Information dissemination in an era of a pandemic (COVID-19):
librarians’ role. Library Hi Tech News, 37(9), 1–4. https://doi.org/10.1108/LHTN-04-2020-
0040
6. Zhou, J. (2021). The role of libraries in distance learning during COVID-19. Information
Development. https://doi.org/10.1177/02666669211001502

163
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Contribution of India to Research on Big Data

Neeraj1, Prof. Nirmal Kumar Swain2
1Research Scholar , Department of Library and Information Science,
Maharshi Dayanand University, Rohtak, Haryana, India
2Professor, Department of Library and Information Science,

Maharshi Dayanand University, Rohtak, Haryana, India

Abstract
Information has become an essential asset for the growth of organisations in every
sector of our society. With the rate at which data has increased, organisations must upgrade
their technological architecture for the improvement of their products and services as the
traditional data management and processing systems are not capable of handling such a great
amount of stream data. Retrieval of value from this data boosts the creation and adoption of
advanced technologies. The article focuses on the growth of literature of Indian origin on big
data over a period of ten years from 2011 to 2021 and scientometric analysis of data retrieved,
top publication sources, different categories of documents published in this domain, prominent
subject areas in the big data research and top institutes that contributed most to the big data
research during this period.
Keywords: Big data, big data analytics, big data research, scientometric analysis, India.
1. Introduction
In today‟s era of information, when advances in modern technologies have provided
smart devices and equipment within reach of every ordinary being, the internet has become a
platform where billions of people communicate and share data. Information has become a
quintessential asset to organisations in every sector for efficiently providing effective services.
These organisations collect, store and analyse the data of their customers, products, services,
transactions, email communications, messaging services, collaboration tools and various other
types of data. So, organisations must deal with these floods of data generated within the
organisations and by their customers.
The worth of data does not lie in how much data an organisation has at a point in time but
rather in how that gathered data is utilised by that organisation. Technological researchers are
constantly improving the methods to utilise this enormous amount of available data in order to
improve services. Valuable insights can be obtained by analysing this data using big data
analytics, which helps organisations in decision-making and benefits them in time and cost
reductions, optimisation of product development, failure analysis, and re-calculating risk
portfolios and thriving in business communities.
1.1 The Concept of Big Data
According to (Ed Dumbill, 2013) in (Anna & Mannan, 2020), “Big data is the data that
cannot be handled by the traditional database and processing systems. Such type of data does
not fit the traditional architecture of the database systems and moves at a very high speed. One
must choose advanced ways to process the data and extract the value from this data”.
Gartner defined big data as: “Big data is high-volume, high-velocity and/or high-variety
information assets that demand cost-effective, innovative forms of information processing that
enable enhanced insight, decision making, and process automation.”
(De Mauro et al., 2016) proposed a definition based on various aspects such as volume, velocity,
variety of information, Technology and Analytical methods to derive such information and its
value to society. They defined big data as: “the Information asset characterised by such a High
Volume, Velocity and Variety to require specific Technology and Analytical Methods for its
transformation into Value.”
Whereas, (Ahmed & Ameen, 2017) defined big data that: “it is trustable and authentic
data of multiple formats generated and delivered from different geospatial locations and large
enough not to be processed by particular software, a spreadsheet or a computer and which may
create value for organisations.” (Zhan & Widén, 2019) reviewed the articles and analysed 35
definitions from different authors. On the bases of their study, they proposed a definition of big
data: “Big Data refers to data with large size, fast growing speed, and various types which can
complicate data handling techniques but also boost the creation of technological solutions. Value
is generated by the proper operation and use of big data.”
Big data is not just only the large amount of data. Rather, it can be defined as the huge volume
of data that is created in various forms and at a very high speed. The data constantly changes
its true nature behaving differently for different context. Storage and processing of such data
cannot be handled by traditional systems. Retrieval of value from this data boost the creation
and adoption of advanced technologies.
2. Statement of the Problem
The present research article is entitled “Contribution of India to Research on Big Data”.
With the recent technological developments, the volume of data is continuously growing. This
data is available in various forms and is too large and complex to be handled by the traditional
processing systems. Since the origin of the word big data, to elucidate the issues related to big

164
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
data such as creation, capturing, storage, and analysis, authors from different backgrounds and
origin penned articles, books, reports, dissertations, from all over the world. The article focused
on the growth of literature on big data in Indian origin over a period of ten years from 2011 to
2021. After the literature survey it was found that numerous studies have been done on “big
data” in India during the said period with Scopus Database.
3. Objectives
The objectives of the study are:
1. To examine the year wise growth in Big Data publications;
2. To find out growth rate of Big Data publications using CAGR, AGR, RGR and DT;
3. To find out top ten publication sources (journals/conference proceedings);
4. To find out number of publications on Big Data categorised by different document types;
5. To find the most prominent subject areas in the field of Big Data research;
6. To identify the top ten institutions contributing to Big Data research;
4. Methodology
Big data is relatively a new field while talking about Library and Information Science
and it has been observed that this field is not studied in depth previously by researchers with
respect to the field of librarianship. The study was conducted to understand the concept of big
data and explore its use, implementation and scope in the field of library and information
science. Author used secondary research method to explore India‟s contribution towards the
research in the field of Big data and its applications in Library and Information Science,
contribution in any form such as journal Articles, conference proceedings, books, book chapters,
reviews and many more. Data of the published articles from 2011 to 2021 have been obtained
through Scopus database using the search term big data in title, keyword and/or abstract. The
search was further refined to country of origin to India. The retrieved data was analysed and
interpreted using MS-Excel.
5. Findings
India has contributed significantly to the research and development under the Big Data
keyword and its related branches such as Machine Learning, Internet of Things, Data Mining,
Cloud Computing, Artificial Intelligence etc. Over the last ten years, i.e. from 2011 to 2021,
there has been enormous growth in India in journal articles, conference papers, books, book
chapters, review articles and other research publications. Author searched the Scopus Database
by using the keyword “Big Data” and limiting the search criteria to the Publication Year range
of “2011 to 2021”, where selecting “India” as the country of origin of the document. Scopus
Database retrieved 47,834 such primary documents based on the search criteria. And further
analysed the search results using different metrics showing the following results.
5.1 Documents by Publications Per Year
The following table shows the growth in the number of publications over these years, from only
354 publications in 2011 to 13718 publications in 2021, showing an exponential growth during
the period.
Table 1: Year Wise Publication Distribution of Documents from 2011 to 2021 (Source:
Scopus)
Year Documents Published
2021 13718
2020 9485
2019 8551
2018 5764
2017 3308
2016 2783
2015 1679
2014 1064
2013 654
2012 474
2011 354

165
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Documents Published Per Year

16000
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021

Documents Published Per Year

Figure 1: Year Wise Publication Distribution of Documents from 2011 to 2021

The chart shows that the concept of big data in India started to grow after 2010, showing
exponential growth in big data in the years following.
5.1.1 Annual Growth Rate
Author used the formula for Annual Growth Rate (AGR) given by (Santha kumar &
Kaliyaperumal, 2015). Table 2 shows the calculation of annual big data publications in journals
in India from 2011 to 2021.
The formula used for the calculation of AGR is as follows:

Where W2 represents the total number of publications in the current year, and W1 represents
the initial number of publications at the start of a year, i.e., the total number of publications in
the previous year.
5.1.2 Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR)
The Compound Annual Growth Rate represents a constant growth rate over a period of time
through a geometric progression ratio. Generally, CAGR is represented in percentage by
calculating the nth root of the total percentage growth rate with „n‟ be the number of years in
the corresponding period. It can be represented through the following mathematical equation
given by (Santha kumar & Kaliyaperumal, 2015):

( )
Where, Beginning Value and Ending Value correspond to the value at the beginning of the
period and value at the end of the period respectively.
5.1.3 Relative Growth Rate and Doubling Time
The Relative Growth Rate shows the increase in number of articles per unit of time as a
proportion of its size at that moment in time. It is also called as Exponential Growth Rate. The
mean relative growth rate over a specific period of time interval can be expressed by the
following equation given by (Kumar, 2017) (Kumar & Kaliyaperumal, 2015):

Here,
1-2R = is the mean relative growth rate for the specific time interval;
Loge W1= Natural Log of initial number of articles;
Loge W2= Natural Log of final number of articles after a specific period of time;
T2-T1 = Difference between Final Time and Initial Time.

Doubling Time (DT) represents the time in which research publications on big data are
doubled and is calculated by the following formula (Bharati et al., 2020) (Narendra &
Kannappanavar, 2020).
( )
Here 0.693 is a constant, and R is the relative growth rate of the corresponding year.

166
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Table 2: Growth of Big Data Publication in India from 2011 to 2021 in terms of CAGR,
AGR and RGR and DT
Yea Initial No. New Cumulati Compound Annual Relativ Doublin
r of Publicatio ve Sum Annual Growth e g Time
Publicatio ns in Year Growth Rate Growt (DT)
ns (W1) (W2) Rate (AGR) h Rate
(CAGR) (RGR)

201 - 354 354 Not Defined Not Not Not

1 defined Defined Defined
201 354 474 828 33.90 33.90 0.85 0.82
2
201 474 654 1482 35.92 37.97 0.72 0.97
3
201 654 1064 2546 44.32 62.69 0.66 1.05
4
201 1064 1679 4225 47.57 57.80 0.62 1.12
5
201 1679 2783 7008 51.04 65.75 0.60 1.16
6
201 2783 3308 10316 45.13 18.86 0.56 1.23
7
201 3308 5764 16080 48.97 74.24 0.55 1.27
8
201 5764 8551 24631 48.89 48.35 0.53 1.31
9
202 8551 9485 34116 44.10 10.92 0.51 1.37
0
202 9485 13718 47834 44.15 44.63 0.49 1.41
1
Total 47834

Relative Growth Rate Doubling Time (DT)

1.60
1.40
1.20
GROWTH RATE

1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021
YEAR

The data in table 2 corresponds to the total publication data from a period of 2011 to 2021
retrieved form Scopus database using keywords “big data” and its related terms having “India”
as a place of origin analysed on the basis of metrics to measure growth such as CAGR, AGR,
and RG and DT. The growth rate shows a constant increase in the number of publications per
year. The highest percentage increase was shown around 74.24 percent from year 2017-2018.
Where, the lowest percent increase 10.92 percent between 2019-2020. During rest of the period
the percent increase was near to 50 percent per year. The RGR was 0.85 in 2012 and decreased
to 0.56 in 2017. There was a small decrease to 0.55 in 2018 and after that it decreased to 0.49 in
2021. In the table 2, the DT shows a gradual increase from 0.82 in 2012 to 1.41 in 2021.

167
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
5.2 Documents by Top Publication Sources
Based on the retrieved search results top 10 sources (journals/conference proceedings), having
contributed more than 300 publications towards the big data research in India, are identified as
follows.
Table 3: Average No. of Documents Published Per Year by Top 10 Sources
Source Avg. No. of
Documents per
Year
Advances In Intelligent Systems and Computing 1553
Lecture Notes in Networks and Systems 689
International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering 608
International Journal of Innovative Technology and Exploring 575
Engineering
Journal Of Advanced Research in Dynamical and Control Systems 544
Communications in Computer and Information Science 508
Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 501
Lecture Notes in Computer Science Including Subseries Lecture 447
Notes in Artificial Intelligence and Lecture Notes in Bioinformatics
Lecture Notes on Data Engineering and Communications 405
Technologies
International Journal of Engineering and Advanced Technology 403

The following figure shows the number of documents published by these top sources per year
from year 2011 to 2021.
800

600

400

200

0
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021

Advances In Intelligent Systems And Computing

Lecture Notes In Networks And Systems

International Journal Of Recent Technology And Engineering

International Journal Of Innovative Technology And Exploring Engineering

Journal Of Advanced Research In Dynamical And Control Systems

Lecture Notes In Electrical Engineering

Communications In Computer And Information Science

Lecture Notes In Computer Science Including Subseries Lecture Notes In Artificial Intelligence And
Lecture Notes In Bioinformatics

Figure 2: No. of Documents published by Top Sources Per Year from 2011 to 2021

5.3 Documents by Type of Publication

Our search retrieved various types of the documents such as articles, conference papers, book
chapters, review articles, books, editorials, notes, letters, short surveys, data papers, erratum,
retracted and some under undefined category of documents.
Table 4: Distribution of Documents Published by the Type of Publication
Number of Documents
Document type
Published
Article 24204

Conference Paper 16991

Book Chapter 3415

Review 2476

168
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Number of Documents
Document type
Published
Book 312

Editorial 205

Note 67

Retracted 55

Letter 52

Short Survey 25

Data Paper 13

Erratum 11

Undefined 8

The distribution of documents published in different forms can be seen in the following pie
chart.

Article Conference Paper Book Chapter Review

Book Editorial Note Retracted
Letter Short Survey Data Paper Erratum
Undefined

Figure 3: Type-wise Distribution of Documents

Out of these types, Articles top the list with 24204 documents published as journal articles
covering 51 percent of the total documents published in all these years. Where 16991 documents
were published as Conference papers having 36 percent of all documents published. These two
categories of documents cover almost 87 percent of the total documents published on Big Data
in India over the selected range of years.

5.4 Documents by Subject Area

The documents with the keyword “big data” are published in different subject areas. The
following table shows the different subject areas and the number of documents published in
these areas over the years of study.
Table 5: Number of Documents published in Different Subject Areas from 2011 to 2021
Subject Area No. of Documents Published

Computer Science 28919

Engineering 19007

Mathematics 6625

Decision Sciences 5623

Business, Management and
4727
Accounting
Medicine 4667

Physics and Astronomy 4020

169
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Social Sciences 3900

Energy 2840

Environmental Science 2784

Biochemistry, Genetics and Molecular
2746
Biology
Agricultural and Biological Sciences 1757

Materials Science 1752

Earth and Planetary Sciences 1334

Economics, Econometrics and Finance 1289

Chemical Engineering 1082

Pharmacology, Toxicology and
920
Pharmaceutics
Chemistry 859

Multidisciplinary 724

Immunology and Microbiology 596

Arts and Humanities 454

Neuroscience 369

Psychology 347

Health Professions 236

Nursing 106

Veterinary 72

Dentistry 33

Figure 4: Subject Wise Distribution of Documents

Others

Computer
Environmental Science
Science
Energy

Social Sciences

Physics and
Astronomy

Medicine

Business,
Management
Engineering
and Accounting
Decision Sciences
Mathematics

The subject wise distribution of the published documents is shown in the pie chart. The subject
wise distribution shows that Computer Science contributed the largest share towards the
publication of documents under big data and its related branches with overall 30 percent
contribution out of all published documents. After that Engineering field contributed 19 percent

170
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
publications towards the field. These two subject areas only contributed a total of 49 percent
publications towards the evolution of big data concept in India.
5.5 Documents by Affiliation
Indian universities and education institutions play a vital role in introducing and advancing
new concepts and technologies with their cutting-edge research contribution in every field.
Every now and then, Indian educational institutions have contributed avant-garde in research
and advancement of subjects in the country.
Table 6: Number of Documents published by different Universities and Institutions
from 2011 to 2021
Affiliation No. of Documents
Vellore Institute of Technology 1551
Amity University 1144
Anna University 700
K L Deemed to be University 693
SRM Institute of Science and Technology 616
Thapar Institute of Engineering and Technology 576
Indian Institute of Technology Delhi 546
Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur 541
University of Delhi 506
Lovely Professional University 492

Lovely Professional University

University of Delhi
Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur
Indian Institute of Technology Delhi
Thapar Institute of Engineering and Technology
SRM Institute of Science and Technology
K L Deemed to be University
Anna University
Amity University
Vellore Institute of Technology

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

Number of Documents

Figure 5: Documents Published by Different Universities and Educational

Institutions

6. Debate and Discussion

The data as retrieved from Scopus Database shows a continuous growth in journal
articles published with theme of big data. In 2011 only 354 articles were published by different
authors whereas in 2021 13718 articles were published showing approximately 3800 percent
increase in the total number of publications. Academic journals and conference proceedings
have a great relevance to research. They ensure in-depth knowledge over the topic and
contribute to the world of knowledge. Top ten sources of big data research were found having
more than 300 average number of articles published per year on the concept. Out of these
“Advances In Intelligent Systems and Computing” emerged to be at the top with an average of
1553 publications per year, followed by “Lecture Notes in Networks and Systems” and
“International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering” and so on. Journal articles
contribute most to the research over the topic. Out of 47834 documents such retrieved, with
24204 documents, journal articles contributed approximately 51 percent of the total documents
published during the period, followed with conference papers having 16991 documents covering
36 percent contribution towards the growth of topic.
Over the period, big data has influenced every sector of our society. Data as retrieved
showed this influence in different subject areas. With approximately 50 percent of the total
publications, Computer science and Engineering are the most prominent subject areas that

171
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
have contributed to the research in big data in India followed by Mathematics with 7 percent
and Decision science with 6% overall contribution. Although big data was first introduced to
gain insights in business and decision making, but Business, Management and Accounting
sector contritubted only percent of overall publications to the research in big data. Over this
period, the growth in big data and its related technologocial innovations are a result of
continuous research contribution in all subject areas. Academic institutions play a vital role in
research and development of any new area. Indian academic and research institutions have
contributed at large in the field of big data research. Institutions such as Vellore Institute of
Technology, Amity University, Anna University, K L Deemed to be University, SRM Institute of
Science and Technology, Thapar Institute of Engineering and Technology, Indian Institute of
Technology Delhi, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur, University of Delhi and Lovely
Professional University are the top 10 institutions that contributed towards the research of big
data during the said period.
7. Conclusion and Future Research
It is quite surprising fact that today we produce more data in just 2 years than the
overall data produced in the decades of history. The term Big Data not only describes the data
in large volume, coming in fast and in various forms, but it is also the technology and practice.
From every self-driving car to cashier-less stores, the data scientists have worked for and
implemented the vision of sophisticated big data operations. There has been a significant
improvement in the concept, technology and its usage strategies for different industries, since
big data first entered in the picture. Libraries are also prevalently using the technologies such
as Clouds, Internet of Things (IoT) devices, and edge computing etc., to understand their users
and to improve their potential.
The term “Big Data” is a multifaceted term that is rapidly evolving and changing the
ways in which our society lives, thinks and works (Garoufallou & Gaitanou, 2021). Big data
research in Library and Information Science is still in the phase of its infancy. At one hand, in
the fields such as Computer Science, Engineering, Business and Management, big data research
has done wonders. But on the other hand it is near to negligible in the field of library and
information science. Some of the recent Big Data trends and technologies that can be beneficial
for the libraries and can be considered for research and exploration in the field of library and
information science are, Data as Service, artificial intelligence and machine learning enabled
smart technologies, Natural Language Processing, Hybrid Clouds, Edge and Quantum
Computing, DataOps, Predictive analytics, Data Fabrics, X Analytics, and Augmented Data
Management.
The literature indicated huge opportunities for libraries having big data in the picture.
Library and information professionals have always played a vital role in the growth and
development of our society. And now with the emergence of new technologies in libraries, thye
have some new roles to play to facilitate creation and distribution of knowledge in the
community. But the one thing we can be sure about is that the real value of data and the ways
in which we can utilize the information, is still unexplored in the field of library and
information science. As the keepers of information, it is the moral obligation of us, library
professional, to keep up with the rapid technological changes. Information and training should
be imparted among library professionals to meet the challenges in use and implementation of
such technologies in libraries for the benefit of our society.
References
1. Ahmed, W., & Ameen, K. (2017). Defining big data and measuring its associated trends in
the field of information and library management. Library Hi Tech News, 34(9), 21–24.
https://doi.org/10.1108/LHTN-05-2017-0035
2. Anna, N. E. V., & Mannan, E. F. (2020). Big data adoption in academic libraries: a literature
review. Library Hi Tech News, 37(4), 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1108/LHTN-11-2019-0079
3. Bharati, V. K., Singh, M. P., Gautam, S. K., & Pandey, S. K. (2020). Indian Contribution to
Big Data : A Scientometric Study Indian Contribution to Big Data : A Scientometric Study.
8th International Library and Information Professional Summit -2019, January, 4–11.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/338423326_Indian_Contribution_to_Big_Data_A_
Scientometric_Study
4. De Mauro, A., Greco, M., & Grimaldi, M. (2016). A formal definition of Big Data based on its
essential features. Library Review, 65(3), 122–135. https://doi.org/10.1108/LR-06-2015-0061
5. Garoufallou, E., & Gaitanou, P. (2021). Big data: Opportunities and challenges in libraries,
a systematic literature review. College and Research Libraries, 82(3), 410–435.
https://doi.org/10.5860/crl.82.3.410
6. Kumar, R. S. (2017). Big Data Literature Output of Web of Science : a Scientometric Profile.
KIIT Journal of Library and Information Management, 4(2), 93–99.
http://www.publishingindia.com/
7. Kumar, R. S., & Kaliyaperumal, K. (2015). Scientometric analysis of global publication
output in mobile technology. DESIDOC Journal of Library and Information Technology,
35(4), 287–292. https://doi.org/10.14429/djlit.35.4.7884

172
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
8. Narendra, A., & Kannappanavar, B. U. (2020). Relative Growth Rate and Doubling Time of
Publications of IASLIC Bulletin: A Scientometrics Study from 2004 to 2018. Journal of Xi’an
University of Architecture & Technology, 12(2), 1321–1331.
9. Santha kumar, R., & Kaliyaperumal, K. (2015). A scientometric analysis of mobile
technology publications. Scientometrics, 105(2), 921–939. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-015-
1710-7
10. Zhan, M., & Widén, G. (2019). Understanding big data in librarianship. Journal of
Librarianship and Information Science, 51(2), 561–576.
11. https://doi.org/10.1177/0961000617742451

173
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Spatial Analysis and Change in Agricultural Land Use
Efficiency in Chandrapur District (Maharashtra State)
Dr. Nikhil Manoharrao Deshmukh
Assistant Professor in Geography
Sardar Patel Mahavidhyalaya, Chandrapur (Maharashtra)

Abstract
Agriculture is the basic occupation of man and the main economy depends on it. Land
use plan has a unique importance in agricultural management. Agricultural development is
seen in areas where land use is organized and planned. Chandrapur district is the eastern
district of Maharashtra state and the agricultural development is moderate. In the present
research paper, agricultural land utilization efficiency and its change in Chandrapur district is
studied tehsil wise.
Keyword: Agricultural, Land Use Efficiency Index, Change, Gross, Net
Introduction: Agricultural land use efficiency can be defined as the net sown area yield or the
proportion of re-cropped area. Gross crop area as a percentage of net crop area provides a
measure of land use efficiency (Singh, 1975). Areas with higher agricultural land use efficiency
index have higher land use efficiency. Agricultural production and income is influenced by land
use efficiency. Present paper reveals the tehsil wise analysis of agricultural land use efficiency
and change in Chandrapur district.
Objectives of the Study The main objectives of the present study are as follows,
1. To study and analysis of tehsil wise agricultural land use efficiency in Chandrapur district.
2. To discuss the tehsil wise change in agricultural land use efficiency in Chandrapur district.
Data Source and Methodology
The information used for the present research work is obtained through secondary
sources. This information is compiled from District Agriculture Office, Crop and Seasonal
Reports and Socio-Economic Reviews. And Pre-published material related to the research topic.
The formula suggested by Jasbeer Singh has been used to calculate the agricultural land
use efficiency index in the district. For this the following formula is used,
𝐋𝐔𝐄
ALUE – Land Use Efficiency
GCA – Gross Crop Area
NSA – Net Sown Area
Change = Current Year Land Use Efficiency – Last Decade Land Use Efficiency
The analysis presented is based on the data source for the period 2011 and 2021. The
statistics obtained by the formula are represented in a table and displayed in a distribution
map. Also the change is shown with the help of a graph.
Study Area: Chandrapur district is located in southeast of Maharashtra state. The district
lies in between 180 4’ north to 200 5’ north latitudes and 780 5’ east to 800 6’ east longitudes.
Totalgeographical area of the district is 11443 SqKm and stands at 14th number in Maharashtra
state about the geographical area. According to the 2011 census total population of the district
is 2204307 and out of them 50.98% is male and 49.02% are female population. Gadchiroli
district is abounded with Gadchiroli district at east, Yavatmal towards west. Wainganga river
makes the eastern boundary of the district.
Agricultural Land Use Efficiency Tehsil wise distribution of agricultural land use efficiency
is shown in table no 1.
Table No. 1 Agricultural Land Use Efficiency in Chandrapur District (2011-2021)
Name 2011 2021
Warora 118.17 115.08
Chimur 111.93 131.74
Nagbhir 113.27 127.17
Brahmapuri 127.13 121.63
Sawali 106.75 103.65
Sindewahi 114.72 118.47
Bhadravati 111.39 130.36
Chandrapur 102.39 123.54
Mul 105.41 120.68
Pombhurna 100.00 124.59
Ballarpur 105.54 103.56
Korpana 100.00 100.00
Rajura 100.00 117.10
Gondpipri 100.57 121.08
Jiwati 100.00 100.00
Total District 109.18 117.61

174
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Source – Agricultural Land Use Efficiency Index is Calculated by Author

The efficiency index is divided into three groups, efficiency index more than 120 is
considered as high agricultural land use efficiency, index in between 110 to 120 as moderate
and index less than 110 considered as low land use efficiency.
Total index of the district is calculated 109.18 in the year 2011 and 117.61 in the year
2021. The growth is found in efficiency index during period 2001 to 2021. This efficiency was
low in 2011 and moderate in 2021.
High Agricultural Land Use Efficiency
In the year 2011 only Bramhapuri (127.13) tehsil recorded this index greater than 120
and found the high efficiency of agriculture land use in the district.
In the period 2021 Chimur (131.74), Bhadravati (130.36), Nagbhir (127.17), Pombhurna
(124.59), Chnadrapur (123.54) Bramhpuri (121.63), Gondpipri (121.08) and Mul (120.68) these 8
tehsils recorded the index more than 120. The index has increased in 2021 due to widening gap
between total cropped area and net cultivated area in these tehsils. The index is highest in the
Chimur in 2021.
Moderate Agricultural Land Use Efficiency
In the study area total 5 tehsils i.e. Warora (118.17), Sindewahi (114.72), Nagbhir
(113.27), Chimur (111.93) and Bhadravati (111.39) found the moderate agricultural land use
efficiency. In the year 2021 Sindewahi (118.47), Rajura (117.10) and Warora (115.08) tehsil
found moderate efficiency. These tehsils were also moderate in 2011, therefore there is no any
specific change is occurred in these three tehsils.

Low Agricultural Land Use Efficiency

Low agricultural land use efficiency is found in 9 tehsils in the year 2011. Out of them
Pombhurna, Rajura, Korapna, and Jiwati tehsil found the index exact 100. There is no
difference in total crop land and net sown area in these tehsils. Other tehsils like Gondpipri
(100.57), Chandrapur (102.39), Mul (105.41), Ballarpur 9105.54) and Sawali (106.75) found the
index in between 100 to 107.
In the year 2021 again Korapna and Jiwati tehsil found this index 100. Ballarpur
(103.56) and Sawali (103.65) tehsils found index less than 105. The index of Ballarpur and
Sawali tehsil has decreased in 2021 than 2011.
Change in Agricultural Land Use Efficiency
Both positive and negative changes are occurred in agricultural land use efficiency in
Chandrapur district during the period 2011 to 2021. Tehsil wise changes are shown in table no

175
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Table No. 2
Change in Agricultural Land Use Efficiency in Chandrapur District (2011 to 2021)
Name Change (2011 to 2021)
Warora -3.09
Chimur +19.81
Nagbhir +13.90
Brahmapuri -5.50
Sawali -3.10
Sindewahi +3.74
Bhadravati +18.96
Chandrapur +21.15
Mul +15.27
Pombhurna +24.59
Ballarpur -1.98
Korpana 0.00
Rajura +17.10
Gondpipri +20.51
Jiwati 0.00
Total District +8.43
Source – Calculated by Author
Positive Changes
The index of total district is increased by 8.43 in 2021 than 2011. The average
agricultural efficiency is increased in the entire district. But there is variations are found in
tehsil wise changes in efficiency. The maximum positive change is occurred in Pombhurna
(24.59) tehsil and then it found in Chandrapur (21.15), Gondpipri (20.51) tehsil. This index is
increased by more than 20 in the year 2011. All these three tehsils are found high agricultural
land use efficiency in 2011 and growth than 2001. The growth of Chimur (19.91), Bhadravati
(18.96), Rajura (17.10), Mul (15.27), and Nagbhir (13.90) is in between 10 to 20. The lowest
positive change is found in Sindewahi tehsil i.e. 3.74

Chandrapur District
Change in Agricultural Land Use Efficiency (2011 to 2021)
25
Change in Agricultural Land Use Efficiency

20

15

10
Index

-5

-10
Chandrapur

Pombhurna
Brahmapuri

Gondpipri
Chimur

Sindewahi

Ballarpur
Bhadravati
Warora

Nagbhir

Rajura
Korpana

Jiwati
Sawali

Mul

Tehsils
Figure No. 3

Negative Changes
The agricultural land use efficiency is decreased in Ballarpur (-1.98), Warora (-3.09),
Sawali (-3.10), and Bramhapuri (-5.50) tehsils. Sawali and Ballarpur tehsils are low in both
2011 and 2021, while Warora tehsil is moderate and Bramhapuri is high. But their index has
decreased. This index has decreased due to instability in agricultural land use in these tehsils.
No Changes
There is no change is found in agricultural land use efficiency in Korapna and Jiwati
tehsil. Their index is 100 in both decades. Total crop land and net sown area is same in these
two tehsils. There is no any improvement is found in the agricultural pattern in this area
during the period 2011 to 2021.
Conclusions and Suggestions
Average agricultural land use efficiency has increased in Chandrapur district from 2011
to 2021, but this increase is small. Due to the lack of proper utilization of agricultural land and
its planning, there is a difference in this efficiency according to tehsil.

176
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
In two tehsils namely Jiwati and Korpana there is no difference between total cropped
area and net cultivated area. Therefore, the agricultural land utilization efficiency in this tehsil
is found to be stable. In two tehsils, Jiwati and Korpana, due to this, the development of
agriculture has also low compared to other tehsils. In Bramhapuri tehsil the efficiency is high
in both 2011 and 2021, but in 2021 this efficiency has decreased. A negative change has taken
place in this tehsil as the gap between cropped area and net area has decreased. The gap
between net area and total cropped area requires proper coordination tools for future
development of agriculture.
Agricultural land use efficiency index is increased in Pombhurna, Chandrapur and
Gondpipari tehsils. In the year 2011 the efficiency in this tehsil was low and in 2021 it has
become high. This is indicative of proper planning of agricultural land in this tehsil.
This has also resulted in increased productivity in areas of Chandrapur district where
land use efficiency has declined. It is necessary to maintain a sufficient distance between the
total crop area and the net area, and also to keep the suitable agricultural land fallow for some
time. Because it will increase the fertility of the agricultural land and increase the agricultural
income. For the overall development of agriculture in the district, it is necessary to increase the
efficiency of land by spreading new techniques of land use.
References
1. Chandrapur District Census Handbook (2011), Directorate of Census, Government of India.
2. Singh, Jasbeer (1972), “A New Technique for measuring Agricultural Productivity in
Haryana (India)” The Geographer, Vol No - 19, pp 15-33.
3. Singh Jasbeer (1975), “An Agricultural Atlas of India - A Geographical Analysis”, Vishal
Publication Kurukshetra, India p-139.
4. Socio-economic Review of Chandrapur District (2020-21), Directorate of Economics and
Statistics, State of Maharashtra, Mumbai.

177
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Comparative Study of Communication Patterns in Girish
Karnad’s Naga-Mandala and Hayavadana
Dr. Poonam Nigam Sahay
Associate Professor, University Department of English,
Ranchi University, Ranchi, India

Abstract:
Effective communication plays a vital role in healthy human relationships. The origin of
human Communication functions as a safety valve for the purgation of the saturated emotions
and feelings. With the advancement of technology, communication has developed by leaps and
bounds. Today, communication has become faster and accurate as never before. However,
another rather dark side of the fact cannot be neglected. The advanced technology had made the
communication and thereby human relationships more complicated. The original purpose of
communication that is to exchange the emotions and feelings somewhere has changed its
nature. The communicational gap leads to thwarted human relationships. Girish Karnad deals
with the theme of same dented human relationships as a major theme in his plays. The
characters in his plays found as the victim of miscommunication or the lack of proper
communication. The emotional touch in the communication is in danger zone in spite of
availability of so many advanced methods and modes of communication around us. The
communication gap in the human relations may lead to the destruction of the human relations.
That’s why it becomes necessary to communicate effectively for the better and healthy human
relationships.
Key Words: Girish Karnad, Hayavadana, Naga-Mandala, communication, human
relationships, barriers to communication
Girish Karnad (1938-2019) significantly deals with the theme of human relations in his plays.
His main concern is man-woman relationship in most of his play. His plays discuss the damaged
man-woman relationship due to lack of communication or poor communication.
The play Naga-Mandala (1990) observes the pattern of one way communication in the
beginning and dominates almost the thorough play. In the play, Rani is newly married to
Appanna. She has a number of aspirations and dreams of a happy married life like any other
girl. She enters in the house of Appana with many wishes in her mind. But, her dreams are
shattered very soon as Appana proves as a worst husband. He ill-treats his wife as bad as slave.
There is no communication between them. Communication is the first step towards the
foundation of concrete human relations. Such communication is not initiated between them and
that’s why they are deprived of good life partners.
In another play Hayavadana (1975), Devadatta is not able to propose Padmini himself.
He takes the help of his bosom friend Kapila. Kapila functions as an agent in the
communication where the feeling sand emotions of one person (sender) are reached to another
person (receiver) successfully. Kapila becomes a mediator of communication between a lover and
would be wife. The same mediator is considered as a barrier afterwards by Devadatta. He finds
that his wife is more interested in communication with Kapila. He complains of it as:
PADMINI (back at the window): Where is Kapila?
DEAVADATTA: …and drool over Kapila all day.
PADMINI (taken aback): What do you mean?
DEVADATTA: What else should I say? The other day I wanted to read
a play of Bhasa’s to you and sure enough Kapila drops in. (Karnad:1975, 20)
This communication assures Padmini’s fascination towards Kapila and Deavadatta’s jealousy
over it. Understanding is the crux of any successful communication. Without understanding the
message, communication is in vain. Understanding is expected from both the ends viz, sender
and the receiver. It is a praiseworthy skill of Karnad who shows that even the communication
can be misunderstood at divine level. In the play Hayavadana, the Goddess Kali fails to
understand the mind of Hayavadana and makes him a full horse instead of a human. Thus, a
miscommunication proves as a life changer in his life.
The words and actions used for praising and appreciating someone lead to positive and
affectionate communication and thereby strong bondage in the human relationships.
Appreciation is one of the strong psychological needs of human being. It pleases the person and
creates affectionate relations. Every person aspires that he/she should be appreciated by others.
It gives the happiness of social acceptance and approval. Every human likes to be praised of
his/her beauty. It creates sense of satisfaction and pleasure. Rani in Naga-Mandala also
strongly feels and desires the same feedback in the form of love and affection from her husband.
When such type of feedback is received, the sender finds satisfaction and becomes eager and
excited for more communication. Rani doesn’t get such type of response from Appanna which
leads to turmoil in their relationship as husband and wife. She pines for the love of her husband
she is deprived of. On the other hand, Naga in the form of Appanna appreciates the beauty of
Rani. He showers the words of appreciation to please Rani.

177
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

The verbal communication is found insufficient when the matter of affectionate relations is
considered. The action plays equal vital role in the relationship. Devadatta is a fine poet and
writer. He praises and appreciates Padmini’s beauty through his poems. It gives the sense of
happiness to Padmini. But, it is not enough for Padmini. Padmini is such a type of woman who
pines for a strong man. Verbal appreciation is not enough for her. That’s why, she is attracted
strongly towards the steel bodied Kapila. She finds more comfort in communication with Kapila
who hardly knows any type of poetry and literature. He uses crude language even for
communication. His style of communication surpasses the superfluous way of communication
possessed by a learned Brahmin Devadatta.
The social position matters in communication as well. Persons belonging to different
social strata communicate from different point of view and in a different style. In the play
Hayavadana, Devadatta belongs to upper well learned Brahmin caste while Kapila is a son of
ironsmith who belongs to a lower caste. This alma-matter of superiority and inferiority complex
plays a significant role in communication between two persons belonging to different classes in
Indian society. Kapila never shares equal seat with Devadatta though they are bosom friends.
Kapila prefers to seat on the ground. He accepts and listens to his every order. The
communication between two friends is like one way communication. Devadatta is sender and
Kapila is receiver. Kapila listens to his friend and follows his words without any hesitation
promptly. Their communication reflects upon the Indian social hierarchy. Devadatta falls in
love with Padmini. He wants to propose her for marriage. But he doesn’t possess the courage to
go for it. He insists his friend Kapila to propose Padmini on his behalf. Without hesitating
anymore, Kapila proceeds towards Padmini’s residence.
Nonverbal communication is not just supplementary to verbal communication but
sometimes it gives the exact meaning aimed through the message. Karnad uses various forms of
non-verbal communication to boost the verbal communication. The door frame of Padmini’s
house has an engraving of a two-headed bird at the top. This is the only clue provided to Kapila
by Devadatta to find out her house. This two headed bird symbolises the dual mentality and
confusion that Padmini very soon going to face in her married life. As the time passes, we
witness the double folded mental status of Padmini as she finds herself involved in both the
men. Karnad uses the dolls in Hayavadana. The communication between two dolls highlights
the cognition process going on in Padmini’s mind. Her secret pining for a man other than her
husband is exposed through the communication between the dolls.
DOLL I (in a hushed voice): Hey.
DOLL II: Yes?
DOLL I: Look.
DOLL II: Where?
DOLL I: Behind her eyelids. She is dreaming.
DOLL II: I don’t see anything.
DOLL I: It’s still hazy – hasn’t started yet. Do you see it now?
DOLL II (eagerly): Yes, yes.
(They stare at her.)
DOLL I: A man.
DOLL II: But not her husband.
DOLL I: No, someone else. (Karnad:1975, 48)
The communication between the dolls is very much seminal and symbolic. It clearly suggests
the audience that there is someone in Padmini’s mind whom she meets in her dreams other
than her husband.
Karnad uses dramatic technique as a mediator between the stage and the audience as
uses the character of Bhagavata in Hayavadana. Bhagavata communicates with the audience
directly in the beginning and sets the plot of the play. Through this communication the
audience gets an idea about what they are going to witness very soon on the stage. Bhagavata
also intervenes in between during the play when the situation demands explanation for the
audience. Similarly, Naga-Mandala the plot of the play is set through the communication
among the flames that have gathered in a dilapidated temple outside a village. The
communication among the flames and a man over there provides the settings of the play for the
audience.
Karnad successfully brings forth the suppression of women at the hands of patriarchy
through the communication pattern they follow. In the play Naga-Mandala, Rani is
excommunicated in and out. She is locked in the house so that she can’t communicate with
anyone outside the house. Her husband Appanna also hardly communicates with her. The only
communication that takes place between them is:
RANI: Listen – (Fumbling for words) Listen – I feel – frightened – alone at night –
APPANNA: What is there to be scared of? Just keep to yourself. No one
will bother you. Rice!
(Pause.)

178
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
RANI: Please, you could –
APPANNA: Look, I don’t like idle chatter. Do as you are told, you understand?

(Finishes his meal, gets up.)

I’ll be back tomorrow, for lunch. (Karnad:1990, 7)
We find no trace of affection and care as there should be in the communication between a
husband and wife. This communication pattern brings forth the lifelessness and dryness in the
relationship between Rani and Appanna. As the time moves Appanna suspects that someone
definitely communicates with Rani. The excommunication that is imposed upon Rani is a
symbol of patriarchy and ownership asserted by Appanna. He never wishes that anything will
crack his egoism as a husband. He keeps a dog and then a mongoose outside the house when he
is outside to keep strict watch on Rani. The dog and the mongoose symbolise the barriers which
are deliberately created by Appanna so that Rani cannot communicate with anyone in the world
outside. A blind lady named Kurudavva plays the role of an agent of communication. She comes
to knows about the loveless relations between Rani and her husband Appanna.
For Kurudavva, her son Kappanna is the only source of communication. She is a blind
and carried away by her son Kappanna on his back. He informs her ever details in the village.
Through her son Kurudavva comes to know about the plight of Rani. She also provides the
solution on her problem. In the later part, Kappanna goes on missing who was the agent of
communication for Kurudavva. Without her son, she runs helter-skelter in the village like a
mad person. She discloses her mind to Rani:
KURUDAVVA: Now I wander about calling him. They tell me
he is not in the village. They think I am mad. I know he is
not here. I know he won’t come back. But what can I do?
How can I sit in the house doing nothing? I must do
something for him. (Karnad:1990, 38)
Her madness is because of the loss of communication as her son is not available as an agent of
communication for her.
Appanna never shares a word of affection with his wife, Rani. She is also silenced by Naga in
the form of Appanna though he showers the love and affection Rani pines for. Whenever Rani is
confused of the dual behaviour of Appanna, she tries to interrogate the truth and every time she
is silenced. This process of silencing is a symbol of patriarchal manipulation in the society. Rani
is in chaotic mentality as she is unable to understand the weird behaviour of her husband. She
expresses her plight as she is denied any type of proper communication:
NAGA: (Sadly) I realize it cannot remain a secret for long. That is why
I said, as long as possible. Please, do as I tell you.
RANI: (Blankly) Yes, I shall. Don’t ask questions. Do as I tell you.
Don’t ask questions. Do as I tell you. I won’t ask questions.
I shall do what you tell me. Scowls in the day. Embraces
at night. The face in the morning unrelated to the touch at night.
But day or night, one motto does not change: Don’t ask questions.
Do as I tell you. (Karnad:1990, 32)
The communication pattern doesn’t change between Rani and her husband Appanna or
Naga in the form of Appanna. Appanna doesn’t show any affection for her and thereby adopts a
one way communication where he plays the role of sender and Rani is on receiving end. Naga in
the form of Appanna loves Rani like anything, adores her, calls her as ‘queen’ but still she is
denied the communication when needs answers of her some questions. Such type of mono way of
communication between husband and wife is still observed in one or other form that affects the
marital relations at its worst level. We observe the worst level of communication on the part of
Appanna when he comes to know about the pregnancy of his wife. He uses abusive and
unconstitutional language for her.
APPANNA: Aren’t you ashamed to admit it, you harlot? I locked you in,
and yet you managed to find a lover! Tell me who it is. Who did you go with your sari off?
RANI: I swear to you I haven’t done anything wrong!
APPANNA: You haven’t? And yet you have a bloated tummy. Just
pumped air into it, did you? And you think I’ll let you get away
with that? You shame me in front of the whole village, you
darken my face, you slut – ! (Karnad:1990, 33)

The above communication brings into light the darker side of Appanna’s personality. He
is dishonest, disloyal, and treacherous with his wife and expects loyalty on her part. He accuses
her of adultery in front of the whole village.
To conclude, one can observe various patterns of communication in the plays
Hayavadana and Nagamandala by Girish Karnad. These patterns play a seminal role as they
highlight social context in the play. Sometimes they prove as supplementary to convey the
thorough of the text. Karnad uses tools of non-verbal communication with verbal

179
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
communication to make the situation clearer for the audience. He also makes the non-human
things to communicate to explore the psyche of the characters on the stage. He is the master to
use such techniques on the stage and there is no question in it.
Bibliography
1. Primary Sources
2. Karnad, Girish, Hayavadana, Oxford University Press, 1975
3. Ibid, Naga-Mandala, Oxford University Press, 1990
4. Secondary Sources
5. Budholia, Om Parakash, Girish Karnad and Folklore, B. R. Publishing House, 2011
6. Kumar, Nand, Indian Drama in English: A Study in Myths, Sarup and Sons, 2011
7. Naik M. K., A History of Indian English Literature, Sahitya Akademi, 2014

180
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

“Importance of Knowledge Management in Academic

Libraries in India”.
Sapkal Pravin Mohan1, Prof: Waghamare Shwetambari2, Yahwant B. Thorat3
1Librarian, Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University)

Department of Engineering & Technology, Navi Mumbai.

2Assistant professor in Mathematics, Bharati Vidyapeeth college of Engg. Navi Mumbai
3Librarian, Bharati Vidyapeeth College Of Engineering Navi Mumbai

Summary:
The services provided by librarians and information specialists may be enhanced with the
use of knowledge management. Knowledge specialists in the information industry need to
rethink their identities. Organization-wide implementation of knowledge management to
facilitate communication and collaboration across silos. Whoever will put it to the greatest
use in furthering the organization's objectives. It facilitates the collection, categorization,
and dissemination of knowledge among groups bound by shared interests. Nowadays,
knowledge management is a useful resource. Help organisations and governments manage
their knowledge more effectively. Knowledge management is an Apply best management
practices in the form of human resources. Knowledge is a feeling. Knowledge Management
Folder information, textual information, will be a system that users can search and display.
Data stored digitally includes paper documents, photographs, emails, faxes, audio files,
video files, etc.
Keywords: ICT, Information and Knowledge Management, Library and Information
Science.
Introduction
The KM system is a tangible, all-encompassing entity. Ordered to gather electronic
information creates a virtual model of decentralised organisation and contains as much
variety as any other information source. KM will be a key requirement. All successful
companies in the coming years. Library Knowledge Management Knowledge management in
libraries is about reuse of knowledge.

181
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

1. The acquiring process: actively seeking out previously acquired information, Recognize the
requirements, and start searching Connect with the user in a variety of ways and in an
acceptable format.
2. The formation: Training and Research
3. Package design: Creating content, whether it books or magazines, and doing design and
editing work.
4. Make use of what you already know.
5. Make a database of your information.
6. Establishing a foundation of knowledge.
7: Repurpose previously acquired information

Software engineering and product development expertise. In our highly informational era,
the value of knowledge management cannot be overstated. What the library is doing. The
worth of KM is proportional to the efficiency with which members of the organisation can
cope with the present and plan for the future. Managed knowledge does not require on-
demand access. The situation is based on individual or The crew brought the situation. As
required Access management knowledge to face every situation Collaborate with anyone in
the organization. Similar situations have been known before.
Benefits of Knowledge Management
1. Reduce the exodus of intellectuals from the coast arranged.
2. Reduce costs by reducing economies of scale and archiving Extent of getting information
from outside
3. Evidence
4. Increase productivity by imparting knowledge Fast and easy.
5. Break down internal communication barriers arranged.

182
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Knowing this, knowledge management is essential for libraries. To better the library's
services, to record and to produce data that would allow users to contribute and benefit from
their knowledge Facilitate all processes in a way that is accessible to the user. miles and
data. Problems in Managing Knowledge. Establishing what constitutes "useful" information
inside the company. Having data about something does not always make you knowledgeable
about it. In the end, it doesn't matter how much you know. It is crucial to get useful
information from Big Data.
1. Knowledge management centres on those who use it. Relationship between what
individuals know and the means by which that knowledge is supported Aims of the company
or group. It pulls down people's skills, intuition, ideas, and drives. In other words, this is not
some kind of technical idea. Knowledge management may be aided by technology; however,
we advise you to avoid bringing up the point right away.
2. The system of strategic goals is connected to the knowledge management goals. This is all
the data that is used. Extremely significant, applicable, and dispassionate.
3. K M is continually evolving. Know-how management doesn't have any such unbreakable
rules. Sometimes it's merely "not out of date" practise since knowledge is continuously being
evaluated, updated, and amended. This is an evolving and persistent procedure.
4. The value of K M is rising. Collaboration relies on the sharing of knowledge, networks,
and alliances. Businesses may engage in a two-way dialogue with subject-matter experts.
Offer guidance and training to managers based on the most recent advancements in the
sector. Integration between the Foundation and its constituents is facilitated by forums,
councils, and boards.
5. To sum up, KM is a visionary. The approach uses commercial language rather than
technical jargon, and it aims to inspire confidence and a shared sense of purpose among
managers. Shared ambition. Construction of necessary facilities or company-wide
architectural plans.
Knowledge management is essential. Knowledge management-based projects have
been shown to be useful by many different types of companies. As a result of these
encounters, experts in knowledge management Encourage productive rivalry between
businesses and groups. To be effective in the modern world, people must always be active. I
solved a problem for a translation service that has been bothering me for a while. Learn
from your mistakes and move forward. simultaneous cross-time-space knowledge sharing
and organisation building Effectively putting acquired information to use is crucial.
Consider the following Key Questions –
(a) Find a way to transfer knowledge to groups or people who can reuse it.
(b) Interpreting the learner Others can use it.
(c) Receiving group or individual adoption Knowledge applied in a specific context.
Knowledge Management Technology Library Information Technology is K.M. In the library
Gaining knowledge is K.M. There are Library. Broadly I.T. application Human brain alone is
not enough to acquire knowledge. to carry out such a crucial role in contemporary society,
given the rapid pace at which scientific and technological advances are being made
Connections between sources of information and those who use them Informatics and
computer networks. This configuration knows that the network exists.
Libraries have a crucial role in the creation of works of thought. Library building and a few
methods and instruments The ability to work together is one of K.M.'s greatest strengths.
Integrations with pre-existing email and web System and web-based process introduction.
Where do people in the community save and swap paperwork? Put together a central
repository of knowledge and use it to facilitate communication amongst interested parties.
These hubs will serve as such venues, hosting research, discussion, and more. You may use
this to enrol in a training course that is offered online.

183
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Conclusion
Knowledge management, as was previously said, offers as a group, we can foster
lasting innovation and knowledge exchange via collaboration. Do things that will help you to
learn. The library industry can take a page out of the corporate world's playbook. Concerns
about business, competition, privacy, and finances surround libraries that practise
knowledge management. The field of library science provides a wealth of applicable
information and skills for the field of knowledge management. Scholars are the greatest at
generating new information. K.M. be an essential component of every successful business
Within the ensuing years. Without a proper foundation, knowledge management system
implementation will lag behind those who already have one in place. The System for
Managing Knowledge Rising productivity is a long-term investment that will bear fruit. To
better serve their patrons, librarians should provide training to their employees. The right
kind of IT infrastructure, including a library of useful applications and knowledge
management systems, is made available. Upgrade your services so that they are more quick,
accurate, and convenient for your users.
References
1. Bansal A. Knowledge Management: A Review.
2. Denning S. Knowledge strategies.
3. Develop knowledge. Retrieved from http://www.cabi-bioscience.org•
4. Ghosh M. Knowledge Management in the Digital Age: Challenges and Opportunities for
India.
5. www.knowledge management.wiki.com

184
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Analysis of the Indian Pharmaceutical Sector: Current Status,

Challenges and Opportunities
Ms. Prerna Singh1, Dr. Shibu John, Professor2,
1Research scholar, School of Management and Business Studies,
Jamia Hamdard, Delhi, India
2Jamia Milia Islamia (On Deputation from Jamia Hamdard),

Delhi, India

Abstract
An essential component of society is business enterprise. A corporate firm's motivation
will immediately influence society, including the environment, customers, employees, suppliers,
and other stakeholders. The Indian pharmaceutical market is in a good position because there
are a lot of medications that have recently lost their patents. Pharmaceutical manufacturers are
focusing on manufacturing, and this trend is anticipated to continue as pharmaceuticals' share
of the Indian and global pharmaceutical markets rises. The pharmaceutical regulatory
environment is becoming increasingly strict on a global scale. The inability of pharmaceutical
companies in India to actively participate in international markets was hampered by several
additional problems, including uncertainty over the market's maturity level, the importance of
investing in this industry, and differences in regulatory rigour. This article aims to describe the
pharmaceutical market environment in India and throughout the world. Additionally, it covers
the important difficulties that are present. It also considers a few indicators that show the
pharmaceutical sector in India has a promising future.
Keywords: Pharmaceutical products, Pharma Market; Indian Companies, Challenges
Introduction
The need for health care services has expanded as health has emerged as one of the most
important problems in many societies. Most nations have seen a rise in health spending due to
these high needs. The pharmaceutical business is not an exception in this respect, and it is one
of the sectors that has significantly contributed to rising healthcare costs [1,2]. On the other
hand, medicine is recognized as the key and most efficient factor in enhancing public health and
controlling specific diseases among individuals [3].
Furthermore, the two biggest issues that nations confront globally are enhancing public
health and growing the pharmaceutical business. Governments closely monitor and regulate the
pharmaceutical business since it is one of the most important components of any health system.
Pharmaceutical firms' development and expansion have been significantly impacted by the
implementation of some severe regulations and the government's microscopic oversight. A poor
choice of laws or policies might end the existence of several pharmaceutical businesses,
endangering the general public's health in the process. On the other hand, applying appropriate
rules will aid in the growth and development of this business and ensure that pharmaceuticals
are available where they should be, at the correct price, and of the highest possible quality,
eventually improving community health. Meanwhile, pharmaceutical firms should work to
adapt to these regulations to, first, retain their existing state and, second, spur expansion and
growth by utilizing current opportunities or by converting threats into opportunities [4,5].
India's highly specialized pharmaceutical business has shown tremendous potential in recent
decades. In terms of value, the sector came in at number ten, but volume rankings put it at
number three. By 2023, the Indian pharmaceutical industry will reach USD 55 billion; under a
future development scenario, it might even reach USD 70 billion. [6].
Indian Pharmaceutical Industry
Over the last 50 years, the Indian pharmaceutical sector has experienced a substantial
expansion in the domestic and international markets. As a result, the proportion of "Made in
India" medications in the Indian pharma sector increased to 80% in 2020 from providing just 5%
of the world's medicine consumption in 1969 (95% share with global pharma). More
significantly, over the same time, the nation also gained a dominant position in the worldwide
generic drugs market and is today referred to as the "Pharmacy of the world" [7].
More than 20% of the volume of the worldwide generics market and 62% of the global demand
for vaccines are contributed by the Indian pharmaceutical sector. As a result, the sector
sometimes called the "archetype of affordable healthcare," has significantly improved public
health outcomes in India and worldwide [8].
One of the top 10 industries for lowering the trade imbalance and luring in Foreign
Direct Investment (FDI), the pharmaceutical industry has been a key contributor to India's
economic growth. Between April 2000 and June 2020, the medicines and pharmaceuticals
industry received cumulative FDI inflows totalling US$16.54 billion [9]. Additionally, the trade
surplus it has been producing, US$20.7 billion in pharmaceutical exports and US$2.31 billion in
imports in FY20, makes it of utmost significance [10]. The industry is third in volume and 14th
in value globally, employing about 2.7 million people directly or indirectly [11,12].

185
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
In their article titled "Opportunities and challenges for Indian pharmaceutical companies in
overseas markets and need of digital tools for sustainable success," Reddy and Rao noted that
Indian pharmaceutical companies are finding it difficult to survive in international markets as
a result of competition, a lack of market knowledge, a convoluted regulatory pathway, and a
failure to adopt the most recent digital technologies. The major goal of the study is to determine
how various digital technologies may be used by various pharma sector disciplines to succeed in
international markets. They discover a definite demand for domain-based digital tools for
Indian pharmaceutical businesses to compete and survive in international markets [13].
The challenges, opportunities, and performance of the Indian pharmaceutical industry post-
TRIPS noted that the country's patent law was changed to be compatible with the agreement on
trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights (TRIPS), but that this change has created
many difficulties for India's generic pharmaceutical producers. They learn that the industry's
top generic businesses have inconsistent performance [14]
Objectives
This study aims to examine the Indian pharmaceutical industry's development
possibilities. The report discusses its present situation, development pattern, several
difficulties, and its outlook for the future. The study also focuses on stringent regulatory
requirements in existing and developing economies that prevent the entry of new players and
prevent this sector from expanding. This process entails thoroughly assessing the literature
from secondary databases, reports, and research papers on the pharmaceutical business, IBEF,
EY, McKinsey and Company studies, etc.
Indian Pharmaceutical Industry's Challenges
The regulatory environment for pharmacies across the world is becoming increasingly
restrictive. To compete in the global market, the Indian pharmaceutical sector needs a strong
regulatory framework. However, the industry is now dealing with several difficulties, including:
Lack of a consistent environment for pricing and policy- This problem is brought on by
India's frequent and unforeseen domestic pricing policy changes. For investments and
inventions, it has produced a hazy atmosphere. IPA recommends that the government and
stakeholders collaborate to create a strategy for making pharmaceuticals for Indian patients
that are reasonably priced.
Lack of competencies in the innovation sector- Despite India's abundant talent and
labour. The government must invest in research projects and people to boost India's innovation.
The subjectivity in some regulatory decision-making processes should be eliminated, and the
government should encourage clinical research.
Impact of outside markets-According to reports, India depends largely on other nations for
its active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) and other intermediates. For example, China is the
source of imports for 80% of APIs. India is thus at the mercy of erratic price changes and supply
interruptions. To stabilize supply, it is required to implement infrastructure improvements in
the area of internal facilities.
Quality compliance investigation: Since 2009, India has received the most FDA inspections;
as a result, ongoing investments in raising quality standards will divert funds away from other
areas of development and growth.
Clinical trials: These are the industry's gold standard procedures for assessing the efficacy
and safety of medications, and they must be validated before receiving regulatory clearance.
India is evolving as a pharmacy, R&D, and clinical trial knowledge centre. To promote the
development of affordable treatments for various illnesses, including diarrhoea, TB, malaria,
meningitis, etc., the pharmaceutical sector must expand. Additionally, clinical trial regulatory
delays are seriously impeding this prospect. As a result, the rate of innovation and the
expansion of the clinical trial sector have been hampered. Additionally, issues including
inadequate regulatory monitoring, the requirement for protections for informed consent for
vulnerable groups, and compensation standards for patients for trial-related fatalities have
come to light as major worries. As a result, our nation is losing out on many potentials because
of the abovementioned restrictions during clinical trials.
Consistent code on sales and marketing: To organize marketing activities and avoid
corruption, the Department of Pharma has provided rules on a consistent code of sales and
marketing practices that apply to all pharmaceutical enterprises. However, the tax authorities
utilize the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) circular based on MCI recommendations to
decide what sales and marketing costs are allowed. The Department of Pharma rules differ from
the MCI guidelines on sales and marketing methods. Therefore, the Department of Pharma's
and MCI's standards have distinct benchmarks. Clarity is increasingly desired from the
viewpoints of the tax authorities and the pharmaceutical business.
Mandatory licensing: The pharmaceutical sector currently adheres to tight laws and
regulations on manufacturing and good manufacturing practices for developing drugs in
domestic and foreign markets. Both Indian and international pharmaceutical enterprises will
become unstable due to the widespread practice of forced licensing. However, drug affordability
and the need to preserve intellectual property should coexist harmoniously.

186
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Producing high-quality medications: The Indian pharmaceutical sector effectively produces
reasonably priced medications for the domestic market and export. Overseas markets must
have growing faith in Indian-made medicines. To achieve this, the authorities must establish
quality standards on par with international norms through suitable legislation and guarantee
that these requirements are strictly upheld.
It would boost the Indian pharmaceutical sector, which makes up a significant portion of the
Indian economy, by holistically concentrating on the abovementioned issues [15].
Conclusion
COVID-19 has well demonstrated the necessity of a good healthcare system, and a
country's economy and society may be at risk if one does not exist. Applying lessons from the
difficulties and best practices that arose throughout the pandemic is appropriate as India
continues to combat COVID-19 and stabilize its economic growth trajectory. The infrastructure
for providing healthcare must be quickly built and made available to the whole population. The
healthcare and economic results of the nation have greatly benefited from the contributions of
the Indian pharmaceutical sector. The epidemic has increased the industry's potential and
problems in many ways. India has a chance because of the widening trust gap with China, but
Vietnam and Malaysia are becoming increasingly competitive. Two-thirds of India's bulk
pharmaceuticals or drug intermediates are imports from China.
The sector must leverage its advantages while taking a major step toward innovation to
succeed in the post-pandemic future. New capabilities must be implemented across all business
processes to improve efficiency and aid the industry in moving up the value chain. The
government must provide enablers and a business climate that promotes growth. The report's
following chapters go through the chances and obstacles the nation has in achieving its goal of
fair and long-term access to healthcare and the best course of action. Additionally, it gives the
sector insight into realising its goal of being the go-to source for cutting-edge pharmaceuticals
worldwide. The Indian pharmaceutical sector has the chance to build on its strengths and
implement significant reforms to rekindle innovation-led industrial growth and achieve the goal
of US$130 billion by 2030.
The pharmaceutical market is growing due to a variety of factors, including increasing
pressure to reduce healthcare costs, an increase in the prevalence of several chronic diseases,
encouraging findings from numerous clinical trials, and rising demand for a variety of medicinal
treatments, such as for rheumatoid arthritis, blood disorders, and other ailments. In addition,
an increasing number of drugs are also going off-patent, which is driving up drug demand. But
obstacles, including high production costs and complexity, as well as strict regulatory
requirements in both developed and emerging nations, limit the entry of new competitors and
inhibit the growth of this industry. Therefore, it is important to foster a dynamic business
environment to provide all participants with the knowledge and precise inventory needed to
compete in business encounters at the market entry stage and get access to local and foreign
markets.
References
1. Jacobzone S. Pharmaceutical policies in OECD countries. 2000. Available from:
http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/323807375536
2. Fardazar FE, Safari H, Habibi F, Haghighi FA, Rezapour A. Hospitals’ readiness to
implement clinical governance. Int. J. Health Policy Manag.2015;4:69.
3. Heisler M, Langa KM, Eby EL, Fendrick AM, Kabeto MU, Piette JD. The health effects of
restricting prescription medication use because of cost. Med. Care. 2004;7:626–34.
4. Chan L, Daim TU. Multi-perspective analysis of the Chinese pharmaceutical sector: Policy,
enterprise and technology. J. Tech. Manag. China. 2011;2:171–90.
5. Lockhart M, Babar ZUD, Garg S. Evaluation of policies to support drug development in New
Zealand. Health Policy. 2010;2:108–17
6. India Pharma 2020: Propelling access and acceptance, realizing true potential. McKinsey&
Company. Retrieved from: https://www.mckinsey.com
7. A. Sayay, “India can become the pharmacy of the world”, The Hindu BusinessLine, May
2020. Available at: https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/opinion/india-can-become-the-
pharmacy-of-the-world/article31516558.ece
8. 8] “Invest India” website. Available at:
https://www.investindia.gov.in/sector/pharmaceuticals
9. IBEF” website. Available at: https://www.ibef.org/industry/pharmaceutical-india.aspx
10. Trade Map” website. Available from https://www.trademap.org/
11. The Indian Pharmaceutical Industry – the way forward” – IPA. Available at:
https://www.ipa-india.org/static-files/pdf/publications/position-papers/2019/ipa-way-
forward.pdf
12. “Invest India” website. Available at: https://www.investindia.gov.in/sector/pharmaceuticals
13. Reddy, A. V. J., & Rao, B. M. (2017). Opportunities and challenges for Indian
Pharmaceutical companies in overseas markets and need of digital tools for sustainable
success. Indian Journal of Pharmaceutical Education and Research, 51(2).

187
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
14. Dhar, B., & Joseph, R. K. (2019). The Challenges, Opportunities and Performance of the
Indian Pharmaceutical Industry Post-TRIPS. In Innovation, Economic Development, and
Intellectual Property in India and China (pp. 299-323). Springer, Singapore.
15. Indian pharmaceutical industry: Challenges and Prospects. Export-Import Bank of India.
(2016, August). Retrieved from:
https://www.eximbankindia.in/Assets/Dynamic/PDF/Publication-Resources/.../55file.pdf

188
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Analysis of Services and Facilities Provided Through Academic
Digital Libraries In Higher Education System In India
Asso. Prof. Dr. Vaishali M. Choudhari
Librarian, Lal Bahadur Shastri College, Partur, Jalna, Maharashtra State-431501.

Abstract
Digital transformation in the education sector has implied the involvement of
sustainable management, in order to adapt to the changes imposed by new technologies. A
dedicated unit for the purpose of orchestrating the building of digital infrastructure, digital
content and capacity building will be created in the Ministry to look after the e-education needs
of both school and higher education. Since technology is rapidly evolving, and needs specialists
to deliver high quality e-learning, a vibrant ecosystem has to be encouraged to create solutions
that not only solve India‘s challenges of scale, diversity, equity, but also evolve in keeping with
the rapid changes in technology, whose half-life reduces with each passing year. This centre
will, therefore, consist of experts drawn from the field of administration, education, educational
technology, digital pedagogy and assessment, e-governance, etc.
Empirically explored digital transformation of the basic education of the young
generation initiated by the COVID -19 pandemic. Reveals a variety of digital divides emerging
and being reinforced as well as barriers to digital transformation encountered. Makes visible
children‘s basic education as a significant area of concern for information management
research. Argues we can offer a valuable contribution to children‘s basic education and teacher
education our expertise on digital transformation.
Key words: digital transformation, digital divides, e-learning, educational technology, digital
infrastructure
Introduction:
In the 21st century known as the digital age, with globalization, structures in almost
every area is influenced rapidly by developing and changing information and communication
technologies. It is impossible for education to remain insensitive to these developments and
changes. Digital learning is replacing traditional educational methods more and more every
day. With how rapidly classrooms are changing, it is best to forget methods you may remember
from when you were in school and start thinking about newer teaching and learning techniques
based on digital learning tools and technologies. The inclusion of digital learning in the
classrooms can vary from simply using tablets instead of paper to using elaborate software
programs and equipment as opposed to the simple pen.
The pandemic forced us to take an extraordinary digital leap in our everyday life and
practices, including our children and their education. In a flash, their education was
transformed from a traditional classroom practice to a remote, digitalized one. Suddenly, an
entire generation of children had to start managing and mastering with digital tools to
participate in their compulsory basic education. This required significant adjustments not only
from children and their teachers, but also from their families, school administration and the
entire society. Teachers and schools had to take the lead in this sudden, unexpected digital
transformation of children‘s basic education, without being well prepared for it. Even if
digitalization in education has been a hot topic already for ages within different disciplines and
digital tools are extensively already utilized in schools, teachers, schools and educational
administration have been poorly prepared for acting as leaders and change agents in digital
transformation.
The teachers have showed great resilience, creativity and perseverance in responding to
the challenging situation of the COVID-19. Some have identified valuable digital practices that
they wish to utilize also in the future. Schools and educational administration of the city may
have provided valuable support. However, the teachers expressed worries regarding their
pupils, having lack of access to some of them and having a fear of the problems caused by the
lock-down for their future education.
This could entail using sites, services, programs, teaching tools, and technologies like
study aids built for at-home use. Even social networks and communication platforms can be
used to create and manage digital assignments and agendas. Irrespective of how much
technology is integrated into the classroom, digital learning has come to play a crucial role in
education. It empowers students by getting them to be more interested in learning and
expanding their horizons. Here is how digital learning is a setup from traditional education
methods.
Digital transformation of our education system will require commitment from all
stakeholders. There is a growing need to integrate the smart use of digital technologies to
enhance the teaching-learning experience. New technologies in education such as cloud
computing, MOOCs, smart boards etc. are already impacting the teaching-learning process in a

189
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
big way. Leadership support will play a crucial role to make digital transformation in education
is effective in schools and colleges.
Academic leaders need to adopt new working ways and approaches that involve the use
of innovative technology. Adoption of new educational technologies will enable teachers to make
drastic improvements in academic delivery and students‘ assessment process. It can enable a
better learning experience for students and improve job prospects .One of the major reasons for
the inclusion of digital technologies in education transformation is the development of more
personalized content with greater access to courses for skill development. However,
digitalization will only be effective if the technology is used as a tool to drive systemic and
institutional changes to impart knowledge and develop job skills and not merely to automate
and fast track the process of learning.
Digital transformation is slow process in education which became an urgent topic in the
spring of 2020 due to COVID-19. In mid March, the Government closed the schools and
universities and the classes were held in online form. This faced both students and teachers
with unexpected challenges.
Advantages Of Digital Transformation
Online education can enhance instructional learning, especially in higher education by
creating a blended learning experience that combines both traditional classroom-based methods
and modern technology. Another important advantage of the digital transformation in education
is in the management of education itself.
Challenges In Digital Transformation
Meanwhile, millions from Government schools and colleges, especially in rural areas,
will not even have access to education due to Covid -19 the lockdown. According to the Key
Indicators of Household Social Consumption on Education in India report, based on the 2017-18
National Sample Survey, less than 15% of rural Indian households have Internet (as opposed to
42% urban Indian households). A mere 13% of people surveyed (aged above five) in rural areas
just 8.5% of females could use the Internet.
The poorest households cannot afford a smart phone or a computer. Several parents are
not happy with this new set-up. ―They complain of increased screen time for children. There are
a few parents who aren‘t comfortable with technology themselves they crib about it. So, their
children, too, might look at it negatively. At times, classes get disturbed due to Internet issues.
In nuclear families, especially, parents might have to miss work to take care of their children.
Some of them could be healthcare professionals, who are desperately needed to mitigate the
pandemic.
A Culture Of Transformation
A Culture of Transformation Digital Transformation is not about technology, it‘s about
culture. Through a digitalization of the learning experience, both teachers and students are able
to improve their skills, with a common goal: to create a more engaging and effective education
process. Here are some ways that digital tools are shifting education
Philosophy Of Teaching
Every teacher has a unique teaching style. Over a period, they would have built a
rapport with the children. This is done through observing their body language in class, their
interaction with classmates how it is different in small groups and large groups. Now, they just
see them on computer screens and there could be a lot of disturbances.
Digital infrastructure:
There is a need to invest in creation of open, interoperable, evolvable, public digital
infrastructure in the education sector that can be used by multiple platforms and point
solutions, to solve for India‘s scale, diversity, complexity and device penetration. This will
ensure that the technology-based solutions do not become outdated with the rapid advances in
technology.
Online teaching platform and tools:
Appropriate existing e-learning platforms such as SWAYAM, DIKSHA, will be extended
to provide teachers with a structured, user-friendly, rich set of assistive tools for monitoring
progress of learners. Tools, such as, two-way video and two way-audio interfaces for holding
online classes are a real necessity as the present pandemic has shown.
Addressing the digital divide:
Given the fact that there still persists a substantial section of the population whose
digital access is highly limited, the existing mass media, such as television, radio, and
community radio will be extensively used for telecast and broadcasts. Such educational
programmes will be made available 24/7 in different languages to cater to the varying needs of
the student population. A special focus on content in all Indian languages will be emphasized
and required; digital content will need to reach the teachers and students in their medium of
instruction as far as possible.
Online assessment and examinations:
Appropriate bodies, such as the proposed National Assessment Centre or PARAKH,
School Boards, NTA, and other identified bodies will design and implement assessment

190
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
frameworks encompassing design of competencies, portfolio, rubrics, standardized assessments,
and assessment analytics. Studies will be undertaken to pilot new ways of assessment using
education technologies focusing on 21st century skills
Why Digital Transformation For Education?
Gone are the days when students sit in the classroom and learn solely by listening to
lectures. Today, education must be collaborative and interactive. Teachers are making drastic
changes to the way they approach instruction, with technology in the classroom playing a major
role. Digital transformation positively impacts student learning by opening a world of endless
possibilities and collaboration.
What is digital transformation?
It is NOT a basic hardware or software upgrade (although that can play a part). Digital
transformation is a physical and philosophical change designed to meet the ever growing
demands of your students, faculty and campus to create a learning environment where
everything connects. This is an ecosystem that combines technology, services and security to
bridge the digital gap to create collaborative, interactive and personalized learning experiences.
What issues are driving digital transformation?
1. Campus security
2. Information security
3. Student success
4. IT strategy
5. Data enablement
6. Student centric services
7. Affordability
8. Digital integration
9. Artificial intelligence
How do you create a digitally transformed campus?
1. Build a strong IT foundation
2. Foster successful students
3. Create a safe campus
4. Deliver state-of-the-art cyber security
5. Deploy operational efficiencies
What do I need to do in order to digitally transform?
Digital transformation starts with a strategy. A clearly defined strategy that leverages
opportunities presented by the new technology while meeting the objectives. The following four
steps will help you develop a digital transformation strategy for education:
1. Connect everything to support tomorrow‘s digital world Set up strong strategic partnerships
and build an ecosystem connecting your people, processes and things to build a
communications network that is high capacity, secure and smart.
2. Deploy analytics to automate, understand and save money Use real life, real-time data to
drive strategic initiatives that improve performance, roll out upgrades and make
infrastructure decisions.
3. Roll out new business models ―Freemium‖ software and on-demand services are cheaper,
more flexible and simpler to manage than traditional systems, and may be just the ticket for
your campus.
4. Move towards a single, simple platform whether it is on-premises or in the cloud, the
ultimate goal of digital transformation is to provide a single platform as the foundation of
your network and communications infrastructure.
Digital transformation in education: The challenges
To understand how a full and sustainable digital transformation can take place, it's
important to examine the potential challenges or roadblocks an institution might face. By
understanding such issues it will be possible to overcome them.
1. A reluctance to adapt
2. A reluctance to adapt
3. Data silos
4. A lack of direction or strategy
5. System-based compatibility
Digital transformation in education: The solutions
1. Develop a strategy
2. Train and invest in skills
3. Integrate and leverage digital data
4. Automate
5. Embrace the power of mobile
6. Experiment with emerging technologies
7. Focus on digital citizenship
The digital transformation due to the COVID-19 was not smooth and without challenges
but half of the students liked it and they would prefer it in the future. Our analysis allows

191
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
drawing a few remarks and conclusions. Firstly, half of the students preferred online education
and they are willing to continue it. Secondly, the students who had no technical issues would
prefer to use their own devices during the tutorials. Finally, the students who will not prefer
online education are divided by technical issues and other concerns.
Online education was considered successful because about half of the students would
prefer it in the future. Almost all of these responses agreed upon that weekly class are
necessary. Hence, they would like to learn from home with the well established schedule of
semesters. Acceptance of rescheduled training like intensive courses would require further
investigation because there were no specific questions about it. Current results show that the
students think that weekly classes are indispensable. These students did not mention technical
issues and had the necessary infrastructure.
Conclusion
Digital transformation is creating a world of difference by rethinking the digital tools that are
used in the classroom. Digital tools are driving new levels of collaboration and innovation to
create a campus of endless learning possibilities.
At present, education institutions worldwide are faced with multifaceted challenges,
including the growing impact of digitalization and changing expectations from students, staff,
and faculty. Thanks to the brutality of the corona virus pandemic, digital transformation in
education have shifted from important to essential within a few months. It has highlighted the
gap that is prevalent in this community between the necessities and ‗not‘ in this period.
Further, as this sector becomes competitive, digital transformation is now becoming a must for
survival as this new digital world requires educators to adapt and adopt digital technologies,
methodologies, and mindsets.
Students enjoyed the digital education and half of them are willing to continue it in the
future. Students would prefer to use their own devices during on tutorials which allow some
changes in the labour environments. Unfortunately, some students had technical issues which
may be caused by the heterogeneous software environment and can be solved with support
material. Therefore, the successful utilization of the digital education can be achieved in the
near future.
References
1. Agarwal, R., Guodong, G., DesRoches, C., and Jha, A. K. 2010. "The digital
transformation of healthcare: Current status and the road ahead," Information Systems
Research (21:4), pp. 796-809.
2. R. Agarwal, A. Animesh, K. Prasad Research note—Social interactions and the ―digital
divide‖: Explaining variations in internet use Information Systems Research, 20 (2) (2009),
pp. 277-294.
3. Dasgupta, S., and Gupta, B. 2010. "Organizational culture and technology use in a
developing country: An empirical study," Special Interest Group on ICT and Global
Development, St. Louis, MN.
4. National Education Policy 2020
5. Papagiannidis, J. Harris, D. Morton (2020) - WHO led the digital transformation of your
company? A reflection of IT related challenges during the pandemic International Journal of
Information Management, Article 102166.
6. Rai, A., and Sambamurthy, V. 2006. "Editorial notes - The growth of interest in services
management: Opportunities for information systems scholars," Information Systems
Research (17:4), pp. 327-331.
7. S.C. Srivastava, G. Shainesh (2015) – ―Bridging the Service Divide through Digitally
Enabled Service Innovations‖. Evidence from Indian Healthcare Service Providers MIS
Q., 39 (1) , pp. 245-267
8. G. Vial (2019) - “Understanding digital transformation‖ - A review and a research agenda
The Journal of Strategic Information Systems.
9. Woon, J. (2016.) - "Challenger's digital transformation enabled by the cloud," Network
World Asia (13:2), pp. 47-47

192
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Formulation and quality evaluation of Multigrain Neutra-chikki
Sachin B. Somwanshi1, Shital Godase2, Chaitali Avhad3
1Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceutics,

PRES’s, College of Pharmacy (For Women), Chincholi, Nashik, Maharashtra, India

Email: [email protected],
2,3 Department of Pharmaceutics, PRES’s, College of Pharmacy

(For Women), Chincholi, Nashik, Maharashtra, India

Abstract
An organism assimilates food and utilises it for development and maintenance through
the process of nutrition, which is an organic process of nourishing or being fed. The study of food
and drink in humans is a field of science that provides sources of nutrients for the body. Nutrition
is the process of giving the materials required for life in the form of food to cells and organisms. A
healthy diet can prevent or treat a number of common health issues.
Chikki a traditional candy delicacy created with groundnut and jaggery is enjoyed by people of
all age group in India. An attempt was made to improve its nutritional quality by developing a
multigrain Nutra-chikki with pumpkin seed, fennel seed and peanut, and the nutritional
assessment were evaluated. The prepared multigrain Nutra-chikki was also organoleptically
assessed using a sensory affective hedonic scale.
The results indicates that multigrain Nutra-chikki comprises of protein 14.78 g, fat 16.6 g, and
minerals like iron 9.67 mg, calcium 269.9 mg which is nutritionally superior to groundnut
chikki. It also showed acceptable sensory score of 8.3 for overall characteristics against
groundnut chikki.
Keywords: Nutraceutical, Chikki, Pumpkin, Fennel, Peanut.
Introduction
The term "nutraceutical" is a combination of "nutrition" and "pharmaceutical."
Nutraceuticals, broadly speaking, are foods or components of foods that significantly alter and
maintain the normal physiological processes that support healthy human beings. The food
products used as nutraceuticals can be categorised as dietary fibre, prebiotics, probiotics,
polyunsaturated fatty acids, antioxidants and other different types of herbal natural foods.
These dietary supplements are used to treat a number of illnesses, including diabetes,
cholesterol, osteoporosis, cancer, obesity, and cardiovascular disease. Overall, "nutraceutical"
has ushered in a new era of medicine and health, one in which the food industry has evolved
into a field focused on research. This article aims to educate readers on the benefits of dietary
supplements for treating a variety of diseases.1
The global market for nutraceuticals, which include herbal and dietary supplements, is
expanding quickly and is already worth more than $100 billion USD. Curcumin from turmeric,
glucosamine from ginseng, and omega-3 fatty acids from linseed are a few of the popular plant-
derived (herbal) nutraceuticals.2
Pumpkins seeds are produced all over the world as a vegetable and medicine.3 Pumpkin
seeds are rich in antioxidants, healthy fats, and minerals. Possible benefits of eating pumpkin
seeds include boosting bone health, sexual wellbeing, and the immune system.4,5 It also contains
a lot of different amino acids, carotenoids, dietary fiber, vitamins, and minerals. It is a very
effective health supplement as a result.6
The dried form of fennel, known as saunf, is a storehouse of essential nutrients. Low in
calories and high in vitamin C, saunf seeds support the immune system, promote the creation of
collagen, and act as a strong antioxidant that scavenges free radicals. Fennel seeds, which are
high in manganese, stimulate metabolism, activate enzymes, control blood sugar, and build
bones. In addition to these, significant amounts of selenium, calcium, magnesium, potassium,
and iron support skin health, regulate blood pressure, and treat anaemia.7,8
Thus present study was developed with the intention of incorporating these multigrains
such as pumpkin seeds, fennel seeds and peanuts as nutritional source to the traditional Indian
sweet jaggery based chikki, which is popular throughout the country and consumed by all the
sections of the population.
Materials And Method:
Materials used:
1. Pumpkin seeds:
Pumpkin seeds are a nutrient-dense food that has also demonstrated several medical benefits.
It has 2gms of protein, 2gms of fat, and 7 gm of carbohydrates. The seed may be used as a
dietary supplement since it contains a high quantity of macro elements (magnesium,
phosphorus, and calcium) and a moderate amount of micro elements (calcium, manganese,
copper, and zinc)8.
2. Jaggery:
Traditional Indian sweetener known as jaggery is both readily available and nutritive. The
macronutrients included in jaggery provide a variety of health benefits, including antitoxin and

193
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
anticancer properties. It has been shown to be superior to white sugar. It is known to create
heat and provide a human body with rapid energy. It contains 0.15 gm of proteins, 574.5
calories, 0% fat and 147 gm of carbohydrates9.
3. Fennel Seeds:
Fennel has long been employed as a carminative ingredient. It could assist in removing the
built-up gas from the stomach, reducing bloating. Infants’ gas (flatulence) may also be treated
with fennel water. The release of digestive secretions required for efficient meal digestion and
absorption may be encouraged by fennel seeds. Fennel extract may be employed due to its
ability to prevent gastrointestinal injury. But, if you encounter gastrointestinal issues, you must
contact your healthcare professional10.
4. Peanuts:
Interestingly, peanuts do not belong to the nut family. Together with green peas, soybeans, and
lentils, they are classed as legumes. The peanut plant most likely originated in South America,
most likely in Brazil or Peru. In South America, scientists discovered 3,500-year-old ceramics
shaped like peanuts and adorned with peanuts. It contains 39 gm of protein, 850 calories, 73 gm
of fats and 24 gm of carbohydrates11.
Table no. 1: Composition of Chikki12
Sr. No Composition Ratio
1 Pumpkin Seeds 13gm
2 Jaggery 150gm
3 Fennel 2gm
4 Peanuts 150gm

Preparation & Standardization of Chikki:

a. Selection of material
Selection of good quality material was done such as Pumpkin seeds, groundnuts, fennel and
Nutraceutical jaggery.

b. Weighing of material
Weighing the material was done for its correct proportion.

c. Roasting of Peanuts
Peanuts were roasted at 120-140 ℃ foe 25 min. The roasted were split, uncovered & germ
removed. The peanuts were then crushed into small bits and these were collected into a bowl.

d. Roasting of pumpkin seeds:

Pumpkin seeds were roasted at 50-100 ℃ for 10 min.
e. Preparation of jaggery syrup:

Small quantity of jagerry with 10 ml of water was heated to dissolve.

And the syrup was prepared.

f. Preparation of Nutra-chikki:
The syrup was heated at 148 ℃ to liquify the syrup and then roasted peanuts, pumpkin seeds
and fennel were add to it one by one. All the ingredients were mixed together.

194
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
g. Dusting of tray:
Sugar powder was sprinkled on the tray to avoid sticking of the chikki.

h. Cutting of chikki:
With a knife, the chikki was cut into square pieces.

i. Packaging:
Primary packaging and secondary packaging was done.12,13,14
Quality analysis
In this analysis we estimated Protein content through Kjendhal method, Fat was
estimated by soxhlet method, Carbohydrates, Moisture, Ash and Crude fiber was determined by
AOAC, 2002 method.15,16
Sensory evaluation
The organoleptic evaluation with respect of colour, odour, texture, taste, appearance and
overall acceptability were evaluated by Twelve trained/semi trained judges evaluated using 9
point hedonic scale.17
Storage condition
Chikki (100g) were stored at room temperature in polypropylene bags. The product's
stability was assessed based on its texture, flavour, taste, appearance, and colour.18
Result And Discussion
The results obtained from the present investigation as well as relevant discussion have
been summarized under following heads:

Figure No. 1: Formulated Chikki

Chemical composition of the prepared Nutra-chikki:

The chemical constituents like moisture, protein, fat, ash content of standardized
Nutra-chikki and groundnut chikki were analysed and given in table 2.
Table No. 2: Proximate analysis of Chikki
Sensory analysis
Sr. No. Parameters (per150 gm) Nutra chikki
1 Protein (g) 14.78g
2 Fat(g) 16.6g
3 Calcium(mg) 269.9mg
4 Iron(mg) 9.67mg
5 Ash(g) 46.5%
6 Moisture(g) 59.87

The nutra-chikki is prepared with combinations of grains was organoleptically accepted

with the range of scores (7.8 to 8.4). The nutra-chikki consisting of Pumpkin seeds, fennel,
peanuts had an average score of 8.3. Then the prepared chikki was appealed to have good taste
and better Nutraceutical value.

195
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

10
9 Group 1
8 Group 2
7 Group 3
6
Group 4
5
4 Group 5
3 Group 6
2 Group 7
1
Group 8
0
Group 9
Group 10
Group 11
Group 12

Figure No. 2: Evaluation scores of Prepared Chikki (Hedonic Scale)

Conclusion
The lifestyle modifications have contributed many disorders to the people due to
reduction of needed nutrients from the Food they eat. Considering this, the multigrain Nutra-
chikki was prepared by mixing of pumpkin seed, fennel seeds and peanuts. The study was
carried out with the view to study the health Benefits, physical appearance and evaluation
parameters of Nutra-chikki.
References
1. Manoj Kumar Mishra, A review on nutraceuticals: Classification and its role in various disease,
International Journal of Pharmacy & Therapeutics, January 2016; 7(4): 152-160.
2. Onyeka Nwosu, Kingsley Ikechukwu Ubaoji, Nutraceuticals: History, Classification and Market
Demand, In book: Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals, August 2020: pp.13-22.
3. Qamar Abbas Syed, Mafia Akram, Rizwan Shukat, Nutritional and Therapeutic Importance of
the Pumpkin Seeds, Biomed J Sci & Tech Res., September 2019; 21(2): 15798-15803.
4. Amy Richter, RD, Nutrition-By Megan Ware, RDN, L. D. What are the health benefits of
pumpkin seeds? Updated on January 6, 2023.
5. Poonam Sachdev, An article on Health Benefits of Pumpkin Seeds, Written by WebMD Editorial
Contributors on November 23, 2022.
6. Dr. Kriti Singh and Dr. Achanta Krishna Swaroop, Health Benefits of Pumpkin Seeds - An
Overview, Published on Feb 15, 2023
7. Sowmya Binu, Saunf/Fennel Seeds: Nutrition, Health Benefits, Uses For Weight Loss, Digestion
And Recipes, May 09, 2023.
8. Dr. Nikita Toshi, 11 Incredible Health Benefits of Fennel Seeds (Saunf), Last updated: May 2,
2023.
9. Kago Paring Richa Singh, Luxita Sharma. Organoleptic Evaluation of Nutritious Chikki
developed by incorporating niger seeds (Guizotia abyssinica cass), International Journal of
Nutrition and Agriculture Research. 2017; 4(1): 58 - 65.
10. Sathiya MALA Kripanand, Prabhakara Rao Pamidighantam, G.Narsing Rao, Satyanarayana
Akula. Nutritional quality and storage stability of chikki prepared using pumpkin seed, flaxseed,
oats and peanuts, Indian Journal of Traditional Knowledge, January 2015; 14(1): 118-123.
11. Poonam Sachdev, Health Benefits of Peanuts, Written by WebMD Editorial Contributors on
November 27, 2022.
12. Abhirami and L Karpagapandi, Nutritional evaluation and storage stability of multigrain Nutri-
chikki, International Journal of Chemical Studies 2018; 6(5): 3253-3259.
13. Chetana Ramakrishna, Aruna Pamisetty, Sunki Reddy and Yella Reddy, Nutraceutical enriched
Indian traditional chikki, J Food Sci Technol. 2015 Aug; 52(8): 5138–5146.
14. Tidke B., Sharma H.K and Kumar N. Development of peanut and chickpea nut brittle (Chikki)
from the incorporation of sugar, jaggery and corn syrup. International Food Research Journal,
April 2017; 24(2): 657-663.
15. AOAC, Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC International, Association of Official Analytical
Chemists, Arlington, 17th edition, 2002.
16. Ting Zhou, Qian Kong, Jingrong Huang, Ruitong Dai, Quanhong Li, Characterization of
Nutritional Components and Utilization of Pumpkin, Food-Global Science Books, 2007; 1(2): 313-
321.
17. Amerine AM, Pangborn RM, Roessler BE (1965) Principles of sensory evaluation of food.
Academic, New York, 356–358.
18. Anil Bukya, Ranjit Rajendra and Milan Vithoba Virkar, Preparation and standardization of
chikki from groundnut (Arachid hypogae) and ragi (eleusine coracana) it's storage studies, World
Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, January 2018; 7(2): 1325-1330.

196
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Transgender: Status in India

Dr. Shobhna Jeet1, Ms. Mamta Shankar2
1Associate Professor, School of Legal Studies KR Mangalam University Gurgaon
2Assistant Professor, School of Medical & Allied Sciences.

Transgender community includes Hijras, Eunuchs, Kothis, Aravanis, Jogappas, Shiv-Shakthis

etc., who have been a part of Indian society for centuries. The Vedic and Puranic literatures
mention ―tritiyaprakriti‖ meaning the third gender and ―napunsaka‖ meaning someone with the
loss of procreative ability. The word hijra used in the Indian language appears to be derived from
the Persian word hiz, i.e., someone who is effeminate and/or ineffective or incompetent. Another
commonly used word is kinnar, whereas chhakka is used in a derogatory context. Though most of
the eunuchs seen today are begging at traffic signals or during weddings, they were a respected lot
during the Mughal rule in the Medieval India. The word ―eunuch‖ is derived from the Greek word
―Euneukhos‖ which literally means bed chamber attendant.‖ Hence, they were put in charge of
harems due to their emasculation. During the British rule, they were denied civil rights and were
considered a separate caste or tribe who did kidnapping and castration of children and danced
and dressed-like women.
The LGBTQ group is referred to as the ―lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer community‖
which includes those with gender dysphoria and different sexual orientations. The lesbian and
gay people have been accepted in many parts of the world and have also got their rights, but the
transgender is still without rights.
Prevalence Of Transgender In India
Indian census has never recognized the third gender, i.e., transgender while collecting
census data for years. However, in the Census of 2011, data of transgender were collected in the
category of ―Others‖ under Gender with details related to their employment, literacy, and caste.
The census revealed the total population of transgender to be around 4.88 lakh. The data have been
primarily linked to the males section as they are usually counted as men, but on request, they may
be counted as women. Due to this, it is impossible to comment on the actual transgender population,
though the census has provided an approximate estimate. The 2011 census also reported 55,000
children as transgender identified by their parents.
Current Scenario
The Supreme Court of India passed a unique judgment in April 2014 stating one‘s sexual
orientation as the integral part of personality, dignity, and freedom and identified transgender
as a third gender. In the National Legal Services Authority (NLSA) versus Union of India case,
the apex court provided the transgender (Hijras and Eunuchs) a legal identity along with seven
other directions. Post the NLSA judgment; various courts passed favorable orders for the
transgender community.
Based on the NLSA judgment, the Rajya Sabha passed the Rights of Transgender Bill, 2014.
However, the government then passed another Bill, Rights for Transgender Persons Bill, 2015,
modifying on the 2014 bill by removing the provisions relating to Transgender Rights Court as
well as the National and State Commissions. The 2015 Bill underwent further changes, and
another bill was introduced in the Lok Sabha in 2016 — the transgender persons (Protection of
Rights Bill), which invited criticism from the transgender and activists.[5]
The Transgender Persons (Protection Of Rights) Bill, 2016
The Lok Sabha on December 17, 2018 passed the Transgender (Protection of Rights)
Bill, which seeks to define transgender and prohibit discrimination against them.
Highlights of the Bill-
1. Prohibition against discrimination- It prohibits discrimination in relation to
opportunities for education, job, health care services, and access to services, accommodation,
transport etc. It directs the central and state govts to provide welfare schemes in these
areas.
2. Procedure for transgender recognition- The certificate of identity has to be obtained
from the District Magistrate, who will issue the certificate based on the recommendations
of a District Screening Committee, comprising the Chief Medical Officer, District Social
Welfare Officer, Psychologist or Psychiatrist, and a representative of transgender
community.
3. Right of residence- No transgender person shall be separated from parents or immediate
family on the ground of being a transgender.
4. Offences like compelling a transgender person to beg, denial of access to a public
place, physical and sexual abuse, etc. would attract up to two years‘ imprisonment and a
fine.
5. The bill Criminalises Begging by Transgender persons so as to induce them to
undertake other sustainable vocations.

197
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Need for a revised bill/ Concerns of 2016 bill:
6. Against self-identified gender expression: Under this district screening committee‘s
assent was required for getting transgender certificate which undermined Right of Self
Identification as per NALSA judgement.
7. No reservation: The bill was silent on Affirmative actions regarding transgenders and no
reservation in jobs or education was proposed.
8. Criminalization of begging: It made transgender communities more vulnerable, as they
are forced to do begging due to lack of employment opportunities and criminalizing the same
was a threat to their livelihood.
9. Limited protection against sexual abuse: The bill failed to accord equal protection to
transgenders in consonance with women as many offences under the IPC such as rape,
stalking, sexual harassment etc are applicable only if the victim is female. For example,
definition of rape under Section 376 IPC deals with crime committed against a female but
doesn't mention transgender. Further the bill made ―sexual abuse‖ punishable, with a
disproportionate punishment of imprisonment only up to 2 years
10. No civil rights recognized: The Bill didn‘t catered to civil rights such as marriage, civil
partnership, adoption and property rights.
11. National Commission not enough: The bill proposed a transgender commission at the
national level which was not enough. The need is to establish a welfare board for
transgender, and a helpline number for those in distress at regional and local levels.
12. Bar on separation from family: There was a bar on forcible separation of transgender
persons from their families, except through court orders. However, it was within the family
that many transgender persons faced harassment and abuse, and often felt driven to flee
their homes
13. The Transgender Persons (Protection of Rights) Bill, 2019
14. The Transgender Persons (Protection of Rights) Bill, 2019 was passed by the
Lok Sabha in August, 2019 and now Rajya Sabha has also passed it.
Key Provisions:
1. Definition of a transgender person: The Bill defines a transgender person as one whose
gender does not match the gender assigned at birth. It includes trans-men and trans-
women, persons with intersex variations, gender-queers, and persons with socio-cultural
identities, such as kinnar and hijra.
2. Prohibition against discrimination: The Bill prohibits the discrimination against a
transgender person, including denial of service or unfair treatment.
3. Right of residence: Every transgender person shall have a right to reside and be included
in his household. If the immediate family is unable to care for the transgender person, the
person may be placed in a rehabilitation centre, on the orders of a competent court.
4. Employment: No government or private entity can discriminate against a transgender
person in employment matters, including recruitment, and promotion. Every establishment
is required to designate a person to be a complaint officer to deal with complaints in relation
to the Act.
5. Education: Educational institutions funded or recognised by the relevant government shall
provide inclusive education, sports and recreational facilities for transgender persons,
without discrimination.
6. Health care: The government must take steps to provide health facilities to transgender
persons including separate HIV surveillance centres, and sex reassignment surgeries.
7. Certificate of identity for a transgender person: A transgender person may make an
application to the District Magistrate for a certificate of identity, indicating the gender as
‗transgender‘. A revised certificate may be obtained only if the individual undergoes surgery
to change their gender either as a male or a female.
8. Welfare measures by the government: The Bill states that the relevant government will
take measures to ensure the full inclusion and participation of transgender persons in
society.
9. It must also take steps for their rescue and rehabilitation, vocational training and self-
employment, create schemes that are transgender sensitive, and promote their participation
in cultural activities.
Key issues and analysis
The Supreme Court has held that the right to self-identification of gender is part of the
right to dignity and autonomy under Article 21 of the Constitution. However, objective criteria
may be required to determine one‘s gender to be eligible for entitlements.
The Bill states that a person recognized as ―transgender‖ would have the right to ―self-perceived‘
gender identity. However, it does not provide for the enforcement of such a right. A District
Screening Committee would issue a certificate of identity to recognize transgender persons.
The definition of ―transgender persons‖ in the Bill is at variance with the definitions recognized
by international bodies and experts in India.
The Bill includes terms such as ―trans-men,‖ ―trans-women,‖ persons with ―intersex

198
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
variations,‖ and ―gender-queers‖ in its definition of transgender persons. However, these terms
have not been defined.[6]
There are several other areas which need clarifications such as certain criminal and personal
laws which are currently in existence and only recognize the genders of ―man‖ and ―woman.‖ It
is unclear how such laws would apply to transgender persons who may not identify with either
of the two genders. Hence, these laws would need amendments.
Lacunas addressed from Previous Bill:
1. Decriminalised Begging: Transgenders are forced to beg owing to lack of employment
opportunities and criminalising the same was grave injustice for them due to this the new
bill decriminalised begging by transgenders.
2. No District Screening Committee: In earlier bill screening committee was to give its
assent to District Magistrate for issuing certificate of identity which undermined right of
self-determination, now certificate will be issued after self-declaration by a person in front of
district magistrate.
Remaining Bottlenecks:
1. Problem of Nomenclature: A more comprehensive term like LGBTQ (Lesbian, Gay,
Bisexual, Transgender, Queer) would have been more appropriate rather than focusing on
rights of transgenders only.
2. Against the Spirit of Self Perceived Identity: The Bill states that a person will be
recognised as ‗transgender‘ on the basis of a Certificate of Identity issued by a District
Magistrate. In such a case, it is unclear what the term ‘self-perceived’ gender
identity entails and how it will be enforced.
3. No Review Mechanism: If a transgender person is denied a Certificate of Identity, the Bill
does not provide a mechanism for appeal or review of such decision of the District
Magistrate.
4. No role of Chief Medical Officer: The Standing Committee, emphasised on the
importance of the role of the Chief Medical Officer to check any potential misuse of the
certificate. However, the 2019 Bill removes the provisions for a District Screening
Committee and leaves the power to issue the Certificate with the District Magistrate, based
on procedure notified through rules.
5. Ambiguity on other rights: Currently several criminal and civil laws recognise two
categories of gender i.e. man and woman. The Bill recognises a third gender i.e.
‗transgender‘. However, the Bill does not clarify how the existing laws will apply to
transgender persons.
6. Compartmentalization of Discrimination: Bill expressly prohibits discrimination
against a transgender person, only on nine types of discriminatory acts. Discrimination is
a multidimensional concept and to name just nine types is a travesty of justice.
7. No Reservation: In the NALSA judgement, the state and central govts were asked to
extend backward class reservation to transgenders in education and public employment. But
the bill fails to address that issue.
8. Lighter Sentences: There are lighter punishments for several criminal offences, such as
―sexual abuse" and ―physical abuse" if they are committed against transgender people in
comparison to females.
9. National Commission not enough: A transgender commission at the national level is not
enough. There is need for a welfare board for transgender, and a helpline number for those
in distress at regional and local levels.
10. Sex Selective Reassignmnet Surgeries: Some activists are criticising this provision as
according to him it is defying the order of nature and encouraging forceful or non consensual
sex reassignmnet surgeries.
Way Forward:
More State level initiatives are needed for augmenting their welfare like:
1. Tamil Nadu established a transgender welfare board in 2008.
2. Kerala brought the ‗State Policy for Transgenders in Kerala 2015’ to provide the ―right
to live with dignity.‖ It was the first state to have a transgender policy.
3. Odisha is the first state to give transgender people social welfare benefits.
4. Andhra Pradesh also announced pension scheme for transgender community.
1. Socio Economic support: Provide opportunities in social and economic activities by
encouraging their incorporation in government initiatives and bringing reservation for them
in education and employment. Ernakulam District Panchayat helped 6 transgender
people to open Kerala‘s 1st Transgender run hotel named Ruchimudra.
2. Grassroot Support: Local governments need to play a positive and proactive role in
removal of taboos and discrimination. Moreover, reservation in panchayats can also be done
to empower them.
3. Child Protection laws: It needs to be strengthened to address issues faced by transgender
adolescents. The abandonment of children is a punishable offence under Section 317 of IPC

199
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
(Indian Penal Code) .The age limit of child for this offence need to be increased to 18 years
as abandonment of transgender children usually takes place between 12 and 18 years.
4. Sensitization: The Home Department of the Government of India must take initiative and
work in coordination with the State Governments for sensitizing the law enforcement
agencies and by involving all the stakeholders to identify the measures and to implement
the constitutional goal of social justice and the rule of law.
Medical Lexicon
1. The following definitions help in understanding the various gender-related terminologies:[7-9]
2. Assigned gender – refers to a person‘s initial assignment as male or female at birth. It is based on the
child‘s genitalia and other visible physical sex characteristics
3. Agendered – ―without gender,‖ individuals identifying as
4. having no gender identity
5. Cisgender – describes individuals whose gender identity or expression aligns with the sex assigned
to them at birth
6. Closeted – describes an LGBTQ person who has not disclosed their sexual orientation or
gender identity
7. Coming out – The process in which a person first acknowledges, accepts, and appreciates his or
her sexual orientation or gender identity and begins to share that with others
8. Gender – denotes the public (and usually legally recognized) lived role as boy or girl, man, or
woman. Biological factors combined with social and psychological factors contribute to gender
development
9. Gender-atypical – refers to physical features or behaviors that are not typical of individuals Gender
expression – the manner in which a person communicates about gender to others through
external means such as clothing, appearance, or mannerisms. This communication may be
conscious or subconscious and may or may not reflect their gender identity or sexual orientation
10. Gender-nonconforming – refers to behaviors that are not typical of individuals with the same
assigned gender in a given society
11. Gender reassignment - denotes an official (and usually legal) change of gender
12. Gender identity – is a category of social identity and refers to an individual‘s identification as
male, female or, occasionally, some category other than male or female. It is one‘s deeply held core
sense of being male, female, some of both or neither and does not always correspond to biological
sex
13. Gender dysphonia – as a general descriptive term refers to an individual‘s discontent with the
assigned gender. It is more specifically defined when used as a diagnosis
14. Gender expansiveness – conveys a wider, more flexible range of gender identity and/or expression
than typically associated with the binary gender system
15. Gender fluidity – a person who does not identify with a single fixed gender, of or relating to a
person having or expressing a fluid or unfixed gender identity
16. Gender queer – gender queer people typically reject notions of static categories of gender and
embrace a fluidity of gender identity and often, though not always, sexual orientation. People who
identify as ―gender queer‖ may see themselves as being both male and female, neither male nor
female or as falling completely outside these categories
17. Transgender – refers to the broad spectrum of individuals who transiently or persistently identify
with a gender different from their gender at birth.(Note: The term transgendered is not generally
used)
18. Transsexual – refers to an individual who seeks, or has undergone, a social transition from
male-to-female or female to male. In many, but not all, cases this also involves a physical
transition through cross-sex hormone treatment and genital surgery (sex reassignment surgery)
19. Transphobia - fear and hatred of, or discomfort with, transgender people.
Conclusion
The Government of India today has taken a stance and introduced several welfare policies
and schemes for the transgender which would be a big step forward. These include census,
documentation, issuing of the citizenship ID Cards, issuing passports along with social, economic,
political transformation, housing, legal measures, police reforms, legal and constitutional safeguards
to prevent human rights violations of the transgender community and institutional mechanisms to
address specific concerns of transgender people.
References
1. Michelraj M. Historical evolution of transgender community in India. Asian Rev Soc Sci
2015;4:17-9.
2. Chettiar A. Problems faced by Hijras (male to female transgenders) in Mumbai with reference to
their health and harassment by the police. Int J Soc Sci Humanity 2015;5:753-9.
Available at: http://www.census2011.co.in/transgender. php. [Last accessed on 2017 Oct 28].
3. Radhakrishnan KS. In the supreme court of India Civil original jurisdiction Writ petition (civil)
No. 400 of 2012 National legal services authority. Judgment 2013. Available at:
http://www.prsindia.org/ uploads/media/Transgender/Transgender%20rights%20case%20
(NALSA%20 vs.%20UoI).pdf. [Last accessed 2017 Oct 30].
4. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders:
DSM-5. Arlington, VA: American Available from: https://www.pflag.org/glossary. [Last accessed
on 2017 Oct 30].

200
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
A Survey on the Awareness of Past and Present Practices of
Machilipatnam Kalamkari
Ms. Thadepalli Srivani1, Dr. Sundervel Amsamani2
(Associate Professor & Center Coordinator)
1Department of Fashion Technology National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT),

Hyderabad 500081, TS
2Professor, Department of Textiles & Clothing Avinashilingam Institute for Home Science and

Higher Education for Women Avinashilingam University, Coimbatore 641043, TN

Abstract
The Traditional Block printed Textile Industry of India involves Craftsmen with
intrinsic traditional wisdom of Natural Dyeing and Hand Block Printing using indigenous and
eco-friendly substances. The port town Machilipatnam/ Masulipatnam of Krishna district is
known as the birthplace of the heritage craft Kalamkari, practiced since the 15th Century. The
craft is slowly getting transitioned to the use of synthetic dyes and screen printing with
pigments causing hazardous effluent and adverse environmental impacts. An attempt was
made to highlight the distinguishing features Machilipatnam Klamkari, the changes and
evolution that the craft has experienced under the influence of modern urban markets as the
artisans attempt to shift from sustainable craft tradition.
Although Craft is independent of the ever-changing fashion trends, the availability of
resources and craftsmen to revive traditional art/clothing is declining. This is, thereby, turning
time-honoured craft Kalamkari and its styles into mere history.
A survey was conducted with the master craftsmen who are into block printing of the
Kalamkari cluster of Andhra Pradesh including Machilipatnam, Polavaram, Pedana,
Kappaldoddi, Guduru and also block makers of that region. However the data collected from
Master craftsmen and in few cases their family members, who are continuing the profession
next to them had lent scope to know their awareness of craft in the past and present, their
concerns and vision for the sustenance of craft. The results and findings of the survey
emphasises the need for reviving the traditional craft of Kalamkari and re-establishing the
skilled craft communities.
Key words: Handicrafts, Block Printing, Kalamkari, Craft practices, Craft revival
Introduction
India has had a rich cultural heritage with indigenous skillsets of craftsmen from times
immortal and hand-spun and hand woven textiles as well as hand painting, hand printing and
hand processing of handloom cloths were amongst the crafts that were perfected by the Indian
crafts persons. Skill acquisition comes not through formal schooling but through experience
gained by crafts people over long years from early on in life learning nuances of the craft from
the home environment (Venkateswara Rao 2011).
Better known among these hand woven and hand printing craft forms that had brought
laurels to India was the Kalamkari Industry of Masulipatnam. The distinctive feature of
Kalamkari printed textiles was the use of plant and mineral based dyes particularly madder.
With its pre historic Persian links motifs such as Butti, Paisely cone and the Mihrab which
eventually precipitated to block work around mid19th century (Gwande 2017 and Gillow2008).
Today a great deal has changed in the dyeing process of Machilipatnam. Alizarin used in place
or organic matter, Indigo dyeing has been almost given up, as has been the use of Kalam to
apply wax resist (Sethna 1985). According to a recent account, Kalamkari units of varying sizes
employ approximately 4000 people in the cluster, with Pedana being a local hub of screen
printing using pigments and chemicals to go for bulk production and a quick turnover (Edwards
2016).
Though the craft was contemporised in several ways owing to its acceptance by the
young generation and also by the consumer who is price conscious, recently, with the markets
flooded with cheaper imitations of block printed Kalamkari produced using screens and
pigments followed by drop in demand, perhaps will be the next on the list for losing its
popularity and usage. However, several Indian fashion designers are coming together now to
bring this immortal art back to the fore. In this paper, an attempt was made to conduct survey
the Master craftsmen to know their awareness on present status of the craft to suggest suitable
interventions needed. Structured interviews are conducted as they are twice as effective as
unstructured interviews. Open ended questions allow people to express what they think in their
own words (Kumar 2011). Qualitative analysis is one of the best methods of research which
provides depth and detail by analysing things more than just numbers and sizes. Hence data
was analysed qualitatively for further interpretation. The results and findings of the
survey emphasises the need for reviving the traditional craft of Kalamkari and re-establishing
the skilled craft communities.

201
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Objectives
To Check the awareness of Master craftsmen regarding the past glory of the craft, which
followed sustainable production practices and the sense of privilege they hold for the profession
they are into. To evaluate if they are conscious about the present day practices leading to
environmental pollution and gradual loss of traditional knowledge / Intellectual property.
To derive alternative practices / interventions suitable for the available craft resources at
present for sustenance of the craft.
Hypothesis
1. All master craftsmen are aware of the changes that took place over a period of last 5 to 10
years in the craft cluster
2. The master craftsmen played a major role in building craft awareness and training young
generations
3. Master craftsmen can best reveal the speciality of Machilipatnam Kalamkari in comparison
to other block prints of India
Methodology
A sample of eleven Master Craftsmen of Block printed Kalamkari, who are also members
of the “Vegetable Hand Block Kalamkari Printers Welfare Association, Krishna Dt. of Andhra
Pradesh were chosen for the study out of the population of master craftsmen distributed in the
established geographical areas of Kalamkari production. This include Machilipatnam(MP) town
and surrounding villages namely Pedana (PD), Guduru(GD), Polavaram(PL) and Kappal
doddi(KP) and also Chirala of Prakasham Dt. The study was a result of several field visits
undertaken and also documentation of the craft as it is practiced in their units, which
contribute a major share of Kalamkari production. Though the extent of the survey is three fold
with the responses collected from Master craftsmen(MC) including block printers(BP), block
makers(BM) and next generation practitioners(MCF). For uniformity, this paper excludes the
responses of block makers (BM) in the analysis of awareness regarding past and present status
of the craft.
The method of research is exploratory. Structured Interview was chosen as a method of
data collection and Interview schedule was used as an instrument or tool for primary data
collection as it was a researcher administered survey involving personal interaction. An in
depth interaction was undertaken with major focus on understanding the present status of the
craft (Post GI) in terms of its continuation of practice of Kalamkari in its traditional /
sustainable form to propose required interventions for the sustenance of craft.
Qualitative analysis (Ql A) was preferred for in depth reasoning and quality of results.
The data was classified into keywords /patterns in order to assess responses and conclude
results. The data used was in the text form. However, the in-depth knowledge of the
investigator on research area supported efficient interpretation of results. Simple statistical
tools like mean and Mode are used for evaluation and the results were presented in percentages
wherever feasible.
Findings and Discussion
Master Craftsmen and their awareness regarding the past and present status of the
craft:
Roots of learning: The senior most master craftsmen of the cluster had their roots of learning
from the gurus like Ponnuru Purushotham and Rekapalli Parthasarathi, who were master
craftsmen then at Balyalagudem Cooperative Society, established in the year 1960s and existed
till 1980 at Machilipatnam. Dr. Kamaladevi Chattopadhyaya, Advisory Chairman of All India
Handicraft board had contributed immensely for the revival of block printed Kalamkari craft
post-Independence. All master craftsmen of Kalamkari cluster belong to weavers’ community
and their fathers and forefathers practiced handlooms on which later block prints were
employed. The next generation learnt from the present master craftsmen and from the training
offered by Weavers Service Center (WSC), Vijayawada.
Experience of Master craftsmen in the cluster:
Table No 1: Experience of Master Craftsmen in the Machilipatnam Kalamkari Cluster
Experience of Master Craftsmen is ranging from 8 to 52 years. With only one crafts men from
Experience in Craft 5-15 16-25 26-35 35 & Above
(in Yrs.)
No. of Craftsmen 1 2 6 2

the next generation and 2 are senior most who are former presidents of Vegetable Hand block
Printers Welfare Association, Pedana, Krishna Dt. More than 50% of the craftsmen served the
Craft for 26-35 years.
Significance of craft to the artisan: The craftsmen affirmed that the craft signifies only as
an article of sale and not a religious, ritual or group social activity for the artisans involved.
Changes observed over a period of time (past 5/10 years): In an attempt made to know
the awareness of Master craftsmen who had an experience ranging from 20 to 30 years in the

202
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
journey of practicing Kalamkarit, the survey revealed the following observations pertaining to
the changes which took place in craft over a period of last 5 to 10 years. The analysis of
responses reveals that almost 50 % of the master craftsmen expressed painting technique which
was mainly practiced in Kalamkari is completely not followed now and hence considered as
extinct. Also the main ingredient ‘Tumma Jiguru’ natural gum used as a thickener in printing
paste earlier has now lost its existence. To some extent, the use of live vat, Mixing of milk while
myrobalan treatment, Use of wax for resist, Elaborate practices of the past in fabric
preparation, printing, dyeing and washing, Design innovation and use of varied natural
coloured backgrounds in the block printed merchandise are also not seen in the present day
practices.
The survey also reveals that the practices of using cow dung for kora fabric preparation,
boiling of gum, use of manjistha, hand block printing, final treatment with alum and other time
taking traditional practices are slowly disappearing. In place of disappearing practices, screen
printing, use of pigments and chemical substitutions in second colour prints, use of alternative
mordant, contemporary designs and use of a variety of fabrics in printing process are fast
evolving replacing the past practices. However, Block printing, Block making, use of cotton
fabrics, boiling with natural dyes, bed sheets as main items of production remained stable
Distinguishing features of Machilipatnam Kalamkari in comparison to other
traditional block prints of India: The distinguishing characteristics of Kalamkari in
comparison to other traditional block prints of India tend to be use of Persian stylised florals
and creepers with specific style of saw toothed outlines, Use of figurative motifs like peacocks,
elephants, birds and mango motifs, Use of limited variety of natural mordants and dyes for all
over coloured backgrounds and prints with no practice of Butis.
Identity of Master Craftsmen in practicing specific style of Kalamkari in the cluster:
In another attempt made to understand the areas of work the traditional craftsman feel
privileged for knowing and having practiced in the craft for several decades for which they are
well known, they threw limelight on their respective specialisations in producing Mehrabs
(Fig.1), Tree of life panels (Fig 2), printing on carpets, using traditional process of printing,
using a variety of fabrics and raw material of good quality, Quality and clarity of prints
and printing on white backgrounds. They affirmed those as their favourite items to make.
Trainings offered in traditional block printing method: All master craftsmen have
trained their family members, artisans, visitors from various institutions and also taken up
training under Govt. schemes. Thy further responded that they are looking forward to train
many more from younger generations in the future.

Figure 2: Tree of life Figure 3: Nachu Mamidi kaya

Aspects of Kalamkari craft that are hard to achieve: With respect to the awareness of
master craftsmen regarding the aspects of traditional kalamkari which are difficult to
achieve, majority of them opined that the intricate and elaborate motifs of Tree of Life wall
hangers (Fig.2), Machilipatnam Mihrabs used on doorways/ curtain panels (Fig.1), ‘nachu
maamidi kaya’- an intricately patterned Mango motif with floral twines (Fig.3), Pandu / Dhoni
stambham one-way motifs used in borders, creation of floral sprays in chakra , square and
diamond shapes in bed sheet printing, maintaining consistency in colour/print quality of
yardage goods and Reproducibility in any piece of work are considered to be time taking in the
process of production of traditional Kalamkari. Concerns on present status of Kalamkari
production as detailed by Master craftsmen: Though the artisans feel that the use of
geometric contemporary motifs in multi colours, Screen printing, use of pigments in second
colour printing, direct printing on whites are not suitable for Kalamkari, they are taking up

203
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
production owing to the current market needs. They also pointed out their dislike towards their
own practices of production at a fast pace which affects quality.
During the interaction, senior master craftsmen have expressed their concern over the
unethical practices followed by other craftsmen like use of screens, pigments and chemical
alternatives to dyes and mordants, skipping of steps for faster production, use of inferior quality
of raw material and fabrics, copying of designs stating that they pose an unhealthy competition
at craft cluster.
Importance of continuing the craft tradition: The craftsmen proclaimed that Kalamkari is
a Traditional craft, which is inherited from their family provided livelihood to many artisans
who are directly or indirectly associated with the activities of the craft supporting their
survival. Kalamkari being a unique craft of India signifying our art of sustainable production it
has to be treasured and should not be allowed for extinction. They further explained that
younger generations not taking craft further owing to the laborious and time taking processes
may pose a threat to its survival.
The best giveback for the craft in the words of Master craftsmen: According to them,
their best giveback for the craft would be by practicing the craft continuously honouring
traditional process of production without ignoring any threats possible to the motherland in the
process of its production, training the young and new generations with respect to the livelihood
that it offers. The craftsmen deliberated the need for the craft to be taken to a global scale by
making Kalamkari as a household item abroad to bring back the previous glory.
Awards received: The Machilipatnam Mehrab created by Master Artisan Late. Sri. P. M.
Eswarudu and his father Late. Sri. Nageswara Rao for the Festival of India in 1982 is a
Masterpiece of Kalamkari. He had received UNESCO excellent award in 2008 for Kalamkari
gold painted Mehrab and also a Lifetime achievement award by Craft Council of Telangana in
2017. Mr. Vinnakota V.V. Surendrakumar had received a State award in 2014 given by
Lepakshi for bedsheets produced by him. Mr. Metla Durga Nageswar Rao Received Best
artisan, Best supplier and Best producer awards from Sri Lanka Govt. and honorary Doctorate
from SIPA, South Indian Producers Association, India. Many of their clients in the US and
Europe received best collection of fabrics and textiles awards for the items supplied by them
through buyers.
What makes a good Kalamkari fabric?

Figure 4: Parameters for judging quality of Block printed Kalamkari fabric

The master craftsmen of the cluster explained the parameters based on which a piece of
Kalamkari can be judged for its quality (Fig.4). 34% of the responses stressed on the importance
of Clarity and quality of print followed by 25% mentioning the need for depth of shade or colour
strength. Design and layout representing 13%, Quality of Fabric and Consistency 8% each and
the remaining responses include parameters like good background, colour fastness and proper
registration of blocks.
Summary
Out of 11 master craftsmen it is found that almost all craftsmen inherited the art of Kalamkari
from their ancestors and regard it as their tradition and occupation. All craftsmen are found to
have rich experience in the traditional craft practices. It was observed that the respondents are
quite aware of the past practices which are now extinct and also about the disappearing. It was
discouraging to note that the craftsmen witnessed the evolution of contemporary practices like
use of screens, pigments, chemicals and several other deviations to the printing and dyeing
processes all for the sake of easier and faster production. The distinguishing features limited
only to this craft earlier continued to exist even till date. The awareness of painstaking efforts
in achieving master pieces of art can instil confidence in the young generation for the revival of
the craft legacy.

204
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Conclusion & Implications
It is evident from the study that the commercial aspects of craft are dominating over the
traditional practices which are in turn affecting the quality of craft. If proper support and
awareness is inculcated through practical demonstrations, trainings and exhibition of rare
collections with focus on product diversification productivity can be enhanced. Design and
technology intervention can uplift the confidence in new generation to accept family profession.
The master craftsmen seem to have less exposure to craft related websites, magazines and
online marketing which is a key factor in today’s success. Hence, specific training in these areas
is need of the hour. Last but not the least, the reason for the less patronage to take up this
exquisite handicraft forward, proper recognition and encouragement through awards by
Government and non- Government agencies is highly recommended.
Suggestions For Future Research
1. Similar survey can be taken up with the job workers at craft cluster who work for the orders
that they receive from Master craftsmen or marketing agents who are not part of the craft
activity
2. A consumer survey can be taken up to evaluate their awareness and preference of
traditional and contemporary block prints of Kalamkari
3. A retail market survey can be conducted to see the range of options available for consumers
to buy from traditional and contemporary print styles
References
1. Barnard, N., & Gillow, J. (2014). Indian textiles, London: Thames & Hudson, pp 198-202
2. Edwards, E.,(2016), Block Printed Textiles of India- IMPRINTS of Culture, Niyogi Books,
New Delhi, India pp 93-109
3. Gwande, A.,(2017), Designs from Indian Textiles Chintz- Kalamkari, StoryMirror Infotech
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India, pp 9-13
4. Kumar, R., (2011), Research Methodology, a step by step guide to beginners, 3rd edition, Sage
publications, London.
5. Nelly, H., Sethna (1985). Living Traditions of India: Kalamkari: Mapin International, pp 9-
13
6. Venkateswara Rao, A., (2011). The Kalamkari Industry of Masulipatnam, Rao’s Books
(Regd.) Hyderabad, pp 142-168

205
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Feasibility of iron and zinc fortification in Jaggery Powder
Dr. Sulakshana Mane
Assistant Professor, NSS Program officer, Department of Nutrition and Dietetics,
SVT College of Home Science, SNDT Women's University, Juhu, Mumbai.

Abstract:
Fortification of iron and zinc in jaggery powder can be an effective strategy to increasethe
intake of these essential minerals in populations at risk of deficiencies. However, it is important
to ensure that the fortified product is safe, effective, and acceptable to the target population. The
feasibility of fortifying jaggery powder with iron and zinc depends on several factors, including
the availability of iron and zinc compounds, the cost of fortification, the stability of the fortified
product, and the acceptability of the fortified product to the target population. Jaggery powder,
a traditional sweetener derived from sugarcane juice or palm sap, is known for its nutritional
value and rich mineral content. Fortification of jaggery powder with iron and zinc has emerged
as a potential solution to address these deficiencies. This article explores the feasibility of iron
and zinc fortification in jaggery powder, considering various aspects such as availability of
fortificants, stability of fortified product, cost implications, and consumer acceptability.
Keywords: Fortification, fortifying jaggery, jaggery, jaggery powder,
Introduction:
Iron and zinc fortification of jaggery powder is technically feasible, but there are several
factors that need to be taken into consideration. Jaggery powder, a traditional sweetener derived
from sugarcane juice or palm sap, is known for its nutritional value and rich mineral content.
However, it is often deficient in essential minerals like iron and zinc. Iron and zinc play vital
roles in human health, and deficiencies in these minerals can lead to significant health issues,
particularly in populations with limited access to diverse and balanced diets. Jaggery powder
is rich in carbohydrates, but it is low in essential micronutrients such as iron and zinc. Iron and
zinc are important micronutrients that play a critical role in many physiological processes in
the human body. Iron is required for the production of hemoglobin, which is a protein in red
blood cells that carries oxygen throughout the body. Zinc is important for immune function,
growth and development, and wound healing. Fortification of jaggery powder with iron and zinc
can help to address micronutrient deficiencies in populations that consume this traditional
sweetener. However, there are several factors that need to be taken into consideration:
Stability:
Iron and zinc can interact with other components in jaggery powder, which can affect their
stability and bioavailability. Therefore, it is important to select a suitable fortificant that is
stable in jaggery powder.
Bioavailability:
The bioavailability of iron and zinc in jaggery powder can be influenced by factors such as the
presence of inhibitors or enhancers of absorption. For example, the presence of phytates in
jaggery powder can inhibit the absorption of both iron and zinc. Therefore, it is important to
select a fortificant that has high bioavailability. The bioavailability of iron and zinc in jaggery
can be limited due to the presence of inhibitors of absorption such as phytates and polyphenols.
However, processing methods such as soaking and fermentation can help to improve the
bioavailability of these nutrients. Fortification with bioavailable forms of iron and zinc can also
help to increase the amount of these nutrients available for absorption in the body.
Sensory properties:
The addition of iron and zinc to jaggery powder can affect its sensory properties, such as taste,
color, and texture. Therefore, it is important to conduct sensory evaluations to ensure that the
fortified jaggery powder is acceptable to consumers. It is important to note that the addition of
iron and zinc to jaggery should not significantly affect the taste and color of the product if the
fortificant is added in appropriate amounts. In addition, the fortification process should be
carefully designed to ensure that the particle size of
the fortificant is appropriate for the jaggery product, and that the fortificant is evenly
distributed throughout the product.
Cost:
The cost of fortification can be a barrier to implementation, especially in resource- limited
settings. Therefore, it is important to consider the cost-effectiveness of fortification, and to
explore strategies for reducing costs, such as using low-cost fortificants.
Chemical Properties of Jaggery:
Jaggery is a natural sweetener that is produced from the sap of sugarcane or palm trees. It is
composed primarily of sucrose, glucose, and fructose, with smaller amounts of other
carbohydrates such as maltose and raffinose. Jaggery also contains several minerals and
vitamins, including iron, magnesium, potassium, and vitamins B1, B2, and B3. The mineral
content of jaggery can vary depending on the specific type and source of the product.
Fortification of jaggery powder with iron and zinc is technically feasible, but it is important to

206
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
consider factors such as stability, bioavailability, sensory properties, and cost when designing
and implementing a fortification program.
The amount of iron and zinc in jaggery:
The amount of iron and zinc in jaggery can vary depending on several factors such as the source
of the jaggery, the processing method used, and the soil in which the sugarcane or palm trees
were grown. Generally, jaggery is not considered to be a good source of iron and zinc. According
to the USDA Food Composition Database, 100 grams of jaggery contains approximately 0.5
milligrams of iron and 0.2 milligrams of zinc. However, these values may vary depending on the
specific type and source of jaggery. It is important to note that the bioavailability of these
nutrients in jaggery powder can be low due to the presence of phytates and other inhibitors of
absorption. Therefore, if iron and zinc fortification of jaggery powder is desired, it would be
necessary to add additional amounts of these nutrients to the product to achieve meaningful
levels that can address nutrient deficiencies in the population.
How to measure iron from jaggery powder? (Chemical Analysis):
The iron content of jaggery can be determined through chemical analysis. One common
method for measuring iron in jaggery is atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS). AAS involves
atomizing a sample of the jaggery and passing light through the resulting vapor. The absorption
of light by the vapor is measured, which can be used to determine the concentration of iron in the
sample. Other methods for measuring iron in jaggery include inductively coupled plasma (ICP)
spectroscopy and colorimetric methods. These methods involve different chemical reactions that
produce a measurable signal that can be used to determine the iron content of the jaggery.
The chemical properties of zinc in jaggery powder:
The chemical properties of zinc in jaggery powder are similar to those of zinc in other
foods and supplements. Zinc is a chemical element with the symbol Zn and atomic number 30. It
is a transitional metal that is found in the Earth's crust and is essential for many biological
processes in the human body, including immune function, DNA synthesis, and wound healing.
Zinc is also important for the proper functioning of taste and smell receptors. Zinc in jaggery
powder is present in the form of zinc ions (Zn2+). These ions are released when the jaggery is
dissolved in water or other liquids. Zinc ions can bind to other molecules in the body, including
enzymes and proteins, to help regulate their activity. The amount of zinc in jaggery powder can
vary depending on the source and processing method. The zinc content of jaggery can be
determined through chemical analysis using methods such as atomic absorption spectroscopy
(AAS) or inductively coupled plasma (ICP) spectroscopy. In summary, zinc in jaggery powder is
present in the form of zinc ions (Zn2+) and has chemical properties similar to zinc in other foods
and supplements. The amount of zinc in jaggery powder can vary depending on the source and
processing method, and can be determined through chemical analysis using methods such as
AAS or ICP spectroscopy. Zinc is an essential mineral that plays a crucial role in many biological
processes in the human body.
Organoleptic analysis of jaggery powder:
Organoleptic analysis of jaggery powder involves the evaluation of its sensory
properties, such as appearance, color, odor, flavor, and texture. These properties can impact the
consumer's acceptability and preference for the product.
Appearance: The appearance of jaggery powder can be evaluated based on its color, size, and
shape. The powder should be uniform in color and free of lumps.
Color: Jaggery powder can vary in color depending on the type of raw material used and the
processing method. The color can range from light brown to dark brown. The color should be
uniform, and any discoloration or variation should be noted.
Odor: Jaggery powder has a characteristic sweet aroma. The aroma should be pleasant and free
of any off-flavors or odors.
Flavor: The flavor of jaggery powder is sweet, with a caramel-like taste. The sweetness level
should be appropriate, and there should be no bitterness or other off-flavors.
Texture: The texture of jaggery powder can vary depending on the processing method. It can
range from fine and powdery to coarse and grainy. The texture should be consistent, and any
variation should be noted. The organoleptic analysis of jaggery powder can provide valuable
information on its sensory properties, which can impact its consumer acceptability and
preference. The analysis can help identify any sensory defects or issues with the product, which
can be addressed through process optimizationor formulation adjustments.
Jaggery Powder and Organic Compound:
Jaggery, like most organic compounds, is made up of covalent bonds between its constituent
atoms. Covalent bonds involve the sharing of electrons between atoms to form a stable molecule.
The main components of jaggery, such as sucrose, glucose, and fructose, are formed through
covalent bonds between carbon, oxygen, and hydrogen atoms. For example, sucrose is formed
through a glycosidic bond between a glucose molecule and a fructose molecule. This bond
involves the sharing of electrons between the carbon and oxygen atoms in the two sugar
molecules.Jaggery also contains minerals such as iron, magnesium, and potassium. These
minerals are typically present in ionic form, which means they are held together by ionic bonds.
Ionic bonds involve the transfer of electrons between atoms, resulting in the formation of ions

207
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
with opposite charges that are attracted to each other. In short, the main components of
jaggery are held together by covalent bonds between atoms, while the minerals in jaggery are
typically present in ionic form and held together by ionic bonds.
Iron Metabolism and Jaggery:
Iron metabolism in the body involves the absorption, distribution, and storage of iron. The
absorption of iron from the diet is regulated by a complex system of proteins and pathways, and
the majority of dietary iron is absorbed in the duodenum and upper jejunum of the small
intestine. Once absorbed, iron is transported by transferrin, a protein that binds to iron and
delivers it to cells throughout the body. Iron is also stored in the liver, spleen, and bone marrow,
where it is bound to a protein called ferritin. The regulation of iron metabolism in the body is
primarily controlled by the hormone hepcidin. Hepcidin regulates the absorption and
distribution of iron in the body by binding to ferroportin, a protein that exports iron out of cells.
When hepcidin levels are high, ferroportin is degraded, reducing iron export and promoting iron
storage. When hepcidin levels are low, ferroportin is increased, allowing for increased iron
export andmobilization. While jaggery is a good source of iron, the iron it contains is in the non-
heme form, which is less easily absorbed by the body than heme iron found in animal products.
Nonetheless, consuming jaggery along with vitamin C-rich foods can help improve the
absorption of non-heme iron in the body. Iron metabolism in the body is regulated by a complex
system of proteins and pathways, and is primarily controlled bythe hormone hepcidin.
Conclusion:
Finally we can say that, the acceptability of the fortified product to the target populationis critical
for the success of the fortification program. The taste, texture, and color of the fortified jaggery
powder should be acceptable to consumers, and any negative perceptions or beliefs about
fortified foods should be addressed through education and communication. Jaggaery powder
fortified included for preparation of four traditional products namely Puranpoli, Gulpapadi,
Chikki and Tamarind chutney/sauce. Iron and zinc fortification in jaggery powder presents a
promising opportunity to enhance the nutritional quality of this traditional sweetener and
address deficiencies in iron and zinc. The feasibility of fortification is influenced by various
factors such as the availability and stability of fortificants, cost implications, quality control
measures, and consumer acceptability. Comprehensive studies, including analytical testing,
sensory analysis, cost-effectiveness evaluations, and health impact assessments, are necessary
to ensure the successful implementation of iron and zinc fortification programs in jaggery
powder. By improving the nutritional value of jaggery powder, fortification can
contribute to promoting public health and combating micronutrient deficiencies in at- risk
populations.
Reference:
1. Chatterjee, U.R., S.S. Bandyopadhyay, D. Ghosh, P.K. Ghosal, and B.Ray. 2011. In vitro
anti-oxidant activity, fluorescence quenching study and structural features of carbohydrate
polymers from Phyllanthus emblica. International Journal of Biological Macromolecules 49
(4): 637–642.
2. Anwar, S.I., R.D. Singh, and J. Singh. 2011. Process development of production of jaggery
(gur), with aonla as a natural source of vitamin C. Journal of the Institution of Engineers
India 92: 33–35.
3. Ghosh, A.K., A.K. Shrivastava and V.P. Agnihotri. 1998. Production Technology of
Lump Sugar-Jaggery/ Jaggery, Daya Publishing House, Delhi, India, pp. 287 (Reprinted
2017).
4. Rao, P.V., K.J. Das, and S.K. Das. 2007. Jaggery-a traditional Indian Sweetener. Indian
Journal of Traditional Knowledge 6 (1): 95–102.
5. Madan, H.K., U.K. Jaiswal, J.S. Kumar, and S.K. Khanna. 2004. Improvement in gur
(jaggery) making plant for rural areas. Journal of Rural Technology 1: 194–196.
6. Singh, J., R.D. Singh, S.I. Anwar, and S. Solomon. 2011. Alternative sweeteners production
from sugarcane in India: Lump sugar (Jaggery). Sugar Tech 13 (4): 366–371.

208
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
A Study on Role of Ict Tools in Mathematics Teaching And
Learning
Upendra Kumar
Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics Government Post Graduate College,
Obra, Sonbhadra (U.P.)-231219

Abstract
The goal of this examine is to discover the position of the software of ICT equipment in
Mathematics coaching. Learning and communication technologies (ICT) are an vital a part of
day by day existence, inclusive of the coaching-getting to know system. Mathematics is taken
into consideration the queen of all sciences. For a protracted time, the position of arithmetic
become decreased to the in simple terms instructional domain. But at present, the position of
arithmetic isn't confined to the in simple terms instructional domain. It has entered the sector
of era and industry. This paper will spotlight the significance of the mixing of expertise and
verbal exchange technologies (ICT) into the coaching and getting to know of arithmetic in
Teacher Training College and School level. The method of the studies is a one of a kind related
to an interpretative, communication, remark and examine secondary sources, like books,
articles, journals, thesis, college news, professional opinion, and websites, etc. Finally,
significant guidelines are given.
Keywords: ICT, mathematics, learning, technologies
Introduction
The examine is mainly vital in Teacher-Training Colleges as it gives a duration of
guidance for the college students‟ destiny publications earlier than making choices
approximately the scholar much less scientifically or scientifically that arithmetic is crucial or
even crucial. Mathematics as a technological know-how-primarily based totally route or field is
referred to as a queen of all subjects. Sometimes the instructor of arithmetic does now no longer
have enough expertise, however it's far important to examine into ideas that contradict what
the concept of arithmetic says or implies. However, arithmetic is a completely unique subject,
which inspires the purchase of specialised technological know-how talents and expertise, and is
the reason the herbal phenomena of existence in society. It is some thing that grows in
civilization as the amount call for of humans increases. It originated from a sensible problem,
and the guys had to clear up those problems. It has contributed to the improvement of
civilization and different disciplines and the improvement of culture. Despite the summary
nature of arithmetic, its coaching is the clinical questioning amongst college students; A
intellectual set that calls for college students to take the examination via tests. Globalization
and technological extrade have created a brand new worldwide economic system pushed with
the aid of using era, data-pushed, and expertise-pushed (Tinio, 2009). It has been proposed that
the improvement of ICT has emerge as a critical problem to fulfill the desires of the training
system (Chao, 2015). ICT is a device that helps the getting to know system and holds the
promise of recent answers to all of the demanding situations that training is facing (Oduma &
Ile, 2014). Jef Peeraer (2005) highlighting the elements affecting the mixing of ICT into
coaching exercise in Vietnam‟s better training teachers (Jef Peeraer, 2005).
Thus the interplay is a approach to have interaction instructors & college students thru
a hierarchy of duties starting on the essential stage of navigation and finishing in greater
dynamic interactions that create real-existence stimulations (Aldrich, 2005; Roy, 2006).
Externally the lively participation of the scholar thru e-mastering is impossible, and it allows
the e-learner to examine for a lifetime (Kumbhar, 2009). There is a wonderful dating inside
college students‟ mastering and using ICT (Harrison et al., 2002) Both NCTM (The National
Council of Teachers of Mathematics) and BECTA (British Educational Communications and
Technology Agency) targeted at the era as enabling, in addition to encouraging the learner to
consciousness on reflection, verification, selections making and problem-fixing (NCTM, 2000.,
BECTA, 2003). The prospect of ICT is a promising exercise withinside the arithmetic study
room, however the fulfillment of this workout is specially depending on numerous issues,
consisting of instructors‟ perceptions of ICT skills, instructors‟ attitudes in the direction of ICT
contribution to arithmetic coaching, and instructors‟ attitudes in the direction of ICT
contribution to college students‟ arithmetic mastering. Teacher Passion of ICT withinside the
study room arithmetic, arithmetic trainer withinside the presence of ICT withinside the study
room shallowness and feel of control, and instructors intention to mobilize ICT of their training
(Baya‟a, 2013). These opportunities of ICT combine a proposed exercise into the arithmetic
study room. Although the above description of the elements affecting ICT convergence on the
faculty is involved, this workout will end result best if positive situations exist met. ICT
withinside the study room, particularly withinside the incorporation of a wonderful final results
will rely upon the subsequent elements: instructors „attitudes to the contribution of ICT for
coaching arithmetic, arithmetic training of college students and instructors attitudes in the
direction of the function of ICT, mathematics instructors to apply ICT withinside the study

209
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
room feel, that presence of ICT withinside the study room arithmetic instructors‟ shallowness
and study room management cappotential to combine ICT in training for instructors and
attractions. While pre-provider instructors remedy math problems, they consciousness at the
social and sociomathematical norms which might be hooked up for the duration of the
interactions of pre-provider instructors (Tatsis, 2008). It is the speech of the pre-provider
instructors to pick out the regulated policies whilst fixing a mission associated with the
definition of arithmetic (Sánchez, 2014). From time immemorial training has grow to be a image
of civilization and development — Tripoli‟s idea of training as an entire factor to instructors,
college students, and the environment. Not best arithmetic instructors however the exceptional
of all instructors withinside the trainer training branch additionally have to be met (Das et al.,
2019). In the modern-day era, training relies upon at the bodily and greater importantly, the
technological know-how of technological know-how for technological improvement. Therefore,
mental ideas deliver enormous significance withinside the mastering process. Thus, the
coverage of studentcentered training has received momentum during the last few decades. As
such, all of the achievements which might be agreed upon in specific topics or greater virtually
marked via way of means of college students are synonymous with their cognitive development.
Mathematics is taken into consideration a tough question. Mathematics theoretically presents a
easy recovery of logical reasoning and knowledge. It makes it as a selected problem in
comparison to others and suggests an smooth manner to examine different things. Development
is a non-stop process, that's constantly underway. Providing and obtaining an training is one of
the traits that set humans other than different residing things. For superior knowledge, human
beings are always enhancing their coaching-mastering gear and strategies. Information
Communication Technology (ICT) is an engine of innovation in training, and we will see
withinside the twenty first century, the mental, socio-economic, and technological modifications
it brings to faculty. It has modified the function of statistics specialists and is turning into
famous withinside the library.
Objectives of the Study
The present studies is directed at reaching the subsequent purposes:
1. To discover the mindset of Mathematics instructors closer to the usage of ICT.
2. To discover the mindset of Mathematics history instructors closer to the usage of ICT.
3. To discover the lecturers of diverse degrees of revel in on their mindset closer to ICT.
4. To have a look at Mathematics coaching closer to the usage of ICT.
5. To have a look at lecture room coaching with a aggregate of Mathematics & ICT.
6. To discover the ICT equipment utilized in Mathematics coaching and gaining knowledge of at
Teacher-Training Colleges.
The Methodology of the Study
This have a look at applies an interpretative technique in which qualitative facts have been
accrued and analyzed through a report have a look at of the studies papers from journals, books,
edited books, reviews, on line documents. The method of the proposed studies is primarily based
totally at the report-primarily based totally analysis.
Methodology Employed
1. It is primarily based totally on qualitative studies.
2. It is likewise a report-primarily based totally analytical have a look at.
3. It has the leader traits of latest documentbased analytical studies.
Research Materials
1. Government documents,
2. Peer-reviewed Journals,
3. Books,
4. Magazines,
5. On-line reviews from a few applicable and dependable net sources
Data Collection Process
Multiple methods including analyzing worldwide and countrywide journals, library
consultation, on line journals, periodical, newspapers, and monographs have remained
employed.
Data Analysis
They have a look at employs modern report-primarily based totally analytical technique. To
have a look at the received facts, the studies additionally adopts historic and sociological
strategies.
Meaning of ICT
ICT stands for Information and Communication Technology. It is the aggregate of terms,
i.e., Information Technology and Communication Technology. “Information Technology is a
scientific, technological, and engineering field and control method utilized in handing the facts;
it‟s utility and affiliation with social, economic, and cultural matters.”- UNESCO (2002).
According to Prytherch (2000), “ICTs are networks that offer new possibilities for coaching,
gaining knowledge of, and schooling via the transport of virtual content.” According to Blurton,
C. (2002), ICTs stand for facts and conversation technology and are classified as a “numerous

210
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
set of technological equipment and gadgets used to communicate, and to create, distribute,
store, and control facts.”
ICT Tools
ICT is converting tactics of Mathematics coaching and gaining knowledge of through
including factors of energy to lecture room training environments, together with digital
environments for the purpose. The new virtual ICT isn't always a unmarried technology; it's
miles a aggregate of hardware, software, multimedia, and transport systems. Today, ICT in
training includes a large variety of unexpectedly evolving technology along with Desktop,
NoteBook, and Handheld Computers, Digital Cameras, the Internet, Cloud Computing, the
World Wide Web, Spread Sheets, Tutorials, Simulations, email, Local Area Networking,
Bluetooth, Streaming, and DVDs; and programs along with phrase processors, Virtual
Environment, Simulator, Digital libraries, Computer-Mediated Conferencing,
videoconferencing, Emulator etc. ICT permits for the manufacturing of virtual assets along with
virtual libraries, in which students, instructors, and specialists can get entry to have a look at
cloth and route cloth from everywhere at any time.
Use of ICTs in Mathematics Teaching and Learning in School
The teachers of the school are urgently guided. In this case, it is important that trained
teachers can apply them in future school courses as they learn the connection to ICT in
mathematics. As shown, various mathematical images of geometry can be presented to students
using a projector. The use of ICT in 2D and 3D images gives students a clear idea. With the help
of the internet, students are always free to access new information and data. Various theories of
trigonometry allow ICT to depend on real-world applications. Self-regulatory students are
aware of the strengths and weaknesses of their studies and the strategies they use to address
their daily challenges (Dweck & Leggett, 1988).
Challenges in Learning both Mathematics Content and Computer Technology
Difficulty in using ICT and math software is related to the lack of knowledge of the techniques
available to math teachers and how to use them when learning math. doing. Math teachers face
significant challenges in both math content and computer technology.

Fig1. Challenges in ICT education

Environment Factors Affecting Students‟ Learning towards Mathematics

Several studies have attempted to explain the impact of teaching mathematics on a variety of
factors. Recently, many researchers have shown that student learning is influenced by factors in
the learning environment, such as: B. Curriculum, teacher support, assessment methods,
parental influence, educational institutions, etc. The concept of function in mathematics plays
an important role in student learning and influences the entire mathematics curriculum.
Students of all grades learned the concept of function, which is characterized by a formal
perspective, standards of relevance, and understanding of teaching materials / learning
standards. , Etc. (Yüksel Dede, 2006).
Student Factors in Mathematics Learning
Many believe that student factors related to environmental factors can affect their effectiveness
in learning mathematics. Studies have shown that teaching methods in mathematics should be
designed with student reasons in mind. Student attitudes towards mathematics are a major
factor influencing math learning outcomes.
The Use of ICT in the Mathematics Classroom
Use of ICT in Math Classes is primarily of concern to math teachers. By using ICT as a learning
tool, these teachers can maximize the impact of ICT on mathematics education (Becta, 2003).
Students are taught to apply a problem-solving process when working in a collaborative group
or using a computer to solve a problem, after which ICT is involved in the development.

211
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Mathematics & ICT
Students can use ICT as a tool to make calculations, draw diagrams, and help solve problems.
The most obvious example of ICT used in this way is when a student uses a calculator or the
like to calculate more complex numbers. However, you can use a spreadsheet, computer algebra
system, or graphing calculator to solve the problem through testing and improvement or search
methods. Mathematics students can use graphing calculators and chart plotters instead of
algebra to solve equations graphically. Students can easily perform statistical analysis of the
collected data using the rich statistical features of graphing calculators. Creating images with
dynamic geometry packages helps students understand, solve, and prove geometry problems.
When students use ICT as a tool to find things, solve problems, and understand what's
happening, it often helps them develop their skills in using and applying math. .. Although ICT
is a powerful and powerful tool, students need to acquire the necessary technical skills to use
the opportunities offered constructively and efficiently.

Example
1. Use a calculator or spreadsheet for a simple single calculation.
2. Graphing calculator will help you to draw a diagram when the sketch is more appropriate.
3. Use a spreadsheet or graphing calculator to solve quadratic equations such as X2 + X = 20.
4. Common Geometry and Trigonometry Applications:
5. Draw triangles, cubes, etc.
6. Measure the actual distance.
7. I am using Excel tool
Use of ICT Tools in Mathematics
Maxima is an algebra solver software program. The software is primarily based totally
on Computer Lisp and works with all POSIX concepts together with Linux, Unix, OS X, and
BSD. For drawing it makes use of Gnuplot. Geogebra is a math software program this is
beneficial for each instructors and college students alike. It is a sturdy platform that facilitates
preschoolers analyze math successfully and remedy math issues on specific subjects that consist
of vectors, calculus, linear programming, algebra, complicated numbers, statistics, and more.
SymPy is a Python archive for symbolic arithmetic. It targets to end up a full-featured laptop
algebra system (CAS) at the same time as retaining the code as easy as feasible to be
understandable and without problems extensible.
Educational Implications
1. The use of ICT in training facilitates in growing essential and clinical wondering the various
college students and the instructors. It motivates the learner to take part in studying sports at
any time and from anywhere.
2. It facilitates in alternate and stocks thoughts amongst instructors for expert growth.
3. ICT has extensively utilized to enhance get admission to and the first-class of trainer
training. ICT equipment decorate coaching, and facilitate studying the use of multimodal
courseware, Integrate ICT the use of pedagogical improvements to expand better-order
wondering competencies amongst learners.
4. ICT equipment together with radio, T.V., Internet, laptop, laptop, tablets, and plenty of
different hardware and software program programs may be appropriated withinside the
coaching-studying process. These equipment can deliver blessings withinside the regions of
content, curriculum, instruction, and assessment.
5. In India, in particular training has 3 tiers which are number one or fundamental stage,
secondary and senior secondary stage, and better stage. The first-class of a majority of these
tiers may be adjusted with the aid of using using ICT equipment and techniques.
Conclusions
This examine indicates that ICT integration in Mathematics. From literature displayed
numerous issues to software ICT in arithmetic. ICT integration in Mathematics-training has a
superb effect on each the coaching and studying process. The examine become carried out out to

212
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
decide the impediments to integration of ICT in arithmetic coaching and studying in Teacher-
Training colleges & secondary college tiers. There are a few obstacles to combine ICT in
coaching and studying arithmetic in numerous branches of arithmetic. In the future, we will
amplify my examine to the better training stage for expert development.
References
1. Tinio, V.L. ICT in Education, UNDP Bureau for Development Policy, New York, 2009.
2. Chao, GM. “Impact of Teacher Training on Information Communication Technology Integration
in Public Secondary Schools in Mombasa County.” Human Resource Management Research, vol.
5, no. 4, 2015, pp. 77-94.
3. Oduma, C.A and Ile, C.M. “ICT Education for Teachers and ICT Supported Instruction:
Problems and Prospects withinside the Nigerian Education System.” African Research Review.
vol. 8, no. 2, 2014, pp. 199-216.
4. UNESCO. Information and Communication Technologies in Teacher Education: A Planning
Guide, UNESCO Publication, 2002.

213
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Traditional Medicinal Plants Used By Kolam Tribe Of

Nimgavhan Village, Yavatmal District, Maharashtra
K. R. Gopal
Associate Professor, Institute Of Science, Nagpur, S.M. Nehare

Abstract
India Is Rich In Medicinal Plant Diversity Distributed In Different Geographical And
Environmental Condition And Associated Tribal And Folk Knowledge System. The Tribal
Mostly Depend On Forests For Their Livelihood (Gupta Et Al, 2010). Folk Medicines Today Play
A Key Role In The Developing Countries Due To Lack Or Limited Modern Health Services.
Tribal People Utilize Plants As Herbal Medicines, Which Are Effective Against A Number Of
Diseases And This Knowledge Is Generally Transmitted Orally From Generation To
Generation.The Traditional Knowledge Of Medicinal Plants That Are In Use By “Kolam Tribe”
Residing In Nimgavhan Village Of Yavatmal District, Maharashtra. Yavatmal District Is Rich
In Ethnobotanical Plants. Different Plant Parts Such As Root Stem, Leaves, Flowers, Tuber,
Rhizome, Bulb Were Found To Be In Use By Kolam Tribe. The Kolams Are Considered In
Dravidian Group Of Tribes And Ethically And Culturally Akin Of Gonds (Russel And Hiralal,
1973).
The Present Study Was Done Through Structured Questionnaires In Consultation With
The Tribal Practitioner And Has Resulted In The Documentation Of 34 Medicinal Plant Species
Belonging To 28 Families And Used To Treat About 28 Ailments .
Introduction
India Is Known For Its Traditional Medicinal Systems – Ayurveda, Siddha And Unani.
Medical Systems Are Found Mentioned Even In Ancient Vedas And Other Scriptures. The
Ayurvedic Concept Appeared And Developed Between 2500 And 500 BC In India ( V. Subhose
Et Al., 2005). Use Of Plants As A Source Of Medicine Has Been An Ancient Practice And Is An
Important Component Of The Healthcare System In India.Plants Have Been Used For
Medicinal Purposes Long Before Prehistoric Period . Ancient Unani Manuscript ,Egyptian
Papyrus And Chinese Writings Described The Use Of Herbs. Evidence Exist That Unani
Hakims, Indian Vaids And European And Mediterranean Cultures Using Herbs For Over 4000
Years As Medicines.
According To The World Health Organisation (WHO) ,Traditional Medicine Is Some
Total Of The Knowledge, Skills And Practices Based On The Theories, Beliefs And Experience
Is Indigenous To Different Cultures Whether Explicable Or Not, Used In The Maintenance Of
Health As Well As In The Prevention ,Diagnosis, Improvement Or Treatment Of Physical And
Mental Illness. After The Discovery Of Modern Medicines, People Started To Use Modern
Medicines And Neglected Traditional Medicines, But Nowadays Because Of The Adverse Drug
Reaction, Allergies, Increased Side Effects And High Cost Of Modern Medicines There Is
Increase In Interest And Awareness About Traditional Medicines As These Are Natural And
Derived From Plant Materials, Very Safe With No Or Minimal Side Effects And Herbal
Treatment Is Independent Of Any Age Group And Gender.
In India, About 70% Of The Rural Population Depends On Traditional Medicines. Most
Healers/Practitioners Of The Traditional Systems Of Medicine Prepare Formulations By Their
Own Recipes And Dispense To The Patients (M. M. Pandey Et Al., 2013). Tribal People Utilize
Plants As Herbal Medicines, Which Are Effective Against A Number Of Diseases And This
Knowledge Is Generally Transmitted Orally From Generation To Generation.
The Present Study Documents The Traditional Knowledge Of Medicinal Plants That Are In Use
By “Kolam Tribe” Presiding In Nimgavhan Village Of Yavatmal District, Maharashtra.
Yavatmal District Is Rich In Ethnobotanical Plants. Different Plant Parts Such As Root Stem,
Leaves, Flowers, Tuber, Rhizome, Bulb Were Found To Be In Use By Kolam Tribe.
The Present Study Was Done Through Structured Questionnaires In Consultation With The
Tribal Practitioner And Has Resulted In The Documentation Of 34 Medicinal Plant Species
Belonging To 28 Families And Used To Treat About 28 Ailments .
About Kolam Tribe :
Kolam Tribe Are Mostly Found In Telangana, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh And
Maharashtra State Of India. They Are Common In Yavatmal, Chandrapur And Nanded District
Of Maharashtra. They Live In Hamlet's Called “Pod”.They Speak Kolami Language And They
Belongs To An Agricultural Community.
The Kolams Are Considered In Dravidian Group Of Tribes And Ethically And Culturally
Akin Of Gonds (Russel And Hiralal, 1973).The Kolams Are Also Identified As Metlokur,
Mannerwarlu Or Mughlaikul. People Of Kolam Community Believes Their Race Originated
During Pandav Of Great Mahabharata And They Called Themselves Pandavvanshi.
The Word “Kola” Means Stick Or Bamboo In Their Dialect As Such Call Themselves As
Kolavar. Bamboo Occupies Am Important Place In Cultural And Religious Lives Of The People.

214
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
The Traditional Medicinal Man Measures A Charmed Stick Before Prescribing Herbal Medicine
To Sick People. They Trace Their Descent To Bheema And Hidimba The Well Known
Characters Of Mahabharata. (Bharathi Karri ,2019) The Kolam Habitats Are Surrounded By
Deep Forest. They Are Recognized As Primitive Tribal Group. Kolam People Follow Hindu
Rituals Ceremonies And Traditions. In Telangana Kolams Are Present Only In One District
That Is Adilabad (Old) ,Where About 225 Kolam Habitats Are Identified. (Manoj Kumar Nalla
Et Al. 2018) Kolam Community Strongly Believes In Indigenous Knowledge Of Herbal
Treatments. Tattooing Is Very Common Among Kolams (Deogaonkar And Baxi, 2003; Vinatha
Naini Et Al, 2013) Ery Common Among Kolams (Deogaonkar And Baxi, 2003; Vinatha Naini Et
Al, 2013). Gaon Bandhani Is An Important Ritual Which Is Also Called As Sati In Kolami
Dialect . For The Kolam Pod This Ritual Is Festive Occasion And None Tries To Miss It. Gaon
Bandhani Literally Means Fortification Of Village Boundaries So As To Ward Off All The Evils
Including Ghosts, Out Side Gods, Epidemics, Diseases Etc. The Use Of Herbal Medicine Is A
First Priority Among Them, They Mostly Depend On Herbal Medicine For Health Care ,Hence
They Approach The Local Healers Known As Makulak For Herbal Medicines Who Have Great
Knowledge On Use Of Medicinal Plants. Kolam Healers Provide Medicines In Free Of Cost; A
Few Of Them Sells Herbs In Local Weekly Markets To Get Cash For Their Livelihood.
(Manjusha Wath Et Al ,2014)
Methodology
Study Area :
The Study Was Carried Out In Nimgavhan Village Of Yavatmal District. Most Of People In
Nimgavhan Belongs To Kolam Community And They Still Believe In Herbal Medicines For
Treating Various Ailments.
Location :- It Is Situated 27km Away From Sub-District Headquarter Kalamb And 45km
Away From District Headquarter Yavatmal. It Is Located In Biogeographic Zone Ranges From
20°21’07.8”N Latitude And 78°26’34.3”E Longitude.
Rainfall :- Average Rainfall Is 911mms -.
Climate :-The Climate Is Dry And Hot In Summer With A Moderately Cold Winter. The
Average Daily Temperature In May Reaches 42 °C (108 °F). The Average Daily Minimum
Temperature Is 13 °C (55 °F) In December.
Soil :- Black Cotton Soil
About Yavatmal District :- Yavatmal District Is Situated In The South-Western Part Of
Wardha Penganga-Wainganga Basin. It Is Surrounded By Amravati And Wardha District To
The North. Chandrapur District To The East. Andhra Pradesh State And Nanded District To
The South And Parbhani And Akola District.
Population Of Nimgavhan :- Nimgavhan Village Is Situated In Tehsil Kalamb, District
Yavatmal And In State Of Maharashtra India. Village Has Population Of 418 As Per Census
Data Of 2011, In Which Male Population Is 228 And Female Population Is 190. Total
Geographical Area Of Nimgavhan Village Is 401 Hectares. Population Density Of Nimgavhan Is
1 Persons Per Hectares. Total Number Of House Hold In Village Is 116.

Fig. 1: Map Showing Villages In Kalamb Tahsil And Red Colored Encircled Area Showing
Nimgavhan.

215
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Survey Methodology :
The Data Was Collected By Field Visits During The Months Of Feb- March 2022.The
Survey Was Conducted Particularly With Kolam Tribe In Nimgavhan Village , Kalamb Taluka,
Yavatmal District Of Maharashtra. The Information Was Gathered From Tribal Medicine
Men(Vaidya) And People Of Tribal Community Who Knew Well About This Surrounding Plants
And Their Local Names. About 10 To 15 People (Age -18-65 Years Old) Were Interviewed Who
Regularly Used Plants To Cure Diseases And Has Knowledge About It. The Interviews Were
Conducted In Local Language To Avoid Translation Problems.
Data Work Collected Through Structure Questionnaires. The Questionnaires Were Developed
According To Get Information On Medicinal Plants Including The Local Name Of The Plants,
Name Of Diseases For Which A Particular Plant Was Used And The Part Of Plant Used,
Preparation Of Herbal Medicine, Mode Of Administration ,Doses Etc. The Informants Were
Asked To Show The Plants Or Its Plant Part If Available.
Data Sheet Was Carefully Prepared For Documentation. Personal Details Of The Informants
Were Also Entered On Data Sheet Along With Information Of Medicinal Plants They Used.
Identification Of Medicinal Plants : The Medicinal Plants Were Collected And Identified
According To The External Morphology, Habitat And Floral Characteristics By Using Internet
And Standard Floras Such As –
1. Cook (1958) – The Flora Of Presidency Of Bombay. Vol I, II, III
2. Naik (1998) - The Flora Of Marathwada
3. Singh And Karthikeyan (2000) – Flora Of Maharashtra State. Vol I, II, III
4. Internet – Pictures Of Some Plants Were Taken From Internet
Observation
The Table Includes The Information About Medicinal Plants Used For Various
Ailments By Kolam Tribe
Botanical Local Name Family Plant Uses And Mode Of
Name Of Part Administration
Plant Used
Ailanthus Maharukh Simaroubaceae Leaves Diarrhoea (In Children)
Excelsa :
The Juice Of Fresh
Leaves Extracted And
Given Only 2-3 Drops Of
It Orally.

Ehretia Laevis Khanduchakka Boraginaceae Leaves Wound Healing, Joint

Pain And Minor
Fracture :
Take Fresh Leaves And
Grind It With Water To
Make Paste Then Apply
This Paste On Wound,
Or On Fractured Area.

Cadaba Kali Takli Capparaceae Leaves Diarrhoea :

Fruticosa Extract Juice From
Leaves And Given 2,3
Drops Orally Twice A
Day.

Allium Cepa Kanda, Onion Amaryllidaceae Bulb Fever:

L. Make Homogeneous
Mixture Of Onion,
Camphor And Oil And
Apply It On Whole Body,
It Helps To Lower The
Body Temperature.

Piper Betle L. Betel, Vida Piperaceae Leaves Asthma And Cough :

Betel Leaves Applied
With Castor Oil Is
Warmed And Tied Over
The Chest Relieves
Asthma And Cough In
Children.

216
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Azadirachta Kadunimb Meliaceae Leaves Measles:
Indica Extract Juice From Its
Leaves Mix It With
Cow’s Urine (Gomutra)
And Apply It On Whole
Body.

Picrorhiza Kutki Plantaginaceae Rhizome Constipation, Use To

Kurroa Increase Appetite And
Used As Tonic :
Rhizome Powder Is
Taken Along With Honey
Or Water

Plumbago Chitrak Plumbaginaceae Roots Snake Bite, Scorpion

Zeylanica L. Bite, Ringworm,
Itching :
Rub The Root On
Affected Area Of Skin

Tribulus Sarata, Zygophyllaceae Leaves Wound Healing,

Terestris Gokharu Itching :
Extract Juice From Its
Leaves And Apply It On
Wound Or Itching Area
Of Skin.

Butea Palash Fabaceae Flowers Strangury :

Monosperma ( Juice Of Its Flower With
(Lam.) Rock Sugar /Rock Candy
Given Orally Twice A
Day.

Caesalpinia Sagargota Fabaceae Leaves Haemorrhoids /Piles :

Bonduc (Caesalpinioideae) Leaf Juice Of
Caesalpinia Bonduc And
Tribulus Terrestris
Mixed With Butter Milk
And This Mixture Is
Given Orally

Mimosa Lajurli Fabaceae Leaves Depression And

Pudica L. /Lajwanti (Caesalpinioideae) Anxiety :
Boil The Leaves In
Water, Extract The Juice
(Kadhaa) And Given
Orally, It Works As
Antidepressant

Discorea Dukkarkand Dioscoreaceae Tuber Leucorrhoea :

Bulbifera Crush/ Grind The Tuber
And Take 1 Tablespoon
Of This Powder With
Yoghurt Orally.
Torenia Torani Linderniaceae Leaves Headache:
Indica And Extract Juice From
Flowers Leaves And Put 2 Drops
Of It In Each Ear.
Datura Pandhara Solanaceae Leaves Rheumatoid Arthritis
Innoxia (Mill.) Dhotra :
Boil The Leaves In
Eating Lime Solution
And Extract The Juice,
Apply Juice On Inflamed

217
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
And Swollen Joints.

Acacia Babhool Fabaceae Leaves Toothache, Oral

Nilotica (Caesalpinioideae) And Health :
Bark Chew Small Pieces Of
Fresh Bark For Good
Oral Health It
Strengthen Teethes And
Heals The Gum.
Chewing Babhool Leaves
Give Relief From
Toothache.

Lagenaria Dudhi Bhopla Cucurbitaceae Leaves Abdominal Bloating

Siceraria (In Children):
(Melina) Apply Castor Oil On
Standl. Leaves, Warm It, And
Keep The Warm Leaves
On Stomach Or Wrap It
Around Stomach By
Using Cloth.

Andrographis Bhuinimb, Acanthaceae Leaves Fever, Improve

Peniculata Kalmegh Appetite, COVID-19:
Nees Juice From Leaves
Extracted And Given
Orally
.

Abrus Gunja Fabaceae Root Cough:

Precatorius L. Root Powder Mixed With
Pure Butter And Given
Orally.

Leucorrhoea :
Take 5 Gm Of Ganja
Root Powder With Rice
Water After Food Twice
Daily.

Night Blindness :
Make Kajal Of Root And
Cow’s Ghee And Apply It
Under Eyes .
Vitex Negundo Nirgundi Lamiaceae Leaves Joint Pain :
L. Boil The Leaves In
Water And Take A Bath
In This Water Daily.
Cough :
Boil 10 Gm Of Leaf Paste
In 100ml Of Water And
Drink It Twice Or Thrice
Daily.
Ficus Umbar, Moraceae Latex Cough And Cold :
Racemosa L. Audumbar Apply The Milky Latex
On Forehead, And 1
Tablespoon Of Latex Is
Given Orally 3 Times In
A Week.
Swelling :
Latex Gives Relief When
Applied On Any Swelling

218
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Boswellia Salai Burseraceae Bark Regulates Menstrual
Serrata Roxb. Cycle :
Make Powder Of The
Bark And Take It With
Yoghurt Or Tak Orally
Aegle Bel Rutaceae Fruit Diarrhoea :
Marmelos And Leaf Consume Bel Fruit Pulp
Along With Honey Or
Sugar
Diabetes :
Consume 3 Leaves Of
Bel Daily In Morning It
Controls Blood Sugar
Level.
Annona Sitaphal Annonaceae Leaf Ringworm :
Squamosa L. Leaf Paste Applied For
Treating Ringworm And
Itching

Phyllanthus Aawla Phyllanthaceae Bark Burning :

Emblica L. Mix The Ash Obtained
From Stem Bark With
Coconut Oil And Apply
This Paste Externally On
Burned Skin Area

Alocacia Alu, Araceae Leaf Cysts (Gathan) :

Macrorrhizos Bramharakshas Wrapped The Warm
Leaves Around The Cyst
By Using Cloth

Calotropis Rui ,Madar Apocynaceae Flower Cough :

Gigantea Make Powder From Dry
Flowers And Consume It
Along With Honey (Both
½ Tablespoon In
Quantity)

Achyranthes Chirchita, Amaranthaceae Root Snake Bite, Scorpion

Aspera Linn. Aaghada Bite :
Root Extract Is Given
Orally.
Tridax Kambarmodi Asteraceae Leaf Wound Healing :
Procumbens Leaf Extract Is Applied
Externally On Wound Or
Injured Area
.
Catharanthus Sadaphuli Apocynaceae Leaf Diabetes :
Roseus L. Eat 2-3 Leaves Daily It
Controls Blood Sugar
Level.

Carica Papai Caricaceae Leaf Control Blood Sugar

Papaya Level :
Intake Of Papaya Leaf
Juice Daily Controls
Blood Sugar Level And
Increases Blood Platelets
Count

Mangifera Aamba Anacardiaceae Bark Typhoid :

Indica Bark Paste Decoction Is
Taken Orally For Two
Consecutive Days To
Relieve Typhoid Fever.
Relieve

219
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Pergularia Utaran Apocynaceae Leaves Antirheumatic: Dried

Daemia Leaves Paste Is Applied
(Forssk) Externally To Affected
Chiov. Area
Diarrhoea (Infants) :
Stem And Root Bark
Extract Is Taken To
Treat Fever And
Diarrhoea In Infants

Terminalia Arjun, Aanjan Combretaceae Bark Pimples :

Arjuna (Roxb) Bark Paste Is Applied
Externally On Face Once
In A Week For 15-20
Minutes

Lanthus Excelsa Ehretia Laevis Roxb

Allium Cepa L.
Cadaba Fruticosa

Piper Betle L. Azadirachta Indica

220
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Plumbago Zeylanica L.
Icrorhiza Kurroa

Tribulus Terestris Butea Monosperma (Lam.)

Caesalpinia Bonduc Mimosa Pudica L.

Discorea Bulbifera Torenia Indica

221
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Datura Innoxia
(Mill) Acacia Nilotica

Andrographis Peniculata
Lagenaria Siceraria

Abrus Precatorius L. Vitex Negundo L.

222
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Ficus racemosa L. Boswellia serrata Roxb

Aegle marmelos Annona squamosa

Phyllanthus emblica Alocacia macrorrhizos

223
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Calotropis gigantea Achyranthes aspera

Catharanthus roseus
Tridax procumbens

Andrographis peniculata Nees Boswellia serrata

Carica papaya
Mangifera indica

224
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Pergularia daemia (Forssk) Chiov. Terminalia arjuna (Roxb)

Caesalpinia bonduc
Mimosa pudica

Picrorhiza kurroa Vitex negundo

225
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

The above table shows pictures of some medicinal plants (dried and living) which were
stored and planted by Vaidya of Nimgavhan village

Mr. Bharat Bhoyar,(Vaidya/healer) of

Nimgavhan village showing the Medicinal Women of kolam community(Mrs.Sunanda
plants (most of them were stored in dry Kasar And Kavita Kasar) giving information
form ) about the plants they use as medicines

Interview with local people of Nimgavhan Tribal children

Result And Discussion

This Ethnomedicinal Survey Reveals That The People Of Kolam Community Have Vast
Knowledge Of Herbal Medicines And Even Today They Rely On Traditional Medicinal Practices
Inherited This Knowledge From Generation To Generation.
This Study Documented The Ethnobotanical Information Of 34 Plants Species Belonging To
28 Families Useful In Treatment Of About 28 Ailments (Diseases ). Most Of This Plant
Species Are Growing Wild. Plants Used In The Treatment Were Herbs, Trees, Climbers And
Shrubs. These 34 Plants Are Used For Treatment Of Diseases Such As Cough (5),Diarrhoea (4),
Wound Healing (3), Leucorrhoea (2), Fever (2),Snake/Scorpion Bite (2), Ringworm And Itching
(2), Diabetes (2), Asthma (1),Measles (1), Constipation (1), Strangury (1), Haemorrhoids
(1),Depression And Anxiety (1), Joint Pain And Minor Fracture (1), Headache (1), Rheumatoid
Arthritis (1),Toothache (1),Abdominal Bloating (1),Night Blindness (1) ,Swelling (1),Burning
(1),Cysts (1),Covid -19, Irregular Menstrual Cycle (1) Pimples (1),Typhoid (1),Increase Platelets
(1). Some Of These Plants Are Used To Treat More Than One Disease.
Different Parts Of The Plant Such As Roots, Stem, Leaves, Flowers, Fruits, Tubers, Latex Etc.
Are Used For Preparation Of Medicines. Leaves Were The Mostly Used Plants Part ,Leaves Of
About 20 Plants Were Used In Drug Formulation As Compared To Roots(3),Bark (5), Flower
(2),Rhizome (1),Fruit (1),Latex (1). Drug Formulation Such As Paste, Decoction, Juice Are
Prepared. For Some Diseases Only Plant Part Is Used In Drug Formulation While In Some
Plant Part Along With Other Substances Such As Honey, Milk, Butter, Yoghurt, Rice Water, Oil
Etc. Are Used.
In Mode Of Administration Of Drugs Both Oral Administration As Well As External
Application Is Prescribed. Generally For Skin Diseases Such As Ringworm, Itching, Wound
Healing, Joint Pain, Swelling, Snake And Scorpion Bite Etc. External Application Of Drug Is

226
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Prescribed And For Diseases Such As Diarrhoea, Cough And Cold, Constipation, Diabetes Etc.
Oral Administration Is Prescribed.
The People Of Study Area And The Herbal Healers Collect The Medicinal Plants From The
Forest Around Their Village And They Store The Medicinal Plants (Dry Form) Which Are Not
Available Throughout The Year Means The Plants Which Are Seasonal . Generally The Fresh
Leaves Roots, Flowers Etc. Are Used But If The Fresh Plant Part Is Not Available Then They
Use Dry Material .
During The Survey It Was Found That Younger Generation Is Not That Much Aware Or
Interested In Traditional Medicinal Practices. While Elder People Have More Knowledge About
It And They Have Used More Medicinal Plants And Given Us More Information During
Interview. Similarly Men Have More Knowledge About Medicinal Plants As Compared To
Women. Herbal Healers (Vaidya) Have Immense Knowledge About Which Medicinal Plant Is
Useful On Which Disease But He Was Hesitant To Disclose His Knowledge.
Similar Study Was Carried Out By Rao Et Al. (2012). They Provided Data On 31 Medicinal
Plants, 3 Plants In Their Study Were Also Noted By Me But Their Use Was Different ( I.E.
Used To Treat Different Diseases) . The Three Plants Are – Ailanthus Excelsa (Bark
Decoction Is Administered To Patients Suffering From Typhoid And Jaundice) , Butea
Monosperma (Stem Bark Decoction Is Consumed To Control Vomiting) , Phyllanthus
Emblica (Bark Is Chewed To Relieve Jaw Pain Associated With Toothache) .
P. S. Lachure (2012), Carried Out Survey On Ethnomedicinal Plants Used By Tribes In Digras
Region Of Yavatmal District And Documented Plants Along With Their Medicinal Properties
Such As Abrus Precatorius L. (Uterine Stimulant), Achyranthes Aspera ( Toothache And
Astringent), Annona Squamosa L. (Treatment Of Dysentery), Azadirachta Indica
(Antimicrobial And Insecticidal) , Tribulus Terrestris L. ( Tonic In Sexual Inadequacy) ,Tridax
Procumbens L. ( Antiseptic, Insecticidal) ,Vitex Negundo (Anti Inflammatory, Analgesic) .
People Of Nimgavhan Village Used These Plants For Treating Different Diseases Such As
Abrus Precatorius ( Cough, Night Blindness, Leucorrhoea), Achyranthes Aspera ( Snake And
Scorpion Bite) , Annona Squamosa (Ringworm), But 3 Plants Azadirachta Indica, Tridax
Procumbens, Vitex Negundo Are Used To Treat Same Diseases In Both The Study Areas.
Mukund Dhore Et Al.,(2012) Presented A Paper Deals With Documentation Of Ethnomedicinal
Uses Of Plants Particularly The Fertility Regulatory Plants Used By Kolam, Gond, Banjara
Tribals Of Yavatmal District. Plants Like Abrus Precatorius, Azadirachta Indica, Annona
Squamosa, Calotropis Gigantea, Carica Papaya, Plumbago Zeylanica Are Abortifacient, Induce
Abortion Or Have Antifertility Activity .
N. Rama Krishna, Ch. Saidulu, S.Kistamma (2014) Carried Out Survey In Mancherial And
Jannaram Reserve Forest Division Of Adilabad District, India. The Survey Reported 68 Plant
Species Belonging To 33 Families. They Found That The Plants Such As Aegle Marmelos
(Linn) Is Used To Treat Ulcers, Magget Infested Stores For This Leaf Paste Is Used As
External Application. Also The Leaves Along With Those Of Dolichandrone Falcate ,A Pinch Of
Common Salt And Turmeric Are Crushed With Goat’s Milk, Extract Is Used As Eye Drop Twice
A Day For Opacity Of Cornea. Caesalpinia Bonduc L. -Leaf Paste Is Used To Treat
Hydrocele, Slightly Warm Leaf Decoction Is Poured On Affected Area Daily For Treatment Of
Paralysis. Plumbago Zeylanica L. Leaves Are Used As Curry In Case Of Fever, Phyllanthus
Emblica L. Is Used To Treat Dental Problems – Fruit Juice Is Mixed With Garlic Juice Is
Dropped In Affected Dental Area. But During My Study It Was Found That The Kolam People
Of Nimgavhan Village Used These Same Plants Aegle Marmelos (Linn) For Treatment Of
Diarrhoea ,Diabetes And Caesalpinia Bonduc L. For Haemorrhoids /Piles, Plumbago Zeylanica
L. For Snake/Scorpion Bite, Ringworm, Itching, Phyllanthus Emblica L. For Skin Burning .
Chavhan V. N. Et Al (2020), Carried Out Similar Survey In Yavatmal District And Documented
78 Plant Species Belonging To 47 Families In Ethnomedicobotany Of Yavatmal District (MS),
India. 6 Plant Species Documented By Them Are Also Recorded By Me. The Plant Species Are
Annona Squamosa L. – Leaf Juice Is Given To Check The Habit Of Liquor Consumption.
Azadirachta Indica (Leaf Decoction Is Given On Swelling Caused By Accident And To Treat
Typhoid), Butea Monosperma Seed Paste Is Used For Enhancing Fertility In Woman.
Cadaba Fruticosa L. -Leaves Are Used To Treat Arthritis, Body Ache, Body Swelling,
Calotropis Gigantea L. Root Bark And Piper Betle L. Leaf Is Used To Treat Fever. People
Of My Study Area Used These Plants To Treat Different Diseases Such As Annona Squamosa
L. (Ringworm), Azadirachta Indica L. (Measles), Butea Monosperma (Strangury), Cadaba
Fruticosa L. (Diarrhoea), Calotropis Gigantea L. (Cough), Piper Betle L. (Asthma And Cough).
Ramchandra Kulkarni And Kailash Sontakke (2020) ,Carried Out Survey On Ethnomedicinal
Plants Of Kinwat Region Of Nanded District And Documented 40 Plant Species. Out Of 40
Plants 8 Plants Are Also Recorded By Me, Out Of These 8 Plants 3 Plants Are Used For
Treatment Of Same Diseases In Both Kinwat Region And Nimgavhan And These Plants Are
Picrorhiza Kurroa (Roots – Loss Of Appetite), Ehretia Laevis Roxb. (Bark – Fracture And
Wound Healing), Ailanthus Excelsa Roxb. (Leaves -Worm And Dysentery) . Remaining 5
Plants Are Used For Different Diseases Datura Innoxia (Leaves- Paralysis ) , Achyranthes

227
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Aspera L. (Leaves -Goiter ) , Aegle Marmelos (Leaves -Vata) ,Azadirachta Indica (Bark -
Jaundice, Stomachache, Malarial Fever) ,Butea Monosperma (Lam) (Bark -White Discharge,
Appendix).
Conclusion
The Present Study Was Carried Out In Nimgavhan Village Of Yavatmal District To Get The
Information About Medicinal Plants Which Are Used By The People Of Kolam Community To
Cure Various Ailments. During The Survey It Was Found That Kolam People Have Great
Knowledge About Medicinal Plants And They Are Very Much Dependent On This Medicinal
Plants As They Use This Herbal Medicines For Primary Health Care And They Prefer These
Traditional Medicines On Allopathic Or Modern Medicines Because This Are Easily Available,
Low Costs And Do Not Have Any Side Effects. Herbal Medicinal Treatment Is Prescribed To All
Age Group From Infants To Older People And Used In Daily Life Such As For Headache, Fever,
Cold, Cough Or For Treating Diseases Such As Diabetes, Piles, Paralysis Etc. It Was Also Noted
That Treatment Of Some Plants Are Restricted To Particular Age Group Or Gender And Doses
Of Drugs Are Different For Different Age Groups.
The Knowledge Of Traditional Medicines Transferred Orally From Generation To Generation
From Thousands Of Years But Now Younger Generation Is Not Interested In Preserving This
Knowledge Therefore There Is An Urgent Need To Document And Conserve Traditional
Medicinal Plants As It Is Rapidly Disappearing Due To Influence Of Western Medicines,
Negligence Of Young Generation, Overexploitation Of Plants And Rapid Deforestation. It Is
Important To Collect The Information And Develop Database Of Medicinal Plants For Future
Research And Development Of New Drugs. It Is Necessary To Conserve These Medicinal Plants
Because Some Of These Plants May Contain Undiscovered Pharmacological Properties Which
Can Serve As An Ingredient For The Development Of New Drugs. It Is Observed That Younger
Generation Is Not Interested To Continue This Traditional Medicinal Practices And Therefore
The Number Of Traditional Herbal Healers Is Decreasing. Hence There Is Urgent Need To
Record And Preserve All The Information On Plants Used By Kolam Community Before It Lost
Completely .
References
1. Agrawal S. C., Pati R. N. (2010), Folk Medicine, Folk Healers And Medicinal Plants Of
Chhattisgarh, Sarup Book Publishers PVT. LTD. New Delhi, Pp (2)
2. Beldar V. G. And Sidat P. S. (2020). Ethnomedicinal Plants Used In Maharashtra For
Treatment Of Various Diseases And Disorders. Manipal Journal Of Pharmaceutical Science
,2020. Vol 5,Iss.2, Pp (12-36).
3. Bharathi K. (2019), Cultural Beliefs And Practices, A Qualitative Study Among Kolam Tribe
Of Adilabad District Telangana :Book- Tribal Economy, Culture And Society In India,
Concept Publishing House, New Delhi. Pp (293)
4. Bodele S. K. And Shahare N. (2015), Ethnobotanical Study Of Medicinal Plants In Forest
Region Of Chimur Tahsil, Chandrapur District, Maharashtra. Asian Journal Of Plant
Science And Research.
5. Chavhan V. N., Bhogaonkar P. Y., Dhole P. Y. And Kshirsagar P. P. (2020).
Ethnomedicobotany Of Yavatmal District (MS) India. Plantae Scientia 2020;Vol. I, II, III.
Issue 06,Pp (82-88)
6. Cook T. 1967 (Rpr). The Flora Of The Presidency Of Bombay. Vol.I,II,III. Botanical Survey
Of India. Calcutta.
7. Dubey V. ,Exploring Indigenous Knowledge On Medicinal Plants : Book- Folk Medicine,
Folk Healers And Medicinal Plants Of Chhattisgarh. Sarup Book Publishers PVT. LMT.
New Delhi, Pp 34.
8. Deogakar S. G. And Leena Deogakar Baxi (2003). The Kolam Tribes. Concept Publication
Company. New Delhi, Pp (9-20,24)
9. Gabriele Dietrich (2004). Waging Peace, Building A World In Which Life Matters: Festschrift
To Honour Gabriele Dietrich. ISPCK. P. 181. ISBN 978-81-7214-798-3. Retrieved 7
April 2013.
10. Ghulam Yatoo Et Al.,2015. “Ethnobotanical Study Of Common Medicinal Plants Used By
People Of Village Fubgaon, District Amravati, Maharashtra .” Int. J. Cur. Tr.Res. (2015) 4(1)
;Pp 29-34
11. Gupta (2010), - Ethnopotential Of Medicinal Herbs In Skin Diseases. An Overview Journal
Of Pharmacy Research.
12. Https://En.M.Wikipedia.Org/Wiki/Kolam_People
13. Https://Publishing.Cdlib.Org/Ucpressebooks/View?Docid=Ft8r29p2r8&Chunk.Id=D0e1758&
Toc.Id=&Brand=Ucpress
14. Https://Web.Archive.Org/Web/20131107225208/Http://Censusindia.Gov.In/Tables_Published
/SCST/ST%20Lists.Pdfcensus India. Archived From The Original (PDF) On 7 November
2013. Retrieved 15 December 2013.
15. Https://Www.Flickr.Com/Photos/Eddingrid/38539865646
16. Https://Www.Nhp.Gov.In/Introduction-And-Importance-Of-Medicinal-Plants-And-Herbs_Mtl

228
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
17. Https://Www.Semanticscholar.Org/Paper/Role-Of-Ajan-Vruksha%2fkhandu-Chakka-Plant-
(Ehretia-Thakre-Harne/40817d49e478bd0000fd80006b6527cecf20df8b
18. Http://News.Unair.Ac.Id/2022/02/15/Comprehensive-Insight-Into-Abrus-
Precatorius/?Lang=En
19. Https://Www.Amazon.In/Varahikand-Fresh-Tuber-Dioscorea-
Bulbifera/Dp/B07MXMYJ2S#Immersive-View_1651985705724
20. Https://Mrsac.Gov.In/MRSAC/
21. Https://En.M.Wikipedia.Org/Wiki/Yavatmal_District
22. Jagtap D.K .,Jakhi P. S. And Kashid L. M. ,(2020). Ethnomedicinal Study Of Some Plants
From Baramati And Nearby Villages Of Pune District, Maharashtra State. International
Journal Of Agriculture Science And Research. Vol. 10, Iss. 1, Pp 23-32.
23. Jagtap D. K., Jakhi P. S. And Patil H. S. (2013) . Ethnomedicinal Survey Of Some Plants
From Villages Of Khatav Tahsil (MS.). International Journal Of Life Sciences. Vol. I (4), Pp
264 -269.
24. Kulkarni R. And Sontakke K. (2020). Ethnobotanical Traditions In Kinwat Region Of
Nanded District. International Journal Of Bombay Studies. Volume. 5,Issue 5,Pp (136-138)
25. Meena And Rao (2010) – Folk Herbal Medicines Used By Meena Community Of Rajasthan :
Asian Journal Of Traditional Medicines.
26. Metkar V. P. And Tarar J. L, 2015. Traditionally Used Medicinal Plants To Cure Cuts And
Wound And Wound In Yavatmal District, Maharashtra, India. International Journal Of
Research In Bioscience ,Agriculture And Technology. Issue 1,Pp (128-132).
27. Naik V. N., 1998. The Flora Of Marathwada. Amrut Prakashan, Aurangabad.
28. Nalla M. K., More D. R. (2018), Studies On Ethnomedicinal Plants For Human Welfare In
Used By Kolam Tribes Of Adjacent Areas Of Telangana And Maharashtra, India. Ejbps
2018,Vol 5, Pp (650-657).
29. Pandey M. M., Rastogi Subha And Rawat A. K. S. “Indian Traditional Ayurvedic System Of
Medicine And Nutritional Supplementation : An Overview”. The Internet Journal Of
Alternative Medicine, 2013,
30. Rajakrishnan R. And Lakshmi R.(2017) , Phytochemical Evaluation Of Roots Of Plumbago
Zeylanica L. And Assessment Of Its Potential As A Nephroprotective Agent. Saudi Journal
Of Biological Sciences. Vol. 24, Iss.4 ,Pp 760-766.
31. Rama Krishna N. “Ethnobotanical Studies Of Adilabad District, A. P., India” Phd Thesis
,Osmania University, 2013.
32. Rama Krishna N., Saidulu Ch., Kistamma S. “Ethnomedicinal Uses Of Some Plant Studies
Mancherial And Jannaram Reserve Forest Division Of Adilabad District, Telangana State,
India. Journal Of Scientific And Innovative Research 2014; 3(3), Pp (342-351).
33. Rao V. L. N, Bharathi K., Naidu J. M., Venkaiah M. (2012), Ethnomedical Practices Among
Kolams Of Adilabad District, Andhra Pradesh. Wudpecker Research Journal, Vol 1(1) Pp 1-
7
34. Rathi B., Khobragade P., Rathi R. And Gupta R. (2021). Ethnobotanical Survey Of
Medicinal Plants Used By Tribes Of Karanja (Ghadge) Tahsil Wardha District
Maharashtra, India. International Journal Of Ayurvedic Medicines. Vol.12(1),Pp (43-52).
35. Russell And Hiralal, 1973.Tribes Of Caste Of Centre Province Of India. Vol III, Cosmo
Publication, Delhi, Pp 520.
36. Shukla R., Chakravarty M., Goutam M. (2006). Documentation Of Folk Knowledge On
Medicinal Plants Among Forest Dwelling Communities Of Chhattisgarh, Book – Folk
Medicine, Folk Healers And Medicinal Plants Of Chhattisgarh . Sarup Book Publishers PVT
LMT. New Delhi, Pp 53.
37. Singh N. P. And Karthikeyan S. 2000. Flora Of Maharashtra State. Vol I, II, III. Botanical
Survey Of India, Calcutta.
38. Subhose V., Shrinivas P. And Narayana A. “Basic Principles Of Pharmaceutical Science In
Ayurveda”. Bulletin Of The Indian Institute Of History Of Medicine, Vol 35,No.2,Pp-83-92,
2005.View At Google Scholar.
39. Vinatha Naini And Estari Mamida (2013). An Ethnobotanical Study Of Plants Used For The
Treatment Of Diabetes In Varangal District, Andhra Pradesh, India; Biolife, 1(1), Pp (24-
28).
40. Wath Manjusha Et Al, 2014. Documentation Of Ethnoveterinary Practices Among The
Kolam Of Yavatmal District, Biolife 2(2); Pp (530-542).

229
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Impact of Online Teaching and Learning on the Under-
Graduate Students during the Pandemic.
Dr. Rajesh Vishnu Yeole,
Head, Department of UG, PG, and Research Centre in English,
Changu Kana Thakur Arts, Commerce and Science College, New Panvel Autonomous, District:
Raigad: Pin Code: 41206.

Abstract:
COVID-19 is a highly infectious disease caused by coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2). It has
originated in Wuhan city of China. The coronavirus triggered first phase in the form of
nationwide lockdown in India which commenced on March 25, 2020. It has globally put, over 1.2
billion children out of the classroom. This situation challenged the educational system across
the world and forced educators to shift to an online mode of teaching abruptly. Many academic
institutions that were forced to transform entirely to online teaching and learning. Hence, there
was distinctive rise in e-learning, whereby teaching is undertaken through digital platforms.
The lack of digital tools is a major drawback amongst students, there is difficulty in
understanding, social isolation and poor communication skills. The impact of the virus was so
strong that online education became an omnipresent part of education, resulting in no further
physical interaction of teachers with students. Due to the lockdown, students have not
connected with the outer world resulting in lack of exposure. Since, students have been
introduced to virtual platforms it made them well versed with technology with digital identity.
On the other side of education i.e., the teachers, were greatly benefitted by teaching online, in
such a way that it has increased their awareness of students' needs and methods to create
engaging activities. Few teachers, realised it is easier to teach face-to-face after teaching online,
while other teachers disagreed and faced challenges when returning to the face-to face
classroom. The student teacher rapport has been affected very badly as the whole surrounding
has drastically changed on account of unprecedented advent of pandemic. This research paper
makes analysis of Impact of Online Teaching and Learning on the Under-Graduate Students
during the Pandemic.
Key words: Pandemic, Lockdown, Online Teaching and Learning, Challenges, Isolation.
Hypothesis:
1. E-learning creates a creative ambiance on the students and teachers.
Research Methodology:
The researcher used both quantitative and qualitative methodologies in order to study
the perceptions of stakeholders based on the online teaching-learning process among
undergraduate students during covid 19. The researcher has also conducted physical interaction
with teachers, students as well as parents, for the purpose of understanding various nuances of
online teaching and learning scenarios.
The researcher has specifically constructed a brief questionnaire for students, teachers as
well as parents. The questionnaire designed for the students focuses on the conveniences and
inconveniences faced by the students during the process of online learning. With regards to
teachers, it highlights the challenges in terms of adaptability with the technology, interacting
during online sessions, preparation of material for conducting online class along with making
the class interesting and effective. The parent's questionnaire is an embodiment of the impact of
online learning teaching and learning amongst the students.
(i) Total responses from students: 354, (Age range: 18-23)
Out of which responses were received from students belonging to the following streams:
1. Faculty of Arts 27.7%, Faculty of Science 45.2%, Faculty of Commerce 22.3%, Faculty of
Engineering 2.3%, Faculty of Design 0.6%, Faculty of Law 0.3%, Faculty of Medical 0.3%
And, 1.4% from other Faculties.
2. (ii) Total responses from Teachers: 39, (Age range: 21-50) Out of which responses were
received from teachers specializing in the following study area: Field of languages, Field of
Information Technology, Field of Science.
3. And they had students from the following streams: Faculty of Science 46.7%, Faculty of
Arts 23.3%, Faculty of Commerce 10%, Faculty of Design 3.3% And other faculties 16.7%.
(iii)Total responses from Parents: 116
Out of which responses were received from parents who had the following profession:
1. Working crowd 34.5%, Home-makers 25.9%, People owning a business 16.4%.
Preliminary Work:
This research conducted a comprehensive comparative study of available e-learning
platforms and analysed primary data collected

230
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

through an online survey of 500 stakeholders from various colleges and institutions. The
researchers used multiple methods, including interviews, forms, reference books, journals, and
research papers, to gather information and understand the perspectives of parents, teachers,
and students on online learning. The study focused on undergraduate teaching and learning
methods. By predicting and comparing the viewpoints of students, teachers, and parents, the
research aimed to identify bottlenecks in online learning. The researchers finalized Google
Forms as the survey platform for collecting quantitative data. The research ensured ethical
considerations by obtaining informed consent from all participants and avoiding personal health
information or sensitive data in the questionnaires.

E Xpected Outcome:

231
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Results and analysis of the questionnaire for students.
From the age range of 18-23, the maximum respondents were around the age of 20. Most of the
respondents belonged to the faculty of science while the least responses were received from the
faculty of Law and Medicine.

According to the survey 46.1% students preferred learning online; but the received numerical
are very close to their preference of offline learning that 42.4%. The survey also showed that
maximum students did not face as such any inconveniences.

From the given inconveniences the students faced the issue of network the most.

232
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

From the above data we can conclude that moderate responses are received from the students
which can be seen in the favour of online learning. Even from the examination point of view
students are extremely comfortable with Multiple Choice Questions as their exam mode.

From the above data we can observe that students believe that their skills are moderately being
developed but the responses lean more towards the response that their skills are being
developed.

233
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

According to the above graphs students believe that online method is challenging, innovative,
creative, and encouraging.

Results and analysis of the questionnaire for Teachers.

Results and analysis of the questionnaire for parents.
From the above graph it was observed that network issues is the major inconvenience faced by
the teachers.

234
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

Conclusion:
In this way, an attempt has been made to explore impact of online teaching and learning on the
under graduate students during the pandemic.
Bibliography:
1. Azoulay, A. With One in Five Learners Kept out of School, UNESCO Mobilizes Education
Ministers to Face the COVID-19 Crisis. 2020.
2. Dhawan, S. Online Learning: A Panacea in the Time of COVID-19 Crisis. Journal of
Educational Technology Systems, 49, 5-22. 2020.
3. Brightwell, R., Daniel, J.-H., and Stewart, A. Evaluation: Is an Open Book Examination
Easier?. Biosci. Edu. 2004.
4. Cavanaugh, J. Teaching Online-A Time Comparison. Online J. Distance Learn. Adm. 2005
5. Meydanlioglu, A., and Arikan, F. Effect of Hybrid Learning in Higher Education. Int. J. Inf.
Commun. Eng. (2014).
Webliography
1. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2666374020300121
2. https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0250378
3. https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/AAOUJ-09-2020-0078/full/html
4. https://www.timeshighereducation.com/blog/educating-despite-covid-19-outbreak-lessons-
singapore#%20
5. https://edsource.org/2020/take-this-pandemic-moment-to-improve-education/633500
6. https://elearningindustry.com/advantages-and-disadvantages-online-learning

235
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

State of Art of Library Websites of Academic Colleges of

Maharashtra State
Shweta Pathak1, Dr. Kishorsingh R. Chungade2
1Librarian, KES’ Shri. Jayantilal H. Patel Law College Kandivli Mumbai

Librarian,
2Govt. Vidarbha Institute of Science and Humanities, Amravati (MS)

Abstract
Lately the library had to transfer its services and operations in view of the rapid
developments in the field of information and technology. Moreover, the way information is
accumulated, stored, shared and provided as per demand is also changing very rapidly. In view
of this the library websites provide an opportunity to interact with its user about the changes
occurring in the functioning of libraries. Moreover, the website design is an output of the
thinking of its creator and barring few common aspects there appears a special feature in these
websites. In view of the above, this study has been carried out to study the state of art of
websites of academic colleges of Maharashtra. The study was conducted by using standard
methodology and the data was collected using an online survey method. All the statistical
analysis was carried out by using SPSS 18.0 Software. Based on the results of this study, it was
evident that the websites of most of the libraries are designed by professional developer and
with an aim to improve usability of resources. The results also indicate that the librarians need
skills with respect to new technologies apart from core traditional librarianship skills.
Furthermore, most of the librarians revealed that simple navigation and easy access to search
are very important feature of a user friendly library website.
Keywords: Library, information technology, website design, usability of resources, skills
Introduction
The concept of librarianship in higher education has changed significantly in the last
few years. The library services have now crossed the boundaries of four walls and are in the
realm of digital world. In the present scenario of globalization, the librarian should think
towards extending the facilities to the users apart from his institution by marketing their
services. The librarian will have to be more pro- active in this aspect and the librarian must
undertake the study about needs and demands of the users in terms of information (Silvis et al.,
2019). Accordingly, librarian must design, develop and provide information product and
services, to meet such needs and demands and rushed out to them rather wait for them to come
to the library. One such initiative is the availability of content through online platforms or the
dedicated library website (Ehrenpreis and Delooper, 2022). A library website incorporated into
the college’s website is one incredible idea that will set the educational institution apart from
the competition. This kind of development has become relatively simple and it has the potential
will to bring various advantages to the institution.
Gone are the days when students relied exclusively on textbooks to get all of the
essential information. Today, students have access to a wide range of informational resources
that prove to be an invaluable part of the academic process. The digitalization of the library
shows commitment to modernization and the willingness to embrace new trends and
developments by the management (Hugar, 2019). A comprehensive library website can contain
much more than that is available through traditional modes of information seeking. Both
students and parents will appreciate the modern development of the library website (Astani and
Elhindi, 2008). Having access to the library book database through the website is important
because it will enable students to participate in the academic process regardless of their location
(Mellone and Williams 2010). Students today are heavily-reliant on digital technology
(Kumaran and Subangi, 2017). They prefer the format and they find it much easier to use than
traditional methods of information seeking. It is expected that the special collection, services
and facilities available are to be kept before the users and encourage them to avail these
facilities for their academic work (Richardson et al., 2023). Many libraries use information
brochures for the advertisement of their consultancies and expertise. Taking this into
consideration as mentioned earlier, the librarian should develop the information packages for
the users and reach up to them instead of waiting them to come to library (Narnaware and
Rokade, 2022). Hosting of website for the library is one of the most effective ways in the IT
environment (Okeji et al., 2020). Hence, the librarian must acquire the skill of web page
designing and he must have knowledge of it. In view of the importance of the library websites,
present investigation was carried out to assess the state-of-art of the same i.e. library websites
of the academic colleges of Maharashtra.
Research Methodology
There are many ways of outlining the basic method shared by all fields of scientific
inquiry. In the present investigation, the researcher followed a general research method such as
236
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

i) define the question, ii) gather information and resources (observe), iii) form hypothesis, iv)
data collection, v) analyze data and vi) interpret data and draw conclusions.
Study Area
The study area for this research work is Maharashtra State of India and NAAC
accredited Academic Colleges situated in the state.
Research Design
The study is conducted by using a technique of descriptive research design.
Universe and Population of the study
On the basis of the reconnaissance survey it was observed that there are approximately
800 NAAC accredited academic colleges with Grade A, A++, B and B++ from the NAAC and are
affiliated to various UGC recognized Universities in Maharashtra. Libraries of all the 800
academic colleges affiliated to various universities were considered as the population of the
study.
Sampling, Sampling Method and Sample Size
For the present study library professionals working in academic colleges affiliated to
various UGC recognized universities in Maharashtra were selected using random sampling
technique. In this study, a representative sample size for this population was determined on the
basis of the Table for Determining Sample Size for a Finite Population developed by Krejcie and
Morgan (1970). According to this model, for the above mentioned population i.e. 800 need 270
samples, however, during the course of this study researcher could get information from 341
librarians. The selection of librarians was carried out randomly. Thus, the final sample size for
this study is 341.
Primary data collection
The primary data was collected using a structured questionnaire and by following
survey method. Prior to its use the reliability and validity of the questionnaire was tested.
Statistical Analysis of Data and Significance Level
Analysis of data was carried out with the help of appropriate statistical tests. The
descriptive statistics, such as frequency, mode, percentage, etc were determined from the
collected data. The Chi-Square test was used as an inferential statistical test. All the statistical
analysis was carried out by using SPSS 18.0 Software. The significance level was chosen to be
0.05 (or equivalently, 5%).
Statistical Analysis & Interpretation
Development of website
Table 1: Development of website
Library website development Nos. Percentage
Developed new website by own 89 26.1
Made changes to an existing website 39 11.4
Professional Developer designed the website 182 53.4
Other 31 9.1
Total 341 100
Chi–square 169.581; df: 3, p<0.05; Table Value: 7.82
Above Table 1 shows information pertaining to development of website. 26.1%
respondents have developed the website by their own while 11.4% respondents have made
changes to an existing website. Further according to 53.4% respondents professional developer
has designed the website and according to 9.1% respondents website is designed by other
sources.
Main objectives of developing library website
Table 2: Main objectives of developing library website
Objectives of developing website Nos. Percentage
Convenience 37 10.9
To improve usability of resources 238 69.8
Better information sharing 201 58.9
Information Security 29 8.5
Aesthetics 52 15.2
USP for promoting college 68 19.9
Other 22 6.5
Above Table 2 shows information pertaining to objective of developing library website.
According to 10.9% respondents library website is developed for convenience of the users while
69.8% respondents feel that library website is developed to improve usability of resources. In
addition to this 58.9%, 8.5% and 15.2% respondents feel that library websites have been

237
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

developed for better information sharing, information security and aesthetics respectively.
Furthermore, according to 19.9% respondents library website serves as a USP for promoting
college and 6.5% respondents have developed library website for other reason.
Opinion of librarians about the skills of librarian
Table 3: Opinion about the demands of technical knowledge from librarians apart from core
traditional librarianship skills
Response Nos. Percentage
Yes 291 85.3
No 35 10.3
Don’t Know 15 4.4
Total 341 100
Chi–square 416.794; df: 2, p<0.05; Table Value: 5.99
Above Table 3 shows information pertaining to opinion of the librarians about the
demands of technical knowledge from librarians apart from core traditional librarianship skills.
According to 85.3% respondents there is demand of technical knowledge from librarians apart
from core traditional librarianship skills while 4.4% respondents are not sure about it. Further
10.3% respondents do not feel there is demand of technical knowledge from librarians apart
from core traditional librarianship skills.
Influence of various factors in development of college library website
Table 4: Influence of various factors in development of college library website
Extent of Influence
Attributes High Moderate Low Total
No Per No Per No Per No Per
Institutional forces 188 55.1 134 39.3 19 5.6 341 100.0
Budgetary allocations 92 27.0 175 51.3 74 21.7 341 100.0
Technical Knowledge 255 74.8 71 20.8 15 4.4 341 100.0
Support, input from secondary sources 81 23.8 192 56.3 68 19.9 341 100.0
Input from different types of users 88 25.8 231 67.7 22 6.5 341 100.0
Above Table 4 shows information pertaining to influence of various factors in
development of college library website.
1. Institutional Forces: According to 55.1% respondents institutional forces highly influence
development of college library website while 39.3% respondents feel that institutional forces
have moderate influence. Further according to 5.6% respondents institutional forces has less
influence in development of college library website.
2. Budgetary allocations: According to 27.0% respondents budgetary allocations highly
influence development of college library website while 51.3% respondents feel that
budgetary allocations have moderate influence. Further according to 21.7% respondents
budgetary allocations has less influence in development of college library website.
3. Technical Knowledge: According to 74.8% respondents technical knowledge highly
influence development of college library website while 20.8% respondents feel that technical
knowledge have moderate influence. Further according to 4.4% respondents technical
knowledge has less influence in development of college library website.
4. Support, input from secondary sources: According to 23.8% respondents support, input
from secondary sources highly influence development of college library website while 56.3%
respondents feel that support, input from secondary sources have moderate influence.
Further according to 19.9% respondents support, input from secondary sources has less
influence in development of college library website.
5. Input from different types of users: According to 25.8% respondents input from different
types of users highly influence development of college library website while 67.7%
respondents feel that input from different types of users have moderate influence. Further
according to 6.5% respondents input from different types of users has less influence in
development of college library website.

238
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

3.5 Important features of a user friendly library website

Table 5: Important features of a user friendly library website
Moderately Slightly
Very Important Total
Features Important Important
No Per No Per No Per No Per
Easy Access to Search 266 78.0 42 12.3 33 9.7 341 100.0
Simple Navigation 294 86.2 18 5.3 29 8.5 341 100.0
Home Page is a Gateway 119 34.9 58 17.0 164 48.1 341 100.0
Empower All its Users 99 29.0 207 60.7 35 10.3 341 100.0
Regularly Updated Content 133 39.0 187 54.8 21 6.2 341 100.0
Visible Contact Details 257 75.4 76 22.3 8 2.3 341 100.0
Above Table 5 shows information pertaining to important features of a user friendly
library website.
1. Easy Access to Search: According to 78.0% respondents easy access to search is very
important feature of a user friendly library website while 12.3% respondents feel that it has
moderate importance. Further according to 9.7% respondents easy access to search is
slightly important feature of a user friendly library website.
2. Simple Navigation: According to 86.2% respondents simple navigation is very important
feature of a user friendly library website while 5.3% respondents feel that it has moderate
importance. Further according to 8.5% respondents simple navigation is slightly important
feature of a user friendly library website.
3. Home Page is a Gateway: According to 34.9% respondents home page gateway is very
important feature of a user friendly library website while 17.0% respondents feel that it has
moderate importance. Further according to 48.1% respondents home page gateway is
slightly important feature of a user friendly library website.
4. Empower all its users: According to 29.0% respondents empowering all users is very
important feature of a user friendly library website while 60.7% respondents feel that it has
moderate importance. Further according to 10.3% respondents empowering all users is
slightly important feature of a user friendly library website.
5. Regularly updated content: According to 39.0% respondents regularly updated content is
very important feature of a user friendly library website while 54.8% respondents feel that it
has moderate importance. Further according to 6.2% respondents regularly updated content
is slightly important feature of a user friendly library website.
6. Visible contact details: According to 75.4% respondents visible contact details is very
important feature of a user friendly library website while 22.3% respondents feel that it has
moderate importance. Further according to 2.3% respondents visible contact details is
slightly important feature of a user friendly library website.
3.6 Availability of Web 2.0 tools on the library website
Table 6: Availability of Web 2.0 tools on the library website
Response Nos. Percentage
Yes 265 77.7
No 59 17.3
Can’t say 17 5.0
Total 341 100
Chi–square 310.018; df: 2, p<0.05; Table Value: 5.99
Above Table 6 shows information pertaining to opinion of the librarians about web 2.0
tools should be available on the library website. According to 77.7% respondents web 2.0 tools
should be available on the library website while 5.0% respondents are unsure about it. Further
17.3% respondents do not feel that web 2.0 tools should be available on the library website.
3.7 Opinion about getting time for developing a library website
Table 7: Opinion about getting time for developing a library website
Response Nos. Percentage
Yes 83 24.3
No 204 59.8
Can’t say 54 15.8
Total 341 100
Chi–square 111.376; df: 2, p<0.05; Table Value: 5.99
Above Table 7 shows information pertaining to opinion of the librarians about getting
time for developing a library website. 24.3% respondents do not get time for developing a library

239
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal

website while 15.8% respondents are not sure about it. Further 59.8% respondents do not get
time for developing of library website.
4.0Conclusions
4.1Development of website
On the basis of the study results it is evident that most of the library websites are designed
by professional developer.
1. Main objectives of developing library website
From the study results it is evident that most of the library websites are developed to
improve usability of resources.
2. Opinion of librarians about the skills of librarian
From the study results it is evident that there is demand of technical knowledge from
librarians apart from core traditional librarianship skills.
3. Influence of various factors in development of college library website
In view of the study results it is evident that technical knowledge and institutional forces
highly influence development of college library website.

4. Important features of a user friendly library website

In view of the study results it is evident that most of the librarians feel that simple
navigation and easy access to search are very important feature of a user friendly library
website.
5. Web 2.0 tools should be available on the library website
On the basis of the study results it is evident that most of the librarians feel that web 2.0
tools should be available on the library website.
6. Opinion about getting time for developing a library website
From the study results it is evident that most of the librarians do not get time for developing
a library website.
References
1. Anunobi, C. V and Okechukwu, N. N. (2020). Availability and Usability of Academic Library
Websites by Undergraduates in Federal Universities in South East Nigeria, Unizik Journal
of Research in Library and Information Science, 5(1), pp. 87-100.
2. Astani, M and Elhindi, M. A. (2008). Empirical study of University Websites, Retrieved
December 29, 2018, from www.iacis.org/iss/2008_iis/pdf/S2008_1077.pdf 3. Berelson, B.,
Available at
SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3620064 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3620064
3. Blummer, B and Kenton, J. M. (2015). The Availability of Web 2.0 Tools from Community
College Libraries’ Websites Serving Large Student Bodies, Community & Junior College
Libraries, 20(3-4), pp. 75-104.
4. Ehrenpreis, M and Delooper, J. (2022). Implementing a Chatbot on a Library Website,
Journal of Web Librarianship, 16(2), pp. 120-142.
5. Hugar, J. G. (2019). Content Analysis of Engineering College Library Websites in Goa,
Agnel Institute of Technology and Design. (n.d.). Library, www.aitdgoa.edu.in/library
6. Kumaran, M and Subangi, M. C. (2017). Design and Development of Library Web Site: A
Case, ScieXplore: International Journal of Research in Science, 4(2), pp. 50–57.
7. Mellone, J. T and Williams, D. J. (2010). Applying best practices in web site redesign: the
Queens College Libraries experience, OCLC Systems & Services: International digital
library perspectives, 26(3), pp. 177-197.
8. Narnaware, S.V and Rokade, S. G. (2022). Webometric Study of National Institutional
Ranking Framework (Nirf) Listed College Website with Special Reference to Library Web
Pages, Library Philosophy & Practice, pp. 1-9.
9. Okeji, C. C., Tralagba, E. C and Obi, I. C. (2020). An investigation of the digital literacy
skills and knowledge-based competencies among librarians working in university libraries
in Nigeria, Global Knowledge, Memory and Communication, 69(4/5), pp. 311-330.
10. Richardson, B. W., Williamson, E. P., Wikle, O. M., Becker, D., Seiferle-Valencia, D., Doney,
J and Martinez, J. (2023). Design variations and evaluation of loanable technology web
pages in academic library websites, The Journal of Academic Librarianship, 49(3), 102670.
11. Silvis, I. M., Bothma, T. J. D and Beer, K. J. W. (2019). Evaluating the usability of the
information architecture of academic library websites, Library Hi Tech, 37(3), pp. 566-590.

240
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
A Study on Financial Analysis and Performance of Agricultural
Production System of Selected Commodities in Maharashtra
DR. H. B. Tipe1, Santosh P. Mane2
1Professor, Head Dept. of Geography, Vasundhara Kala Mahavidyalaya, Solapur.
2Assistant Professor, Head Dept. of Geography, Sameer Gandhi Kala Mahavidyalaya, Malshiras

and, Research Student, Punyashlok Ahilyadevi Holkar

Solapur University Solapur

Abstract
Every state plays a major role in India's economic development. Know Top 3 Crop
Producing States in India Uttar Pradesh is the top agricultural state in India with state-level
crop production including millets, rice, sugarcane, food grains and many others. Attracting and
growing businesses strengthens our economy by providing locally produced goods and services.
Strong businesses pay taxes for important services like schools, roads, fire and police. Economic
progress is possible without development. That means an increase in GDP, but most people see
no real improvement in living standards. This may be due to: Economic growth can only benefit
a small percentage of the population. Without a good understanding of economics, people may
unknowingly make irrational decisions. For example, people buy goods when they buy them,
even if they don't normally buy the goods, even at the sale price. Economics helps to eliminate
these errors by teaching the right decision making
Key words: Agricultural production, economic system, development, employment, analysis and
performance etc.
Introduction:
India ranks 142 in the list of per capita income among 197 countries of the world. This
information has been revealed in the data released by the International Monetary Fund. India's
per capita income is very low among the countries considered to be the largest economy in the
world. An economy is a system in which finite goods and services are produced, distributed or
traded, and consumed by various agents within a given geographical area. Economic agents
include individuals, businesses, organizations, or governments. The sluggish GDP growth can
be attributed to the aggressive rate hike by the Reserve Bank of India to curb high inflation
levels in the country. Apart from these factors, slowdown in exports and consumer demand has
contributed to the decline. As a result of inflation, the purchasing power of households decreases
as prices rise. Inflation affects various sectors of the economy, favorable to some and
unfavorable to others. There are many possible causes of a weak economy, from domestic
political factors to global market conditions. Regardless of the proximate causes, high levels of
unemployment, debt or inflation can weaken the economy by reducing consumer discretionary
spending.
Problems of the Study:
Agricultural management is the study of how agribusiness can be maximized by
applying economic principles and managerial skills to the various processes of production and
financial organization of the agricultural sector. Like the management of other industrial
organizations, the agricultural manager also has to use the available resources sparingly to
achieve the planned goals. Other industries have little control over the conditions under which
they operate. But due to factors like weather, rainfall, pest infestation, changes in prices in
agriculture, the agricultural manager feels the anxiety of uncertainty and has to make decisions
according to the frequently changing situation. As the effects of these factors are found in
different forms in different parts of the world, the problems of agricultural management are
varied and in relation to these problems it is the responsibility of every farmer to make the right
decisions for maximum benefit by making adequate use of the available productive factors.
Objectives of the Study:
1. To study the effects of Indian agricultural productivity on the farming class.
2. To study the effects of nature and changes in crop composition on the economic conditions of
farmers.
3. To study Indian agricultural productivity patterns and present status.
Significance of the Study:
Productivity of agriculture is the ability of agriculture to produce. Productivity per
hectare per person and per capital Productivity is high when agricultural output is high.
Conversely, when output is low, productivity is low. Agricultural productivity is important to
increase agricultural production. In countries where introduction i is available on a large scale,
agriculture is practiced extensively. In countries with limited land area, intensive cultivation is
practiced in which agricultural productivity is important. Where the productivity of agricultural
land is high, high production with low labor capital gives low productivity of agriculture, no
surplus production with the help of labor capital.

241
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Scope of the Study:
Markets In developing countries, the agriculture sector fulfills the growing
population's need for food grains as well as raw materials required for various industries. There
is a difference between agricultural production and agricultural productivity. Among the
various factors required for farming, farmers first need fertile land and then water. Agriculture
is possible if water is abundant and the most important factor for agriculture is that manpower
is available in large quantities and the crops can be maintained at that time.
Period of the Study:
While studying the agricultural productivity in Maharashtra and the actual
guaranteed price to the farmers in the market, it includes the factors required for actual
production. While studying the productivity of agricultural commodities and actual output in
agriculture the researcher has completed the member research assuming the year 2022 23.
Limitation of the Study:
The relationship between holding area size and agricultural productivity has been
expressed by agronomists in various ways. The more fertile the land, the more productive it is.
In some places the natural fertility is high and in some places it is low and although the soil
texture is low, it is possible to increase the productivity of the land based on changes in the
proper use of fertilizers and biological techniques. Land productivity and irrigation facilities
appear to be the limitations of this current production. Due to the lack of various technologies, it
is not possible for the farmers to practice farming in modern ways, so the increasing
productivity of agriculture is less compared to others.
Research Methodology:
While studying agricultural productivity and agronomy, the researcher has used many
secondary research methods including research papers, journals, newspapers, articles, reference
books, serial books, annual reports, government reports, audio videos, images, statistical
reports, library, etc.
Research Method:
While studying the agricultural productivity and agronomy the researcher has
completed the member research using descriptive analysis method.
Results and Discussion:
While using the available production factors, the agricultural manager has to make
decisions as to what should be the ratio in their combination. How much to spend for the
destruction of vermin, how much to spend on capital to increase the productivity of the land,
what kind and how much fertilizer to use for the land, these decisions have to be taken by
looking at the available capital supply.
Table No. 1 Analysis of Loan Distribution and Revenue (in Crore)
Particulars 2018-19 2019-20- 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23
Crop Loan 49,251 42,453 53,049 46,285 38,083
Agriculture
52,837 54,163 68,153 57,365 33,905
Term Loan
Land Revenue 2,088 2,155 2,063 2,200 4,000
Coefficient 0.1954 0.1546 0.2367 0.1465 0.1796
Std. dev. 0.312 0.265 0.874 0.648 0.549
Total
104,176 98,771 123,265 105,850 75,988
Source: Economic Survey of Maharashtra, 2022-23
Chart No. 1 Analysis of Loan Distribution and Revenue
Analysis of Loan Distribution and Revenue
100%
90%
80%
70%
60% Land Revenue
50%
Agriculture Term Loan
40%
30% Crop Loan
20%
10%
0%
1 2 3 4 5

242
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
India's economy is agrarian. The pre-independence dependence on agriculture has now
reduced. But the development of agriculture sector is important for the overall economy of the
country. The development of agriculture sector is a help for the development of industry and
service sectors of the country. As agriculture is the basic and major industry of India,
agriculture plays a unique role in the Indian economy. In developing nations like India, where
the means of livelihood is provided, agriculture as well as agriculture-related activities and
industries need to be developed. The multi-year five-year plan will reduce the number of people
dependent on agriculture even as industrial and economic development takes place, but since
India's economic development is heavily dependent on agricultural development, agriculture
will continue to play an important role in the future. Government revenue is largely dependent
on India's agricultural income. If agriculture fails in a given year, it also has a significant
impact on the government budget. If the income of farmers decreases, it also has a negative
impact on industry and trade.

Table No. 2 Nominal per Capita State Income

(Actual Performance) (In crore)
Year Per Capita State
Income
2018-19 1,82,865
2019-20 1,89,889
2020-21 1,83,704
2021-22 2,15,233
2022-23 2,42,247

Source: Economic Survey of Maharashtra, 2022-23

Most of the people in a country like India work in the agricultural sector. They have to
depend on agriculture sector for their livelihood. Although employment is being provided in the
agricultural sector, the standard of living of the people has not improved. Migration of seasonal
employment is a problem in the agricultural sector. Lack of self-employment opportunities, lack
of vocational and technical education, joint family system, lack of scientific approach, etc., the
increasing population in rural areas is dependent on agriculture, hence the importance of the
agricultural sector. The raw material required for the industry is available from agriculture,
among which is cotton oil seed, the industry depends on inputs from many agricultural sectors.
Table No. 3 Development and Revenue Expenditure (in Crore)
Year Development Revenue Actual
Coefficient Std. Error
expenditure Expenditure Difference
2018-19 1,82,257 84,765 97,492 0.561 0.261
2019-20 2,00,255 1,00,050 1,00,205 0.458 0.312
2020-21 2,06,756 1,03,854 1,02,902 0.257 0.146
2021-22 2,66,501 1,26,356 1,40,145 0.567 0.654
2022-23 2,83,533 1,44,247 1,39,286 0.238 0.359
Source: Economic Survey of Maharashtra, 2022-23

Chart No. 2 Development and Revenue Expenditure

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3 Coefficient
0.2 Std. Error

0.1

0
97,492 1,00,205 1,02,902 1,40,145 1,39,286
84,765 1,00,050 1,03,854 1,26,356 1,44,247
1,82,257 2,00,255 2,06,756 2,66,501 2,83,533

Supply of raw materials- Indian agriculture supplies the raw materials required for
various industries through the agricultural sector. In this, products like sugarcane, cotton,
oilseeds, rubber are supplied from the agricultural sector to the industrial sector. Indian

243
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Agriculture The task of supplying food to the growing population of India is carried out by the
agricultural sector. The agricultural development policy of the Government of India is primarily
designed to achieve self-sufficiency and self-reliance in food production. Looking at the historical
background of Indian agriculture sector, it seems that Indian agriculture was traditional and
subsistence type. This mainly focused on the production of food crops. Due to this, agriculture
was not viewed from a commercial point of view. After independence, the Indian government
has made efforts to develop the agricultural sector through economic planning.
Conclusion:
Agriculture plays an important role in the economic development of the country.
Agriculture is viewed as a sector that supplies raw materials for industrial development to meet
the primary needs of the country's population. Agriculture plays a major role in the country's
economy as agriculture is seen as the major source of livelihood while 74 % of the country’s total
population lives in rural areas. Direct and indirect livelihood depends on agriculture and allied
business. The livelihood of the people living in the rural areas is dependent on the produce from
agriculture. The supply of food grains to the people is largely from the agriculture sector and to
supply the Indian people with food grains, agriculture takes a large number of crops including
wheat, rice, sorghum, millet, pulses, oilseeds, etc. as subsidies. The animal husbandry business
has started a white revolution due to artificial insemination and the agriculture sector is being
considered in a big way to provide subsidies to the huge population. Agriculture sector provides
fodder for livestock and hence many people depend on livestock for their livelihood.
References:
1. Trebbin et. al. (2012), Farmers’ producer companies in India: a new concept for collective
action, pp. 411–427.
2. Trebbin (2014), Linking small farmers to modern retail through producer organizations
experiences with producer companies in India, pp. 35-44.
3. Venkattakumar et. al. (2016), Producer companies in India-Experiences and implications,
pp. 154-160.
4. Murray (2008), Producer company model-current status and future outlook: opportunities
for bank finance, pp. 18–26.
5. Slavickiene (2014), Comparative Analysis of Farm Economic Viability Assessment
Methodologies, pp.130-150.
6. Odalo (2016), Liquidity and Financial Performance in Agricultural Firms listed in the
Nairobi Securities Exchange in Kenya, pp. 57-65.
7. Chauhan (2015), Producer Companies in Madhya Pradesh: An Evaluative Study, pp. 66-77.
8. Anshika et. al. (2017), Financial Literacy in India: An Appraisal, pp.344-350.
9. Jayeshkumar et.al. (2013), A comparative study of arrivals and prices of agricultural
commodities at APMC using Time Series Analysis, pp.1-6.
10. Virender Kumar et. al. (2005), Behaviour of market arrivals and prices of selected vegetable
crop: A study of four metropolitan markets, pp. 271-290.
11. Ravikumar et. al. (2001), Determinants of prices of agricultural commodities in the
regulated markets of Andra Pradesh, pp. 19-22.
12. Mehta et. al. (2000), Analysis of seasonality in prices of agricultural commodities, pp. 311-
323.

244
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
A Case Study On Library & Information Science Online
Education System In India With Special Reference To Higher
Education Of Maharashtra
Dr. Kishor Manikrao Waghmare
Librarian, Anandibai Raorane Arts, Commerce and Science College, Tal. Vaibhavwadi, Dist.
Sindhudurg, Maharashtra.

Abstract
In India, individuals are depending intensely on solid web associations, PCs, or cell
phones to return to business during the new ordinary. The emergency has prodded understudies
to get e-learning openings, as there is seemingly no end in sight. As the nation takes to online
schooling, the current pandemic is affecting country understudies more than the individuals
who live in urban areas. Be that as it may, e-learning is changing the area even in far off
provincial regions. Level 3 and level 4 towns are raising the stakes by putting resources into the
upgrade of advanced training measures. While many are benefiting as much as possible from
what web based realizing offers, neighborhood specialists are thinking that its intense to
incorporate high velocity web offices. In addition, individuals in provincial regions need to
likewise manage discontinuous force supply and more seasoned electronic gadgets, which are
regularly a prevention to consistent access The online instruction space in India has been
making up for lost time for years and years at this point. In any case, it has been to a great
extent utilized for skilling and is floated without anyone else learning. Schools and universities
have seldom needed to show exclusively online not at all like post-March 2020 when Covid
changed the training worldview and everybody, independent of their openness to learning on
the web, have needed to adjust and learn. The current emergency has turned the emphasis on
the blemishes in the framework - absence of admittance to quality training for all, absence of
comprehensive schooling, shortage of qualified instructors and low spotlight on fundamental
abilities. For 12-year-old Rahul Oak, concentrating in an administration helped school that
obliges oppressed and the transient local area kids in Mumbai, educational time presently
implies he needs to run out of his home to the furthest limit of the path a couple of moments
before class begins so he can take advantage of the sign that will fire up his parent's cell phone
and he can see his educator on the web. "There is no sign at home," says Shingare. "I would
prefer not to miss my day by day meetings thus now it's anything but a training to be prepared
and rushed to the furthest limit of the path and sit outside and pay attention to the instructor
Key words: Online Education, Issues, Challenges, Student
Introduction
Online training sets aside cash and time As online schooling is through web, so it very
well may be effectively gotten to anyplace, whenever. You can get to the substance early
morning, late evening, at home, in cafeteria, or on the train. As the substance is by and large
preloaded, so you can download the talks/recordings and watch them whenever it might suit you
consistently. Additionally cost of online instruction is extremely low in contrast with vis-à-vis
schooling. Likewise there is an incredible reserve funds on inn and transportation charges.
Since all the substance is accessible on the web, so you need not accepting books too. Restricted
Social cooperation Since online instruction can be gotten to at home or some other helpful spot,
there is exceptionally restricted direct communication with the educator and others doing the
course. As per Dhirendra Kumar (2010), particularly those courses which are independent,
there is extremely less conversation among the companions. The vast majority of the
conversation happens through email, visit room or conversation gatherings. There isn't any
grounds environment to work on friendly collaboration. So you can't foster any friendly
connections which do help in the profession development.
There are sets of guardians who like online classes, while others have denounced it's
anything but, a public overview led by LocalCircles, a web-based media and local area stage,
which got 8,287 reactions from 204 regions of the country. Residents were asked what ought to
be the way forward as certain states in the nation have restricted online classes. Accordingly,
31% guardians said that the prohibition on online classes should proceed, while 49% said online
classes ought to be begun however restricted to two hours out of every day. Around 15% said
online classes ought to be begun and run for the term of normal school hours which could be 4-6
hours while around 3% were uncertain.
Issues facing online education
Advanced gap: Students who, in principle, approach e-showing should rely upon badly
designed techniques, for example, cell phones The Covid-19 pandemic has upset the training
area around the world. Classes have been suspended to implement social removing and
instructive establishments, from schools to colleges, have moved to online strategies for
educating and assessment. As the quantity of cases keeps on ascending, there is no conviction
about when regularity will be reestablished. This has energized a type of a lasting slant, if not a
total shift, to online training. The new National Education Policy (NEP) endorsed last month

245
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
additionally discusses being prepared for computerized and online schooling, in spite of the fact
that it adds a rider that the advanced separation should be wiped out to completely profit with
such techniques Three-fourths of understudies in India didn't approach the web at home, as per
a 2017-18 all-India NSO overview. The portion of the individuals who didn't Ahave PCs,
including gadgets, for example, palm-tops and tablets, was a lot more noteworthy - 89%.
Admittance to these offices was higher among understudies at more elevated levels of schooling.
In any case, even at the most significant levels, an enormous portion of understudies didn't
approach these offices. True to form, admittance to the web and PCs is straightforwardly
identified with family livelihoods.
Absence of admittance to the web and gadgets has additionally made a hole in
computerized education. As numerous as 76% of understudies in India in the 5-35 age bunch
didn't have a clue how to utilize a PC. The portion of the individuals who didn't have the
foggiest idea how to utilize the web was 74.5%. Indeed, this hole ascends with a fall in pay
levels. 55% of understudies among the top 20% of families by month to month per capita
consumption (MPCE) realized how to utilize a PC and web while these extents were just 9% and
10% among the base 20%.
Challenges to system
Advanced gap: Students who, in principle, approach e-showing should rely upon badly
designed techniques, for example, cell phones The Covid-19 pandemic has upset the training
area around the world. Classes have been suspended to implement social removing and
instructive establishments, from schools to colleges, have moved to online strategies for
educating and assessment. As the quantity of cases keeps on ascending, there is no conviction
about when regularity will be reestablished. This has energized a type of a lasting slant, if not a
total shift, to online training. The new National Education Policy (NEP) endorsed last month
additionally discusses being prepared for computerized and online schooling, in spite of the fact
that it adds a rider that the advanced separation should be wiped out to completely profit with
such techniques Three-fourths of understudies in India didn't approach the web at home, as per
a 2017-18 all-India NSO overview. The portion of the individuals who didn't Ahave PCs,
including gadgets, for example, palm-tops and tablets, was a lot more noteworthy - 89%.
Admittance to these offices was higher among understudies at more elevated levels of schooling.
In any case, even at the most significant levels, an enormous portion of understudies didn't
approach these offices. True to form, admittance to the web and PCs is straightforwardly
identified with family livelihoods.
Absence of admittance to the web and gadgets has additionally made a hole in
computerized education. As numerous as 76% of understudies in India in the 5-35 age bunch
didn't have a clue how to utilize a PC. The portion of the individuals who didn't have the
foggiest idea how to utilize the web was 74.5%. Indeed, this hole ascends with a fall in pay
levels. 55% of understudies among the top 20% of families by month to month per capita
consumption (MPCE) realized how to utilize a PC and web while these extents were just 9% and
10% among the base 20%. Given the interrelationship between class foundation and selection of
courses, proficient courses are more qualified for a shift to online techniques. 54% of humanities
understudies (at the alumni level or higher, including recognitions) didn't approach the web and
81% didn't approach PCs.
Future of online education
Could online training supplant schools? It can't be the lone choice as socialization and
fundamental abilities can't be supplanted by internet realizing which is imperative for training.
In any case, a few specialists proposed it can work pair with disconnected classes post-
pandemic. That way, it can assist with connecting geological limits, The current commotion to
the customary instructive framework in India will function admirably for associations that
empower advanced education among their workers. "This will mean a lot more appeal for an
assortment of chief schooling just as online-based specific bosses programs," said Vishwanathan
Iyer ACA, PhD, Professor – Accounting, Economics and Finance Area, Dean TA PAI
Management Institute.He expects the interest for projects of Work-Integrated-Learning
assortment to go up because of online training. In the push for online schooling post-pandemic,
what should be figured in is that the least fortunate of helpless understudies are not forgotten
about as they don't have the assets to get to it. One method of doing that recommended
Mahmaya Navlakha of Arthan is for government to step in to make this new arrangement of
learning workable for all. "All things considered, community society has its restriction. The
public authority can devise a program which guarantees normalization and quality by working
with specialists in the field and make a system that makes incorporation," Navlakha said.
Key Challenges for Online Education in India
There are some normal difficulties that were thought of while setting up the new
instruction strategy. Some of them are given underneath. Over 30% of the country's populace
isn't PC proficient. Some of them even don't have the foggiest idea how to begin a PC. Not every
person can manage the cost of a PC or a PC. A few segments of the general public like ranchers,
servants, housecleaners, sweepers and servers may confront troubles buying a PC. A few

246
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
educators are curious about the new arrangement of schooling. They are not very much
prepared for online schooling classes. Other than this, it's anything but essential that a decent
study hall instructor will be a decent educator in the online homeroom. There are a
predetermined number of assets accessible to lead an online assessment in India. Other than
this, there is a limit for the quantity of inquiries that can be posed in the test. Specific sort of
subjects and courses, for example, science and performing expressions cannot be instructed in
the advanced schooling space. The online instruction framework is all the more a sort of screen-
based learning framework which limits the understudies to perform practicals. The web
network isn't acceptable all over the place. There are a few urban communities of India where
individuals are as yet utilizing 2G or 3G web association.
Online Teaching Tools and Methods
The current e-learning stages, for example, DIKSHA and SWAYAM will be stretched out
to furnish instructors with an easy to use and very much organized climate. These stages will be
refreshed with some arrangement of apparatuses like two-way sound interface and two-way
video that can assist the educators with leading web based classing and screen the advancement
of understudies. All subjects can't be instructed on the web: Construction in math, for example,
is hard to show on the web, said a mathematical instructor, Vidya Ganeshan who has been
showing the subject for longer than 10 years. "It is hard to show a couple of new ideas in an
online homeroom however we utilize an intuitive application as understudies center at home is
an issue other than the intricacy of the theme. Prior, the quiet catch was at the educator's end
and we could quiet understudies who intruded on class however with the new Microsoft Teams
for training application, a few kids play no-show and will not address when an inquiry is posed
as the quiet catch is in their grasp currently!" Parents, youngsters need time to get medium:
Parents and understudies have not been presented to this new arrangement of learning and will
take to adjust to the new type of instruction., which is available in 14 urban communities across
India, as of late led a review among the guardians across India in regards to online schooling
and discovered one moment level of respondents had reservations concerning web network
equipment issues term of the classes capacity to help their kids and programming contrariness
and an excessive amount of in general screen time including instruction The difficulties are
genuinely low and with time will wilt away, said Peshwa Acharya, head promoting
official.Online education:
Challenges faced by rural communities
As the nation takes to online training, the current pandemic is affecting provincial
understudies more than the individuals who live in urban communities. The entire world is
changing in accordance with the truth of the Covid-19 pandemic by discovering options in
contrast to the disturbances caused hitherto. Enterprises are permitting their labor forces to
telecommute, while schools and universities are moving classes on the web. In India,
individuals are depending intensely on solid web associations, PCs, or cell phones to return to
business during the new typical. The emergency has poked understudies to get e-learning
openings, as there is seemingly no end in sight. As the nation takes to online training, the
current pandemic is affecting country understudies more than the individuals who live in urban
areas. Nonetheless, e-learning is changing the area even in far off rustic regions. Level 3 and
level 4 towns are raising the stakes by putting resources into the upgrade of advanced
instruction measures. While many are capitalizing on what web based realizing offers,
neighborhood specialists are thinking that its intense to coordinate rapid web offices. In
addition, individuals in rustic regions need to likewise manage discontinuous force supply and
more seasoned electronic gadgets, which are frequently a block to consistent access. Sadly,
understudies in rustic India are denied the freshest gadgets and levels of availability to online
substance that metropolitan Indians appreciate every day. In contrast to their partners in
urban areas, a lower level of understudies in towns have work area or PCs. They rely upon their
relatives' cell phones for learning and going to classes, making it a laborious exercise. Observing
little screens to devour however much data as could reasonably be expected for extended periods
of time could be impeding to understudies' wellbeing.
Moreover, buying information plans for learning could likewise bring about a ton of costs
for families who face monetary imperatives. It could additionally influence the cooperation
levels of the two educators and understudies concerning live classes. Computerized education
and the advanced gap have been not kidding worries for our country for longer than 10 years.
Numerous educators and understudies in provincial regions can't coordinate to the specialized
abilities of educationalists and understudies in urban areas. They face road obstructions while
moving from disconnected to online instruction, which could be a justification uneasiness among
country networks. Aggregate endeavors of common society associations, policymakers and the
public authority are needed to make an easy to use advanced interface so educators and
understudies think that its helpful for continuous learning. On the splendid side, every one of
the partners have made critical interests in further developing admittance to computerized
administrations and e-getting the hang of; expanding on prior framework could facilitate the
cycle of advanced consideration. Instructors would have the option to change easily in the event

247
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
that they get the imperative help. Neighborhood and public governments should cooperate with
the IT and edtech areas to accelerate the way toward bringing imaginative and practical online
instruction apparatuses to country India.
Online Assessments and Examination
Some administration bodies like School Boards, NTA, proposed National Assessment
Center or PARAKH will deal with planning another appraisal structure. The new structure will
be intended to inspect the exhibition of the understudies according to the refreshed guidelines of
online instruction. Other than this, the system will be founded on 21st-century innovation.
Besides, buying information plans for learning could likewise cause a great deal of costs for
families who face monetary limitations. It could additionally influence the cooperation levels of
the two instructors and understudies concerning live classes. Computerized proficiency and the
advanced gap have been not kidding worries for our country for longer than 10 years. Numerous
instructors and understudies in rustic regions can't coordinate to the specialized abilities of
educationalists and understudies in urban communities.
Challenges in Online Learning
Contrasting face-with face learning with internet learning delivers huge inadequacies in
the online mode, for example, absence of human interface, nonattendance of chances of
cooperative learning, educator oversight and the most glaring being absence of chances for
involved learning in complex subjects like science and arithmetic. Moreover, in the midst of the
surge of facilitating on the web classes the best showing practices such a tending to students
Multiples Intelligences Learning Styles and giving a separated learning experience have been
consigned to the sideline. So how does the top of a school address the difficulties of value
learning in online mode and is it conceivable to outfit innovation to give a rich, vivid and
comprehensive learning experience to the understudies?
Conclusion:
In any case, it has been to a great extent utilized for skilling and is floated without
anyone else learning. Schools and universities have seldom needed to show exclusively online
not at all like post-March 2020 when Covid changed the training worldview and everybody,
independent of their openness to learning on the web, have needed to adjust and learn. This has
energized a type of a lasting slant, if not a total shift, to online training. The new National
Education Policy endorsed last month additionally discusses being prepared for computerized
and online schooling, in spite of the fact that it adds a rider that the advanced separation should
be wiped out to completely profit with such techniques Three-fourths of understudies in India
didn't approach the web at home, as per a all-India NSO overview. " Contrasting face-with face
learning with internet learning delivers huge inadequacies in the online mode, for example,
absence of human interface, nonattendance of chances of cooperative learning, educator
oversight and the most glaring being absence of chances for involved learning in complex
subjects like science and arithmetic.
References
1. Distance education and the evolution of online learning in the United States".
2. National Center for Education Statistics
3. Radford, A.W. "Learning at a Distance: Undergraduate Enrollment in Distance Education
Courses and Degree Programs
4. Haynie, D. "Experts debate graduation rates for online students"
5. "Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Life of Higher Education Students: A Global
Perspective
6. "Online student retention strategies: A baker's dozen of recommendations"
7. "The current ecosystem of Learning Management Systems in Higher Education: Student,
faculty, and IT perspectives". Educause.

248
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
Effective and efficient Utilization of Library Resource in
Education
Kiranakumar Doddamani
Selection Grade Librarian, Government First Grade College, Shiralakoppa, Shivamogga

Abstract:
In educational institutions, members need to understand the impact of resources on
enriching the education system. In order to achieve educational goals and expand the education
system, resource usage must be effectively controlled. Key resources to consider are teaching
and learning resources, human resources, financial resources, and physical resources. Teaching-
learning resources are considered teaching-learning materials. Educators should ensure that
appropriate teaching and learning resources are used for the grade level of the student. People
are individuals. Individuals must continually strive to improve their skills and abilities. Funds
are funds. Material resources are a factor in the environmental conditions of an educational
institution. This includes playgrounds, library facilities, laboratory facilities, technology and
infrastructure. The main areas considered in this study are resource types that affect education,
management of physical resources, expansion of information technology (IT) facility capabilities,
and constraints on resource use.
Keywords: library, Education, Resources, Utilization
1. Introduction
Library resource utilization is an integral part of the management of educational
institutions from kindergarten to university. Library resources are viewed as essential
contributions to the improvement of the education system. The education system is determined
by the provision of library resources, their maximum use and management. Advances in science
and technology enable school authorities and educators to use the latest innovative technologies
and methods to expand the way teaching and learning are done. There is a direct correlation
between the quality of school facilities, teaching and learning materials, teaching and learning
methods, teaching strategies and teaching staff. When research is conducted on the impact of
resource use in education, the main aspects considered are the use of educational materials, the
use of library resources, environmental conditions, the provision of infrastructure and other
facilities, machinery and equipment, policies and strategies and programmes and procedures
(Mugure, 2012).
The availability and use of library resources within an organization are critical to
achieving goals and objectives. The work performance of members of an educational institution
and the learning outcomes of students are affected by the appropriate use of school library
resources. Investment in educational resources is the most important aspect to ensure that an
institution fosters cooperation and integration among students and creates a comfortable and
friendly school environment. The material, human, and financial resources invested in an
educational institution affect not only the education system, but also aspects of teacher and
student motivation and educational outcomes. In some educational institutions resource
availability is not very high. Therefore, they are experiencing obstacles in improving their
education system and achieving their goals and objectives due to lack of resources.
2. Types of library resources that affect education
The main resources that influence the education system fall into her three categories:
1. Teaching-Learning Resources:
Teaching and learning resources primarily used by educational institutions include
textbooks, articles, reports, documents, projects, handouts, other reading materials, guides,
reference books, models, excursions, site visits, diagrams, structures, blueprints, Calculators,
computers, projectors, mobile phones, the Internet. They are important resources used by both
teachers and students to achieve desired academic performance. When students have access to
these resources, they can independently perform tasks and activities.
Professional documents used for teaching and learning include work plans, lesson plans,
student progress records, class notebooks, and class books. These documents ensure proper
planning and preparation, curriculum implementation, follow-up, and proper use of available
resources for the benefit of learners. In-service training is necessary to keep teachers up to date
with the changes taking place across the education system. The most significant changes relate
to new policies, procedures, programs and strategies. Educators are responsible for the effective
use of teaching and learning resources.
When it comes to teaching and learning resources, it is important to use the latest innovative
technologies and methods. Teachers use different types of technology and the latest scientific
and innovative methods in the educational environment of all levels of educational institutions.
A common innovation method is the use of technology and the Internet. Both educators and
students are now using the Internet to raise awareness related to various issues and concepts.
2. Human Resources:
Human Resources are the people who make up the workforce within an organization.
Human resources are made up of people and their knowledge, skills and abilities. Another

249
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
important aspect of human resources is an individual's ability to perform tasks and activities.
When educators or staffs are employed in educational institutions, it is very important that they
acquire professionalism in technical, mechanical, administrative, social and other tasks. They
should be kept up to date with the latest scientific and innovative methods used in the
educational system. Human resources are required to fulfil their roles and functions in
accordance with changes in the educational system. In addition to academic background, skills,
and abilities, human resources with moral and ethical qualities are essential. You must practice
effective communication skills, honesty, honesty and integrity. Individuals in the workplace
usually have to experience challenges and problems in performing their duties. It is important
to stay calm and calm and deal effectively with problems and challenges. A teacher's primary
role is to impart knowledge to students, contribute to their advancement, and participate in
community service. The availability and utilization of human resources is considered a key
success factor in the education system. It is said that the attitudes and behavior of human
resources are influenced by working environment conditions. When the appropriate
infrastructure, facilities, facilities, materials and equipment are available within the work
environment, individuals are able to perform their duties in an appropriate manner. Although
the number of work tasks usually causes stress in the workplace, implementing measures and
using effective time management skills can help individuals reduce stress in the workplace. We
believe that maintaining a comfortable and friendly work environment, as well as favourable
conditions and relationships with others, is essential to enable our employees to participate
effectively in the achievement of their personal and professional goals. It is considered
3. Financial Resources:
Financial resources are considered to be of paramount importance for the effective
implementation of tasks and activities. Educational institutions with adequate financial
resources can improve teaching and learning methods, infrastructure, facilities, public facilities,
teaching materials, equipment and general environmental conditions. Research shows that
well-equipped classrooms keep students focused on learning and committed to their academic
goals. Appropriate furnishings for the weather conditions, heating and cooling facilities, clean
drinking water and toilets should be available to facilitate learning. Sufficient financial
resources must be available to be able to provide all these facilities
In addition to academic learning, educational institutions need to transfer knowledge and
skills to students in the form of extracurricular and creative activities. These include sports,
physical activity, artwork, crafts, songs, music, dance, yoga, meditation, and more. The
participation of students and teachers in these activities promotes their development. If they
are interested in a particular extracurricular activity, they may even pursue it professionally.
Therefore, educational institutions need financial means to introduce courses related to these
activities. . You need to hire instructors with sufficient qualifications and skills to perform their
duties in an appropriate manner. If you hire staff, the funds will also be used for advertising
placements and other procedures.
When individuals seek employment opportunities, their primary goal is to generate income
to maintain living conditions. When individuals are satisfied with their pay and benefits, they
feel motivated to fulfil their job responsibilities and implement methods and strategies for
retaining their jobs. You may lose interest in your work. Usually, highly educated and qualified
people quit and look for other high paying jobs. It is therefore imperative for organizations and
educational institutions to ensure that payments are compatible with the performance of their
professional duties. To do this, you need sufficient financial resources. Funding is therefore
critical to bring about change in the individual and collective education system.
3. Limitations in Resource Utilization
Many limitations encountered when using resources Individuals employed by an educational
institution. Various limits are stipulated as follows:
A) Inappropriate Teaching-Learning Materials: The various types of teaching materials
used by teachers may be of poor quality or unavailable. When using appropriate
materials/learning materials to teach a particular subject, it is necessary to ensure that the
materials are in good condition. In educational institutions, technology and computers are not
available in every classroom. Teachers usually use the blackboard to communicate their lessons.
Whiteboards are used in higher education institutions, especially in university departments.
Therefore, it is important to ensure that crayons and markers are readily available and that the
materials are of high quality.
B) Lack of Knowledge: As already mentioned educators and other members of educational
institutions must be well-informed and informed. Research shows that sometimes educators
themselves don't have enough knowledge, especially when it comes to topics. Therefore, if it is
not informative in terms of subject areas, students will experience obstacles in facilitating their
learning and properly performing their professional duties. Due to the lack of internet, books
and other resources, educators are often unable to develop a full understanding of issues and
resource usage.

250
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
C) Lack of Financial Resources: Financial resources are considered to be of utmost
importance in the performance of any task or function. With sufficient financial resources,
educational institutions can adequately meet their needs and requirements. Lack of funds, on
the other hand, is an obstacle to meeting needs and achieving desired goals and objectives.
Authorities must ensure that members of educational institutions do not experience problems or
challenges in fulfilling their professional duties and achieving their academic goals.
D) Lack of Preparedness of Teachers: The unwillingness of human development teachers to
teach competently and learn effectively is seen as a major impediment to utilizing resources to
achieve educational goals. Teachers should have key information that is primarily related to the
subject matter and concepts. In addition to scientific subjects, they must know the strategies
necessary to properly practice them within the framework of teaching and learning methods.
Additionally, they must be aware of the proper use of resources and act as guides and mentors
for their students. If teachers are not aware of these aspects, they are not prepared to perform
their professional duties in a well-organized manner.
E) Lack of Equal Rights and Opportunities: Providing equal rights and opportunities to all
students and other members is fundamental. Do not discriminate against others on the basis of
caste, creed, race, religion, gender, age, ethnicity, or socioeconomic background. Resources are
used for operations and job satisfaction is achieved when individuals are given equal rights and
opportunities. Students are more motivated to study if they are provided with the same rights
and opportunities. Equal rights and lack of equality of opportunity are seen as restrictions on
the use of resources.
F) Problems in Organizing Workshops and Training Programs – Due to limited
resources, individuals find it difficult to organize seminars and training programs. The main
objective of organizing seminars and training programs is to raise the awareness of individuals
about modern, scientific and innovative methods and approaches. When people attend these
seminars, they can generate the necessary information and awareness. Financial resources are
considered the most important for organizing seminars and training programs. When financial
resources are insufficient, obstacles may arise when organizing seminars and training
programs.
G) Problems in Organizing Extra-curricular and Creative Activities: The introduction of
extracurricular and creative activities is considered essential in the education system. It is
essential to encourage students to participate in these activities. When students participate in
these activities, they foster thinking and develop an interest and enthusiasm for studying and
attending educational institutions. To organize extracurricular activities, such as singing,
dancing, sports, physical activity, crafts, artwork, role-playing, yoga, meditation, taekwondo,
etc., resources are required. . Therefore, due to limited resources, problems and challenges arise
in organizing extracurricular and creative activities.
H) Problems in Providing Machinery and Equipment – To strengthen the education
system, it is necessary to provide machinery, equipment, technology and other essential
materials. Due to limited resources, it is difficult for educational institutions to provide
equipment. For example, in offices, administrative staffs use computers and other technologies,
such as printers, scanners, mobile technology, etc. to perform its duties properly. When having
problems with equipment and machinery, they will certainly have difficulties in the process of
performing their tasks.
F) Occurrence of Conflicts and Disagreements: Conflicts and disagreements between
individuals may arise in the work environment. When these take on a larger form, individuals
certainly face limitations in using resources and accomplishing tasks. Therefore, it is imperative
that individuals practice dispute resolution methods peacefully. You cannot work in isolation. It
is important for individuals to integrate with each other and work collaboratively to achieve
their professional goals. Conflicts and disagreements should not escalate in the work
environment, especially in educational institutions.
4. Conclusion
Resources are viewed as an integral part of educational institutions as well as other
organizations. The main types of resources that affect education systems are teaching and
learning resources, human resources, and financial resources. In order to expand the
possibilities of information technology, individuals need to be more aware of their strategies and
approaches. These include proper knowledge possession, rational decision-making, organization
of training and development programs, infrastructure, hardware and software, development
and renewal, recruitment, expenditure management, allocation of material resources, and
human resource management. It's an assignment. When these strategies are efficiently
implemented, an individual can leverage her IT resources in implementing various tasks and
functions in her institution. Various limitations occur in the process of using resources. These
include inadequate teaching-learning materials, lack of knowledge, lack of financial resources,
lack of motivation of teachers, lack of equal rights and opportunities, problems in introducing
modern and innovative methods, lack of workshops and training programmes. It's an organizing
problem, an organizational problem Obstacles to extracurricular and creative activities,

251
 PRINT ISSN 2319-1775 e-ISSN 2320-7876, www.ijfans.org
Volume.11, Issue13, Nov- 2022
Research Paper IJFANS. All Rights Reserved,
UGC CARE Listed (Group -I) Journal
problems with the provision of machinery and equipment, conflicts and disagreements. It is
important that all members of the educational institution have sufficient knowledge and skills
to overcome their limitations. Overcoming limitations allows individuals to use resources to
advance institutional progress.
References
1. Managing School Resources. (n.d.). Retrieved Jan 10, 2023 from
https://www.puiching.edu.hk/CustomPage/34/05Managing%20School%20Resources
180204.PDF
2. Mugure, N.S. (2012). Impact of Resource Utilization in Education as Perceived by Teachers
in Secondary Schools in Mathioya District, Muranga County, Kenya. Kenyatta University.
Retrieved Jan 15, 2023 from
https://irlibrary.ku.ac.ke/bitstream/handle/123456789/6463/Ngure%20Shelmith%20Mugure.
pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y
3. Section 10. Financial and Resource Management. (n.d.). Retrieved Jan 18, 2023 from
http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/pluginfile.php/20574/mod_resource/content/1/E838_1_
Section10.pdf
4. Rabi’U, S. (2009). The Impact of Resources Utilization on the Performance of Students in
Social Studies in Junior Secondary Schools in Katsina State. Ahmadu Bello University,
Zaria. Retrieved June 16, 2023 from
http://kubanni.abu.edu.ng/jspui/bitstream/123456789/6812/1/THE%20IMPACT%20OF%20R
ESOURCES%27%20UTILIZATION%20ON%20THE%20PERFORMANCE%20OF%20STUD
ENTS%20IN%20SOCIAL%20STUDIES%20IN%20JUNIOR%20SECONDARY%20SCHOOL
S%20IN%20KATSINA%20STATE.pdf

252
 EDITOR IN CHIEF
Prof. Dr. Jaâfar HEIKEL,
Professeur de Médecine et d’Epidémiologie
Spécialiste en Maladies Infectieuses et Santé Publique
Diplômé Universitaire en Nutrition et Maladies Métaboliques
Diplômé Universitaire en Gériatrie
Economiste de la santé Chercheur
CEPN, Sorbonne-Paris

ASSOCIATE EDITORS
Dr. Sang-Han Lee,
Dr. Moawiya A. Haddad
Prof. Dr. Baher

EDITORIAL BOARD MEMBERS

Dr. Gabriela John
Prof. Danila Di Majo Dr. Nabil Kadri Dr. Sergey Gubsky
Swamy
Dr. Nikhil Kumar Dr. Mahesh Dr. Michael Ukwuru Prof. Mahmoud
Mahnot Shivananjappa Abughoush
Dr. Muhammad Ammar Dr. Hoda Salama
Dr. V.S. Periasamy Dr. Leila Houti
Khan Ibrahim
Prof. Dr. Yousif Abd El- Prof. Dr. Lucas Arantes Dr. Chanthima
Prof. Farouk El-Sabban
Aziz Elhassaneen Pereira Phungamngoen
Dr. Midhat Nabil
Dr. T. Kathiravan Dr Naeem M Rabeh Dr. Nihada Ahmetovic
Ahmad Salimi
Dr Aruna Kumari Nakkella

Editorial Office
International Journal of Food and Nutritional Sciences
Global E Smart Technologies.
16-11-781/40/7, Moosaranbagh, Hyderabad–500036, Telangana, India.
Contact Emails:-
Submissions: [email protected]